-V

TRANSACTIONS

w 7 \a/ 4,3

OF THE

WISCONSIN ACADEMY

OF

SCIENCES, ARTS, AND LETTERS

EDITED BY THE SECRETARY

YOI. IX.

1893

PUBLISHED BY AUTHORITY OF LAW

MADISON, WISCONSIN

DEMOCRAT PRINTING COMPANY, STATE PRINTER

1893

COUNCIL

Term expires December, 1893.

President ,

Geo. W. Peckham, Milwaukee.

Vice-Presidents,

C. E. Van Hise, Madison.

A. H. Tolman, Ripon.

J. J. Blaisdell, Beloit.

Secretary,

Wm.H. Hobbs, Madison.
Treasurer,

Samuel D. Hastings, Madison.

CONTENTS.

Page.

On some Analogies between the Equations of Elasticity and Elec¬
tro-Magnetism, by John E. Davies . 3

Notes on a Trip to the Lipari islands in 1889 (with plate I), by Wm.

H. Hobbs . 21

Some Suggestions concerning Methods of psychological Study, by

J. J. Blaisdell . 33

On the Flora of Madison and Vicinity, a preliminary Paper on the
Flora of Dane county, Wisconsin (with plate II), by L. S. Cheney

and R. H. True . 45

The Direction of social Reform, by David Kinley . 137

A supplementary List of parasitic Fungi of Wisconsin, by J. J. Davis 153
On the Cyclopidse and Calanidse of central Wisconsin (with plates

III-VI), by C. Dwight Marsh . 189

The progress of geological Surveys in the State of Wisconsin — a

Review and Bibliography, by Wm. P. Blake . . 225

A Contribution to the Flora of the lake Superior Region, by L. S.

Cheney . . . . . 233

Geology of the Waterloo quartzite Area (with plates VII-IX), by Ira

M. Buell . 255

Notes on Oladocera, III (with plates X-XIII), by E. A. Birge . 275

On the structure and affinities of Bunops scutifrons , Birge (with

plates XIV-XV), by Harriet Bell Merrill . 318

Proceedings:

Report of the Secretary;

Minutes of the field meeting of 1892 . . i

Minutes of the 23d annual meeting . iv

Report of the Treasurer . xiii

Report of the Auditing Committee . xiv

Report of the Library Committee . xv

Report of the Librarian. . , . xvii

Report of the Custodian . lxiii

Report of the Committee on the Revision of the Constitution . lxv

In Memorium:

Aaron Lucius Chapin, D. D., L. L. D., by J. J. Blaisdell . Ixxi

Philo Romayne Hoy, M. D., by John G. McMynn . . . .. lxxv

List of Officers and Members . . . . . lxix

Appendix:

Catalog of the Library, by Wm. H. Hobbs . App. 1

Index . ■ . App. 213

LIST OF FULL PAGE . ILLUSTRATIONS.

Opp. Page'

Plate I, Fig. 1. View of Volcano in Eruption (1889) . 32

Fig. 2. Volcanic Projectiles from eruption of Volcano

(1889) . 32

Plate II. Map of the Four Lakes Country, Wisconsin . 136

Plates III-VI. Cyclopidae and Calanidse of Central Wisconsin.. 224
Plate VII. Map of the Area including the Waterloo quartzite

outcrops . 274

Plate VIII. Thin Sections of Quartzite . 274

Plate IX, Fig. 1. Section of Portland Quartzite . 274

Fig. 2. Section of Red Quartzite . . 274

Plates X-XIII. Cladocera from Wisconsin . 318

Plates XI V-XV. Details of Bunops scutifrons, Birge . 342

Portrait of the late A. L. Chapin, D. D., LL. D . lxxi

Portrait of the late P. R. Hoy, M. D . lxxv

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

WISCONSIN ACADEMY

SCIENCES, ARTS AND LETTERS

EDITED BY THE SECRETARY

MADISON, WISCONSIN

DEMOCRAT PRINTING COMPANY, STATE PRINTERS

1893

COUNCIL.

Term expires December, 1893.

President,

Geo. W. Peckham, Milwaukee.

Vice-Presidents,

C. R. Van Hise, Madison.

A. H. Tolman, Ripon.

J. J. Blaisdell, Beloit.

Secretary,

Wm. H. Hobbs, Madison.
Treasurer,

Samuel D. Hastings, Madison.

ON SOME FORMAL ANALOGIES

BETWEEN

THE PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS

Expressive of the strains in a circular elastic plate under certain distri¬
butions of load, and the equations which give the magnetic force in
a cylindrical iron core under the influence of electrical current;
together with some other formal electric and elastic analogies.

BY

JOHN EL D A V 1ES,

Professor of Mathematical Physics in the University of Wisconsin.

ON SOME ANALOGIES BETWEEN THE EQUATIONS OF
ELASTICITY AND ELECTRO-MAGNETISM.

By JOHN E. DAVIES,

Professor of Physics in the University of Wisconsin.

The whole tendency of experimental work in electricity and magnet¬
ism since Clerk Maxwell’s celebrated working-out of the stresses and
strains in a dielectric medium subjected to electric or magnetic forces,
has been to confirm the reality of the existence of such states of stress.

The work of Hertz, Lodge, Thompson, Tesla and many others, points
certainly in this direction. One cannot take up a modern treatise on
elasticity in which the lines of stress of a strained elastic medium are
shown without being struck with the resemblance of these lines to those
of electro-static or electro-magnetic induction across dielectrics con¬
necting conductors or magnetized bodies.

To the mathematican the analogies presented by the analytical for¬
mulae are numerous and striking. Especially is this true of some of the
differential equations which present themselves in the theories of
elasticity and of electro-statics. But it is also true of many of the equa¬
tions peculiar to electro-magnetism. Some of these formal analogies
have already been alluded to by Sir Wm. Thomson* and Oliver Heavi¬
side — especially the latter.

* From a remark of Sir William Thomson in his presidential address
before the Institution of Electrical Engineers, January 10th, 1889, en¬
titled, “ Ether Electricity and Ponderable Matter,” it would appear that
Faraday had set forth a theory of electro -statical induction, which sug¬
gests the idea that there may be a problem in the theory of elastic
solids corresponding to every problem connected with the distribution
of electricity on conductors, or with the forces of attraction and repul¬
sion exercised by electrified bodies. Sir William adds “ the clue to a
similar representation of magnetic and galvanic forces is afforded by
Mr. Faraday’s recent discovery of the affection with reference to polar¬
ized light of transparent solids subjected to magnetic or electro -magnetic
forces. I have thus been led to find three distinct particular solutions
of the equations of equilibrium of an elastic solid, of which one ex¬
presses a state of distortion, such that the absolute displacement of a
particle in any part of the solid represents the resultant attraction at
this point produced by an electrified body. Another gives a state of the

4 Davies. — Some Electric and Elastic Analogies.

I have in each case indicated the sources from whence the formulae
are derived as well as the general course of the demonstrations by which
their authors have established them. I have done so partly for the pur¬
pose of showing the entirely distinct grounds upon which the demonstra¬
tions are based in the two theories, and consequently the greater
impressiveness and possible meaning of their coincident results, and
partly in order to call the attention of elementary students of both sub¬
jects to a field which seems to be one of considerable promise. It seems
certain that in this great border region of the elastic and other me¬
chanical properties of a medium in which ether, matter, and possibly a
“ tertium quid, electricity” exist, lie some of the greatest problems and
discoveries of the near future in both chemistry and physics. It is that
towards which Sir Wm. Thomson, in his Baltimore lectures and various
papers published since then, has contributed so largely, and in which the
efforts now making to find a comprehensive theory of physical optics
have been so ably summarized by Prof. Glazebrook in his Report to the
British Association for the Advancement of Science (Aberdeen meeting,
1885). It is the complete theory of the ether embracing electro-magnet-
ism and optics, towards which our present knowledge has made only a
small advance.

These close analogies between elasticity and electro -statics or magnet¬
ism have led me to place side by side a few of the well known formulae
of both of these great fundamental branches of physics, with their de¬
rivations. In this manner the points of resemblance become more ap-

solid in which each element has a certain resultant angular displace¬
ment, representing in magnitude and direction the force at this point
produced by a magnetic body; and the third represents in a similar
manner the forces produced by any portion of a galvanic wire; the di¬
rections of the force in the latter case being given by the axis of the re¬
sultant rotations impressed upon the elements of the solid.”

“Let there be an elastic body of exceedingly small density, and let
there be a tubular portion of it porous, but with the same aggregate
rigidity as that of the continuous elastic matter round it. Let the pores
be filled with a dense viscous fluid, and let this fluid be forced, by aid of a
piston or otherwise, to move through the tube. The pull of the fluid
upon the porous solid will produce static rotational displacement exactly
proportional to the continued rotatory motion which we had in the case
of the viscous fluid. Some of the most interesting practical problems
of electro-magnetic induction can be dynamatically realized, as it were,
in model, by following out this idea; in fact, if we had nothing but
electricity and ether, the thing would be done. If it were not gross
ponderable matter that we are forced to consider, I should be perfectly
satisfied with the problem of electro-magnetic induction, by taking the
electricity as a viscous fluid, and ether an elastic solid, porous in some
places, and continuous or non-porous elsewhere.” See in particular ar¬
ticle XCIV., Reprint of Mathematical and Physical Papers, Vol. III.

Partial Differential Equation of Vibrating Plate.

5

parent, and their physical significance, should there be any, are more
likely to be understood. Mere analytical or formal analogies may be of
some help, and it is only to two or three of these that attention is called
in this paper. The first is that of an elastic bent circular plate, and it is
compared with an iron core under magnetic force.

It is shown in treatises on elasticity and mathematical physics that in
the “ case of a uniform plate of finite or infinite extent, symmetrically
influenced in concentric circles by a load distributed symmetrically
and by boundary appliances if required,” if r and 0 be polar coordin¬
ates of any point P, so that x—r cos 6 and y—r sin 0, the origin being at
the center of symmetry, then the usual differential equation for the
bending of an elastic plate having equal flexibility in all directions, viz.:

(/).... A

d4z Q cVz
dz 4 ~^'dx'2dy2

, d4z\

+7f?)=Z-

dM

dx

dj X\,lx‘ + df/ Z

takes the form

(2)...

A _d_( d_
‘ r dr ( T dr

* Derived from the more general equation

. d4z . d4z . rsy n \ d4z dAz _,d4 z „ dM dL

Adxi+~b EjcW; + (C^2c^dxMyi + ~a dxdf+Bdff4~Z~dx^fdty

(where A, 5, (7, c B, a, are supposed constant and not as in the most gen¬
eral case functions of x and y) on the supposition that all the coeffi¬
cients of elasticity are equal to any one of them, say A. As to the
meaning of the constant A it is

{l + d)pr

-r

In this expression 6 is Poisson’s ratio -= — — — ratio of lateral contrac¬

tion to longitudinal extension, which is also

_ 2{2k + n ) m — n

3 k — 2n 2 m

where k is the bulk modulus and n is the rigidity. 6 according to
Poisson is always equal ^.t In very many known solids k is greater than
f n, while in others it is less, so that there seems to be no necessary
relation between these two constants.

where q is Young’s modulus

qr6

12{1— G)

Skn _ 9kn
m 3k + n

and r is the thickness of the plate, and p its density.

t Poisson and Navier’s assumption that this ratio was always = i
k

leads to the constant ratio — = f . Poisson always maintained that the

6

Davies. — Some Electric and Elastic Analogies.

This is the equivalent of A\J'2\/'2z^= Z ; or in other words the Laplacian
operator doubly applied, because

where z is a function of r alone (where as usual V'2 denotes Laplace’s
operator), and because the quantity

d_E

dx dy

becomes, in the case of concentric load, a simple function of the radius-

ratio of k to n is constant and equal to f. The whole question of the
values of these constants and whether there are ultimately one or more
in isotropic bodies seems to rest upon whether elastic isotropic bodies
can be considered as made up of molecules mutually acting on each
other in the line of their centers and according to a law of variation
with distance merely, or whether the action of one molecule upon another
is likewise a function of the action of other molecules upon each of the
two considered — a function of aspect in other words as well as distance.
It would seem that this must be true for magnetized bodies where
polarity must be considered.

To see that this is so we have only to consider the different expres¬
sions for the law of force between two magnets, according as they are
end-on or broadside-on to each other. The expression in either case
is a series, involving increasing negative powers of the distance. But
this series is in the case of end-on, double its value for the other
case, regarding one of the magnets as movable and the other as fixed. It
would be an interesting problem to form for a magnetic medium the
equations of equilibrium and motion on the hypothesis that we have in
such a medium an infinite assemblage of molecules having polarity; in
other words an infinite assemblage of molecular magnets whose result¬
ant attractions for each other would be represented by a function of
distance and aspect (orientation) and not of distance alone. Green in
his remarkable essay on the “ Equilibrium of Fluids analogous to the
Electrical Fluid,” has treated the case of equilibrium of a medium
somewhat analogous to such a medium, inasmuch as he applies the
method of potentials to the case of a medium where the law of force is
inversly as any power n of the distance, where n may represent any
number whatever, fractional or irrational. On supposing that n is, as in
the case of finite magnets sufficiently close to each other to involve a
consideration of their lengths and orientation as well as their distances,
a complex function of the molecular magnetic moments and distances,
all of Green’s results would be immediately available to the considera¬
tion of any equilibrium problems of the medium which Ewing regards
as making up a magnetic one. No doubt the problem of motion would
be a complicated one, but it is easy to see without any mathematics that
such a medium would possess most of the properties which Ewing has
assigned to it in his theory of magnetism.* Green, it is true, conceives

* An interesting illustration by experiment of such a medium is given by Mr. Crew in the
New York Electrical World for 1891. It was also given by Prof. Ewing before the British
Association.

Displacements of Circular Vibrating Plates.

7

of the plate which we may designate by Z. “ Z will then be the amount
of load per unit area, when the applied forces on each small part are re¬
ducible to a single normal force through some point of it.”

Small z is then a function of r likewise and denotes the displacement
perpendicular to the original plane of the plate. Its value as is well
known is:

z — ~~f rdr§ —f r Z dr + l C ( log r — l)r- + i CV2 + C" log r + C"

C" is merely displacement of the plate as a whole and need not be
any further considered.

C" log r denotes anticlastic displacement with ±C"/r'2 for the curva¬
ture, the same in the two principal sections. The radial and cross
radial bending couples to match are

L=±(A-C)fr.

<7, the same. This would be realized in an infinite plane plate with a
circular aperture and uniform distribution of load in the shape of bend¬
ing couple around the circular edge everywhere as axis.

34 C'r2 is the displacement of spherical curvature.

34 C ( log r—1) r- is a deflection involving shearing force and couple.
■■SrAC/r— shearing force and %C(A + c) log r+A(A — C) = bending couple.

Since from the symmetry of the case considered when the plate has
a circular contour the tangent plane to the strained plate at the center
will be horizontal, C" will be zero unless there be discontinuity in the
“Circular loading so as to cause a circle of inflexion to occur between the
center and the outer margin, which is without the limits of any cas e
save a circular loaded membrane and not an elastic plate. It is realized,
however, in the case of a plate with a circular aperture.*

If we turn from elasticity to electro-magnetism and consider the in¬
duction of currents and magnetic lines in cores under the influence
of coils wrapped about them and carrying currents, we shall eventually
come upon an equation entirely similar to equation ( 2 ). For, as Oliver
Heaviside has shown in discussing this subject of induction of currents

44 a fluid analogous to the electric fluid ” having only a repulsion between
its particles and having moreover V, the potential, only a function of
the distances between these particles. But our medium would have to
be one in which every particle would have both attraction and repulsion
for its neighbors according to the poles presented, and ultimately a re¬
pulsion according to an unknown law to account for first the extension
of a bar of soft iron under medium magnetic stress, as first shown by
Joule and as measured by Mayer and others, and afterwards a contrac¬
tion, as Shelf ord Bid well- has shown.

■ * Thoms on and Tait Nat. -Phil., §651.

8

Davies. — Some Electric and Elastic Analogies.

and lines of magnetic force in cores, if we have produced in the core a
magnetic force represented by iT, and an electro-motive force per unit
length at distance r from the axis of the core represented by e, giving
rise to a current of density y (using the square of the same unit of
length for the unit area) at the distance r, then H is parallel to the
axis and a function of r , y is a function of r and is perpendicular to r
and to if; and since a tube of thickness dr and unit of length must carry
a current ydr , and produce a magnetic force in the core of 47tydr ivithin
the current tube, and zero without , irtydr is the amount by which H
decreases in passing from within outwards over a distance from r to r + dr.
The relation thus established between the induced core current and core
force is:

y— — (— - 7— H' for short. \

' 4-77" n.r \ Art /

This is a special case of Maxwell’s 4Tty— Curl H.
Mag.) If p denote specific resistance

e=py~—

pH'

4:71 ’

(See 2d vol. Elec, and

The core is supposed to be symmetrically situated with respect to the
center of the surrounding coil.

The magnetic induction (total) through a core of radius r is equal to

y j 27cr. dr

and as the electro motive force is e and its line integral 27tr.e this must
equal the time rate of decrease of the definite integral just given, i. e.,

2nre~ — yj^H. 2itrdr

If in this the value of

y~H‘

4tc

above be substituted we will have one form of the differential equation
of the magnetic force viz:

rH’=~So * irdr •

the dot denoting a fluxion and the prime mark differentiation to r. Dif¬
ferentiating this equation to r we get

- d-<rH)

r dr

4ny

U

a partial differential equation which is a well known special case of the
more general one given further on as equation (3).*

*See Fourier’s Analytical Theory of Heat; Rieman’s Partial Diff. Eqs.;
Rayleigh on Sound; Maxwell Elec, and Mag.; Induction of Currents in
Cores, Oliver Heaviside, London “Electrician,” Vol. X., etc-, etb!)'

Alternating Magnetic Force in a Solenoid.

9

If the currents in the coil be oscillatory, kept np by an impressed E.
M. F.= E sin pt where p = 2rcn ( n denoting the frequency), then the
magnetic force in the core will also be oscillatory; and calling it H , we
will have also H—H1 sin pt + H2 cos pt. t
If this value of H be substituted in the general differential equation
for H just above given, we shall have the two equations:

!||| H'i)=-xH2

and

7-iFrH'*)= + xH'

where x is put for From these two equations we infer that the

common equation which both Hx and H& will satisfy is

Id d 1
r dr dr r

d

dr

H = — xiH . . .

. (5)

This is an equation of exactly the same form as the elastic equation (2).
If Hx be made equal to AaM+A2N where M and N are functions of r
and equal to

M=l —

xbrl

2-ip 2*. . . . 12‘2

xr 2 2H*6'2 x5210

4 cc3r* +2\ .. .10* .

then H=(AM + BN) sin nt + (AN — BM) cos nt.

If H2=BqM+B2N and A0= — B2 while A2= — B0
This can be shown by writing Hx and H2 in series, viz.:

HX=A0 + Axr + A2r 2 + etc.

H2=Ba + B1r+ B2r~ + e tc.

inserting the series in the biquadratic differential equations, as val¬
ues of Hx or U2, differentiating as required and equating to zero the
coefficients of the different powers of r. All the odd coefficients A
and B disappear. We need only the A0 and A2 B0 and B2 To satisfy

| Fleming calls p the pidsations of the current; in harmonic motion

p— —jT- = a constant.
dt

2

10

Davies. — Some Electric and Elastic Analogies .

the separate equations which give rise to the biquadratic Aa must = — Bs
and A2= — B0 then the expression H=Hl sin nt + H2 cos nt will take
the form H=(AM+BN) sin nt + (AN — BM) cos nt, as given above.

M—Ni=J0 (r^/xi)

M+Ni=J0 (r-]/ — xi)

Ja is the Bessel Function of zero order.

(-H’)'2=,(-A2 + B'2)(M'2 + N -)={47tN)\ry if F is coil current, and N is turns
per unit length of core, and parentheses denote average amplitudes of
current and force.*

It will be noticed that the magnetic force is a function of r, and that
on the right side of the equation we have this force multiplied by — x 2.
This requires that z in the elastic problem should stand for H in
the magnetic one, and that the load per unit area, Z , in the elastic prob¬
lem should be a multiple of z the displacement. Again, one is positive,
the other negative. The one would seem to imply a greater effect the
further we go from the center of the core, the other the nearer we go to
the center of the plate.

What may be the physical meaning of this analogy, if any, I do not
know. The mere fact of the appearance of oscillatory functions to de¬
note results of analysis does not by any means imply the necessary ex¬
istence of vibrations. The same equation is often satisfied by an
expression which denotes a variety of things in physics — witness the
celebrated equation of Laplace in partial differential coefficients V2=0
and others. It may be that the analogy is merely formal or mathemati¬
cal and without any physical significance whatever. It is somewhat
singular, however, that the equation is one closely related to waves, and
that certainly waves of magnetic force penetrate into the interior of
iron cores surrounded by currents, very much after the manner which
Fourier shows to be the manner of diffusion of heat waves into the
interior of solid bodies.

It is very likely that it is in this conception of diffusion that the
whole analogy lies. One cannot help recalling how the equations which
Fourier has given for the transmission of heat along a wire are made to
give the necessary formulae for the transmission of signals along a sub¬
marine cable, and possibly also there may be some hint of the form of
potential that the magnetic force in the interior of a core ought to be
derived from, when one reflects that Lame has shown that while the
equation V2d=0 is satisfied by a potential

* See Oliver Heaviside Phil. Mag., July, 1886, and elsewhere.

Probable Form of Magnetic Core Potential .

11

which he calls one of the first kind, and which in stretched bars is known
to be related to Young’s Modulus,* the equation V2V2^=o is satisfied by
one of the form

/ f f f '(<*, P, r ■>) R, da, dp, dy

which he calls a potential of the second kind. This latter biquadratic
differential equation is the subject of special mention by Emile Mathieu
in his treatise on potentials . j*

*For example, if Young’s Modulus is called ^ then the above integral

is denoted by F. C is related to the usual elastic coefficients X and ju, as
follows: For a cylinder with a force F per unit of area acting on its ends

C=F

/j,-\-X

ju(3X + 2jay

therefore

F 3X+2n _

—fx - —e

C X+ju

or Young’s Modulus.

(See Rieman's Partial Differential Equations and elsewhere.)

j* Emile Mathieu gives the equation /7%=o and shows that its solution
is u=gd + v where

and

00 — ^ prdd

, r^fP-dd.

(“Theory of the potential,” Vol. I., pp. 80-84.)

p and p' are functions of the co-ordinates of each point of a surface 6
and r is the distance of x , y , z, from dd. v and go are first and second
potentials of the two layers of matter which cover that surface. Re¬
duced to the form

dHc dhi diu_
dxi+ dx2dy2^~ dy*~

it has for solution the sum of two integrals

/ (r2 log7+‘V‘) f lo%^ds-,

cp and being two functions of a co-ordinate proper to determine a
point of a contour S, and r the distance of the point a?, y, from the ele¬
ment ds.

Every continuous function which in the interior of a curve S satisfies

d4u dAu dhi _

dx‘1dy'2+ dy*

is the sum of a first potential of a layer covering the curve S, and of the
second potential of another layer on the same contour; likewise, also,
the derivatives of this function of the first three orders.

12

Davies. — Some Electric and Elastic Analogies .

We have another interesting analogy in the case of the equations of
free vibrations of an elastic medium once subjected to applied forces,
surface tractions, or both, and then left to its own forces of recovery.
We shall find that the final equations are similar to those of the dis¬
charge of a condenser, especially if a dissipatory term be introduced into
the equations of elasticity.

If u, v, and w, be displacements in an ordinary homogeneous elastic
medium, at a point aj, y, z, of the same, then

_ clu dv _div

e~~ dx ‘ — dy dz

will be the so-called elongations about the point x, y, z; being rates of
variation of absolute displacements in proceeding along the coordinate
axes.

a, b , c, are shears, if

Aw dv , , dn dw . dv dn

a=b^+d5; + Tx' c=Ax+Hy'

+ — ,— = the cubical dilatation;

/V'Y* /Vi/ /7 v

not necessarily uniform in all directions.

.-><£-©• *•->(

dy

are rotations.

dv

dx

du"

dy.

P = (m + n) e -t- (m—n)(f+ g)

Q — {m + n)f+{m—ri){g +e)

R = (m + n~)g + {• m—ri){e +/)

will be normal stresses across the three coordinate planes at the point
x y z and

S=na ; T—nb\ U—nc

are the tangential stresses, reckoned per unit area, at the same place.
The inversion of these formulae will give

a =

U

e = — — d(Q + R)/q

f = -S--6(R + P)/q
g = ~-6(P + Q)/q

Where q denotes Young’s modulus; n = what Sir W. Thomson calls dis_
torsional rigidity; 6— Poisson’s ratio (which Poisson considered always

General Equations of Elasticity

13

to be i; Wertheim but which may apparently have any value from £
for incompressible bodies, to infinity as in the case of elastic gums. It is
questionable, however, if the latter can properly be ranked as elastic
solids.)*

In the general case of elastic distortion involving shear, dilatation, and
variation of rotation we have either

§

m + nZ-u + p( u — X ) =0

8 A

m—^ + n^v + p( v — Y) —0

+ p{w — Z) =0
oz

wheiein the rotations (or their variations) do not explicitly appear; or
the following due to Lame wherein they do appear, viz.:

(m+ n)

^L_2n(sA?_sh\

dx \SiJ Sz /

+ p{u — X)—0

with a similar equation for y and z each.

If all applied forces and surface tractions are zero then these equa¬
tions become those of an elastic system in motion under its own elastic
recovery, or intermolecular forces, whatever these may be, and the most
general motion possible consists of a series of superposed small har¬
monic vibrations of the points of the body about their positions of
equilibrium, translations and rotations of the body as a whole being ex¬
cluded. These vibrations may give rise to sounds and are ultimately
dissipated as heat. The equations then simply lose the terms contain¬
ing X, Y, Z, and their most general possible solution is of the form

u=u1r1+u2r2+usrs+ .... u-t\- 1- .

v=v1r1' + v2t2' + v3r3' . vfl 4-

w=w1r1 +w2r2 +w6ri

The ui vi wi are functions of position {x y z ) only, and the r. are
functions of the time only. Any set, such as u=uiri v—v^^ w=w,iriB

*As before stated, the relations between these constants are

3kn

=m=lc+^n. 6-

3k — 2n

q > 2(3k + n)

generally. This makes 6—\ (Poisson) if n—%k\ k is the pressural rigidity
or the bulk modulus of Sir W. Thomson’s writings; n is his rigidity;
q is Young’s modulus.

14 Davies. — Some Electric and Elastic Analogies.

■will constitute a simple simultaneous solution of the equations. On
substitution of such a set of values the equations take the form

( <52^ 8ivi ) d^ri

m\ r<T&+ri'm*sri‘mh) +nry‘ui—puCfflr

with similar equations for v and w each.

The necessary and sufficient conditions for a solution are that
Ti—r^z=zJ' for all values of i. Because on this supposition left hand

members can be freed from time functions and the right hand members
from position functions; in other words, we have a separation of the
variables, and the equations may be written

m

8 {

; sUi

•+-

6Vi

9

i

' 8x (

1 8x

Sy

ri

dP

m

8 '

: $ut

SVi

swf ;

P

V

\$y |

/ 8x

“h

8y

* 6z

ri ‘

‘ dP

m

8 (

i *«(

1 .

8Vi

, Swi |

> n 0

_ _ rv ^ a i*i — —

p

diri

~w~i

’ 8z (

f 8x

“T

8y

+ 8z 1

* Ar [7 tv * —

) wi

Ti

' df

In these equations three functions independent of time are equated to
the same function of time and not position. They must therefore all
be constants. Let that constant be denoted by ip (negative) so that

also

p d'2ri

m

m

V

dP

8 \

i Swi

8v,

i i

Swi\

8x |

1 8x

' Sy +

6z f

' Su.

8V;

Swi \

h l

1 8x

Sy +

Sz Ij

8 <

; Sui

8v •

i 1 i

S_Wj )

1 8z |

( Sx

Sy +

8z jj

=—ip

+ npr*vi + pivi=0

with solutions u—'S{uir^

v=S(viTi); W=2(w(r{y,

Oscillatory Discharge of a Leyden Jar.

15

This equation has in it no term involving loss of energy by friction or
a similar cause.

The solution of

dP

+ iT{=0

depends on the form of i. If i be real and positive

r^=zA sin Ji.t +B cos y/i.t

if real and negative

r,—Ae/ ^ +Be

J—i.t

These solutions indicate oscillatory motion of the elastic medium, or
gradual subsidence to rest, according to the value of i.

Now as far back as 1842 Prof. Joseph Henry recognized that the dis¬
charge of a condenser might be oscillatory. Helmholtz seems to have
so considered it in 1847 in his famous essay on the conservation of
energy. In the Phil. Mag. for June, 1847, Sir William Thomson showed
that when a condenser is discharged through a resistance having self
induction L (or electro-dynamic capacity, as he termed it) and electro
static capacity C of the condenser; being loaded originally with the

charge q where q-

■■CV and — —i= current at any instant, = ~
dt a

by

Ohm’s law in the case of steady currents, then

d^q R dq 1 _

dtp + ~L ~dt +'LCq~°

The general solution of such an equation is of the form

.^4 + /V-i) (a*- /V~*>

, R , * / 1 -R2

where u= — — and

This equation reduces to one of the the form (\q + -=—=0 when the

dP LC

resistance of the discharging circuit can be neglected in comparison
with the self induction coefficient of the same. The discharges
are then strictly oscillatory, the, time of a complete oscillation, being

27t^/LC. When R= ^ the motion has just ceased to be oscillatory or

is dead beat. For sufficiently large values of R in comparison with L
the value of fi becomes imaginary, and there is no proper oscillation.

16

Davies. — Some Electric and Elastic Analogies .

The fact of electrical oscillations in such cases has been sufficiently
well established experimently by Feddersen, Food, Lodge, Trowbridge
and many others. Hertz and Lodge have traced out in great detail
the dissipation of the energy of these vibrations, both in electro-mag¬
netic waves and heating of the dielectric. The whole electro -magnetic
theory of light assumes that when these oscillations are sufficiently
rapid and the wave lengths correspondingly short, they are capable of
affecting the retina and of producing chemical change. As we see from
the expression above given for the time of an oscillation, such rapid
vibrations and short wave lengths imply very small electro -static ca¬
pacity and self inductance, such only as we could look for among mole¬
cular or atomic structures.

The next analogy has reference to the self induction of rods, and the
magnetic forces within them when they are of other forms than circular.

It is well known that Coulomb made great use of the torsion balance
in his establishment of the law of the inverse square of the distance as the
fundamental law of force between electrical charges mutually acting on
each other, and also between magnet poles. He appears to have consid¬
ered in connection with this work the theory of the torsion of elastic
threads, of hair, silk, and metals. He likewise appears to have been the

first who established with reference to them, the simple differential
equation

where Mk* is the moment of inertia of the cylindrical thread round its
axis, and 11 the torsional rigidity. The solution of this equation gives
the time of an oscillation. This time can also be observed. Thus the
assumption that the force of torsion is proportional to 0 can be tested
experimentally. This is found to be the case for small arcs, and we have
here the fundamental equation so much used in all magnetic and elec¬
tric as well as general physical work.

For circular cylinders (solid or hollow) every straight line “ is turned
round the axis through such an angle as to give a uniform rate of twist
(r) equal to the applied couple divided by the product of the moment of
inertia of the circular area into the rigidity (n) of the substance,” i. e.’
the moment of the twisting couple,

(where d6 is an element of area), and r is rate of twist.

Now Saint Venant has shown that in all but strictly circular cylinders
(solid or hollow) there is a warping of each cross section in the vertical

direction whose amount depends upon the position of the point rela¬

tively to the axis and the amount of total twist given to the prism.

Magnetic Force and Torsional Strains.

17

Thus, if a and (3 be the y and x components of the strain, then ac
cording to Saint Venant

a dy dy

^-T°+dx’ a=TX + ~dy-

If n is rigidity, the forces are n times these; hence + /32) taken over

a section of the prism represents the energy of the strain ( potential ) per
unit of length of the prism, y, which denotes the warping, fulfils
Laplace’s equation, viz.:

F V=0, and also -g^r^

Here p denotes a perpendicular drawn from the center of the prism (or
origin of coordinates) to a tangent to the surface of the same. |^For cur¬
rent along a cylinder where the current density is FQ and where 12 de¬
notes (polar) magnetic potential we have an analogous expression

dFl „ d{r^

■7tr

’]

dp ° ds

It is needless to point out that negative 12 represents y, and TtFQ repre¬
sents \r in the elastic analogy.

In the ordinary notation of strains we have in such prisms under
torsion P—O, Q=0, R=0, U—O, while

dy\

— TV 4-— 1

S'=n(rx + ^d T=n(rry+

dy/ V y dx/

These cover the tractions and shears in the interior, or the body forces;
while F—O, G—O, FI=T sin cp + S cos cp, reach the surface tractions.
Consequently

H=n(dr

dp

-rq

or

H=n

i.~dy C°S Sin sin V~x cos j

if p be the above perpendicular and q= distance from point of surface
for which H is taken along the tangent to the foot of this perpendicu¬
lar p.

For the usual form of couple, according to Coulomb’s law, we should
have as above

N—nrj'J(x2+y^)dxdy,

which would require a valne of H equal to that just given to prevent
warping; while if H be zero and warping freely allowed, the real couple
necessary to produce the rate of twist (r) would be less than this, i. e.,

N=Jj (Sx — Ty)dxdy=nr j' f'(x2 + y*)dxdy—nj' f — x~dJj) dxdy

3 — A. & L.

18

Davies. — Some Electric and Elastic Analogies.

The last term is the time integral of the continuous couple by which an
angular velocity r would be communicated to the liquid in a closed infin¬
itely light box of the same internal shape as the given prism to which
torsion is imparted, and of length unity, liquid density n, as was shown by
Stokes in 1843. (Math, and Phys. Papers, vol. I., p. 17.) The effective
moment of inertia* of the liquid equals the correction to the torsional
elasticity of the prism calculated by Coulomb’s law as if the cross sec¬
tion were circular, a and p would in this case represent the compon¬
ents parallel to x and y of the velocities of the liquid relatively to the
box. If in any case this couple be divided by r we have the so-called
torsional rigidity of the prism. For a prism of eliptical section

n£ f

where J and L are moments of inertia around x and y respectively.

For a triangular prism (equilateral)

J+L) ] 1—

(a2-V)

(a2 + b2 j

-nr

7ta 353
a- + b'2

N=r-

na 4

~l$Vf

and so on.

Now Oliver Heaviside has shown that, calling H1 and H2, the two
components of the magnetic force in a cylinder in which an electric cur¬
rent is flowing, and which is surrounded by a return conductor in the

form of a closely fitting sheath (like the Deptford mains, for example)

then

H1=-27trro

dDj m
dx ’

H2=27txr c

dn

dy

Likewise also, in analogy with the expression above given for the
energy of a twisted prism, viz.:

^(u2 + /42)

where a and denote the x and y components of the twisting strain, we
have, calling T the magnetic energy per unit of length of a rod carrying
a current of density PQ and which is enclosed by a return conducting
sheath,

= Energy of magnetic field per unit length of rod carrying current.

“ The lines of tangential stress in the torsion problem and the lines of
magnetic force in the electrical problem are identical,, and the energy is

* By the effective moment of inertia is meant “ the moment of inertia
of a rigid solid which may be fixed within the box, if the liquid be re¬
moved, to make its motions the same as they are with the liquid in it.” —
Thompson & Tait, Nat. Phil., part II, p. 242.

Inductances and Coefficients of Rigidity.

19

similarly reckoned.” Moreover, it appears that the ratios of the in¬
ductances of wires of different sections (taking the circular wire as a
standard), are as the ratios of the torsional rigidities of rods of various
cross sections in the torsion problems as worked out by Saint Venant
For example, the torsional rigidity of a circular cylinder being

M

j d6r2—mtr

and that of an elliptical cylinder being as above,

7ta3b3
— =-5

a2 + b2

the latter is essentially

cib

a'2 + b2

times that of the circular cylinder. So if L=\u (ju being permeability)
be the coefficient of self induction per unit of length of a round wire,
then

\n

ab r
Id + b2

is that of unit length of an elliptical one. So also Aklln is that of a
square one; .3627/q that of one of triangular cross section (equilateral);
%7tjna/b that for a flat strip or sheet whose thickness is a and breadth b,
and so on.

It will be noticed that these coefficients are the halves of those given
by Saint Venant for the amounts by which the torsional rigidities of
circular prisms of equal area are to be diminished when the cross sec¬
tions are as given above, and warping of the cross sections is a part of
the strain.

Now, as stated at the beginning of this paper, whatever may be the
exact nature of electricity or magnetism, Clerk Maxwell has shown that
the phenomena of both lead to the idea that electro-static lines of force
and magnetic lines of force cause a stress in the medium they exist in,
which is measured by

along the lines; being of the nature of the tensile stresses transmitted
along tie lines in elasticity, and are accompanied by corresponding pres¬
sures at right angles to them. The phenomena are essentially of the
nature of elasticity and point to a medium capable of sustaining stresses
The exact mechanism by which these stresses are produced is another
question. It may be that mere attraction resisting displacement (as is
sometimes assumed in theories of elasticity) is at the bottom of electro¬
static strains, but it seems pretty certain that ether rotations are at the
bottom of magnetic strains, and Sir William Thomson has shown that a

20

Davies . — Some Electric and Elastic Analogies .

medium can be conceived to which minute rotations give a quasi elas¬
ticity, such that the magnetic rotation of the plane of polarization of
light can be explained thereby. On this view the quantity denoting
permeability in the magnetic problem, and which seems to be the ana¬
logue of that which denotes rigidity in the elastic problem, would have
very different values within and without an iron core. Within it would
be smaller than without, so that the resistance to rotation would be less in
soft iron than in copper or air. “ In the place of the soft iron we must
suppose ether of vastly less rigidity than that of the ether through the
rest of space, whether copper or air. * ' * * To represent the case of a
soft iron core of permeability 300, suppose the value of n [the rigidity]
for the ether in the space corresponding to the soft iron core to be 3^ of
its value elsewhere, and let the circuital forcive * be the same as that in
the former case.” * * * ‘In this case the rotation, and therefore the
energy of the ether within the core is 300 times what it is in the same
region without the core, except near the ends.’ |

* By “ forcive ” Sir William Thomson seems here to mean the system of
reactions aroused by absolute rotations in the ether just as elastic re¬
actions are aroused by displacements in an elastic solid. Electricity in
motion he seems to regard as a go-between for ordinary matter and
ether. The latter is supposed to have no rigidity to ordinary slides — at
least such as are involved in the ordinary movements of the ether; i. e.,
those movements that are caused by the passage of bodies through it at
ordinary velocities.

•[Thomson’s Reprint of Mathematical and Physical Papers, Vol. III.

Note. — The whole subject of the properties and modes of motion of
various ethers has recently been very clearly and powerfully treated by
vector methods by Oliver Heaviside, in a series of articles in the London
“ Electrician.” The old elastic solid theory of the luminiferous ether is
shown to be quite inadequate to explain electro-magnetic relations.

NOTES ON A TRIP TO THE LI PARI ISLANDS IN 1889.

(With Plate L)

By WM. H. HOBBS.

The Lipari or iEolian group of islands are all of volcanic origin and
lie in the Mediterranean Sea between thirty and forty miles northwest
of the Straits of Messina. There are seven large islands and ten islets,
all of which received various names by the ancients. The Greeks made
them the abode of iEolus, the god of the winds, and Volcano or Vulcano,
one of the two active volcanic vents, was supposed to be the forge of
Vulcan.

Lipari, near the center of the group, has figured prominently in his¬
tory. Plundered by the Athenians and later by the Carthaginians, it
was the scene in B. C. 260 of the capture of the Roman general, Cnseus
Cornelius Scipio, by the Carthaginians. Eruptions of Volcano must
have taken place in B. C. 204 and 126. In the middle ages and later the
government changed hands frequently.

With the exception of Lipari and Salina near the center of the group,
the islands are at present but little inhabited. Volcano, the southern¬
most, which till recently contained vineyards and important chemical
industries depending on the emanations of the torpid volcano, has been
entirely deserted since the outbreak of 1888 and 1889. Yet amid all this
desolation is to be found some of the most romantic scenery in Italy.
Lipari, the largest and most productive of the islands, has an area of ten
to eleven square miles. On the east side of the island in a natural
amphitheatre is the town of the same name, the walls of the amphithe¬
atre being formed by the now extinct volcanoes; Monte Rosa, Monte
Sant’ Angelo and Monte della Guardia. Monte Sant’ Angelo, the high¬
est point (1952 feet), rises in the center of the island on the west of the
town. Monte Rosa extends into the sea as a rocky promontory inclosing
the harbor of Lipari on the north, while Monte Guardia serves a similar
purpose on the south. In the middle of the crescent-shaped amphithe¬
atre is an isolated rock projecting above the waters of the bay and joined
to the mainland by a narrow neck. This rock is crowned by the sombre
walls and towers of the Fort or “ Castello,” and is the site of the ancient
town.

22

Hobbs. — Notes on a Trip to the Lipari Islands .

The modern town is erected around the fort and contains ware¬
houses, where are stored for shipment the products of the island — the
finest pumice stone, sulphur, currants, figs, Malmsey wine, etc. The
vegetation is semi-tropical. Outside of the town the opuntia or prickly
pear is abundant. Figs, agaves and grapes thrive. The great difficulty
the inhabitants have to meet is the scarcity of water, which they collect
for domestic purposes on their peculiar flat-roofed houses. For this
reason oranges and lemons, so abundant in neighboring Sicily, are not
cultivated here. The population was formerly much larger than at
present, many of the natives having emigrated to America. As a conse¬
quence the price of a day’s labor, which I was informed was a few years
since about a lire (20 cents), has risen to about twice that sum. The
Lipari islands lie somewhat off the line of tourist travel. Except by
naturalists wTho are interested in their volcanic features, the islands are
rarely visited, both because of the difficulty in reaching them and be¬
cause of the primitive character of the accommodations.

The chief interest then of the traveler in these Islands lies in the
volcanoes, and particularly the active vents, Stromboli and Volcano.
The map has been prepared to show the relation of these vents to
one another and to the other volcanoes of Italy. First of all it will
be seen from the map how the vents are arranged linearly. It will next

Arrangement of the Italian Volcanoes.

23

be noticed that the main fissure there indicated runs parallel to the
backbone of the Italian Peninsula, which finds its extension in the
mountain range skirting the north coast of Sicily. This principal line
of vents begins with the extinct Mte. Amiata on the north, is extended
in the crater lakes of the Roman Campagna — Lago di Bolsena, Lago di
Vico, and Lago di Bracciano — in the Alban Hills to the south of Rome,
Frosinone, the Rocca Monfina, and Vesuvius. Here the fissure line to
continue its course parallel to the peninsular backbone would enter the
sea. Following its approximate course we see that the Lipari islands
form a continuation of it. The enlarged view giving the arrangement of
individual vents on the islands indicates that this fissure forks in the
island of Panaria, one branch passing westward through the extinct
craters of Salina, Filicudi and Alicudi and probably continued in
the shoal of Graham’s Island and in Pantellaria. The other branch
passes southward through Mti. Campo Bianco, Sant’ Angelo and Guardia
in Lipari, the vents of Vulcanello and Vulcano, and a submarine fumar-
ole off Cape Calava on the north shore of Sicily, to Etna. Crossing the
main fissure near Naples is a shorter one passing roughly east and west
through the Ponza Islands, Ischia, Procida, the Campi Phlegraeii or
Burning Fields near Naples, Vesuvius and Mte. Vultura on the eastern
slope of the Apennines. This secondary fissure runs parallel to an out¬
lying arm of the Apennines indicated in the Sorrento Peninsula and
Capri. Vesuvius, the present focus of volcanic activity on the Italian
Peninsula, is situated at the intersection of these two fissure-lines. Ob¬
servations in other regions have shown that the largest cones have gen¬
erally been built up where the fissure is widened from this or some
other cause. In the Lipari islands, strangely enough it would seem, the
active foci are not on Panaria where the fissure forks but on Stromboli
and Volcano some distances to the northward and southward. It has
been argued that Panaria was once the seat of an outburst so violent as to
destroy itself, the remnants of a great crater being made out in the islets
of the vicinity. To recapitulate, the positions of the Italian volcanoes
illustrate well two almost universal features of volcanic regions; first, a
linear arrangement of the vents, indicating that they are formed on fis¬
sures in the crust of the earth, and second a substantial agreement be¬
tween the direction of this fissure and the trend of important folds in
the strata (as shown in the prominent mountain ranges) which are
structurally directions of weakness.

In the spring of 1889 I visited Italy in company with an English
friend, Mr. Bernard Hobson, now lecturer in geology in the Victoria
University, Manchester. It was our intention to observe as much as
possible of the volcanic areas, especially Vesuvius and Vulcano, both of
which were then active. In Naples we were privileged to meet Dr. H. J.
Johnston-Lavis, the energetic and careful student of volcanic phen¬
omena, the authority on Vesuvius as well as the best authority on

24

Hobbs. — Notes on a Trip to the Lipari Islands.

the Italian volcanoes in general. Dr. Johnston-Lavis kindly furnished
us with a letter of introduction to Mr. A. E. Narlian of Lipari, and sup¬
plied us with much valuable information concerning the islands. We
had in onr outfit a small camera belonging to my friend, to whom I am
indebted for the photographs from which the figures in this paper were
prepared. We were also fortunate to fall in at Naples with Dr. Brauns
of Marburg, with whom I had made geological tramps in Saxony. He
was accompanied by his brother and bound for the Lipari islands, so that
we joined onr forces, making a party of four. I have thought that it
might be well to put on record some of onr observations and at the
same time collect the main facts in the history of Volcano.

The town of Lipari, as seen from Mte Rosa. Mte Guardia on the right. On the left, in the
distance, is Volcano, with eruption beginning.

The trip to Messina was made without notable incident, unless it be
the difficulty we had in getting aboard onr vessel on the evening of onr
departure from Naples. The vessel does not come to the wharf, but is
moored out some distance in the bay so that passengers must secure
boatmen with yawls to go aboard. We selected what were apparently
the least villainous of the Neapolitan boatmen lounging about the land¬
ing and bargained with them to take ns aboard onr vessel. Just as the
landing stairs of the vessel were reached a demand was made for double
the tariff. I being nearest the landing stairs jumped out, throwing the
boatmen the rate agreed upon. Before the others could do so the boat
was pushed away from the vessel. Mounted to the deck, I saw and
heard a lively discussion between my friends and the boatmen, carried
on in bad Italian with occasional German and English interjections on
the one hand and very voluble Italian on tbo other. The boat drifted

Incidents of the Journey ,

25

farther away, and in the dnsk I could make out that the matter was ap¬
parently settled by the Italians sturdily rowing the boat toward the
shore. Before they had reached it a warning whistle sounded from the
vessel; again commotion in the boat and soon a change in its direction.
This time my friends reached the vessel, but only by submitting to the
extortion. We must have passed near Strom boli in the night, but we were
too tired from our tramps around Vesuvius to watch for the “ Light¬
house of the Mediterranean.” After various contacts — more or less
agreeable — with the Sicilians, and after watching them prepare maca¬
roni or load oranges on British vessels bound for America, we embarked
on the little steamer which leaves Messina semi-weekly for Lipari, and
at midnight passed between Scylla and Charybdis.

At six o’clock the next morning, the 7th of April, we cast anchor in
the harbor of Lipari. Hurrying to the deck, I saw a picture I shall long
remember. Before me were the quaint town, the fertile slopes about it
and the sombre but picturesque CasteXlo , the whole hemmed in by frown¬
ing crater walls. A few miles south rose the wide-mouthed cinder-cone
of Volcano, the most beautiful and symmetrical of all cinder-cones.
Around our small steamer were numerous yawls manned by natives, who
were quarreling for position at the landing stairs and vociferating in a
manner only possible to Italians. We submitted to be taken ashore by
them, and found them far less disagreeable than we were led to expect
from acquaintance with their Neapolitan brothers. An experience of
two months in Italy, spent as much in the country off the lines of
tourist travel as in the cities, taught us that the most troublesome
Italians are in the cities, but especially in Naples. One needs to stop in
Naples to understand how Mark Twain could spend two weeks “studying
human villainy.” Before I had reached the shore I had seen three grand
explosions of Volcano accompanied by a loud rumbling and the sending
up of a great cloud of dust and ash, and followed by the rattling of the
projectiles as they fell back in the crater or rolled down the outer slope
into the sea. After a moment the outburst would be over, and the only
visible remnant would be a dense black cloud floating away under the
light breeze to the eastward. At greater distances in the same direction
could be seen similar clouds due to earlier explosions. Between explo¬
sions a large fumarole sent out a volume of white vapour resembling the
’ scape of a locomotive. We were soon housed at the one rather primitive
Locanda or hotel that the town supported, and hastened to make the
acquaintance of our guide, Bartolomeo Nicotera, who was to serve us
in our trip to Volcano. That day and the one following were spent on
Lipari in examination of the old craters and acid lava streams, and col¬
lecting from the obsidian, pumice and liparite so abundant in the
vicinity. But Volcano was an attraction that outweighed others in our
minds, and to it I shall direct attention. I shall therefore interrupt my
narrative to give something of its history.

26 Hobbs. — Notes on a Trip to the Lipari Islands.

The island on which the volcano is located, which bears the same
name — Volcano or Vnlcano, has an area of about eight and one-half
square miles. The crater, the “ Gran Cratere ” of the natives, is situated a
little to the northward of the center of the island. On a peninsula at
the north end of the island is Vulcanello, a small triple-cratered hill
joined to the mass of the island by a low and narrow neck of land. This
forms two bays, of which the one on the east side is called the Porto di
Levante, and is the landing place for boats. The present mountain is a
cinder-cone par excellence , and rises a few hundred yards south of the
landing. The crater had a diameter according to Johnston-Lavis (in
September, 1889) of about 250 metres and a depth of 30-40 meters below
the lowest lip. (Scottish Geographical Magazine, VI., p. 147.) These
values are much lower than those of Baltzer taken in 1873, who gives
the diameter of the crater as 900 metres. The depth of the crater he
measured and found to be 86 metres (Zeitsch. d. d. geol. Gesellschaft, 1875,
p. 9). The height of the lip of the crater (the Piano della Fossa ) is about
700 feet above the sea. With the exception of a moderate-sized obsidian
stream on the northwest flank, the material of the cone seems to be en¬
tirely fragmentary. Baltzer, in 1873, sketched beds showing the dip of the
material within the lip of the crater to be toward the center. Near the ob¬
sidian stream, just outside the crater rim on the north side, is a secondary
crater about 200 feet in diameter which has long been an active fumarole.
Encircling the present crater at a distance of one-half to three-quarters
of a mile is an older explosive crater, the highest point of which is Mte.
Saraceno to the south. To the south of this Judd has described three
still older craters, the centers of which lie in the medial line of the
island. All these older craters including that of Monte Saraceno, unlike
the present active one, are essentially composite in character being
made up of lavas with ash, lapilli, etc. . The lavas near the south of the
island are doleritic in character, rich in olivine, while to the north they
are composed of trachytic rock. The beds are traversed by radial dikes
showing the former existence of parasitic cones. Some of these dikes
belong to the curiously hollow type recently described by Johnston-
Lavis from Vesuvius, Stromboli and this locality. (“L’Eruzione del
Vesuvio nel 2 Maggio, 1885,” Ann. d. Accad. O. Costa d’Asp. Naturalisti,
Era 3, Vol. 1. Nature xxxviii, 13.) These are due to the draining out of
the lava below after it has been injected into the fissure and a portion
has consolidated on the walls.

The structure of the island shows clearly that the early eruptions
which built it up were largely of basic lava, that the active vent was
migratory northward along the medial line of the present island, each
successive eruption blowing out the north wall of the crater formed by
the preceding eruption and affording more and more acid material. Ac¬
cording to Scrope the present form of the volcano is. largely due to the

History of Volcano.

27

eruption of 1788. After this eruption the mountain passed into the
solfatara condition, or condition of moderate fumarole activity. The
gases — boric acid, sulphur, sal ammoniac, etc. — were collected by the
Italian firm of Nunziate and later by the English firm of Stevenson.
The method of collecting was to pile cinder over the fumaroles so that
the materials would sublime, then remove to the manufactories for further
concentration. One of the manufactories was within the crater and the
other on the shore of the Porto di Levante. The competition from Asia
Minor and California resulted in the neglecting of the boric acid industry,
but it was proposed to build large leaden chambers over the fumaroles for
the better condensation of the sulphur gases, when the increasing activ¬
ity of the fumaroles interrupted the work. The light eruption which
began in August, 1873, and ended in December, 1874, hai4 been described
by Baltzer and presents many interesting features. Flames, once
thought so common but now known to be extremely rare at volcanic
eruptions, were observed in this instance. They showed a tinge of green,
doubtless to be ascribed to boric acid. The most interesting feature,
however, was the fall during the early stage of the eruption of a fine snow-
white powder, which covered the island to a depth in some places of three
to four centimetres. This was followed by a gray ash of the ordinary type,
nothing more nor less than finely divided liparite lava. The snow-white
ash, however, was 94 per cent, silica, and was shown to be tridymite by its
low specific gravity, its solubility in alkalies and its optical behavior. Balt¬
zer has offered the plausible explanation that this material is formed dur¬
ing the long period of quiescence, by the action of the acid gases of the
fumaroles on the plug and walls of the chimney under the high pressure
and temperature which must attain there. This explanation accounts
for the absence of the snow-white ash from the later phases of the
eruption. (See Baltzer, Zeitsch. d. d. geol. Gesellschaft, 1875, pp. 3-29.)

After this very light eruption, which was not violent enough to expel
the workmen from the crater, the old conditions of fumarole activity
were resumed. In 1886 there came a slight eruption which cleared out
the bottom of the crater, since which time it has never entered into its
former quiescent condition. Before 1888 the English firm owning the
sulphur industry had set out large vineyards and fig orchards at the
north end of the island. Mr. A. E. Narlian, who was in charge of these,
had his villa a few hundred yards north of the cinder cone of Volcano.
In August, 1888, occurred an outbreak which, though not to be ranked
with eruptions of the first order of intensity, caused much damage. The
main facts connected with this eruption were reported to us by Mr.
Narlian at his home in Lipari. They were contained in a letter to Prof.
Johnston-Lavis, and were published in the London Times and in the
Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Science for
1888 (p. 664).

28

Hobbs.— Notes on a Trip to the Lipari Islands.

On the 3rd of August an outburst took place in the crater, of sufficient
force to throw projectiles out to the sides, whence they rolled down the
slope. This lasted ten to fifteen minutes and was repeated at intervals
of twenty or thirty minutes. With the throwing out of the projectiles
t here would be a great rush of thick smoke (mainly steam and dust)
Such eruptions had been observed several times before within the thir¬
teen years Mr. Narlian had been on the island, and he was led to hope
that these would end like former eruptions. Toward evening the lead¬
ing fumarole (the secondary crater on the north lip of the main crater),
which had given off offensive gases for some months, showed a clear,
high flame tinged with green or blue. Mr. Narlian was so alarmed that
he did not undress for the night. Towards morning he fell asleep, but
was soon awakened by a tremendous din caused by the fall of projectiles
on the roof of his villa. Securing his children, he ran to the drawing
room, but as the door was opened a red-hot mass of pumice, two feet in
diameter fell through the roof, ceiling and floor, smashing and setting
fire to everything. Turning back, they reached the verandah by another
passage, when a second red-hot block, similar to the first, fell at their
feet, was smashed to fragments and burned the feet and legs of the two
boys. Mr. Narlian, helping his children as best he could, ran away from
the thundering mountain toward Vulcanello. The men, in their despair
had carried off the two available boats, leaving him without any means
of escape. He was obliged to remain on Vulcanello, almost within reach
of the falling blocks, until taken off about noon by boats from Lipari.

The violence of the eruption diminished somewhat in intensity, but to
the end of the month the noise continued to be heard in Lipari (at a
distance of six miles) as a prolonged thunder. Almost the same condi¬
tion of affairs continued through the year, the quantity of projectiles
diminishing somewhat and being replaced by fine ash, which mounted
as a black cloud to a height of three miles or more before floating off.

When I visited the volcano on April 9th of the year following, this
was the condition of affairs, with the intensity of the outbursts some¬
what further diminished. We engaged four swarthy boatmen and their
boat for the entire day for twelve lires ($2.40). These men, who rowed
standing, were dressed in bright colored shirts and trousers rolled
nearly to their hips. Their sandals they carried in their pockets while
in the boat. Enormous brass rings were stuck in their ears. We
carried provisions and wine, as nothing to eat or drink could be ob¬
tained on the island. The morning was clear but the sea was quite
choppy. I had never seen water of such a beautiful tint. The oars as
they dipped in the water showed a beautiful turquois blue. We landed
at the Porto di Levante, the boatmen carrying us through the surf on
their shoulders. We visited Vulcanello and photographed the explo¬
sions from that point. One of these photographs has been engraved, and

Structure of the Volcanic Projectiles.

29

shows the great dust-cloud ascending and curiously branching as it
attains a height above the crater about equal to the height of the
mountain. (See Plate I., Fig. 1.) The interval between eruptions varied
from three to four minutes to a half hour.

From Vulcanello we visited Mr. Narlian’s ruined villa (about three -
fourths mile from the crater), which presented a most desolate appear¬
ance with its smashed and charred roof and walls half buried in ashes,
lapilli and bombs. The vine and fig plantation was almost completely
buried in cinder and entirely ruined, occasioning a loss of about £40,000
sterling. The entire plain (Atrio) between the mountain and the encir¬
cling ring of Monte Saraceno and Monte Luccia, is covered with lapilli
to a depth of several feet, and this is strewn with projectiles (the so-
called “ bombs ”) of all sizes from such as are smaller than one’s fist to
those several feet or even yards in diameter. The larger ones have dug
themselves great pits in the loose lapilli so that they are nearly or quite
buried, the lapilli being thrown out to a considerable distance. When¬
ever the mass was more than afoot in diameter it was sure to be cracked
or broken from the force of its fall, being composed of a coarse acid
pumice. Their porous character explains how they could attain to
such extraordinary dimensions. We saw numerous specimens that
had clearly been over four feet in diameter and at distances of
one-half to three-quarters of a mile or more from the crater.
Mr. Narlian mentioned one near the well of his house that he
thinks was ten yards in diameter. This I did not see. A projectile
at least three feet in diameter we found well up on the slope of Monte
Saraceno in the encircling “ Somma.” The structure of these projectiles
is very interesting. Their shape approaches roughly to an ellipsoid and
generally one of rotation, though they are really polyhedral with peculiar
warped plane surfaces. Pear-like shapes are not found and their presence
would hardly be expected when the material is so porous. They have an
outer glassy skin, about a half -inch thick, with fine scattered vesicles.
This has a gray surface color like pumice, with cracks opened in and be¬
tween the warped bounding surfaces. Dr. Johnston-Lavis has aptly termed
this unique structure the “ bread-crust structure,” since it closely resem¬
bles both in appearance and in probable manner of formation, that of a
baked bread crust, in which cracks have formed from the expansion of the
gas in the dough after the surface has hardened. The larger cracks show
upturned edges and reveal at the bottom of the crack a fine-grained
spongy pumice. Everyone will recollect analogies to this in bread.
The interior of the “bomb” is pumice with in general an increase
in the size of the vesicles toward the center.' (See Plate I, Figure 2.)
These vesicles are usually elongated in the direction of the radi-
vectori of the bomb. This is doubtless to be ascribed to the centrifugal
force developed by the rotation of the mass in the air. The petrograph-

30 Hobbs . — Notes on a Trip to the Lipari Islands.

ical and chemical relations of these projectiles will be treated in another
paper.

The explanation of Dr. Johnston-Lavis for the formation of the
projectiles is so satisfactory that I quote from him:

Their structure is “ due to the obsidian reaching that intermediate
stage between a liquid and a solid or in other words a state of intense
viscosity, like slightly warmed sealing wax or hardened Canada balsam,
which break when exposed to strong and violent mechanical stress but
bend under a slight and gradually applied one. The magma in the upper
part of this volcanic chimney seems to be in this critical state, and, as
the vapor collects and escapes from the more heated and fluid portion
beneath the upper part, is broken in fragments and ejected, when it is
relieved from the surrounding pressure and allowed to expand. The
crust has cooled along the cracks before this, and continues to do so, as
it is whirled through the air, and after its fall, whilst the interior ex¬
pands at the same time, innumerable vesicles being formed from the
water dissolved in the magma separating as steam. This expansion
causes the cracking of the hardened crust and in some cases protrusion
through the crust.” (Proc. Geol. Assoc. London, XI, p. 390, August,
1890.)

View of Volcano from Mte Saraceno, showing the “Barrancos11 and the beginning of an
eruption. The island in the distance is Lipari.

We climbed Monte Saraceno and Mr. Hobson again photographed Vol¬
cano during the explosion. From this point the cone shows well the gul¬
lies (Barrancos) which in other regions figured so prominently in the “ ele¬
vation crater theory.” From this point we could see that the wind, which
was fresh from the west, carried the projectiles of the eruptions to the
east of the crater. Owing to this favorable circumstance we hoped to be
able to safely ascend to the crater from the west side. Mr. Hobson and my¬
self therefore attempted the ascent and had toiled half way to the summit
through lapillo and ash lying at the angle of repose, when a severe squall
that had been threatening for some time, broke upon us. The sea
about the island was lashed into foam. The strong wind picked up the

The Return.

31

loose ash and lapilli and drove it against us with such force that we
were compelled to cover our heads with our coats to protect our faces.
We gave up the ascent to the crater and made the descent, which was as
easy as the ascent was difficult. Reaching the Porto di Levante we shel¬
tered ourselves as best we could from the wind and rain till toward even¬
ing, when the violence of the storm abated and we made our way to
Lipari by dint of hard rowing in a heavy sea.

On the following day with our faces still toward Volcano we took our
departure from Lipari on the little mail steamer from Messina, which
had again cast anchor in the harbor. After the volcano had almost van¬
ished from sight, we stretched ourselves on the deck under the bright
sun. Rising some moments after I noticed that my clothes were being
covered by the fine liparite ash of the mountain which was borne to us
by the wind. Spreading a paper on the deck we were able to collect a
considerable quantity of the material. Thus we bid our adieu to Vol¬
cano.

Some five months . later a party from the Geologists’ Association of
London visited the island under the guidance of Dr. Johnston-Lavis.
They succeeded in reaching the crater’s edge. They saw the inner slop¬
ing walls of the crater to be made up of ash with scattered “ bread-
crust” bombs of all sizes. In the bottom were conical depressions which
emitted no steam between eruptions. Explosions at intervals of five
minutes to half an hour would raise the whole or part of the bottom in a
vast cloud, such as we had observed, estimated to attain to a height of
8,000 feet. (Proc. Geologists’ Association XI, p. 389.)

It is interesting in this connection to recount certain accidents which
have happened to the telegraph cable between Lipari and Capo Melazzo
in Sicily. This cable passes quite near Volcano. On the 21st and 22nd
of November, 1888, a rupture occurred near Volcano and the cable was
buried. Again on March 30th, 1889, a less serious break, and again on
September 11, 1889, a more serious one occurred. These facts point to
the formation of a submarine vent quite near Vulcano.

University of Wisconsin , June 2 , 1892.

32

Hobbs. — Notes on a Trip to the Lipari Islands.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Figure 1.

View of Volcano looking south from Voleanello, engraved from a
photograph by Bernard Hobson, B. Sc., taken April 9th, 1889. The dust
cloud mounting from the crater, which in its initial stages showed but a
single important lobe, has just sent off lateral lobes the distribution of
which is very symmetrical to the central lobe. The active fumerole on
the north lip of the crator (in shadow) gives a smaller volume of
steam than in the interval between explosions.

Figure 2.

“ Bread-crust” projectiles from the Atrio to the west of the Cinder-Cone
of Volcano. At the left of the figure is a bomb about the size of a tur¬
key’s egg, which shows the polyhedal shape, the hard, smooth surface,
and the peculiar cracking. On the right is a fragment from a bomb
which was about the size of a man’s head. The piece is three and one-
half inches high. The upper is the original outer surface and shows a
vesicular obsidian extending to a depth of about one-half an inch. The
rest of the material is pumice, the vesicles of which are ellipsoidal with
their longest axes roughly perpendicular to the original obsidian sur¬
face. The size of the vesicles increases toward the center of the bomb.

Trans. Wis. Acad . Sci.

Vol. IX, PL I.

Fig. 1.

Hobbs.

Fig. 2.

Trip to Lipari Islands.

i

f-

p:

;

!-•

Psychology as a Science.

33

SOME SUGGESTIONS CONCERNING METHODS OF
PSYCHOLOGICAL STUDY.

By J. J. BLAISDELL, Beloit, Wis.

I feel myself already rebuked ia bringing before you the matter which
1 am about to read. Not indeed because it is, in my view, for substance
without importance; but for the reason that ia the way ‘of its putting, it
is crude and in a measure meager and inadequate. It will have this ele¬
ment of advantage, that it is beaten into deep personal convictions by
not a feu; years of teaching the branch in question, and put to the test
of its truthfulness by having contributed to helping a number of fair
minds into an apparently well-grounded habit of good living. What
proves to be well adjusted to normal living— the best test of the signifi¬
cance of theories — cannot be altogether spoiled by the manner or
method of its presentation. What suggestions I have to make upon the
methods of teaching Psychology I should like to bring before you in the
way of several questions.

1. Should it not be more thoroughly insisted on that psychology is a
science — a science of observation— an inductive science? Avery com¬
mon use of the word science makes it designate only a concept of the
several d partments of what may be loosely described as physical, nat¬
ural, material processes. It often means any such concept as may be
gathered up piecemeal of a conglomerate of unrelated facts in a given
field, without insisting on the logical coordination of these facts, and
their subordination to some generic principle. Even in many cases
wherein the claim of psychology to a scientific dignity is allowed, it is
done with a timidity which seems to arise from a suspicion that as a sci¬
ence it jacks the clearness, distinctness and adequacy, which constitute
the perfection of scientific character. If indeed there be just question
whether psychology is thus usurper of a place in the category of the sci¬
ences, it is fair certainly to give it thorough challenge. If, on the con¬
trary, it presents a defined field. of fact with its exact extension and in¬
tension, and is entirely capable of differentiating and relating its con¬
tents, it is time that scholarship should clear its habit from undue bias
derived from study by the five senses and, with explicit commitment,
admit it into the order of the sciences,— this one, without which, if its
scientific character be made good, all others would wield a barren scep-
4— A. & L.

34 Blaisdell — Suggestions for Psychological Study.

ter. The phrase, “science of psychology” should be pronounced in a
major key. In a curriculum of studies the designation “science” should
certainly as much include psychology as geology or chemistry. The
word “scientist”— barring the infelicity of its mongrel etymology, which
makes it a pain to use it, — should not denote one more than the other.
There is no reason why science should mean science of matter more
than science of mind. College boys and university men should not be
allowed to grow up with the paralogism bred into them that science is
even by one whit of eminence a conquest of five senses — sight, hearing,,
touch, taste and smell.

Equally questionable is it whether science should not register sound¬
ings upon its scientific chart in regard to the word “observation.” One
is tempted at times to wonder whether in the great eagerness after the
discovery of new facts in the wide realm of the unknown, we have not
not only fallen into mistaken views of the relation of the departments-
of science to each other, but failed to hold proper balance of apprecia¬
tion as regards the very instruments of discovery themselves. If the
five senses have, in whatever alliance, yielded up wonderful disclosures
to the throbbing heart of the student, his wisdom lies in keeping due con¬
fidence in other means of approach to the arcana of things. We can
often sail by looking at sun and stars or watching ocean currents; it is
convenient to have in reserve the methods of dead reckoning. We must,
remember that science is the concept of the whole universe, that there
is really only one science, and that there are paths up the inland heights
of that awful realm which no vulture’s eye hath seen. Is not con¬
sciousness, by which the phenomena of mind are cognized by mind, an
implement of observation as trustworthy as the eye or the ear, or has it
failed oftener the explorer who has used it? I am not now speaking of
inferences, though one does not easily see why inferences from consci¬
ousness are more likely to be mistaken than inferences from the dis¬
closures of the telescope or the spectroscope, for they both stand on the
same level of safety. I only speak of the facts of mind which are the
subject matter of psychology, and suggest that, disclosed as they are in
consciousness, they are as much matters of observation as the things
which are learned under the acid or the hammer. While, as is fully rec¬
ognized, the physiological laboratory may be invoked as an ally to illus¬
trate and perhaps supplement them, they are facts of observation in
consciousness, and their distinctness and fullness of disclosure entitle
psychology to be classed with as much firmness as an observational sci¬
ence like physiology or natural history. There is no apparent justice in
arrogating to physiological psychology exclusively the designation em¬
pirical psychology, as has been strangely done by some of late. It seems
much like the forwardness of unripe intelligence, the crudity of a late=
arrival in the realm of metropolitan science.

Nor have we less reason to put questions to a disposition to speak of

Laboratory Practice.

35

psychology as if there were some uncertainty as to its being an in¬
ductive science. It would be salutary as a mental alterative if we
would often really recur to Francis Bacon, a man as much abused by
modern science as Aristotle was abused by him. It is hard to see why
the facts of mental science, which lie within the horizon, of conscious¬
ness as truly as those of the heavens lie within the range of the eye
may not be induced into general concepts, and by still further in¬
duction constituted into a hierarchy of principles so as to make psy¬
chology an inductive science of observation. Certainly any possible
science of physiological psychology is conditioned upon the authenticity
of consciousness, for its “cortical irritations” are only disjecta membra,
to whose disclosure consciousness holds the key of witness.

2. I would like to express a suspicion I have felt in regard to the
prevailing conception of laboratory practice as applied to the study of
psychology. What I have in mind does not primarily concern the
laboratory practice1 which is made so much of in investigating psychical
processes by the aid of physiological experiments. No objection can be
made to such adjuvant processes for throwing light upon the occult
phenomena of volition, thought and feeling. I can see no reason, how¬
ever, why such laboratory practice should not in honesty be designated
as physiological. Is it not physiological practice? No doubt much
curious light has been thrown upon mental processes by such experi¬
ments, though perhaps their value has been relatively overestimated,
particularly in the inferences they have been supposed to justify. At
all events, of the two inferences, spiritism and materialism, the former
is more likely to be the ultimate one than the latter.

What I have in mind is rather the unduly restricted conception of
laboratory practice, which makes it inapplicable to the immediate inves¬
tigation of mental phenomena by consciousness. What is a laboratory?
Is it anything more than a place where the student proceeds to explore,
by experimental methods of scrutiny adapted to the theorem in ques¬
tion, any conceived phenomena ? And laboratory practice is such
personal beleaguerment of the field of fact, is it not? Is there any rea¬
son why it should be prosecuted exclusively with the eye unarmed, or
armed with the microscope and knife ? The phrase, “laboratory practice,”
is freely used in respect to the corresponding method of studying
history. It is not insisted on that history should be elaborated with the
•eye or the ear, or literature. And so, in psychology, for the eye and the
hand consciousness may as well be substituted, and under the scruti¬
nizing eye of introspection the procession of mental states may be made
to pass and give account of itself. It may very likely be more difficult
to differentiate and diagnose the elements of the theorem in mind than
in matter, so that the student is more likely to need a mentor, and it is
not probably as safe to leave the tyro to himself, because he is not so
used to moving in realms of mental facts as in realms of sense. Accord

36 Blaisdell — Suggestions for Psychological Study.

ingly, Plato excluded from his esoteric classes men who had not studied
the mathematics. He will very likely require for safe conclusion an
older student at his side to hold the object of investigation in the focus
of view, and help him spell out the unfamiliar objects in those invisible
regions. So Plato needed Socrates— Plato, the teacher of the ages. It
may be done in the class room, which you may call a laboratory; but it
is a laboratory, where results are reached — under any good teacher — by
laboring them out by the use of a cutting and coming again process as
truly as corresponding things are laborated in chemistry or biology. In
fact the ancient method of recitation by memory— and it had its ex¬
cellencies, which in the new days will be altogether lost to very
great damage —is everywhere modified, and there is no good teacher, nor
was there ever a good teacher in any department of instruction, whose
recitation room is not a laboratory. So Gorgias thought when he sat in
the laboratory of the great typical teacher, Socrates. So Polus thought
when he was dealt with by the great teacher as Marsyts was dealt with
when he thought to excel Apollo in the use of the lyre.

Indeed, to say one of the many things which one would like to sqy in
caution about this laboratory work, there is less likelihood at present of
one danger from the use of laboratory methods in psychology than iu
the material sciences, from this very need of the presence of a teacher
to superin ‘-end laberation. It is coming to be more than suspected by
thoughtful observers that what may be said to amount to a fad of labor
atory practice is, in the hands of a multitude of teachers, only the
turning of the student into a laboratory supplied at a great cost with
the requisite implements, to find out, by tardy and unmilitant processes,
the less or more significant facts in a department of things, without
seeing to it that in the student’s mind these facts are properly coordi¬
nated and reduced to a whole of scientific structure and import. The
truth is, that no body of facts in any science can properly be left, as
found by the student of whatever perceptive sagacity, without being
constructed into the wholeness of their scientific relation by a teacher’s
broader and maturer comprehension of them, and interpreted into the
student’s mind in all their mighty and living import out of the
heated furnace of an endowed teacher’s aroused heart. All good teach¬
ing is interpretative empowerment — whatever the thing taught, and
not in the way of mere intellectual stimulation in order that they may
study, as Prof. Moses Stuart used to say, “ like a tiger, ” but in the way
of making the perfect concept elaborated mighty to the volume and
momentum of living. And any good teacher of psychology is all the
better circumstanced, by his necessity of holding his mind close to the
student’s mind, for a laboratory practice which will minister to the
highest ends of teaching and study. That teaching is everywhere the
best— and none other is good — which makes thoroughly scientific con¬
cepts generative in the pupil’s mind of most productive momentum
in manhood and womanhood.

Order of Topics.

37

3. A third question I have to raise is in reference to the proper order
of topics in the study of psychology. It has seemed to me very strange
that the treatment of psychology should persist in handling the func¬
tions of mind in the order of intellect, sensibilities and will. It of course
suggests itself as a reason of this order that by the intellect are fur¬
nished the facts by which the sensibilities are awakened, and that in
these the will finds its immediate motive of purpose. This is no doubt
plausible, and is very likely the traditional reason of the order. Some
writers in psychology have been controlled by a rhetorical reason, and
have constructed their work on the principle of the law of rhetorical
cadence. The exaggerated relative importance attached to the intellect¬
ual function of mind has not only led to giving intellect first place in
treatment, but even to making it the exclusive topic, allowing at least
small and insignificant attention to the executive powers, perhaps put¬
ting them over for consideration into the department of ethical science.
It can easily be explained that one who is handling psychology in the
interests of illustrating the evolution theory and setting forth a genesis
of mind in that interest, as Hoefding and many others, will adopt that
method. But no such reason can be assigned in the case of many
writers.

The preliminary question ought fairly to be discussed, which one of
the two conceptions ought to rule in the teaching of science . Mr. Her¬
bert Spencer would no doubt answer, that the various sciences ought to
be taught entirely in the interests of the one comprehensive natural
procedure of the universe. Psychology has its worth and its interest
for us as a stage in that cosmic procedure, and the sole dominating
principle of its teaching is loyalty to this method of procedure. There
is but one science in this view, that of evolution.

Some others of us believe in the reality of final causes, and in a moral
final cause, and that man’s being is determined by reference to that
moral final cause, so that he is not only a stage in the cosmic series but
a responsible actor in view of the series. Indeed, it would seem that
man is hardly a co-ordinate stage in the series, but that the series is so
related to him’that he is, so far as this world is concerned, its final cause.
He seems to be protagonist in a system which constitutes his arena. We
think him disengaged from the tyrannic current of natural processes,
and that he has in himself, and not in nature, the law by which he is to
be studied and estimated and held responsible. Indeed, if this is true
of man, it is, in a related way, true of everything else. The question is,
whether we are to hold everything as part of a stage of aimless nature,
or as related to a final moral stage. I suspect that the real question
which underlies our method of teaching at the present moment is squarely
this, whether we are pupils of Herbert Spencer or of Socrates, or — to
mention no other— of Jesus Christ. This, apparently, is the only issue
which — whatever may have been the reason in the past, and with merely

38

Blaisdell — Suggestions for Psychological Study .

traditional teachers today— will control onr practice as regards the or¬
der of our topics in teaching psychology. We may say with Hoefding,
In the feeling of responsibility and in repentance is implied no more
than that the individual recognizes that he has willed the action, and, by
virtue of the better mind to which he has come, condemns himself for
having done so. The idea that it would have been equally possible to
have acted in the opposite way does not make itself manifest in all in¬
dividuals, and, when manifested, must be explained partly as the con¬
fusion of a metaphysical notion with psychological experience, partly as
an illusion which is very natural when the individual has his new con¬
viction and, with a strong desire to have acted otherwise, is vividly con¬
scious himself at the moment of action, without, however, being able to
survey and realize all the inner and outer condition in actual operation
at the time.” Or with Ziehen, “The idea of a casual relation is an idea
of similarity. The analysis gives no ground for the assertion of a spe¬
cific faculty of will. It is different with the conception of moral respon¬
sibility. This conception is contradictory to the deductions of physiol¬
ogical psychology.” On the contrary, with the letter of Hoefding’s last
word, spoken no doubt with another view: “However far it may be pos¬
sible to explain man through the world, the world in its turn is always
explained through man.” According then as we explain mind as a pro¬
cedure of persistent and transmitted “cortical irritations,” or as a citizen
of the spiritual commonwealth, we must determine where in his being
to begin its study.

My question is only whether, if we are teaching mind not as a persist¬
ing procedure of “cortical irritations,” but as a citizen of a spiritual
kingdom ordered in good, we had better not begin with the will, which
in this latter view is the man. In my own practice, if I may be allowed
to speak of it, I have done this with comparatively most satisfactory re¬
sults in ways of which I cannot now speak. It has seemed to me that the
will should be emphasized in treatment as the prime and mainly con¬
stitutive function of personality, the form of the function being care¬
fully studied, its relation to causation, its organic connection in the
mental economy, and the conditions under which it is related to the
system of which individual mind is itself only a co-operative member.

If this primary and leading consideration is given to the will, will not
the intellect and sensibilities take the place in the study of psychology
not merely secondary in the order of time, but secondary and ancil¬
lary in the order of function? Will being the main constituent of
personality and life being progressive adjustment to environment, envir¬
onment will relate itself to personality through avenues of intelligence.
It becomes then the office of,' the cognitive powers to gather in, as data
for voluntary procedure, the facts of the environing universe, furnish¬
ing them for memory to cherish, judgment to conceive and imagina¬
tion to represent, constituting therein science, the handmaid of living.
For the purposes of character, however, will, and will does not fulfil

Scientific Arrangement of the Sensibilities.

39’

its citizenship save as it becomes character— is placed under disci¬
pline of alternatives, in adjustment to environment, only by means
of the appeal of sensibilities; and consequently feeling, in its various
forms, becomes a second subsidiary function in the mental life. This
order in the treatment of mind— which, to do it justice, should be
much more fully given in detail — has the justification that it deals
with m'nd as we deal with every structure, whether vital or mechanicaL
Of course this is said only on the supposition that mind in itself has
a final cause— that man as a free being is accountable under moral order.
If we are intelligently considering, in order to understand, a locomotive
engine, we go straight to the heart of this world's wonder in the force
which moves the mighty pistonrod. From out that heart, we follow
back to the steam and the fire which generates it, and the furnace and
the boiler as needful conditions, and forward to the valves and the
cylinder chamber, the levers and the wheels, by which it is applied to the
problem of movement. If we would enlighten the pupil concerning
a tree, we direct him first of all to the appropriative and digestive
force which constitutes the active principle of life, furnishing from
soil and by sunlight the varied material and varied fiber. The leaf,
the root, the trunk, the branches, the new seed, follow in their order.
With the human body it is the same. I cannot see why it should not
be so in the study of mind — that we should not adopt for our order
will, intellect, sensibilities.

4. Of the remaining questions which 1 wish to leave an impression
of. one is concerning the possibility of a more scientific arrangement
of the sensibilities. Even upon the supposition that all the feelings
are but ulterior and elaborated sensations arising in evolutionary
order and issuing in so-called naturally determined action, should
there not be an organic conception of them? Nature is orderly, and
is quite capable of giving an account of herself in the terms of order
anywhere. She has no real conglomerates. Especially it is impossible to
justify fairly the absence of due logical subordination, to which this
most interesting function has been abandoned by those who recognize
the moral personality of mind. The traditional classification — simple
emotions, affections and desires— has no justification in any organic
conception of mental life.

Would it not be worth while to try as a working hypothesis at
least, in case mind is free personality under moral law, whether we may
not find among the sensibilities some that constitute the appeal of that
realm of law to this freely acting personality? It may be— it seems
reasonable that it should be — nay, it seems manifest that it is true, that,
correlative to the law of the true, under which mind acts in judgment,
and the law of beauty, under which the sensibilities are ordered in
feeling, and to the dual law of the good, under which the will is responsi¬
ble in citizenship, there are clearly defined and explained sensibilities
which stand as advocates before the free personality to induce the

40

Blaisdell — Suggestions for Psychological Study.

higher and supreme conformity of the will, in loyalty to the good, the
beautiful and the true —that ultimate kinglom which is the home and
the aspiration of man. If we should find this hypothesis justified, we
might call these sensibilities the rectoral sensibilities.

On this general conception of the significance of mind, the classifica¬
tion of the sensibilities may be easily completed. The function of
moral citizenship under law having to be performed in relations suitable
to the common weal, the environment which they furnish may be ex¬
pected to be — we should suppose must be— nay, are manifested as be¬
ing, by whatever law of the survival of the fittest or any other, brought
to bear on the personality for adjustment by corresponding forms of
feeling. The race, the nation, the family, have their correlated sensibili¬
ties, which promote the integrity and permanent maintenance of these
relations. These we may call the relational sensibilities.

The individual personality, however, could not be expected to be left
without provision in corresponding sensibilities which should guarantee
its support. Man is a dual oiganism in which, whatever explanation we
may make of it, is the antithesis of mind and body. Mind and body
must be brought into touch, for their support, with the will by forms of
sensibility which present their needs to this central personality. There
must be the mental and the corporeal appetites, and thus we have a
third class of sensibilities which we may well enough call suppeditary sen¬
sibilities. Without going into detail and explaining certain forms of
sensibility which only seem extraordinate to this classification, would it
not be practicable to substitute for the old classification or for none at
all, this: The rectoral, the relational, the suppeditary? Certain it is
that in the study of mind, whatever view we may take of its place
and relation in the kosmos, we are compelled to account upon mind as
being a most consummate piece of perfect work. The eye, which detects
harmony, is a harmony. The mind that responds to summer sunsets is no
jnmble. The wonders of constructive art in lower organic life are out¬
matched in the structure of the personality. If we cannot say with
Hamilton, in the legend over his teacher’s desk. “There is nothing great
in the universe but man; there is nothing great in man but mind,” we
can consent to all that the great dramatic poet has said of him, and we
can adopt the words of that composite lyric philosopher which sends
his plummet deeper than Shakespeare’s has gone into wondrous depths
of personality: “Thou hast made him little lower than the angels.’
Surely the study of psychology has yet conquests to make in the dis¬
covery of mental order that are beyond the achievements of the micro¬
scope and the section knife of the tyro, who has not yet sounded his
own mind’s depths and the depths of the great heart of the world and
of history. He only who is, through long listening, a seer, is fitted
to hear the revelations of this oracle out of the unknown and awful
Holy of Holies.

Epistemology Empirically Considered. 41

5. Socrates in the Republic is made to say: (C e7ti6vry,irj is the knowl¬
edge, in respecb to the reality, that the reality is.” Now it is affirmed that
“we have numerous sensations and by means of these we acquire ideas.
We then assume external objects as the cause of these sensations and ideas.
Empirical psychology therefore relegates the further handling of the
problem, in so far as it is capable of any solution whatever, to Episte¬
mology.” Now I would raise the question whether Epistemology is res¬
ponsible for giving account of the causes of sensations and ideas any
more than it is for certifying the reality of subjective sensations and
ideas themselves. Is it any less gratuitous to say that we have sensa¬
tions and ideas or to entertain a concept of sensations and ideas as being
their mental image representing a mental reality, than it is to affirm a
cause of our psychic states? If it is not legitimate for empirical psy¬
chology to affirm causes of mental states then it is not legitimate for
empirical psychology to affirm ideas or sensations. An idea is some¬
thing, a sensation is something, even though it be merely a phenomenon.
The question is, whether in case we have not Epistemology, there can be
not only any affirmation of causes, but any trust in the existence of sen¬
sations or ideas. Does not a psychology which leaves a lacuna oppofite-
the word knowledge , for the same reason leave one opposite the word
■ reality , opposite the word sensation , opposite the word therefore , op¬
posite the word science? This only goes so far as to constitute a caveat
against making any part of psychology its own verification. Empiri¬
cal psychology, whether it be constructed by consciousness alone or
with the valuable aid of physiology, is a dependent science. It is a
natural science — I am quite willing it should be called so, if the human
mind be regarded as a part of the fundementally free system of nature
and not a part of a supernatural realm, as Dr. Bushnell classes it, and
all its phenomena are answerable to the law of sufficient reason and so
are verified by Epistemology.

I was intending, however, only to ask the question as to the order of
studying the cognitive function of mind. If it is by the exercise of this
function that knowledge is had, and the science of knowledge, which is
Epistemology, exists, the function itself is a topic of psychology. It has
always been a puzzle how to furnish any adequate warrant for the ver¬
acity of the senses. Any explanation which can be furnished out of the
phenomena of mere sensation by recurring to the coordination and
mutual consensus of all the senses is unsatisfying. It is in vain to re¬
sort to the Cartesian verification in the veraciousness of a beneficent
Creator, for this would involve sooner or later a circle in reasoning.
Must we not first find our verifications in the certainties of reason? Does
not the significance of the five senses lie in the fact that we have super¬
sense cognition, or reason? It is customary to begin the study of the
presentative functions of mind with the subject of sensation and sense-
perception, doing as well as we can with the question why we should
5 -A. & L.

42 Blais dell — Suggestions for Psychologiccd Study.

trust the senses. As for myself, I have found it satisfactory to seek in
reason— the supersense cognitive function in its various modes— en¬
trance to the intellectual department of mental study and find there
the ground on which to plant the superstructure of perception by sensa¬
tion. It is only because we have the power of rational knowledge that
we have the power of sensing reality. Reason is the only apprehension.
Sensation only gives coloring. I would suggest that along this line of
procedure— for those who have not surrendered the department of psy¬
chology, like others, wholly to agnostic theory— will be found relief from
an otherwise unresolved perplexity. There is no ground for believing in
a cortical irritation, or in a sensation, or an idea, or for making any
judgment or using any predicate, unless there be found first in empiri¬
cal psychology intimation of a function of rational knowledge. If you
can not find it by physiological psychology you must seek it by the
psychology of conciousness. If you say there is no other psychology
than physiological psychology, your physiological psychology is the fu¬
tility of the hypothesis of the dream of a dream. Utter skepticism even
is a baseless hypothesis which is itself an endless hypothetical series..
When we arrive at such a pass we may say with Cicero: “Et mihi ipsi
diffidem” — “I do not know which end my head is on.”

6. The only other suggestion I have to make is of a doubt whether
we have not hitherto done violence to psychology by limiting its range
to individual mind. The ancient conception of man as having not only
his end but his significance merely as a fraction of the state, against
which, in its classic form, Christianity made divine protest, but which
corporate Christianity too much yielded to, giving away under the in¬
tense materialism of the French revolution period, is, in better form
and under better auspices, reasserting itself in this our new period.
Ours has been a most beneficent era of the clearing up and differenti¬
ating of the individual personality, of which era the French revolution
was the criminal evangel. Since that baleful morning of blessing, the
individual has happily, by slow and painful and turbulent process, be¬
come identified not only out of the classes into which an utterly un¬
sympathetic science had generalized him, but out of the mass of the
civic society in which selfish social tyranny had lost him, making him
only a cypher for multiplying its own significance. Now that not only
the word man has come to mean man, and woman has come to mean
woman, but each individual man is revealed in the common conscious¬
ness as being his own determinate and significant self, and each woman
as being her own determinate and significant self, and in like manner
and degree childhood has come to the recognition of his and her signi¬
ficant identity also— a process not altogether completed— a splendid re¬
integration into a richer integrity of civic society is already putting to
us the question whether, as our practical philanthropy and patriotism
are asserting the new gospel of organic solidarity, so the science of man

Conclusion.

43

should not reconstitute itself on the same better principles. The
question arises, is the psychic man realized in the individual or in so¬
ciety? Is psychology complete when it isolates the individual person¬
ality and studies him thus, or should it at least complete its work in
maturing the perfect concept of that flood of social purpose, instructed
by confluent intelligence and made persuasive by fellowship
of heart,— the social personality, which is immeasurably more than the
sum of its constituent individualities, even as the living body is the sum
of more than all its members and as you have not the oak when you have
its root, its trunk, its leaves and its branches which hold them forth to-
breathe the air of the winds of the mountains? It certainly seems likely^
that, obeying the widening comprehension of all thought, social psycho¬
logy will inherit the interest of scholarship not long hence — the empiri¬
cal science of the social mind.

All things force us to the conclusion, that, while the science of which
I have been speaking is reverend with the growth of many years and by the>
record of many who have been made illustrious in its study and teach¬
ing, it has most interesting and momentous inquiries yet for the stud¬
ent to consider — new fields to conquer. Certain it is that, such is the
relation of psychology to science as science, no conquests in the field of
other sciences can be made settled realms of human possession so that
man can call them his and be much greatened and ennobled by their
influence, save so far as by this science of the mind the endowments,
in whose hands can be found the title deeds of their certain tenure, are
disclosed.

ON THE FLORA OF MADISON AND VICINITY, A PRE¬
LIMINARY PAPER ON .THE FLORA OF DANE
COUNTY, WISCONSIN.

BY L. S. CHENEY AND R. H. TRUE.

In its conception, the plan of the work which has resulted in
this paper, included merely the formation of a list of the
phsenogamous flora of Madison and vicinity. As the work pro¬
gressed, however, the determination of limits became increasingly
difficult and it was finally resolved to make the results already
obtained the first instalment of a list of the flora of Dane county.
It, therefore, follows that the list, fairly complete through the
Bryophyta, for the original locality, becomes a rather meager
one for the larger area. As it is intended to thoroughly can¬
vass the remaining parts of the county as time may permit, it
Las seemed best to entitle this paper “a preliminary list, ” with
a request that errors and additions be kindly brought to the
notice of the writers.

As environment is so influential in determining the character
of the flora of any given region, it has seemed best to preface
the consideration of the plant life of the area in question by
a brief notice of its topography, geological structure and meteor¬
ological conditions.

In drawing up the following account, free use has been made
of the descriptions and plates found in the “Geology of Wis¬
consin,”* especially Vol. II, and those desiring greater local
detail than the limits of the subject permit here, are referred
to that work.

Dane county occupies a position about midway in the width
of the State and its southern boundary is twenty-four miles
north of the Illinois state line. It has an area of about 1,238

♦Madison, Wis. T. C. Chamberlin, Chief Geologist, Vol. II, 1878. (Roland D. Irving, As¬
sociate Geologist for Central Wisconsin.)

6— A. & L.

46 Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity.

square miles. In shape, it is almost a perfect rectangle, the-
northwest corner being cut off by the Wisconsin river. From
north to south, its extent is thirty miles; frcm east to west,,
forty-two miles.

Except an area of 120 square miles in the northwestern part,,
which is drained by the Wisconsin river, Dane county lies in
the Rock river basin. The water-shed between these two basins
crosses the county in a southwesterly direction, cutting the
north and the west lines fifteen miles and thirteen miles, re¬
spectively, from their intersections with the Wisconsin. There-
is maintained, therefore, a valley of approximately regular-
width. This ridge has an altitude of from 500 to 600 feet
above Lake Michigan and a width sometimes equal to a township.
Both sides are irregularly eroded, the northern side, espec¬
ially, being fringed out into long, abrupt headlands. The top
is occupied by a prairie belt. Except in the middle third of its
course, in the towns of Middleton and Cross Plains, its surface-
stratum is Lower Magnesian limestone. Here St. Peter’s sand¬
stone and Trenton limestone appear. Toward the Wisconsin
river the level is broken by outlying patches of high country..
The southern slope from this water-shed is much more gradual,,
more nearly conforming to the slope of the underlying strata.

Although included in the Rock river basin, the remaining part
of the county is drained in three different directions by a num¬
ber of small streams. Chief among these is the Yahara river.
The valley occupied by it and the chain of lakes which it con¬
nects, forms the central topographical feature of the county.
This river, entering from the north, flows south to the middle of
the county and empties into the largest and most northern of
the lakes. From here a general southeast direction is followed
to the point of exit from the county. At varying intervals
along its lower course, the river widens to fill cross valleys of
various sizes, thus forming the well-known series of lakes.
Along this valley as far south as the lowest of these lakes, Pots¬
dam sandstone is the surface stratum, bordered at the sides by
Mendota limestone and Madison sandstone (Lower Magnesian).
Along the remainder of its course in this county, the surface-
formations are in general Lower Magnesian limestone with limited.

Topography and Geological Structure.

47

areas of Potsdam sandstone. The general altitude of the valley
is from 250 to 300 feet above Lake Michigan. The surface is
occasionally rather irregular owing to the varying thickness of
the drift deposit. This is especially true in the immediate
vicinity of Madison.

In the southwestern part of the county, separated from the
Yahara valley by a belt of hilly country, is the Sugar river val¬
ley. The slope is here almost directly south. The surface for¬
mations are principally St. Peter’s sandstone, Trenton and Galena
limestone frequently occurring in limited areas.

East of the Yahara valley and separated from it by a ridge
varying from 240 to 400 feet in altitude above Lake Michigan, is
the third drainage area in that portion of the Pock river basin
included in Dane county. Here the slope is nearly east with a
gentle, undulating descent. In the northern part of this regiony
Lower Magnesian and Trenton limestone form the surface strata;
in the middle area, St. Peter’s sandstone prevails, while Trenton
limestone forms the greater part of the surface rock in the
southern part.

The soil of Dane county is, in general, very fertile, the chief
exception being found in the sandy lowlands along the Wiscon¬
sin river. Since the soil derives its character to a great degree
from the underlying strata, we might expect that the Yahara
valley with its Potsdam foundation would also present a sandy
soil. On the contrary, drift and alluvial additions have ren¬
dered it most productive. In the limestone region the char¬
acteristic fertile soil is found.

Although the meteorological observations here quoted were
made at Madison, it may be assumed that they hold with suffi¬
cient accuracy for the entire county.

The average annual rainfall is about 34.5 inches. The month
of least average fall is February; the month of greatest fall,
June. The average number of days in which rain or snow falls
is 105, so that protracted drouths are very rare.

The mean annual temperature is about 45°P. The maximum
summer heat is about 100° and the. minimum of winter is abou
26° below zero. Continued severe winter weather is the excep¬
tion.

48 Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity.

The vegetation of the region under consideration varies some¬
what with elevation and character of soil. The woods, confined
chiefly to the uplands, are made up largely of the oaks, with
occasional limited areas characterized by maples, cottonwood or
the white elm. The conifers are barely represented by Larix
Americana , Juniperus Virginiana and Picea nigra. Generally
speaking, the low marshy meadow bordering on the lakes and
.streams yields chiefly grasses and sedges.

The greater number of the flowering plants and ferns enu¬
merated are quite generally distributed throughout the region,
■but there are some exceptions worthy of mention. Of the six¬
teen Orchids listed, but three, Orchis spectabilis , Habenaria
bracteata and Cypripedium pubescem, may be regarded -as having
a general distribution ; the others occur in very limited areas
only. Larix Americana occurs in a swamp near Windsor, in a
similar place east of Lake Waubesa and at Hook Lake; Mitella
nuda and Trientalis Americana in the swamps near Windsor
just mentioned. So far as has been observed, Ophioglossum vul-
gatum grows in a single locality, a little sandy knoll near the
outlet of Lake Wingra. Several introduced species, such as
Balsola Kali , Camelina sativa , Barbarea vulgaris , Arenaria ser-
pyllifolia and Veronica arvensis , are found only along railroads
and near towns. Of Platanus occidentalism but a single small spec¬
imen was found. This stands at the water’s edge on the west shore
of Lake Kegonsa midway between the northern and the southern
extremities. Of Gymnocladus Canadensis , two small trees are
growing in the woods near the lake shore east of Winnequah.
Most noteworthy of all exceptions is that furnished by Hook
Lake. This small sheet of water occupies a basin in the “kettle
range” in the southern part of the county and has no outlet. In
the lake is a floating bog of several acres extent, and also a high
wooded island. On the bog are a few scattered spruces {Picea
nigra) and a dense undergrowth of Vaccinium corymbosum. On
the margin of the lake Vaccinium Pennsylvanicum , V. corym -
bosum , Pyrus arbutifolia , var. melanocarpa , Spircea tomentosa
and Betula papyrifera were collected.

Another peat bog of a somewhat similar character of smaller
area is found in the most southeast section of the town of Madi-

Classification of Species.

49

son. Here Sphagna are found in abundance along with the flow¬
ering plants characteristic of such regions.

Of the 729 flowering plants here listed, 626 are Indigenous to
Wisconsin. These, with the exception of nine species, are
natives of Dane county and of the special portion of it under con¬
sideration as well. Of the 103 introduced species, Salsola Kali
came from the eastern states ; Robinia pseudacacia , Mollugo ver-
ticillata , Helianthus annuus, Phlox paniculata and Tecoma radC
cans from the middle and southern states ; Ipomoea purpurea ,
Amarantus retroflexus and Chenopodium ambrosoides , var. anthel-
minticum from tropical America ; AEsculus Hippocastanum from
Asia; and Abutilon Avicennce and Polygonum Orientale from
India. The remaining ninety-one are European. Probably
sixty of the introduced species have been cultivated as plants
useful to man. Salsola Kali and Mollugo verticillata are Ameri¬
can weeds that are becoming widely distributed, though not es¬
pecially troublesome. The remaining forty-one have come to us
unbidden as the accompaniments of immigration and importa¬
tion from foreign lands and include most of our troublesome
weeds.

The moss flora (including the liverworts) of Madison and
vicinity is not especially rich. The absence of the most favor¬
able conditions, such as pine or dense hard wood forests and
peat bogs, together with the general cultivation of the soil, con¬
spire to keep out or drive out many forms that otherwise might
be expected in this latitude. The lack of the necessary moist¬
ure on the rock exposures about the lakes prevents the growth
of many forms occurring in damper spots in the southern part
of the State.

Of the 150 species and varieties identified, fifteen are liver¬
worts, distributed as follows : Jungermanniaceoe , five ; Antho-
cerotacece , two; Marchantiacece , five; and Ricciacece, three. The
remaining 135 include forty-three Hypnums , ten Dicranumsy
eight Bryums , five Polytrichums , six Orthotrichums , four
Mniums and fifty-nnie species distributed among thirty-one
genera, not more than three species occurring in any one genus.
Among forms of rare or of local occurrence, the following may
be noted: Pylaiscea subdenticulata , P. polyantha, , Leslcea Aus-

50 Cheney and True — ‘-Flora of Madison a,nd Vicinity.

tini , Hypnum irriguum , var. spinifoliurn , IT", acuturn , .£T. eom-
p actum, H. filicinum , Desmatodon arenaceus , Bar but a fallax,
Gymnostomum calcareum , 6?. rupestre , Philonotis calcarea , 67y£-
indrothecium compressum , Dicranum viride , D. Bonjeani , vars
alatum and Schlotthaueri , Grimmia Donniana , G. plagiopodia,
Mnium rostratum , df. serratum and Sphagnum molle.

The list of plants included in this paper is the result of the
work of three seasons. During that time fully five thousand
specimens have been examined. All plants admitted to this
list have passed through the hands of the authors ; therefore,
they only are responsible for errors.

On account of lack of time during the early part of the season
it has been impossible to make a systematic study of the difficult
genus, Salix. It is expected to give to it a thorough study dur¬
ing the coming season and a report upon it will be made in a
later paper.

For the convenience of collectors and others to whom it will be
of use, a map of Madison and vicinity is included with the list.
It is based on the topographical atlas sheets of the United States
Geological Survey and has been brought up to date in regard
to roads. It is hoped that it may serve as a practical field
guide to collectors.

In nomenclature the sixth edition of Gray’s Manual has been
followed in all cases. The reason for so doing has been that of
convenience, as this is the manual most in use here.

In general arrangement we have followed the same work with
a few exceptions. For Phanerogamia, the term Spermaphyta
has been used. The Gymnosperma: have been placed between
the Monocotyledones and the Pteridophyta. In the minor de¬
tails of classification the manual has been followed in all partic¬
ulars. We again make convenience the reason for so doing with¬
out thereby expressing any opinion of our own.

At the suggestion of Dr. Edward Kremers, of the Pharma¬
ceutical Department of the University of Wisconsin, we have
indicated, for the convenience of students of Pharmacy, the
medicinal plants occurring in this region. We have designated
the unofficinal medicinal plants by one asterisk before the name of
each, and those officinal by two asterisks. Whenever the name

Acknowledgements.

51

by which a plant is known in the United States Dispensatory
-differs from that given in the last edition of Gray’s Manual,
the former is quoted in parenthesis as a synonym of the latter.
As a basis for comparison we have used the third edition of the
Dispensatory and the sixth edition of Gray’s Manual.

In the preparation of this list we have received much kind aid.
Grateful acknowledgments are due to Dr. Charles R. Barnes, of
the University of Wisconsin, for assistance rendered in the de¬
termination of the more difficult species of mosses ; to Dr. L. M.
Underwood, of the University of Texas, for the indent ification of
liverworts; to Dr. C. Warnstorf, of Neu Ruppin, Prussia,
ior the determination of mosses belonging to the genus
Sphagnum ; to Dr. Charles Morong, of Columbia College, and to
Dr. Stanley Coulter, of Purdue University, for the determina¬
tion of difficult species of flowering plants.

For help rendered in compiling the list of flowering plants, we
wish to express our thanks to Dr. H. L. Russell, Mr. G. W.
Moorehouse and Mr. H. E. Case. For kindly suggestions on
various points, we acknowledge indebtedness to Drs. Edward
JKremers and W. H. Hobbs, both of the University of Wisconsin.
We are indebted to Mr. I. M. Buell for the use of his corrected
map of Dane county, which has been used freely.

Madison, Wis., January 27, 1893.

52

Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity

SPERMAPHYTA.

ANGI0SPERMA2.

POLYPETAL^E.

DICOTYLEDONES.

Ranunculaceas (Crowfoot Family.)

Clematis, L. Virgin’s bower.

1. *C. Virginiana , L. Common virgin’s bower.

Not rare along the shores of the lakes.

Anemone, L. Windflower.

2. ** A. patens , L. var. Nuttaliana , Gray. Pasque-flower.

Rocky and gravelly hills west and south of Madi¬
son. Local.

3. A. cylindrical Gray. Long-fruited anemone.

Occasional throughout the region.

4. A. Virginiana , L.

Commoner than A. cylindrica. Of same range.

5. A. Pennsylvania , L.

Common.

6. *A. nemorosa, L. Wood anemone. Wind-flower.

On open-wooded hillsides. Not rare.

Hepatica, Dill. Liver-leaf. Hepatica.

7. *11. triloba , Chaix.

Occurring much more rarely than the following.
In similar localities.

8. *j U. acutiloba, DC.

This species, with H. triloba , is still found on the
wooded north slopes about the lakes, but gradually
disappearing as the locations are improved.

Ranunculaceee.

53

Anemonella, Spach.

9. A. thalictroides , Spach. Rue-anemone.

Wooded pasture south of Madison. Local.

Thalictrum. Tourn. Meadow-rue.

10. T. dioicum , L. Early meadow-rue.

Rich woods. Common.

11. T. purpurascens , L. Purplish meadow-rue.

Dry uplands. Common.

Ranunculus, L. Crowfoot. Buttercup.

12 R. aquatilis , L. var. trichop hyllus, Gray.

Common in the shallower parts of the lakes and in
sluggish streams.

13. R. multifidus, Pursh. Yellow water-crowfoot.

Common throughout the region.

14. R. rhomboideus , Goldie.

Thinly wooded uplands south of Madison.

15. R. abortivus , L. Small-flowered crowfoot.

Common everywhere.

16. *i?. sceleratus, L. Cursed crowfoot.

Common in wet land that has been cultivated or
broken.

17. R. recurvatus, Poir. Hooked crowfoot.

Of occasional occurrence throughout the region.

18. R. fctscicularis , Muhl. Early crowfoot.

Common on dry hillsides.

19. R. septentrionalis , Poir.

Distributed throughout regicn. Not abundant.

20. *R. repens , L.

Same distribution as R. septentrionalis. Much
rarer.

21. R. Pennsylvanicus , L. f. Bristly crowfoot.

Common in low wet lands.

ISOPYRUM, L.

22. I. biternatum , Torr. & Gray.

Lakes Wabesa and Kegonsa. Local

54

Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity.

Caltha, L. Marsh marigold.

23. C. palustris, L.

Common throughout the region.

Aquilegia, Tourn. Columbine.

24. A. Canadensis , L. Wild columbine.

On rocky bluffs around the lakes.

Act^a, L. Baneberry. Cohosh.

25. *A. spicata , L., var. rubra , Ait. Red baneberry

(A. rubra , Bigelow.)

Throughout the region in rich woods.

Menispermace^e. ' (Moonseed Family. )

Menispermum, L. Moonseed.

26. **Jf. Canadense, L.

Not rare along shores of lakes.

Berberidace^e. (Barberry Family.)

Berberis, L. Barberry.

27. *B. vulgaris, L.

North of Bake Wingra. Wingra Park. May be
looked for elsewhere near dwellings. Escaped from
cultivation.

Caulophyllum, Michx. Blue cohosh.

28. *67. thalictroides, Michx. Papoose-root.

Met with occasionally throughout the region.

Podophyllum, L. May-apple. Mandrake.

29. **jP. peltatum, L.

Common.

Nymph^eace^s. (Water-lily Family. )

Brasenia, Schreber. Water-shield.

30. B. peltata , Pursh.

Lake Wingra. Hook Lake. Local

Sarraceniacece , Papaveracece , Fumariacece , Crucifer m.

55

[Nymph,® A, Tourn. Water-nymph. Water-lily.

31. W. reniformis , DC. !

This is our common white water-lily. Abundant
in the shallow bays of all our lakes and in the
streams emptying into them.

Nuphar, Smith. Yellow pond-lily. Spatter-dock.

32. *W. advena , Ait. f.

Common. Of same range as Nymphoea reniformis.

Sarraceniace®. (Pitcher-plant Family.)

:SarraCenia, Tourn. Side-saddle flower.

33. *S. purpurea , L. Pitcher-plant. Huntsman’s cup.

Found occasionally in marsh land south of Lakes
Monona and Wingra, and east of Lake Wabesa.

Papaverace®. (Poppy Family. )

Sanguinaria, Dill. Blood-root.

34. **$. Canadensis , L.

Found throughout the region. Rather local in its
occurrence.

Fumariace®. (Fumitory Family.)

Dicentra, Borkh. Dutchman’s breeches.

35. D. Cucullaria , DC.

Common.

36. *D. Canadensis , DC. Squirrel corn.

Two specimens found by E. B. Copeland on Gov¬
ernor’s Island growing with D. cucullaria. Rare.

Corydalis, Vent.

37. C. glauca , Pursh. Pale corydalis.

Ridge northeast of Lake Wingra. Rare.

Crucifer®. (Mustard Family. )

Dentaria, Tourn. Toothwort. Pepper-root.

38. *Z>. laciniata , Muhl.

Common in rich woods throughout the region

56

Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity ..

Cardamine, Tourn. Bitter-cress.

39. C. rhomboidea , DC. Spring cress.

Common in marshy pasture land.

Arabis, L. Rock cress.

40. A. hirsuta , Scop.

Rocky bluffs about the lakes. Not common..

41. A. confnis, Watson.

Dry hills. Local.

42. *A. lyrata, L.

Growing on rocky or gravelly points. Local.

43. A. dentata , Torr. & Gray.

Rich woodlands. Not abundant.

Draba, Dill. Whitlow-grass.

44. D. Caroliniana, Watt.

Growing on sandy ridges and slopes about the1
lakes. Local.

Camelina, Crantz. False flax.

45. *C. sativa, Crantz.

Found occasionally along railroad tracks. Not
common. Introduced.

Nasturtium, R. Br. Water-cress.

46. *N. officinale, R. Br. True water-cress.

Common in all springs and spring branches in the
region.

47. *W. palustre , DC. Marsh cress.

Found with JV. officinale . Not common.

48. *N. Armoracia, Fries. Horseradish. ( Cochlearia

Armor acia, L. )

Throughout the region. Becoming very abundant
in some places. Escaped from cultivation.

Barbarea, R. Br. Winter cress.

49. *B. vulgaris, R. Br. Common winter cress. Yellow

rocket.

Found growing near the Fuller and Johnson Plow
Works in the eastern part of the city of Madison*
Introduced.

Crucifer ob , Capparidacece and Cistacem.

57

Brysimum, Tourn. Treacle mustard.

50. E. parviflorum , Nutt.

„ Picnic Point, Madison. Rare.

Sisymbrium, Tourn. Hedge mustard.

51. S. canescens, Nutt. Tansy mustard.

Sandy shores of Lakes Monona, Wabesa and Win-
gra. Rare.

52. *S. officinale, Scop. Hedge mustard.

Common throughout the region.

Brassica, Tourn.

53. *B. Sinapistrum, Boiss. Charlock.

Throughout the region. Abundant. Commonly
known here as “black mustard. ”

54. *B. nigra, Koch. Black mustard.

Observed in two places in the city of Madison and
west of the city near an old dwelling. To be
looked for elsewhere. Introduced.

Capsella, Medic. Shepherd’s purse.

55. *C. Bursa-pastoris, Moench.

Everywhere as a weed.

Lepidium, Tourn. Pepperwood. Peppergrass.

56. *L. Virginicum , L. Wild peppergrass.

Common throughout the region.

Capparidace^;. (Caper Family.)

Pol anisia, Raf.

57. P. GRAVEOLENS, Raf.

G-rowing occasionally along railroads.
Rare.

Introduced.

Cistacem. (Rock-rose Family.)

Helianthemum, Tourn. Rock-rose.

58. *H. Canadense , Michx. Frost-weed.

Common in dry thickets and pasture land.

58

Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity..

V iOLACEiE. (Violet Family.)

Viola, Tourn. Violet. Heart’s-ease.

59. *V\ pedata) L. Birdfoot violet.

Common throughout region on dry, rocky or grav¬
elly points.

60. V. pedatifida , G. Don.

Distribution the same as that of V. pedata. Not so-
common and on better soil.

61 V. palmata , L. Common blue violet.

Same range as V. pedatifida. Not common.

62. *V. palmata, L., var. cucullatci , Gray. (F. cucullata

Ait. )

Everywhere. The common violet of southern Wis¬
consin.

63. V. sagittata. Ait. Arrow-leaved violet.

Dry wooded hills. Local.

64. V. blanda , Willd. Sweet white violet.

Growing at the base of trees and clumps of shrubs
in wet woodlands about the lakes. Local.

65. V. blanda , Willd., var. palustriformis , Gray.

Found occasionally with V. blanda. Not common.

66. V. pubescens , Ait. Downy yellow violet.

Common in rich woodlands throughout the region.

67. V. canina , L., var. Muhlenbergii, Gray. Dog violet.

Edge of marsh south of Lake Wingra. Not ob¬
served elsewhere.

Caryophyllace^e. (Pink Family. )

Saponaria, L.

68. *S. officinalis, L. Soapwort. Bouncing Bet.

Escaped from cultivation. Common along road¬
sides near dwellings.

Silene, L. Catchfly. Campion.

69. S. stellata , Ait. Starry campion.

Found growing in a few places in rich woods near

Caryophyllacece and Portulacacece. 59

70. S. antirr/una, L. Sleepy campion.

Not uncommon in dry, sandy places. Local.

71. S. noctiflora, L. Night-flowering campion.

Observed in three or four places in the city of Mad¬
ison. Not common.

Lychnis, Tourn. Cockle.

72. L. G-ithago, Lam. Corn cockle.

Widely distributed, though not abundant, in grain
fields and along railroads.

Arenaria, L. Sandwort.

73. A. serpyllifolia, L. Thyme-leaved sandwort.

Abundant on sandy shore of Lake Monona east of
Elmside addition, Madison ; also along west bank of
Yahara river at Stoughton.

74. A. Michauxii , Hook. f.

Dry rocky hills about Madison.

75. A. lateriflora , L

Common.

Stellaria, L. Chickweed. Starwort.

76. S. media, Smith. Common chickweed.

Common.

77. S. crassifolia , Ehrh.

Collected on north side of University bay. Lake
Mendota.

Cerastium, L. Mouse-ear chickweed.

78. C. viscosum, L. Mouse-ear chickweed.

Collected on east shore of Lake. Mendota. Not com¬
mon.

79. C. VULGATUM, L. Larger mouse-ear chickweed.

Common.

PORTULACACEiE. (PURSLANE FAMILY.)

Portijlaca, Tourn. Purslane.

80. P. oleracea, L. Common purslane.

Common in cultivated grounds as a weed.

Claytonia, G-ronov. Spring beauty.

81. C, Virginica , L.

In rich woods. Local.

60

Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity.

Hypericacese. (St. John’s-wort Family.)

Hypericum, Tourn. St. John’s- wort.

82. H. maculatum , Walt.

Occurring occasionally in low grassy places.

83. IT. mutilum , L.

15 to 20 stamens! Common.

Elodes, Adans. Marsh St. John’s-wort.

84. E. campanulata , Pursh.

Not uncommon in the low lands about the lakes.

Malvaceae. (Mallow Family.)

Malva, L. Mallow.

85. *M. rotundifolia, L. Common mallow.

Common along roadsides in waste places and culti¬
vated grounds.

86. *M. sylvestris, L. High mallow.

Persisting occasionally after cultivation.

Abutilon, Tourn. Indian mallow.

87. *A. Avicenna, G-aertn. Velvet-leaf.

A weed in cultivated land. Not very abundant.

Hibiscus, L. Rose mallow.

88. H. Trinonum, L. Bladder Ketmia.

Occasionally escaping from cultivation.

Tiliace^e. (Linden Family.)

Tilia, Tourn. Linden. Basswood.

89. *T. Americana, L. Basswood.

Not uncommon about the lakes and along the
streams.

Linace^e. (Flax Family.)

Linum, Tourn. Flax.

90. L. sulcatum, Riddell.

Collected on a rocky point at Burke. Rare.

91. **L. usitatissimum, L. Common flax.

Common along railroads.

Geraniacem , Rutacece , Ilicinece , Celastracece , Rhamnacece. 61

Geraniace.e. (Geranium Family. )

Geranium, Tourn. Cranesbill.

92 . **G. maculatum , L. Wild cranesbill.

Common in all the woods and thickets of the re¬
gion.

Oxalis, L. Wood-sorrel.

93. 0. tiiolacea , L. Violet wood-sorrel.

Common on sandy or gravelly soil.

94. *0. corniculata, L. , var. strict a, Sav. Yellow wood-

sorrel. ( 0. stricta , L. )

Growing everywhere.

Impatiens, L. Balsam. Jewel-weed.

95. I. pallida , Nutt. Pale touch-me-not.

Occasionally met with in rich woodlands. Rare.

96. I. fulva , Nutt. Spotted touch-me-not.

Abundant about the lakes and in wet places.

Rutacece. (Rue Family.)

Xanthoxylum, L. Prickly ash.

97. **X. Americanum , Mill. Northern prickly ash. Tooth¬

ache tree.

Found occasionally in dry woods.

Ilicinece. (Holly Family. )

Ilex, L. Holly.

98. **I. verticillata , Gray. Black alder. Winterberry.

Along the borders of marshes and ponds. Local.

Celastracece. (Staff-tree Family. )

Celastrus, L. Staff-tree. Shrubby bitter-sweet.

99. *C. scandens , L. Wax- work. Climbing bitter-sweet.

Ridge northeast of Lake Wingra. In woods along
south shore of Lake Mendota. Rare.

Rhamnacece. (Buckthorn Family. )

Ceanothus, L. New Jersey tea. Red-root.

100. *C. Americanus , L. New Jersey tea.

Throughout the region on the high land.

7 - A. & L.

62

Cheney and True — Flora of Madison arid Vicinity .

Vitace^e. (Vine Family. )

Vitis, Tourn. Grape.

101. *V. riparia , Michx.

Common in all thickets and along water courses in.
woods.

Ampelopsis, Michx. Virginian creeper.

102. *A. quinquefolia) Michx.

Not uncommon. Having same distribution as
Vitis riparia and growing with it.

Sapindace^e. (Soapberry Family. )

iEscuLUS, L. Horse-chestnut. Buckeye.

103. *A. Hippocastanum, L. Common horse-chestnut.

Growing in lawns as an ornamental tree in Madison.

Acer, Tourn. Maple.

104. A. saccharinum , Wang. Sugar or rock maple.

In some localities forming a large element of the
woods. In others of rather rare occurrence.

105. A. dasycarpum , Ehrh. White or silver maple.

The soft maple commonly used in this region as a
shade or ornamental tree.

106. A. rubrum , L. Red or swamp maple.

Occasionally used as an ornamental tree. In the
low wet woodlands about the lakes.

107. A. platanoides, L. Norway maple.

An ornamental tree on University campus and in
Capitol park.

Negundo, Moench. Ash-leaved maple. Box-elder.

108. N. aceroides , Moench.

Often planted along Madison streets. Occasionally
wild in the woods about the lakes.

Staphylea, L. Bladder-nut.

109. S. trifolia , L. American bladder-nut.

University campus near pump house. Rare.

Anacardiacece , Polygalaceae, Leguminosw.

63

Anacardiace^e. (Cashew Family. )

Rhus, L. Sumach.

110. *R. typhina , L. Staghorn sumach.

Common.

111. **i?. glabra , L. Smooth sumach.

Common.

112. **R. Toxicodendron , L. Poison ivy. Poison oak.

Not uncommon in thickets. Often confused with
Ampelopsis quinquefolia ; from which, however, it
may readily be distinguished by the number and
form of its leaflets. In R. Toxicodendron the leaf is
composed of three unsymmetrical leaflets, while in
A. quinquefolia there are five symmetrical ones.

POLYGALACEiE. (MlLKWORT FAMILY.)

Polygala, Tourn. Milkwort.

113. **P. Senega, L. Seneca snake-root.

On dry hillsides. Not common.

114. *P. sanguinea, L.

Common in low cultivated land.

115. P. verticillata , L.

Common on dry points.

Leguminos^e. (Pulse Family. )

Baptisia, Vent. False indigo.

116. B. leucantha , Torr. & Gray.

On gravelly hills south of Madison. Not uncom¬
mon.

Lupinus, Tourn. Lupine.

117. *L. perennis , L. Wild lupine.

Common.

Trifolium, Tourn. Clover. Trefoil.

118. T. prAtense, L. Red clover.

Largely cultivated. Escaped to roadsides and
waste places.

J l9. T. repens , L. White clover.

Common everywhere.

64 Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity .

120. T. hybridum, L. Alsike clover.

Not rare with T. repens . Becoming more abun¬

dant.

121. T. procumbens, L. Low hop clover.

Observed in a few places about Madison. Doubt
less introduced with other clovers.

;Melilotus, Tourn. Melilot. Sweet clover.

422. *M. officinalis, Willd. Yellow melilot.

Occurring occasionally with M. alba.

123. *M. alba, Lam. White melilot.

Common along roadsides and in waste grounds.

Medicago, Tourn. Medick.

124. *M. sativa, L. Lucerne. Alfalfa.

Escaped from cultivation and becoming established
in a few places about Madison.

125. M. luplina, L. Black medick.

Observed near the University and in two places
northeast of Madison along the Portage line of the
C. M. & St. P. R. R.

Amorpha, L. False Indigo.

126. A. canescens, Nutt. Lead-plant.

Throughout the region in dry soil.

Petalostemon, Michx. Prairie clover.

127. P. violaceus , Michx. Violet prairie clover.

Common on rocky points and along railroads.

1 28. P. candidus , Michx. White prairie clover.

With P. violaceus , but not so common.

Robinia, L. Locust tree.

129. *R. Pseudacacia, L. Common locust-tree or false

acacia.

Common in cultivation as an ornamental tree. Per¬
sisting in many places about old dwellings.

Astragalus, Tourn. Milk vetch.

130. A. Canadensis , L.

Growing beside the road west of Madison. Rare.

Leguminosce.

65

Desmodium, Desv. Tick-trefoil.

131. D. acuminatum , DC.

In rich open woods. Common.

132. D. canescens , DC.

Common along railroads and in thickets.

133. D. Canadense , DC.

With D. canescens.

Lespedeza, Michx. Bush clover.

134. L. capitata , Michx.

On dry soil. Not uncommon.

Vicia, Tourn. Vetch. Tare.

135. V. sativa, L. Common vetch or tare.

Along railroads and in thickets. Not abundant.

136. V. Caroliniana , Walt.

Low rich thickets. Common.

137. V. Americana , Muhl.

Moist ground.

Lathyrus,' Tourn. Vetchling. Everlasting pea.

138. L. ochroleucus , Hook.

Hillsides. Not uncommon.

139. L. venosus , Muhl.

Along railroads and in thickets; very abundant
sometimes covering the ground so completely as to
keep out all other vegetation.

140. L. palustris, L.

Everywhere in wet meadow land.

141. L. palustris , L. , var. myrtifolius , Gray.

With L. palustris , but much rarer.

Apios, Boerhaave. Ground-nut. Wild bean.

142. A. tuberosa , Moench.

Observed at half a dozen places near Madison at
the margin of pond or lake. Local.

Amphicarp^ea, Ell. Hog pea-nut.

143. A. monoica , Nutt.

Common in all the woodlands of the region

66

Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity.

144. A. Pitcheri , Torr. & Gray.

With A. monoica and almost as common.

Gymnocladus, Lam. Kentucky coffee-tree.

145. G. Canadensis , Lam.

Two trees growing near shore of Lake Monona at
Winnequah. Rare.

Gleditschia, L. Honey-locust.

146. G. triacanthos , L. Three-thorned acacia. Honey lo¬

cust.

Beside the road south of Lake Monona. Beside
the road near Hook Lake, and in a lawn at the
west end of Lake Wingra. Rare.

Rosacea. (Rose Family.)

Frunus, Tourn. Plum, cherry, etc.

147. j P. Americana , Marshall. Wild yellow or red plum.

Common.

148. P. pumila , L. Dwarf cherry. Sand cherry.

High rocky point near head of Pheasant Branch.
Similar place west of Madison. Rare.

149. P. Pennsylvania , L. f. Wild red cherry.

West shore of Lake Kegonsa. Rare.

L50.**P. Virginiana , L. Choke cherry.

Common about the lakes.

151**jP. serotina , Ehrh. Wild black cherry.

Occasionally met with in all rich woods through¬
out the region.

Spiraea, L. Meadow-sweet.

152. S. salicifolia , L. Common meadow-sweet.

Low wet meadows and marshes ; rather scarce.

153. *S. tomentosa , L. Hardhack. Steeplebush.

Hook Lake. Rare.

Rubus, Tourn. Bramble.

154. R. triflorus, Richardson. Dwarf raspberry.

In low wet grove south of Madison near Lake
Wingra. Not common.

Rosacce.

67

155. *R. strigosus, Michx. Wild red raspberry.

Common in waste places.

156. *R. occidentalism L. Black raspberry. Thimbleberry.

Along roadsides and old fences.

157. **R. villosus , Ait. Common or high blackberry.

Common everywhere.

158. **R. Canadensis , L. Low blackberry. Dewberry.

With R. villosus. Less common.

%

Geum, L. Avens.

159. G. album , G-melin.

In open woods. Not common.

160. G. strictum , Ait.

Moist meadows. Not uncommon.

Fragaria, Tourn. Strawberry.

161. F. Virginiana , Mill.

Common and abundant everywhere.

162. F. Virginiana , Mill., var. Rlinoensis , Gray.

With the species. Less common.

163. F. vesca , L.

Dry rocky slopes. Not rare, though less abundant
than F. Virginiana.

Potentilla, Cinque-foil. Five-finger.

164. P. arguta , Pursh.

Throughout the region on dry soil.

165. P. Norvegica , L.

Same distribution as A. arguta , in similar places,
and much more abundant.

166. *jP. argentea , L. Silvery cinque-foil.

Along shore of Lake Mendota east of Eagle’s Nest.
Rare.

167. *P. palustris, Scop.. Marsh five-finger.

In the marshes about the lakes. Not very abun¬
dant and rarely flowering here.

168. *P. Canadensis , L. Common cinque-foil or five-finger.

Common in dry soil throughout region.

68

Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity .

Agrimonia, Tourn. Agrimony.

169. *A. Eupatoria , L. Common agrimony.

Common in all woodlands.

Rosa, Tourn. Rose.

170. R. blanda , Ait.

Along railroads and on rocky places. Common.

Pyrus, L. Pear. Apple.

171. P. coronaria , L. American crab-apple.

Distributed throughout the region.

172. P. arbutifolia , L. f. , var. melanocarpa , Hook.

Hook Lake. Rare.

173. *P. Americana, DC. American mountain-ash.

Introduced from northern part of state in many
places as an ornamental tree.

Crataegus, L. Hawthorn. White thorn.

174. C. tomentosa, L.

Throughout the region. Not so common as the fol¬
lowing species.

175. C. coccinea , L.

Common throughout the region.

Amelanchier, Medic. June berry.

176. A. Canadensis , Torr. & G-ray. Shad-bush. Service-

berry.

West shore of Lake Kegonsa. Not common.

177. A. Canadensis , Torr. & G-ray, var. oblongifolia , Torr.

& Gray.

Common in low moist grounds.

Saxifragaceal (Saxifrage Family. )

Saxifraga, L. Saxifrage.

178. S. Pennsylvania, L. Swamp saxifrage.

Everywhere in wet meadow lands and marshes*

Mitella, Tourn. Mitre-wort. Bishop’s-cap.

179. M. nuda, L.

In small tamarack swamp near Windsor. Rare.

Saxifragacece , Crassulctcece, Hciloragece.

69

Heuchera, L. Alum-root.

180. H. hispida , Pursh.

Not rare about the lakes.

Parnassia, Tourn. Grass of Parnassus.

181. P. Caroliniana , Michx.

Wet meadows. Common.

Ribes, L. Currant. Gooseberry.

182. R. Cgnosbati, L.

In open woodlands and pastures. Very common

183. R. gracile , Michx. Missouri gooseberry.

Having distribution of R. Cgnosbati. Common.

184. R. floridum , L’Her. Wild black currant.

In rich open woods. Not common.

185. R. rubrum , L. , var. subglandulosum , Maxim. Red cur¬

rant.

Near Madison in two or three places. Not common.

Crassulaceje. (Orpine Family.)

Penthorum, Gronov. Ditch stone-crop.

186. P. sedoides , L.

Common in wet places.

Sedum, Tourn. Stone-crop. Orpine.

187. *S. Telephinum, L. Garden orpine. Live-forever.

Escaped from cultivation and persisting about old
dwellings.

Halorage^e. (Water-milfoil Family.)
Myriophyllum, Vaill. Water-milfoil.

188. M. spicatum , L.

Common in all the lakes.

Proserpinaca, L. Mermaid-weed.

189. P. palustris , L.

Low lands west of Lake Wabesa. Local.

Hippuris, L. Mare’s tail.

190. H. vulgaris , L.

In springs south of Lake Wingra. Rare

70

Cheney and True — Flora, of Madison and Vicinity.

Callitriche, L. Water star- wort.

191. *61 verna , L.

Low land east of Lake Monona. Local.

Lythrace^e. (Loosestrife Family. )

Lythrum, L. Loosestrife.

192. L. alatmn , Pursh.

Not infrequent in wet meadows about the lakes.

Decodon, G-mel. Swamp loosestrife.

193. D. verticillatus, Ell.

Occurring occasionally about the margins of the
lakes. Rare.

Onagrace^. (Evening-primrose Family.)

Ludwigia, L. False loosestrife.

194. L. polycarpa , Short & Peter.

Growing in low wet places and at margins of ponds.
Not rare.

195. L. palustris , Ell. Water purslane.

In places similar to those in which L. polycarpa are
found. Less common.

Epilobium, L. Willow-herb.

196. *E. angustifolium , L. Great willow-herb. Fire- weed.

A few plants found beside railroad south of Madi¬
son. West of Lake Wingra. Rare.

197. E. linear e, Muhl.

Low lands about the lakes.

198. E. color atum, Muhl.

Common in low lands.

199. E. adenocaulon , Haussk.

Common in low lands in 5th ward, Madison.

200. E. Hornemanni , Reichenb.

Wet sandstone faces near Black Hawk’s cave, Lake
Mendota. Dr. Stanley Coulter kindly verified this
determination.

Cucurbitacece , Ficoidece, Umbeleiferce.

71

CEnothera, L. Evening primrose.

201. *(E. biennis , L. Common evening primrose.

Common.

202. (E. pumila , L.

Occasionally found in low land. Rare.

Circle a, Tourn. Enchanter’s nightshade.

203. C. Lutetiana , L.

Common in rich woods.

Cucurbit ace as. (Gourd Family.)

Sicyos, L. One-seeded bur-cucumber.

204. S. angulatus , L.

Growing about the lakes. Not rare.

Ficoidece.

M#llugo, L. Indian chickweed.

.205. M. yerticillata, L. Carpet-weed.

Sandy places. Not common.

Umbellifer^e. (Parsley Family.)

JPastinaca, L. Parsnip.

206. P. sativa, L.

Escaped from cultivation and maintaining itself
everywhere as a weed.

POLYTAENIA, DC.

207. P. JVuttallii, DC.

Dry hillsides. Rare.

PlMPINELLA, L.

208. P. integerrima , Benth & Hook.

Dry sandy soil. Widely distributed.

Cryptotasnia, DC. Honewort.

209. C. Canadensis , DC.

Rich woods. Rather common.

:Sium, Tourn. Water parsnip.

210. *S. circutcefolium , Gmelin. (S. lineare, Michx. )

Common in marshy land.

72 Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity .

Cicuta, L. Water hemlock.

211. *<7. maculata, L. Spotted cowbane. Musquash root..

Beaver-poison.

About the lakes and along streams. Occasional.
A deadly poison ; the “wild parsnip” of most cases,
of poisoning.

212. C. bulb if era, L.

In wet meadow land and marshes, abundant.

Osmorrhiza, Raf. Sweet cicely.

213. 0. brevistylis , DC.

In rich woods. Not common.

214. 0. longistylis , DC.

Having same distribution as 0. brevistylis.

Eryngium, Tourn. Eryngo.

215. *E. yucccefolium , Michx. Rattlesnake-master. Button

snake root. •

On dry hills along railroads. Not common.

Sanicula, Tourn. Sanicle. Black snakeroot.

216. *JS. Marylandica , L.

Open woods. Common.

Araliace^:. (Ginseng Family.)

Aralia, Tourn. Ginseng. Wild sarsaparilla.

217. *A. racemosa, L. Spikenard.

In rich woods. Widely distributed.

218. *A. nudicaulis , L. Wild sarsaparilla.

Rich woodlands. Not rare.

219. *A. quinquefolia , Decsne & Planch. Ginseng.

Occasional in rich woods. Becoming rather rare..

CoRNACEiE. (Dogwood Family.)

Cornus, Tourn. Cornel. Dogwood.

220. C. Canadensis , L. Dwarf cornel. Bunch berry.

Found east of Lake Monona about one mile. Rare.

221. *C. sericea , L. Silky cornel. Kinnikinnik.

Growing along watercourses and at the margins of'
ponds. Not common.

Cornacece , Caprifoliacece.

222. (7. stolonifera , Michx. Red-osier dogwood.

Having same distribution as (7. sericea. Common.

223. (7. paniculata, L’Her. Panicled cornel.

On upland in open woods and thickets.

224. C. altemifolia , L. f.

Observed in Fuller’s woods east of Madison. Rare.

GAMOPETAL2E.

Caprifoliaceoe. (Honeysuckle Family.)

Sambucus, Tourn. Elder.

225. **$. Canadensis , L. Common elder.

Everywhere. Common.

Viburnum, L. Arrow-wood. Laurestinus.

226. *F. Opulus , L. Cranberry-tree.

Low wet thickets. Not rare.

227. V. dentatum , L. Arrow- wood.

Rocky woodlands. Rather local.

228. V. Lentago , L. Sweet viburnum. Sheep-berry.

Woods throughout the region. Not common.

229. **F. prunifolium , L. Black haw.

Common along streams and at the margins of ponds
and marshes.

Triosteum, L. Feverwort. Horse-gentian.

230. *T. perfoliatum , L.

Rich woodlands. Widely distributed.

Linn^a, Gronov. Twin-flower.

231. L. borealis , Gronov.

One mile north of Mendota. Rare.

Symphoricarpos, Dill. Snowberry.

232. S. vulgaris, Michx. Indian currant. Coral-berry.

Occasionally escaped from cultivation.'

Xonicera, L. Honeysuckle. Woodbine.

233. L. glauca, Hill.

Rich woodlands. Not uncommon.

74

Cheney and True— Flora of Madison and Vicinity .

Diervilla, Tourn. Bush-honeysuckle.

234. D. trifida , Moench.

Rocky places. Rare.

Rubiace^e. (Madder Family.)

Houstonia, L.

235. H. ccerulea , L. Bluets.

South of Lake Kegonsa. Reported from Madison
by Hale in 1859, in University of Wisconsin Herb¬
arium.

Cephalanthus, L. Button-bush.

236. *C. occidentalism L.

Low wet woods and thickets. Local.

Mitchella, L. Partridge-berry.

237. *'M, repens , L.

One mile east of Lake Monona. Rare.

Galium, L. Bedstraw. Cleavers.

238. *G. Aparine , L. Cleavers. Goose-grass.

Common.

239. *6r. circcezans , Michx. Wild liquorice.

Occasional in rich woods.

240. G. trifidum , L. , var. latifolium , Torr. Small bedstraw.

In rich woods. Not rare.

241. *G. tri forum, Michx. Sweet-scented bedstraw.

With G. trifidum. Common.

V ALERIANACEiE. (VALERIAN FAMILY.)

Valeriana. Tourn. Valerian.

242. V. edulis , Nutt.

In moist meadow lands bordering lakes and water¬
courses.

Composite. (Composite Family.)

Vernonia, Schreb. Iron-weed.

243. V. fasciculata , Michx.

Low places in pastures and along streams. Not.

common.

Composite®.

75-

Eupatorium, Tourn. Thoroughwort.

244. *E. purpureum , L. Joe-pye weed. . Trumpet weed.

Common throughout the region.

245. **E. perfoliatum , L. Thoroughwort. Boneset.

Dry soil in open places. Not abundant.

246. E. ageratoides , L. White snake-root.

Very common in open woods and copses.

Kuhnia, L.

247. K. eupatorioides , L.

Dry hills about Madison. Rather local.

Liatris, Schreb. Button snakeroot. Blazing-star.

248. L. cylindracea , Michx.

Rocky points west of Madison. Local.

249. L. scariosa , Willd.

Along railroads and on dry wild land ; everywhere..

Solidago, L. Golden-rod.

250. S. latifolia , L.

Woods and copses. Very common.

251. S. stricta , Ait.

Not uncommon in low moist places.

252. S. speciosa, Nutt.

Growing in rich copses. Rather common.

253. S. ulmifolia , Muhl.

Borders of open woods. Very common in some lo
calities.

254. S. Missouriensis, Nutt.

Not rare in all dry open land.

255. S. serotina, Ait.

Common throughout the region; passing by all
grades of variation into the next.

256. S. serotina , Ait. var. gigantea , Gray.

With the species. No less common.

257. S. Canadensis , L.

Very common everywhere.

258. S. nemoralis , Ait.

On rocky and gravelly soil. Common.

76 Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity.

259. S. rigida , L.

Growing on dry hills. Rather local.

260. S. Eiddellii, Frank.

Low moist places. Not common.

261. S. lanceolata , L.

Moist grassy copses, and along fences in similar
places. Not abundant.

Bellis, Tourn. Daisy.

262. B. integrifolia) Michx. Western daisy.

(The right of this species to a place in the present
list is doubtful. In 1890 it was reported as
occurring here, but no specimens of it have been
preserved and it has not been observed since. )

Aster, L. Starwort. Aster!

263. A. Novce-Anglice) L.

Low wet pastures. Very common.

264 A. sericeus, Vent.

Growing on dry rocky points about Madison. Local.

265. A. azureus , Linde.

On sandy or gravelly soil. Not common.

266. A. sagittifolius, Willd.

Dry grounds throughout the region. Common.

267. A. turbinellus , Lindl.

Common on dry soil.

268. A. Icevis , L.

Dry gravelly or sandy places. Not common.

269. A. multiflorus, Ait.

Not uncommon in dry soil along fences and in
copses.

270. A. diffusus , Ait., var. hirsuticaidis , Gray.

Everywhere common in fields and thickets.

271. A. Tradescanti , L.

Low grounds. Not rare.

272. A. paniculatus , Lam.

Common in low lands.

273. A. longifolius, Lam. (of Gray’s Man., 6th ed.)

Growing in rich low lands. Rather common.

Composite B.

77

274. A. Novi-Belgii , L.

Occurring occasionally throughout the region.

275. A. puniceus , L.

Low thickets and swamps. Very abundant.

276. A. umbellatus , Mill.

Low moist thickets. Not rare.

277. A. linariifolius , L.

Sandy hillsides west of Madison. Rare.

278. A. ptarmicoides , Torr. & G-ray.

Dry hills about Madison. Rather local.

Erigeron, L. Fleabane.

279. *E. Canadensis , L. Horse- weed. Butter- weed. (E.

Canadense , L.)

Very common in open woodlands and cultivated
fields.

280. *E. annuus , Pers. Daisy fleabane. Sweet scabious.

A very common weed in meadows. Popularly
known in many places as ‘ ‘white top. ”

281. *E. strigosus , Muhl. Daisy fleabane.

Common everywhere.

282. E. bellidifolius , Muhl. Robin’s plantain.

Dry soil in open woods and brush land.

283. *A. Philadelphicus , common fleabane.

Rather common in moist places.

Antennaria, G-sertn. Everlasting.

284. *A planta.ginifolia , Hook. Plantain-leaved everlasting.

On dry soil everywhere. Common.

Anaphalis, DC. Everlasting.

285. *M. margaritacea , Benth. & Hook. Pearly everlasting.

( Gnaphalium margaritaceum , L.)

Dry sandy soil in a few places about Madison,
Local.

Inula, L. Elecampane.

286. **I. Helenium, L.

Roadside about four miles west of Madison on Min¬
eral Point road.

8 -A. & L.

78

Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity .

Polymnia, L. Leaf-cup.

287. P. Canadensis , L.

Growing in low wet woods about Lakes Wingra
and Monona. Not common.

Silphium, L. Rosin-weed.

288. *S. laciniatum , L. Rosin-weed. Compass-plant.

Growing along railroads and on little spots of wild
land in fields. Not rare.

289. *S. terebinthinaceum , L. Prairie dock.

With S. laciniatum.

290. S. integrifolium , Michx.

Throughout the region in dry open places. Com¬
mon.

291. S. perfoliatum , L. Cup-plant.

Growing in moist places. Not common.

Ambrosia, Tourn. Ragweed.

292. *A. trifida , L. Great ragweed.

Low places, especially banks of streams. Common.

293. *A. artemisicefolia , L. Roman wormwood. Hog-weed.

Bitter-weed.

This is perhaps our commonest weed, growing in
all soils under all sorts of conditions.

Xanthium, Tourn. Cocklebur. Clotbur.

294. X. Canadense , Mill. (X. strum arium, L. )

Cultivated lands everywhere. In many places a
very troublesome weed. Not especially abundant
in this region.

Heliopsis, Pers.

295. //. Icevis , Pers.

Rather common everywhere.

Rudbeckia, L. Cone-flower.

296. R. ladniata , L.

Low thickets and borders of woods. Not common.

. 297. R . hirta , L.

Growing on dry soil everywhere.

Compositor.

79

Lepachys, Raf.

298. L. pinnata , Torr. & Gray,

Growing in dry soil, borders of woods and thickets.
Common.

Helianthus, L. Sunflower.

299. *H. annuus , L.

Persisting occasionally after cultivation. Very
common in cultivation.

300. //. rigidus , Desf.

Common in dry rocky woods and thickets.

30*1. H. occidentalism Riddell.

Dry open lands throughout the region.

302. II. grosse-serratus , Martens.

Not uncommon on dry rich soil.

303. H. strumosus , L.

Low copses. Not rare.

304. H. decapetalus , L.

Not rare in borders of thickets and in low land
along streams.

Coreopsis, L. Tickseed.

305. C. palmata , Nutt.

In dry soil throughout the region. Rather com¬
mon.

306. C. trichosperma , Michx. Tickseed sunflower.

Not rare in the marsh land south of Madison.

Bidens, L. Bur-marigold.

307. B. frondosa , L. Common beggar-ticks. Stick-tight .

Common.

308. B. connata , Muhl. Swamp beggar-ticks.

Common in low lands.

309. B. clirysanthemoides , Michx. Large bur-marigold.

Abundant in swampy grounds about Madison.

Anthemis, L. Chamomile.

310. *A. Cotula, DC. May-weed.

Very common in waste places and along roadsides.

Achillea, L. Yarrow.

311. *A. Millefolium , L. Common yarrow or milfoil.

Of common occurrence throughout the region.

80

Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity.

Chrysanthemum, To urn. Ox-eye daisy.

312. C. Leucanthemum, L. Ox-eye or white daisy. White-
weed.

Very abundant in a pasture four miles west of
Madison. Occurring in many other places in
small numbers. Not common.

Tanacetum, L. Tansy.

313 **T. vulgare, L. Common tansy.

Persisting in many places after cultivation.

•

Artemisia, L. Wormwood.

314. A. candata, Michx.

Common in dry soil throughout the region.

315. *A. Ludoviciana, Nutt. Western mugwort.

Growing on dry sandy points about Madison.
Rather local.

316. A. biennis , Willd.

In gravelly places. Not common.

Senecio, Tourn. Groundsel.

317. *S. aureus , L. Golden ragwort. Squaw- weed.

Common everywhere.

Cacalia, L. Indian plantain.

318. C. atriplicifolia , L. Pale Indian plantain.

This species was observed growing as the crossing
of the C. M. & St. P. R. R. and the C. & N. W.
R. R. east of Elmside, Madison. Rare.

Erechtites, Raf. Fireweed.

319. E. hieracifolia , Raf. Fireweed.

Growing in the marshes about the lakes and on
ground newly cleared and burned over. Not rare.

Arcticum, L. Burdock.

320. **A. Lappa, L.

A common weed about dwellings, old buildings and
in waste places.

Composite.

81

Cnicus, Tourn. Common or plumed thistle.

321. C. lanceolatus, Hoffm. Common thistle.

Very common throughout the region.

322. C. altissimus , Willd.

Rocky open woods. Common.

323. C. altissimus , Willd., var. discolor , Gray.

Growing with the species.

324. C. muticus , Pursh. Swamp thistle.

Low wet meadows and pastures. Common.

325. C. pumilus , Torr. Pasture thistle.

Growing in dry pastures. Along C. M. & St. P.
R. R. west of Madison. Not common.

326. C. arvensis, Hoffm. Canada thistle.

Roadsides in Madison, 5th ward, Mills street at
crossing of C. M. & St. P. R. R. , north of C. M. &
St. P.' depot. Pasture west of old Camp Randall.
Chicorium, Touru. Succory or chicory.

327. *C. Intybus, L.

In Madison, roadsides along University avenue and
other streets. Fairground. Spreading rapidly as
a weed along roads.

Tragopogon, L. Goat’s-beard.

328. T. PORRiFOLius, L. Salsify. Oyster-plant.

Escaped. Growing along I. C. R. R. west of Mad¬
ison.

329. T. pratensis, L. Goat’s-beard.

Observed in two or three places along railroads.
Not common.

Hieracium, Tourn. Hawkweed.

330. //. Canadense , Michx.

Dry woods throughout the region. Common.

331. H. venosum , L. Rattlesnake-weed.

Common everywhere.

Prenanthes, Vaill. Rattlesnake-root.

332. P. racemosa , Michx.

Growing in rich open woods. Not rare.

333. *P. alba , L. White lettuce. Rattlesnake-root.

Borders of woods and thickets. Common.

82

Cheney and True — Flora, of Madison and Vicinity.

Troximon, Nutt.

334. T. cuspidatum , Pursh.

A few specimens collected at old stone quarry north
of C. M. & St. P. R. R. west of -Madison. Rare.

Taraxacum, Haller. Dandelion.

335. **T. officinale, Weber. Common dandelion.

Everywhere as a persistent weed.

Lactuca, Tourn. Lettuce.

336. *L. Scariola, L. Prickly lettuce.

Common in waste places as a weed. Spreading
very rapidly along railroads.

337. L. Canadensis, L. Wild lettuce.

Common throughout the region.

338. L. Floridana , Gaertn.

Growing in rich soil and newly cleared land. Not
rare.

Sonchus, L. Sow-thistle.

339. S. oleraceus, L. Common sow-thistle.

Very common along railroads and in waste grounds.

340. S. asper, Vill. Spiny leaved sow-thistle.

Growing with the preceding. Less common.

341. S. arvensis, L. Field sow-thistle.

A single specimen of this species collected in 1890
on the University of Wisconsin farm. Not ob¬
served since.

*

Lobeliace^e. (Lobelia Family.)

Lobelia, L.

342. *L. syphilitica, L. Great lobelia.

Common in low moist places.

343. **L. inflata, L. Indian tobacco.

In dry soil. Rather rare.

344. L. spicata, Lam.

Growing in dry grassy places. Not common.

345. L. Kalmii , L.

Growing in the marsh land about the lakes. Com¬

mon.

Campanulaceoe and Ericaceae.

83

Campanulaceoe. (Campanula Family.)

Specularia, Heister. Venus’s looking-glass.

346. S. perfoliatum , A. DC.

Sterile, open grounds. Not common.

Campanula, Tourn. Bellflower.

347. C. rotundifolia , L. Harebell.

G-rowing in1 sandy soil. Not common.

348. C. aparinoides , Pursh. Marsh bellflower.

Common in the marsh land about the lakes,

349. C. Americana , L. Tall bellflower.

Low rich woods. Not common.

Ericaceae. (Heath Family. )

Vaccinium, L. Blueberry. Bilberry. Cranberry.

350. V. Pennsylvanicum , Lam. Dwarf blueberry.

A few specimens collected at Hook Lake.

351. V. corymbosum , L.

Growing with the preceding. Much more abun¬
dant.

Cassandra, Don. Leather-leaf.

352. C. ccdyculata , Don.

Growing at Hook Lake. Peat bog in Section 36,
town of Madison.

Chimaphila, Pursh. Pipsissewa.

353. ** C. umbellata , Nutt. Prince’s pine. Pipsissewa.

In woods west of Madison. Local.

Pyrola, Tourn. Wintergreen. Shin-leaf.

354. P. secunda, , L.

Growing on wooded hillside near I. C. R. R. west
of Madison. Rare.

355. *jP. elliptica, Nutt. Shin-leaf.

Throughout the region in rich woods.

Monotropa, L. Indian pipe. Pine-sap.

356. M. uniflora , L. Indian-pipe. Corpse-plant.

Rich woods. Widely distributed. Not common.

84

Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity.

Primulace^e. (Primrose Family. )

Dodecatheon, L. American cowslip.

357. D. Meadia , L. Shooting-star.

Common throughout region.

Trientalis, L. Chick weed- winter green.

358. T. Americana , Pursh. Star-flower.

A few plants found in tamarack swamp near Wind'
sor. Not observed elsewhere.

Steironema, Raf.

359. JS. cilicUum, Raf.

Rich woods and thickets. Very common.

360. S. lanceolatum , Gray.

In woods west of old Camp Randall, Madison. Rare.

361. S. lonyifolium, Gray.

Common in wet meadows.

Lysimachia, Tourn. Loosestrife.

362. *L. quctdrifolia , L.

In dry rocky land. Not common.

363. L. tkrysiflora , L. Tufted loosestrife.

Common about the margins of the lakes.

Oleace^e. (Olive Family.)

Fraxinus, Tourn. Ash.

364. *F. Americana , L. White ash.

A common tree in all the woods of the region.

365. F. sambucifolia , Lam. Black ash.

In low wet woods. Rather local.

Apocynace^e. (Dogbane Family.)

Apocynum, Tourn. Dogbane. Indian hemp.

366. androscemifolium , L. Spreading dogbane.

Borders of thickets and open woods. Common.

367. **M. cannabinum, . L. Indian hemp.

In moist places. Less common than the preceding.

Asclepiadacece and Gentiahabeoe.

85

Asclepiadacece. (Milkweed Family.)

Asclepias, L. Milkweed. Silkweed.

368. **A. tuherosa , L. Buutterfly-weed. Pleurisy-root.

Dry open woods. Common.

369. A. purpurascens , L. Purple milkweed.

Abundant in low meadows and pastures.

370. *A. incarnata, L. , var. pulchra , Pers. Swamp milk¬

weed.

Not uncommon in low land.

371. *A. Cornuti , Decaisne. Common milkweed or silkweed .

Common everywhere.

372. A. obtusifolia , Michx.

Along C. M. & St. P. R. R. west of Madison. Not
common.

373. A. phytolaccoides , Pursh. Poke milkweed.

Occurring occasionally along railroads.

374. A. ovalifolia , Decaisne.

Dry places west of Madison. Local.

375. A. verticillata, L.

A few specimens collected along C. & N. W. R.
R. south of Madison. Rare.

Acerates, Ell. G-reen milkweed.

376. A. longifolia , Ell.

Sandy knoll northeast of Mendota. Along railroad
west of Madison. Local.

377. A. viridiflora , Ell.

In sandy places. Not common.

378. A. lanuginosa , Decaisne.

Lawn near Washburn Observatory, University of
Wisconsin. Dry hill west of Madison. Rare.

Gentian ace^:. (Gentian Family. )

Gentiana, Tourn. Gentian.

379. G. crinita , Froel.

Not rare in low wet meadows.

86 Cheney and True — Flora op Madison and Vicinity.

380. G. serrata , Gunner.

There is some doubt as to the affinities of the
plants referred to this species. Specimens exam¬
ined exhibited all grades of variation in the shape
of leaf from linear to lanceolate. All, however,
had petals with “fringe shorter or almost obso¬
lete at the summit, ” and all had the ovary lanceo¬
late. Specimens agreed with herbarium specimens
of G. serrata ( detonsa ), which are supposed to be
authentic.

in marsh on road to Fish Hatchery from Madison.

381. G. quinqtie flora, Lam.

Dry hillsides. Not common.

382. *G. puberula , Michx.

On sandy hills west of Madison. Local.

383. *G. Andrewsii , Griseb. Closed gentian.

Common in low wild meadows.

384. G. alba , Muhl.

•Low sandy soil. Rare.

Menyanthes, Tourn. Buckbean.

385. *M. trifoliata , L.

Occurring occasionally in marsh land about the
lakes. Local. ’

POLEMONIACEiE. (POLEMONIUM FAMILY.)

Phlox, L.

386. P. PANICULATA, L.

Madison. Escaped from cultivation.

387. P. pilosa , L.

Not rare in dry rich land.

388. P. divaricata , L.

Common.

Polemonium, Tourn. Greek valerian.

389. P. reptans, L.

Merrill Springs. Woods northeast of Mendota
Rare.

Hydrophyllaceoe and Borraginaceoe.

7

Hydrophyllaceoe. (Waterleaf Family.)

Hydrophyllum, Tourn. Waterleaf.

390. H. Virginicum , L.

Rich woods. Common.

391. H. appendiculatum , Michx.

Near slaughter house northeast of Madison. At
Winnequah.

Ellisia, L.

,392. E. Nyctelea , L.

At mill on Yahara river. Along C. M. & St. P.
R. R. west of Madison. Rare.

Borraginaceoe. (Borage Family.)

Cynoglossum, Tourn. Hound’s-tongue.

393. *C. officinale, L. Common hound ’ s-tongue.

Along the I. C. R. R. in the city of Madison. Not
common.

Echinospermum, Lehm. Stickseed.

394. E. Virginicum , Lehm. Beggar’s lice.

Common in rich woods.

395. E. Lappula, Lehm.

Throughout the region. Not common.

Mertensia, Roth. Lungwort.

396. *M. Virginica, DC. Virginian cowslip. Lungwort.

Blue bells.

In garden in east Madison. Not observed in the
wild state, though not uncommon along the Rock
and Pecatonica rivers somewhat south.

Lithospermum, Tourn. Gromwell. Puccoon.

397. L. hirtum , Lehm.

Rather common in dry places.

398. L. angustifolium , Michx.

On high sandy points about Madison. Not com¬

mon.

88

Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity.

Symphytum, Tourn. Comfrey.

399. *S. officinale, L. Common comfrey.

Persisting about the U. W. farm where it was cul¬
tivated as a forage plant.

CONVOLVUL ACEiE. (CONVOLVULUS FAMILY.)

Ipomea, L. Morning glory.

400. I. purpurea, Linn. Common morning glory.

Escaping occasionally from cultivation.

Convolvulus, Tourn. Bindweed.

401. C. spithameus , L.

Sandy hills west of Madison. Local.

402. C. sepium , L. Hedge bindweed.

Too common along railroad embankments and in
cultivated fields.

403. C. sepium , L., var. Americanus , Sims.

With the species. No less common.

404. C. sepium , L. , var. repens , Gray.

With the two preceding. Not rare.

405. C. arvensis, L. Bindweed.

Agricultural Experimental Farm, near Hiram
Smith Hall. Along railroad near Angleworm sta¬
tion, Madison. Rare.

Cuscuta, Tourn. Dodder.

406. C. chlorocarpa , Engelm.

In moist places. Less common than C. Gronovii .

407. C. Gronovii , Willd.

Common in wet land.

408. C. glomerata , Choisy.

On Compositse along streams. Not rare.

SOLANACEiE. (NIGHTSHADE FAMILY.)

Solanum, Tourn. Nightshade.

409. **S. Dulcamara, L. Bittersweet.

Woods west of Fair grounds. Local.

410. *S. nigrum , L.

Common in fields.

Solcinctcece and Scrophidariacece.

89

Physalis, L. Ground cherry.

411. P. Philadelphia , Lam.

Along railroad embankments. Not common.

412. *P. pubescens , L.

Common in sandy soil.

Lycium, L. Matrimony-vine.

413. *L. vulgar e, Dunal.

A few specimens found growing along I. C. R. R.
west of Madison.

SCROPHULARIACEiE. (FlGWORT FAMILY.)

Verbascum, L. Mullein.

414. *V. Thapsus, L. Common mullein.

Common in pastures and fields.

Linaria, Tourn. Toad-flax.

415. *L. vulgaris, Mill. Ramsted. Butter and eggs.

Common about dwellings as an escape from culti¬
vation.

Scrophularia, Tourn. Figwort.

416. S. nodosa , L., var. Marylandica , Gray. (S. nodosa , L.)

Common throughout the region.

Chelone, Tourn. Turtle-head. Snake-head.

417. *GT. glabra, L.

Low wet meadow land. Not rare.

Mimulus, Monkey-flower.

418. M. ringens, L.

Growing in the marsh land about the lakes. Com¬
mon.

419. M. Jamesii, Torr.

Near springs south of Lake Wingra. Merrill

Springs. Rare.

Ilysanthes, Raf.

420. I. riparia, Raf. False pimpernel.

In wet places. Local.

90

Cheney and True— Flora of Madison and Vicinity.

Veronica, L. Speedwell.

421. ** V. Virginica , L. Culver’s-root. Culver’s physic.

Rich woods. Everywhere.

422. * V. Americana , Schweinitz. American brooklime.

Brooks and ditches. Not rare.

423. V. serpyllifolia , L. Thyme-leaved speedwell.

Wet pastures. Not rare.

424. V. peregrina , L. Neckweed. Purslane speedwell.

Very abundant in low cultivated land.

425. V. ARVENSis, L. Corn speedwell.

Bank of Yahara river near Stoughton.

Gerardia, L.

426. G. grandiflora , Benth.

Growing on dry wooded hills. Not rare-.

427. G. purpurea , L. Purple gerardia.

Very abundant in low meadows and pastures.

428. G. tenuifolia , Vahl. Slender gerardia.

A few specimens found in wet pasture south of
Madison. Rare.

Castilleia, Mutis. Painted-cup.

429. C. coccinea , Spreng. Scarlet painted-cup.

On dry soil in open woods. Not common.

430. C. sessiliflora , Pursh.

A half dozen specimens of this species wTere col¬
lected on a rocky hill west of Madison. Not ob¬
served elsewhere.

Pedicularis, Tourn. Lousewort. Wood betony.

431. P. Canadensis , L. Common lousewort. Wood betony.

On dry uplands. Not uncommon.

432. P. lanceolata , Michx.

Common in low grounds.

LENTIBULARIACEiE. (BLADDERWORT FAMILY.)

Utricularia, L. Bladderwort.

433. TJ. vulgaris , L. Greater bladderwort.

Common about the muddy margins of the lakes..

Bignoniaceoe , Verbeniacece and Labiatee.

91

Bignoniaceoe. (Bignonia Family.)

Tecoma, Juss. Trumpet-flower.

RADICANS, Juss.

Cultivated here, growing wild in central Illinois.

Verbeniaceoe. (Vervain Family.)

Tourn. Vervain.
urticcefolia , L. White vervain.

In open woods and pastures. Common.

With V. itrticcefolia and as abundant.
stricta, Vent. Hoary vervain.

Along railroads and on dry hills about Madison.
Not common.
bracteosa, Michx.

Dry, sandy and gravelly soil throughout the region.
Rather common.

434.

Verbena,

435. F.

436.

F.

437.

F

438.

F

Phryma, L. Lopseed.

439. P. Leptostaehya , L.

Rich woods. Very common.

Labiatce. (Mint Family.)

Teucrium, Tourn. Germander.

440. *T. Canadense , L. American germander. Wood sage.

Occurring occasionally about the lakes.

441. T. occidentale , Gray.

Lake shore near University drive, Experiment
Farm. Rather common in low ground. Dr. Stan¬
ley Coulter kindly verified this determination.

Mentha, Tourn. Mint.

442. **M. viridis, L. Spearmint.

Picnic Point, Lake Mendota.

443. M. Canadensis , L. Wild mint.

Common in low pastures, along watercourses and
about the margins of the lakes.

92 Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity.

Lycopus, Tourn. Water horehound.

444. L. sinucitus , Ell.

Common.

Pycnanthemum, Michx. Mountain mint. Basil.

445. *P. lanceolatum , Pursh.

Common in wet meadow land.

Hedeoma, Pers. Mock pennyroyal.

446. **//. pulegioules , Pers. American pennyroyal.

In dry soil. Throughout this region but not
abundant.

Monarda, L. Horse-mint.

447. *M. fistulosa , L. Wild bergamont.

Abundant everywhere.

448. *Jf. punctata , L. Horse-mint.

Three or four specimens of this species were col¬
lected near the Fuller and Johnson Plow Works,
Madison. Not observed elsewhere in this region.

Blephilia, Baf.

449. B. ciliata , Raf.

Growing in wild meadow land northeast of Men-
dota and south of Lake Wingra. Local.

Lophanthus, Benth. Giant hyssop.

450. L. nepetoides, Benth.

Growing beside the C. M. & St. P. R. R. east of
Elmside. Rare.

Nepeta, L. Cat-mint.

451. *N. Cataria, L. Catnip.

Common in waste grounds.

452. *N. Glechoma, Benth. Ground ivy. Gill-over-the-

ground.

Along fences and sidewalks. Rather common.

Scutellaria, L. Skullcap.

453. **$. lateriflora, L. Mad-dog skullcap.

Wet shady places. Common.

454. S. parvula, Michx.

In dry soil. Local.

Labiatce, Plantaginacece and JSTyctaginacece.

93

455. *S. galericulata , L.

In wet land about the lakes. Abundant.

Brunella, Tourn. Self-heal.

456. *B. vulgaris, L. Common self-heal or heal-all.

Very common.

Leonurus, L. Motherwort.

457. *L. Cardiaca, L. Common motherwort.

In rich soil. Common.

Stachys, Tourn. Hedge-nettle.

458. JS. aspera, Michx.

Flowers finely pubescent! Growing in low places.
Not rare.

Plantaginace^:. (Plantain Family.)

Plantago, Tourn. Plantain. Ribwort.

459. *P. major , L. Common plantain.

Common as a persistent weed in lawns, waste
grounds and by roadsides.

460. *P. lanceolata, L. Rib grass. Ripplegrass.

Growing on campus near Science Hall, on private
lawn near Science Hall and along I. C. R. R. west
of Madison.

APETALiE.

Nyctaginace^e. (Four-O’Clock Family.)

Oxybapbus, Vahl. •

461. 0. nyctagineus , Sweet.

Along C. M. & St. P. R. R. in Madison and west
of the city.

Amarantace^e. (Amaranth Family.)

Aaiarantits, Tourn. Amaranth.

462. A. retroflexus, L. Pigweed.

A rank weed in cultivated fields. Common.

9— A. & L.

94

Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity „

463. A. albus , L. Tumble weed.

Abundant on newly cleared land.

464. A blitoides , Watson.

Growing in waste ground. Not common.

Acnida, Mitch. Water-hemp.

465. A tuberculata , Moq.

Common about the margins of the lakes.

Chenopodiace^e. (Goosefoot Family.)

Chenopodium, Tourn. Goosefoot. Pigweed.

466. *C. album, L. Lamb’s-quarters. Pigweed.

A common weed everywhere.

467. C. MURALE, L.

Collected at Madison. Not common.

468. C. hybridum , L. Maple-leaved goosefoot.

In rich soil, widely distributed. Not abundant.

469. C. capitatum , Watson. Strawberry blite.

Dry rich soil. Rare.

470. **C. ambrosioides, L. , var. anthelminticum, Gray"

Wormseed.

In the I. C. R. R. yards. Rare.

Atriplex, Tourn. Orache.

471. A. patidum , L. , var. hastatum , Gray.

In all parts of Madison. Local.

Salsola, L. Saltwort.

472. S. Kali, L. Common saltwort.

Railroad track near Prof. King’s house near Agri¬
cultural Experiment Farm. Found east of Madi¬
son along railroad track near Yahara river. Along
N. W. R. R. south of Lake Monona. Becoming-
more abundant.

Polygonacece.

95

Polygonacece. (Buckwheat Family.)

Rumex, L. Dock. Sorrel.

473. R. Brittannica , L. Great water-dock.

Growing in shallow water at margins of lakes and
streams.

474. R. altissimus, Wood. Pale dock.

In marshes about the lakes. Common.

475. R. verticillatus, L. Swamp dock.

With R. altissimus. Not common.

476. **R. crispus, L. Curled dock.

A weed in cultivated land.

477. **R. obtusifolius, L. Bitter dock.

With R. crispus. More abundant.

478. R. acetosella, L. Field or sheep sorreh

Abundant along railroads and on sandy soil.

Polygonum, Tourn. Knotweed.

479. *P. aviculare , L.

Common in yards and along roadsides.

480. P. erectum , L.

With P. aviculare. Less abundant.

481. P. Pennsylvanicum , L.

In low wet places. Common.

482. *P. amphibium , L.

In shallow water. Local.

483. P. Muhlenbergii , Watson.

Growing in muddy places. Not common.

484. P. Hartwrightii, Gray.

In muddy places. Rare.

485. P. orientale, L. Prince’s feather.

Occasionally escaped from cultivation.

486. *P. Persicaria, L. Lady’s thumb.

Common in waste grounds and .along roadsides.

487. *P. liydropiperoides , Michx. Mild water-pepper.

Low wet pastures and cultivated land. Common.

488. *jP. Hydropiper , L. Common smartweed or water-

pepper.

Very abundant in cultivated fields.

96

Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity.

489. P. Virginianum) L.

Rich woods east of Lake Mendota. Local.

490. P. sagittatum , L. Arrow-leaved tear- thumb.

In marsh east of Lake Monona.

491. P. dumetorum , L., var. scandens, Gray. Climbing’

false buckwheat.

Along railroads and on newly cleared land.

Eagotyrum, Tourn. Buckwheat.

492. F. esculentum, Moench. Buckwheat.

Along railroads and in fields after cultivation.

Aristolochiace^e. (Birthwort Family.)

As arum, Tourn. Asarabacca. Wild ginger.

493. *A. Canadense , L.

In low woods northeast of Lake Wabesa. Rare.

S ANTAL ACE^E. (SANDALWOOD FAMILY.)

Gomandra, Nutt. Bastard toad-flax.

494. C. umbellata , Nutt.

Dry ground. Not common.

Euphorbiace^e. (Spurge Family.)

Euphorbia, L. Spurge.

495. E. serpyllifolia , Pers.

Along railroads. Not common.

496. E. glyptosperma , Engelm.

Thin soil. Common.

497. E. maculata , L.

Along railroads and on dry hills. Everywhere
very abundant.

498. *E. humistrata , Engelm.

With E. maculata. Common.

499. *E. Preslii , Guss.

Along railroads. Not so common as E. maculata
or E. humistrata.

Euphorhiacece and Urticacece.

97

500. *E. corollata , L.

Dry ground. Everywhere,

501. *E. Cyparissias, L.

Occurring occasionally as an escape from culti¬
vation.

502. *E. Peplus, L.

Spontaneous in many lawns and gardens in Madi¬
son. Local.

Acalypha, L. Three-seeded mercury.

503. A. Caroliniana , Ell.

Rich woods. Common.

Urticacece. (Nettle Family.)

Ulmus, L. Elm.

504. fulva , Michx. Slippery or red elm.

Occurring occasionally throughout the region.

505. *V. Americana , L. American or white elm.

Common, especially in low woods.

Celtis, Tourn. Nettle-tree. Hackberry.

506. C. occidentalism L. Sugarberry. Hackberry.

Occasional in the older forest tracts.

Cannabis. Tourn. Hemp.

507. **C. sativa, L. Hemp.

Growing along roads and about dwellings. Not
rare.

Humulus, L. Hop.

508. **H. Lupulus , L. Common hop.

Growing wild in many places.

Urtica, Tourn. Nettle.

509. U. gracilis , Ait.

In low rich soil. Common.

Pilea, Lindl. Richweed. Clearweed.

510. P. pumila , Gray.

In rich woods. Not rare.

98

Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity .

Boehmeria, Jacq. False nettle.

511. B. cylindrical Willd.

Very common in wet places.

Parietaria, Tourn. Pellitory.

512. P. Pennsylvania, Muhl.

Growing on leaf mould in woods. Local.

*

PLATANACEiE. (PLANE-TREE FAMILY.)

Platanus, L. Sycamore. Buttonwood.

513. P. occidentalis, L.

A single small tree on west, shore of Lake
Kegonsa.

JUGLANDACEiE. (WALNUT FAMILY.)

Juglans, L. Walnut.

514. **J. cinerea, L. Butternut. White walnut.

In rich soil in open woods.

515. *J. nigra, L. Black walnut.

With J. cinerea. Less common.

Carya, Nutt,. Hickory.

516. C. alba, Nutt. Shell-bark or shag-bark hickory.

Open woodland throughout the region.

517. C. amara, Nutt. Bitternut or swamp hickory.

Low lands about lakes. Not uncommon.

CupuLiFERiE. (Oak Family.)

Betula, Tourn. Birch.

518. *B. papyrifera, Marshall. Paper or canoe birch. (B.

papyracea, Ait. )

North of University Hall, Madison. Cultivated. A
small tree growing wild in woods south of ceme¬
tery. Growing wild at Hook Lake.

519. *B. pumila, L. Low birch.

Marshes about the lakes. Local.

CupulifercB and Salicaceoe.

99

Alnus, Tourn. Alder.

520. A. incana , Willd. Speckled or hoary alder.

In low lands along watercourses. Not abundant.

•CoRYLirs, Tourn. Hazel-nut. Filbert.

521. *C. Americana , Watt. Wild hazel-nut.

Common everywhere.

Ostrya, Micheli. Hop-hornbeam. Iron-wood.

522. 0. Virginica , Willd. American hop-hornbeam. Lev-

erwood.

Of occasional occurrence throughout the region.

Qttercus, L. Oak.

523. **Q. alba, L. White oak.

In all woodlands of the region. With the excep
tion of Q. coccinea , this is our most abundant oak.

524. Q. macrocarpa, Michx. Bur oak. Over-cup or

mossy-cup oak. ,

This species is represented in all parts of the
region by small clumps or single individuals of
medium sized trees.

525. Q. bicolor, Willd. Swamp white oak.

Low, wet woods about the lakes. Local.

526. Q. rubra, L. Red oak.

Forming a considerable element in the older for¬
ests of the region.

527. Q. coccinea, Wang. Scarlet oak.

Forming the chief element in the oak forests of
the region.

Salicaceoe. (Willow Family.)

Salix, Tourn. Willow. Osier.

528. S. discolor, Muhl. Glaucous willow.

Wet places along lakes and watercourses. Com¬
mon.

529. S. humilis, Marsh. Prairie willow.

Along railroads and on dry wild lands.

100 Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity.

530. S. Candida , Willd. Sage willow. Hoary willow.

In marsh lands about lakes. Common.

531. S. myrtilloides , L.

With S. Candida. Less common.

PoPULTTS, Tourn. Poplar. Aspen.

532.

P.

alba, L. White poplar. Abele.

Occasional in cultivation.

533.

P.

tremuloides , Michx. American aspen.
Common in all the woods of the region.

534.

P.

grandidentata , Michx. Large toothed aspen.
With P. tremuloides. Not so common.

535.

P.

balsamifera , L. Balsam-poplar. Tacamahac
Cultivated as shade or ornamental tree.

536.

P.

dilatata, Lombardy poplar.

Cultivated in many places.

MONOCOTYLEDONES.

Hydrocharidace,®. (Frog’s-bit Family.)

Elodea, Michx. Water-weed.

537. E. Canadensis , Michx. ( Anacharis Canadensis , Plan-

chon. )

Very abundant in most spring waters of the-
region. Becoming a troublesome obstruction in
many streams.

Vallisneria, L. Tape grass. Eel grass.

538. V. spiralis , L.

Common in the shallow parts of the lakes.

Orchid ace ae. (Orchis Family.)

Aplectrum, Nutt. Putty-root. Adam-and-Eve.

539. A. hiemale , Nutt.

Rich woodlands east of Lake Mendota. Local.

Orchidacece.

101

Corallorhiza, Haller. Coral-root.

540. *G. odontorrhiza , Nutt.

Rare. A few specimens found in woods near
quarries west of Madison.

541. *G. multiflora, Nutt.

Dry woodlands. Widely distributed but not
abundant.

Spiranthes, Richard. Ladies’ tresses.

542. S. cernua, Richard.

Low grounds south of Madison.

Goodyera, R. Br. Rattlesnake-plantain.

543. G. pubescens, R. Br.

Woods near I. C. R. R. , two miles southwest of
Madison. Rare.

Calopogon, R. Br.

544. C. pulchellus, R. Br.

Two specimens collected in wild meadow south of
Lake Wingra. Very rare.

Orchis, L.

545. O. spectabilis, L. Showy orchis.

In rich woods throughout the region. Not
abundant.

Habenaria, Willd. Rein-orchis.

546. II. tridentata, Hook.

Low, wet meadows southwest of Windsor. Rare.

547. H. bracteata, R. Br.

Rich woods. Common.

548. H. hyperborea , R. Br.

At Merrill Springs, Lake Mendota. Rare.

549. H. leucophcea, Gray.

A few specimens collected along C., M. & St. P.
R. R., near Lakeside. Summer of 1888. Two
specimens found along same road west of U. W.
Farm buildings, 1891. Not observed in either
place since.

102 Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity.

550. H. lacera , R. Br.

A few specimens collected south of Lake Wingra.
Rare.

551. H. psy codes, Bray.

Growing in low thicket southeast of Lake Win¬
gra. Rare.

Cypripedium, L. Lady’s slipper. Moccasin-flower.

552. C. candidum , Muhl. Small white lady’s slipper.

Very abundant in limited areas in the wild mea¬
dow lands about the lakes. Especially south of
Lakes Monona and Wingra.

553. **(7. parviflorum , Salisb. Smaller yellow lady’s slipper.

Three specimens reported from marsh land south
of Lake Wingra.

554. **C. pubescens , Willd. Larger yellow lady’s slipper.

In all the rich woodlands of the region.

555. C. spectabile. Salisb. Showy lady’s slippor.

A few specimens found in tamarack swamp south¬
west of Windsor. Nearly extinct.

i

H^modorace^e. (Bloodwort Family.)

Aletris, L. Colic-root. Star-grass.

556. *A. farinosa , L.

A few specimens found growing on little knoll in
marsh northeast of Mendota. Rare.

iRiDACEiE. (Iris Family.)

Iris, Tourn. Flower-de-Luce.

557. **/. versicolor , Larger blue flag.

Common in marshes.

Sisyrinchium, L. Blue-eyed grass.

558. S. angustifolium , Mill.

Common on dry sandy soil.

Amaryllidacece , Dioscoreacece and Liliaceee.

103

Amaryllidaceae. (Amaryllis Family.)

Hypoxis, L. Star-grass.

559. H. erecta. L.

Usually with Sisyrinchium angustifolium.
common.

Less

Dioscoreacece. (Yam Family.)

Discore a, Plumier. Yam.

560. *D. villosa , L. Wild yam-root.

In thickets throughout the region.

Liliacece. (Lily Family. )

Smilax, Tourn. Green brier. Cat-brier.

561. 8. herbacea , L. Carrion-flower.

In woods, everywhere.

562. S. ecirrhata , Watson.

With 8. herbacea. Less common.

563. 8. hispida , Muhl.

In thickets. Not rare.

.Allium, L. Onion. Garlic.

564. A. tricoccum, Ait. Wild leek.

Rich woods. Widely distributed.

565. A. Ganadense , Kalm. Wild garlic.

Common. Generally known here as “wild onion. ”

Polygonatum, Tourn. Solomon’s seal.

566. *P. biflorum , Ell. Smaller Solomon’s seal.

Low, rich woods. Not common.

567. *P. giganteum , Dietrich. Great Solomon’s seal.

Rich woodlands, throughout the region.

Asparagus, Tourn. Asparagus.

568. *A. officinalis, L. Garden asparagus.

Occasionally escaped.

Smilacina, Desf. False Solomon’s seal.

569. *N. racemosa , Desf. False spikenard.

Common in open woods.

570. 8. stellata , Desf.

Common along railroad tracks and other banks.

104 Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity .

Maianthemum, Wigg.

571. M. Canadense , Desf.

Low, wet woods north of Lake Wabesa. Tn a simi¬
lar place west of Lake Wingra. Local.

Uvularia, L. Bell wort.

572. U. grandiflora, Smith.

In all woodlands.

Erythronium, L. Dog’s-tooth violet.

573. E. albidum , Nutt. White dog’s-tooth violet.

Rich woods about the lakes.

Lilium, L. Lily.

574. L. Philcidelphicum , L. Wild orange-red lily. Wood'

lily.

Along railroads and in other places on wild land.

575. L. superbum , L. Turk’s-cap lily.

Margins of wild meadows. Rather rare.

Trillium, L. Wake robin. Birthroot.

576. *T. erectum , L.

In rich woods east of Lake Mendota. Not com¬
mon.

577. *T. grandiflorum , Salisb.

With T. erectum. Much rarer.

PONTEDERIACEiE. ( PICKEREL- WEED FAMILY.)

Pontederia, L. Pickerel-weed.

578. P. cor data, L.

Abundant in northwestern part of Lake Wingra.
Local.

Heteranthera, Ruiz & Pav. Mud-plantain.

579. H. graminea , Vahl.

Yahara river below Lake Monona. Dr. Chas..
Morong kindly determined this species.

COMMELINACEiE. (SPIDERWORT FAMILY.)

Tradescantia, L. Spiderwort.

580. T. Virginica, L. Common spiderwort.

Along railroads. Not uncommon.

Juncacece , Typhacece and Aracece.

105

Juncacece. (Rush Family.)

Juno, us, Tourn. Rush. Bog-rush.

581. J. tenuis, Willd.

In paths, everywhere.

582. J '. bufonis , L.

Roadsides in low places. Not common.

583. J. nodosus , L.

Wet meadows. Occasional.

584. J. Canadensis , J. Gay.

Wet meadows and marshes. Rare.

XiUZULA, DC. Wood-rush.

585. L. campestris , DC.

Hook Lake. Rare.

Typhacece. (Cat-tail Family.)

Typha, Tourn. ' Cat-tail flag.

586. T. latifolia , L. Common cat-tail.

Common in marshes, especially eas.t of city oj
Madison.

Sparganium, Tourn. Bur-reed.

587. S. simplex . Huds. ?

Marshes about Lake Mendota.

Araceje. (Arum Family.)

Aris^ma, Martius. Indian turnip. Dragon arum.

588. *A. triphyllum , Torr. Indian turnip.

Low, rich woods. Not common.

Symplocarpus, Salisb. Skunk cabbage.

589. *S. foetidus. Salisb.

Merrill Springs and Lake Wabesa. Local.

AlCOrsu, L. Sweet flag. Calamus.

590. **M. Calamus , L.

Growing in the shallow, muddy bogs of all the
lakes.

106 Cheney and True — Flora oj- Madison and Vicinity .

Lemnace^e. (Duckweed Family. )

Spirodela, Schleiden.

591. **$. polyrrhizci , Schleid.

Abundant on all quiet waters of the region.

Lemna, L. Duckweed. Duck’s-meat.

592. L. trisulca , L.

Growing with Spirodela poly rrhiza. Common.

593. L. minor , L.

With L. trisulca . Rarer.

Wolefia, JBLorkel.

594. W. Columbia; na, Karsten.

Very abundant on the lakes in late summer and
autumn.

595. W. Braziliensis , Weddell.

With W. Columbiana , much rarer.

Alismaceje. (Water-plantain Family.)

Alisma, Tj. Water-plantain.

596. *A. Plcintago , L.

Common in ditches, at margins of ponds, etc.

Sagittaria, L. Arrow-head.

597. S. variabilis , Engelm.

Everywhere in shallow water.

NAI ADAGES. (PONDWEED FAMILY.)

Triglochin, L. Arrow-grass.

598. T. maritima , L.

Growing in marshy grass land about lakes. Bare.

Potamogeton, Tourn. Pondweed.

599. P. natanSj L.

Common in all the waters of the region.

600. P. fluitans, Roth.

University bay, Lake Mendota.

601. P. amplifolius , Tuckerm.

Growing in Lakes Wingra and Wabesa.

N'aiadacem and Cyperaceee.

107

602. P. perfoliatus , L.

Common.

603. P. zoster cefolius, Schum.

University bay. Lake Mendota.

604. P. mucronatus , Schrad.

Lagoon on Picnic Point.

605. P. pectinatus, L.

University bay, Lake Mendota.

606. P. marinus.

Lagoon on Picnic Point.

Naias, L. Naiad. .

607. N. ftexilis, Rostk. & Schmidt.

With Potamogeton marinus.

Cyperace^:. (Sedge Family.)

Cyperus, Tourn. Galingale.

608. C. diandrus , Torr.

Common on sandy beaches.

609. C. Schieeinitzii , Torr.

Sandy ridge east of Lake Wingra. Rare.

610. C. Jiliculmis , Yahl.

Dry, sandy soil about the lakes. Local.

611. C. strigosus , L.

Rather common in wet sandy places.

Dulichium, Pers.

612. D. spathaceum , Pers.

Growing in shallow water along margins of lakes.
Not rare.

Eleocharis, R.Br. Spike-rush.

613. E. ovata , R.Br.

Common about ponds.

614. E. palustris, R.Br.?

Shallow places' in the lakes and in very wet land
Common.

615. E. compressa , Sullivant.

Wet places. Not common.

616. E. acicularis , R.Br.

Muddy places. Widely distributed.

108 Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity.

Scirpus, Tourn. Bulrush or club-rush.

617. S. pun yens, Vahl.

Lake shores. Local.

618. S. lacustris, L. Great bulrush.

Common in all the shallow waters of the region.

619. S. atrovirens , Muhl.

Collected on north side of Lake Wingra. Not
common.

Eriophorum, L. Cotton-grass.

620. E. cyperinum , L.

Wet meadows and marshes. Common.

621. E. polystachyon, L.

Growing in all the marsh land of the region. Not
uncommon.

Carex, Ruppins. Sedge.

622.

C.

623.

c.

624.

0.

625.

c.

626.

c.

627.

c.

628.

c.

629.

c.

630.

c.

Wet thickets. Not abundant.
lupulina, Muhl., var. pedunculata, Dewey.
Growing with the species.

Tuckermani, Dewey.

Growing at the edge of a pond east of Madison.
Rare.

retrorsa , Schwein.

Rather common in wet places.
hystricina , Muhl.

In shallow water or wet places. Not rare.

Pseudo- Cyperus, L., var. Americana, Hochst.

Wet meadows and marshes. Rather common.
filiformis, L.

Growing in marsh south of Lake Wingra. Local.
filiformis, L. Var., latifolia, Boeckl.

In places similar to that in which the species was
found. More abundant.
riparia, W. Curtis.

Common in very wet meadows.

Cyperacece.

109

631.

632.

633.

634.

635.

636.

637.

638.

639.

640.

641.

642.

643.

644.

645.

646.

G. stricta , Lam,

The commonest Carex in all marsh lands. This
species forms a very large element of the “wild
hay“ of this region.

C. stricta, Lam. var. , decora,, Bailey.

Growing with the species. Less common.

C. limosci , L.

A few specimens collected in marsh south of Lake
Wingra. Rare.

C. longirostris, Torr.

Growing on shady banks. Not common.

C. laxiflora, Lam.

Moist, shady places. Not abundant.

C. platyphylla. Carey.

Growing in moist, rich woods. Local.

C. Pennsylvanica, Lam.

Very common in dry open woods.

C. stipata, Muhl.

Forming large tufts in low meadows and pastures.
Widely distributed.

C. decomposita, Muhl.

In marshes or low lands. Local.

C. teretiuscidci, Gooden.

Growing in loose tufts in wet places. Common.
C. rosea, Sehkuhr., var. radiata, Dewey.

In dry, open woods. Not rare. *

C. sparganioides , Muhl.

Not rare in rich woods.

C. cephcdop flora, Muhl.

Forming tufts in dry soil. Rather common.

G. echinata, Murray, var. microstachys, Boeckl.

Wet meadows. Common.

G. siccata, Dewey. •

Sandy fields and banks. Abundant.

C. tribuloides, Wahl., var. cristata, Bailey.

Forming tufts in low, wet places. Rather com¬
mon.

10 -A. & L.

110 Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity .

647. C. scoparia , Schkuhr.

Common in wet meadows and swales.

648. C. straminea , Willd.

Common throughout the region.

649. C. straminea , Willd., var. foenea , Torr.

With the species.

650. C. straminea , Willd., var. brevior , Dewey.

With the species.

Gramine^e. (Grass Family.)

Spartina, Schreber. Cord or marsh grass.

651. S. cynosuroides , Willd. Fresh-water cord-grass.

Growing in wet places throughout the region.
Not uncommon.

Panicum, L. Panic- grass.

652. P. SANGrUiNALE, L. Common crab-or finger-grass.

Rich cultivated and waste grounds. Very com¬
mon.

653. P. capillar e, L. Old- witch grass.

Common in sandy soil.

654.

655.

656.

657.

.658.

659.

P. vir gatum , L.

Growing on dry soil along railroads and on spots
of wild land in fields. Local.

P. latifolium , L.

Dry places on wild grass land and along railroads
about Madison. Not uncommon.

P. dichotomum , L.

With P. latifolium. Much more abundant.

P. laxiflorum , Lam.

Growing on dry hills about Madison. Common.

P. depauper atum, Muhl.

Dry, rocky points west of Madison. Local.

P. Crus-galli, L. Barnyard-grass.

Low, wet places in fields and along roadsides.
Common.

Graminece.

Ill

Setaria, Beauv. Bristly foxtail grass.

660. S. glauca, Beauv. Fox tail. Pigeon-grass.

Very common in all cultivated fields and in old
pastures and meadows.

661. S. viridis, Beauv. Breen foxtail. Bottle-grass.

With S. glavca. Less common.

662. S. Italica, Kunth. Millet. Hungarian or Bengal

grass.

Cultivated as a forage crop. Persisting after
cultivation.

Cenchrus, L. Hedgehog or bur-grass.

663. C. tribuloides , L.

Browing along railroads and in sandy fields. Not
rare.

Leersia, Schwartz. White grass.

661. L. Virginica , Willd. White grass.

Occasionally met with in open woods. Not com¬
mon.

665. L. oryzoides, Schwartz. Rice cut-grass.

Browing in ditches, sluggish branches and shal¬
low ponds. Common.

Zizania, Bronov. Water or Indian rice.

666. Z. aquatica, L. Indian rice.

Abundanl in Lake Wingra. Occurring in many
places in the marshes about Lakes Mendota,
Monona and Waubesa. Local.

Andropogon, Royen. Beard-grass.

667. A. furcatus , Muhl.

Common in the dry portions of all wild lands, in
fields and along railroads.

668. A. scoparius , Michx.

Browing with A. furcatus. Much less common.

Chrysopogon, Trin.

669. C. nutans , Benth. Indian grass. Wood-grass.

Dry ground borders of woods and copses. Local

12 Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity .

Hierochloe, Gmelin. Holy grass,

670. IT. borealis , Roem. & Schultes. Vanilla or Seneca

grass.

Growing in low, moist grass land south of Lake
Monona along C. M. & St. P. R. R.

Stipa, L. Feather-gra^s.

671. S. spartea , Trim

Along the C. M. & St. P. R. R. near the Univer¬
sity of Wisconsin farm and farther west. Rare.
Oryzopsis, Michx. Mountain rice.

672. 0. melanocarpa, Mum.

Growing in woods north of University Hall. Not
observed » elsewhere.

Muhlenbergia, Schreber. Drop-seed grass.

673. M. glomerata , Trim

Rather common in the marshes about the lakes.

674. M. Mexicana , Trim

With M. glomerata. More inclined to be local in
its distribution.

675. M. sylvatica , Torr. & Gray.

Moist woods and copses. Not rare.

676. M. Wildenovii , Trim

Rocky woods. Rare.

677. M. diffusa , .Schreber. Drop -seed. Nimble Will.

Dry, shady places. Local.
oRachyelytrum, Beauv.

678. B. aristatinn , Beauv.

Dry, open woods. Common.

Phleuw, L. Cat’s-tail grass.

679. P. pratense, L. Timothy. Herd’s-grass (in New Eng.

and N. Y. )

The chief cultivated hay grass. Growing wild
everywhere.

Alopecurus, L. Foxtail grass.

o8Q. A. geniculatus , L.; var. ciristulatus , Torr. Floating
foxtail.

Observed growing at the eastern margin of the
lagoon on Picnic Point. Rare.

Grammece.

113

Sporobolus, R. Br.

681. S. asper, Kunth.

Common in dry, sandy or gravelly soil.

682. S. heterolepis , Gray.

Growing along railroads. Rather rare.

683. &. cryptandrus , Gray.

Growing on high sandy ridge between Lakes
Wingra and Monona. Not observed elsewhere.

Agrostis, L. Bent-grass.

684. A. alba, L. Fiorin or white bent-grass.

Not rare. In all grass and pasture land.

685. A. alba, L. , var. vulgaris, Thurb. Red top.

Herd’s-grass (of Penn. )

A .very common and considerable element in all
the pasture lands of the region.

686. A. scabrci , Willd. Hair-grass.

Met with occasionally on dry soil. Not common.

687. C. arundincicea , L.

In shady places at margins of ponds. Local.

Calamagrostis, Adans. Reed bent-grass.

688. C. Canadensis, Beauv. Blue-joint grass.

Forming a very valuable and considerable element
in the “wild hay“ made throughout the region.
Very common.

Arrhenatherum, Beauv. Oat-grass.

689. A. avenaceum, Beauv.

Persisting in places about Madison after cultiva¬
tion. Not common.

Bouteloua, Lagasca. Muskit-grass.

690. B. racemosa , Lag.

On dry hills and rocky points. Rather local.
Phragmites, Trin. Reed.

691. P. communis , Trin..

In all marshes about the lakes forming dense
patches. Local.

Kceleria, Pers.

692. K. cristata , Pers.

Not uncommon in dry ground along railroads

114 Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity.

Eragrostis, Beauv.

693. E. reptans , Nees.

Growing in moist, sandy soil. Not abundant.

694. E. major. Host.

Becoming very common as a weed in cultivated
or waste grounds.

695. E. Purshii , Schrader.

Rather common in hard, dry ground.

Dactylis, L. Orchard grass

696. D. GLOMERATA, L.

Persisting in many places on good soil after culti¬
vation.

Poa, L. Meadow-grass. Spear-grass.

697. P. annua, L. Low spear-grass.

Moist, shady places. Rather common.

698. P. compress a. L. Wire-grass. English blue-grass.

Dry hillsides and along railroads. Not rare.

699. P. serotina , Ehrh. False red- top. Fowl meadow

grass.

Widely distributed and rather common.

700. P. pratensis , L. June grass. Spear-grass. Kentucky

blue-grass.

This is the most abundant and valuable of the
spontaneous grasses in the region.

Glyceria, R. Br. Manna-grass.

701. G. nervata, Trin. Fowl-meadow grass.

Not uncommon in wet meadows and marshes.

702. G. fluitansr R. Br.

Growing in lagoon on Picnic Point. Not observed
elsewhere.

Festuca, L. Fescue-grass.

703. F. tenella , Wilid,

This species is found on dry, sandy and gravelly
points about Madison. Not infrequent but rather
local.

704. F. nutans , Willd.

Rocky woods and copses. Not common.

Grammece.

115

705. F. elatior , L., var. pratensis , Gray. Taller or mea--

dow fescue.

Occurring occasionally in low, moist grass land.
Not common.

Bromus, L. Brome-grass.

706. B . Kalmii , Gray. Wild chess

In copses and along railroads. Rather rare

707. B. secalinus, L. Cheat or chess.

Widely distributed. Not especially abundant.

708. B. ciliatus , L.

Rocky woods and thickets. Common.

709. B. asper, L.

Growing in moist woods and copses. Rather
common.

Lolium, L. Darnel .

710. *L. perenne, Common darnel. Ray-or rye-grass.

Observed growing spontaneously on the Univ. of
Wis. farm and in several places in the city of
Madison. Local.

Agropyrum, Gaertn.

711. **A repens , Beauv. Couch, quitch or quick-grass.

Common in dry soil throughout the region.

712. A. dasystachyum , Vasey.

Found with A. repens. Rather rare.

Hordeum, Tourm Barley.

713. H. jubaturti , L. Squirrel-tail grass.

Common in dry, waste places.

Elymus, L. Lyme-grass. Wild rye.

714. E. Canadensis , L.

Dry, gravelly or sandy embankments or slopes*
Not rare.

715. E. striatus , Willd.

Open, rocky woods. Not common.

AlSprella, Willd. Bottle-brush grass.

716. A. Hystrix , Willd.

Dry, open woodlands. Rather common.

116 Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity.

GYMNOSPERMiE.

Conifers. (Pine Family. )

PlNUS, Tourn. Pine.

717. P. Strobus, L. White pine.

University campus. Cultivated. This species has
doubtless been a native of this region, as it is still
found on the hills at Pine Bluff.

718. P. resinosa, Ait. Red pine.

Near Lake Wingra. Cultivated.

719. **P. sylvestris, L. Scotch pine.

University campus. Cultivated.

Picea, Link. Spruce.

720. P. nigra, Link. Black spruce.

Hook Lake.

721. *P. alba, Link. White spruce, (Abies alba , Michx.)

W. Johnson St., Madison. Cultivated.

Tsuga, Carriere. Hemlock.

722. **T. Canadensis, Carr.

Hedge on State St. Cultivated.

Abies, Link. Fir.

723. **A. excelsa, Norway spruce.

University campus. Cultivated.

724. **A. balsamea, Miller. Balsam or balm-of-Gilead fir.

University campus. Cultivated.

Larix, Tourn. Larch.

725. *L. Americana , Michx. American or black larch.

Tamarack. Hackmatack.

University campus. Cultivated.

In wild state in marsh near Windsor; east of Lake
Waubesa and at Hook Lake.

Thuya, Tourn. Arbor vitae,

726. occidentalism L. Arbor vitae. White cedar.
University campus. Cultivated.

Juniperus, L. Juniper.

727. *J. Virginiana , L. Red cedar or savin.

State street. Cultivated.

In wild state on rocky bluffs about the lakes.

Eqidsetaceoe and Filices.

117

PTERIDOPHYTA.

Equisetace^e. (Horsetail Family.)
Equisetum. L. Horsetail. Scouring rush.

728.

*E. arvense , L. Common horsetail.

In sandy and gravelly soil. Common
road tracks.

along rail-

729.

F. limosum , L.

Common in shallow water.

730.

E. robustum , Braun.

Growing along the C. M. & St. P. R.
Lakeside. Local.

R. south of

731.

E. Icevigatum , Braun.

Not rare throughout the region.

Filices. (Fern Family.)

Polypodium, L. Polypody.

732. *P. vulcfare, L.

Not rare on rocks along lakes.

Adiantum, L. Maiden hair.

733. *A. pedatum , L.

Common in rich, moist woods.

Pteris, L. Brake or bracken.

734. P. aqidlina , L. Common brake.

Common in open woods and thickets.

Pell^ea, Link. Cliff-brake.

735. P. atropurpurea , Link.

On faces of rocks about the lakes. Local.

Asplenium, L. Spleenwort.

736. *A. Felix-fcemina , Bernh.

Pich woodlands. Not uncommon.

Aspidium, Schwartz. Shield fern. Wood fern.

737. A. Thelypteris , Schwartz.

Very common in all the marsh lands about the
lakes.

118 Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity.

Cystopteris, Bernhardi. Bladder fern

738. C bulbifera, Bernh.

Growing on the principal rock exposures about
Lakes Mendota and Monona. Local.

739. C. fragilis , Bernh.

Shaded banks south of Lake Mendota. Rare.

Onoclea, L.

740. 0. sensibilis , L. Sensitive fern.

Moist thickets and meadows throughout the re¬
gion. Not uncommon.

Osmund a, L. Flowering fern.

741. *0. regalis, L. Flowering fern.

But a single small specimen of this fern has been
observed. This stands on the right bank of the
little stream which forms the outlet of Lake Win-
gra, a few rods below the lake.

742. 0. Claytonia , L.

Moist, rich woods. Not uncommon.

Ophioglossace^. ( Adder’ s-tongue Family.)

Botrychium, Schwartz. Moonwort.

743. B. Virginianum , Schwartz.

Found in all rich woodlands, though not abun¬
dant.

Ophioglossum, L. Adder’ s-tongue.

744. 0. vulgatum , L.

A few specimens collected on the low, sandy ridge
northeast of Lake Wingra, about fifteen rods from
the lake.

Lycopodiace^:. (Club-moss Family.)

Lycopodium, L. Club-moss.

745. L. lucidulum , Michx.

South of Fish Hatcheries. Rare.

Sphdgnatece and Bryacece.

119

BRYOPH YTA.

MUSCI. (THE MOSSES.)

SPHAGNACEiE. (PEATMOSSES.)

Sphagnum, Dill. Peat moss.

746. S. Girgensohnii , Russ. (S. strictum , Lindb. )

A small tuft of this moss was collected at the
margin of a marshy meadow about one mile north
of Mendota station. Rare.

747. S. molle , Sulliv.

Rare, one small specimen collected at the edge of
a small pond one mile east of Lake Monona.

748. S. cymbifolium , Ehrli.

Only a small dwarfed tuft collected from the mar¬
gin of Lake Mendota a few rods east of Mr. Ful¬
ler’s woods. Rare.

Bryacece. (True Mosses.)

Phascum, Linn., in part.

749. P. cuspidatum , Schreb.

On fallow ground. Common.

Pleuridium, Brid.

750. P. alternifolium , Brid., in part.

In pastures and clover fields. Common.

Astomum, Hampe.

751. A. Sullivantii , Schimp.

On ground in grass lands. Common.

Gymnostomum, Hedw.

752. G. calcareum , Nees & Hornsch.

On jutting rocks, south shore of Lake Mendota.
Rare.

753. G. rupestre, Scbwaeger.

Collected from the face of the cliff, Maple Bluff.
Not common.

120 Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity

754. - G. curvirostrum , Hedw.

Common about the lakes on rocks overhanging
the water.

Weisia, Hedw.

755. W. viridula , Brid.

Common on the ground.

Hicranella, Schimp.

756. D. varia, Schimp.

On the ground. Rex Magnus, Picnic Point, on
Lake Mendota ; Scliuetzen Park, Lake Monona. Not
common.

757. D. heteromalla , Schimp.

Collected at Second Point and Merrill Springs, on
Lake Mendota ; at McFarland ; and along the C. &
N. W. R. R. southwest of Madison. Not un¬
common.

Hicranum, Hedw.

758. D. montanum , Hedw.

On decaying logs in woods north of Mendota, south
and west of Madison, and east of McFarland. Not
uncommon.

759. I). viride , Schimp.

G-rowing on a stone close to the ground in woods
along I. C. R. R. northwest of Forest Hill Ceme¬
tery. Rare. Always sterile.

760. D. flagellare , Hedw.

On decaying wood in a swamp near Windsor; on
a log in woods east of Madison, and in a similar
place south of Madison. Not common.

761. D. scoparium , Hedw.

Rich woods west of Lake Wingra, woods east of
Lake Monona, tamarack swamp near Windsor, and
along the • lake shore a few rods east of Fuller’s
WToods. Not rare.

762. D. Bonjeani , He Not.

Sterile. Typical in leaf and cells. On ground
near Mendota. A form varying but slightly from
the species is common in low woods at margins of
marsh lands.

Bryacece.

121

763.

764.

765.

766.

767.

D. BonjecmM De Not., var. alatum , Barnes.

On damp ground near Mendota. Rare.

D . Bonjeani , De Not., var. Schlotthcmeri, Barnes.
Good specimens agreeing with the type specimens
of this variety in all points except the slightly
larger size of the former were collected at Hook
Lake. Rare.

D. Schraderi , Web. & Mohr.

In a tamarack swamp near Windsor. Local.

D. Dnummondii , Muell.

A single small tuft found growing at the edge of a
shallow pond one mile east of Lake Monona.

D. und alatum . Turn.

Growing on the ground in woods west of Lake
Wingra, along the Mineral Point road four miles
west of Madison, in the woods a mile and a half
northeast of Mendota, and in the woods east of
Lake Monona. Not abundant.

Fissidens, Hedw.

768. F. bryoides , Hedw.

On damp ground in woods. Not rare.

769. F. incurvus , Schwaegr.

On moist rock surfaces about Lake Mendota and
on the stones in the bed of an intermittent stream
two miles west of Madison. Not uncommon.

770. F. adiantoides , Hedw.

Found growing on the ground in a low, wet grove
four miles northeast of Madison, along the C., M.
& St. P. R, R. ; east of Lake Monona; and near
the I. C. R. R. northwest of the cemetery. Not
common.

Leucobryum, Hampe.

771. L. vulgare , Hampe.

Marshy land northeast of Lake Waubesa; tama¬
rack swamp near Windsor; edge of marsh north¬
east of Mendota, and rich woods west of Lake
Wingra.. Not rare.

122 Cheney and Time— Flora of Madison and Vicinity.

Ceratodon, Brid.

772. C. purpureus , Brid.

On the ground. Common everywhere.

Leptotrichum, Hampe.

773. L. tortile , Muell.

On ground and on sandstone faces at Merrill
Springs. Not common.

774. L. tortile , Muell., var. pusillum , Schimp.

On ground at Experiment Station Farm.

Desmatodon, Brid.

775. D. arenaceus , Sulliv. & Lesq.

This species occurs in abundance on the rock ex¬
posures about Lake Mendota. It was collected at
the northwest extremity of Lake Kegonsa, and
from the old exposures at the quarries west of
Madison. Local.

Barbula, Hedw.

776. B. unguiculatci , Hedw.

On ground, very common, especially in low, moist
soil.

777. B. fallax , Hedw.

This moss grows with Desmatodon arenaceus and
was collected in all localities from wThich that
species was obtained. It was obtained, also, from
old tombstones in Forest Hill cemetery. Local.

778. B. rnucroni folia, Bruch & Schimp.

Forming cushions on ground in open woods. Near
Mendota Heights ; at Second Point ; also at the
lake shore east of Lakeside, and along the north¬
west shore of Lake Kegonsa. Not rare.

Grimmia, Ehrh.

779. G. apocarpct , Hedw.

On limestone west of Madison ; not common.

780. G. plaqiopoda . Hedw.

Not rare on granitic boulders along C. M. & St.
P. R. R. near Stevens’ quarries.

Bryacece.

123

781. (x. Donniana , Smith.

Growing on a fragment of limestone on a stony
point north of C. M. & St. P. R. R. near Stevens’
quarries.

Hedwigia, Ehrh.

782. H. ciliata, Ehrh.

Not rare on boulders throughout the region.

783. H. ciliata, Ehrh. , var. viridis, Schimp.

On granite erratic near Merrill Springs.

Ulota, Mohr.

784. U. crispa , Brid.

Growing on granitic boulders near C. & N. W. R.
R. four miles east of Madison ; near the State Fish
Hatcheries, and two miles west of Madison. Not
common.

Orthotrichum, Bedw.

785. 0. anomalum , Hedw.

Growing on boulders near Rex Magnus; at Eagle’s
Nest, and east of Lake Monona. Not common.

786. 0. cupulaturn. Hoffm.

In U. W. herbarium, collected at Madison by T.

J. Hale.

787. 0. affine , Schrad.

On boulder beside the Mineral Point road six
miles west of Madison. Rare.

788. 0. speciosum , Nees.

On granitic boulders east of Lake Monona; along
Mineral Point road four miles west of Madison,
and near Eagle’s Nest.

789. 0. Ohioense , Sulliv. & Lesq. ?

A specimen collected on the University campus
which differs from the description in some minor
points has been inserted under this name.

790. 0. strangulatum , Beauv.

Very common on the bark of trees, on decaying
logs, and occasionally on stones throughout the
region.

124 Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity .

Tetraphis, Hedw.

791. T. pellucida , Hedw.

On decaying stumps in tamarack swamp near
Windsor. Local.

Physcomitritim, Brid.

792. P. pyriforme, Brid.

Common on the ground throughout the region.

Funaria, Schreb.

793. F. hyyrometrica, Sibth.

On ground, everywhere.

Bartramia, Hedw.

794. j 8. pomiformis , Hedw.

A single, small tuft collected from rock exposure
near I. C. R. R. two miles west of Madison. Rare.

Philonotis, Brid.

795. P. fontana , Brid.

Growing in springy place at the margin of a marsh
near Windsor.

796. P. calcar ea, Schimp.

In a number of small calcareous springs at Mer¬
rill springs. Excellent specimens of this moss
were collected, all in sterile condition.

Leptobryum, Schimp.

797. L. pyriforme , Schimp.

Common on ground. On limestone foundation of
Library Hall, University of Wisconsin.

Webera, Hedw.

798. W. nutans , Hedw.

Growing on the ground at Hook Lake.

799. IF. albicans , Schimp.

Growing in a wet, sandy place near the lake
shore between Picnic Point and Second Point.
Sterile. Rare.

Bryum, Hill.

800. B. pendulum , Schimp.

On ground forming cushions. Common.

Bryaceve.

125

801. B. pendulum, Schimp., var. angustatum, Renauld.

At the base of a tree in a small wood lot south of
the I. C. R. R. near Forest Hill cemetery. Rare.

802. B. inclinatum, Bruch & Schimp.

Forming small, dense cushions on the ground
throughout the region. Not rare.

803. B. uliginosum, Bruch & Schimp.

One small specimen collected from the wooded
slope north of Hook Lake.

804. B. bimum, Schreb.

Growing on sandy soil near Hook Lake. Not com¬
mon.

805. B. argenteum , Linn.

Common on ground, especially in dry, sandy
places. On rocky, dry hills west of Madison.

806. B. ceespiticium , Linn.

A single specimen collected at Hook Lake. Not
common.

807. B.

roseum , Schreb.

At bases of trees and on decaying wood through¬
out the region. Rather common. Rare in fruit¬
ing stage. Collected in fruit at a big spring
south of Lake Wingra and in the woods west of
Stevens’ quarries.

Mnium, Linn.

808. M. cuspidatum, Hedw.

On ground in shady places. Common.

809. M. rostratum , Schwaegr.

Growing in a damp place near the edge of pond
one mile east of Lake Monona. Not common.

810. M. ffiane , Bland.

Shady, damp bank one mile north of Mendota
Station. Low, wet woods four miles southwest of
of Madison, near I. C. R. R., and muddy bank of
the Yahara river just below Lake Kegonsa. Not
rare.

811. M. s erratum, Laich.

With M. affine, on damp, shady bank one mile
north of Mendota Station. Not common.

11— A. & L.

126 Cheney and True — Flora of Madison cmd Vicinity.
Aitlacomnium, Schwasgr.

4

812. A. palustre , Schwaegr.

Not rare at the margins of marshes and wet mea¬
dow lands throughout the region.

Timmia, Hedw.

813. T. megapolitana , Hedw.

Not rare. On ground at Merrill Springs; moist,
shady bank one mile north of Mendota Station,
and on wet rocks at Stevens’ quarries.

Atbichum, Beauv.

814. A. undulatum , Beauv.

Common in open woods on ground. Variable.

815. A. cingustatum , Bruch & Schimp.

On ground near lake shore, between Picnic Point
and Second Point; in the woods along the I. C.
R. R. Near Forest Hill Cemetery. Not rare.
Polytrichum, Linn.

816. P. gracile, Menz.

Collected at Eagle’s Nest. There is also a speci¬
men in U. W. herbarium, collected by S. H. Wat¬
son. Not common.

817. P. juniper mum, Willd.

Abundant on ground about the lakes and on sandy
wooded hillsides.

818. P. strictum , Banks.

On ground at stone quarry west of Madison, and
in woods at the margin of marsh along the C. M.
& St. P. R. R. near Burke. Local.

819. P. commune , Linn.

On ground in shady places about the lakes. Not
rare.

820. P. Oliioense , Renauld & Cardot, Bot. Gaz., 1888.

Collected along the shore of Lake Mendota a few
rods east of Fuller’s woods. Not common.
Neckera, Hedw.

821. N. pennata , Hedw.

Rare, but one small specimen being found in the
woods half a mile southeast of Forest Hill ceme¬
tery.

Bryacece.

127

Thelia, Sulliv.

822. T. hirtellci , Sulliv.

On base of trees. In woods south of Lake Win-
gra. Rare.

823. T. asprdla , Sulliv.

Growing on the bases of trees, on decaying stumps
and logs and occasionally on the ground. Com¬
mon.

Leskea, Hedw.

824. L. obscura , Hedw.

Common on trees and rocks near the ground.

825. L. Austini , Sulliv.

This beautiful little moss is common throughout
the region. It grows in the chinks of the bark of
trees, usually preferring the elm, but not uncom¬
monly found on other trees. It is not common in
fruit, having been found in this condition in but
one locality, the woods along the I. C. R. R.
southeast of Forest Hill Cemetery.

Anomodon,

826.

A.

827.

A.

828.

A.

Hook & Tayl.
rostrotus , Schimp.

Rather common growing on the bases of trees.
attenuatus , Hueben.

On bases of trees at Merrill Springs. Rare.
obtusifolius , Bruch & Schimp.

Our commonest species of Anomodon. It is found
growing on the bases of trees in moist places.
Usually sterile.

Platygyrium, Bruch & Schimp.

829. P. repvns , Bruch & Schimp.

On decaying logs and stumps in woods. Common.

Pylais^a, Bruch & Schimp.

830. P. polyantha , Bruch & Schimp.

Collected in the woods across the road from, the
Wisconsin State Fish Hatchery, and from a log in
the fence beside the Mineral Point road six miles
west of Madison.

128 Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity.

8dl. P. subdenticidata , Schimp.

Growing on trees in the woods near Forest Hill
cemetery; in woods southwest of Lake Monona,
and on the lake shore near pump house, University
of Wisconsin.

832. P. intricata , Bruch & Schimp.

Common on trees and logs. Found also on crumb¬
ling limestone and on the ground.

Cylindrothecium, Bruch & Schimp.

833. C. cladorrhizans , Schimp.

Common on bases of trees, and on logs, and on

rocks.

831. C. seductrix , Sulliv.

On bases of trees and logs. Not so common as.
C. cladorrhizans.

835. C. compressum, Bruch & Schimp.

On decaying stump, Picnic Point. Very rare.
Climacium, Web. & Mohr.

836. C. Americctnum , Brid.

Rather common; on ground in moist woods. Usu¬
ally sterile. Fruiting abundantly in the low, wet
woods about the northeastern extremity of Lake
Waubesa.

Hypnum, Dill.

Thuidium.

837. If. minutulum , Hedw.

Growing on the bases of trees in woods west and
southwest of Madison. Rather local.

838. H. scitum , Beauv.

Collected in small wood lot south of the I. C. R. R.
near Forest Hill Cemetery. Growing on the base-
of a tree.

839. H. gracile , Bruch & Schimp.

Very common on the ground and on the bases of
trees throughout the region.

840. H. recognitum , Hedw.

On. the ground near Windsor. One tuft only was
found. Rare.

Bryacece.

129

841. H. delicatulum , Linn.

On the ground in rich, moist woods and on the
bases of trees. Common throughout the region.

842. . A. pciludosum , Sulliv.

Among grass in edge of marsh near Windsor.
Probably occurring often in such places.
Brachythecium.

843.

844.

845.

846.

847.

848.

849.

H. Icetum , Brid.

On the ground; common on damp, shady banks.
Very variable.

H . acuminatum , Beauv.

Very common at the roots of trees.

H. salebrositm , Hoffm.

Growing on the ground in moist, shady places.
Common.

H. salebrosum , Hoffm., var. palustre , Lesq. & James.
In marshes, growing among the grass. Merrill
Springs. Marsh south of Madison.

H. acutum , Mitt.

Pound growing at the edge of small marsh along
the C., M. & St. P. R. R. near Burke, and at
Washburn Springs. Not common.

If. rutabulum , Linn.

A single specimen found on the ground in low,
wet thicket along the Montfort branch of the
C. & N. W. R. R. two miles southwest of Madi¬
son. Rare.

Eurhynchium.

II. hians, Hedw.

Collected at the margin of a small marsh near the

Montford branch of the C. & N. W. R. R. two
miles southwest of Madison. Not rare.

Rhynchostegium. ,

850. H. serrulatum , Hedw.

In open woods, forming patches at base of trees,
and on the ground. Common throughout the
region.

Plagiothecium.

130 Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity .

851. H. sylvcdicum , Huds.

Growing on the ground in woods on the left bank
of Yahara river, three miles northeast' of Men-
dota, and on the ground in thicket northeast of
Lake Monona; Not common.

852. H. denticulatum , Linn.

Common on the ground and decaying wood in
moist woods.

Amblystegium.

853. H. serpens , Linn.

On the ground, everywhere.

854. H. radicate , Beauv.

Plants agreeing quite closely with the European
Amblystegium are common throughout the region.
It is probable, however, that they will prove to
be A. vctrici.

855. H. orthocladon , Beauv.

Specimens of this plant were collected at Wash¬
burn Springs, along the lake shore east of Fuller’s
woods, east of Lake Monona and at McFarland.
Not common.

856. H. irriguum , Hook. & Wils.

Growing on the ground about Washburn Springs
and about the large springs on the south side of
Lake WTingra. Not common.

857. IT. irriguum , Hook. & Wils., var. spinifolium , Lesq.

& James.

In most calcareous springs throughout the region.
Collected in the fruiting stage in a large spring
south of Lake Wingra and in one of the springs*
on the south side of the lake.

858. H. adnatum , Hedw.

Growing; on stones and at the bases of trees in
woods. Not rare.

859. H. compactum , Muell.

On calcareous soil at the base of Maple Bluff-
Fare.

Bryacece.

131

860. H. riparium , Linn.

In wet places on stumps, logs, sticks, etc. Near
lake shore, McFarland, and at the edge of pond
near Mineral Point road, six miles west of Madi¬
son.

861. II. riparium , Linn., var. , flaccidam , Lesq. & James.

G-rowing with the species and mnch more com¬
mon. Distributed throughout the region.
Campylium.

862. H. hispidulum , Brid.

Growing on the bases of trees and on the ground
in all the woods of the region.

863. H. chrysopliyllum , Brid.

This plant is not uncommon about the quarries
and on sandy soil west of Madison.

864. II. stellatum , Schreb.

Collected at the edge of a marsh one mile north¬
east of Mendota Station and in the marsh west of
University Bay. Not common.

Harpidium.

865. H. aduncum , Hedw. , car. polycarpum , Bruch &

Schimp.

Collected from a large spring south of Lake Win-
gra. One of the less common varieties of this
species.

866. H. aduncum , Hedw., var. gracilescens , Bruch &

Schimp,

Very abundant in spring ground at Merrill
Springs. Somewhat local.

86-7. H. aduncum , Hedw., var. tenue , Bruch & Schimp.

Several specimens of this variety were collected
near the Wisconsin State Fish Hatchery. It is
doubtless common in low meadows.

868. If. aduncum , Hedw., var. hamatum , Lesq. & James.

The form that we have listed as this variety is
very abundant in all submerged marsh land along
the lakes, and in ditches along roads and rail¬
roads, and has a wide range of variation.

132 Cheney and True — Flora of Madison and Vicinity.

869. H. uncinatum , Hedw.

Of this plant only one small tuft was collected.
This was found on a decaying log beside the road
six miles west of Madison. Rare.

870. II. filicinum , Linn.

On the ground in a bog at Merrill Springs. Grow¬
ing with Philonotis calcarea. Rare.

Ctenium.

871. H. crista-castrenis , Linn.

On the ground in woods at the margins of swamps.
Widely distributed. Rare in fruit.

Hypnum.

872.

873.

874.

875.

876.

H. reptile , Michx.

Forming wide, close-adhering patches on granitic
rocks. Everywhere.

H. imponens , Hedw.

Collected on a log near the road from Stoughton
to Oregon, five miles east of the former place.
Rare.

H. cupressiforme , var.

A few small specimens of this moss were found at
the Wisconsin State Fish Hatchery. Not com¬
mon.

II. Haldanidnum , Grev.

Woods near lake shore one mile east of the vil¬
lage of Pheasant Branch. Growing on a log.
Not common.

H. arcuatum , Lindb.

This is one of our commonest mosses. It forms
wide mats in marshy meadows and in low, wet
woods. Not common in fruiting condition.
Calliergon.

877. H. cuspidatum , Linn.

In marsh west of Lake Wingra. Rare.

878. H. Schreheri , Willd.

Growing with H. crista-castrensis. Less common.
Rare in fruit.

Hylocomium.

Hepciticce.

133

879. H. triquetrum , Linn.

'With the preceding. Much less common. Usually
sterile.

HEPATIC2E. (LIVERWORTS.)

JtlNGERMANNIACEiE. (SCALE MOSSES.)

Erullania, Raddi.

880. F. Ehoracensis , Lehrn.

G-rowing on north side of trees. Common through¬
out the region.

881. F. Asagrayana , Mont.

With the preceding. Less common.

Porella, Dill.

882. P. platyphylla , Lindb.

On stumps and rocks and at the base of trees in
moist places. Common.

Ptilidium, Nees.

883. P. ciliare, Nees.

A small specimen was collected along Mineral
Point road six miles west of Madison. Rare.

Lophocolea, Dumort.

884. L. bidentata , Dumort.

On decaying wood in moist places. Not rare.

Anthocerotace^e. (Horned Liverworts.)

Anthoceros, Micheli.

885. A. loevis, L.

G-rowing on the ground in moist, grassy places
and on wet rocks. Not rare.

Notothylas, Sulliv.

886. JY. orbicularis , Sulliv.

G-rowing on the ground with the preceding.

Marchantiaceje. (Liverworts.)

Marchantia, Marchant. f.

887. M. polymorpha , L.

In damp, shady places; very common everywhere.

184 Cheney and Trite — Flora. ; of Madison and Vicinity.

Preissia, Nees.

888. P. commutata , Nees.

On overhanging rocks about Lake Mendota.
Conocephalus, Neck.

889. C. conicus , Dumont.

Very abundant on the faces of cliffs about the--
lakes, near the water, and not rare on the ground
in wet places. Rare in fruit.

Asterella, Beauv.

890. A. hemisphcerica , Beauv.

On overhanging rocks about Lake Mendota.
Grimaldia, Raddi.

891. G. barbifrons , Bisch.

On the ground on dry, gravelly hillsides. Wingra-
Lake; ridge and hills near quarry two miles south
of Madison.

Ricciaceas.

Riccia, Micheli.

892.

R.

arvensis , Aust.

-

Growing on ground in cultivated field.

Common.

893.

R.

fluitans , L.

In springs about the lakes. Local.

894.

R.

natans , L.

In the quiet parts of the lakes and
throughout the region.

in ponds

Additions and Corrections.

135

ADDENDA.

Lechea, Kalm. Pinweed.

895. L. minor , L,

Sandy knoll south of Eagle’s Nest.

896. Vaccmium macroccirpon , Ait. Large or American

cranberry.

Peat bog, Sec. 36, town of Madison.

897. TJlmus racemosa , Thomas. Corky white elm.

Governor ’s Island. Rare.

898. Pellcea gracilus , Hook.

On a damp sandstone exposure near Eagle’s
Nest. Rare.

899. Lycopodium clavcitum , L. Common club-moss.

A single specimen found on the northwest shore-
of Hook Lake. Rare.

900. Leskea polycarpa, Ehrh.

On decaying wood south of Forest Hill Cemetery
Not rare.

ERRATA.

On page 52, instead of POLYPETAL2E, read DICOTYLE-
DONES.

On page 52, instead of DICOTYLEDONES, read POLY-
PETALS.

Kinley — The Direction of Social Reform .

137

THE DIRECTION OF SOCIAL REFORM.

By David Kinley, Madison.

With the classification of Sociology as a department of
Biology, an important change has been wrought in the com¬
mon view of the nature and mode of growth of society. The
“social body” is regarded as, in some sense, an organism
developed under varying conditions from pre-existent forms.
It is now recognized that social progress consists in a con¬
tinual readaptation to changed and changing environment, the
nature of which is such as to produce a more complex structure,
or an organism of higher order. The nature of the institu¬
tions of a people depends, as is now well understood, on the
character of the people, on climate, mode of life, and a score of
lesser influences.

The changes of conditions, or environment, which hitherto
have induced changes in the social structure, have been in the
main spontaneous. They have not, generally speaking, been
the result of a preconceived purpose on the part of men to-
attain an ideal. Whatever changes men have made have Deen,.
so to speak, remedial rather than formative; to meet present
exigencies rather than to construct a new social fabric. The
result of human action has been to put experience into laws,,
which roughly mark the boundaries of civilization rather than
constitute its expansive force. In short, “blind evolution”
has been the chief motive power of change. As, however,
knowledge of the laws underlying human life in society in¬
creases, it should become more and more possible for men to
guide these laws for the accomplishment of a preconceived pur¬
pose; so to change the conditions under which they operate
as to direct their movement to the attainment of an ideal.

Social and economic conditions have come to be, in a large
and an increasing degree, under human control. The change

138

Kinley — The Direction of Social Reform.

of the environment is no longer the result of forces wholly unreg¬
ulated by human action, but of forces working under conditions
imposed by the will of man. In the one set of circumstances,
social problems worked themselves out under the law of sur¬
vival of the fittest; in the other, they are worked out by the
establishment of conditions which will evolve, or create, the
life or organism which is deemed to be the fittest. They
formerly fought themselves out, now they may be thought out.
That is to say, reform is added to spontaneous evolution as a
means of social progress. But reform is itself evolutionary
It is but evolution under guidance. The spontaneous evolution
is purposeless, at least so far as man is concerned; reform is
purposeful. One is unconscious; the other, conscious. Yet
both are evolution. For man cannot prevent the operation of
natural laws. He can only guide, control, direct them. All
his efforts to consummate his purpose must be under their
operation. The laws themselves remain, but the conditions
under which they operate may change or be changed, so as to
produce different results. This is a general truth. It is
true in physics as well as in sociology. The electric current
which under one set of conditions turns machinery, under
another gives us light. It is the same current, generated and
flowing under the operation of the same laws, but through a
different medium. So the sociologist, or the practical economist,
may so adjust the conditions of taxation, for example, as to
produce very varied social results. Yet the same general laws
directing the “incidence of taxation” will still operate. Taxa¬
tion, like any other force, follows the line of least resistance.
“Taxation may create monopolies or it may prevent them; it
may diffuse wealth or it may concentrate it; it may promote
liberty and equality of right or it may tend to the establish¬
ment of tyranny and despotism; it may be used to bring about
reforms or it may be so laid as to aggravate existing griev¬
ances and foster dissension and hatred between classes ; taxa¬
tion may be so contrived by the skilful hand as to give free
scope to every opportunity for the creation of wealth or for
the advancement of all true interests of states and cities, or it

Some Mistakes of Social Reformers.

139

may be so shaped as to place a dead weight on a community in
the race for industrial supremacy.”*

At this point, as it seems, practical economists and social
reformers are in dangeh of making two mistakes. In the first
place, the language used to deny economic perpetualism and
■cosmopolitanism seems, in some instances, rather strong. The
idea has at times been conveyed that economic Icnos are varia¬
ble; that the laws underlying the economic and social develop¬
ment of one time or nation, are different from those by which
the life of another time or nation has been moulded. But this,
surely, is a false view. Economic laws, properly consid¬
ered, are ‘‘natural laws” or laws of nature, for they are expres¬
sive of relations of cause and effect. Given the same economic
or social conditions, the same results must follow. Such are
the “laws” of physics, of chemistry, and of every other
•science. The law of gravitation tells us that a body is
attracted to the earth with a force that varies as the mass and
the inverse square of the distance. The fact that a body of
given dimensions has a different weight at the sea-level on the
equator from what it has on the same level at the poles, does
not prove the law false or inoperative. Other factors have
entered the problem. It is the same law acting under different
conditions — the law constant and universal, the media through
which it operates, variable, temporary or local. So of economic
and social laws. They are as truly “natural” as the laws of
physics in their universality of time and place. But national
characteristics and institutions differ; geographical, climatic,
and natural industrial opportunities and conditions differ.
And so the same laws work out different results. There are
“diversities of operations,” but the same laws.

The other mistake, which is really a corollary of this one,
consists in the application of empirical plans for the cure of
social ills. Two features of the present period will strike the
future historian with astonishment. One is the great number
■ of schemes proposed for social reform ; the other, the large
number of intelligent and educated people who believe in one

*Ely: Taxation in American States and Cities, p. 55.

140

Kinley — The Direction of Social Reform.

or another of them. The wrecks of these schemes strew the
world’s pathway for more than a generation, though most of
them contain some of the elements necessary to success. The
very fact of their conception and existence, the very fact that,
they have been so earnestly believed in by so many intelligent
people, emphasizes the fact of the existence of a social question
more than could be done by any recital of its causes or its
details.

On the other hand, the fact that so many of these schemes
have been shattered on the hard rocks of real life is the best of
evidence that they did not conform to the conditions of social
growth. It is not enough for successful reform that wrong
exists. It is not enough that the wrong is recognized, or that
plans are made for its removal or its cure. The plans them¬
selves must be framed in conformity with the laws of social
growth if it is desired to construct them so as to insure suc¬
cess. To do so requires the scientific consideration of the
mode of development of social life. Reform must learn from
evolution. Present conditions are not absolute. Society is a.
growth, its life, a continuity. The present depends on the
past, is conditioned by the past. Any new institution, then,,
must have a vital historical connection with those already
existing. To attempt to introduce one under any other circum¬
stances would be like trying to set a house on a new foundation
without regard to the size, shape or strength of the foundation.

The inevitable result of any such attempt is to produce
social jars, discontent, and wrong. This is not mere theory.
It has been proved in history again and again. One of the
most notable instances is the settling of the English legal and
land-tenure systems on India. The law of Hindoo society is so
unlike that of England that it could not, so to speak, be
squeezed into the English legal framework without great in¬
justice and distress. It is too vague to conform to English
strict legal formulas. Sir Henry Maine says, on this subject:

There is no doubt that the establishment of a tribunal on
similar principles [as the English courts] would now-a-days be
regarded as a measure of the utmost injustice and danger.”*

* Village Communities, p. 37.

Adaptation of New Institutions to Existing Conditions. 141

Maine recalls Macaulay’s description, in his essay on Warren
Hastings, of the consternation caused in India by the introduc¬
tion of the English courts. The injustice in the case described1
by Macaulay was not that the prisoner did not have a fair
trial from the point of view of English law; it was that “the
introduction of the law under which he suffered was felt as a-
general grievance. ”

The historical explanation of the friction was that in India
law had not yet become differentiated from religion, certainly
not to the same extent as in England. English legal develop¬
ment was far in advance.

As to the system of land tenure, the English, being accus¬
tomed to large- estates and great landlords, made the mistake
of supposing that the same must exist in India. Neglecting
the actual historical conditions they instituted such a system.,
conferring the large estates on tax gatherers, or “zemindars,”
as the class most nearly corresponding do the English land¬
lords. The purpose was to put an end to the irregular exac¬
tions to which the peasants had long been subjected. The
opportunity to establish a system “worthy to be ranked among
the noblest that were ever taken for the improvement of any
country” was blindly thrown away. The measure adopted
proved a total failure, in its main feature. Its promoters were
unaccustomed to allow for modification in the operation of new
institutions under the influence of pre-existing conditions.

Similar results followed the attempt of our own forefathers
to impose their systems of law and morals on the Indians.*

This same lack of adaption of the new to the old institutions
is the reason that so many laws are unenforced. To be effective,
a law must express the opinions of a majority, at least, of the
people. Law can never be far in advance of public opinion, if
it is to be enforced. It may be somewhat in advance ; and it
must be so, if it is to be a means of education. But it cannot
serve this purpose unless it is expressive of the opinion of at
least a respectable minority.

Any new system, whether legal, social, economic or politi¬
cal, must have reference, in the first place, to the character of

*See Weeden’s Economic History of N. E., Vol. I, p. 27 f£. ; also II, pp. 715 and 728.

12 - A. & L.

142

Kinley — The Direction of Social Reform.

the people. Our forefathers showed their character in their
refusal to submit to taxation without representation. £<Our
Indian subjects,” said Macaulay, “submit patiently to a salt
monopoly. We tried a stamp duty — a tax so light as scarcely
to be felt — on the fierce breed of the old puritans, and we lost
an Empire.” Bagehot had this same truth in mind when,
after pointing out certain faults in our political system, he
explained its working success by remarking that the American
people could run any system. There are not many peoples of
whom this would be true. For example, an attempt to govern
Turkey by. the American Constitutional system would invite
only ridiculous failure. There are races which, at least so far
in their development, seem incapable of self-government. Cer¬
tainly no other people shows such a capacity for it as the Anglo-
Saxons. The frequent convulsions which have taken place
among the Latin peoples suggest the inquiry whether they have
the faculty in any eminent degree. The legislators of even
republican France- come dangerously near making government a
farce.

But even if we grant that all people have, or may develop,
a sufficient character for self-government, tlieir stage of develop¬
ment may render them incapable of it at the selected time.
This suggests the second condition which schemes of reform
must observe: They must be adapted to the stage of develop¬
ment reached by the people. This lack of "equality of develop¬
ment was doubtless the cause of the hardships produced in
India by the introduction of the English legal system, as noted
above. To the same cause was probably due, in part, the ruin
and distress, “for which no parallel can be found in the annals
of commerce, ”* that followed the introduction of the English
system of manufacturers into India. The necessity of observing
this condition of reform is also the explanation of the ill-success
of attempts at revolution in Russia. The mass of the people is
not yet educated up to the plane of self-government and the
existing tyranny will endure until the majority of the Russian
people are sufficiently developed to appreciate a better system;
and the successful introduction of any better system will be

* Bentinck.

143

Progress Must be Conservative.

impossible until then. Ifc wouldn’t work. For institutions do
not run themselves. They require, the vital personality of a
people behind them and within them. “A nation cannot leap
several centuries of development.” -If it could, it would be
possible to construct a state artificially. But no form of state
lias ever artificially existed, and none can so exist.

To say that in reform regard must be had to the stage of
development, is to emphasize the importance of the average
general education. There always is, in a country, a small num¬
ber of people in advance of the rest. The masses cannot go as
fast as the thinking portion -of the community. But develop¬
ment, or progress, must wait on the body of the people. A
new regime must be on the intellectual level of the people in
general, if it is to be accepted and successful. It is for some
such reason as this that the purity of the ballot has. deterior¬
ated in some places. The voters are not sufficiently educated to
understand its value and importance. Similarly, it is claimed,
the negroes in some sections of the south, have so little correct
conception of their political rights and duties, that they are
incapable of self-government; and our political institutions, left
to management like theirs, would soon go to ruin.

Again, new institutions must be in the line with the 1 histor¬
ical development of a people. At present we in this country
.are having Germany held up to us as, in many respects, an in¬
stitutional model. We hear of the “model city” of Berlin.
We are told of its excellent municipal administration, and have
the government of our own cities held up in contrast. This
contrast is, indeed, both real and painfully impressive. But it
would be rash to conclude that the Berlin system could be suc¬
cessful in London or New York, or even in Boston. Its success¬
ful introduction would require a change not only in the temper
of our people, but, what amounts to the same thing, in the
spirit of our institutions. Americans and Englishmen would
not submit to what seems to us like the excess of bureaucratic
or administrative authority. The docile German spirit of re¬
spect for “ the powers that be, ” is lacking. “We are more
tenacious of our political rights than observant of our political
duties. ” This is, in some respects, a vicious spirit, but it is

144

Kinley—The Direction of Social Reform.

the spirit that has won us our liberties. It is true, indeed,,
that our liberties are now so secure that probably no exten¬
sion of administration could affect them. And, moreover, the-
social and industrial conditions of the more advanced nations
are becoming more and more alike. But we are yet far from
the stage of identity.

Moreover, supposing it is in keeping with the character, edu¬
cation, and development of the people, a new institution
requires for its successful operation time to adjust itself to its
surroundings. Institutions, like nations, cannot be built in a
day. Haste here makes not only waste but hardship and suffer¬
ing. One of the best illustrations of this need of time for ad¬
justment, is furnished by the history of internal taxation in our
Civil War. The system was novel to our institutions, and the
time required for it to get into complete touch with the life of
the people was such that, being imposed some time after the
beginning of the war, it yielded little help compared with
what it might have afforded if established two or three years-
earlier. “The system of internal duties then established,
did not get well under way till late in 1863. The revenue from
this source amounted for the four years after the close of the
war, to over three times what it did for the four preceding
years. ” * There is no doubt that the largest influence produc¬
ing this result was the one indicated.

We cannot, then, successfully impose ready-made institutions
on society. Any attempt to do so will result only in the ruin
of the institutions and in great hardship to the people.

Not only must new institutions have relation to those already
in existence, but they must be made to evolve from our old.
But we “cannot evolve what has not first been involved.” We
must, then, to construct intelligently, study the nature of
society. We must learn the manner of its growth.

It is the testimony of history that social growth is not
equable. Society, in a given period, as a generation, or a
century, develops more rapidly along some lines than along
others. Progress is unsymmetrical, disjointed. Not all de-

artments of activity move forward at the same rate. Having

* H. C. Adams: Public Debts, page 84.

The Mode of Social Progress.

145

advanced to a higher plane in one department, mankind must
pause there to bring the others up to the same, or rather a
harmonious, level. It is this fact which contains the truth
expressed in the common remark that each nation and genera¬
tion has its special mission. This same fact is illustrated by
the progress of civilization in the last few centuries. The
economic conditions existing under the Feudal System were
well adapted to the social and religious situation. When prog¬
ress began, it was not along all lines at once. It took the
form of religious change. The most palpable and immediate
result was not primarily a reform of ethics, or of religion itself.
Speaking broadly, the movement was simply an attempt to
secure individual independence of thought in theological mat¬
ters. It was an emphasis of the importance of the individual.
Strictly, of course, the individualism at the basis of modern
industrial society did not begin with the Reformation. It is
largely an inheritance from Stoicism. Perfection of character
and superiority to social turmoil was the aim of the Stoic.
But this, in its truest meaning, was too high for the Stoic to
attain. He sought it in self-renunciation, by withdrawal from
social duties, not by absorption in them. His perfection came
apart from them, and not through their noble discharge. This
was really a refined intellectual selfishness, the influence of
which waned only before that of Christianity and its purer
altruism. But it did not entirely disappear. It received a
new emphasis from the Reformation. The result was a break¬
ing up of class dependence. Through its influence on the doc¬
trine of Natural Liberty, this reassertion of the importance of
the individual revolutionized the political side of society, find¬
ing its expiession here in the American and the French
Revolutions.

Religious and political freedom thus secured, the next great
change was industrial. Industrial progress has been the main
line of advance in the last half century, and it has run beyond
the limits of harmonious adjustment with the legal and ethical
conceptions that were developed before it. Hence it is that
there is a shock, or a series of shocks, in the social body. This
is but the jarring that arises from its efforts to adjust itself

146 Kinley — The Direction of Social Reform.

harmoniously to its new environment. Harmony is .to be
restored only when the same relative degree, of progress is
attained by all departments of society. For the functions of
the organs of the social body are interdependent, and their
healthy action goes on only when they are tuned, so to speak,,
to the same pitch. Otherwise “ beats ” are inevitable. Ac¬
cordingly, most of the social and industrial evils at present
experienced are due to the fact that industrial development has
outrun the juridical, the social, and the practical ethical arrange¬
ments of society. “ The source of present complaint is found in
the fact that the conception of the rights and duties, of liberties
and constraints, of privileges and responsibilities, which lies at
the basis of our juridical system, is not applied to the highly
developed industrial system of the present. Difficulties have
arisen because the industrial life and activity of the social organ
ism have grown to a different plane from the one which underlies
the juridical system.”* The rapidity of the industrial change
and the emphasis of the social side of production have so
changed the re.ations between employers and employed that old
ideas of justice between the classes have been upset.

The great structure of society rises little by little, now this
corner, now that, until at length harmony of level is attained,
or rather approximated. For no organ of society can be
regarded as strictly quiescent while others are growing up to
it. At no period of history, certainly not of the history of the
progressive races, has such a period of rest, or quietude, or
social harmony, ever been attained. Social forces are never at
rest, never at a quiet level, never in stable equilibrium. No
sooner has the restoration of the disturbed equilibrium been
secured, than the social life reaches out further in some line of
its activity, and the series of jars and shocks and readjustments
begins anew.

Considerations like the the foregoing make a priori schemes
of social reform justly open to suspicion, and furnish safe, even
though rough, data of the mode in which progress should be
made. They enable us to gauge approximately the claims to
consideration of many plans now presented. We can endorse

* Science Economic Discussions, page 88.

The Fallacies of the Socialists.

147

only those which are comformable both to the direction and
stage of a nation’s development, and to the character and edu¬
cation of its people; those which may be fitted gradually to
existing circumstances, and conform to the laws of social evo¬
lution. All that man can do to bring about a new regime, is
to change social and economic environment, and not to devise
schemes that run counter to social and economic laws.

Viewed in the light of these truths the plans of the socialists,
despite their apparent spread, do not bear much promise of ulti¬
mate success. Altogether aside from the economic fallacies
involved in their proposals, it is clear that they offer a scheme
that is impracticable because artificial and unevolutionary.

The scheme of the socialist is not in the line of our historical
development. For our tendency has been, and is, towards elic¬
iting the most richly diversified individualism by assuring to
each the rewards of his own exertions. But even if Socialism
or Nationalism were in the line of our historical development,
we have not arrived at the proper stage for its introduction ; for
it presupposes a state of ethical culture far beyond what we have
reached. Nor is the scheme of the socialist in keeping with our
national character; for, as already pointed out, we are too tena¬
cious of our personal rights. It is possible, of course, for na¬
tional character to be changed. But the process must be a slow
one, and it can hardly be claimed that ours is changing in a so¬
cialistic direction.

The socialists look with satisfaction on the present tendency
towards great aggregations of capital in trusts and pools, re¬
garding this as a step towards the realization of their ideals.
But this is not a socialistic evolution. It is an intensification
of the principal of individualism in industry, an emphasis of its
despotic nature. G-reat combinations of capital are successful
only because management and responsibility are concentrated,
riot diffused. If it could be shown that as pools and trusts are
formed, responsibility for their management is divided among
the units composing them, this would prove the possibility of
general democracy in industry, and be favorable to Socialism.
The truth is that Socialism underrates the difficulty of business
enterprise.

148

Kinley — The Direction of Social Reform .

Socialists also mistake the present social need. Their cry is
for a new industrial organization. But, as already pointed out,
our present industrial system is the latest and most advanced
development of the social organism. It has outstripped other
social organs in the race of progress. This is the true explan¬
ation of the present disturbance. But we cannot properly call
the industrial change the cause. It is a symptom. It is at
once the result and the sign of progress. Therefore, to attempt
a reorganization or a reform of the industrial system, would be
to begin at the wrong end. It is not a proper statement of the
situation, from the historical and sociological point of view, to
say that our present industrial system involves great evils and
therefore needs to be changed; but rather, that in the long
struggle of social progress, the ethical and juridical functions of
the social organism have not yet developed to the extent of the
industrial.

This is not .to deny that there are evils in the present system
of industry. It is to deny that these evils, inhere wholly, or
mainly, in the system. It is to claim that under different
ethical conditions, the evils could be made largely to disappear.
Nor is this position a denial of the possibility and desirability of
a better system, even under other present conditions.
“Whilst, however, an organization of the industrial world may
with certainty be expected to arise in process of time, it would
be a great error to attempt to improvise one.”* Moreover, the
establishment of a system perfect from the industrial stand¬
point alone, would by no means do away with social ills. To
draw the industrial system away from the other departments
of social life to a still higher plane, would simply increase
the strain on the bonds that hold society together. The over¬
development of one organ to the neglect of others can never
produce either a normal man or a normal society.

The fact is that it is in the elevation of practical ethics that
we must look for the remedy of most of our present social ills.
The industrial evils are not a first cause. They are themselves
the result of relatively slow moral and legal progress. And it
is to the acceleration of this progress that we must give our

* Ingram’s Hist. Pol. Econ., p. 244.

Moral Force in the Industrial Field. 149

best efforts. We need a higher practical morality, a higher
conception of social duty, and juridical conceptions and defini¬
tions more in accord with modern conditions.. “Our ruling
powers have still an equivocal character; they are not in real
harmony with industrial life, and are in all respects imper¬
fectly imbued with the modern spirit. What is now most
urgent is not legislative interference on any large scale with
the industrial relations, but the formation in both the higher
and lower regions of the industrial world, of profound convic¬
tions as to social duties, and some more effective mode than at
present exists of diffusing, maintaining, and applying those
convictions. ”*

Moral force is not, indeed, new in the field of economics. It
is an old agent. The increasing extent of its field of opera¬
tions is new, however. The growing complexity of economic
relations has been accompanied by an increasing amount of
moral force in actual operation, but not an amount increasing
in proportion to the growing needs of the new conditions.

The growing tendency to seek state intervention is an
attempt to supply the lack of this moral force. But the
attempt confuses the sphere of church and state. It implies a
belief that the faults of human character cannot be eradicated,
and so must be continuously checked, repressed, crushed, by
external authority. The trouble with the method is that the
controlling authority itself has the same faults as have its
subjects, and that the faults cannot be so held in check. This
method does not remedy defects of human character; nor does
it do away with temptations to their activity; it only seeks to
surround them with legal and conventional barriers. It is
true, indeed, that change of industrial environment may have
an elevating effect on morals. Amidst the wrecks of profit-
sharing and co-operative schemes, for example, there are some
that testify to the evolution, as a result of the industrial change,
of higher ethical conceptions among those engaged in them.
But such means are partial and transitory. A highly moral
organization is impossible if the elements composing it are not
themselves moral. As Spencer says, “The belief that faulty

* Ingram, Ibid.

150 Kinley — The Direction of Social Reform.

character can so organize itself socially as to get out of itself
a conduct which is not proportionately faulty, is an utterly
baseless belief.”*

It is not in political, legal, or industrial conditions, then,
that we must seek the ultimate change. We do need a new
distribution of work as between the state and private individ¬
uals, in some particulars, and we need a purification of our
political life, an uplifting of our political morality. But that
new distribution and that purification will be results, not
causes, of a better moral life. We do need a better adaptation
of our juridical, or legal, system, to modern industrial condi¬
tions. But that adaptation will come only as a result of a
perception of the essential injustice of the present system.
And that perception, too, will be the result of the nobler
altruism of a better moral life. In short, any social reform
can be permanent only as it develops individual character, and
it is toward the improvement of this that our main efforts
must be directed in the future as in the past.

True, in the long meanwhile that must elapse before the har¬
monious adjustment of the various departments of social life to
the highest ethical standard can be attained, our duty is im¬
perative to seek by every legitimate though temporary
means, to lessen the jarring, the injustice, the suffering that the
existing ill-adjustment produces. To erect barriers against
injustice until we can remove its cause and prevent its recur¬
rence; to repress evil until the conditions of life come to be
such as of themselves to reduce it to its uneliminable minimum \
to change, even arbitrarily if necessary, existing juridical mis¬
conceptions and defects, until the environment of essential
justice on which the system is founded shall have had time to
evolve a “fitter” structure; to remedy, here and there, faults of
the existing industrial system at the same time that we work to
evolve an entirely new and better one; in short, to treat the
social body directly for its specific ills even while we seek to
bring it as a whole to a state of good health : these are duties
incumbent on the social reformer and the philanthropist in the
present, none the less because he is at the same time working

* Study of Sociology, p. 22.

The Place of Temporary Measures.

151

for the evolution of a system which by its nature will render
such evils impossible, if, indeed, such a system can be found.
But it will be only when perfect justice and love between man
and man become spontaneous that there can come the “reforma¬
tion for which the civilized world groans and travails, ” and
which will not be an isolated fact, but a revolution that will
affect every department of society, modifying our whole socia.
life, and elevating the whole plane of human conduct.

A SUPPLEMENTARY LIST OF PARASITIC FUNGI OF

WISCONSIN.

BY J. J. DAVIS, RACINE, WIS.

In the Transactions of the Wisconsin Academy of Science
Arts and Letters, Vol. VI., there was published A Prelimin¬
ary List of the Parasitic Fungi of Wisconsin, by Wm. Trelease,
Sc. I). It was presented to the Academy in December, 1882.
Since that time considerable additional material has been
collected which, it would seem, ought to be used for the exten¬
sion of the list.

To this end, Prof. Trelease has kindly contributed notes and
specimens, Prof. A. B. Seymour of Cambridge, Mass., sent me
his Wisconsin collections, other collectors have aided me with
notes and specimens and my own collection has been used.
Owing to lack of time, Prof. Seymour has been unable to work
up his Wisconsin specimens and they were largely undeter¬
mined. I have identified as many of them as I was able to, but
a considerable number remain until he shall find time to name
them. Of course these lists do not approach, a complete enum¬
eration of the Parasitic Fungi of Wisconsin, and it is to be
hoped that those who collect within the limits of the state will
work towards the completion of the undertaking so well begun
by Professor Trelease. The name of the collector is given in
all cases except when the specimens were collected by me and
are preserved in my herbarium.

The notes on distribution and quantity refer to the vicinity
of Racine, and are jotted down from recollections of field exper¬
ience, which, as every collector knows, varies much from year
to year. The words common and rare are used with reference
to distribution, abundant and scarce with reference to quan-
tity.

In addition to Profs. Trelease and Seymour, I desire to ex-
press my ooligations to Mr. E. W. D. Holway of Decorah,

154

Davis — Wisconsin Parasitic Fungi.

Iowa, for invaluable assistance in various ways; To Mr. J. B.
Ellis of Newfield, N. J. , who has determined a large propor¬
tion of the specimens upon which the list is based, and to Prof.
Chas. H. Peck of Albany, N. Y. , and Prof. W. G-. Farlow, of
Cambridge, Mass., who have kindly examined specimens sent
them.

Racine, Wisconsin, February, 1893.

ADDITIONAL HOSTS AND NOTES.

It happens that botanists separated by space, time or lan¬
guage, unwittingly describe the same thing, each under a dif¬
ferent name. To reduce the confusion caused thereby it is
necessary to have a general rule to be applied in all such cases.
The rule which has been adopted for that purpose is that the
name first published shall be taken. The white rusts have been
universally known by the generic name Gystopus. It is found
however, that the name Albugo had been previously used in thal
connection. It seems to me that in such a case the “law of
priority” should not operate because the exigency it was de¬
signed to meet did not exist. The generic name Albugo having
been revived, however, it seems necessary to adopt it to obvi¬
ate the confusion due to its resuscitation. It appears to me
that in the strict application of the “law of priority” the means
are sometimes unduly exalted above the end. Our white rusts
then would stand as follows : *

4. Albugo candidus, (Pers.) O. Kuntze. (Gystopus candidus,

P. , Prelim. List. ) Also on Gakile Americana ,

Nutt. Racine.

5. Albugo tragopogonis, (Pers.) S. F. Gray. ( Gystopus

cubicus , (Strauss) Lev., Prelim. List.)

This was rather abundant on Gnicus arvensis, Hoffm. , in
waste ground on the outskirts of the city of Racine in 1886. I
have not seen it on this host since.

* The numbers attached are those under which they were enumerated in the Preliminary
List.

Additional Hosts and Notes.

155

6. Albugo amaranth!, (Schw. ) O. Kuntze. ( Cystopus bliti,
Biv. -Prelim. List.)

On Acnida tuber culata , Moq. Racine.

Since the Preliminary List was written the genus Peronospora
has been divided, which changes the designation of some of the
species therein enumerated.

9. Plasmopara viticola, (B. & C.) Berl. and DeToni. (Per¬
onospora, Prelim. List.)

10. Plasmopara halstedii, (Farl. ) Berl. and DeToni. ( Per¬

onospora , Prelim. List.) Also on Bidens chrys-
ant/iemoides , Michx. Racine.

11. Plasmopara obducens, Schroeter. ( Peronospora , Prelim.

List. )

12. Plasmopara geranii, (Pk. ) Berl. and DeToni. (Peronos¬

pora, Prelim. List. )

13. Plasmopara ENTOSPORA,(Roze and Cornu) Berl. and PeToni.

( Peronospora , Prelim. List.)

On Aster sagittifolius , Willd. Racine.

14. Plasmopara pygm^ea, (Ung. ) Schroet. (Peronospora, Pre¬

lim. List.)

On Hepatica acutiloba , DC. Racine.

15. Bremia lactuc^e, Regel (Peronospora gangli for mis, (Berk.)

Prelim. List. )

16. Peronospora parasitica, (Pers.) Tul.

On Dentaria laciniata , Muhl, and Car damme
rhomboidea, DC., Racine.

17. Peronospora potentill^:, D By.

On Geum album, G-mel. and Agrimonia Eupatoria,
L. , Racine. Common and abundant on the former
host. Not seen on Agrimonia until 1892, when
it was rather abundant in one station, though
less so on Geum than in previous years.

21. Peronospora alta, Fckl.

On Plantago Rugelii, Dcsne., Racine.

156

Davis — Wisconsin Parasitic Fungi.

25. Plasmopara australis, (Speg. ) Swingle. ( Peronospora ,
Prelim. List. )

28. Sclerospora graminicola, (Sacc. ) Schroet. ( Peronospora ,
Prelim. List.)

The changes made in the list of Erysiphece are to bring it in¬
to conformity with the monograph of the North American
species of the family, by Prof. T. J. Burrill in North American
Pyrenomycetes.

31. Unclnula salicis, (DC.) Winter. (W. adunca , (Wallr. )
Prelim List. )

On Populus tremuloides , Michx. Racine. On
P. tremuloides , Michx., and P. angulata , Ait.
(Tracy and G-alloway- in Journal of Mycology,
IV.— 35.

32 and 33. Uncinula 'negator, (Schw. ) Burrill. (V. subfusca ,
B. & C., and XJ. Americana , Howe, Prelim. List.)

On Vitis cordifolia, Michx. Racine.

34. Uncinula circinata. C. & P.

On Acer saccharinum , Wang. Racine.

37. Microsph^ra diefusa, C. & P.

The fungus on Lathy r us ochroleucus , Hook, referred here in
the Prelim. List would now probably be placed in Microsphcera
ravenelii , Berk.

36, 38, 40. Microsph^ra alni, (DC.) Winter. ( Microsphcera
friesii, Lev. , M. pulchrq, C. & P., and M penicil-
lata , (Wall.) Prelim. List.

These species, with others, are united by Burrill under the
above name.

On Ilex certicillata , Gray, Viburnum dentatumr
L., Betula pumila, L., Carpinus Carolinian a^ Wal¬
ter, and Fagus ferruginea , Ait. Racine.

39. Microsphcera grossulari^e, (Wallr.) Lev. ( Microsphcera
Van Bruntiana , Ger. Prelim. List. )

Additional Hosts and Notes.

157

41. Microsphasra quercina, (Schw. ) Burrill. ( Microsphcera
extensa , C. & P., Prelim. List.)

On Quercus alba , L., Quercus macrocarpa ,
Michx. and Quercus palustris , Du Roi. Racine.

43. Podosph^ra oxYACANTHiE, (DC.) D By. ( Podospliaera

tridactyla, Wall., Prelim. List.)

On Crataegus tomentosa. L. and Pyrus coronaria ,
L. Racine. Crataegus Oxyacantha , L. (Tracy
and G-alloway, loc. cit. p. 34. ) Rather common
on the wild crab leaves in 1888, but the peri-
theeia were much scattered.

44. Phyll actinia suffulta, (Reb.) Sacc;

On Alnus incana , Willd. , Acer saccharinum,
Wang., Hamamelis Virginiana , L., Fagus ferru-
ginea , Ait., Ostrya Virginica , Willd., Xanthoxy-
lum Americanum , Mill., Betula papyri feray Marsh.
Cornus stolonifera , Michx. and Cary a sp. Racine.

45. Sphjerotheca castagnei, Lev.

On Lactuca Floridana , G-aert., Prenanthes alba ,
L. , and Pedicular is lanoeolata , Michx. Racine.

The mildews on Rubus triflorus , Rich. , and Agrimonia Eupa-
toria , L. , referred to this species in the Preliminary List would
now probably be placed in Sphoerotheca humuli , (DC.) Burrill.

47. The Erysiphe on Clematis is referred to Erysiphe communis

(Wallr. ) Fr. ( Erysiphe tortilis , Wall. Prelim.
List. )

48. Erysiphe cichoracearum, DC. ( Erysiphe lamprocarpa ,

(Wall.) Prelim. List.)

On Aster puniceus, L., Aster sagittifolius , Willd.,
Solidago Canadensis , L., Helenium autumnale , L.,
corymbosus , Ait., Ambrosia trijida, L. , and
Phlox divaricata , L. Racine. corymbosus ,

Ait., and Inula Helenium , L. (Tracy and Galloway,
c^.)

13— A. & L.

158

Dav is— Wiscbns in Paras itic Fun gi.

49. Erysiphe communis, (Wallr.) Fr.

On Astragalus Canadensis, L., Aquilegia Cana¬
densis, L., and Geranium maculatum , L. (Tracy
and Galloway, Ice. cit. ) Thalictrum purpurascens ,
L. Racine. As noted above (No. 47) Clematis Vir-
giniana , L.. should probably be added as a host
of this species in Wisconsin.

67. Claviceps, sp.

Sclerotia also on Juncus nodosus , L. , and
Glycerict fluitans , R. Br. Racine.

69. Hypocrella, sp.

Dr. Trelease writes that this is directly parasitic on the
leaves.

77. Microstroma leucosporum, Mont. “Represented” on Jug-

Ians cinerea , L., “from just across the line in
Minnesota and Illinois, and hence certain to be
found in Wisconsin. It should also occur on
Cary a. ” (Prelim. List.)

It occurs at Racine on both Juglans and Cary a, and at Lake
Geneva on Juglans cinerea, L. The form on Juglans has been
separated as Microstroma juglandis, ( Bereng. ) Sacc.

78. Ramularia didyma, Ung.

On Ranunculus repens, L. ( ?) Racine. So la¬
belled before R. septentrionalis, Poir. , was differ¬
entiated and is likely the latter.

80. Ramularia plantaginis, E. and Martin.

On Plantago Rugelii, Dcsne. Racine.

82. Ramularia arvensis, Sacc.

On Potentilla Anserina, L. Bassett.

83. Ramularia macrospora, Fres. var. asteris, Sacc. (Var.

senecionis , Sacc. Prelim. List. )

Dr. Trelease states that the varietal name should be as given
above. Occurs also at Racine on the same host.

89. Ramularia desmodii, Cke.

On Lespedeza, sp. Racine.

Additional Hosts and Notes.

159

'91. Cercosporella cana, (Pass.) Sacc.

On Erigeron anuuus, Pers. Racine.

95. Cercospora chenopodii, Fres.

On Atriplex patulum , L. Racine/

107. COLLETOTRICHUM LAGENARIUM, (Pass.) E. & Hals.

( Gloeosporium lindemuthianum. Sacc. & Magnus,
Prelim. List.) On watermelon rinds. Mad¬
ison (Trelease & Seymour).

117. “Phyllosticta treleasii, Berl. & Vogl. in Sacc. Sylloge,

Suppl. 1-15, but scarcely distinct from P. sero-
tina,” (Trelease.)

118. Ascochyta treleasii, Berl. & Vogl. loc cit. 332. (Trelease.)

126. Septoria dentari^e, Peck. ( Septoria sisymbrii , Ellis.,
Prelim. List.)

On Cardamine rhomboidea , DC. Racine.

129. Septoria viol^e, West.

On Viola pahnata , L., var. cucullata , Gray.
G-enoa Junction.

137. The spore measurements given in the Preliminary List
correspond with those of Septoria aquilegiae ,
E. & K., to which it is probable Mr. Pammel’s
specimens should be referred. It has also been
collected in Kenosha county on the same host.

139. This is Septoria divaricata , E. & E., doubtless which also
occurs at Racine on the same host.

141. Septoria rubi, West.

On Rubus villosuSj Ait. Racine.

143. Septoria silphii, E. & E.

Dr. Trelease informs me that the specimens described under
this number should be placed as above. I have collected it at
Clinton Junction on Silphium per foliatum, L.

144. Rhabdospora ribicola, (B. & C.) Sacc. (Septoria ribicola^

B. & C. Prelim. List. )

160

Davis — Wisconsin Parasitic Fungi.

150. Uromyces eab^e, (Pers.) DB y. ( U. orobi , (Pers. ) Pre¬

lim. List.)

Uredo on Vicia Americana , Muhl. Berry ville.

154. Uromyces junci, (Desm.) Tul.

On Juncus tenuis , Willd. Racine.

158. Uromyces hyperici, (Schw.) Curtis.

Uredo and teleutospores as well as gecidia on
Diodes campanulata , Pursh. Genoa Junction.
Uredo and teleutospores on Hypericum macula-
turn , Walter. Racine.

159. Uromyces rudbeckre, Arthur & Hoi way. Iowa Uredi-

neee, 154. (Trelease. ) ( U. solidaginis , (Niessl. )

Prelim. List.)

167. Puccinia silphii, Schw.

Teleutospores on Silphium laciniatum , L. Ra¬
cine county.

170. Lagerheim refers this to the genus Rostrupia.

171. Puccinia baryi, (B. & Br. ) Winter.

On Calamagrostis Canadensis , Beauv. Racine.

172. Puccinia andropogi, Schw.

Teleutospores on Andropogon furcatus , Muhl.
Racine.

190. Puccinia galii, (Pers.) Winter.

Teleutospores on Galium concinnum , Torr. &
Gr. Racine.

191. Puccinia pimpinelltE, (Strauss.) Lk.

iEcidium, uredo and teleutospores on Osmor-
rhiza longistylis , DC. Racine.

192. Puccinia menth^:, Pers.

Acidium on Mentha Canadensis , L. Teleuto¬
spores on Hedeoma pulegioides, Pers. Racine.

198. Puccinia viol,®, (Schum. ) DC.

jEcidium, uredo and teleutospores on Viola
canina , L., var. Muhlenbergii , Gray. Racine.

Additional Hosts and Notes.

161

199. Puccinia rubigo-vera, (DC.) Winter.

Uredo and teleutospores on Eatonia Pennsyl¬
vania, Gray. Teleutospores on Bromus cili-
atus , L. , Asprella Hystrix , Willd. , and Elymus
Virginicus, L. Racine.

A uredo which is sometimes very abundant on Poa, perhaps
belongs here. Racine, Madison. (Seymour.)

200. Puccinia graminis, Pers.

Teleutospores on Alopecurus geniculatus, L. , var.
aristulatus, Gray. Racine.

201. S ee AEcidium rhamni, Gmel., No. 485.

204. Phragmidium speciosum, Fr.

On Rosa blanda, Ait., Sauk. (Lueders fide
Trelease. )

205. Phragmidium rubi-idaei, (Pers.) Wint.

Uredo and teleutospores on Rubus strigosus ,
Michx. Racine.

225. ACcidium mariae-wilsoni, Peck. (AE. Petersii, B. & C.,
*

Prelim. List.)

“The name above given has priority. ’’—Trelease.

227. JEcidium grossulariae, DC.

On Ribes oxyacanthoides, L. Racine.

281. AECIDIUM CON VALL ARIAS, Schum.

On Smilacina. Sharon.

235. 2Ecidium thalictri, Grev.

On Thalictrum purpuras cens, L. Racine.

237. Dr. Trelease writes that this is AEcidium hepaticatumy
Schw. , in part.

242. AUcidium compositarum, Mart.

On Polymnia Canadensis, L. , RudbecJcia lacini-
ata, L. , Silphium integrifolium , Michx. , Silphium
terebinthinaceum , L. Racine. Bidens frondosa ,
L. , Xanthium strumarium , L. Kansas ville.
Enpatorium purpureum, L. Walworth county.

162

Davis — Wisconsin Parasitic Fungi .

243. Probably the secidium of Gy mno sporangium globosum , Far-

low. (No. 208.)

244. This I presume is now to be referred to Roestelia pyrata ,

(Schw.) Thaxter, the ascidium of Gymnospor *
angium macropus , Link. No. 207.

253. “Probably a form of No. 250.” — Trelease.

256. Entyloma compositarum, Farlow.

On Senecio aureus , L. , and Ambrosia trifida , L„
Racine.

258. Entyloma line at a (Cke.) {F. crastophilum , Sacc. (?) Pre¬
lim. List.) Specimens collected at Kansasville on
Zizania aquatica , L. are referred to this species
by Dietel and Ellis. I assume that Dr. Trelease’ s
specimens are the same.

263. Prof. Farlow states that this is not Entyloma thalictrit
Schroeter. It has been collected at Racine on
Anemone nemorosa, L.

265. Urocystis anemones, Pers.

On Hepatica acutiloba , DC. Racine.

249. The smuts referred to Ustilago segetum , Persoon, have been
divided. That on Triticum vulgare , Vill., as U.
tritici , (Pers.) Jensen, on Arena sativa , L., as U.
avence , (Pers.) Jensen, while two species have
been recognized on Hordenm vulgare, L. , viz: U.
hordei , (Pers.) Kellerman and Swingle, and TJ.
nuda , (Jensen) Kellerman and Swingle. Both of
the latter probably occur in Wisconsin. Keller¬
man and Swingle refer to a specimen of IT.
nuda collected at LaCrosse by Prof. Pammel.
(Second Annual Report of the Experiment Sta-

^ tion, Kansas.)

Additional Species.

168

ADDITIONAL SPECIES.

NOT RECORDED IN THE PRELIMINARY LIST.

ChYTRIDIACE^E.

269. Synchytrium aureum, Schroeter.

On Viola pubescens, Ait., and Geum album, Gmel.
Berryville. Not scarce.

270. Synchytrium pluriannulatum, (B. & C.) Farlow.

On Sanicula Marylandica , L. Berryville and
Racine. Not scarce.

Peronosporace^e.

271. Peronospora euphorbia, Fckl.

On Euphorbia maadata, L. Madison. (Seymour.)

272. Peronospora ficari^e, Tul.

OnRanunculus fascicularis, Muhl. Madison. (Sey¬
mour. ) On Ranunculus recurvatus , Poir. Racine.
Rare.

273. Peronospora sordida, B. & Br.

On Scrophidciria nodosa , L., var. Marylandica ,
Gray. Racine. Only observed in 1892 and in a
single station, where it was rather abundant.

Gymnoasci.

274. Tapiirina deformans, (Berk.) Tul.

On Prunus Virginiana, L. Genoa Junction. Col¬
lected but once.

275. Tapiirina rhizophora, Johans.

On fruit of Popidus tremuloides, Mx. Racine,
abundant.

164 Davis — Wisconsin Parasitic Fungi.

Erysiphe^:.

276. Erysiphe galeopsidis, DC.

On Scutellaria lateriflora , L. Racine. On Scut -
ellaria parvula, Michx. “Wisconsin.” (Tracy &
Galloway, Journal of Mycology, IV-34.)

277. Microsph^ra ravenelii, Berk.

On Lathy rus ochroleucus , Hook, and L. venosus ,
Muhl. Racine. The specimens on the former
host, referred to Microsphcera diffusa , C. & P., in
the Preliminary List, would probably be placed
here by Prof. Burrill. (Bulletin of the Illinois
State Laboratory of Natural History, IT-420.)

278. Microsphcera semitosta, B. & C.

On Cephalanthus occidentalism L. Eagle Lake, Ra¬
cine county. Rare. Perithecia sparsely formed.

279. Microsphcera yaccinii, C. & P.

On Gaylussacia resinosa, Torr. & Gray. Berry-
ville. Neither common nor abundant.

280. Sph^rotheca epilobii, (Lk.) DBy.

On Epilobium coloration, Muhl. Racine.

281. Sphcerotheca humuli, (DC.) Burrill.

On Geum album , Grnel. , Geum Virgmianum , L.,
and Agrimonia Eupatoria, L. Racine. Potentilla
palustris , Scop. Kansasville. On Geum macro -
phyllum , Willd. “Wisconsin.” (Tracy & Gallo¬
way, Journal of Mycology, IV-34.) Probably the
specimens on Agrimonia Eupatoria , L., and those
on Rubus triflorus , Rich., would now be placed
here. (Prelim. List. No. 45. ) Common and
abundant.

282. Sph^rotheca mors-uvce, (Schw. ) B. & C.

On Ribes floridum , L. Racine. The mycelium is
abundant on species of Ribes, but the perithecia
are not common and the only specimen in my
herbarium is on the above host.

Additional Species.

165

283. Uncinula clintonii, Peck.

On Tilia Americana , L. Racine. Neither rare
nor scarce.

284. Uncinula macrospora, Peck.

On TJlmus Americana,, L. Racine. Not common,

Perisporiace^:.

285. Asterina gaultheri^e, Curtis.

On Gaultheria procumbens , L. Three Lakes.
Abundant.

286. Asterina rubicola, E. & E.

On Rubies strigosus , Michx. Racine. Sometimes
abundant.

287. Capnodium salicinum, Mont.

The conidial stage, Furnago vagcins , Pers.,on Salix .
Racine.

288. Dimerosporium pulchrum, Sacc.

The conidial stage, Sarcinella heterospora, Sacc., on
Cornus paniculata , L’Her, and C. stolonifera ,
Michx. Racine. Not rare.

289. L^estadia bidwellii, (Ellis) Viala & Ravaz.

The pycnidia, Phyllosticta labruscce , Thum., on
VUis cordifolia , Michx. Racine.

Phacidiace^e.

290. Pseudopeziza repanda, (Fr. ) Karst. ( Phacidium

autumnale , Fckl. )

On Galium trifidum , L. Racine. Not rare.

291. Rhytisma acerinum, Fr.

On Acer saccharmum , Wang., and very abundant
on Acer dasycarpum , Ehrh. , grown along the road¬
sides near Racine. Specimens kept exposed to
the weather matured in June.

Davis — Wisconsin Parasitic Fungi.

166

Fungi Imperfecti.

Isolated Imperfect Forms.

292. Ascochyta cornicola, Sacc.

On Gornus sericea, L. Madison. (Seymour.) Racine.

293. Ascochyta pisi, Lib.

On pea pods from the Racine market.

294. Ascochyta silenes, E. & E.

On Silene antirrhina , L. Eagle Lake, Racine
county.

295. Asteroma venulosum, (Wallr.)

On Iris versicolor , L. Racine. Common.

296. Cercospora alth^eina, Sacc.

On Althaea rosea, L. Madison. (Seymour.) Ra¬
cine. Abundant.

297. Cercospora ampelopsidis, Peck.

On Ampelopsis quinquefolia , Michx. Madison.
(Seymour.)

298. Cercospora antipus, Ell. & Holw;

On Lonicera , sp. Eagle Lake, Racine county.
Lonicera Sullivantii , Racine.

299. Cercospora clavata, Gerard.

On Asclepias Gornuti , Dcsne. Madison. (Sey¬
mour.) On Asclepias Gornuti , Dcsne., and A.
incarnata , L. Racine. Asclepias phytolaccoides ,
Pursh. Walworth county. Common and abundant.

300. Cercospora davisii, E. & E.

On Melilotus alba , Lam. Racine. Not common.

301. Cercospora galii, Ell. & Holway.

On Galium triflorum , Michx. Racine. Rare.

302. Cercospora heucher,®, E. & M.

On Heuchera. Genoa Junction.

303. Cercospora microsora, Sacc.

On Tilia Americana , L. Genoa Junction.

303a. Cercospora monoica, E. & Holway.

On Amphicarpcea monoica , Nutt. Racine.

Additional Species.

167

304. Cercospora Montana. Speg.

On Epilobium color atum , Muhl. Cercospora epil-
obii , Schn. , is perhaps a more mature state, hav¬
ing 2 — 3 septate spores. In the Racine specimens
the spores are uni-septate.

305. Cercospora omphakodes, Ell. & Holway.

On Phlox divaricata, L. Racine.

306. Cercospora osmorrhizas, E. & E.

On Osmorrhiza longistylis , DC. Racine. Rare.

307. Cercospora pentstemonis, E. & K.

On Pentstemon pubescens , Solander. Kansas ville.
Rare.

308. Cercospora perfoliata, E. & E.

On Eupatorium perfoliatum , L. , and Eupatorium
purpureum , L. Racine. Not common.

309. Cercospora (Cercosporella) pirina, E. & E.

Ou Pyrus coronaria, L. Racine. Rare but some¬
times rather abundant.

310. Cercospjra platyspora, Ell. & Hoi,

On Pimpinella integerrima , B. & H. Madison.
(Seymour.) Racine. Abundant,

311. Cercospora polygonorum, Cke.

On Polygonum. Madison. (Seymour.) On Poly
gonum Hydropiper , L. Racine.

312. Cercospora punctoidea, E. & Hoi.

On Galium trijidum , Ait. Racine. Not common.

313. Cercospora reticulata, Peck.

On Solidago serotina , Ait. Racine. Rare.

314. Cercospora sagittari^;, Ell. & Kell.

On Sagittaria variabilis , Engelm. Racine.

315. Cercospora sequoia, E. & E., var. Junxperi, E. & E.

On Juniper us Virginiana , L. Genoa Junction.
Rare.

316. Cercospora sii, E. & E.

On Sium cicutcefolium , Gmel. Racine.

168

Davis — Wisconsin Parasitic Fungi.

317. Cercospora squalidula, Peck.

On Clematis Virginiana , L. Racine.

318. Cercospora tuberosa, Ell. & Kell.

On Apios tuberosa , Moench. Racine. Abundant.

319. Cercospora varia, Peck.

On Viburnum Lentago , L. Racine.

320. Cercospora vernoni^e, E. & Kell.

On Vernonia fasciculata , Michx. Racine. Rare.

321. Cercospora zizi^e, E. & E.

On Zizea aurea , Koch. Racine.

322. Cylindrosporium apocyni, E. & E.

On Apocynum androscemifolium , L. Racine.
Common.

323. Cylindrosporium cicut^e, E. & E.

On stems of Cicuta maculata , L. Kansasville.

324. Cylindrosporium humuli, E. & E.

On Humulus Lupulus , L. Racine. Abundant.

325. Cylindrosporium rubi, Ellis & Morgan.

On Rubus strigosus, cultivated. “ Wisconsin, Dr.
J. Brown.” (Journal of Mycology, 1-127.)

326. Cylindrosporium saccharinum, E. & E.

On Acer saccharinum , Wang. Racine.

327. Cylindrosporium zizi^, E. & E.

On Zizia cordata) DC. Racine.

328. Entomosporium maculatum, Lev.

On Amelanchier Canadensis , Torr. & Or. Racine,
Rare.

329. Entomosporium thumenii, (Cke.) Sacc.

On Crataegus punctata , Jacq., and other species.
Common and abundant.

330. Fusarium uredinum, E. & E.

On Salix nigra , Marsh. Racine. Abundant. This
was suspected of being parasitic on the summer
form of Melampsora salicina , Lev., but further
observation showed that the willow was the host.

Additional Species.

169

331. Fusicladium angelica, E. & E.

On Angelica atropurpurea , L. Racine.

332. Glceosporium ampelopsidis, E. & E.

On Ampelopsis quinquefolia , Michx. Racine.

333. GLCEOSPORIUM (Marsonia) apicalis, E. & E.

On Salix lucida , Muhl. Racine. Scarce.

334. Glceosporium apocryptum, E. & E.

On Negundo aceroides , Moench. This species is
very common on the Box Elders cultivated for
shade trees in the city of Racine. In favorable
seasons it nearly defoliates them.

335. Glceosporium aridum, E. & E.

On Fraxinus Americana , L. Racine. Abundant.
When developing vigorously on exposed trees it
attacks one edge of the leaf, causing it to curl
toward the affected side. When less vigorous on
leaves of shaded trees it occurs on roundish spots
about 5 mm. in diameter.

336. G-lceosporium berberidis, Cke.

On Berberis vulgaris , L. Racine.

337. Glceosporium canadense, E. & E.

On Quercus alba , Racine and Kenosha county. On
Quercus macrocarpa , Michx. Racine. This fun¬
gus is very destructive to the leaves of the white
oaks some seasons.

338. GrLCEOSPORiUM coryli, (Desm.) Sacc.

On Corylus Americana , Walt. Racine. Not un¬
common.

339. Glceosporium fagi, Desm. & Rob., var. Americanum,

E. & E.

On Fagus ferruginea , Ait. Racine. Not com¬
mon.

340. Glceosporium fructigenum, Berk.

Not uncommon on apples from the Racine market.

Davis — Wisconsin Parasitic Fungi.

341. Glceosporium piiegopteridis, Frank.

On Onoclea sensibilis , L., and Aspidium Thelypteris,
Swartz. Racine. Sometimes abundant on the
first mentioned host. On the Aspidium it does
not seem to develop so perfectly.

342. Glceosporium prunicolum, E. & E.

On Prunas Virginiana , L. Racine, Abundant,
but apparently not common.

343. Glceosporium potentill^, (Desm. ) Oud.

On Potentilla palustris, Scop. Kansasville.

344. Glceosporium rtbis, (Lib.) Desm. & Mont.

On Ribes floridum , L. , and wild and cultivated
gooseberries. Racine. Abundant.

345. Glceosporium robergei, Desm.

On Carpinus Caroliniana , Walt. Racine.

346. Glceosporium saccharinum, E. & E.

On Acer saccharinum , Wang. Racine and Wauke¬
sha. Destructive to the leaves of city shade trees ;
sometimes very much so. On forest trees it is
much less common and usually confined to definite
spots on the leaves.

347. Glceosporium americanum, E. & E.,

On leaves of Vicia Americana , Muhl. Berryville.

347a. Glceosporium davisii, E & E.

On pods of Vicia Americana, Muhl. Berryville.
This and the proceding occur on the same plants
and their distinctness may be doubted.

348. Gonatobotrys maculicola, Wint.

On Hamamelis Virginiana, L. Racine.

349. Heterosporium allii, Ell. & Martin.

On Allium Canadense, Kalm. • Racine. Rather
abundant in the only station where it was ob¬
served.

350. Isariopsis pusilla, Fres.

On Gerastium , sp. Racine and Lake Geneva.
Common

Additio nal Species.

171

351. Leptothyrium dryinum, Sacc.

On Quercus rubra. L. Racine.

352. Leptothyrium periclymeni, Desm., var. America

num, E. & E.

On Lonicera oblongifolia , Muhl. Racine county.
On Lonicera , sp. Three Lakes. The scutellate
perithecia are absent from the specimens collected
at Wind Lake in Racine county, but the fungus
is evidently the same as in specimens from north¬
ern Wisconsin and elsewhere in which they are
present. In none of the American specimens that
I have seen are the perithecia as well developed
as in those from Europe.

353. Oidium pirinum, E. & E.

On Pyrus coronaria , L. Racine. Rare.

354. Oidium radiosum, Lib.

On Popidus tremidoides, Michx. Racine.

355. Pestalozziella subsessilis, E. & E.

On Geranium maculatum, L. Madison. (Trelease.)

356. Phleospora oxyacanth^e, (Kze. & Schm.)

On Crataegus , sp. Racine. Abundant.

357. PHYLLOSTICTA ASTERICOLA, E. & E.

On Aster umbellatus, Mill. Kenosha county. Rare.

358. Phyllosticta ampelopsidis, Ell. & Martin.

On Ampelopsis quinquefolia , Michx. Kansasville.

359. Phyllosticta cruenta, Fr.

On Umdaria grandiflora) Smith. G-enoa Junction.
On Smilacina , sp. Walworth county.

360. Phyllosticta desmodii, E. & E.

On Desmodium , sp. Walworth county.

361. Phyllosticta fagicola, Ell. & Morgan.

On Fagus ferruginea , Ait. Racine. Scarce.

362. Phyllosticta gentian^ecola, Fr.

On Gentiana Andrewsii , Griseb. Racine. Abun¬
dant.

172

363.

364.

365.

366.

367.

368.

369.

370.

371.

372.

373.

374.

375.

Davis — Wisconsin Parasitic Fungi.

Phyllosticta hamamelidis, Cke.

On Ilamamelis Virginiana, L. Racine. Rather
abundant.

Phyllosticta helianthi, E. & E.

On Helianthus , sp. Racine county.

Phyllosticta labruscce , Thum., is given under
Laestadia bidwellii , Viala & Ravaz, of which it
is supposed to be a pycnidial. form.

Phyllosticta nebulosa, Sacc.

On iSilene no cti flora, L. Racine. Rare.

Phyllosticta piiomiformis, Sacc.

On Quercus alba , L. Racine.

Phyllosticta prunicola, Sacc.

On Primus serotina , Ehrh. Racine. Not com¬
mon.

Phyllosticta pyrina, Sacc.

On Pyrus coronaria , L. Racine.

Phyllosticta serotina, Cke.

On Primus serotina , Ehrh. Racine. Perhaps the
same as No. 117 of the Preliminary List.

Phyllosticta tineola, Sacc.

On Viburnum dentatum , L. Racine.

PlGGOTIA FRAXINI, B. & C.

On Fraxinus > sp. Madison. (Seymour.) Racine.

Ramularia astragali, Ell. & Holway.

On Astragalus Canadensis , L. Racine. Not
common.

Ramularia barbare^e, Peck.

On Barbarea vulgaris , R. Br. Clinton Junction.

Ramularia brunell^e, E. & E.

On Brunella vulgaris , L. Racine. The spotted
leaves are very common and abundant, but the
conidial tufts are sparingly developed.

Ramularia decipiens, E. & E.

On Rumex obtusifolius , L. Racine and Sharon.

Additional Species .

173

376.

377.

378.

379.

380.

381.

382.

383.

384.

385.

386.

387.

Ramularia desmodii, Cke.

On Lespedeza , sp. Racine.

Ramularia dioscore^e, E. & E.

On Dioscorea villosa, L. Racine. Not uncom¬
mon.

Ramularia hamamelidis, Peck.

On Hamamelis Virginiana , L. Racine. Rather
abundant.

Ramularia impatientis, Peck.

On Impatiens pallida, Nutt. Madison. (Seymour.)
Impatiens , sp. Kenosha county.

Ramularia lysimachi^g, Thum.

On Steironema ciliatum , Raf. Racine. Rare and
scarce.

Ramularia Occident alis, E. & E.

On Rwnex , sp. Racine. Not common.

Ramularia oxalidis, Earl.

On Oxalis. Bayfield. ( Hoi way. )

Ramularia prini, Peck.

On Ilex verticillata , Gray. Racine. Abundant.

Ramularia reticulata, E. & E.

On Osmorrhiza , sp. Waterford. Rare and scarce.

Ramularia rosea, (Fckl. ) Sacc.

On Salix rostrata , Richards. Racine. Abundant.

Ramularia rudbecki^e, Peck.

On Rudbeckia laeiniata , L. Racine. Very com¬
mon and abundant.

Ramularia rufomaculans, Peck.

On Polygonum aviculare , L. , and P. Muhlenbergiiy
Watson. Racine. On Polygonum Muhlenbergiiy
Watson. Kansasville. A Ramularia which was
found growing abundantly on buckwheat ( Fag -
opyrum esculent urn y Moench. ) in Kenosha county
appears to belong here, but there is an entire
absence of spots.

14— A. & L.

174

Davis — Wisconsin Parasitic Fungi.

388. Ramularia taraxaci, Karst.

On Taraxacum officinale , Weber. Racine and Shar¬
on. Common.

389. Ramularia variabilis, Fckl.

On Verbascum Thapsus , L. Racine. Not un¬
common.

390. Ramularia veronica, Fckl.

On Veronica serpyllifolia, L. Racine. Not on
F. p>eregrina as first reported. (Journ. Mycol.,
IV-1.)

391. Ramularia viburni, E. & E.

On Viburnum Lentago , L. Racine. Rare and
scarce.

392. SCOLECOTRICHUM GRAMINIS, Fckl.

On Dactylis glomerata , L. Madison. (Trelease. )
On Plileum pratense , L. Racine.

393.

SCOLECOTRICHUM MACULICOLA, E. & Kell.

On Phragmites communis , Trin. Racine,
abundant.

Rather

394.

Septocylindrium ranunculi, Peck.
On Ranunculus abortivus , L.

Racine.

Rather

common.

395.

Septoria eegopodii, Desm.

On Osmorrhiza longistylis , DC.

Racine.

Rare.

396.

Septoria agrimonies, Roum. (?)

On Agrimonia Eupatoria , L.
22-28x1.5 microns.

Sharon.

Spores

397.

Septoria agropyri, E. & E.,

On Agropyrurh repens , Beauv.

Racine.

398. Septoria albaniensis, Thum.

On Salix Incida, Muhl. Racine. Common and
abundant.

398a. Septoria albicans, E. & E.

On Saxifraga Pennsylvania , L. Genoa Junction.

399. Septoria asclepiadicola, E. & E.

On Asclepias incar nata, L. Racine and Genoa
Junction. Common.

Additional Species. 175

400. Septoria astericola, Ell. & Evht.

On Aster sagittifolius , Willd. Racine.

401. Septoria atropurpurea, Peck.

Cn Aster macrophyllus , L. Racine.

402. Septoria aitrea, E. & E.

On Ribes aureum , Pursh. (cult.) Racine.

402 a. Septoria betul^e, (Lib.) West.

On Betula papyrifera, Marsh. Three Lakes.

403. Septoria campanula, (Lev.) Ellis.

On Campanula Americana , L. Madison. (Sey¬
mour. ) Kenosha county.

404. Septoria canadensis, Ell. & Davis.

On Solidago Canadensis , L. Racine and Sharon.

405. Septoria caricinella, Sacc. & Roum.

On Carex cephaloidea , Boott and Carex , sp. Ra¬
cine. Not scarce.

406. Septoria cerastii, Rob. & Desm.

On Cerastium , sp. Lake Geneva. Racine.

407. Septoria cirsii, Niessi.

On Cnicus arvensis , Hoffm. Racine. Rather
common and abundant.

408. Septoria conspicua, Ell. & Martin.

On Steironema ciliatum, Raf. Racine. Common
and abundant.

409. Septoria cornicola, Desm.

On Cornus sericea, L. Madison. (Seymour.) On
Cornus cdternifolia , L., and C. paniculata , L’Her.
Racine. C. alternifolia , L. Lake Geneva. Com¬
mon.

410. Septoria corylina, Peck.

On Corylus rostrata) Ait. Three Lakes.

411. Septoria crat^gi, Kickx.

On Crataegus tomentosa , L. Racine. Not com¬

mon.

176

Davis — Wisconsin Parsitic Fungi.

412. Septoria cryptot^ni^, Ell. & Ran.

On Cryptotoenia Canadensis , DC. Madison. (Sey¬
mour.) Racine. Very common and abundant.
Septorix samculoe , E. & E., should doubtless be
placed here, the host plant having been erro¬
neously determined.

413. Septoria cucurbit ace arum, Sacc.

On leaves of musk melon ( Cucumis Melo , L. ) Ra¬
cine. This was observed to be rather abundant
in that portion of a musk melon patch that was.
shaded from the west by a windbreak of trees.

414. Septoria diervill^e, E. & E.

On Diervilla trificla, Moench. Racine.

415. Septoria epilobii, West.

On Epilobium color atum, Muhl. Madison. (Tre-
lease and Seymour. )

416. Septoria fusariospora, E. & E.

On Erigeron strigosus , Muhl. Waterford.

417. Septoria helenii, E. & E.

On Helenium ciutumnale , L. Racine. Common.
Occasionally the perithecia are formed on large,
ill-defined, discolored areas instead of definite
spots.

418. Septoria helianthi, Ell. & Kell.

On Helianthus strumosus, L., H. annuus , L., H.
grosse-serratus , Martens, and other species. Ra¬
cine. “On young seedling Helianthus , perhaps
H. grosse-serratus." Madison. (Trelease.) Com¬
mon and abundant. Sometimes hypophyllous.

419. Septoria increscens, Peck.

On Trientalis Americana , Pursh. Racine and
Three Lakes.

420. Septoria intermedia, E. & E.

On Solidago. Racine. Rare.

421. Septoria lactuca^:, Pass.

On Lactuca Scariola , L. Waukesha.

Additional Species.

177

422. Septoria lapparum, Sacc.

On Lappa. Madison. (Trelease and Seymour. )

423. Septoria leptqstachya, Ell. & Kell.

On Phryma Leptostachya , L. Madison. (Sey¬
mour.) Racine. Abundant.

424. Septoria lobelia, Peck.

On Lobelia syphilitica. Racine and G-enoa Junc¬
tion. On L. spicata , Lam., L. cardinalis , L., and
L. inflata , L. Racine. Common.

425. Septoria ludwigl®, Cke.

On Ludwigia palustris, Ell. Racine.

426. Septoria lysimachi^e, West.

On Steironema longifolium , G-ray. Delavan and
Racine. Rather scarce.

427. Septoria melandrii, Pass.

On Lychnis vespertina , Sibth. Racine. Rare.

428. Septoria mimuli, E. & Kell.

On Mimulus ringens, L. Racine. Not rare.

429. Septoria nepetje, E. & E.

On JSfepeta Cat aria, L. Kenosha county. Col¬
lected but once and in small quantity.

430. Septoria noctiflorje, E. & Kell.

On Silene noctiflora , L. Racine. Rare. Mr.
Ellis thinks this may prove to be identical with
S. saponarice, (DC.)

430a. Septoria ostyra, Peck.

On Ostrya Virginica , Willd. Racine.

431. Septoria pachyspjra, E. & Hoi way.

On Xanthoxylum Americanum , Mill. Racine. No
colored border to the spots in my specimens from
Racine. Not scarce in the single station known
to me.

178

Davis — Wisconsin Paras:tic Fnugi.

432. Septoria paonia, West. (?)

On Pceony. Madison. (Pammel, com. Trelease.)

433. Septoria passerinii, Sacc.

On Horcleum jubatum , L. Racine. Apparently
not common.

434. Septoria physostegice, E. & E.

On Physostegia Virginiana , Benth. Racine.

435. Septoria pile,®, Thum.

On Pilea pumila , Gray. Racine.

436. Septoria plantaginis, Pass. (?)

On Plantago major, L. Madison. (Trelease.)

437. Septoria podophyllina, Peck.

On Podophyllum peltatum, L. Racine. Common.

438. Septoria prenanthis, E. & E.

On Prenanthes , sp. Racine. Not uncommon.

439. Septoria psilostega, E. & Martin.

On Galium. Racine.

440. Septoria ptelea, E. & E.

On Ptelea trifoliata , L. Racine. Rather abun -
dant on the few host plants known to me.

441. Septoria rhuina, B. & C.

On Rhus glabra , L. Kansasville. Not scarce.

442. Septoria sambucina, Peck.

On Sambucus Canadensis , L. Racine. Not abun¬
dant.

443. Septoria saponaria, (DC.)

On Silene antirrhina , L. Kansasville.

444. Septoria Scutellaria, Thum.

On Scutellaria galericulata , L. Wind Lake, Ra¬
cine county. S, lateriflora, L., Racine.

445. Septoria sicyi, Peck.

On Echinocystis lobata , Torr. & Gr. Racine. Not
common.

446. Septoria sii, Rob. & Desm.

On Sium cicutcefolium , Gmel. Burlington and
Racine. Not uncommon.

Additional Species.

179

447.

Septoria silenes, West.

On Silene noctiflora , L.

Racine.

Rare.

448.

Septoria silenicola, Sacc.
On Silene stellata , Ait.

Racine.

Rare.

449.

Septoria smilacin^e, E. & M.

450.

On Smilacina. Racine.

Septoria solidaginicola, Peck.

On Solidago serotina , Ait., S. Canadensis , L., and
Aster Shortii, Hook. Racine. Common and abun¬
dant.

451. Septoria speculari^e, B. & C.

On Speculama perfoliata, A. DC. Kansasville.

452. Septoria spiculosa, E. & Holway.

On Symplocarpus foetidus , Salisb. Racine and
Lake Geneva. Rather common.

453. Septoria stachydis, Rob. & Desm.

On Stachys aspera, Michx. Racine. Not scarce.

454. Septoria stellari^e, Rob. & Desm.

On Stellaria media , Smith. Racine. Not com¬
mon.

455. Septoria trillii, Peck.

On Trillium erectum , L. , T. cernuum , L., T. gran -
diflorum , Salisb., and T. reciirvatum , Beck. Ra¬
cine. Common. On the white flowered species
the spots are larger, more irregular in shape, and
nearly black, but when mature with a gray center.

456. Septoria umbelliferarum, Kalch.

On Cicuta maculata , L., and Tiedemannia rigid a,
Coult. & Rose. Racine.

457. Septoria verbena, Rob. & Desm.

On Verbena hastata , L., and V. urticcefolia. L.
Racine. Common.

458. Septoria veronica, Desm.

On Veronica arvensis , L. Racine. Rather abun¬
dant. Specimens on V. Virginica , L. , collected
at Racine and Sharon, are referred here with some
doubt by Mr. Ellis.

180

Davis — Wisconsin Parasitic Fungi.

459.

460.

461.

462.

463.

464.

465.

465a.

Uredine^e.

Uromyces po.e, Rabh.

Uredo- and teleutospores on Glyceria fluitans , R.
Br. Racine. Referred here by Prof. Charles H.
Peck. Not scarce in a single station now nearly
destroyed by pasturing.

Uromyces scirpi, Burrill.

Teleutospores on Scirpus fluviatilis , Gray. Ra¬
cine. Not scarce.

PUCCINIA ANGUSTATA, Peck.

Uredo and teleutospores on Scirpus atrovirens ,
Muhl., and Eriophorum lineatum , B. & H. Ra¬
cine. Not uncommon.

Puccinia CARTCis-STRiCTiE, Dietel., ( Uromyces caricis ,
Peck.)

Uredo and teleutospores on Car ex gracillima ,
Schw. Berryville.

Puccinia cypert, Arthur.

Teleutospores on Cy perns striyosus, L. Genoa
Junction and Kansas ville. The specimens re¬
ferred to Puccinia caricis , (Schum. ) in the Pre¬
liminary List, collected on Cyperus Schweinitzii ,
Tom, at Madison (Trelease), LaCrosse and Honey
Creek (Pammel), should now be referred here.
(J. C. Arthur, Botanical Gazette, XVI — 8-226.)

Puccinia eleocharidis, Arthur.

A few sori on a single plant of Eleocharis , sp.
indet . , were found near Kansas Mile.

Puccinia mari^-wilsoni, Clinton.

HCcidium and teleutospores on Claytonia Virgin-
ica , L. Racine. Not common.

Puccinia mesomegala, B. & C.

On Clintonia borealis , Raf. Bayfield (Hoi way).

Additional Specps.

181

466. Puccinia obtecta, Peck.

Uredo and teleutospores not uncommon on Scirpus
lacustris , L. , at Racine. Abundant along the
shores of Eagle Lake near Kansasville on Scirpus
pungens , Vahl.

467. Puccinia porphyrogenita, Curtis.

On Cornus Canadensis , L. Bayfield (Holway. )

468. Puccinia proserpinac^e, Farlow.

On Proserpinaca palustris , L. Racine. A single
station where it is somewhat abundant.

469. Puccinia spreta, Peck.

On Mitella dipliylla , L. Racine. I am indebted
to Prof. C. H. Peck for the determination.

470. Puccinia sanicul^e, G-rev.

iEcidium, uredo and teleutospores on Sanicula
Marylandica, L. Racine. Rare and scarce.

471. Puccinia saxifrage, Schl.

On Heuchera Americana , L. Madison. (H. L.
Russell. )

472. Puccinia suaveolens, (Pers.) Rostrup.

Spermogonia, uredo and teleutospores on Cnicus
arvensis , Hoffm. Racine. Common.

473. Puccinia veronicas, (Schum.) Winter.

Teleutospores on Veronica Virginica , L. Racine.
Rare and scarce.

474. Triphragmium clavellosum, Berk.

On Aralia. Bayfield. (Holway.)

475. Coleosporium yiburni, Arthur.

On Viburnum Lentago , L. Uredo and teleuto¬
spores. Racine. Not common, but sometimes
rather abundant.

476. Chrysomyxa ledi, (A. & S.) DBy.

Uredo on Ledum Icttifalium , Ait. Three Lakes.
Abundant

182

Davis — Wisconsin Parasitic Fungi.

477. Cronartium asclepiadeum, Kze., var. Thesii, B.

On Comandra umbellata , Nutt. Racine.

478. Melampsora epilobii, (Pers.) Fckl.

Uredo on Epilobium color atum, Muhl. Racine.
Not uncommon nor scarce.

479. Melampsora sparsa, Winter.

On Arctostaphylos uva-ursi, Sprengel. This has
not been compared with authentic specimens, but,
is probably correctly placed. From my experi¬
ence in collecting it I am led to think the specific
name a very appropriate one. Three Lakes.

480. Uredo Cassandra, Peck & Clinton.

On Cassandra calyculata , Don. Three Lakes.
Abundant.

481. .ZEcididium actae^e, (Opiz. ) Wallr.

On Actaea , sp. Baraboo. (True, com. Trelease.)
Racine. Rare.

482. iEciDIUM CLEMATIDIS, DC.

On Clematis Viryiniana, L. Racine. Not scarce.

483. tEcidium nesae^e, Gerard.

On Decodon verticillatus , Ell. Genoa Junction.
Rare.

484. iEciDiUM hydnoidetjm, B. & C.

A single sorus was found on a leaf of Dirca pal-
ustris , L., at Three Lakes.

484a. tEcidium porosum, Peck.

On Vida Americana , Muhl. Racine. Rather
abundant.

485. 2Ecidium rhamni, Gmel.

This species, the supposed secidial stage of Puc -
cinia coronata, Corda, was found in small quan¬
tity near Racine and in abudance near Wind
Lake, in Racine county, on Pliamnus alnifoliar
L’Her.

Additional Species.

183

Entomophthoee^e.

486. Empusa grylli, Fres.

“Very common at Madison on Caloptenus — Tre-
lease.

USTILAGINE^E AND ALLIES.

487. Entyloma floerke^e, Holway.

On FloerJcea proserpinacoides, Willd. Racine.
Abundant, but conidia scarce.

488. Entyloma sanicul^:, Peck.

On Sanicula Marylandica , L. Racine. Rather
common, but, as with the preceding species, the
conidia are scarce.

489. Protomyces fuscus, Peck.

On Hepatica acutiloba, PC. Racine. On Hepat-
ica triloba, Chaix. Waterford. Rare.

490. Protomyces macrosporus, Unger.

A few sori, agreeing with the description of this
species, were found on the stem of Gicuta macu-
lata, L., near Kansasville. ■ Although the host
was abundant, no more was found after consider¬
able search.

491. Ttjbercinia trientalis, B. & Br.

On Smilacina. Racine. Found but once.

492. Txtberculina persicina, Pitm.

On AJcidium impatientis, Schw. Racine. Rare.

493. Urocystis waldsteini^e. Peck.

On Waldsteinia fragarioides, Tratt. Three Lakes.

SCLEROTIA.

494. SCLEROTIUM NERVALE, A. & S.

On Viola pubescens, Ait. Berryville. Rare and
scarce.

495. Puring one season a grey, globular sclerotium was

very common on large compositae, Silphium, Heli-
anthus, etc., falling from the leaves when full

184

Davis — Wisconsin Parasitic Fungi.

grown. In spite of its abundance that year I
have not seen it since. In 1892 a similar sclero-
tium wras observed on Calamogrostis Canadensis ,
Beauv. , at Berry ville, which distorted the plants
in a peculiar manner. The affected leaves were
curled longitudinally, beginning at the tip which
dropped to the leaf below, where it was firmly
held by the unrolling of the under leaf. The scler-
otia were cinereous, globular, about 2 mm. in
diameter, and were enclosed in the rolled up leaf.

Index to Hosts.

185

INDEX TO HOSTS.

Acer dasycarpum, 291.

Acer saccharinum, 34, 44, 291,
326, 346.

AciTda 'tuberculata, 6.

Actaea, 481.

Agrimonia Eupatoria, 17, 45,
281, 396.

Agropyrum repens, 397.

Allium Canadense, 349.

Alnus incana, 44.

Alopecurus geniculatus, 200.
Althaea rosea, 296.

Ambrosia trifida, 48, 256.
Amelanchier Canadensis, 328.
Ampelopsis quinquefolia, 297,
332, 358.

Amphicarpaea monoica, 303a.
Andorpogon furcatus, 172.
Anemone nemorosa, 263.
Angelica atropurpurea, 331.
Apios tuberosa, 318.

Apocynum androsaemifolium,
322.

Apples, 340.

Aquilegia Canadensis. 49, 137.
Arctostaphylos uva-ursi, 479.
Aralia, 474.

Asclepias Cornuti, 299.
Asclepias incarnata, 299, 399.
Asclepias phytolaccoides, 299.
Aspidium Thelypteris, 341.
Asprella Hystrix, 199.

Aster corymbosus, 48.

Aster macrophyllus, 401.

Aster puniceus, 48.

Aster sagittifolius, 13, 48, 400.
Aster Shortii, 450.

Aster umbellatus, 357.
Astragalus Canadensis, 49, 372.
Atriplex patulum, 95.

Avena sativa, 249.

Barbarea vulgaris, 373.

Berberis vulgaris, 336.

Betula papyrifera, 44, 402a.
Bctula pumila, 40.

Bidens chrysanthemoides, 10.
Bidens frondosa, 242.

Bromus ciliatus, 170, 199.
Brunella vulgaris, 374.

Cakile Americana, 4.
Oalamogrostis Canadensis, 171,
199, 494.

Caloptenus, 486.

Campanula Americana, 403.
Cardamine rhomboidea, 16, 126.
Carex cephaloidea, 405.

Carex gracillima, 462.

Carex, 405.

Carpinus Caroliniana, 40, 345.
Carya, 44, 77.

Cassandra calyculata, 480.
Celastrus scandens, 40.
Cenchrus tribuloides, 253.
Ceplialanthus occidentali’s, 278.
Cerastium, 350, 406.

Cicuta maculata, 323, 456, 490.
Claytonia Virginica, 465.
Clematis Yirginiana, 47, 49,
317, 482.

186

Davis — Wisconsin Parasitic Fungi .

Clintonia borealis, 465a.

Cnicus arvensis, 5, 407, 472.
Comandra umbellata, 477.
Cornus alternifolia, 409.
Cornus Canadensis, 467,
Cornus paniculata, 288, 409.
Cornus sericea, 292, 409.
Cornus stolonifera, 44, 288.
Corylus Americana, 338.
Corylus rostrata, 410.
Crataegus coccinea, 243.
Crataegus oxyacantha, 43.
Crataegus punctata, 329.
Crataegus tomentosa, 43, 243,
411.

Crataegus, 329, 356.
Cryptotaenia Canadensis, 412.
Cucumis Melo, 413.

Cyperus Schweinitzii, 463.
Cyperus strigosus, 463.
Dactylic glomerata, 392.
Decodon verticillatus, 483.
Dentaria laciniata, 16, 126.
Desmodium, 360.

Diervilla trifida, 414,

Dioscorea villosa, 377.

Dirca palustris, 484.

Eatonia Pennsylvanica, 199.
Echinocystis lobata, 445.
Eieocharis, 464.

Elodes campanulata, 158.
Elymus Virginicus, 199.
Epilobium coloratum, 280, 304,
415, 478.

Erigeron annuus, 91.

Erigeron Philadelphicus, 130.
Erigeron strigosus, 416.
Erigeron, 130.

Eriophorum lineatum, 461.
Eupatorium ageratoides, 69.
Eupatorium perfoliatum, 308.
Eupatorium purpureum, 242,

308.

Euphorbia maculata, 271.
Fagopyrum esculentum, 387.
Fagus ferruginea, 40, 44, 339,
361.

Floerkea proserpinacoides, 487.
Fraxinus Americana, 335.
Fraxinus, 371.

Galium concinnum, 190.

Galium trifidum, 290, 312.
Galium triflorum, 301.^

Galium, 439.

Gaultheria procumbens, 285.
Gaylussacia resinosa, 279.
Gentiana Andrewsii, 362.
Geranium maculatum, 49, 355.
Geum album, 17, 269, 281.
Geum macrophyllum, 281.

Geum Virginianum, 281.
Glyceria fluitans, 67, 459.
Hamamelis Virginiana, 44, 348,
363, 378.

Hedeoma pulegioides, 192.
Helenium autumnale, 48, 417.
Helianthus annuus, 418.
Helianthus grosse-serratus,
418.

Helianthus strumosus, 418.
Helianthus, 364, 494.

Hepatica acutiloba, 14, 265,

489.

Hepatica triloba, 489.

Heuchera Americana, 471.
Heuchera, 302.

Hordeum jubatum, 433.
Hordeum vulgare, 249.
Humulus Lupulus, 324.
Hypericum, maculatum, 158.

Ilex verticillata, 40, 383.
Impatiens pallida, 379.
Jmpatiens, 379, 492.

Inula Helenium, 48.

Index to Hosts.

187

Iris versicolor, 295.

Juglans cinerea, 77.

Juglans, 77.

Juncus nodosus, 67.

Juncus tenuis, 154.

Juniperus Virginiana, 315.
Xactuca Floridana, 45.

Xactuca Scariola, 421.

Xappa, 422.

Xathyrus ochroleucus, 37, 277.
Xathyrus venosus, 277.

Xedum latifolium, 476.
Xespedeza, 89, 376.

Xobelia cardinalis, 424.

Xobelia inflata, 424.

Xobelia spicata, 424.

Xobelia syphilitica, 424.
Xonicera glauca, 38.

Xonicera obion gifolia, 352.
Xonicera Sullivantii, 298.
Xonicera, 298-352.

Xudwigia palustris, 425.
Xychnis vesper tina, 427.
Melilotus alba, 300.

Mentha Canadensis, 192.
Mimulus r ingens, 428.

Mitella diphylla, 469.
Muskmelon, 413.

Negundo aceroides, 334
Nepeta cataria, 429.

Onoclea sensibilis, 341.
Osmorrhiza longistylis, 191,
306, 395.

Osmorrhiza, 384.

Ostrya Virginica, 44, 430a.
Oxalis, 382.

Pseony, 432.

Pea, 293.

Pedicularis lanceoiata, 45.
Pentstemon pubescens, 307.
Phleum pratense, 392.

Phlox divaricata, 48, 139, 305.

Phragmites communis, 393.
Phryma Xeptostachya, 423.
Physostegia Virginiana, 434.
Pilea pumila, 435.

Pimpinella integerrima, 310.
Pisum sativum, 293.

Plantago major, 436.

Plantago Rugelii, 21, 80.

Poa, 199.

Podophyllum peltatum, 69, 437.
Polygonum aviculare, 387.
Polygonum Hydropiper, 311.
Polygonum Muhlenbergii, 387
Polygonum, 311.

Polymnia Canadensis, 242.
Populus angulata, 31.

Populus tremuloides, 31, 275,
354.

Potentilla anserina, 82.
Potentilla palustris, 281, 343.
Prenanthes alba, 45.
Prenanthes, 438.

Proserpinaca palustris, 468.
Prunua serotina, 117, 367, 369.
Prunus Virginiana, 274, 342.
Ptelea trifoliata, 440.

Pyrus coronaria, 43, 244, 309,
353, 368.

Quercus alba, 41, 337, 366.
Quercus macrocarpa, 41, 337.
Quercus palustris, 41.

Quercus rubra, 351.

Ranunculus abortivus, 394.
Ranunculus fascicularis, 272.
Ranunculus recurvatus, 272.
Ranunculus repens, 78, 261.
Rhamnus alnifolia, 485.

Rhus glabra, 441.

Ribes aureum, 402.

Ribes floridum, 282, 344.

Ribes oxyacanthoides, 227.
Ribes, 144, 344.

188

Davis-- Wisconsin Parasitic Fungi.

Rosa bland a, 204.

Rubus strigosus,205, 286, 325.
Rubus triflorus 45, 281.

Rubus villosus, 141.

Rudbeckia laciniata, 159, 242,
386.

Rumex obtusifolius, 375.
Rumex, 381.

Sagittaria variabilis, 314.
Salix lucida, 333, 398.

Salix nigra, 330.

Salix rostrata^ 385.

Salix, 287.

Sambucus Canadensis, 442.
Sanicula Marylandica, 270, 470,
488.

Saxifraga Pennsylvanica, 398a.
Scirpus atrovirens, 461.

Scirpus fluviatilis, 460.

Scirpus lacustris, 466.

Scirfpus pungens, 466.
Scrophularia nodosa, 273.
Scutellaria galericulata, 444.
Scutellaria lateriflora, 276, 444.
Scutellaria parvula, 276.

Senecio aureus, 256.

Silene antirrhina, 294, 443.
Silene noctiflora, 365, 430, 447.
Silene stellata, 448.

Silphium integrifolium, 118,
143, 242.

Silphium laciniatum, 167.
Sil-phium perfoliatum, 143.
Silphium terebinthinaceum, 242.
Silphium, 494.

Sium cicutsefolium, 316, 446.
Smilacina, 231, 359, 449, 491.
Solidago Canadensis, 48, 404,
450.

Solidago serotina, 313, 450.
Solidago, 420.

Specularia perfoliata, 451.
Stachys aspera, 453.

| Steironema ciliatum, 380, 408.
Steironema longifolium, 426.
Stellaria media, 454.
Symplocarpus foetidus, 452.
Taraxacum officinale, 388.
Thalictrum dioicum, 263.
Thalictrum purpurascens, 49,
235.

Tiedemannia rigida, 456.

Tilia Americana, 283, 303.
Trientalis Americana, 419.
Trillium cernuum, 455.

Trillium erectum, 455.

Trillium grandiflorum, 455.
Trillium recurvatum, 455.
Triticum vulgare, 249.

Ulmus Americana, 284.
Uvularia grandiflora, 359.
Verbascum Thapsus, 389.
Verbena hastata, 457.

Verbena urticsefolia, 457.
Vernonia fascicutlata, 320.
IVernonia noveboracensis, 118.
Veronica arvensis, 458.
Veronica serpyllifolia, 390.
Veronica Virginica, 458, 473.
Viburnum dentatum, 40, 370.
Viburnum Lentago, 40, 319,
391, 475.

Vicia Americana, 150, 347,

3476?, 484a.

Viola canina, 198.

Viola palmata, 129.

Viola pedatiflda, 225.

Viola pubescens, 269, 493.

Vitis cordifolia, 33, 289.
Waldsteinia fragariodes, 493.
Watermelon, 107.

Xanthium strumarium, 242.
Xanthoxylum Americanum, 44,
Zizania aquatica, 258. [431.

Zizia aurea, 321.

Zizia 327. cordata,

ON THE CYCLOPIDiE AND CALANIDiE OF CENTRAL

WISCONSIN.

By C. Dwight Marsh.

The material on which this paper is based has been largely
collected from the immediate vicinity of Ripon. The fauna of
Green Lake I have been enabled to study with considerable
thoroughness ; I have not only made a large number of collec¬
tions, but they have been made at all seasons from early spring
to December, and the work has extended over several years.
From some ponds in the neighborhood of Ripon, I have made
similar repeated collections. From Lake Puckaway, Lake
Winnebago, and the smaller lakes in Fond du Lac and Green
Lake counties, my collections were for the most part made in
the months of July and August.

Through the kindness of Prof. E. A. Birge, I have also had
materia] collected by him from lakes in the northern part of
the state, and by Miss H. Merrill from the Great Lakes.

This is not presented as a final report, for I still feel very
doubtful in regard to the relationships of some species. But
to properly define these relationships seems likely to involve a
long period of study, and possibly it cannot be done satisfac¬
torily until more is known of the embryonic and larval stages.
Inasmuch as so little has been published in regard to Ameri¬
can copepoda, I may be justified in publishing this paper,
although I am well aware of its imperfections.

While faunistic studies of fresh-water Crustacea have been
quite thoroughly prosecuted in Europe, and to some extent in
Asia and Africa, only a few localities in the United States
have been studied with any degree of thoroughness. The only
considerable publications on copepoda have been made by
Prof. Forbes, Prof. Cragin and Prof. Herrick. Prof. Forbes,
who has made very important additions to our knowledge of
15 — A. & L.

190 Marsh — Cyclopulce and Calanidm of Wisconsin.

American entomostraca, made his collections in Illinois, south¬
ern Wisconsin, the Great Lakes, and Montana and Wyoming.
Prof Cragin collected in eastern Massachusetts. Prof. Her¬
rick has collected very widely through the Mississippi valley
and the southern states. His reports on the Minnesota Crus¬
tacea (22, 25, 26) covered a region with a fauna nearly iden¬
tical with that of Wisconsin. His work of exploration must
have been done very thoroughly, for my work in Wisconsin
gives me little to add in the way of new species. Because of
incomplete descriptions or a lack of figures, it is, in some-
cases, however, difficult to identify his species.

In Wisconsin the cladoceran fauna is better known than in
any other part of the United States through the well-known
work of Prof. Birge, but the copepoda have been almost en¬
tirely neglected.

While the number of copepods in a collection from any
locality is frequently very large, the number of species is
generally small. In pools which are swarming with individ¬
uals, frequently there are not more than two or three species.
In pelagic collections there are seldom more than four to six
species. Of diaptomus there is ordinarily only one species in
a locality, although two or three species are sometimes found
together in pelagic collections.

Some species ot copepods may be considered strictly pelagic,,
and some as strictly littoral, while others are found only in
stagnant pools. But many species readily adapt themselves to
all these conditions, and with little or no change of structure
seem to thrive equally well wherever they may be.

The following may be considered a fairly accurate division
of the species according to their habitat :

Distribution of the Species.

191

Pelagic.

Litto¬

ral.

Stag¬

nant

Pools.

Diaptomus sanguineus . .

4 4 leptopus ....

4 4 pallidus ....

4 4 sicilis .

4 4 ashlandi . . .

4 4 minutus ....

4 4 oregonensis . .
Epischura lacustris ....
Limnocalanus macrurus
Cyclops americanus ....

4 4 brevispinosus . . .

4 4 navus .

4 4 pulchellus .

4 4 p arcus .

4 4 leuckarti .

4 4 signatus .

4 4 modestus .

4 4 flumatilis .

4 4 sermdatus .

4 4 phaleratus .

4 4 bicolor .

4 4 fimbriatus .

None of our species is peculiar to this immediate region, arid
it is probable that they are widely distriouted over the north¬
ern part of the United States and the southern part of British
America. Indeed, the copepod fauna of North America resem¬
bles very closely that of Europe and northern Asia. This fact
has already been remarked by Prof. Birge in regard to the
cladocera, and it seems no less true of the copepoda. Many of
our species are identical with those of Europe, even in the
minutest details, as in the case of Cyclops leuckarti Sars. In
other cases the structural differences are slight, and it is very
probable that we should consider them of only varietal value,
were we acquainted with the limits of species variation. That
the species should be identical, or nearly so, over such a wide
extent of territory is not at all strange when we remember
how easily the living animals and their eggs may be trans¬
ported by water-fowl. Most of the forms, too, seem to readily

192

Marsh — Cyclopidce and Calanidce of Wisconsin.

adapt themselves to change of environment with little percep¬
tible change of structure. Thus Cyclops pulchellus Koch, is a
common pelagic form of the larger lakes, and seems well adapted
to its environment, but I have found it in Rush Lake, a reed-
covered, shallow body of water, in which we would hardly
.expect to find any distinctive pelagic fauna.

It is to be noticed that the American species of Diaptomus
are distinct from those of Europe, and that they are, in some
cases, quite limited in their distribution.

The pelagic species are generally colorless, and the body and
appendages are more elongated than in the littoral forms.
"When a species occurs both in shallow and in deep water, the
same difference is noted, the pelagic forms in some cases form¬
ing well marked varieties.

The species of shallow water and stagnant pools are fre¬
quently highly colored, but the color is generally of little
value in distinguishing species. Quite generally all the cope-
poda and cladocera of a pool have the same prevailing color,
while the same species under other conditions of environment
may be entirely colorless. This was noticed by Herrick in
1883 (25 p. 385.) Certain species, however, seem to have a
coloration peculiarly their own, — like the purple tips of the
antennse in Diaptomus leptopus. The specimens of Cyclops
modestus which I have found, have possessed a distinct purple
tinge, very different from the colors of the species with which
they were associated.

In the synonomy of species I have followed the European
authors. It seems to me next to an impossibility to identify
the species of Koch and Baird, for their descriptions are of no
value whatever. All that is left for one to do is to accept
them as defined by later authors.

It has not been my aim to add to the already sufficiently
numerous descriptions of “new species, ” but rather to make
more clear the descriptions already given, to indicate the
proper synonymy, and to reduce the number of specific names
rather than to increase them. In doing this, I know I have
laid myself open to criticism, for it is, perhaps, presuming too
much to revise another author’s descriptions. My only excuse

Distribution of the Species. 193

is my reluctance to add to the cumbersome nomenclature of the
genera under discussion. For example, I have no doubt of the
identity of a Wisconsin species with Cyclops brevispinosus Her¬
rick, but Herrick’s description is not sufficient for a satisfac¬
tory identification. Therefore, rather than to add a new species
name, I have ventured to describe this species more completely.

Inasmuch as printed descriptions, even when accurate, are
frequently misleading, and as a list of species is only valuable
when one is certain of the accuracy of the identification, I have,
in most cases, drawn figures of the essential anatomical char¬
acteristics of the species treated of, and trust that I shall have
made clear at least what species I have described, and have
rendered it possible, if I have made mistakes, for others to
detect those mistakes.

Green Lake.

Little Green Lake.

Lake Winnebago.

Twin Lakes.

Spring Lake.

Rush Lake.

Heart Lake.

Lake Puckaway.

Lake Minocqua.

Great Lakes.

Stagnant Pools. ||

Diaptomus sanauineus .

X

X

1 4 leptopus .

4 $ pallidus .

X

1 4 sicilis .

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

4 1 ashlandi .

1 4 minutus .

X

4 4 oregonensis .

X

X

X

X

Epischura lacustris .

X

X

X

X

X

Limnocalanus macrurus .

*

Cyclops americanus .

X

X

X

X

‘ ‘ brevispinosus .

4 4 navus .

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

4 4 pulchellus .

X

X

X

4 4 parcus .

‘ ‘ leuckarti .

11 signatus . '. .

4 4 modestus .

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

4 4 fluviatilis . .

X

X

X

x

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

4 1 , serrulatus .

‘ £ phaleratus .

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

1 1 bicolor . .

“ fimbriatus .

t/

194 Marsh — Cyclopidce and Calanidoe of Wisconsin.

The foregoing table will give an idea of the distribution of
the species in some of the bodies of water which I have exam¬
ined. Green Lake is about seven miles long and has a max¬
imum depth of a little less than two hundred feet. The other
lakes — the Great Lakes excepted — are shallow. Lake Winne¬
bago, although a large body of water, is said to be nowhere
more than twenty-five or thirty feet in depth. Rush Lake is
pretty largely covered with a growth of rushes and wild rice,
and is being gradually filled up. Lake Puckaway is an expan¬
sion of Fox river, is to a considerable extent covered with wild
rice and rushes, and is very shallow.

FAMILY CALANIDJE.

Genus DIAPTOMUS Westwood.

KEY TO SPECIES OF DIAPTOMUS FROM CHARACTERISTICS OF MALE.

Antepenultimate joint of antenna without appendage,

Fifth feet nearly equal in length, oregonensis.

Left fifth foot shorter than right, pallidus.

Antepenultimate joint of antenna with hyaline lamella, leptopus.
Antepenultimate joint of antenna with appendage,

Appendage short and blunt, sanguineus.

Appendage as long or longer than penultimate joint,

Terminal hook of right fifth foot broad, lateral spine
minute, minutus .

Terminal hook falciform,

Lateral spine nearer outer extremity of

joint, sicilis.

Lateral spine stout, near base of joint, ashlandi.

Diaptomus.

195

Diaptomus sanguineus Forbes.

Plate III. Figs. 1-3.

1876. D. sanguineus Forbes (17) pp. 15, 16 and 23, figs. 24,
and 28-30.

1882. D. sanguineus Forbes (22) p. 647, pi. VIII, figs. 1-7,
and 13.

1884. D. sanguineus Herrick (26) p. 138, pi. Q, fig. 12.

“ ££ minnetonka Herrick (26) p. 138, pi. Q, figs. 8-10.

1889. u sanguineus DeG-uerne and Richard (32) p. 20, pi.

IV, fig. 24.

This species, which is found in pools in the spring months,
Is readily recognized by the. characters of the male antennae
and fifth feet. My specimens differ in minute particulars from
the figures given by Forbes ; the lateral spine on the terminal
joint of the outer ramus of the right fifth foot in the male is
nearer the distal end of the joint, while Forbes’s figure makes
Its position nearly median; the blunt spine on the inner angle
of the second joint of this foot is a little longer than the spine
at the outer angle, instead of shorter, as in his figure.

D. minnetonka Herrick is probably a variety of D. san¬
guineus.

Diaptomus leptopus Forbes.

Plate III. Figs. 4 and 5.

1882. D. leptopits Forbes (22) p. 646, pi. VIII, figs. 17-19.
1884. “ longicornis var. leptopus Herrick (26) p. 140.

1889. “ leptopus DeG-uerne and Richard (32) pi. II, fig. 19,

pi. Ill, fig. 9.

Forbes, in his description, states that the antepenultimate
segment of the right male antenna bears a small hook. I have
failed to find a hook in my specimens; the segment is armed
only with a very inconspicuous hyaline lamella. DeG-uerne and
Richard have also noted the absence of the hook.

196 Marsh — Cyclopidce and Calanidce of Wisconsin.

It is quite common in the summer and fall months. As I
have found it, it has been of a brownish red color, much like
D. sanguineus , with purple tipped antennae and caudal setae.

D. Kentucky ensis Chambers, is probably identical with lepto-
pus , although the imperfect figures make it impossible to decide
with certainty.

Diaptomus pallidus Herrick.

Plate III. Figs. 6, 7 and 9.

1879. D. pallidus , Herrick (18a) P- 91, pi. II, a-d.

1884. “ I “ (26) p. 142, pi. Q, fig. 17.

1889. “ “ DeG-uerne and Richard (32) p. 62, fig. 17.

A small, slender species. Cephalothorax elongated oval,,
widest at about the middle; the last segment is armed with
two minute lateral spines.

The first abdominal segment of the female is as long as the
remaining part of the abdomen, and is dilated laterally. The
second abdominal segment is shorter than the third. The
furcal joints are about twice as long as broad.

The antennae reach beyond the furca. The right antenna of
the male is swollen anterior to the geniculating joint; it bears
no appendage on the antepenultimate joint.

The outer ramus of the fifth foot of the female is two-jointed;;
the third joint is represented by two blunt spines. The inner
ramus is one-jointed, equaling in length the first joint of the
outer ramus ; it is armed with a short spine at tip, and two
larger ones on inner margin of tip; the inner surface of the
tip is covered with short hairs.

The fifth feet of the male are slender, with the basal joints
nearly equal in length. The first joint of the outer ramus of
the right foot is a little shorter than the basal joint. The
second joint is nearly twice as long as the first; on its inner
margin at about a third of its length is a short spine-like pro-
jection, the lateral spine is slender, situated near the outer
end of the joint. The terminal hook is falciform, but not with.

Diaptomus ,

197

a regular curvature, and is about once and a half the length of
the second joint. The inner ramus is slender, one-jointed, as
long as the first joint of the outer ramus.

The left foot extends to nearly one half the length of the
second joint of the outer ramus of the right. The first joint of
the outer ramus is about as long as the first joint of the outer
ramus of the right foot. The second joint terminates in two
projections, — a blunt finger-like process on the exterior side,
with a pad armed with minute spines on its inner surface, and
a slender falciform process from the inner margin, which curves
over and nearly meets the process on the outer margin. There
is also a small blunt projection on the inner margin of the
joint. The inner ramus is slender, one-jointed, and. equals in
length the first joint of the outer ramus.

Length of the male, .875 mm. ; of the female, 1.01 mm.

Locality, Heart Lake, near Marquette.

Herrick’s descriptions of D. pallidas are not sufficient to
identify the species, and his figures in the report of 1878 do
not help the matter. In the final report on the Minnesota
Crustacea, there is but one figure of pallidus — that of the left
fifth foot of the male — and it is mainly from this figure that I
have considered D . pallidus identical with my specimens. I
have not found it quite as large as stated by Herrick, but in
other respects it corresponds quite well with his descriptions,
and it does not seem best to introduce a new name.

I have found D. pallidus in only one locality — Heart Lake,
a small shallow lake south of Marquette.

Diaptomus sicilis Forbes.

Plate ill. Figs. .8 and 10.

1882. D. sicilis Forbes (22) p. 645, pi. VIII, figs. 9 and 20.
1884. “ “ Herrick (26) p. 142, pi. Q, fig. 18.

1889. “ “ DeG-uerne and Richard (30) p. 23, figs. 13 and

14, pi. II, fig 13.

1891. D. sicilis Forbes (35) p. 702, pi. 1, fig 6.

198 Marsh — Cyclopiclce and Calanidce of Wisconsin.

This species, which is abundant in the Great Lakes, I found
as a common pelagic species in Green Lake in the summers of
1890 and 1891. In a large number of collections made in 1892,
however, I did not find a single individual. This seems par¬
ticularly strange, as the collections in 1892 were made at
about the same seasons as in the preceding years.

The Green Lake specimens differ slightly from Forbes’s type.
They are somewhat smaller, the males averaging .9 mm., and
the females 1.08 mm. The inner rami of the male fifth feet are
not evidently two-jointed.

Diaptomus ashlandi sp. nov.

Plate III. Figs. 11-13.

A small pelagic species closely resembling D. sicilis Forbes.
In form it is slender, hardly to be distinguished from D. sicilis
and D. minutus.

The first joint of the abdomen in the female is longer than
the remaining part of the abdomen, is dilated at the sides, and
bears two minute lateral spines. The second and third joints
are so closely united that the abdomen appears two-jointed.
The furcal joints are about twice as long as broad.

The antennae reach just beyond the furca. The right antenna
of the male is much swollen anterior to the geniculating joint,
and bears on the antepenultimate joint an appendage slightly
exceeding in length the penultimate joint. This appendage
may be blunt pointed or slightly enlarged at the extremity.

The fifth feet of the female are rather slender; the outer
ramus is two-jointed. The third joint is represented by two
short spines. The inner ramus is one-jointed, a little longer
than the first joint of the outer ramus, armed at tip with two
rather long spines.

The fifth feet of the male are slender. The basal joint of
the right foot is about twice as long as that of the left. The
first joint of the outer ramus is a little wider than long. The
second joint is wider at the inner than at the outer end; the

Diaptomus.

199

lateral spine is stout, curved, situated near the inner end.
The terminal hook is slender and falciform. The inner ramus
is slender, one-jointed, and about one-third longer than the
first joint of the outer ramus.

The left foot extends a little beyond the first joint of the
outer ramus of the right. The second joint of the outer ramus
has three blunt spines upon its apex and is armed with minute
bristles within. The inner ramus is slender, one-jointed, and
reaches about half the length of the second joint of the outer
ramus.

Length of male, .89 mm. ; female, .97 mm.

Localities, Lake Superior and Lake Erie.

D. ashlandi is smaller than D. sicilis , from which it is dis¬
tinguished by the form of the male fifth feet. The appendage
of the antepenultimate joint of the right male antenna resem¬
bles the form in sicilis and minutus. The female is not so
readily distinguished, although the fifth feet are more slender
than in sicilis.

I have specimens from only two localities. In pelagic col¬
lections made by Prof. Birge at Ashland it occurred with D.
■oregonensis and D. minutus. In a collection made by Miss
Merrill on Lake Erie nearly all the Diaptomi belonged to this
species, D. sicilis being represented very sparingly.

Diaptomus minutus Lilljeborg.

Plate IV. Figs. 1-3.

1889. Diaptomus minutus DeGuerne and Richard ( Lilljeborg)
(32) p. 50, pi. I, figs. 5, 6 and 14, pi. Ill, fig. 25.

1891. Diaptomus minutus Marsh (38) p. 212.

I reported D. minutus in 1891 from Green Lake. I have
since found it in collections from the Great Lakes, the St.
€lair river, and one iake in northern Wisconsin. It was de¬
scribed by Lilljeborg from specimens obtained in Greenland
and Newfoundland. It was later reported from Iceland (39) .

200 Marsh — Cyclopidce and Calanidm of Wisconsin.

It is probable, as stated by DeGuerne and Richard, that it is a
common species through the northern part of North America.
It is common in the pelagic collections from Green Lake, but
I have found it nowhere else in central Wisconsin; it is possi¬
ble that this is near the southern limit of the species. The
stout terminal claw of the outer ramus of the right fifth foot
in the male, and the short, leaf-like inner rami of the fifth foot
of the female, make this species one easily recognized.

Diaptomus oregonensis Lilljeborg.

Plate IV. Figs. 4 and 5.

1889. D. oregonensis DeGuerne and Richard (Lillj.) (32) p. 53,
pi. II, fig. 5, pi. Ill, fig. 8.

This is the most common species of diaptomus , being found
quite generally in the shallower lakes. It is easily distin¬
guished from the other species by the form of the male fifth
foot.

The type specimens were obtained from Portland, Oregon,
and according to the figures in DeGuerne and Richard’s “Re¬
vision” are somewhat more slender in all their parts than are
my specimens.

Genus EPISCHURA Forbes.

Epischura lacustris Forbes.

Plate IV. Fig. 6.

1882. E. lacustris Forbes (22) pp. 541 and 648, pi. VIII,
figs. 15, 16, 21, 23, pi. IX, fig. 8.

1884. E. lacustris Herrick (26) p. 131, pi. Q, fig. 13.

1889. “ “ DeGuerne and Richard (32) p. 90, pi. IV,

figs. 3, 9 and 10.

1891. E. lacustris Forbes (35) p. 704, pi. I, figs. 1-5, pi. II,
fig. 7.

Limnocalanus.

201

I have found E. lacustris in only two localities beside the
Great Lakes— in Green Lake and Lake Puckaway. Probably,
however, it is abundant in other localities, as Forbes reports it
from many lakes in Illinois, Michigan, and southern Wis sin.

The peculiar form of the male abdomen distinguishes nis in
a striking manner from all other copepods.

Genus LIMNOCALANUS Sars.

Limnocalanus macrurus Sars.

Plate IV. Fig. 7.

1863. L. macrurus Sars (11) pp. 228-229.

1882. “ l£< Forbes (22) p. 648.

1886. Centropages grimaldi DeGuerne (29) pp. 1-10.

1888. L. macrurus Nordqvist (31) pp. 31-37, pi. I, figs. 9-11;

pi. II figs. 1-5; pi. Ill figs. 1-4.

1889. L . macrurus DeGuerne and Richard (32) p. 77, pi. IV,

figs. 5, 11 and 12.

1891. L. macrurus var. auctus Forbes (35) p. 706.

L. macrurus is abundant in Green Lake. It is a species of
especial interest because of its wide distribution. It is found
quite generally throughout northern Europe. Forbes has found
it in Lake Michigan, Lake Superior and Lake Geneva. I have
found it also in collections from Lake Huron, Lake St. Clair,
and the St. Clair river.

202

Marsh — Cyclopidce and Calanidce of Wisconsin.

Family CYCLOPID^.

Genus CYCLOPS Mueller.

KEY TO THE WISCONSIN SPECIES OF CYCLOPS.

Antennae 17- jointed, fifth foot two-jointed,

Second joint of fifth foot armed with seta and short spine*
Terminal joint of outer branch' of swimming feet armed
externally with three spines,

Furca of moderate length, americanus.

Furca elongated, brevispinosus.

Terminal joint of outer branch of swimming feet armed
externally with two spines, petrous.

Second joint of fifth foot with two terminal setae,

Furca short, navus.

Furca elongated, pulchellus.

Second joint of fifth foot, with one terminal and one lat¬
eral seta, leucharti.

Second joint of fifth foot, with three setae, signatus.

Antennae 16-jointed, fifth foot 3-jointed, modestus.

Antennae 12-jointed, fifth foot 1-jointed,

Furca variable in length, armed externally with a row of
small spines, serndatus .

Furca short, without armature of spines, fluviatilis.

Antennae 11 -jointed, swimming feet three- jointed, phcileratus.

swimming feet two-jointed, bicolor.

Antennae 8- jointed, flmbriatus .

Cyclops americanus sp. nov.

Plate IY. Figs. 8-10.

1882. G. ingens Herrick (23) p. 228, pi. V, figs. 1-8.

1883. • 11 viridis Cragin (24) p. 3, pi. IV, figs. 8-16.

1884. “ “ Herrick (26) p. 145.

Cyclops.

203

Cephalothorax oval, the first segment being about half its
total length. Antennae 17-jointed, about as long as first ceph¬
alothoracic segment. Abdomen rather slender, the last seg¬
ment armed on its posterior border with small spines. All the
abdominal segments in immature individuals are strongly
pectinated posteriorly. Furca about three times as long as its
average breadth, the lateral spine situated well towards the
end. The first and fourth terminal setae are short, slender and
plumose, nearly equal in length. Of the internal setae, the
outer is a little more than three-fourths the length of th^e inner.

The armature of the terminal joints of the swimming feet is
as follows:

FIRST FOOT.

Outer br.

ex.

3 spines.

Inner br.

ex.

1 seta.

ap.

2 setae.

ap.

1 spine, 1 seta.

in.

2 setae.

in/3 setae.

SECOND AND THIRD FEET.

Outer br.

ex.

3 spines.

Inner br.

ex.

1 seta.

ap.

1 spine, 1 seta.

ap.

1 spine, 1 seta.

in.

3 setae.

in.

3 setae.

FOURTH

FOOT.

Outer br.

ex.

3 spines.

Inner br.

ex.

1 seta.

ap.

1 spine, 1 seta.

ap.

2 spines.

in.

3 setae.

in.

2 setae.

Fifth foot two-jointed, basal joint very broad, armed with one
seta. Terminal joint armed with a seta and a blunt spine.

Length, 1.2 mm.

This takes the place in our fauna that is occupied by C.
viridis Fischer, in Europe. In general form and appearance
the two forms seem identical, and have been so considered by
Herrick and Cragin. I have hesitated to propound a new
species name, but it seems necessary. So far as Uljanin and
Vosseler have figured viridis it corresponds to our species; but

204 Marsh — Cyclopidce and Calanidce of Wisconsin.

neither gives figures of the swimming feet. From the original
description by Fischer our species differs markedly. Accord¬
ing to his figure the antennae reach to the third cephalothoracic
segment, while in americcmus they hardly exceed the first.
He makes the furca about equal in length to the last abdominal
segment; in americanus it equals or exceeds the last two seg¬
ments. He gives a figure of “a foot, ” not designating which,
but it corresponds to no one of the four in our species.

Sars says the terminal joint of the external ramus of the
fourth foot has two external spines; americanus has three.

Brady’s figure of the terminal joint of the outer branch of
the fourth foot (18, ph 20, fig. 7) corresponds to Sars’ state¬
ment. He also figures the terminal joint of the inner branch
(18, pi. 20, fig. 8,) which shows a very different armature
from that in americanus.

Schmeil ( 41, p. 97, pi. VIII, figs. 12-14,) gives a more elab
orate description of viridis. His formula for the spines of the
swimming feet corresponds to the descriptions of the other
European authors. Schmeil, however, does not consider the
armature of the swimming feet as constant, and according to
his view americanus should be a variety of viridis. In an exam¬
ination of a large number of specimens from widely separated
localities I have found no variation in the number and arrange¬
ment of the spines and setae of americanus , and until such vari¬
ation is shown, there seems to be no alternative but to insti¬
tute a new species for the American form.

C. americanus is widely distributed. It occurs quite gener¬
ally in stagnant pools, and is also found to some extent in
lakes.

Cyclops brevispinosus Herrick.

Plate IV. Figs. 11 and 12.

1884. C. brevispinosus Herrick (26) p. 148, pi. S, figs. 7-11.

Cephalothorax oval, the first segment reaching about half its

Cyclops.

205

total length. Antennae 17-jointed, shorter than first . cephalo¬
thoracic segment. Abdomen slender, the last segment armed
on its posterior border with a row of small spines. Furca
slender, longer than the last two abdominal segments, lateral
spine at two-thirds the distance from base to extremity. Of
the terminal setae, the outer is a short blunt spine, the inner
slender and somewhat longer; the outer median seta rather
more than two-thirds the length of the inner.

The armature of the terminal joints of the swimming feet is
as follows":

FIRST FOOT.

Outer br. ex. 3 spines.

Inner br.

ex.

1 seta.

ap. 2 setae.

ap.

1 spine, 1 seta.

in. 2 setae.

in.

3 setae.

SECOND

FOOT.

Outer br. ex. 3 spines.

Inner br.

ex.

1 seta.

ap. 1 spine, 1 seta.

ap.

1 spine, 1 seta.

in. 3 setae.

in.

3 setae.

* THIRD

FOOT.

Outer br. ex. 3 spines.

Inner br.

ex.

1 spine.

ap. 1 spine, 1 seta.

ap.

2 spines.

in. 3 setae.

in.

3 setae.

FOURTH

FOOT.

Outer br. ex. 3 spines.

Inner br.

ex.

1 spine.

ap. 1 spine, 1 seta.

ap.

2 spines.

in. 3 setae.

in.

2 setae.

The fifth foot is two-jointed.

The basal joint is very broad

and is armed with one seta. The terminal joint is armed with
one seta and a short spine.

| [ Length about 1 mm.

Herrick’s® description of C. brevispinosus is so imperfect
that it is difficult to identify the species with certainty. The
armature of the swimming feet is different from that in C. par -
cus, although one might infer from his statement that it is the
same. The form and armature of the furca, however, is char-
16— A. & L.

206 Marsh — Cyclopidce and Calanidce of Wisconsin.

acteristic, and his figure of the furca makes me so certain of
the identity of the form, that I have ventured to redescribe the
.species rather than to propose a new name. It is easily rec¬
ognized by its short, 17-jointed antennae, and the elongated
furca, with the outer terminal seta reduced to a short blunt spine.

It is widely distributed in lakes and ponds, and is a pelagic
species, though sometimes occurring in littoral collections.

I have had some doubt as to whether this should be consid¬
ered a distinct species. In most of its structural features it
closely resembles americanus , and I have suspected it to be a
pelagic variety of that species. I have specimens of amer¬
icanus with elongated furca like brevispinosus , and I have spec¬
imens of brevispinosus in which the outer terminal seta of the
furca is slender and plumose as in americanus. For the differ¬
ences in the armature of the swimming feet, however, I have as
yet found no intermediate forms, and so must, for the present
at least, consider the two distinct.

Cyclops navus Herrick.

Plate IV. Figs. 13-15.

1882. G. navus Herrick (23) p. 229, pi. V, figs. 6-13, 15-17.

1884. “ “ “ (26) p. 152.

Larger than C. pulchellus , the antennae being about as long
as first two segments of cephalothorax, as in that species.
Armature of swimming feet as in pulchellus. Fifth foot
armed as in pulchellus , but terminal joint more elongated, and
its setae more nearly equal in length, the inner being fully two-
thirds the length of the outer. The furca is short, with the
lateral seta on the posterior third; of the terminal setae the
first and fourth are short, the outer median about three-fifths
as long as the inner.

It is generally reddish in color and occurs in pools. Her¬
rick considers navus as probably a variety of pulchellus , and I
am inclined to agree with him. The principal difference between
the two species is in the form of the furca, and the difference is
just that which we would expect from the difference of environ¬
ment. It is just the difference which exists between the

Cyclops .

207

extreme forms of serrulatus. So far as I know, however, no
one has reported forms intermediate between C. pulchellus and
C. navus. In my collections, while I have seen many instances
of considerable variation in C. pulchellus , particularly in the
form and armature of the furca, I have found no forms which
at all approach C. navus. Until such intermediate forms are
discovered, C. navus must be considered distinct.

Cyclops pulchellus Koch.

Plate IV. Figs. 18 and 19.

1838. C. pulchellus Koch (3) H. 21, pi. 2.

1857. “ bicuspidatus Claus (8), p. 209, pi. XI, figs. 6 and 7.

1863, “ “ “ (9), p. 101.

1863. “ pulchellus Sars (11), p. 246.

1870. “ bicuspidatus Heller (12), p. 71.

1872. u bicuspidatus Fric (13), p. 221, fig. 6.

1876. u bicuspidatus Hoek (16), p- 17, pi. I, figs. 7-11.

1880. “ pulchellus Rehberg (19), p. 543.

1880. helgolcmdicus Rehberg (20), p. 64, pi. IV, fig. 5.

1882. “ thomasi Forbes (22), p. 649, pi. IX, figs. 10, 11

and 16.

1883. ,, pectinatus Herrick (25), p. 499, pi. VII, figs. 25-28.

1883. 0 thomasi Cragin (24), p. 3, pi. Ill, figs. 1-13.

1884. “ thomasi Herrick (26), p. 151, pi. U, figs. 4, 5, 7 and 8.

1885. “ pulchellus Daday (27), p. 220.

1886. “ pulchellus Vosseler (28), p. 194, pi. V, figs. 19-28.

1891. “ thomasi Forbes (35), p. 707, pi. II, fig. 8.

1891. u bicuspidatus Brady (36), p. 13, pi. 5, figs. 1-5.

1891. “ thomasi Brady (36), p. 14, pi. VI, figs. 1-4.

1891. 11 bicuspidatus Schmeil (37), p. 27.

1891. “ bicuspidatus Richard (39), p. 229, pi. VI, fig. 6.

1892. “ bicuspidatus Schmeil (41), p. 75, pi. II, figs. 1-3.

1893. “ thomasi Fcrbes (42), p. 249, pi. XXXIX, figs. 9-12;
pi. XL, fig. 13.

Herrick considered C. thomasi a variety of C. pulchellus Koch.
Brady also raises the question as to the specific distinction of
the American form. I have gone over the literature of the sub¬
ject with considerable care, and I can see no good reason for

208

Marsh — Cyclopidce and Calanidce of Wisconsin.

separating our American form from C. pulchellus Koch, or bicus -
pidatus Claus. All the European descriptions agree very closely
with our form. We find in C. thomasi the same variations which
Yosseler records in the European form, — for example, the vari¬
able position of the lateral spine of the furca. In general form,,,
length of antennae, form of furca and armature of swimming-
feet and fifth feet, it is difficult to find any clear distinction,
between the forms of the two continents. I cannot agree with
Herrick and Brady in considering C. bisetosus Rehberg a syno¬
nym of pulchellus , for pulchellus has the swimming feet armed
with two spines externally, while bisetosus has three, and my
observations lead me to think that the armature of the swim¬
ming feet is quite constant.

The armature of the terminal joints of the swimming feet is.
as follows :

Outer br. ex.

ap.

in.

2 spines.
2 setae.

2 setae.

FIRST FOOT.

Inner br. ex.

ap.

in.

Outer br.

SECOND AND THIRD FEET,
ex. 2 spines. Inner br. ex.

ap. 1 spine, 1 seta. ap.

in. 3 setae. in.

1 seta.

1 spine, 1 seta.
3 setae.

1 seta.

1 spine, 1 seta..
3 setae.

Outer br.

FOURTH FEET.

ex. 2 spines. Inner br. ex. 1 seta,

ap. 1 spine, 1 seta. ap. 2 spines,

in. 3 setae. in. 2 setae.

C. pulchellus occurs everywhere in the great lakes in pelagic-
collections, and in some of the smaller lakes of Wisconsin.

Cyclops parcus Herrick.

Plate IV, fig. 16; plate V, fig. 1.

1882. C. parcus Herrick (23), p- 229, pi. VI, figs. 12-15.

1884. “ “ “ (26), p. 148, pi. R, fig. 22.

C. parcus, in the armature of the swimming feet is like C.
pulchellus and C. navus, while its fifth feet are like those of G .
americanus and C. brevispinosus, although the basal joint is,-

Cyclops.

209

somewhat narrower. My specimens agree with Herrick’s de¬
scription, except in the armature of the inner terminal seg¬
ment of first feet, and his statement is evidently inaccurate, for
no normal armature would be as he describes it.

C. parcus occurs in stagnant pools, and I have not found it
-common.

Cyclops leuckarti Sars.

C

Plate IV, fig. 17; plate V, figs. 2-6.

C. leuckarti Sars (11), p. 239.

“ simplex Poggenpol (14), p. 70, pi. XV, fig. 1-3.

“ tenuicornis Uljanin (15), p. 30, pi. IX, figs. 12 and 13.
“ leeuwenhoekii Hoek (16), p. 19, pi. Ill, figs. 1-12.

“ simplex Rehberg (19), p. 542.

“ “ Vosseler (28), p. 193, pi. IV, figs. 15-17.

“ “ Herrick (30), p. 17, pi. VII, fig. 1, a-j.

“ leuckarti Schmeil (37), p. 25.

“ edax Forbes (35), p. 709, pi. Ill, fig. 15; pi. IV, figs.
16-19.

( C . scourfeldi Brady)? (36), p. 10, pi. IV, figs. 1-8.

“ leuckarti Richard (39), p. 230, pi. VI, fig. 20.

“ leuckarti Schmeil (41), p. 57, pi. Ill, figs. 1-8.

This species was particularly abundant in the collections from
Hake Puckaway.

I have compared my specimens very carefully with the descrip¬
tions of the European form as given by Sars, Hoek and Schmeil,
•and the correspondence is almost perfect. The only difference
seems to be that the lower side of the second joint of the outer
maxilliped is ordinarily crenulated rather than “ geperlte. ” Speci¬
mens from Heart Lake, however, have more minute crenulations
to which the term “ geperlte' ’ would be more properly applied.
But in other points there is perfect agreement, noticeably so in
the toothed appendage of the last antennal joint.

Schmeil states that the membrane of the last antennal seg¬
ment of the female has a single deep indentation. My speci-

1863.

1874.

1875.

1876.
1880.
1886.
1887.
1891.
1891.

1881.

1891.

1892.

210

Marsh — Cyclopidaz and Calanidce of Wisconsin.

mens have several, agreeing in ttds respect with the figure of
Hoek.

It occurs in both day and evening collections, and is gener¬
ally reddish in color.

This is one of the most widely distributed of all the species
of Cyclops , being found in various parts of Europe, in Asia,
Africa, Madagascar, Ceylon, and the East Indies (34). Herrick
mentions it as occurring in Alabama (30), and it is probable
that it is widely distributed in America. It seems to me prob¬
able that the species identified by Herrick as oithonoides (26y
p. 150, pi. S, figs. 2-6), is really leuckarti.

Brady’s scourfeldi corresponds to this species in all details
except the armature of the terminal joint of the outer branch
of the fourth foot. The special character by which he distin¬
guishes the species, — the marginal setae of the second maxilli-
pedes, — I find in my specimens. In his figure of the fourth
foot, the terminal joint of the outer branch has one spine and
two setae on the apex, instead of the normal armature of one
spine and one seta. Schmeil’s figure of the fourth foot (41, ph
III, fig. 6) shows an armature like that of the American speci¬
mens, and one cannot help thinking that Brady’s figure must
have been drawn from an abnormal specimen.

C. edax Forbes appears to differ from leuckarti only in that it
lacks the ridge on the terminal joint of the antennae, and is.
probably simply a less highly developed variety of the same
species.

There is considerable variation in the form of the spines of
the swimming feet; in some specimens they are very slender and
the joints are at the same time somewhat elongated, while in
other cases they are robust. The robust form appears to be
characteristic of the littoral specimens, and the slender form of
the pelagic.

The armature of the terminal joints of the swimming feet is
as follows :

FIRST FOOT.

Outer br. ex. 2 spines. Inner br. ex. 1 seta.

ap. 2 setae. ap. 1 spine, 1 seta,

in. 2 setae. in. 3 setae.

Cyclops.

211

SECOND AND THIRD FEET.

Outer br. ex, 2 spines. Inner br. ex. 1 seta.

ap. 1 spine, 1 seta. ap. 1 spine, 1 seta,

in. 3 setae. in. 3 setae.

FOURTH FOOT.

Outer br. ex. 2 spines. Inner br. ex. 1 seta.

ap. 1 spine, 1 seta. ap. 2 spines,

in. 3 setae. in. 2 setae.

Cyclops signatus Koch.

Plate V, figs. 7-9.

1820. Monoculus quadricornis albidus Jurine (2), pp. 44 and 47,
pi. II, figs. 10-11; pi. Ill, fig. 24.

1820. Monoculus quadricornis fuscus Jurine (2), p. 47, pi. II,
fig. 2.

1841. C. signatus Koch (3), H 21, pi. VIII.

1841. “ annulicornis Koch (3). H 21, pi. VI.

1850. u quadricornis var. b Baird (4), p. 202, pi. XXIV, fig. 4.
1850. “ “ var. c Baird (4), p. 203, pi. XXIV, fig. 5.

1857. “ coronatus Claus (7), p. 29, pi. II, figs. 1-11.

1857. u tenuicornis Claus (7), p. 31, pi. Ill, figs. 1-11.

1863. “ coronatus Claus (9), p. 97, pi. II, fig. 16; pi. X, fig. 1.

1863. 11 tenuicornis Claus (9), p. 99, pi. I, fig. 3; pi. II, fig.

17; pi. IV, fig. 5.

1863. “ signatus Sars (11), p. 242.

1863. “ annulicornis Sars (11), p. 243.

1863. “ tenuicornis Sars (11), p. 242.

1863. u coronatus Lubbock (10), p. 199.

1863. u tenuicornis Lubbock (10), p. 202.

1872. “ coronatus Fric (13), p. 218, fig. 11.

1872. “ tenuicornis Fric (13), p. 219, fig. 12.

1874. u clausii Poggenpol (14), p. 70, pi. XV, figs. 4-14.

1875. “ signatus Uljanin (15), p. 29, pi. IX, figs. 6-11; pi.

XI, fig. 8.

1876. “ “ Hoek (16), p. 12, pi. I. figs. 14.

1876. “ coronatus Hoek (16), p. 12.

212 Marsh — Cyclopidce and Galanidoe of Wisconsin.

1878. C signatus Brady (18), p. 100, pi. XVII, figs. 4-12.
1876. “ tenuicornis Brady (18), p. 102, pi. XVIII, figs. 1-10.

1883. “ “ Cragin (24), p. 3, pi. II, figs. 1-14.

1883. “ signatus var . fasciacornis Cragin (24), p. 2, pi. II,

fig. 15.

1884. “ tenuicornis Herrick (26), p. 153, pi. R, fig. 16.

1885. “ V Daday (27), p. 211.

1885. “ signatus Baday (27), p. 208.

1886'. “ “ Vosseler (28), rp. 189, pi. IV, figs. 1-5.

1886. “ tenuicornis Vosseler (28), p. 189, pi. IV, figs. 6-10.

1891. “ gyrinus Forbes (35), p. 707, pi. II, fig. 9; pi. Ill,

fig. 14.

1891. “ albidus Schmeil (37), p. 23.

1891. “ signatus Brady (36), p. 6, pi. 2, fig. 5.

1891. “ fuscus Richard (39), p. 223, pi. II, fig. 6.

1891. “ annulicornis and tenuicornis Richard (39), pp. 224-

226.

1892. “ fuscus Schmeil (41), p. 123, pi. I, figs. 1-76; pi. IV,

fig. 2,

1892. u albidus Schmeil (41), p. 128, pi. I, figs. 8-146; pi.
IV, fig. 14.

Brady considers signatus as the ultimate form of which, tenui¬
cornis is the penultimate. The serrated ridge on the last an¬
tennal joint must be considered, then, as not distinctive of the
species, but of the ultimate stage of the species. With this
opinion I am inclined to agree, although I have not material
to demonstrate their identity. Schmeil (41) discusses the re¬
lations of the two forms in detail, and gives his reasons for be¬
lieving them specifically distinct. In this same paper, however,
he describes certain “bastard11 forms which combine the charac¬
ters of signatus and tenuicornis , and it would seem that the
existence of such “bastards11 would be a strong argument in
favor of the identity of the forms.

C. signatus is a widely distributed species, being found in
northern and western Europe, and in Great Britain, as well as
in North America. It occurs in standing pools, but is more
common in the lakes, being found in both pelagic and littoral
collections.

Cyclops.

213

Cyclops modestus Herrick.

Plate V, figs. 10-13.

1883. C. modestus Herrick (25), p. 500.

1884. “ “ “ (26), p- 154, pi. R, figs. 1-5.

1887. “ “• “ (30), p. 14.

I have found C. modestus in only one locality, — Rush Lake.
Herrick found it in Alabama and Minnesota. It appears to be
a clearly marked species. The color in all my specimens was
■distinctly purplish, a color entirely different from that of the
■other entomostraca in the same collections. In all my speci¬
mens the antennae were 16- join ted, and about as long as the
first segment of the cephalothorax. The cephalothorax is oval
and very broad as compared with the abdomen. The abdomen is
slender. The furca is about as long as the last two abdominal
segments, with the lateral spine situated about midway of its
length. The external margin of the furca is hollowed out below
4he lateral spine. Of the terminal setae, the first is small and
spine like, the second about four-fifths the length of the third,
and the fourth slightly shorter than the second.

The armature of the terminal

joints of

the

swimming feet is

as follows :

FIRST

FOOT.

Outer br. ex.

3 spines.

Inner br.

ex.

1 seta.

ap.

1 spine, 1

seta.

ap.

2 spines, 1 minute
seta.

in.

3 setae.

in.

2 setae.

SECOND FOOT.

Outer br. ex.

3 spines.

Inner br.

ex.

1 seta.

ap.

1 spine, 1

seta.

ap.

2 spines.

in.

4 setae.

THIRD

FOOT.

in.

1 spine, 2 setae.

Outer br. ex.

2 spines.

Inner br.

ex.

1 seta.

ap.

I spine, 1

seta.

ap.

2 spines.

in.

4 setae.

in.

1 spine-like seta,

214 Marsh— Gy clopidce and Calanidce of Wisconsin.

FOURTH FOOT.

Outer br. ex. 2 spines.

Inner br. ex. 1 seta.

ap. 1 spine, 1 seta,
in. 4 setse.

ap. 2 spines,
in. 2 setse.

The fifth foot is three-jointed, the second joint armed with a
seta, and the third joint with two terminal setae.

Cyclops fluviatilis Herrick.

Plate V, figs. 14 and 15 ; plate VI, fig. 1.

1882. C. fluviatilis Herrick (23), p. 231, pi. VII, figs. 1-9.

1883. “ magnoctavus Cragin (24), p. 5, pi. Ill, figs. 14-23.

1884. “ fluviatilis Herrick (26), p. 159, pi. Q°, figs. 1-9.

(30), p. 15.

1887.

1891. “ magnoctavus Brady (36), p. 19, fig. 1-4.

I see no valid reason for separating fluviatilis and magnoctavus ,
although they are considered by Brady distinct species. G. pen-
tag onus Vosseler is like fluviatilis in the form of the antennae
and abdomen, and in the armature of the feet. In the form of
the cephalothorax it differs widely from fluviatilis , the first seg¬
ment being short, broad and angular, while in fluviatilis the
first segment is long and rounded, the whole cephalothorax being
oval in outline. G. fluviatilis is not likely to be confounded
with any other Gyclops , as we have only one other species with
twelve- jointed antennae, — G. sermdatus , — from which it is readily
distinguished by its smaller size, and the different form of the
abdomen and furca.

I have found C. fluviatilis only in pelagic collections. Cragin
and Brady have found it in ditches. But Brady remarks: “It
is curious that in both cases the animal was found in ditches im¬
mediately connected with large sheets of water. ”

Herrick says, “ it is one of the most abundant forms in the
larger lakes, and especially in streams. ”

Cyclops.

215

Cyclops serrulatus Fischer.

Plate VI, figs. 2-5.

1838.

1851.

1853.

1857.

1863.

1863.

1863.

1870.

1872.

1875.

1878.

1880.

1882.

1883.

1884.

1885.

1886.
1891.
1891.

1891.

1892.

C. agilis Koch (3), H 21, pi. III.

“ serrulatus Fischer (5), p. 423, pi. X, figs. 22, 26-31.

Lilljeborg (6), p. 158, pi. XV, fig. 12.
Claus (7), p. 36, figs. 1-3.

Sars (11), p. 45.

Claus (9), p. 101, pi. I, figs. 1 and 2; pi.

IV, fig. 12; pi. XI, fig. 3.

Lubbock (10), p. 197.

Heller (12), p. 6.

Fric (13), p. 222, fig. 18.

Uljanin (15), p. 34, pi. VIII, figs. 1-8.
Brady (18), p. 109, pi. XXII, figs. 1-14.

“ agilis Rehberg (19), p. 545.

“ serrulatus Herrick (23), p. 230.

“ pectinifer Cragin (24), p. 6, pi. IV, figs. 1-7.

“ serrulatus Herrick (26), p. 157, pi. O, figs. 17-19.

“ agilis Daday (27), p. 240.

“ agilis Vosseler (28), p. 190, pi. V, figs. 29-31.

“ serrulatus Schmeil (37),. p. 29.

Brady (36), p. 18, pi. VII, fig. 1.

Richard (39), p. 234, pi. VI, fig. 19.
Schmeil (41), p. 141, pi. V, figs. 6-12.

C. serrulatus is found everywhere. It is the most common of
all the species of Cyclops. In the larger bodies of water it is
more common in littoral collections, but it occurs not infre¬
quently in pelagic collections.

This species has a wide limit of variation, the extreme forms
differing so much that one is at first inclined to rank them as
separate species. At one extreme is the form common in ditches,
pools, and littoral collections, which seems to correspond nearly
to montanus Brady. It averages .85 mm m length; the furca
is not quite as long as the last two abdominal segments, and
the external terminal seta is transformed into a stout spine

216 Marsh — Cgclopidce and Calanidce of Wisconsin.

three-fourths as long as the furca, projecting laterally from the
body. At the other extreme is the pelagic form, C. elegans Her¬
rick. It averages 1.25 mm in length. The furca is once and a
third as long as the last two abdominal segments, and the ex¬
ternal terminal seta is short and weak.

Sometimes the two forms occur together in pelagic collec¬
tions, but only once have I found the elegans form as a littoral
species. The European form is, in its characteristics, interme¬
diate between these extreme forms.

Although the extreme varieties sometimes occur together,
they are almost always entirely distinct. In only two localities
have I found connecting forms. In Heart Lake I found an in¬
termediate form associated with the smaller variety, and in
Lake Puckaway I found the typical form in connection with
both extremes.

Cyclops phaleratus Koch.

1841.

1851.

1853.

1857.

1863.

1863.

1863.

1872.

1874.

1875.
1878.
1882.

1883.

1884.

1885.
1887.
1891.

Plate VI, figs. 6 and 7.

C. phaleratus Koch (3), H 21, pi. IX.

“ canthocarpoides Fischer (5), p. 246, pi. X, figs. 24,
32-38.

Lilljeborg (6), p. 208.

Claus (7), p. 37, pi, I, figs. 6-10.

“ (9), p. 102, pi. IV, figs. 1-4.

“ “ Lubbock (10), p. 202.

“ phaleratus Sars (11), p. 46.

“ canthocarpoides Fric (13), p. 223, fig. 19.

“ lascivus Poggenpol (14), p. 72, pi. XV, figs. 22-24;
pi. XVI, figs. 7 and 8.

“ phaleratus Uljanin (15), p. 38, pi. IX, figs. 1-5.

Brady (18), p. 116, pi. XXIII, figs. 7-13.
“ ctdolescens Herrick (23), p. 231, pi. VI, figs. 16-20.

“ perarmatus Cragin (24), p. 7, pi. I, figs. 9-18.

“ phaleratus Herrick (26), p. 161, pi. R, figs. 6-10.
Daday (27), p. 252.

Herrick (30), p. 14, pi. VII, fig. 2, a-d.

" “ Schmeil (37), p. 36.

Cyclops. 217

1891. C. phaleratus, Brady (36), p. 25, pi. IX, fig. 2.

1891. “ “ Richard (39), p. 238, pi. VI, fig. 12.

1892. “ “ Schmeil (41), p. 170, pi. VIII, figs. 1-2.

The European C. phaleratUs has ten- jointed antennae. Our
specimens ordinarily have eleven joints, although sometimes,
according to Herrick, occurring with ten. In other respects,,
my specimens agree with those figured by European authors
even in minute details, and there seems no good reason for
making a new species of our form.

It occurs quite widely distributed in the smaller lakes, and in
stagnant pools.

Cyclops bicolor Sars.

1863. C. bicolor Sars (11), p. 253.

1880. “ diaphanus Rehberg (19), p. 547.

1884. “ “ Herrick (26), p. 160, pi. R, fig. 12.

1885. “ “ Daday (27), p. 246.

1887. “ “ Herrick (30), p. 16, pi. VII, figs. 3a-e.

1891. “ bicolor Schmeil (37), p. 34.

1891. “ diaphanus Richard (39), p. 236, pi. VI, fig. 26.

1892. “ bicolor Schmeil (41), p. 118, pi. VI, figs. 6-13.

The antennas are 11-jointed, hardly as long as the first cephal¬
othoracic segment. The abdomen is somewhat elongated, the
last segment armed with spines posteriorly. The furca is nearly
as long as the last two abdominal segments. The lateral spine¬
ls situated at about the posterior third. The first and fourth
terminal setae are short, the inner considerably longer than the
outer. The median setae are strongly plumose, and the longer
is about as long as the abdomen.

The rami of the swimming feet are two-jointed. The arma¬
ture of the terminal joints is as follows :

FIRST FOOT.

Outer br. ex. 3 spines. Inner br. ex. 1 seta.

ap. 2 setae. ap. 1 seta, 1 large-

spine.

in. 3 setae.

in. 3 setae.

218

Marsh — Cyclopidoe and Calanidoe of Wisconsin ,

SECOND AND THIRD FEET.

Outer br. ex. 3 spines. Inner br. ex. 1 seta.

ap. 1 spine, 1 seta. ap. 1 spine, 1 seta,

in. 4 setae. in. 4 setae.

FOURTH FEET.

Outer br. ex. 2 spines. Inner br. ex. 1 seta.

ap. 1 spine, 1 seta. ap. 2 spines,

in. 4 setae. in. 3 setae.

The last cephalothoracic segment is expanded laterally, and
bears upon each side a long seta. The fifth feet are attached to
these expansions, are one-jointed, linear, and each bears at the
tip a single seta.

Females average a little more than \ mm. in length. The
color in all the specimens I have seen has been purplish. My
specimens agree very well with the descriptions of Sars and
Schmeil, the only marked difference being in the length of the
caudal setae. More complete descriptions of the European form
may show other differences, but so far as the descriptions gof
they apply very well to our form.

G. bicolor occurs in stagnant pools, and is somewhat rare.

Cyclops fimbriatus Fischer.

Plate VI, figs. 8 and 9.

1785. C. crassicornis Mueller (1), p. 113, pi. XVIII, figs. 15-17.

1853. “ -fimbriatus Fischer (5), p. 94, pi. Ill, figs. 19-28

and 30.

1863. “ crassicornis Sars (11), p. 47.

1870. “ gredleri Heller (12), p. 8, ph 1, figs. 3 and 4.

1872. “ pamper Fric (13), p. 223, fig. 20.

1875. “ crassicornis Uljanin (15), p. 39, pi. VIII, figs. 9-16;

pi. XII, fig. 1.

1878. “ “ Brady (18), p. 118, pi. XXIII, figs. 1-6.

1880. ‘ poppei Rehberg (19), p. 550, pi. VI, figs. 9-11.

1880. “ fimbriatus Rehberg (19), p. 548, pi. VI, figs. 7 and 8.

1882. “ crassicornis Herrick (23), p. 232, pi. IV, figs. 9-14.

Bibliography .

219

1884.

1885.

1885.

1886.
1891.
1891.

1891.

1892.

C fimbriatus Herrick (26), p. 162, pi. R, fig. 11.

“ “ Daday (27), p. 262.

“ margoi Daday (27), p. 264, pi. Ill, figs. 20-25.

“ fimbriatus Yosseler (28), p. 192, pi. VI, figs. 4-8.
Schmeil (37), p. 35.

Brady (36), p. 25, pi. IX, fig. 1.

Richard (3D), p. 238, pi. VII, figs. 13
and 14.

Schmeil (41), p. 161, pi. VII, figs. 8-13.

This, our only eight- jointed species, I have found in only two
localities. It corresponds quite exactly with the descriptions of
the European authors. Brady, however, in fig. 4, pi. XXIII of
his monograph, represents the terminal joint of the inner ramus
of the second foot as armed with a spine on the inner margin.
In my specimens this joint has a seta on the inner margin. But
making allowance for possible inaccuracies in the figure, I see
no reason for doubting the identity of the forms.

Herrick states that the color is always reddish. I have found
nearly colorless individuals, and I think that the color of this,
as of other species, varies according to the environment.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

The following list of papers is not a complete bibliography
of the cyclopidae and calanidae, but includes only those works
bearing upon the species treated of. Of these I would make
special mention of the “Revision of the Calanidae” by DeGuerne
and Richard, which is a model of what such a work should be,
and in its exactness of statement and beautiful plates, stands
out in pleasing contrast with the crude productions of many of
the other authors.

1. 1785. Mueller, O. F. Entomostraca seu insecta testacea
quae in aquis Daniae et Norvegiae reperit, descripsit et
iconibus illustravit.

2. 1820. Jurine, L. Histoire des Monocles qui se trouvent
aux environs de Geneve.

220 Marsh — Cyclopidce and Calctnidce of Wisconsin.

3. 1835-1841. Koch, C. L. Beutschlauds Crustaceen, Myri-
apoden und Arachniden.

4. 1850. Baird, W. Natural History of the British Ento-
mostraca. Ray Soc. Lond.

5. 1851-1853. Fischer, S. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der in
der Umgegend von St. Petersburg sich findenden Cyclopi-
den. (und Fortsetzung. ) Bull. Soc. Imp. Moscow.

6. 1853. Lilljeborg, W. Be Crustaceis ex ordinibus tribus;
Cladocera, Ostracoda, et Copepoda in Scania occurrentibus.

7. 1857. Claus, C. Bas Genus cyclops u. s. einheimische
Arten. Archiv. fur Naturgeschichte, XXIII, 1 Bd. p. 1-40.

8. 1857. Claus, C. Weitere Mittheil. uber d. einh. Cyclop-
iden. ibid. p. 205-211.

9. 1863. Claus, C. Bie freilebenden Copepoden mit beson-
dere berucksichtigung der fauna Beutschlands, der Nord-
see u. des Mittelmeeres. Leipzig.

10. 1863. Lubbock, J. Notes on some new or little-known
species of fresh-water entomostraca. Trans. Linn. Soc.
Lond. XXIV.

11. 1863. Sars, G. O. Oversigt af de indenlanske Fersk-
vandscopepoder. Forhandlinger i Videnskabs. — Selska
bet i Christiania. 1862.

12. 1870. Heller, C. Untersuchungen uber die Crustaceen
Tyrols. Berichte des medic, naturw. Vereins in Inns¬
bruck. 1 Jhrg. pp. 67-96.

13. 1872. Fric, A. Bie Krustenthiere Boehmens. Archiv.
der naturwiss. Landesdurchforschg. von Boehmen. II
Bd. IV Abth.

14. 1874. Poggenpol, M. J. List of the Copepoda, Cladocera
and Ostracoda of the Environs of Moscow. (In Russian. )

15. 1875. Uljanin, W. N. Crustacea of Turkestan. Part I.
(In Russian. )

16. 1876. Hoek, P. P. C. Be Vrijlevende Zoetwater-Cope-
poden der Nederlandsche Fauna. Tijdsch. d. Nederl. Bier-
kund. Vereenig III.

17. 1876. Forbes, S. A. List of Illinois Crustacea. Bull.
Ill. Mus. Nat. Hist. No. 1.

Bibliography .

221

18. 1878. Brady, G-. S. Monograph of the free and semi-
parasitic copepoda of the British Islands. 3 vols. Ray
Soc. Lond.

18a. 1879. Herrick, C. L. Microscopic Entomostraca. Ann.
Rep. of Regents of Univ. of Minn, for 1878. pp. 81-123.

19. 1880. Rehberg, H. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der freile-
benden Susswasser Copepoden. Abh. d. natur. Ver. zu
Bremen. Bd. VI, pp. 533-554.

20. 1880. Rehberg, H. Weitere Bemerk. uber d. freileben-
den Sussw. Cop. Abh. d. natur. Ver. zu Bremen. Bd. VII,
Hft. I, pp. 61-67.

21. 1881. Chambers, V. T. Two new species of entomos-
taca. Journ. Cinn. Soc. Nat. Hist. IV.

22. 1882. Forbes, S. A. On some entomostraca of Lake
Michigan and adjacent waters. Amer. Nat. Vol. XVI, pp.
537-542, 640-649.

23. 1882. Herrick, C. L. Cyclopidse of Minn, with notes
on other copepods. 10th Ann. Rep. Geol. and Nat. Hist.
Sur. Minn.

24. 1883. Cragin, F. W. A contribution to the history of
the fresh- water copepoda. Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci., Vol.
VIII.

25. 1883. Herrick, C. L. Heterogenetic development in di~
aptomus. Amer. Nat. Vol. XVII, pp. 381-389, 499-505.

26. 1884. Herrick, C. L. A final report on the Crustacea of
Minn, included in the orders cladocera and copepoda. 12th
Ann. Rep. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Sur. Minn.

27. 1885. Daday, Jeno. Monographia Eucopepodorum libero-
rum in Hungaria hucusque repertorum. A. M. tud. Akad-
emia altal a Vitez-alapbol.

28. 1886. Vosseler, J. Die freilebenden Copepoden Wurt-
tembergs und angrenzender Gegenden. Inaugural Disser.
der hohen Naturwissenschaftiichen Fakultat der Univer.
Tubingen. Jahreshefte des Vereins fur vaterl. Natur-
kunde in Wuertt. , 1886.

29. 1886. DeGuerne, J. Description du Centropages Grim-
aldii, Copepode nouveau du golfe de Finlande. Bull. Soc.
Zool. France XI.

17— A. & L.

222 Marsh — Cyclopidm and Calanidce of Wisconsin.

30. 1887. Herrick, C. L. Contribution to the fauna of the
Gulf of Mexico and the South. Mem. of Denison Assoc.
Yol. I, No. 1.

31. 1888. Nordqvist, O. Die Calaniden Finlands. Bidr. till..
Kanned. af Finlands Natur och Folk; heft 47. (Finsk.
Vet. Soc. Helsingfors.)

32. 1889. DeGuerne et Richard. Revision des Calanides
d’eau douce. Mem. de la Soc. Zool. de France. Yol. II.

33. 1889. DeGuerne et Richard. Sur la faune des eaux
douce du Groenland. Bull. Soc. Entom. Fr. 25 mars, 1889.

34. 1891. DeGuerne et Richard. Sur quelques entomos-
traces d’eau douce de Madagascar. Bull, de la Soc. Zool.
de Fr. T. XYI, p. 223.

35. 1891. Forbes, S. A. On some Lake Superior entomos-
traca. Rep. U. S. Com. Fish and Fisheries, 1887. pp.
701-718.

36. 1891. Brady, G. S. Revision of British species of Fresh¬
water Cyclopidse and Calanidse. Nat. Hist. Trans. North-
umb. , Durham, and Newc. Vol. XI.

37. 1891. Schmeil, Otto. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der freile-
beden Susswasser Copepoden Deutschlands mvt besondere
Berucksichtigung der Cyclopiden. Zeitschr. f. Naturw.
Halle. 64 Bd. 1 and 2 Hft.

38. 1891. Marsh, C. D. On the deep-water Crustacea of
Green Lake. Trans. Wis. Acad. Yol. VIII.

39. 1891. Richard, Jul. Recherches sur le systeme glandu-
laire et sur le systeme nerveux des copepodes libres d’eau
douce, suivie dMne revision des especes de ce groupe qui
vivent en France. Ann. Sc. Nat. Zool. T. 12.

40. 1892. DeGuerne et Richard. Sur ia faune des eaux
douce de l’Islande. Bull. Soc. Entom. Fr. , 8. fevrier, 1892.

41. 1892. Schmeil, Otto. Deutschlands Freilebende Suss¬
wasser Copepoden. 1 Thiel : Cyclopidse. Bib. Zool.
Heft II.

42. 1893. Forbes, S. A. A preliminary report on the
aquatic invertebrate fauna of the Yellowstone National
Park, Wyoming, and of the Flathead Region of Montana.
Bull. U. S. Fish Commission for 1891.

Explanation of Plates.

223

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLATE III.

Fig. 1.

. 2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.
9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

Diaptomus sangumeus — terminal joints of male anten¬
na x 163.

fifth feet of male x 163.
firth foot of female x 163.
leptopus — fifth foot of female x 163.

fifth feet of male x 163.
pallidus — fifth feet of male x 300.

fifth foot of female x 300.
sicilis — fifth feet of male x 163.
pallidus — abdomen of female x 300.
sicilis — fifth foot of female x 300.
ashlandi — fifth feet of male x 163.

fifth foot of female x 163.
terminal joints of male antenna
x 300.

PLATE IY.

Fig. 1. Diaptomus minutus — fifth feet of male x 163.

2. “ “ fifth foot of female x 300.

3. “ terminal joints of male antenna

x 300.

4. “ oregonensis — fifth feet of male x 163.

5. “ “ fifth foot of female x 300.

6. Epischura lacustris — abdomen of male x 92.

7. Limnocalanus macrurus — abdomen of male x 40.

8. Cyclops cimericanus — abdomen of female x 58.

9. “ “ fourth feet x 163.

10. “ “ fifth foot x 300.

11. “ brevispinosus — furca x 163.

12. “ “ fourth foot x 163.

13. “ navus — abdomen of female x 68.

14. “ “ fourth foot x 163.

15. “ “ fifth foot x 300.

r224

Marsh — Cyclopidoe and Calanidm of Wisconsin,

16. Cyclops parcus — fifth foot x 300.

17. “ leuckarti from Heart Lake — -second joint

of outer maxilliped x 163.

18. “ pulchellus — fifth foot x 300.

19. “ “ abdomen of female x 163.

PLATE y.

Fig. 1.
2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.
9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

Cyclops parcus- — fourth foot x 163.
leuckarti — fifth foot x 300.

last antennal joint of female x 300.
irom Lake Gussie — outer maxil¬
liped x 300.

abdomen of female x 58.
littoral variety — fourth foot x 163.
“ signcitus — fourth foot x 163.

fifth foot x 300.

last antennal joint of female x 300.
“ modestus — fourth foot x 195.

“ ' * furca x 163.

fifth foot x 360.

outer terminal joint of third foot
x 300.

“ fluviatilis — fifth foot x 360.

fourth foot x 300.

PLATE VI.

Fig. 1.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.
9.

Cyclops fluviatilis — abdomen of female x 300.

“ serrulatus — abdomen of female, extreme pelagic

form, x 75.

4 abdomen of female, intermediate
form, x 100.

abdomen of female, littoral form,
x 178.

fourth foot x 178.

“ phaleratus — abdomen of female x 92.

second antenna x 300.

“ fimbriatus — fourth foot x 300.

furca x 300.

Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. Vol. IX, PL III.

Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci.

Vol. IX , PI. IV.

Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci.

Vol. IX , PI. V.

Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci.

Vol. IX, PL VI.

*

.

THE PROGRESS OP GEOLOGICAL SURVEYS IN THE
STATE OP WISCONSIN— A REVIEW
AND BIBLIOGRAPHY.

BY WILLIAM P. BLAKE, NEW HAVEN, CT. , AND SHULLSBURG, WIS.

[abstract.]

The memoir gives an historical account and review of the
early settlement of the lead region, and of the surveys under¬
taken by the general government. One of the chief objects
is to show the opinions held by Percival and his successors
upon the subject of the origin of the lead and zinc ores, and
the relation of the deposits of such ores to breaks in the strata,
and a portion of this part of the paper is now presented.

The poet and geologist, James G. Percival, after the comple¬
tion of his part of the work on the survey of the state of Con¬
necticut, was employed by the American Mining Company of
New York to make examination and surveys of their mines in
Wisconsin. He was so engaged during the year 1853, and the
next year was appointed the geologist of the state, receiving
his commission from Governor Wm. A. Barstow, on the 12th of
August, 1854.

His instructions were to examine the mineral district in the
southwest counties of the state. His first report was printed
in Madison in 1855.* In this he confines his descriptions
chiefly to the result of his own observations, and the volume
is characterized by the minute and careful attention to every
detail, and accuracy of observation and description for which
his work will ever be notable. The report is accompanied by
one map delineating the extent of the lead region and the di-

* Annual Report on the Geological Survey of the State of Wisconsin.
By James G. Percival. Small 8vo. pp. 101 with Map. Madison, 1855.

226 Blake — Pr ogress of Geological Surveys in Wisconsin.

rection of the deposits, upon a scale of one-fourth of an inch
to the mile, but exhibiting the relative number and the direc¬
tion of the known ore-bearing crevices by means of small lines,
the first attempt, perhaps, to represent the Surface arrange¬
ment of the diggings, and the general direction of the bodies of
ore.

In addition to the descriptions in detail of the various form¬
ations and of the veins or deposits of the ores of lead and zinc,
he notes particularly, under a general dip of the strata to
the south, local inequalities in the* stratification at various
points, indicative of extraordinary elevations of the strata and
the existence of faults or breaks in the formations. Five at
least of such faults are described in the region of the Peca-
tonica valley, of Fever river, of the Platte and on Grant river.

In regard to the extent downwards of the mineral deposits,
he favored the view of many that the viens could be traced, with
some interruption, from the Upper Magnesian Limestone down¬
wards to and into the Lower Magnesian. On p. 67 he says: —
“ I have not yet had time to explore the country occupied by the
Lower Magnesian to any extent, and have visited no other dig¬
ging in that rock bat those in the vicinity of Blue river,
known as Oleking’s Diggings. These, however, furnish most
satisfactory evidence that the mineral occurs in that* rock at
the proper openings in as large masses and arranged as regu¬
larly as in the Upper Magnesian. ” * * “After examining this

locality, I could not doubt that the Lower Magnesian is a good
mineral-bearing rock. I have thus been able to trace the min¬
eral in a series of crevices and openings from the summit of the
Upper Magnesian to the depth of 60-70 feet in the Lower Mag¬
nesian, and have found all the different beds of limestone good
mineral-bearing rocks, each with one or more openings, besides
vertical or pitching sheets or veins. ’ ’ He notes that the ar¬
rangement appears to be analagous to that of the lead mines
in the north of England where the veins traverse different
beds of limestone separated by other beds, the mineralization
being confined chiefly to the limestone.

In regard to the arrangement or distribution of the deposits,
their grouping and direction, he was convinced that there is a

Views of Percival.

227

systematic order pervading the whole district, indicating that
the mineral deposits are not casual but regularly rrranged, and
parts of a connected whole (p. 9]); and again in his summing
up at the end of his report, he reiterates: “The leading object
of the detail which I have given of the arrangement of the min¬
eral in the crevices and openings, in its distribution through
the different strata from above downwards, and of the surface
arrangement in groups and in more extended combinations, has
been to show that a systematic order prevails throughout, and
that the mineral deposits are not detached and casual, but com¬
bined in regular series” (p. 98). Also: “The traces of order
and connexion in the surface arrangement appear no less re¬
markable than in the vertical arrangement. What I have here
given is only a small part of what might have been stated; but
I trust it will suffice to show that the ranges in their bearing
and in their grouping from the smallest to the most extended
combinations have been governed by some general laws, and
have not been merely local accidents.” (p. 101.)

A second but posthumous report from this gifted man ap¬
peared in 1856.* While Dr. Percival was engaged in its pre¬
paration, he was stricken down and died on the second day of
May, 1856. His manuscript was unfinished, but was carefully
copied and finished for the press. It was addressed to Governor
Poles Bashford, and reported the results of a trip he had made
to the northern regions of the state during which he visited
thirty-eight out of fifty counties. As a general result he
stated that he was still “more strongly persuaded of the proba¬
bility of [success] of continued deep mining, ’’ and adds that
*' the opinion expressed in my former report that the mineral
was derived from beneath is strengthened not only by the gen¬
eral results of my observations in the diggings, but by the
appearance of disturbance in the strata, particularly along the
line of the great body of mineral traversing the middle of the
district, and by the relation in the bearing of that body to the
extensive ranges of primary and metamorphic rocks towards
the northeast, indicating that the mineral may have arisen

* [Second] Annual Report on the Geological Survey of the State of
Wisconsin, pp. 111. Madison, 1856.

228 Blake — Progress of Geological Surveys in Wisconsin.

fiom a mass of such rocks beneath the secondary strata.’"
(p. 63.)

It is singular that Dr. Percival did not notice the absence of
the northern or glacial drift over the area of the lead rogion.

In Percival’ s day the zinc ores had not been utilized, but he
directed attention to their value for making not only spelter,
but zinc oxide for paint,* and I am told that he was the first
to induce the miners to make shipments of Smithsonite, “dry
bone,” to the New Jersey Zine company at Newark. He thus
hastened the utilization of the “dry-bone,” but Owen had already
directed attention to its value.

After the death of Percival and the reorganization of a sur¬
vey of the state under the direction of Prof. Jas. Hall, Prof.
J. D. Whitney was selected to examine and report upon the
lead region.

Prof. Whitney at once recognized that the foremost unan¬
swered question in the minds of both the miners in the lead
region and those who had written about the mineral deposits,
was whether deep mining was likely to be productive; whether
by sinking through the blue limestone [the Trenton Limestone]
and other beds in the Lower Magnesian Limestone, new sources
of ore might be found along the possible extension downwards
of the crevices of the upper beds. This question, we may say,
has not even yet been answered by actual trial, although it has
been answered theoretically by Whitney and others in the nega¬
tive. We have seen that Percival gave the subject much atten¬
tion, and that the direction of his labors was toward solving
the problem of the origin of the system of lead-bearing crevices,
and of their relations to, or dependence for, their origin upon
the faults, dislocations and breaks of the strata.

Professor Whitney gave especial attention to this subject,
and felt obliged to state that he differed in toto with Dr. Per¬
cival “ in the general conclusions which he drew from his obser¬
vations, especially in regard to the feasibility of deep mining
in the lead region, the most important point, practically, to
those interested in that district. ”f In the concluding pages of

*First Report, p. 98.

t Vol. I, Hall & Whitney’s Report, p. 84.

Vieivs of Whitney.

229

his report the subject is fully discussed, and a resume of his
conclusions is given as follows:*

1st. Each mining district in the lead region has its metallifer¬
ous deposits confined to a certain vertical range, which does
not in any one locality or group of diggings extend through
the whole series of lead-bearing strata.

2d. The mineral deposits do not extend into the upper, sand¬
stone, and the cracks or joints in that rock are not continu¬
ous with or dependent on those in the groups above or below.
3d. The Lower Magnesian Limestone has nowhere been proved
to be a rock which can be mined in profitably for lead for
any length of time.

It should be noted that Whitney did not discuss the cause of
the linear distribution of the mineral-bearing crevices; their
origin and relation to the lines of uplift which had so greatly
impressed Percival, nor did he find any faults in the strata,
which Percival had so specifically noted and described, Whit¬
ney’s statements relative to these subjects being: ‘‘There is
no evidence in the lead region of the deposits of ore or the
crevices being situated over or near faults or dislocations of
the surface, or of being in any way connected with subterra¬
nean or deep-seated movements of the crust of the earth, such
as would allow of the metalliferous solutions having access from
below.” (Page 393. ) This is remarkable, inasmuch as disloca¬
tions do exist as Percival stated, and that they do certainly
appear to have some relation to the mineral deposits, a relation
which needs investigation.

Professor Whitney’s report is well illustrated by drawings of
the various forms of crevices, openings, chambers and deposits
of ore. Many of these illustrations, with a memoir upon the
Lead Deposits of the Mississippi Valley, were published in the
Mining Magazine.!

Professor Whitney did not fail to note and to fully discuss
the phenomenon of the absence of drift deposits within the
limits of the productive lead region, and gives a diagram or
small map upon which the boundaries of the region destitute of
drift are shown. f The conclusions to which a study of this

* Vol. I, Hall & Whitney’s Report, p. 416.

X Mining Magazine and Journal of Geology.
I Report 1862, Fig. 2, pp. 118-119.

230 Blake — Progress . of Geological Surveys in Wisconsin.

driftless region led him were, briefly stated, that the region
existed as an island rising above the level of the ocean during the
drift epoch, and consequently escaped the deposition of drift
boulders and other materials characterizing the drift deposit of
adjoining regions. In forming this conclusion it will be noted
that he held the then prevalent opinion of the diluvial origin of
drift deposits, and that he did not entertain the idea of their
glacial origin and distribution. He carefully and correctly de¬
scribes the phenomena of chemical erosion or gradual solution
of the surface of the rocks and the accumulation on the surface
of the less soluble portions, such as flint nodules and fragments,
remarking that we never find them assorted in layers, or show-
in g any indication of the action of currents of water, from
which he concludes that the driftless region must have formed
an island at the time “when the great currents from the north
were bringing down the detrital materials which were spread
over so vast an area in the northern hemisphere. ”*

He directs attention to the fact that in the lead region the
line of water-shed is an exact east and west one, and that it is
pretty evident “that this portion of the surface of the state has
been elevated parallel to the great north and south axis which
has determined the geological features.” (P. 127.)

Professor Whitney formulated a theory of the original depo¬
sition of the ores from the waters of the ocean in certain areas
determined by the presence of marine plants.

However probable this may be, it fails to explain the sharply
defined linear distribution of the ores, and the origin of what
we may term the vein system.

Professor Chamberlin’s theory of undulations as opposed to
f aultiug, if accepted, leads us substantially to the conclusion
that the distribution of the cres is due to the structure, or
rather to the disturbance of the strata. This implies that the
deposits really have the nature of lodes, and that the same causes
may produce like effects in all of the beds whose chemical com¬
position is favorable to the deposition of ores. It is, therefore
favorable to the view that ore deposits may be found in te

* Report 1862, p. 123.

Views of Author.

231

Lower Magnesian Limestone, as contended for by Percival and
many others.

The paucity of close observations in the field should for the
present leave theorizing to the future. Had Percival lived a
few years longer, this want would undoubtedly have been sup¬
plied. My own knowledge of the lead and zinc deposits leads
me to believe Percival’s view is the correct one, and that the
lead-bearing regions are extensively faulted and broken, and
that the ore deposits have a direct and close relation to the
faults.

A CONTRIBUTION TO THE FLORA OF THE LAKE
SUPERIOR REGION.

BY L. S. CHENEY.

During the summer of 1891, through the kindness of Mr.
F. F. Wood, I had the pleasure of doing some collecting at
various points in northern Wisconsin, along the north shore of
Lake Superior, and along the boundary between Minnesota and
Ontario, — the last a region comparatively little known, botan-
ically. It is with the permission of Mr. Wood that I make use
of the material obtained at that time, in this brief paper.

Excluding the small portion in Wisconsin, the region under
consideration is a heavily timbered one, made up in greater
part of a series of parallel ridges running east and west, and
separated by deep narrow lakes, or tamarack or cedar swamps.
Geologically, the rocks of the region belong to the Algonkian
age. Along the course of the Pigeon river and boundary to
Gunflint Lake, the Huronian appears. Between Gunflint Lake
and Lake Seiganagah the Archaean breaks through, giving the
name Granite River to the short stream connecting the two
bodies of water.

From Lake Seiganagah west to Tower, the Huronian is again
the surface formation. To the southwest of Gunflint Lake, the
Archaean again appears as a long narrow ridge running away a
hundred or more miles to the southwest. This ridge is known
as the Mesabe range. Adjoining this range on the south is
another narrow strip of Huronian. Over the remainder of the
region, the Keweenawan forms the surface formation.

Collecting was done at Fond du Lac, on the St. Louis river;
along the lake shore from Grand Marais to Grand Portage; along
the old Dawson Canoe route (a line almost identical with the

234 Clieney — Flora of the Lake Superior Legion.

boundary between Minnesota and Ontario) from Grand Portage
to Basswood Lake; from this lake, along the canoe route com¬
monly travelled, to Ely and Tower; and in the vicinity of Bar¬
ron, Wisconsin. The work was begun June 16th, at Fond du
Lac. We were detained ten days at Grand Marais, awaiting
the construction of a canoe. At Rove Lake we were obliged to
wait four days for provisions. With these two exceptions, we
never stopped longer than thirty-six hours at a place. We
generally travelled ten to twelve miles each day, collecting on
the way. We reached Tower August 3d, and went from there
to Barron, where collecting was done a few days longer.

The list of plants appended include four new to the region
covered by Gray's Manual (last edition). Of these Ribes Hud-
sonianum has not, I think, been previously reported from far¬
ther east than Montana ; Carex obesa var. minor1 2 has not been
found before south ol the Saskatchewan. Ranunculus Lapponicus'*
is new. to the United States. Deplophyllum Dicksoni is the
fourth. The distribution of an introduced plant, Ranunculus
ac?ns, seems worthy of special mention. It was observed at all
old fishing stations along Lake Superior. At Grand Portage it
literally covered the land occupied by the village, and also the
adjoining fields,— perhaps fifteen acres in all. From this vil¬
lage the plant has been carried westward along the canoe route
to the portage between North Lake and South Lake, a distance
of sixty miles. It was observed at most of the portages be¬
tween the two points, usually at the landings. This distribu¬
tion was evidently effected either by travellers carrying the
flowers or seed, intentionally or otherwise, or by the seed ad¬
hering to the hair of dogs or other animals. A similar distri¬
bution from the village may be looked for along other trails, or
canoe routes.

No attempt was made to collect specimens of the larger
shrubs or trees; or in most cases, other plants known or sup¬
posed to be widely distributed. Such of these, however, as
were identified have been inserted in the list. I desire to ac-

1 See “Notes on Carex.” L. H. Bailey, Bot. Gaz., Vol XVII, No. 5.

2 See “New and Noteworthy North American Plants.” John M.
Coulter and Elmon M. Fisher. Bot. Gaz., Vol. XVII, No 8.

Distribution of Species.

235

knowledge my obligations to Dr. L. M. Underwood, of De Pauw
University; Dr. J. M. Coulter, of Lake Forest University; Dr.
L. H. Bailey, of Cornell University; Dr. C. R. Barnes, of the
University of Wisconsin; and Mr. R. H. True, formerly of the
University of Wisconsin, for aid kindly rendered.

1. Anemone nemorosct , L.

Grand Marais.

2. Coptis trifolia , Salisb.

Grand Marais.

3. Ranunculus acris , L.

At all old fishing stations along the north shore of
Lake Superior and on most of the portages along the
boundary between Canada and Minnesota west to
North Lake.

4. Ranunculus aqualitis , L., var. trichop hyllus, Gray.

Granite River.

5. Ranunculus Flammula , L., var. reptans , E. Mayer.

Partridge Falls.

6. Ranunculus hispidus , Hook.

Devil’s Track River.

7. Ranunculus Lapponicus , L.

On the Duluth and Port Arthur trail, three miles
west of Mawshequawcawmaw River.

8. Ranunculus Pennsylvanicus , L. f.

Granite River^ one and a half miles below Gunflint
Lake.

9. Nuphar advena , Ait. f.

Rove Lake.

10. Nuphar Kalmianum , Ait.

Daniels Lake and Basswood Lake.

11. Nymphcea odorata , Ait.

Gunflint Lake.

12. Nymphcea odorata , Ait., var. mwor, Sims.

Small lake on portage between Moose Lake and
Mountain Lake.

13. Corydalis aurea , Willd.

Grand Marais.

236 Cheney — Flora of the Lake Superior Region.

14. Corydalis glauca , Pursh.

G-rand Marais and Devil’s Track River.

15. Arabis lyrata , L.

Grand Portage.

16. Barbarea vulgaris , R. Br.

Grand Marais.

17. Cardamine hirsuta , L.

Grand Marais.

18. Sisybrium canescens , Nutt.

Grand Marais.

19. Viola rotundifolia , Michx.

Fond du Lac.

20. E lodes campanulata , Pursh.

Portage between Mud Lake and Rat Lake.

21. Tilia Americana , L.

Fond du Lac.

22. Oxalis Aceto sella, L.

Grand Marais.

23. Acer saccharinurn, Wang.

Fond du Lac and Basswood Lake.

24. Acer spicatum, Lam.

Portage at east end of Sucker Lake.

25. Rhus glabra , L.

Northern outlet of Lake Seiganagah.

26. Lathy rus maritimus , Bigelow.

North shore of Lake Superior, at Scott's Creek.

27. Lathy rus venosus , Muhl.

On portage from Pigeon River to South Fowl Lake.

28. Geum rivale, L.

Portage between North Fowl Lake and Moose Lake.

29. Totentilla fruticosa , L.

Grand Marais, and on many rocky points along
the north shore of Lake Superior.

30. Potentilla trident at a, Ait.

Usually found with the preceding.

31. Prunus pumila, L.

Island at east end of Lake Seiganagah.

32. Primus serotina , Ehrh.

Fond du Lac and Grand Marais.

Distribution of Species.

237

33. Primus Virginiana , L.

Grand Marais.

34. Pubus Nutkanus , Mocino.

Fond du Lac, Grand Marais, and portage at east
end of Sucker Lake.

35. Rubus occidentalism L.

Fond du Lac.

36. Rubus strigosus , Michx.

Common on all clearings and burnt districts.

37. Rubus villosus, Ait.

Fond du Lac.

38. Saxifraga Aizoon , Jacq.

South Fowl Lake.

39. Mitella nuda , L.

Fond du Lac and Grand Marais.

40. Heuchera hispida , Pursh.

Grand Marais.

41. Ribes Cynosbati , L.

Grand Marais.

42. Ribes lacustre, Poir.

Grand Marais.

43. Ribes prostratum , L’Her.

Grand Marais.

44. Ribes Hudsonianum , Richards.

Grand Marais.

45. Ribes rubrurn , L., var. subglandulosum , Maxim.

Grand Marais.

46. Drosera rotundifolia , L.

Barron, Mountain Lake and Burntside Lake.

47. Drosera intermedia , Hayne, var. Americana , DC.

Barron.

48. Hippuris vulgaris , L.

Grand Marais.

49. Epilobium angustifolium , L.

Abundant everywhere on burnt lands.

50. CEnothera biennis , L.

West of Brule River.

51. CEnothera pumila, L.

Granite River and Oshkosh Lake.

18— A. & L.

238 Cheney — Flora of the Lake Superior Region.

52. Circcect alpina , L.

Partridge Falls, Pigeon River.

53. Aralia hispida , Vert.

Red Rock, north shore of Lake Superior, and west
end of portage between Rove Lake and Mud Lake.

54. Cornus Canadensis, L.

Fond du Lac, Grand Marais, Grand Portage, and.
Granite River.

55. Sambucus racemosa , L.

Fond du Lac and Grand Marais.

56. Viburnum pauciflorum , Pylaie.

Grand Marais and near Brule River.

57. Linncea borealis , Gronov.

Common and abundant.

58. Lonicera hirsuta , Eaton.

On the portage between Grand Portage and Pigeon
River.

59. Aster macrophyllus , L.

Fond du Lac, Grand Marais, Grand Portage, Gran¬
ite River and Basswood Lake.

60. Erigeron Philadelphicus , L.

Portage between Pigeon River and South Fowl
Lake.

61. Antennaria plantaginifslia, Hook.

Grand Marais.

62. Anaphalis ma,rgaritacea , Benth. & Hook.

Eastern extremity of Hunter’s Island and Grand.
Marais.

63. Lobelia Dortmanna , L.

Rove Lake.

64. Vaccinium Canadense , Kalm.

Grand Marais, Granite River, and Gunflint Lake.

65. V accinium uliginosum , L.

On rocks north shore of Lake Superior ten miles-,
west of Grand Portage.

66. Vaccinium Vitis-Ldcea , L.

Grand Marais.

67. Vaccinium Oxycoccus , L.

Grand Marais.

Distribution of Species.

239

68. Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi, Spreng.

Grand Marais. Along the lake shore at Red Rock.

69. Andromeda polifolia, L.

Grand Marais.

70. Kalmia glauca , Ait.

Grand Marais.

71. Chimaphila umbellata , Nutt.

Granite River, and on an island at the east end of
Lake Seiganagah.

72. Moneses grandiflora, Salisb.

Fond du Lac, Grand Marais, and Rove Lake.

73. Pyrola minor , L.

South Fowl Lake.

74. Pyrola secunda , L.

Rove Lake.

75. Pyrola chlorantha, Swartz.

Pigeon River near Partridge Falls.

76. Pyrola elliptica , Nutt.

Portage between Mud Lake and Rat Lake.

77. Pyrola rotundifolia , L ., var. incarnata , DC.

Partridge Falls on Pigeon River.

78. Primula Mistassinica , Michx.

Grand Marais.

79. Trientalis Americana , Pursh.

Grand Marais.

80. Steironema ciliatum , Raf.

Island at the east end of Lake Seiganagah.

81. Lysimachia stricta , Ait.

Mud Lake, Cook County.

82. Halenia deflexa , Grisebach.

Grand Marais.

83. Phacelia Franklinii , Gray.

Thompsonite Bay, six miles west of Grand Marais.

84. Mertensia paniculata , Don.

Fond du Lac.

85. Phy salts grandiflora , Hook.

Ely.

86. Mimulus r in gens, L.

Portage between North Lake and Gunflint Lake.

240

Cheney — Flora of the Lake Superior Region.

87. Castilleia pallida, Kunth., var. septentrionalis , Gray.

North shore of Lake Superior, five miles west of
Grand Portage.

88. Euphrasia officinalis , L. , var. Tatarica , Benth.

Grand Marais.

89. Melampyrum Americanum , Michx.

North shore of Lake Superior, five miles west of
Grand Portage.

90. Ulricularia vulgaris , L.

Granite River.

91. Pinguicula vulgaris , L.

At Grand Marais and other places on rocks along the
lake shore east to Grand Portage.

92. Ly copus sinuatus , Ell.

93. Calaminthci Clinop odium, Benth.

Portage between Lake Seiganagah and Oshkosh
Lake.

94. Lophctnthus anisatus, Benth.

Portage between Burntside Lake and Mud Lake.

95. Scutellaria lateriflora , L.

On an Island at the west end of Lake Seiganagah.

96. Scutellaria galericulata , L.

With S. lateriflora.

97. Brunella vulgpris , L.

Grand Portage and Tower.

98. PI ant ago major , L.

At the mouth of Devil’s Track River.

99. Polygonum tenue) Michx.

At Grand Marais and Devil’s Track River.

100. Polygonum amphibium , L.

Granite River and Basswood Lake.

101. Polygonum viviparum , L.

Grand Marais.

102. Asarum Canadense , L.

Fond du Lac and Grand Marais.

103. TJlmus Americana , L.

Fond du Lac, Grand Marais, and occasional along
the boundary between Minnesota and Ontario.

Distribution of Species.

241

104. Myrica asplenifolia , Endl.

Large island in the west end of Lake Seiganagah

105. Betula lenta , L.

Common throughout the region.

106. Betula papyrif 'era, Marshall.

Common and more abundant than B. lenta.

107. Betula pumila, L.

Borders of lakes along the boundary between Minne¬
sota and Ontario.

108. Betula glandidosa , Michx.

Rat Lake.

109. Alnus viridis , DC.

Grand Marais, Scott’s Creek and Brule River.

110. Alnus incana , Willd.

Grand Marais.

111. Corylus Americana, Walt.

Fond du Lac. Grand Portage.

112. Corylus rostrata , Ait.

Fond du Lac, Grand Marais, Grand Portage, and
everywhere along the route to Tower.

113. Quercus macrocarpa , Michx.

On portage between Lake Seiganagah and Oshkosh
Lake. «

114. Populus tremidoides , Michx.

Common.

115. Populus grandidentata , Michx.

Common.

116. Populus bcdsamifera , L.

Mountain Lake and Moose Lake.

117. Pinus Strobus, L.

This species, with P. resinosa , common throughout
the region.

118. Pinus Banksiana , Lambert.

Brule River, Red Rock, and along the boundary be¬
tween Minnesota and Ontario west to Basswood
Lake.

119. Pinus resinosa , Ait.

242

Cheney — Flora of the Lake Superior Region .

120. Picea nigra , Link.

Common in the swamps.

121. Abies balsdmea, Miller.

Observed at all points along the route.

122. Larex Americana , Michx.

North Lake.

123. Thuya occidentalism L.

A common tree in swamps.

124. Juniperus Virginiana , L.

Observed at several points along Lake Superior.

125. Taxus Canadensis , Willd.

Fond du Lac.

126. Calypso borealis , Salisb.

G-rand Marais.

127. Corallorhiza innata, R. Brown.

Fond du Lac.

128. Lister a cor data, R. Brown.

Rosebud Creek, Brule River, and Rove Lake.

129. Lister a convallarioides, Nutt.

Brule River.

130. Spiranthes Romanzoffiana, Cham.

Portage between Long Lake and Burntside Lake, and
on a the large island at east end of Lake Seiganagah.

131. Spiranthes gracilis, Bigelow. ^

Portage between Long Lake and Fall Lake.

132. Goody era repens, R. Br.

Collected at many points along the route. Common

133. Habenaria liyperborea, R. Br.

Portage between Rat Lake and Scuth Lake.

134. Habenaria obtusata, Richardson.

Common everywhere.

135. Habenaria Hookeri, Torr.

Granite River and at the east end of Knife Lake.

136. Habenaria orbiculata, Torr.

Rove Lake.

137. Habenaria psy codes, Gray.

Granite River and Otter Track Lake.

138. Cypripedium acaule, Ait.

Granite River.

Distribution of Species.

243

139. Iris versicolor , L.

Grand Marais.

140. Sisyrinchium angustifolium. Mill.

Grand Marais.

141. Smilacina tri folia, Desf,

Near Brule River.

142. Maianthemum Canadense , Desf.

Fond du Lac and Grand Marais.

143. Streptopus amplexifolius , DC.

Grand Marais. ;

144. Streptopus roseus , Michx.

Grand Marais.

145. Clintonia borealis , Raf.

Fond du Lac and Grand Marais.

146. Lilium Philadelphicum, L.

Observed at two or three points along Lake Supe¬
rior between Grand Marais and Grand Portage.

147. Tofieldia palustris, Hudson.

Grand Marais.

148. Luzula spadicea , DC., var. melanocarpa , Meyer.

Devil’s Track River.

149. Sparganium minimum , Fries.

South Fowl Lake and Sucker Lake.

150. Sagittaria variabilis , Engelm.

Fall River and Fall Lake.

151. Sagittaria heterophylla, Pursh.

With S. ~variabilis.

152. Potamogeton natans , L.

Common in all inland waters.

153. Potamogeton Pennsylvanicus , Cham.

Rove Lake.

154. ' Potamogeton amplifolius , Tuckerm.

Rove Lake.

155. Potamogeton heterophyllus , Schreb.

Rove Lake.

156. Potamogeton pauciflorus , Pursh.

Rove Lake.

157. Eriocaulon septangular e , Withering.

Lake Seiganagah and small pond east of Sucker
Lake.

244 Gneney — Flora of the Lake Superior Region.

158. Scirpus flumatilis, Gray.

Island at the east end of Lake Seiganagah.

159. Carex pauciflora, Lightf.

Rove Lake.

160. Carex intumescens, Rudge.

South Fowl Lake.

161. Carex lupulina , Muhl., var. pedunculata , Dewey.

Pigeon River.

162. Carex utrieulata , Boott.

Mosquito Bay, Gunflint Lake.

163. Carex monile , Tuckerm.

South Fowl Lake.

164. Carex Tuckermani , Dewey.

Ely and Barron.

165. Carex retrorsa, Schwein.

Mosquito Bay, Gunflint Lake.

166. Carex Pseudo- Cy perns, L.

Portage at east end of Otter Track Lake.

167. Carex Houghtonii , Torr.

Grand Marais and Mosquito Bay, Gunflint Lake.

168. Carex jilif or mis, L.

Grand Marais and Mountain Lake.

169. Carex riparia , W. Curtis.

Grand Marais.

170. Carex alpina, Swartz.

,

Grand Marais.

171. Carex fusca v All.

Grand Marais.

172. Carex stricta, Lam.

Grand Marais.

173. Carex crinita, Lam.

Barron.

174. Carex Magellanica, Lam.

Island at the east end of Lake Seiganagah.

175. Carex liihosa, L.

Grand Marais and Daniels Lake.

176. Carex arctata , Bohtt.

Shore of Lake Superior near Brule River.

Distribution of Species.

245

177. Car ex flavct, L.

Island at the east end of Lake Seiganagah.

178. Car ex flava, L., var. viridula, Bailey.

Island at the east end of Lake Seiganagah.

179. Car ex livida , Willd.

Grand Marais.

180. Carex aurea'j Nutt.

Granite River near Pine Lake.

181. Carex varia , Muhl.

Grand Marais.

182. Carex obesa , All., var. minor , Boott.

South Fowl Lake.

183. Carex poly trichoides, Muhl.

Mawshequawcawmaw River.

184. Carex tenella , Schkuhr.

Rove Lake.

185. Carex canescens , L.

Rove Lake.

186. Carex canescens , L., var. polystacliya , Boott.

Mosquito Bay, Gunflint Lake.

187. Carex trisperma , Dewey.

Rove Lake.

188. Carex tribidoides , Wahl., var. Bebbii , Bailey.

Grand Marais.

189. Carex scoparia , Schkuhr.

Mosquito Bay, Gunflint Lake.

190. Carex adusta , Boott.

Mosquito Bay, Gunflint Lake.

191. Carex straminea , Willd.

Grand Marais.

192. Panicum depauper atum, Muhl.

Mud Lake, Cook County.

193. Panicum dichotomum , L.

Knife Lake.

194. Zizania aquatica , L.

Fall Lake.

195. Phalaris arundinacea , L.

Gunflint Lake.

246 Cheney — Flora of the Lake Superior Region .

196. Hierochloe borealis, Roem. & Schultes.

Grand Portage.

197. Oryzopsis Canadensis , Torr.

Gunflint Lake.

198. Muhlenbergia glomerata , Trin.

Portage between Burntside Lake and Mud Lake.

199. Brachyelytrum aristatum , Beauv.

Rove Lake.

200. Phleum pratense , L.

At all old settlements. Introduced.

201. Alopecurus genieulatus , L.

At the east end of Basswood Lake.

202. Agrostris scabra , Willd.

Falls on Granite River one and a half miles below
Gunflint Lake.

203. Calamagrostis Canadensis , Beauv.

South Fowl Lake.

204. Calamagrostis stricta , Trin.

Along the shore of Lake Superior four miles west of
Grand Portage.

205. Deschampsia ccespitosa , Beauv.

Grand Portage.

206. Deschampsia ccespitosa , Beauv., var. Vasey.

Grand Marais.

207. Trisetum subspicatum , Beauv.

Grand Marais.

208. Arena striata , Michx.

Scott’s Creek.

209. Dctnthonia spicata , Beauv.

Gunflint Lake.

210. Poa nemoralis , L.

Grand Portage.

211. Poa nemoralis . L., var. Yasey.

North shore of Lake Superior ten miles west of
Grand Portage.

212. Poet serotina , Ehrhart.

South Lake Portage.

213. Poet pratensis , L.

South Lake Portage.

Distribution of Species.

247

.214. Poa pratensis, L., var. Yasey.

Grand Marais.

215. Glyceria Canadensis , Trin.

Portage between Burntside Lake and Mud Lake.

216. Glyceria new at a, Trin.

Ely, Fall Lake, Gunflint Lake and Grand Marais.

217. Glyceria grandis , Watson.

Ely.

218. Glyceria fluitans, R. Br. , var.. minor , Yasey.

Portage at western extremity of Gunflint Lake and
North Lake Portage.

219. Festuca tenella , Willd.

South Fowl Lake.

220. Festuca ovina , L.

Grand Marais.

221. Bromus ciliatus , L.

Scott’s Creek.

.222. Bromus Kalmii , Gray.

Portage between Burntside Lake and Mud Lake.

223. Agropyrum tenerum , Yasey. (?)

Rove Lake.

224. Flymus Canadensis , L.

Grand Marais and portage at east end of Sucker
Lake.

225. Aspidium fragrans , Swartz.

Parttidge Falls on Pigeon River, and at the falls at
the northern outlet of Lake Seiganagah.

226. Osmunda regalis, L.

Partridge Portage.

227. Botrychium Lunaria , Swartz.

At the mouth of the Brule River, on the west bank.

228. Lycopodium annotinum , L.

This, with the three following, were observed
throughout the region. None, however, were col¬
lected.

229. Lycopodium obscurum , L., var. dendroideum^ Watson.

230. Lycopodium clavatum , L.

231. Lycopodium complanatum , L.

248 C heney — Flora of the Lake Superior Region.

232. Selaginella spinosa , Beauv.

Grand Marais.

233. Selaginella rupestris , Spreng.

Grand Marais, South Fowl Lake, and Rove Lake.

234. Sphagnum cymbifolium , Ehrh.

Burntside Lake.

235. Sphagnum jimbriatum, Wils.

Burntside Lake.

236. Sphagnum aeutifolium , Ehrh.

Grand Marais.

237. Sphagnum Girgensoh?iii, Russ.

Burntside Lake.

238. Sphagnum Wulfianum , Girgens,

Burntside Lake.

239. Sphagnum intermedium , Hoffm.

Burntside Lake.

240. Cynodontium poly car pum, Schimp.

Grand Marais.

241. Cynodontium polycarpum , Schimp., var. strumiferumy

Schimp.

Grand Marais.

242. Cynodontium virens , Schimp., var. Wahlenbergii , Bruch. &

Schimp.

Grand Marais.

243. Dicranum montanum , Hedw.

Ely.

244. Dicranum flagellare , Hedw.

Rat Lake and Barron.

245. Dicranum fuscescens, Turn.

Grand Marais.

246. Dicranum scoparium, Hedw.

Fond du Lac.

247. Dicranum Drummondi, Muell.

Grand Marais.

248. Dicranum undulatum , Turn.

RoVe Lake.

249. Fissidens incur vus, Schwaegr.

Grand Marais.

Distribution of Species.

249

250. Fissidens adiantoides , Hedw.

Grand Marais and Basswood Lake-

251. Fissidens adiantoides , Hedw., var. immarginatus , Lindb.

Gunflint Lake.

252. Ceratodon purpureus, Brid.

Collected at Grand Marais. Very common.

253. Distichium capillaceum , Bruch. & Schimp.

Grand Marais.

254. Distichium inclinatum) Bruch. & Schimp.

Grand Marais.

255. Blindia acuta , Bruch. & Schimp.

Grand Marais.

256. Leptotrichum glaucescens , Hampe.

Grand Marais.

257. Grimmia apocarpa , Hedw.

Grand Marais.

258. Grimmia apocarpa , Hedw., var. rivularis, Nees & Hornsch.

Grand Marais.

259. Grimmia unicolor , Grev.

Grand Marais.

260. Racomitrium fascicular e , Brid.

Grand Marais.

261. Hedwigia ciliata , Ehrh.

Grand Marais.

262. Amphoridium Lapponicus , Schimp.

Brule River.

263. Ulota Hutchinsice , Schimp.

Grand Marais.

264. Ortliotrichum speciosum , Nees.

Grand Marais.

265. Encalypta ciliata , Hedw.

Grand Marais.

266. Tetr aphis pellucida , Hedw.

Grand Marais.

267. Tetraplodon mnioides , Bruch. & Schimp.

Lake shore five miles west of Grand Marais. Near the
Mawshequawcawmaw River.

268. Funaria hygrometrica , Sibth.

Common. Collected near Grand Marais.

250

Cheney — Flora of the Lake Superior Region.

269. Bartramia pomiformis, Hedw.

Grand Marais, Partridge Falls on Pigeon River, and
falls at the northern outlet of Lake Seiganagah.

270. Philonotis fontana, Brid.

Grand Marais.

271. Leptobryum pyriforme, Schimp.

Burntside Lake.

272. Weber a polymorpha, Schimp.

Lake shore three miles east of Grand Marais.

. 273. Weber a nutans , Hedw.

Ely.

274. Bryum bimum , Schreb.

Grand Marais.

275. Bryum roseum , Schreb.

Fond du Lac, Grand Marais, and Barron.

276. Mnium cuspidatum , Hedw.

Grand Marais.

277. Mnium affine , Bland.

Fond du Lac.

278. Mnium orthorhynchum , Bruch. & Schimp.

Knife Lake.

279. Mnium subglobosum , Bruch. & Schimp.

Fond du Lac.

280. Aulacomnium palustre , Schwaegr.

Granite River.

281. Atrichum angustatum , Bruch. & Schimp.

Barron.

282. Pogonatum alpinum , Roehl.

Lake shore one mile west of Grand Marais.

283. Pogonatum alpinum , Roehl., var. arcticum , Brid.

Granite River.

284. Polytrichum gracile , Menz.

Burntside Lake.

285. Polytrichum juniperinum , Willd.

Grand Marais.

286. Fontinalis antipyretica , Linn., var. gigantea , Sulliv.

Mud Lake, Cook County.

287. Meeker a pennata , Hedw.

Fond du Lac and Weyerhauser.

Distribution of Species.

251

288. Neekera oligocarpa , Bruch. & Schimp.

Grand Marais.

289. Leucodon sciuroides , Schwaegr.

Falls at the northern outlet of Lake Seiganagah.

290. Myurella julacea , Bruch. & Schimp.

Rove Lake.

291. Leskea obscura, Hedw.

Falls at the northern outlet of Lake Seiganagah.

292. Anomodon rostratus , Schimp.

Falls at the northern outlet of Lake Seiganagah.

293. Anomodon obtusifolius , Bruch. & Schimp.

Fond du Lac.

294. Pylaisia polyantha , Bruch. & Schimp.

Rove Lake and Grand Marais.

295. Pylaisia intricata , Bruch. & Schimp.

Rove Lake.

296. Pylaisia velutina) Bruch. & Schimp.

Ely.

297. Climacium dendroides , Web. & Mohr.

Brule River near where it empties into Lake Supe¬
rior.

298. Hypnum gracile , Bruch. & Schimp.

Barron.

299. Hypnum recognitum’ Hedw.

Fond du Lac.

300. Hypnum delicatidum , Linn.

Barron.

301. Hypnum Icetum , Brid.

Burntside Lake and Barron.

302. Hypnum salebrosum , Hoffm.

Falls at the northern outlet of Lake Seiganagah.

303. Hypnum plumosum , Swartz.

Grand Marais.

304. Hypnum strigosum , Hoffm.

Grand Marais.

305. Hypnum recurvans , Schwaegr.

Gunflint Lake.

252 Cheney — Flora of the Lake Superior Region.

306. Hypnum serrulatum , Hedw.

Burntside Lake.

307. Hypnum turfaeeum , Lindb.

Ely.

308. Hypnum denticulatum , Linn.

Granite River.

309. Hypnum sylvaticum , Huds., var. orthocladium , L. & J.

Granite River.

310. Hypnum serpens, Linn.

Ely.

311. Hypnum orthocladon , Beauv.

Falls at the northern outlet of Lake Seiganagah.

312. Hypnum irriyuum , Hook. & Wils.

Falls at the northern outlet of Lake Seiganagah.

313. Hypnum hispidulum , Brid.

Barron.

314. Hypnum chry sopliy Hum, Brid.

Barron.

315. Hypnum stellatum, Schreb.

Burntside Lake.

316. Hypnum aduncum , Hedw., var.

Mawshequawcawmaw River.

317. Hypnum uncinatum, Hedw.

Ely.

318. Hypnum uncinatum, Hedw., var. plumulosum, Bruch. &

Schimp.

Burntside Lake.

319. Hypnum crista-castrensis, Linn.

Fond du Lac, Grand Marais and Brule River.

320. Hypnum reptile, Michx.

Burntside Lake.

321. Hypnum imponens, Hedw.

Gunflint Lake.

322. Hypnum arcuatum, Lindb.

Barron.

323. Hypnum pratense, Koch, Ms.

Burntside Lake.

Distribution of Species.

253

324. Hypnum Haldanianum, Grev.

Barron and Fond du Lac.

325. Hypnum palustre, Huds.

Grand Marais.

326. Hypnum palustre, Huds., var. hamulosum , L. & J.

Grand Marais.

327. Hypnum cordifolium , Hedw.

Barron and Burntside Lake.

328. Hypnum Sc/ireberi, Willd.

Grand Marais.

329. Hypnum splendens, Hedw.

Fond du Lac.

330. Hypnum triquetrum , Linn.

Barron and Fond du Lac.

331. Frullania Eboracensis, Lehm.

Fond du Lac.

332. Radula complanata, Dumort.

Fond du Lac.

333. Porella platyphylla, Lindb.

Fond du Lac.

334. Ptilidium ciliare , Nees.

Grand Marais and Mawshequawcawmaw River.

335. BlepharostOma trie hop hy llum, Dumort.

Grand Marais.

336. Cephalozia multiflora, Spruce.

Grand Marais.

337. Diplophyllum Dic/csoni, Dumort.

Grand Marais.

338. Plagioehila asplenoides, Dumort.

Grand Marais.

339. Jungermannia barbata, Schreb.

Lake Seiganagah.

340. Seapanm exsecta, Aust.

Grand Marais.

341. Pellia epiphylla, Raddi.

Brule River.

342. Pellia endivioefolia, Dumort.

Barron .

19 A & L

254 . Cheney — Flora of the Lake Superior Region.

343. Preissia liemispha&rica ;, Cogn.

Grand Marais.

344. Eiccia fluitans , L.

Barron.

345. Eiccia natans, L.

Ely.

Madison, Wis., Feb. 22, 1893.

OF THE

WISCONSIN

.

OF

ACADEMY

SCIENCES, ARTS, AND LETTERS

'

_

EDITED BY THE SECRETARY

<%

VOL. IX, PART II

1893

I f s A i 0 I vi > r .

V v, jAiM & »> •

PUBLISHED BY AUTHORITY OF LAW

,

COUNCIL

Term expires December, 1893.

President ,

Geo. W. Peckham, Milwaukee.

Vice-Presidents ,

C. R. Van Hise, Madison.

A. H. Tolman, Ripon.

J. J. Blatsdell, Beloit.

Secretary,

Wm. H. Hobbs, Madison.

Treasurer ,

Samuel D. Hastings, Madison.

GEOLOGY OF THE WATERLOO QUARTZITE AREA.

(WITH PLATES VII- IX).

BY IRA M. BUELL.

CONTENTS.

Introduction. .....

. 255

Field Notes. .......

258

General geological relations.

258

Description of the exposures.

. 259

Structural features. .....

263

Lithological Characters of the Quartzite.

. 266

Prevailing characters. ....

266

The Portland type. .

266

The Hubbleton type ....

. 267

The red quartzite. ... . .

. 268

The Mud Lake type. ....

. 269

The metamorphic conglomerate.

270

Comparison with Lake Superior and Other Quartzites. 270

Summary. .......

. 271

INTRODUCTION.

The group of quartzite exposures that occurs in the midst
of the Lower Silurian belt of southeastern Wisconsin, near the
village of Waterloo, has an immediate local interest as the
most remote group of outliers of the Lake Superior pre-Cambrian
area, and as the nearest examples of crystalline rocks to the capi-
tol of the state. Their peculiar structural types, and relations to
adjacent paleozoic formations, and especially their relations to
the quaternary formations, present features of general interest,
and have caused them to receive considerable attention in geo¬
logical literature. The first public mention of this area seems
ii— 2

256 Buell — Geologij of the Waterloo Quartzite Area.

to have been made in a lecture given by the late Dr. Lapham in
Milwaukee in 1848.* This lecture probably afforded Dr. Owen
the data for its first notice in geological literature, which reads-
as follows: “The late Mr. J. S. Thayer observed a locality of
granite in Dodge county, Wisconsin, (Sec. 33, T. 9, R. 13, West.)
It is nearly on a parallel of latitude with Painted Rock on the
Mississippi and about one hundred miles east of these granite
ridges on Black river and distant about one hundred and
twenty miles from the Mississippi and between fifty and sixty
miles from Lake Michigan.”! The description indi¬
cates a complete misapprehension of the nature and
correlations of the exposures which may be best explained
perhaps by the indefinite nature of his information.

In Dr. Percival’s report upon Wisconsin geology made in
1855, are two brief descriptions of the outcrops. He describes
the ledges as occurring in two parallel ranges, one on the east
side of a marsh traversed by Waterloo creek, and the other on
the west side of a ridge about a mile farther east. He cor¬
rectly locates two of the four areas described in this paper and
associates them with the Baraboo quartzites, but errs in consid¬
ering them to be metamorphosed strata of the Potsdam forma¬
tion. His determination of the strike of the layers is south by
east and the dip 20° east, which coincides with my determina¬
tions upon his eastern ledge area.

In the records of the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences brief men¬
tion is made of a paper on “The Metamorphic Rocks of Portland
and Waterloo,” t which was read at one of its earliest meetings
by the Rev. A. O. Wright. In this the author called attention to
the rounded and striated surfaces of the outcrops and to the bowl¬
der train extending southward from the main area. In the notes
upon the discussion of the paper is the adoption of a resolution
that the area be made the subject of scientific examination by a
committee from the Academy. Apparently as an outcome of
this is an extended note upon the topic by Dr. Irving which
was published in 1871 in the American Journal of Science.? This-

*Dr. R. D. Irving in note in Am. Jour. Science, Vol. V, p. 282.

■(•Report on the Geology of Wisconsin, Minnesota and Iowa, p. 151.

^Transactions Wis. Acad. Sciences, Vol. I, p. 189.

§Am. Jour. Science, Vol V, p. 282.

Introduction.

257

account contains a review of previous literature upon the sub¬
ject together with the results of a brief examination of the dis¬
trict. The two areas recognized by Dr. Percival were here
described as one. The rock was designated a quartzite, in
places a metamorphic conglomerate with seams of talco-
silicious schist. The layers were thought to incline to the N.
N. E. at a high angle, but this and the strike were not satis¬
factorily made out. The adjacent sandstone was referred to the
Potsdam as is the case with the Baraboo outcrops, but the for¬
mation was for the first time correctly referred with its com¬
panion range at Baraboo to the Huronian age.

The first detailed description of the area is found in the
second volume of the reports upon the Wisconsin G-eological
Survey.* In the chapter describing the Archaean formations of
the region, Dr. Chamberlin mentions three separate groups of out¬
crops and notes in each the principal ledges. He determined
also their true relations to the adjacent sandstone, shales and
conglomerates and the underlying Lower Magnesian and over-
lying Trenton limestone. The dip and strike of several of the
outcrops were noted, but no attempt was made to correlate these
observations. The occurence of glacial striae on several
of the ledge areas was noted, and in the chapter on the
quaternary formations their importance as points of origin of
extensive bowlder trains was made prominent.! In two subse¬
quent articles on the glacial geology of the region, published in
the reports of the U. S. Geological Survey, President Chamber¬
lin has briefly referred to these outcrops and indicated their
bowlder trains. In Dr. Irving’s chapter in the Wisconsin re¬
port already referred to,f this area is briefly described and
mapped with the other isolated outcrops of the region, the whole
series being grouped with an outlying Huronian belt peripheral
to the Archaean area. In this author’s subsequent reports upon
the crystalline rocks of the lake Superior region these relations
are several times brought out.

The peculiar dynamic action to which these quartzites have

*Geology of Wisconsin, Vol. II, p. 252.

tlbid, p. 202.

JIbid, p. 501.

258

Buell — Geology of the Waterloo Quartzite Area.

been subjected was first pointed out to me by Prof. Van Hise,
and to him is due the suggestion that the schistosity developed
in these original elastics would be found to be a valuable means
for the discrimination of 1 his rock from other quartzites and
its identification in the glacial drift'.

My approach to the subject has been from the side of
the relations of these quartzites to glacial phenomena,
being interested in them chiefly as points of origin of
bowlder material which is disseminated through the glacial
drift over a considerable area to the south, southwest
and west of the ledges. In tracing out this dis¬
tribution in has been found necessary to enter somewhat
minutely into the geological relations of the series and to work
out the structural features of the quartzite itself, these points
being found essential in the consideration of the quesfions of
glacial distribution. In this paper are presented only the re¬
sults of these studies upon the constitution and structure of
the rock forming the ledge exposures, but with the object in
mind of subsequently using this knowledge as a substantial
basis for the working out of their relations to the more recent
stages of geological history.

FIELD NOTES.

General Geological Relations — The area including these ex¬
posures lies about twenty-five miles east of Madison in the
southern part of Dodge county and in the northwestern town¬
ship of Jefferson county. The outcrops all lie in a broad erosion
basin formed from the layers of the St. Peters sandstones and
the adjacent limestones. This basin is occupied superficially
by broad marsh areas and is drained by the sluggish Crawfish
river and its tributaries. The ledges therefore occupy a lower
position than the drift-covered limestone ridges in the vicinity.
The territory outlined by the exposures extends for about
twelve miles in a direction west-southwest from its initial area
to the northeast, and the southwest exposure lies about six
miles from the opposite margin of the field. The three mar¬
ginal areas may be considered as outlining a rude crescent
within whose cusps the fourth area is included.

Descriptions of the Exposures. 259

Descriptions of the Exposures — The four areas into which the
ledges are grouped are designated as the Portland, Hubbellton,
Lake Mills and Mud Lake areas. Two of these were recog¬
nized by Percival, the third was found by President Chamberlin
in his study of the region, while the fourth was discovered dur¬
ing the course of my investigations. The first or Portland
area lies within, and upon the eastern rim of the marsh drained
by the terminal course of Waterloo creek. Rocky Island, its
most northern exposure, is a ledge arising abruptly within a
shallow lake at the junction of Waterloo creek with the Craw¬
fish river on Sec. 27, Portland township. On three sides the
bare, polished roc lies moutonnees rise directly from the water,
but on the fourth margin the gently sloping ledge surface dis¬
appears beneath spongy marsh accumulations. The longer
axis of the outcrop coincides wfith the strike and direction of
latest glaciation, or S. S. W. This extent is seventy-two rods,
and its greatest breadth is sixty rods. The highest points of
its rounded crests are about forty feet above the marsh level.
No talus nor glacial debris is found adjacent to this ledge, but
the thin till covering that rests upon the rock surface, bears a
vigorous forest growth. Its area is approximately twenty-
five acres.

A half mile south of this island, domes of quartzite again
appear along the crest of a ridge eighty feet above the marsh
level. A succession of these ledges continues along the west¬
ern slope and margin of this ridge for a mile, ending in a low
dome of rock lying in the marsh on the north-east quarter of Sec¬
tion 33. These outcrops are all beautifully rounded and striated
by glacial action, the coincidence of the strike of the beds with
the direction of latest glaciation, greatly favoring the devel¬
opment of these symmetrical forms. The eastern margin of the
ledge area is heavily overlaid by glacial drift. Along its
marshy western border are several low mounds of much weath¬
ered talus and a wide bowlder fringe, the quartzite blocks lying
thickly together, and extending for nearly two miles on the lee
slope of the ridge area.

On the gentle north slope of the ridge and lying between
this ledge and Rocky island a very interesting paleozoic con

260

Buell — Geology of the Waterloo Quartzite Area.

glomerate appears wherever the thin drift covering has been
removed. It is first seen near the crest of the ridge and dis-
plays a very coarse boulder bed of rounded, wave- worn quartz¬
ite blocks of three or four square yards area lying closely to¬
gether and imbedded in a matrix of finer quartzite and sand.
As the formation is followed away from the ledges down the slope,
the size of the quartzite blocks gradually decreases, until, on the
bank of the river, a quarter mile distant from the out-crops,
the conglomerate passes into a coarse friable sandstone. At cer¬
tain points the imbedded quartzites present deeply exfoliating
surfaces indicating extensive weathering.

This conglomerate appears at exposed points for half a mile
along the north slope of this ridge and limited areas have been
noted on the west side of the Portland area on Section 3, Water¬
loo township. No other exposures have been found in the district,
though conglomerate bowlders have been seen in the drift in
the vicinity of the Lake Mills outcrop.

Quarry ledge, the largest single outcrop of the range, lies
just south of the last area in the southeast quarter of Section 33.
The ledge rises abruptly on its east side, its slope correspond¬
ing to the dip of the strata and its highest point having an
elevation of forty-five feet above the marsh level. From this
marginal crest the surface slopes gently to the southwest until
its border disappears beneath the marsh. A thin drift over-
lies the greater part of the ledge, but where this is removed
the rock presents a gently undulating glacially planed surface.
The strike and longer axis of this out-crop extends in a north¬
west-southeast direction from the center of the north line of
the quarter section into Sections 3 and 4, Waterloo .township.
Its length is one hundred and eighty rods, and its greatest
breadth is eighty rods; its area is about fifty acres.

A quarter mile east of this ledge is a high drift ridge that
extends for two miles from the margin of the Crawfish on Section
27, Portland township, into Sec. 3, Waterloo township. On the
slope facing the quarry ledge a shoulder of rock cuts through the
drift for nearly a half mile and on the other side of the hill is
a low ledge which covers an area of ten acres. On the de¬
scending crest of this ridge half a mile southwest of the last

Descriptions of the Exposures.

261

ledge several low domes and flat planed surfaces of quartzite
define the southern limit of the area. The length of the Port¬
land area is two miles and its greatest breadth three-fourths of
a mile.

The Hubbellton area is second in size and importance to the
last. It lies parallel with this and they are separated by a
ridge and marsh covered interval a mile and a half wide. Its
northern exposure is a bare knob of rock projecting from the
end of a drift ridge near the center of the northwest quarter of
Section 36, Portland township. In a ravine on the west slope
of this ridge the quartzite is again exposed for several rods. A
quarter mile south on the center line of Section 36, is a low drift
ridge from whose surface the quartzite protrudes at several
points. On the western border of this ridge a bare ledge rises
from the marsh level and extends for several hundred feet along
the. general trend of the area.

The remaining exposures are in Section 2, Waterloo township,
being separated from the last by a half mile of marsh interval.
The principal ledge outcrops form the north end of a drift
ridge and extends in the direction of its strike for 300 feet
along the east margin of its slope. The crest of the ledge rises
about twenty feet above the marsh level and the breadth of the
exposed surface is seventy feet. A second outcrop was lately
discovered in a low, wooded swell an eighth of a mile southeast
of the ledge just described. This consists of rounded edges of
rock strata that just appear above the surface over an area of
about an acre. In the marsh a quarter of a mile farther south¬
east is another tree-covered ridge with its crest almost com¬
pletely Covered with quartzite blocks, indicating the presence
of a ledge at no great depth beneath. These exposures outline
an area a mile and a half long and a half mile wide.

The single outcrop in the Lake Mills area was found by Pres¬
ident Chamberlin* in tracing to its origin a well-marked bowl¬
der train that crosses the east half of Lake Mills township.
The ledge has, therefore, received that name, although it lies
on the east ledge of Waterloo township on Sections 24 and 25.
It is four miles south of the Hubbellton area on the east mar-

* Geology of Wisconsin, Vol. II., p. 253.

262

Buell — Geology of the Waterloo Quartzite Area.

gin of the ridge that borders the broad, marshy basin of the
Crawfish river. Its linear extent is a quarter of a mile, and
its breadth at center is thirty rods. As the rock also appears
in a shallow well a quarter mile east of the ledge, it is proba¬
ble that a considerable area of thinly covered quartzite lies be¬
tween the exposed ledges and the high drift ridges to the west.
The narrow ledge area of four or five acres evidently repre¬
sents a glacially abraded surface of at least thirty acres.

The ledges forming the Mud Lake area were also located by
tracing to their origin their trains of bowlder drift. In Pres.
Chamberlin’s description of the area just referred to, mention
was made of quartzite bowlders at a considerable distance to
the north and east of the ledges which were then known.
From information obtained from residents of the region I was
led to the largest of these ledges at the beginning of my work.
This exposure is on the west side of an isolated ridge that lies
in the marsh basin north of Mud Lake. Its length is eighty
rods and its greatest breadth about sixty rods. The ledge
surface on its margins rises abruptly from the marsh, but its
highest points do not exceed twelve feet above the general
level. The rock surface is also exposed in the bed of the creek
that flows through the marsh west of the ledge and indicates
an indefinite extension of the outcrop beneath the peat accu¬
mulations of the marsh basin. The presence of quartzite bowlders
in the glacial drift on the west side of this marsh and farther
north than these exposures was observed at the time of the
location of these ledges, but was first explained by supposing
that concealed ledges exist in the marsh farther north than
those already seen. But their frequent occurrence on the east
side of this basin led to successful search for exposures on that
side also. The eastern border of this bowlder train was followed
from the vicinity of Hubbellton northward across Shields town¬
ship and the erratics were traced to their source in a small
ledge on the east side of the marsh in the northeast corner of
Section 2. This exposure consists of low swells of rock, the
highest rising less than five feet above the marsh, and is in¬
cluded within an area of about four acres. The bowlder train
traced to this point stops at the ledge surface, only a single

Structural Features of the Exposures.

268

quartzite pebble of the Waterloo type being found among the
hundreds of cords of bowlders observed on several square miles
of surface which were explored north of this ledge. The posi¬
tion of this ledge at the northeast limit of the quartzite range
gives it great prominence in the study of the bowlder trains.
The area over which these erratics have been found, forms a
sector of eighty degrees divergence from this center and includes
within its limits all of the other areas and bowlder trains.

The location of several of these ledges by means of their
bowlder trains is instructive and suggests the question
whether there are not still other quartzite outcrops within the
area. Facts relating to the bowlder distribution indicate that
such is the case. Their presence in the marsh basin north of
the Mud Lake exposures has already been suggested, and seems
very probable. Evidence of a similar character exists in the
interval between the Portland and Hub bell ton areas. On the
surface of a sharp drift ridge midway between these areas a
large amount of fragmental quartzite is found which is distin¬
guishable by its peculiarities of color and texture from any
hitherto observed in the outcrops examined. It is apparently
the product of abrasion from some near but concealed ledge sur¬
face. The existence of a ledge somewhere beneath the drift
ridge itself has an increased probability from the observation in
a well section on the south end of this ridge, of quartzite beneath
eighteen feet of drift and thirty-six feet of red shade. The con¬
cealment of these supposed ledges by glacial drift and marsh
accumulations renders their exact location a difficult matter.

Structural Features of the Exposures— Within the last few
years extensive quarrying has been carried on at two of the
ledges, which has very well exposed the bedding planes of the
rock. On the broad fresh fracture surfaces thus developed this
structure is almost as plainly seen as in unaltered sandstones
so that not only the inclination of the layers but much of the
conditions accompanying their original deposition is satisfac¬
torily made out.

Conglomerate layers are of frequent occurrence in all of the
marginal exposures of the Portland area. In the most southerly
outcrops on Section 3, Waterloo township, the ledge is chiefly con-

264 Buell — Geology of the Waterloo Quartzite Area.

glomerate, the rounded pebbles being almost entirely of quartz,
principally of translucent white and gray, but with some red
and brown opaque varieties as well. In drift bowlders found in
the lee of these ledges, pebbles of larger size from two inches in
diameter downwards are seen. These are chiefly of light colored
quartz but among them are a few of black magnetitic and gray
micaceous schists. The abundance and condition of this included
material indicates an approach at this margin of the area to the
older formation. In the quarry ledge the discordant stratifica¬
tion observed on the face of the section plainly indicates beach
action This is also made evident by the rapid alternation over
the same surfaces of finely granular and conglomeratic layers.
On one of the ledges north of the quarry outcrop this structure
is finely brought out. Crossing a smoothly planed surface of
several square rods area are two layers of rather fine conglom¬
erate, separated by a stratum of even-textured rock in which
the layers of cross-stratification are as perfectly preserved as if
the rock had undergone no metamorphism.

No conglomerates have been observed in the other areas. The
finer material in these seems to have been very evenly deposited,
but the bedding planes are plainly indicated on the ledge sur¬
faces by narrow bands of slightly differing colors. The dip
and strike are easily made out on nearly every ledge of the
several areas.

In the northeast exposure of the Mud Lake area the strike is
N. 80° E., or nearly east and west. The dip is here 45° to
the south. In the larger western ledge the strike is more
southerly or N. 55° E., with dip of 55° S. E. In the north
ledge of the Portland area the strike of the parallel ledge crests
is N. 30° E. with dip to the S. E. In the ledge next in order
on section 28, a strike of N. 43° E. occurs, with dip of 42° to
the S. E. On another surface on the northwest corner of sec¬
tion 34 the strike is N. 15° W., with dip of 71° E. In the
last ledge of this series on the northeast quarter of section 33,
a strike of N. 30° E. was again noted, with dip of 66° to the
E. This variation of direction and inclination of strata con¬
tinues in the exposed layers of the quarry ledge. On its north
end the bedding planes at two points furnish a due north strike

Structural Features of the Exposures.

265

with a dip of 60° to the E. On the south half of the ledge,
strikes varying from 30° to 50° west of north were noted with
dips from 30° to 40° to the N. E. In the ledges at the south
end of the area on Section 3, Waterloo township, the observed
strike is N. 34° W., and in the ledge on Section 34, of Port¬
land township, a half-mile north, strikes varying from 33° to
40° west of north, and dips of from 30° to 40° N. E., were
noted. In the Lake Mills area strikes of 45° and 60° west of
north, with a dip of 40° to the N. E., were determined. In
the medial Hubbellton area the strikes observed on the north
ledges vary from due north to N. 20° W., with inclination of
strata from 30° to 32° to the east. In the south ledges on
section 2, Waterloo township, the strikes are from 15° to 20°
east of north, with a dip of 20° to the east. The series of
strikes occurring on the marginal areas closely correspond to
the general outline of the range itself and roughly indicate the
circumference of an ellipse on whose north side are the out¬
crops of the Mud Lake area and Island Ledge in the Portland
area. The remaining ledges of the Portland area form the end
of the ellipse, and the single Lake Mills ledge may be consid¬
ered as indicating che beginning of the south side of the fig¬
ure. The in-sloping strata in all of the out-crops suggest that
these isolated areas may be the remnants of a broad, tolerably
symmetrical trough, ot steeply sloping sides and crumpled end.
The Hubbellton area with its gentle dips is clearly near the
center of this basin. The remoteness of the Lake Mills area,
together with the rapid change of direction in the strikes of
the strata exposed in the Portland area, suggest that this fold
may be not a simple, but a somewhat complex synclinal with
an injutting anticlinal between the end of the Portland area
and the Lake Mills outcrop. This would account for the slight
difference in strike of the layers in the Lake Mills ledge and in
the ledges at the south end of the Portland area. The absence
of outcrops between the two areas leaves the matter simply
one of conjecture. The evidences of disturbance here described
are of especial interest as explanatory of the metamorphism of
the strata which will next be considered.

266

Buell — Geology of the Waterloo Quartzite Area.

LITHOLOGICAL CHARACTERS OF THE QUARTZITES.

Prevailing Characters — The sharp folding of the strata indi¬
cated by the record of dips and strikes, is accompanied by evi¬
dences of extreme metamorphism. This is apparent in the
ledge surfaces in the abundance of seams and cracks, and in the
ease with which all angular surfaces are chipped under the
hammer. Its effects are also shown on close examination of
the rock texture. As compared with the usual quartzite rock
from the Lake Superior Huronian it shows a much less distinctly
granular appearance. Outlines of individual crystals are very
indistinct and in the coarser textured rock ill-defined mottlings
take their place.

The usual fresh aspect of quartzite exposures charac¬
terizes both the ledge surfaces and in general the material
forming the bowlder trains. But in the considerable talus ac¬
cumulations which lie on the margin of the Portland area many
of the blocks are deeply exfoliated and similar evidences of at¬
mospheric action occur in some of the imbedded blocks of the
Paleozoic . conglomerate that borders the same area. These
effects are apparently due to the much greater time that these
surfaces have been exposed than the glacially abraded ledges.

The minerals recognized in these quartzites are few in num¬
ber, namely quartz with its inclusions of small crystals of zircon
and magnetite, and fluid cavities, sericite and iron oxides.
Variations in the size of quartz grains and their granu¬
lation from shearing, and in the amount of sericite
present, have produced a somewhat wide range in the
appearance of the material from the different parts of the field.
The grouping of outcrops into isolated areas has given us, how¬
ever, a basis for the classification of these naturally blending
forms, which will be followed in the descriptions of the princi¬
pal types.

The Portland Type — The outcrops comprising this area afford
the widest range in microscopic appearance. The rock is com¬
monly a coarsely crystalline quartzite with a somewhat mottled
surface and splintery fracture. The secondary material is
chiefly sericite and is relatively large in amount, often in suf-

The Portland Type.

267

ficient abundance to give a slightly schistose appearance to
fractured surfaces. Variations in structure appear in the chief
exposures, gradations occurring in the different layers from
finely granular structure to conglomerates containing
pebbles two inches in diameter. Its range in color is
from light gray to drab in some of the finer textured layers,
and to a blue or purplish cast in the ledges farthest east.

Less variation is seen in its composition on microscopic ex¬
amination. Quartz appears in fragments of irregular form and
varying size, from one millimeter downward to the limit of
determination. The most common arrangement of the larger grains
is in clusters which give rise apparently to the mottled appear¬
ance of the surface. The separate grains in these clusters often
show extinction at nearly the same angle, and this with the close
interlocking of such forms indicates that these groups are the
fragments in situ of large individual crystals. Quartz and
iron oxide, apparently magnetite, are mingled with the
interstitial sericite which usually appears in flakes between the
quartz areas. The usual inclusions in quartz are present, and
in some sections indications of the alteration of the iron oxide
to the hydrated form are noticable. This type of structure is
shown in Plate VIII, Fig. 1 and Plate IX. Fig. 1. In the dis¬
tinctively conglomeratic layers the pebbles contain very little
interstitial quartz material, but the matrix is in large part
composed of inwrapping plates of sericite.

The Hubbellton Type — Quartzites exposed in the ledges of this
area have a quite different aspect and structure from the Port¬
land quartzites. They are homogeneous in texture, of blue and
purplish tones, translucent and exceedingly brittle. Bedding-
planes are indicated on the cross fracture by narrow bands of
varying color and translucency. The outcrops at the north
end of the area show dark bluish, somewhat banded layers,
while those on Sec. 2, Waterloo township, are of a very brittle
translucent rock of reddish purple color. The microscopic
structure is similar in all the sections examined from these
ledges. The larger quartz grains are commonly of elongated
forms and exhibit a parallelism in arrangement. Their outlines
are exceedingly irregular and they are usually bordered by

268 Buell — Geology of the Waterloo Quartzite Area.

smaller quartz grains. Sericite forms but a small part of the
interstitial material, being confined to isolated knots and streaks.
The finely granulated quartz is abundant about the larger
grains and stainings of ferrite are seen chiefly in association
with the sericite. Undulatory extinction is common in the larger
quartz sections (Plate VIII, Fig. .3). The layers in the Lake
Mills outcrop belong to the Hubbellton type and exhibit unim¬
portant modifications. The prevailing color is a darker blue
and the banding in some layers is more distinct. In other
layers an increase of iron oxide produces an opaque black rock.
Quartz individuals appear in the section to be of somewhat
larger size with less amount of fine interstitial material. Iron
oxide is present in larger quantity but sericite bears about the
same proportion to the other minerals as in the Hubbellton
sections (Plate VIII, Fig. 4). The black layers appear to be
composed of very finely pulverized quartz, cemented by an
opaque matrix in which magnetite composes a considerable
proportion of the whole.

The Red Quartzite. — This type has already been noted as
present in considerable quantity on the surface of a drift ridge-
midway between the Portland and the Hubbellton areas. It is
a fine textured rock of pinkish gray color, of low translucence
and presents on fractured surfaces a granular or saccharoidal
aspect. Quartz individuals as seen in section are very small,
usually not exceeding one-fifth of a millimeter in diameter.
They are distributed quite uniformly through the section, and
are enveloped in a comparatively large amount of sericite-bear-
ing interstitial material. In one of the sections examined clus¬
ters of larger grains occur, in which the correspondence of out¬
line and slight orientation of axes indicate that they are
simply the slightly displaced fragments of single crushed indi¬
viduals. (Plate VIII, Fig. 2; Plate IX, Fig. 2.) This rock
resembles in composition and structure the Portland type, but
in general appearance is very similar to the rocks of the Hub-
bleton area. Its interest aside from its unknown derivation
consists in its well defined red color and the consequent ease
with which its bowlder distribution has been made out. Errat-

The Mud Lake Type.

269

ics identical in appearance with these have been found in each
of the distinctive areas covered by the bowlder fans.

The Mud Lake Type — The quartzites here exposed have a gen¬
eral resemblance to the rock from the Portland area, but are more
vitreous and translucent, the quartz appearing in larger crys¬
tals with indistinct outlines and with smaller amounts of inter¬
stitial material. Minute facets of mica and streaks of reddish
opaque iron oxide appear on fractured surfaces. The coarser
varieties range in color from light gray through pink and blue
tones to dark red and purple, with little apparent difference in
structure. All of these variations in color appear in the layers
exposed within an area of a few square rods on the surface of
the small east ledge. The larger west ledge presents a finer
textured rock of more uniform color, which approaches in gen¬
eral aspect the layers exposed in the Lake Mills ledge.

The structure shown in thin sections is distinctive. Quartz
individuals are of a larger size than any found elsewhere in the
series, often appearing of several square millimeters area.
Their outlines are very irregular, the individuals closely inter¬
lock and comparatively little finely granulated material is pres¬
ent. The larger grains show evidence of much disturbance,
fine irregular cracks traversing the section in all directions
(Plate VIII, Fig. 5.). Sericite inclusions are abundant in sections
from the micaceous layers. In the same sections, however, lines
of fluid inclusions lying in roughly parallel directions divide the
larger areas into linear fragments and indicate the position of
the fracture planes developed by the shearing process. The
sericite films are found for the most part along these lines of
inclusions and their association indicates that the secondary
mineral was formed at the time of the crushing of the crystals,
and that the amount of internal movement was not sufficient to
greatly displace the fragments (Plate VIII, Fig. 6.). Besides
these secondary inclusions small crystals of magnetite are of
frequent occurence. Microscopically also the finer grained quartz¬
ite from the west ledge resembles that which occupies the Lake
Mills area.

The arrangement of these fluid inclusions is very similar to
those described by Dr. Van Hise from the quartzites of the

270 Buell — Geology of the Waterloo Quartzite Area.

Black Hills,* and they are there considered as due to the open¬
ing of the grains along these lines by the crushing force and
the attendant redeposition of quartz imprisoning within them
the inclusions.

The Metamorphic Conglomerate. — Some light is thrown upon
the origin of the formation by an examination of the pebbles
from the conglomeratic layers. These are chiefly of very pure
glassy quartz from white to reddish purple or nearly black, but
among these are gray micaceous and black magnetite frag¬
ments. Sections from the latter show that quartz is still the
principal mineral, with large amounts of mica and iron oxides
in the interstitial material. Hematite occurs with the mao1-
netite in these sections, the former being distinguished by its
blood red translucency. The matrix inwrapping these pebbles
contains a relatively large amount of sericite and gives a more
decided schistose aspect to the conglomerate than is observed
in the more homogeneous layers. The presence of these con¬
glomerates on the northwest margin of the area may indicate
the near approach of the strata to the contact zone bordering
the older formation.

COMPARISON WITH LAKE SUPERIOR AND OTHER QUARTZITES.

The evidence of dynamic action accompanying the meta¬
morphism of these rocks is strikingly at variance with the more
common structure of the pre-Cambrian quartzites of the region
of the Great Lakes and upper Mississippi as described by Dr.
Van Hise.f He says:

“About one hundred localities, the most of them of pre-Cam¬
brian age, are mentioned in bulletin No. 8 of the U. S.
Geological Survey, in which the induration of quartzites was
produced by a process of enlargement of old quartz
particles or else by the deposition of new quartz between the
grains rather than a destruction of the original fragments. So
far as our experience has extended, practically all quartzites
properly so-called of whatever age, thus reveal their fragmental

* Bulletin of the Geological Society of America, Vol. I, p. 215, et seq.
tlbid., p. 213.

Summary .

271

character, except when they have been subjected to great dynamic
action. * * * The great mass of the Devil’s Lake quartzite of Cen¬
tral Wisconsin exhibits perfectly, under the microscope, its frag¬
mental character, but along certain narrow zones slipping action
has taken place ; the grains have been elongated in a common
direction, and it is hard to find the clastic cores if any exist. ”

Later observations upon the Huronian quartzites made by Dr.
Van Hise indicate that instances of dynamic metamorphism are
not altogether uncommon among them. These, however, occur in
comparatively narrow areas and where structures similar to
these found in the Waterloo area are noticed. Differences in the
composition of the rock are generally sufficient to distinguish
them.

A beautiful instance of the extent to which the deformation
of quartz can be carried by pressure has been described by
Futterer.* In his description of the quartz porphyries of Thai
in the Thuringian Forest, he mentions the apparent stretching
and bending of quartz grains into forms of several times their
original length. He notes the disturbance in the molecular ar¬
rangement which appears in the optical behavior of the mineral,
a bisectrix emerging in some sections as in the case of biaxial
minerals.

SUMMARY.

The quartzites here described occur in a broad basin deeply
eroded into the Lower Silurian strata in southern Wisconsin, and
are grouped into four areas separated by considerable in¬
tervals of surface underlaid by sedimentary rock. From
the correlation of observations upon the strike and in¬
clination of the strata, a synclinal fold is indicated having
an east .west axis; the fold appears to have an easterly pitch
and comes to the surface in the vicinity of the Portland out¬
crop. The direction of dip in the Mud Lake and Lake Mills
areas would seem to outline the position of the synclinal. Dips
as high as sixty degrees occur in the Portland area, and the
rapid variation both in strike and dip even within a single ex-

* Die Ganggranite von Grosssachsen und die Quartzporphyre von
Thai im Thuringer Wald. Inaug. Diss. Heidelberg, 1890.
ii — 3

272 Buell — Geology of the Waterloo Quartzite Area.

posure, are evidences of strong orographic movements in.
the area.

The rock is throughout a quartzite becoming conglomeratic in
portions of the Portland area. Magnetite and zircon occur
sparingly as primary inclusions, while sericite is a somewhat
important secondary development in some types.

The microscopic examination of the sections reveals much
deformation of the quartz. The ditrital character of the rock
has been nearly obliterated by the crushing and re¬
cementing of the quartz grains. Sericite has been developed
through this means. Differences in composition and degree of
metamorphism have produced four tolerably distinct types of
quartzite, the recognition of which in the fragments composing
the bowlder trains is of great assistance in defining their
distribution. These correspond with the isolated areas
of outcrops and are described under the names Port¬
land Type, Hubbellton Type, Red Quartzite and Mud Lake
Type. Miscroscopically the distinctions lie in the relative
coarseness of texture, the amount of granulation of quartz, the
relative development of secondary sericite and the way in
which the larger quartz fragments join one another — whether by
locking together without interstitial material like the sutures of a
skull, or cemented by a larger or smaller amount of finely
granulated quartz and sericite. While the differences in these
respects are not always great, they nevertheless suffice in most
cases for the indentification of a specimen with some one of the'
exposure areas. Corresponding with the microscopic differ¬
ences, are variations in the aspect of the rock which seem slight
at first and are difficult to describe, but which from long
familiarity come to have distinguishing value.

From a comparison of structural features found in these rocks
with Huronian quartzites from the areas of their occurrence to
the north and northeast of this region the deduction is reached
that the former present distinctive features of sufficient value
to lead to their recognition.

Familiarity with these differences is of great assistance as
affording criteria for separation of the quartzite drift from the
Waterloo area, from bowlder material from any of these other-

Explanation of Plates.

273

sources, and enabling a more exact delineation to be made of
bowlder trains that extend outwards from these ledge areas
upon and within the different glacial formations of the Rock
river valley.

It is but just to state in conclusion that the petrographic in¬
vestigations here outlined have taken the writer into a field
new to his experience and that acknowledgements are due to
Dr. W. H. Hobbs, of the University of Wisconsin, under
whose instruction this work has been carried on, and whose sug¬
gestions have been of invaluable assistance in this presentation
of results.

EXPLANATION OP PLATES.

PLATE VII.

Map of the area including the Waterloo quartzite outcrops.
Scale 1:99,566. Contour Interval 20 ft. The dark areos are
quartzite exposures.

i

PLATE VIII.

Fig. 1. Section, of Portland quartzite. In the upper left hand
portion of the section is a cluster of quartz grains. Sericite and
magnetite with finely granular quartz form the greater part of
the interstitial material. x25.

Fig. 2. Section of red quartzite. The quartz is in clusters
of small grains with some more finely comminuted grains as
interstitial matter, but the larger part of the interstitial mater¬
ial is sericite in elongated irregular forms. x25.

Fig. 3. Section of Hubbellton quartzite. The larger quartz
grains are in elongated forms with general parallelism in axial
directions. They are often fractured and generally show un-
dulatory extinction and peripheral granulation. The inter¬
stitial material is chiefly finely granular quartz. Sericite oc¬
curs in scattered areas with occasional grains of magnetite and
zircon. x25.

Fig. 4. Section of Lake Mills quartzite. The minerals and
their arrangement are the same as in Fig. 3, but the quartz

274 Buell — Geology of the Waterloo Quartzite Area.

grains are larger, less elongated, and have a smaller amount of
finely comminuted quartz as interstitial material, indicating
that it has been subjected to less disturbance than the last.
x25.

Fig. 5. Section of Mud Lake quartzite. The large quartz
grains are elongated and have wavy extinction, interlocking
with one another without interstitial material, the axial direc¬
tion of the interlocking areas being essentially parallel. Seri-
cite occurs in small scattered areas. x25.

Fig. 6. Section of Mud Lake quartzite. Sericite and liquid
inclusions in a single quartz individual. The sericite fre¬
quently shows hexagonal outlines and is arranged along the
fracture lines like the liquid inclusions. The latter divide the
surface into irregular areas. x25.

PLATE IX.

Fig. 1. Section of Portland quartzite. The quartz is in
clusters of angular interlocking grains. The interstitial ma¬
terial is chiefly sericite. Crossed nicols. x40.

Fig. 2. Sections of red quartzite. The quartz grains are
more evenly distributed than in the last, are of smaller dimen¬
sions, and are accompanied by a larger proportion of sericitic
interstitial material. Crossed nicols. x40.

Vol. IX. PL VII.

Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci.

Buell.

Waterloo Quartzite Area.

Vol IX, PL VIII.

Trans. Wis. Acad. b’ci.

Buell.

Waterloo Quartzite Area.

Vol. IX , PL IX.

Trans Wis. Acad. Scl.

Fig. 2.

Buell.

Waterloo Quartzite Area.

Fig. 1.

NOTES ON CLADOCERA. III.*

By E. A. Bikge, Professor of Zoology, University of Wisconsin.

A. On a Collection of Cladocera from Central and Northern
Wisconsin and Northern Michigan.

In the summer of 1892, I made a short collecting trip through
central and northern Wisconsin, occupying the last days of
July and the first of August. Earlier in the same season I
visited Green lake and made collections supplementing the
pelagic material kindly given me by Prof. C. Dwight Marsh, of
Ripon College, Wis. In August, 1893, I collected Cladocera in
Washington Harbor, Isle Royale, Michigan, and in Gogebic
lake, Mich. During the same season Mr. L. S. Cheney, of the
University of Wisconsin, collected for me in northern Wiscon¬
sin, but his material, except that from lake Yieux Desert, has
not yet been thoroughly studied.

My thanks are due to Hon. Philo Dunning, the former
president of the Wisconsin Pish Commission, and to Gen. E.
E. Bryant, its present head, for securing me free transporta¬
tion on these excursions; and to the officials of the Chicago,
Milwaukee & St. Paul Railroad, and of the Milwaukee, Lake
Shore & Western Railroad for transportation furnished.

The central Wisconsin collections were made from lakes
Winnebago, Butte des Morts and Green, and also from ponds
and marshes at Necedah and New7 Lisbon. Pelagic material has
also been given me by Prof. Marsh from lakes Puckaway, Buf¬
falo and Rush, but this, so far as examined, has shown little of
interest.

In northern Wisconsin I visited Rhinelander, collecting in

* The preceding articles of this series were published in the Transac¬
tions of this Academy, vol. IV, 1878, and vol. VIII, 1891.

276

Birge — Notes on Gladocera.

lake Julia and in marshes ; lakes Tomahawk and Kawaquesaga in
Oneida county, Pioneer and Twin lakes in Forest county, and
Ashland and Bayfield harbors on Lake Superior. Mr. Cheney coll¬
ected in lake Yieux Desert on the line between Michigan and
Wisconsin, and I have visited lake Gogebic in Michigan and
have received material collected, at Watersmeet by Prof. C.
R. Barnes.

Collections were also made at numerous other points in north¬
ern Wisconsin, among them Goodnow, Harshaw, Hixon and
Tomahawk on the Valley Division of the C. M. & St. P. R. R. ,
Lac du Flambeau, Woodruff and Bolton on the M. L. S. & W.
R. R., but they did not show any species not included in the
lists from the lakes where more careful work was done.

The lakes in which I collected differ considerably in charac¬
ter. Lake Winnebago is a large sheet of water, about thirty
miles long by fourteen in width. It is very shallow — nowhere
over twenty to twenty-five feet deep. At the place where my
collection was made — about eight miles north of Oshkosh — the
lake yielded a great amount of pelagic material and but little
from the shore waters. Anchistropus minor is the only rare
species found here. Lake Butte des Morts was visited only at
the end nearest Oshkosh. The collection from this lake as well
as that from lake Winnebago can not represent their fauna at
all adequately.

Green lake near Ripon has been thoroughly studied by Prof.
C. Dwight Marsh so far as its pelagic Copepoda are concerned.
Its physical characters are described by him in a paper pub¬
lished in the Transactions of this Academy, vol. VIII, p. 214.
The lake is over 200 feet in depth. It afforded very few pe¬
culiar forms. Pleuroxus nanus was found here and this is the
furthest point to the south at which it has been found. If
further study shows this species to have a wider southern
range, the Cladoceran fauna of the lake will not differ from
that of the shallower lakes in the same region.

Collections were made at Necedah and New Lisbon from
streams, ponds and marshes. Latonopsis australis was found
at the former place, the only locality where it has been found out¬
side of Madison.

Where Collections were Made .

277

The most important collection of the excursion was made at
Minocqua in lake Kawaquesaga. This is a very irregular sheet
of water, whose numerous shallow bays are filled with an
abundant growth of Utricularia and other water plants. Its
depth is not over thirty feet in any place which I visited.
Thirty-nine species of Cladocera were found here, the most re¬
markable being the new species, Bunops scutifrons and Chydo¬
rus faviformis. Here, too, Acantholeberis curvirostris and
Streblocerus serricaudatus were found for the first time.

The other lakes examined in northern Wisconsin were Julia,
Tomahawk, Twin, and Pioneer. They are much alike in
-character. They are twenty to thirty feet deep, rather
regular in outline, at least in the parts visited. The bottom
is sandy, the shore abrupt with little marsh and few water
plants. Rushes grow in the shallower parts but usually
spring from the sand, so that the conditions are not the best for a
large variety of Cladocera. Holopedium gibberum was found in
-only one of these lakes, lake Julia at Rhinelander. Leptodora
hyalina did not occur at all, although it was looked for. The
species has however been found in the same region at Waters-
meet, Mich., so that no conclusion as to its distribution can be
drawn from its absence in these cases.

Gogebic lake, Michigan, is a large lake about fourteen miles long
and two to three in width. It is shallow, being only about twenty-
two feet deep at the southern end which was the part I visited.
Into this end the Slate river flows and there is an abundant
growth of weed. There are many littoral species, and as the
lake is so long and so much exposed to the wind, the pelagic
species are mingled with the littoral fauna. Here was found a
remarkable variety of D. hyalina , whose crest resembles greatly
that of D. intexta , Forbes. In this lake were found the rare
forms, Anchistropus minor , Rirge, Chydorus rugidosus , Forbes,
Chydorus faviformis , Birge.

Pelagic collections were made at Ashland and Bayfield, Wis.
Nothing of especial interest was found except Holopedium gib¬
berum at Bayfield and a single specimen of Macrothrix rosea at
the same place.

278

Birge — Notes on Gladocera.

Washington Harbor, Isle Roy ale, was carefully examined.
There was a very scanty pelagic fauna. This was true of all
places where I dredged on the north shore of Lake Superior. In
the shallows at the head of the harbor were found Drepanothrix
dentata in large numbers (not previously found except at
Madison), Alona falcata , Chydorus rugidosus , Pleuroxus nanus.

In the following table l denotes that the species was found in
the littoral waters; p, that it is pelagic; m, that it was found
in marshy waters.

Table showing the species of Gladocera collected in central Wiscon¬
sin and northern Wisconsin and Michigan.

Butte des
Morts.

Winnebago.

Green.

Necedah .

New Lisbon.

Julia.

Rhinelander.

Tomahawk.

Miuocqua.

Twin.

Pioneer.

I -Ashland. ]

Bayfield. )

Isle Royale.

Vieux Desert

1

1

Gogebic.

Holopediid^e.

I

1

Holopedium gibberum,
Zad ... .

P

P

Sididjs.

Sid a crystallina, 0. F.
M .

1

1

.Ip

1

P

lp

lp

P

m

lp

1

P

lp

IP

1

j

Daphnella brachyura,

fiip.v ....

1

lp

lp

Ip

1

P

pi

1

Daphnella Br andti-
n.nrt.n, TTisrVh

1

1

m

m

1

Latona setifera, 0. F.
M

1

P

1

lp

Latonopsis OCCident-
nl.is Rirgp.

m

Daphniidje.

Simocephalus vetulus,
O F M

1

m

m

m

m

P

m

m

1

m

m

Simocephalus serrula-
tus , Koch .

1

1

1

m

m

m

1

1

Simocephalus exspino-

sms TCnph

m

1

i

m

Ceriodaphnia reticu¬
lata , Jur .

Ceriodaphnia pulch-
ella, Sars .

Ceriodaphnia consors ,
Birge .

i

ixi

m

1

1

1

m

1

1

i

]

1

1..

List of Species.

279

Butte des

| Morts.

-

Winnebago.

[ Green.

Necedah.

New Lisbon.

| Julia.

Rhinelander.

| Tomahawk.

Minocqua.

Twin .

Pioneer.

Ashland.

Bayfield.

Isle Royale.

Vieux Desert

1

| Gogebic. 1

Daphniidte — Continue J.

Ceriodaphnia quad-

1

1

1

Ceriodaphnia lacus-

1

ip

P

P

1

1

■j

Scapholeberis aurita,
Fisch .

bn

Scapholebers mucron-
ata, O. F. M .

Daphnia pulex, var .
puUcaria, Forbes

Daphnia Sclioedleri ,

1

m

m

m

m

m

1

P

1

m

1

1

...

P

p

p

Daphnia hyalina, Ley-

P

p

p

pi

p

p

Ip

IP

Daphnia Kahlbergien-
sis. var. retrocurva
and i n t e x t a.

P

P

P

p

P

p

p

1

p

Daphnia Kahlbergien-
sis, var. breviceps,
var. nov .

P

Macrothricid.®.

Lathonura red iros-
tris , 0. F. M .

m

1

1

f,

Macrothrix rosea , Jur .

Macrothrix laticornis,
Jur .

' 1

m

m

p

*

P

Drepanothrix dentata,
Euren . ....

1

Ophryoxus gracilis, Sars

m

1

p

1

1

Bun ops scutifrons, sp.
nov .

1

Streblocerus serricau-
datus, Fischer .

m

1

Acantholeberis curvi-
rostris , 0. F. M. . ..

Ilyocryptus Ion giro-
mis, Sars .

m

m

-

m

1

1

1

Bosminid,e.

Bosmina longirostris ,
0. F. M .

1

lp

1

1

m

i

P

1

1

1

,

Bosmina cornuta, Jur.

1

Bosmina , sp? .

P

P

X)

P

p

t)

P

P

P

Ip

P

Ip

Jr

Lynceidte.

Eurycercus lamella-
tus, 0. F. M .

1

m

m

m

1

P

1

m

1

• • « •

280

Birge — Notes on Cladocera.

Butte des

Morts.

Winnebago.

Green.

.a

ts

8

O)

A

New Lisbon.

Julia.

| Rhinelander.

Tomahawk.

Minocqua.

Twin.

Pioneer.

Ashland.

Bayfield.

Isle Royale.

Vieux Desert.

d

3

o

bfl

o

0

LYNCEiDiE— Contra i ied .
Alona qua dr an g u-
laris, O, F. M .

1

m

m

1

m

1

1

1

1

Alona lineata, Fischer

m

1

m

p

1

1

1

m

m

1

1

1

Alona costata, Sars. . .

Alona lepida, Birge . . .

1

1

m

m

m

1

m

m

1

m

P

1

1

1

1

Alonella rostrata ,
Koch .

1

1

Monospilus tenuiros-

1 1

P

m

1

1

Graptoleberis testudi-
naria , Fischer. . . .

1

m

1

lp

m

1

Dunhevedia s etiger,
Birge .

1

»

Pleuroxus denticula-
tus, Birge .

1

m

m

m

m

P

m

P

1

1

1

Pleuroxus gracilis, Hu-
dendorff, var. uni-
dens, Bilge .

1

m

m

1

1

Pleuroxus exiguus,Jj illj

Pleuroxus excisus,
Fischer .

m

m

m

m

m

Pleuroxus procurva-
tus, Birge .

1

m

1

m

mp

1

m

1

m

1

Pleuroxus nanus,
Baird .

1

1

1

1

Pleuroxus hastatus,
Sars .

m

m

p

1

Anchistropus minor ,
sp. nov .

1

1

Chydorus rugulosus,
Forbes .

1

1

Chydorus fctviformis ,
sp. nov. . .

1

m

1

Chydorus sphcericus,
O. F. M .

1

IP

1

m

m

m

1

m

m

IP

1

lp

1

m

1

1

Chydorus globosus,
Baird . .

1

IP

1

Alonopsis latissima,
Kurz .

m

1

mp

m

Acroperus leucocepha-
lus, Koch

m

m

m

m

m

1

i

1

Acroperus angustatus,
Sars .

1

m

m

1,

. . . .

1

m

i

1

Classification of Species Collected. 281

The total number of species and varieties in the foregoing
list is sixty-three, distributed as follows :

Holopediidse . 1

Sididse . 5

Daphniidse . 16

Macrothricidse . 9

Bosminidse . 2*

Lynceidse . 28

Polyphemidse . 1

Leptodoridse . 1

63

It is not impossible that the forms described as Daphnia
JSchoedleri, Sars, and D. pulex , var. pulicaria, Forbes, are really
the same. More than two varieties of D. Kahlbergiensis , Schdl. ,
might have been enumerated, and almost every lake has its
own variety of D. hyalina , Leyd. Among the Lynceidse the
several varieties of Chydorus sphoericus were noted but their
distribution was not determined. These were the forms, (7.
coBlatui} Schdl.; punctatus, Hellich; nitidus , Schdl., and minor.

* Besides several unidentified forms.

282

Birge — Notes on Cladocera.

Lillj. Daphnia minnehaha , Herrick, and Fleur oxus trigonellusf
O. F. M., were also found at Tomahawk, Wis. There have,
therefore, been collected from central and northern Wisconsin
a total of sixty-nine species and varieties, which in most Euro¬
pean lists rank as species.

The following species in the list are new to science:
Geriodaphnia lacustris , sp. nov.

Daphnia Kahlbergiensis Schdl. var. breviceps , var. nov.
Bunops scutifrons , gen. et sp. nov.

Anchistropus minor , . sp. nov.

Chydorus faviformis , sp. nov.

The following species are new to the United States:
Simocephalus exspinosus , Koch.

Geriodaphnia quadrangula , Sars.

Streblocerus serricaudcttus, Fisch.

Acantholeberis curvirostris , O. F. M.

Alona falcata , Sars.

Alonella rostrata , Koch.

Fleur oxus hastatus , Sars.

Acroperus angustatus , Sars.

The following species are new to Wisconsin:

Daphnia pulex , var. pulicaria, Forbes.

Monospilus tenuirostris , Fisch.

Pleuroxus nanus, Baird.

Ghydorus rugulosus , Forbes.

The following species and varieties have not as yet been
found in southern Wisconsin, although no doubt many of them
will be discovered there :

Daphnia Kahlbergiensis , var. breviceps , Birge.
Acantholeberis curvirostris , O. F. M.

Alona falcata , Sars.

Alonella rostrata , Sars.

Monospilus tenuirostris , Fisch.

Pleuroxus nanus , Baird.

Pleuroxus hastatus , Sars.

Ghydorus rugulosus , Forbes.

Ghydorus faviformis , Birge.

Species and Varieties Known to Exist in Wisconsin. 283

Several species were not found north of central Wisconsin:

Scapholeberis aurita , Fisch.

Pleuroxus exiguus, Lillj.

Dunhevedia setiger , Birge.

Alona quadrangularis , O. F. M.

Without doubt the range of many of these will be extended by
further study. A striking example occurred just as this paper
was going to press. Macrothrix rosea , Jur. was not found in
northern Wisconsin, although abundant in the centre of the
state and although it was especially sought. Finally a single
specimen was found in a pelagic collection from Bayfield at the
extreme north of the state

A considerable number of species have been found in southern
Wisconsin, whose range has not as yet been extended to the
northern part of the state. These are :

Moina affinis , Birge.

Moina flagellata , Hudendorff.

Ceriodaphnia megalops , Sars.

Scapholeberis obtusa , Schdl.

Daphnia pulex , De G-eer.

Daphnia microcephala , Sars.

Daphnia longiremis , Sars.

Ilyocryptus sordidus , Liev.

Bosmina longicornis , Schdl.

Bosmina bohemica , Hellich.

Leydigia quadrangularis , Leyd.

Alona tenuicaudis , Sars.

Alonopsis latissima , var. media , Birge.

Camptocercus macrurus , O. F. M.

Camptocercus biserratus,. Schdl.

Adding these to the former list we have a total of eighty-
four species and varieties - known to exist in Wisconsin. Of
these varieties it may be said that nearly all of them are recog¬
nized as species in standard lists of European Cladocera and in
comparing the fauna of Wisconsin with that of any other country,
most of them must be counted as species.

284

Birge — Notes on Cladocera.

The list of Wisconsin forms has now become so great that it
is not premature to compare our fauna with that of European
countries. The following table will show the number of species
reported from various countries as compared with the Wisconsin
list:

'

Bohemia,

Hellich, 1878,

00

00

00
r— 1

2

M

Denmark.

Mulbe, 1867.

Norway.

Sars, 1890.

Wisconsin.

Birge, 1893.

Holopediidae . .

1

1

1

1

1

Sididse .

4

3

4

5

5

Daphniidse .

39

36

19

24*

24

Macrothricidse . .

.8

6

6

11

10

Bosminidee .

5

5

7

15

4t

Lynceidse . .

37

47

31

40

38

Polyphemidse .

1

1

6

8

1

Leptodoridse .

1

1

1

1

1

Total . . .

96

100

75

105

84

* Besides numerous varieties,
j* And several undetermined species.

In comparing the above lists the fact must be noted that
Hellich’s list for Bohemia and Daday’s for Hungary both con¬
tain a large number of species of the genus Daphnia. Hellich
gives twenty-four species of this genus and Daday enumerates
eighteen. Many of these are of doubtful value. A certain por¬
tion of them can be fairly set against the varieties of that
genus included in my total. But after making all deductions

Gladocera of Wisconsin and Europe Compared. 285

of that sort I have no doubt that the number of the species of
that genus which are found in temporary pools is smaller here
than in Europe, as the rainfall here is so much less. Sars,
who has described so many species of Daphnia , reduces the
total number for Norway to nine in his latest list. My list in¬
cludes eleven species and varieties of this genus, and the num¬
ber should be reduced about one-half in order to compare it
fairly with Sars’ list.

Norway on the other hand furnishes fifteen species of the
genus Bosmina. This genus has yielded me only four species.

I have a large amount of material, embracing certainly several
species, but in the absence of recognizable descriptions and fig¬
ures of European forms, I hesitate to describe them. Sars also
enumerates eight species of Polyphemidse, which family in Nor¬
way shows marine as well as fresh-water species. If we omit
these two families from the comparison between Norway and
Wisconsin, we shall find for Wisconsin eighty-one species and
varieties arid for Norway eighty-two species. If we take
from Wisconsin’s list the varieties of the genus Daphnia , we
shall be able to compare the lists on a fair basis and may
reckon the number of the known species at about seventy-six.
This number is so nearly equal to that found in Norway, whose
Cladocera are better known than those of any other European coun¬
try, that it seems fair to compare the fauna of Wisconsin with that
of Europe in order to see how many species are common to both
sides of the Atlantic and how many are peculiar to America.

The following table shows these relations as I find them.
Column I shows the species common to Wisconsin and Europe,

II the species peculiar to America, and III the varieties peculiar
to America:

286

Birge — Notes on Cladocera.

I.

II.

III.

Holopediidm .

1

0

0

Sididse .

4

1

0

Daphniidse .

16

4

4

Macrothricidm .

8

1

0

Bosmi'nidae .

4

0

0

Lynceidse .

29

7

2

1

0

0

Leptodoridse .

1

0

0

Total .

64

13

6

Besides these enumerated in the table, one species, Ilyocryptus
lonyiremis, Sars, is common to Wisconsin and Australia. It is
possible that the forms described in the second section of this
paper under the names D. microcephalcc and D. lonyiremis , Sars,
are really entitled to rank as independent varieties. If so the
totals must be correspondingly altered. It is also to be ob¬
served that Imhof has noted * but not described a new species
of Bosmina from Green lake, Wisconsin.

The facies of our fauna is even more European than these fig¬
ures would indicate. American varieties of European species
need, of course, no comment. They are only slightly dif¬
ferent from the European form. The like may be said of
m'any of the Wisconsin forms considered as entitled to specific
rank. Many of them are very close to European species, as may
be seen from the following list:

*Zoologischer Anzeiger, vol xiv, p. 275.

Similarity of Wisconsin and European Forms. 287
Wisconsin. Europe.

Moina affinis , Birge.
Ceriodaphnia lacustris, Birge.
Ceriodaphnia consors, Birge.
Daphnia minnehaha , Herrick.
Bunops scutifrons , Birge.

Aona lepida , Birge.

Pleuroxus denticulatus , Birge.
Anchistropus minor , Birge.
Chydorus rugulosus , Forbes.

3/. rectirostris , Jur.

(7. hamata , Lillj.

(7. laticaudata , P. E. M.

H. dentata , Matile.

A. ( Maerothrix ) serricaudata y
Daday.

A elegans , Kurz.

Z\ aduncus, Jur.

A emarginatus , Sars,

(7. gib bus, Lillj.

Besides these, llyocryptus longiremis , Sars, is close to Z agilis,
Kurz ; Latonopsis occidental is, Birge, is closely allied with Sars’
Z. australis from Australia. The genus has not as yet been
found in Europe.

Pleuroxus procurvatus, Birge, and Chydorus faviformis, Birgey
do not seem to be closely connected with any other known species.

The forms of the genus Daphnia, described by Forbes under
the name of Z>. retrocurva, are the representatives in this coun¬
try of the European Z. cucullata with its varieties, especially
Kahlbergiensis, Schdl. Perhaps as all our forms are provided with
a pectinated caudal claw, it would be well to make of them a
separate species. This would then probably bear the name D .
Jcerusses, Cox. In any case the Wisconsin forms closely corre¬
spond to those of Europe in nature and range of variation of
the crest of the head.

It thus appears from the list and comments that the fauna of
Wisconsin differs very slightly from that of Europe. No genus
thus far discovered here is peculiar to America, and, only two
of our species lack a close relative in Europe or some other widely
separated land. So close is the relation between our species and
their foreign allies that we cannot doubt that more careful
study of the range of variation shown by the Cladocera will re¬
duce many of our thirteen peculiar species to the rank of vari¬
eties.

In a recent paper on the geographical distribution of t’ne-
ii— 4

288

Birge — Notes on Cladocerci.

Cladocera,* M. Jules Richard concludes that less than one-half
of the species found in North America are peculiar to that coun¬
try, and that careful revision will reduce this proportion. He
gives a list of species found here, using as authority, apparently,
Herrick’s list in the Minnesota Geological Report for 1884.
This list contains a large number of species both from my
paper of 1878 and from Herrick’s own work, which are unques¬
tionably synonyms of European species. The real relation of
the fauna of the north central states of this country can not
differ very greatly from the proportions as given in this paper.

In his statement of conclusions to be drawn from the ob¬
served facts of the geographical distribution of the Cladocera,
M. Richard expresses himself with great caution. Neverthe¬
less, I think that he has gone somewhat further than the facts
warrant in even the following cautious opinion :

“Dans plusieurs parties du monde, on trouve des types spe-
ciaux, le plus s'ouvent en tres petit nombre, et noyes en milieu
d’une foule de formes tres repandus. Nous avons en Europe:
Limnosida , Anchistropus , Corniger; en Afrique: Guernella ,
Grimaldina; dans l’Amerique du Nord: Pseudosida ; en Austra-
lie: Latonopsis . ”

My own observations show that two of the seven peculiar
genera enumerated are found in Wisconsin. Anchistropus and
Latonopsis are represented here by species very close to the
Australian and European forms respectively. I have little doubt
that Limnosida will be found by careful study of our northern
lakes. If not, it will be the only European species of Sididse
which is not found in this country. Corniger is a salt water form
of the Polyphemidse from southern Russia. No studies have been
made in this country in corresponding latitudes which will
warrant the assertion that the genus is not found here, and the
same statement may be made regarding the other genera men¬
tioned by M. Richard.

The facts so far as known to me justify the expectation that
all genera of Cladocera are intercontinental in their distribu-

*Sur la Distribution Geographique des Cladoceres. J. Richard. Re¬
ceived October, 1893, as a separate reprint from a Russian journal, but
without name of journal or date of publication.

Geographical Range of Species.

289

dion. There probably are exceptions to such a rule, but it is
still far too early and our knowledge of the group is far too de¬
fective to warrant us in naming this or that genus as confined
do one continent.

One further fact mentioned by me in an earlier paper has not
heen sufficiently considered in connection with the geographical
range of the species of Cladocera. This is the wide geo¬
graphical area over which the species may be found, coupled
wdth a very irregular distribution in that area. As a good
•example of this fact may be mentioned Ancliistropus minor ,
described in the second part of this paper. A single specimen
of this species was found by me in lake Wingra in 1890. No
second specimen could be discovered although several days were
devoted to the search; nor has another individual been seen
from this locality in the course of the three years which have
passed since the first one was seen. Another single individual
was found in Lake Winnebago in 1892 and again I was unable
to find another even after most careful dredging in the same
place where the first was found. Finally I found the species
fairly abundant at Isle Royale. It can not be doubted that
Ancliistropus minor occurs widely throughout the state of Wis¬
consin and yet it is so rare or local in its distribution that it
seems a mere matter of accident whether or not it is reported
from a given locality. This case is paralleled by many others
in the experience of every collector of Cladocera and illustrates
the need of extreme caution in declaring a species absent from
a region or from any given lake. My own belief is that most
species whose form is not very variable in the locality where
they are found, will have an intercontinental distribution. Ex¬
ceptions will no doubt occur, but the presumption so far as the
facts are known to us, is in favor of a wide area of distribution
rather than a smaller one.

290

Birge — Notes on Gladocera.

B. On new or rare species of Cladocerct chiefly from Northern
Wisconsin.

Moina affinis, sp. nov.

Plate X, Figures 1, 3, 5, 7, 8, 12, 13, 14.

Female. — The head closely resembles that of M. rectirostris ,.
Jur. , being somewhat rounded anteriorly, having a deep de¬
pression above the eye, and being without an angle on the ven¬
tral margin posterior to the antennules. As seen from above/
the head is rather long and narrow and shows the supraocular
depression very distinctly The outline of the sides of the
head is slightly concave in the middle and the sides round over
evenly into the anterior margin. The valves are fringed on the'
margin with setae- more closely set than in M. rectirostris , and
are marked by transverse, anastomosing lines, giving an ap¬
pearance . to the shell somewhat like that of a Simocephalus.
These markings can 'be seen when the shell is examined un¬
covered and without water, and also, by careful manipulation,
under a cover-glass. These striae resemble those of M. Lillje-
borgii , Schdl. as figured by Lilljeborg, (’53,* p. 38, pi. II, f. 4f.),.
and still more closely those of M. propinqua , Sars, as described
and figured by him. (’85, p. 31, pi. VI, f. 1.)

The structure of the legs agrees exactly with that of M. rec¬
tirostris t as described by Gruber and Weismann. (’77, p. 70-72.)

The post-abdomen has a relatively long post-anal portion,,
which is armed with 9-11 serrate teeth and a bident longer
than the adjacent tooth. The caudal claws have a pecten of
12-15 teeth at the base and are denticulate.

The ephippium contains one egg whose long axis is parallel
to that of the body. The ephippium is densely reticulated over
its entire surface.

The antennules are of moderate size, being apparently some¬
what smaller than the figures of M. rectirostris would indicate
for that species. The usual anterior sense-hair is placed a,

* For full titles of papers, see the list at the end of this article.

Moina affinis.

291

little proximad to the middle and its length is about one-half
that of the antennule. The antennules are fringed on the pos¬
terior side by a dense growth of very fine hairs, visible only
with a high power of the microscope, but easily disclosed by
treatment with osmic acid.

The antennae resemble in general those of M. propinqua.

Transparent, with sometimes a tinge of violet.

Length, 0.8-1 mm. Height, 0.4-0. 5 mm.

Male — The male is about 0.3-0. 6 mm. in length, and agrees
in structure with the usual type of the males of this genus.
The antennules are modified into powerful claspers. They are
broad at the base in the antero-posterior direction and are in¬
serted near the vertex, so that the head projects but little be¬
yond them. They are geniculate, the angle occurring about
1-5 of the length from their insertion. At the bend are two
sense hairs, one short and stout and the other long and slender.
There are four hooks at the distal end of the antennule.

The first foot has a hook and is without a flagellum.

The spermatozoa are spherical or oval, and never have radiate
projections of protoplasm.

This species is evidently close to the European M. rectirostris ,
Jur. I have been somewhat in doubt as to the specific distinct¬
ness of the form, but on the whole I have thought it best to
give it a separate name, although recognizing the possibility
That the range of variation of M. rectirostris will be found great
enough to cover this form. It is clear that If. rectirostris , Jur.,
of Europe, M. propinqua , Sars, of Australia, and M. affinis are very
closely allied species. They agree in general form, color and
size. All have an ephippium with one egg, and a head with
supra-ocular depression. All agree in number and structure
<of the anal teeth and in the size of the bident. The legs prob¬
ably agree in structure. Those of iff. rectirostris and M. affinis are
alike, but Sars says nothing specific of the structure of those
of M. propinqua and does not differentiate the European species
M. rectirostris and M. brachiata .

The males of the three species agree in general form. They
.have the bend of the antennule proximad to the middle of its

292

Birge — Notes on Cladocera.

length and have two anterior sense-hairs. The first leg lacks
the flagellum.

The following differences are found:

M rectirostris. M. propinqua. M. ctffinis.

Ephippium, smooth iD center, smooth in center, reticulate.

Terminal claw, pectinate, not pectinate, pectinate.

Valve, smooth or faintly reticulate, anastomosing str.'ae, anastomosing striae-

Antenna, smooth, villous, villous.

Male antennule, bend close to middle, bend close to middle, bend near head.

Terminal hooks, six, three, four.

Zoosperm. radiate, spherical, spherical.

In view of these differences I have decided to consider this a
separate species. It is certainly as distinct as is M. propinqua
and as species of far-distant countries,, are so nearly allied it-
becomes necessary to mark every difference in order that
students may, note the extent of variation. No doubt later re¬
visers of the genus will reduce the number of species.

This species is of common occurrence in Wisconsin and has
piobably been found elsewhere in the United States. The de¬
scriptions given by Herrick and others are not in sufficient
detail to enable one to decide whether the form found was this
or the regular M. rectirostris.

The species occurs in muddy pools and similar localities after
the regular custom of Moina.

Moina elagellata, Hudendorff, variety.

Plate X, Figs. 2, 4, 6, 9, 10, 11.

This species appeared in a muddy pool in Madison in July, 1892,
and in June, 1893. The specimens included males and females
with ephippia. These specimens closely resemble the elaborate
description given by G-ruber and Weismann for this species
under the name of M. paradoxa (’77, pp. 82, ff). There are some
differences which would warrant the separation of the American
form as a distinct variety if they should be found constant in
specimens from other localities. These are: 1. The shell is
marked with striae, much as in M. affinis , Birge. These can be
easily seen in clean individuals even under the coverglass.

Simocephalus exspinosus.

293

Gruber and Weismann say of M. paradoxa “.dass hier von einer
polygonalen Felderung durchaus keine Rede sein kann”. 2. The
basal teeth of the caudal claw are sometimes, though not always,
larger than the others and thus give rise to a pecten. 3.
The head of the young female is covered with short scattered
hairs. In this regard the species resembles M. banffyi , Daday
(’88, p. 112, PL III, fig. 1.); but in that species the hairs are
found ail over the Imad and extend upon the carapace, while in
all specimens of M. flagellata , they are confined to the dor¬
sum of the head. 4. The antennule bears posteriorly numerous
long fine hairs. These are not mentioned by any European
writer, but are not improbably present, as they are very easily
overlooked.

The head of the male projects greatly anteriorly and has no
supra-ocular depression. The antennules are angulated at about
the middle of their length or a little distad of that point. They
bear 5-6 hooks on the outer end. The first foot bears a hook
and a long. flagellum.

Moina flagellata is readily distinguishable from M. afllnis
at any age and in either sex. The differences between the
two species in the female sex are sufficiently striking to enable
me to determine the new form at the first glance, although
I had never seen it before and did not expect to find it in the
pool where it appeared, in which I had been accustomed to
collect M. affinis.

m

Simocephalus exspinosus, Koch.

Typical specimens of this species, not before recognized in
America, have been found in collections from Green, Twin and
Pioneer lakes and from Ashland. I find in Madison specimens
resembling S. vetulus in all respects except the macula nigra,
which is rhomboidal. I am doubtful whether to consider them
as belonging to S. exspinosus or not. The differences between
the two species in outline and serration of caudal claw do not
seem to be constant. At least, I find that the form of the
head of both S. vetulus and S. serrulatus is very variable. I
also see no constant difference in the caudal claws of S. vetu¬
lus and S. exspinosus.

294

Birge — Notes on Cladocera.

Ceriodaphnia lacustris, sp. nov.

Plate XII, Pigs. 6, 7, 8, 9.

Female. — The head is small, greatly depressed and slightly an-
gulated in front of the antennules. The vertex bears numerous
small spines at the angle of the reticulations. The fornices are
very large, extending out in a broad triangular plate whose
apex is blunt and armed with three or four teeth. The valves
are ventricose in the posterior ventral portion and the dorsal line
is somewhat arched. They are not very strongly reticulated.
The posterior spine is well developed and stout. It is occa¬
sionally divided at the tip into a right and left part, but usu¬
ally terminates bluntly with 2-4 teeth. The post-abdomen
is somewhat like that of C. reticulata , being long and narrow,
bearing 6-8 recurved anal teeth, which increase in size to¬
ward the posterior end of the abdomen. The caudal claws are
long, recurved and denticulate.

The eye is of moderate size and its numerous lenses project
far out of the pigment. The macula nigra is small and quad¬
rangular in shape.

The antennules are short and rather thick. They are not
much longer than the sense-hairs which they bear. The ante¬
rior sense-hair is placed near the apex of the terminal joint.
The antennae are small and slender.

The fornices in this species seem to exceed in size anything
before noted in this genus. The distance betwecn*®the tips of
the fornices nearly equals the greatest breadth of the animal.
The spine is better developed than is usual in Ceriodaphnia.
The reticulation of the valves is more plainly marked than in
C. quadrangula , less strong than in C. laticaudata.

The supra-ocular depression is not deep, while the cervical
notch is deep.

The color is yellowish-transparent. The species is pelagic,
although single individuals may be found in the weedy margins
of lakes. It has been found at Madison, Minocqua, Tomahawk
lake, Twin lakes, and Rhinelander (lake Julia), all in Wiscon¬
sin, and at G-ogebic lake, Michigan. Length of female, 1-1.3

mm.

Ceriodaphnia quadrangula — Daphnia pulex. 295

Ceriodaphnia lacustris is perhaps most closely allied to C. ham-
■ ata , Sars (90, p. 36). That species has a similar form and habitat,
but differs in the shape' of the fornices, which are produced “ in
spinam procurvatam, hamiformem, sat prominentem. ” C.
hamata also lacks the spines on the head. C. punctata , P.
E. Mueller is also a pelagic species, and agrees with C. lacustris
in the structure of the head and perhaps, in that of the post¬
abdomen. The antennules, however, are far longer in G. punc¬
tata , and the fornices are much smaller. C. pelagica1 Imhof
should also be a similar species but I have not been able to
refer to Imhof’ s description.

Ceriodaphnia quadrangula, O. F. Mueller.

Sars’ account of this species (’90, p. 36.) led me to look
carefully over my material from northern Wisconsin with refer -
ence^to it. I conclude that the species is present. I find how¬
ever, no really trustworthy figures of the species, and it is very
difficult to identify it from the conflicting descriptions of vari¬
ous authors. Unquestionably more than one form has been de¬
scribed under this name. Ther'e is clearly a form without a
pecten on the caudal claw and with no angle in front of the an-
tennule, and another similar but with such an angle. I have
•called the first form C. quadrangula and the second C. pul-
chella , but am not sure of my identifications.

Daphnia pulex, var. pulicaria, Forbes.

Plate XII, Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.

A pelagic species of Daphnia , found in several localities,
seems to belong to this variety, described by Forbes (’93, p.
242, pi. XXXVII, fig. 1). This species agrees in general with
D. pulex , but is transparent and is found in the open water of
of lakes and not in muddy pools. A species very close to it is
present in temporary pools at Madison. This also differs in
color from the typical D. pulex. Although dirty it lacks the
yellow tint characteristic of the true D. pidex. In some lakes
a species was found which seemed more closely allied to D.

296

Birge — Notes on .Cladocera.

Schoedleri , Sars. It is not improbable, however, that both spe¬
cies are varieties of the same form. The figures show, besides
the head of the male, the post abdomen and caudal claw of the
female, and two characteristic types of outline of 'the head of
the female.

Dapiinia Kahlbergjensis Schdl.,, var. breviceps, var. nov.

Plate XI, Figs. 1, 2, 3, 6.

Female. — The animal is hyaline and the macula nigra is want¬
ing. The species thus belongs to the section Hyalodaphnia of
Schoedler. The head is small, rounded in front and has a nar¬
row crest. The rostrum is small, but always projects beyond
the sense-hairs. The valves are broadly oval in form and are
faintly recticulated. The spine is slender and of moderate
length. The first and second abdominal processes touchy and
are slightly united at the base. The post abdomen has the
form characteristic of the section Hyalodaphnia. It bears 9-10
anal teeth, which are recurved and decrease in size from the
posterior end of the row. The caudal claws are provided with
the usual two teeth on their anterior (ventral) margin. They
have a pecten of fine teeth at the base, extending a little way
upon the claw. This is immediately followed by a second pec¬
ten of 10-12 coarser teeth, which are longest in the middle.
Very fine denticles extend to the end of the claw.

Length, 1.4 mm., including spine of 0.3 mm., height, 0.7 mm.

The male was not found.

The length of the head is variable, but may be a little more
than one-fourth of the valves. Its anterior margin varies from
a form evenly rounded to one extending into a blunt point, as
is shown in the figures. The ventral margin of the head varies
from nearly straight to markedly concave, and the rostrum may
be merely a blunt, rounded termination or may be drawn out
into a well defined pointed, projection. The antennae are slender
and rather weak, not unusually long. When turned back the
ends of the setae do not reach the hinder margin of the valves.
The basal joint of the antennae extends beyond the anterior
margin of the head in some individuals and in others falls short

Daphnia microcephala.

297

of this margin. The variation depends rather on the form of
the head than on the length of the 'antenna. Spines are found
on both the dorsal and ventral edge of the valves. Two em¬
bryos were seen in the brood cavity.

The'antennary setae are, as usual, -Vtr, and the basal seta of
the triarticulate ramus is about as long as that borne on the
next joint. In this respect this species differs from most of the
species of the section Hi/ alo daphnia.

In all specimens collected the tip of the spine was broken off,
but it could not have been much longer than the figure shows
it. The spine is slender and resembles that of D. microcephala ,
Sars. The anal teeth are larger than is usual in the section
Hyalodaphnia. This variety represents, among the American
Hyalodaphnioe , the European D. cucullcita , Sars, or D. apicata ,
Kurz. The anal teeth are more numerous than in the European
forms and the caudal claws are pectinate.

It is rather difficult to decide whether to call this form a spe¬
cies or a variety. It is very different in shape of head from
any known American Hyalodaphnia and so far is undoubtedly
entitled to specific rank. On the other hand European experi-

<4

ence shows that the forms of the section Hyalodaphnia are al¬
most indefinitely variable in the shape of the head and that the
most extreme forms show connections. It has therefore seemed
best to call it a variety only.

This species was found at Tomahawk lake and at Twin lake,
Forest county, Wisconsin. It is a pelagic form and as the two
localities where it occurs are about thirty miles apart, it may
be looked for in other lakes of this region. It was not found at
Minocqua, although Kawaquesaga lake, on which that town is
located, is continuous with Tomahawk lake.

Daphnia microcephala, Sars. (?).

Plate XI, Fig. 13.

I have found in collections from lakes Geneva and Delavan,
Wisconsin, in material kindly sent me by Prof. S. A. Forbes,
of Champaign, Ill., a species which I refer to this species with
some doubt. D. longiremis, Sars., and this species occur to-

298

Birge — Notes on Cladocera.

gether in these collections in much the same way as D. hyalina
and D. recrocurva, are apt t'6 do. Their numbers, however, are
more nearly equal, and in some bottles D. microcephala may be
the more numerous.

In general form this species closely resembles D. longiremis.
The valves are perhaps somewhat more elongated, but still are
of a broadly eliptical form. The spine projects near the middle
of the shell and extends nearly straight backward. It is beset
with few and very small spinules. I see no difference between
j D. longiremis and D. microcephala in these respects, although
Sars’ description indicates one.

The head is small ; its height is about one-half that of the
valves and its free projection is less than its height. It has a
slight keel on its dorsal side, which is wider on the anterior
edge. Seen from the side, the head is usually evenly rounded
in front but occasionally there is a trace of angulation. There
is never an indication of a projection or spine. The ventral
margin of the head is straight and rounds over smoothly at the
posterior angle. There is practically no rostrum. The sense-
hairs of the antennule project below the ventral margin of the
head.

The antenna is moderately stout, having about the proportion
of that of D. hyalina. The seta of the basal joint of the ven¬
tral ramus is about as large as its fellows. The eye is of mod¬
erate size and of the type seen in D. hyalina , having a moder¬
ately large amount of pigment. The material at command is
not so preserved as to show the other internal organs.

The postabdomen is long and slender. It bears about nine
anal teeth. The caudal claws have the usual two spinules on
the anterior ventral side and are denticulate. The first and
second abdominal processes are slightly united at the base.
The second process is about one-half as long as the first.
Liength 1.3-1. 5 mm., including spine.

The descriptions of this species given by Sars and Hellich do
not quite agree. The former speaks of a small macula nigra
{’63, p. 22.) while Hellich (77, p. 37.) did not find that struc¬
ture. He saw the species only once. I have been unable to see
the macula nigra, but the condition of the material is such that

Daphnia longiremis.

299

a small one may easily be present. Sars now (’90, p. 10, 33.)
regards the species as a variety of D. galeata. I do not follow
him in this as my material does not warrant the change. In¬
deed I find it difficult to understand his later classification of
the species D. galeata and D. hyalina with their numerous
varieties.

Daphnia longiremis, Sars.

Plate XI, Figs. 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12.

There is only one description of European specimens of this
species, that of Sars (’62, p. 148.). Schoedler (’66, p. 30.)
and Eyimann (’86, p. 42.) both take their descriptions from
Sars’ original account, as also does Herrick (’84, p. 73.). Sars
in his later paper makes this species a variety of D. cristata
(’90, p. 10, 35.).

Sars’ account is silent on some points of structure which are
quite conspicuous in my specimens, so that I am not sure that
they belong to Sars’ species, but as they agree in general struc¬
ture and especially in the great length of the antennas I prefer to
keep them here rather then to make a new species on doubtful
grounds.

The specimens examined are pellucid and greatly compressed
laterally. The valves as seen from the side are broadly ellip¬
tical. The spine is long, very slender, and inserted a little
above the middle of the valves and is directed somewhat
dorsally. It is armed on the side with small spinules. These
extend along the ventral margin of the shell but do not go be¬
yond the base of the spine on the dorsal side. The reticulation
of the valves is very indistinct, almost invisible in alcoholic
specimens.

The head is small, evenly rounded in front ; the ventral mar¬
gin straight, slightly convex or slightly concave. The rostrum
varies greatly, being in some examples a long, pointed nose, and
in others practically absent. The figures give a good idea of the
range of variation.

The antennae are very long and slender. When reflexed they
extend nearly to the base of the spine but never quite reach it.

300

Birge — Notes on Cladocera.

They are therefore probably somewhat shorter than in Sars’ spec¬
imens. The basal joint always projects far beyond the head. Their
setae are not unusually long. The one borne on the basal joint of
the ventral ramus is short, only about one-half the length of the
others, but is never absent.

The post-abdomen is, as Sars says: “eidem in D. longispina sat
similis. ” It is long and slender with 8-14 anal teeth. The
caudal claws are denticulate and have two small anterior teeth.
The eye is small and the lenses project far out of the pigment.
The other internal organs agree with those of the section
Hyalodaphnia. From 2 to 6 young were observed in the brood
cavity. The male was not found.

Length of female, 1-1.5 mm., height, 0.6- 0.7 mm.

The species was found abundantly in material from lakes
Geneva and Delavan, Wisconsin, with D. microcephala.

Bosmina obtusirostris, Sars, (?)

.Plate XII, Figs. 10, 11.

A form identical with Sars’ species, or very closely allied to
it, was collected by Miss H. Merrill near Woods Holl, Mass., in
a pool in Fay’s Wood.

Female — Length, 0.6 mm. ; height, 0.43 mm.

The head in front of the eye is very protuberant, but in a
peculiar manner. The elevation passes gradually into the dorsal
outline but ventrally is bent abruptly in toward the antennules.
The ventral line of the protuberance in aged individuals makes
nearly a right angle with the anterior margin of the antennule.
The rostrum is nearly obsolete. The sense-hair is situated at
the point of attachment of the antennules. The antennules
are short, slightly curved, and in the adult show only very
faint traces of “joints” in alcoholic specimens. The sense-
hairs are about one-third of the distance to the tip. In yonng
specimens, still sexually immature, the antennules are relatively
long, strongly curved and show 12-14 joints beyond the sense-
hairs. At this time they are as long, absolutely, as in the

Bosmina obtusirostris.

301

adult. The ocular protuberance is much less marked and the
rostrum better developed.

The shell is plainly striate in the dorsal portion. The mucro
is long, directed obliquely downward and in the adult is smooth.
In the young some specimens have it smooth and others have
two notches on the dorsal side.

The antenna in the adult is very short, hardly projecting be¬
yond the beak. The postabdomen shows two or three well-
marked rows of small teeth at the infero-posteal angle and a
pecten of 6-8 teeth on the caudal claw. The eye is of moderate
size and the lenses project but little beyond the pigment.

The male was not present in the collection.

Bosmina obtusirostris was first described by Sars (’62, p. 153,)
from Norway. It has since been reported from Lapland by Richard
(’89, p. 5.), from Siberia (Tobolsk) by De Guerne and Richard.
(’91b, p. 234.), and by Poppe and Richard (’90, p. 78. ), as possibly
occurring in China. Sars (’90, p. 11, 40.), mentions it again
from Norway with two varieties, major and alpina. Bosmina
brevirostris , P. E. Mueller (’68, p. 97.), has been generally con¬
sidered identical with B. obtusirostris, but Sars (’90, p. 40.), re¬
gards the two species as distinct.* Bosmina arctica, Lillj, is a
very closely allied species according to De Guerne and Richard.

It is of course very difficult to identify species of this genus
and I am not confident of the correctness of this identification
although it is evident that this species is very close to B.
obtusirostids. There is only one description of the species,, that
given by Sars originally. This account agrees with my speci¬
mens so far as it goes, but is rather brief, and no figures of the
species have been published. No description mentions the sin¬
gular form of the ocular protuberance or the unusual position
of the teeth of the mucro in the young.

*Sars quotes the species as B. brevicornis P. E. M., but Mueller has
no such species in any paper known to me. B. brevicornis was described
by Hellich, ’70, p. 60.

302

Birge — Notes on Cladocera.

Bunops,* gen. nov.

Plate XIII. Fig. 1.

The head is very small and extends anteriorly much as in
Drepanothrix. The forehead is flattened, somewhat kite¬
shaped as seen from the front, and has a nearly -hemispherical
elevation in the center behind which lies the eye. The valves
are nearly round, compressed, crested on the dorsal margin,
and extend posteriorly into a blunt semicircular projection,
Ventrally the valves gape in front and about the middle of the
ventral margin are folded in toward each other. This infolding
continues to the posterior end of the margin. Its effect is to
enable the posterior part of the valves to touch each other and
so close the branchial cavity behind. The free edge of the
valves is fringed in front with long, slender, straggling hairs,
while posteriorly they are short and closely set. At the pos¬
terior portion of the shell these hairs are apparently above the
margin, owing to the fact that the infolded portion of the valve
extends dorsally as well as toward the median line. The shell
bears hexagonal reticulations, more distinct on the head and
in the ventral part of the valves.

The post-abdomen is broad, compressed and rounded as seen
from the side. It is divided by a notch into a pre-anal and a
post-anal portion. The posterior, dorsal, margin of the pre-anal
part is convex and armed off the edge with 6-7 small recurved
teeth and on the sides with 2-3 rows of fine hairs. There is a
small but well marked abdominal process. The anal region
bears 2-3 small teeth on each side. The caudal claws are
curved, stout and denticulate and situated on a small conical
terminal projection.

The antennules are long, slender and cylindrical, bearing an
anterior sense-hair, two pairs of posterior sense-hairs, and ter¬
minal sense-hairs which number about 11 and are of equal length.
The antenna is of moderate length, slender and rather weak.
The setae are 3000-311. The basal seta is the longest but is

* fiovvo}, elevation and coif}, eye.

Streblocerus serricaudatus.

303

not notably stout. All setae usually appear smooth but some¬
times there are visible very fine teeth on the basal seta and
scattered hairs on the others.

The eye is of moderate size, as is the macula nigra. The lat¬
ter is quadrangular in shape. The intestine is straight and
there are no hepatic coeca. The first foot in the female has a
strong hook. The labrum carries a strong triangular process.

Two species of this genus are known, Bunops serricaudata ,
Daday,* and the present form which I have called Bunops scuti-
frons , sp. nov.

The species are distinguished by the fact that in B. serri¬
caudata the crest is serrated posteriorly, while in B. scutifrons
the crest is smooth. Length 0.8-1. 3 mm. ; height 0.5-0. 8 mm. ;
transparent.

The species was found in lake Kawaquesaga at Minocqua,
in shallow water among Utricularia, and also in ditches near
outlet of lake Wingra, Madison. This species is the subject of a
separate paper in this volume by Miss. H. Merrill, of Mil¬
waukee. For the detailed description of the animal, reference is
made to this paper.

Streblocerus serricaudatus, Fischer.

This species, hitherto not recognized in the United States,
I have found in a marshy pool at Rhinelander, Wis., in shallow
water at Minocqua, Wis., at Washington Harbor, Isle Royale,
and in collections from Quissett, Mass. It is therefore probable
that it is widely distributed in the northern part of this country.

My specimens agree very closely with the descriptions and
figures of Matile (’90, p. 34). The antennules bear on the con¬
vex side four strong sensory setae and have no cross rows of hairs.
On the ventral edge of the shell are numerous stout, stiff setae,
apparently immovable. Between these are others, more slender
and movable, which ordinarily project inward and so guard the
opening between the valves. The post-abdomen also agrees with
the description of Matile.

* Macrothrix serricaudata, Daday. (’88, p. 105, P. II, f. 46-48.)
ii— 5

804

Birge — Notes on Cladocera.

Acantholeberis curvirostris, O. F. Mueller.

This large species, not before recognized in the United States,
occurred in large numbers in a marshy pool near Minocqua and
at several other localities between that town and Tomahawk,
Wis.

All the European genera of Macrothricidse have now been
found in Wisconsin. They are represented by ten species, while
in Europe fourteen have been described, but no single country
has yielded more than nine. Of the ten, eight are identical with
the European forms. One species, Ilyocryptus lonyiremis, Sars, is
identical with an Australian form, although close to the European
I. agilis , Kurz. Bunops scutifrons , Birge, is very close to B.
serrieaudata , Daday. With this exception, all the European
genera which contain only one species are represented in this
country by the same species. Of European forms which might
be expected to occur in this country, there have not yet been
found Macrothrix hirsuticornis , N. and B., and Ilyocryptus agilis
and acutifrons, Kurz.

Macrothrix laticornis seems to be the most common European
form. In Wisconsin, M. rosea , in a form close to M. tenuicor-
nis , Kurz, is by far more abundant. In collections from
Starkville, Miss., M. laticornis was present in great numbers
and M. rosea was absent.

Ophryoxus gracilis , Sars, is very generally distributed
through the state, as is Lathonura rectirostris, O. F. M.
Acantholeberis I have found only at the more northern stations.
I have never found it in southern Wisconsin although I have
looked carefully for it. I hesitate to say, however, that the
species is not found here. In a recent paper I stated that Polyphe¬
mus pediculus is very rare in Madison. This had been true ever
since I began to collect, more than twelve years ago. But last
season it appeared in great numbers in waters which certainly
did not contain it before. It is therefore not at all impossible
that a similar discovery may be made for Acantholeberis.

Drepanothrix dentata , Euren, has been found only in lake
Wingra, Madison, Wisconsin, and at Washington Harbor, Isle
Royale, Michigan. It probably occurs in the region between
these points, which are separated by more than 300 miles.

Alona falcata — Alonella rostrata.

305

Alona falcata, Sars.

Plate XIII, Figs. 9, 10.

, This species was found not , very rare ifi dredgings from shal¬
low water in Washington Harbor, Isle Royale and in lake
Oogebic, Michigan. There are some minute differences between
my specimens and some of the European descriptions. Sars’
account (’62, p. 162,) is more like our form than are those of
P. E. Mueller (’68, p. 183,) or Hellich (’77, p. 95). Both of
these authors are less accurate in their account of the posterior
margin of the valves than is the original description of Sars.
There is a distinct dorso-posteal angle, and the margin is
sinuate. The infero-posteal angle is rounded and the teeth,
which number 1-3, are set, not on the margin but a little
within it. The cilia of the ventral margin are long, especially
at the anterior and posterior ends.

The post-abdomen is well described by Sars as “crassum fere
teres. ” The dorsal lower margin is carried almost parallel to
the ventral margin of the valves and the organ is used in loco¬
motion somewhat as it is employed by Dunhevedia.

Alonella rostrata, Koch.

1878, Birge, Pleuroxus acutirostris ; p. 23, pi. II, f. 15.

This species was found at Minocqua, and more abundantly
from Isle Royale and also in collections from Easthampton,
Mass. It has not been recognized before in this county al¬
though I earlier described it as a new speciec of Pleuroxus • Its
affinities are more nearly wijh Pleuroxus than with Alona. The
single spine of the postabdomen is the chief character in com¬
mon with Alona , while shell markings and beak are Pleuroxine.
I see no ground for including the forms with short beaks — -
P. excisus and exiguus — in the same genus with this distinctly
long-beaked form.

306

Birge — Notes on Gladocera.

Pleuroxus nanus, Baird.

This minute species was found in G-reen lake, at Minocqua-
and New Lisbon, Wis^, and at Isle Royale. It has been re¬
ported from Minnesota by Herrick.

Pleuroxus hastatus, Sars.

Plate XIII, Fig. 11.

A form which, on the whole, seems to me to belong to this-
species was found in a marshy pool near New Lisbon, Wis. In
general shape and proportions it resembles P. gracilis , Hud.,,
and thus is much longer than high. In this respect it differs
greatly from P. E. Mueller’s figure of P. hastatus , and in less
degree from the figures and measurements of Hellich, Kurz.
and Norman and Brady. Hellich is the only author who
gives dimensions of both height and length. His results are,
length, 0. 55-0. 6 mm. , hight, 0.32-0. 35 mm. My largest specimens
measure 0.51 mm. by 0.22 mm. They are nearly as long as those
of Hellich but only about two-thirds as high. In spite of this
difference I consider the species the same. The posterior mar¬
gin of the shell has the same form as that of the European
specimens. The'same is true of the size, shape and armature of
the postabdomen, the length of the beak and the proportions of
the antennules.

European authors differ regarding the cilia of the ventral
edge of the valves. Kurz (74, p. 66) places them in the middle
only. Hellich (77 p. 102), figures them along the entire ventral
margin, only slightly shorter at the posterior end. Mueller (’68
p. 193, P. Ill, f. 25), apparently sees them about like Hellich.

I find that they almost but not quite disappear at the posterior
end of the valves, but are much the same as in most species of
Pleuroxus.

The marking of the valves in alcoholic material consists of
striae anteriorly and obscure reticulations behind. In some
specimens the posterior part of the valves seems obliquely
striated as in so many of the species of this genus.

Chydorus faviformis.

307

Material collected in 1893 from northern Wisconsin by Mr. L.
'S. Cheney contains specimens which leave no doubt of the spe-
•cific identity of this form with P. hastatus. .

Chydorus faviformis, sp. nov.

Plate XIII, Figs. 7, 8.

Female. — The form is in general similar tb that of C.
sphcericus. The shell of the head and body is covered with deep
polygonal cells, formed by outfoldings of the outer layer of the
valves. These give the shell an appearance like a honeycomb,
whence the specific name. The postabdomen is broad, the end
rounded and the anal projection large. There are 9-10 post-anal
teeth. The terminal claws are serrate and bear one basal tooth.

This species is transparent and yellowish. Length, 0. 5-0.0 mm.

Found in shallow water in the lakes at Minocqua and at Twin
lakes, Wis. , and in G-ogebic lake, Mich. This remarkable spe¬
cies was first seen at Minocqua, where cast, shells were found
and afterwards living specimens in abundance. The main pecu¬
liarity of the species is the development of the deep pits on the
surface of the shell. These are identical with the structures
occasionally seen in other species of Lynceidse. Leydig (’60
p. 224) says of Pleuroxus trigonellus : “Als etwas besonderes fiel
mir noch auf, dass bei der Seitenlage des Thieres (und unter
starker Yergroesserung) auf der Woelbung des Kopfschildes sich
ein eigenthuemlicher, zarte'", senkrecht gestellter Hautsaum hin-
zieht, ungefaehr auf der Mitte des ScheiteJs beginnend und bis in
der Herzgegend sich erstreckend. “

Schoedler (’63, p. 45.), noted the same fact. P. E. Mueller
{’68, p. 190.), observed the same structure in this species and
also in P. personatus , in which he figured it (P. IV, f. 23.), and
showed that it consists of hexagonal cells corresponding to the
reticulations. Kurz (’74, p. 68.), correctly explained and fig¬
ured it in P. trigonellus , (P. Ill, f. 5). Hellich (’77, p. 104.),
noted it in P. trigonellus. Matile (’90, p. 54.), described the
occurrence of the “Cuticularsaum” in P. trigonellus , personatus
and aduncus , and in Chydorus sphoericus.

308

Birge — Notes on Clad'ocera.

In all these cases, which include all the references I have been
able to find, the cells are very shallow and their walls extreme¬
ly delicate, so that they are hard to see. They thus differ wide¬
ly in degree from the conspicuous cells of C. faviformis , which
are the most noticeable facts in its structure. The walls of the
cells stand at right angles to the surface of the shell, and ae
this is nearly globular, the cells widen considerably toward
the exterior. The cells are smallest in the anterior part of the
valves just below the junction of the fornices,' and their walls
are lowest at the same point. Here is the region where the
antennas rub against the shell when reflexed. The largest cells
are in the dorsal posterior region, where they may be 0.07 mm. in
diameter and 0.05 mm. in depth. There is a row of smaller and
somewhat irregular cells along the line of junction of the shell
of head and body.

The cells are often inhabited by a species of Vorticella, which
when disturbed withdraws at once into the protection of the
cavity. The animal is not as much overgrown with parasites
as would be expected from the structure of the shell, Indeed,,
very little was noticed except the Vorticella. Probably the fre¬
quent changes of the shell are the cause of this freedom from
parasites. In examining the material collected by the dredge,
far more cast shells of this species are found than of C. sphceri-
cus, while the proportion of living animals is the other way.
The post-abdomen and appendages show nothing peculiar. They
closely resemble the corresponding parts of C. sphoericus.

Chydorus faviformis lives in shallow water in lakes in north¬
ern Wisconsin. It was particularly abundant among a plentiful
growth of Utricularia near the southern railroad trestle of the
Milwaukee and St. Paul R. R. , in the vicinity of Minocqua.

Chydorus rugulosus, Forbes.

Plate XIII, Fig. 6.

A species of Chydorus apparently the same as that of Forbee
was found at Washington Harbor, Isle Royale. It is probably
also identical with Lilljeborg’s Chydorus gibbits (Sars, ’90, p. 50).

Anchistropus minor.

309

I do not know whether Forbes’ (’90, p. 712) paper was issued
earlier in the year than Sars’ or not. In any case both species
had been described by their author some years before the pub¬
lishing of the papers referred to.

The shell is highest in the middle, “dorso medio distincte
angulato vel gibbo” (Sars). “The anterior dorsal surface is
flattened, meeting the flattened valves at an acute projecting
angle, giving the shell a trigonal form like a beech nut”
(Forbes). This shape is best seen when the animal is viewed
obliquely from above. The posterior dorsal margin slopes
steeply down to the posterior margin, which it meets at a
rounded angle. The posterior margin rounds over into the
ventral. The marginal hairs are stout.

The head is small, movable, and in many of my specimens
the apex of the beak was curved slightly forward. The macula
nigra is larger than the pigment of the eye, and is nearer the
latter than to the apex of the rostrum. I have not seen it
twice as far from the rostrum as from the eye.

The shell is reticulated with hexagonal meshes.- I have been
unable to find the minute rugosities of which Forbes speaks.
The outlines of the regular meshes are sometimes resolvable
into minute elevations. The valves are always somewhat dirty
and rough.

The post-abdomen is large, broad, with 8-10 stout teeth. The
anal tubercle is large, forming an acute projection. The caudal
claws are smooth. Length, 0.5 mm. Height, 0.37 mm.

Anchistropus minor, sp. nov.

Plate XIII, Figs. 2, 3, 4, 5.

In my former paper on the Cladocera of Madison (Birge, ’91,
p. 380) I stated that “a single specimen was found in lake
Wingra, belonging to the genus Anchistropus , Sars, and appar¬
ently not to the species emarginatus) Sars. It was accidentally
destroyed before it could be carefully studied. ” Other speci¬
mens have been obtained in dredgings from lake Winnebago,
near Oshkosh, and from Gogebic lake, Michigan, so closely re-

310

Birge — Notes on Cladocera.

sembling the sketches of the first specimen that the conclusion
regarding the distinctness of the species seems warranted and it
is described under the above name.

Female. — The general form is rotund, resembling that of Ghy-
dorus. The head is large, movable, much depressed. The forni-
ces are broad and extend out into a broad, pointed flap of a ros¬
trum, which can be closely appressed to the valves. The dorsal
outline is evenly arched to the posterior margin which is very
short, practically absent. The posterior part of the ventral mar¬
gin rounds over into the dorsal with only a slight break and is
fringed with somewhat straggling plumose hairs, longest in
front. As seen from below the valves touch about the middle of
the ventral edge ' and are slightly separated at the posterior
part. They also touch each other anteriorly. In the middle
third of the length, the edge of each valve, instead of bending
in toward the median line, is turned out, so that a rhomboidal
space is here left between the valves. Just posterior to the
center of the fold there is a sharp outfolding of the valve, form¬
ing a groove whose walls are produced ventrally so as to
form a sort of curved hollow tooth. In the cavity of the larger
fold lies the firs b foot and in the tooth lies the spine of this
foot.

The anterior margins of the valves are strongly convex, but
not so tumid as is figured in A. emctrginatus by Norman and
Brady (’67, P. XIX, Fig. 4). This structure of valves and first
foot, which is characteristic of the genus, is less fully developed
in A. minor than in A. emarginatus . In Norman and Brady’s
figure the outfolding for the spine extends far back toward the
posterior edge of the valve, and the spine is at least six times
as large as in my specimens, where indeed it was difficult to
discover it. The hook of the first foot is said by Sars to be
“validus.” Norman and Brady call it a “long, cylindrical fal¬
cate process, denticulate on the edge, which is very conspic¬
uous. ” In none of my specimens was this true, but the hook is not
very large, nor was it conspicuously exserted.

The antennules are short conical, and bear the usual an¬
terior sense-hair and cluster of terminal sense-hairs which are
about equal in length. The antennae have setae and have no

Acroperus leucocephalus.

311

spines. The eye is large, and the macula nigra is about one-
hialf as large. The process of the labrum is little developed.
The length of the animal is about 0.36 mm. The male was
not found.

No species of this genus has been found in America before.
•Herrick (’84 p. 118) speaks of a Chydorus-like form seen once
h>y him, which had several young in the brood-cavity. It could
therefore scarcely have belonged to this genus where there are
only two young. His suggestion that Ancliistropus is possibly
a male Ghydorus is certainly incorrect.

Acroperus leucocephalus, Koch.

Acroperus angustatus, Sars.

Both of these species appear in my collections, as do
lorms in some respects intermediate between them. I have long
been puzzled by the species of Acroperus found at Madison, as
It seemed to approach A. leucocephalus in some respects and
A. angustatus in others. In 1892 I received specimens of the
genus from Cambridge and Easthampton, Mass., and collected
them in G-reen lake and at Minocqua and other points in
northern Wisconsin. All of the Massachusetts specimens are
Typical A. leucocephalus and entirely resemble the European de¬
scriptions and figures. Specimens from northern Wisconsin are
nearly typical A. angustatus. The form from G-reen lake ap¬
pears to have a higher cephalic crest than do those from any
other locality. In no case do I find the antennae quite as short
•as is required by the description of Hellich (’77, p. 80.).

In lake Gogebic and elsewhere both species occur together.
In such cases I have failed to find intermediate forms.

In the ordinary form at Madison the dorsal line is somewhat
arched, the posterior angles are less prominent than in typical
ungustatus and the antennary setae reach nearly to the posterior
•edge of the valves. In all these particulars they approach
leucocephalus , while in general form and in most other respects
they resemble more nearly angustatus and should probably be
ranked with that species.

312

Birge — Notes on Cladocera.

There is no constant difference between the species in size,,
color or transparency. Hellich says that the striae are not so
closely set in cmgustatus as in leucocephalus. In my specimens,
the reverse is true although the difference is not great. The
figures of P. E. Mueller (P. Ill, f. 15, 18.) show the facts as I
find them. Mueller (’67, p. 169.) says of A. angustatus “margo
ventralis * * * * postrema parte glabra. 5 ’ Hellich’s figure

of angustatus shows it ciliate to the tip. My specimens show
a similar arrangement.

The antennary setae in my specimens of A. leucocephalus do>
not quite reach the posterior edge of the valves when the an¬
tennae are reflexed. In many specimens of A. angustatus they
are as long as in many individuals of the other species. The
crest of the'head is very variable in both sexes. The post-ab¬
domen affords no constant characters for distinguishing the
species.

On the~whole there seem to be two fairly well marked forms-
of the genus Acroperus ; but general shape and appearance are
the only means for discriminating them, as the characters re
lied upon by different authors for specific marks are not con¬
stant. The straight dorsal margin, the short antennae, and
the position of the posteal teeth, are characteristic of A.
angustatus , but these structural features show considerable vari¬
ation in the direction of the 'corresponding structures of A ,
leucocephalus.

Monospilus tenuirostris, Fischer.

This species occurred in dredgings from Twin lakes, Toma¬
hawk lake, and lake Julia, Wisconsin. I have also received it
in collections from Easthampton, Mass., and Isle Royale, Mich.
Herrick reports it from Minnesota.

In all my bottles cast shells were far more plenty than ani¬
mals. The cast shell shows clearly that the affinities of the
genus are with Alona. It is well known that the relation
of the shell of the head to that of the valves varies greatly in
the Lynceidce. In Alona and allied genera, as Acroperus and
Camptocercus , the suture marking the junction of the shell of

Papers to which Reference is Made.

313

the head with that of the body follows the extension of the an¬
terior edge of the valves and runs nearly perpendicular to the
long axis of the animal. In Pleuroxus, Chydorus and allied
genera, this line runs far back toward the posterior end of the
valves. Monospilus belongs very plainly to the first group of
genera.

LIST OF PAPERS TO WHICH REFERENCE IS MADE.

Birge, ’78. Notes on Cladocera: E. A. Birge, Madison, 1878.
Trans. Wis. Acad., vol. IV.

Birge, ’91. List of Crustacea Cladocera from Madison, Wis. :
E. A. Birge, Madison, 1891. Trans. Wis. Acad., vol.
VIII.

Daday, ’88. Crustacea Cladocera Faunae Hungaricee : E. Daday
de Dees, Budapest, 1888.

Eylmann, ’86. Beitrag zur Systematik der Europaeischen
Daphniden: E. Eylmann, Freiburg i. B., 1886. Ber.

Naturforsch. G-esellsch. zu Freiburg, B. II.

Forbes, ’90. On some Lake Superior Entomostraca : S. A.
Forbes, Washington, 1890. Rept. Fish Com., 1888.

Forbes, ’93. A preliminary Report on the Aquatic Invertebrate
Fauna of the Yellowstone National Park, Wyoming, and of
the Flathead Region of Montana: S. A. Forbes, Washing¬
ton, 1893. Bull.U. S. Fish Com., 1891.

Gruber and Weismann, ’78. Ueber neue oder unvollkommen
gekannte Daphniden: A. Gruber and A. Weismann,
Freiburg, 1878. Ber. Naturforsch. Gesellsch. zu

Freiburg.

de Guerne et Richard, ’91b. Entomostraces recueillis par
M. Ch. Rabofc en Russie et en Siberie: J. de Guerne et
J. Richard, Paris, 1891. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1891.

314

Birge — Notes on Gladocera ,

Hellich, ’76. Die Cladoceren Boehmens : M. C. Bohuslav Hel¬
lich, Prag, 1877.

Herrick, ’84. The Crustacea of Minnesota included in the
orders Cladocera and Copepoda: C. L. Herrick, Minne¬
apolis, 1884. 12th Annual Report Geol. and Nat. Hist.
Sur. Minn.

Kurz, ’74. Dodekas neuer Cladoceren, nebst einer kurzen
Uebersicht der Cladocerenfauna . Boehmens : W. Kurz,
Wien, 1874. Sitzungsber. Akad. der Wissensch. Wien,
B LXX.

Leydig, ’60. Naturgeschichte der Daphniden: F. Leydig,
Tuebingen, 1860.

Lilljeborg, ’53. De Crustaceis ex ordinibus tribus : Cladocera,
Ostracoda et Copepoda, in Scania oecurrentibus : W .
Lilljeborg. Lund., 1853.

Matile, ’90. Die Cladoceren der Lmgegend von Moskau: P.
Matile. Moscow, 1890.

Mueller, ’68. *Danmarks Cladoceren: P. E. Mueller. Copen¬
hagen, 1868.

Norman and Brady, ’67. A Monograph of the British Ento-
mostraca belonging to the Families Bosminidse, Macro-
thricidse, and Lynceidse: A. M. Norman and G-. S. Brady.
Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumberland and Durham, London,
1867.

Poppe and Richard, ’90. Note sur divers Entomostraces du
Japon et de la Chine: S. A. Poppe et J. Richard. Bull.
Soc. Zool. France. , vol. XV, 1890.

Richard, ’89. Note sur les peches effectuees par M. Ch. Rabot
dans les Lacs Enara, Imandra, et dans le Kolozero: J.
Richard, 1889. Bull. Soc. Zool., France, 1889.

Sars, ’62. Om Crustacea Cladocera, jagttagne i Omegnen af
Christiania: G-. O. Sars, Christiania, 1862. Forh. Videns-
Selsk. i Christiania, 1861.

* I follow the general custom in dating this work 1868. My own copy,

a separate reprint, is dated 1867.

Explanation of Plates. 315

Sars, ’63. Om en i Sommeren 1862 foretagen Zoologisk
Reiser G. O. Sars, Christiania, 1863.

Sars, ’85. On some Australian Cladocera raised from Dried
Mud: G-. O. Sars, Christiania, 1885, Forh. Vid.-Selsk.
i Christ., 1885, No. 8.

Sars, ’90. Oversigt af Norges Crustaceer; II: G. O. Sars,
Christiania, 1890, Ibidem, 1890, No. 1.

Schoedler, ’63. Neue Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte der
Cladoceren: Ed. Schoedler, Berlin, 1863.

Schoedler, ’66. Die Cladoceren des frischen Halls: E. Schoe¬
dler, Berlin, 1866. Wiegmatm’s Archiv fuer Naturge¬
schichte, Jg. XXXII.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLATE X.

Fig. 1.
2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

. 8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

13.

14.

Moina affinis , Birge. Post-abdomen of female. X 175.
11 flagellata, Hud. Post-abdomen of female. X 175.
11 ' affinis. Antennule of male. X 150.

11 flagellata. Antennule of male. X 150.

11 affinis. Young female. X 65.

‘•£ flagellata. Anterior part of female, showing
hairs of dorsum of head. X 65.

11 affinis. Male. X 65.

“ affinis. Reticulation of shell. X 250.

f.f. flagellata. Head of female from above. X 65.

“ flagellata. Ephippium. X 65.

11 flagellata. Male. X 65.

u affinis. Antennules of male from below. X 65.
11 affinis. Head of female from above. X 65.
u affinis. Ephippium. X 65.

316

Birge — Notes on Cladocera.

PLATE XI.

Fig. 1. Daphnia Kahlbergiensis , Schdlr. , var. breviceps , Birge.
Female. X 60.

2. “ breviceps . Apex of post-abdomen. X 250.

3. “ breviceps. Head. X 65.

4. 5, 7, 8, 9. Daphnia longiremis , Sars. Various forms

of head. X 65.

Daphnia breviceps. Head. X 65.
u longiremis. Female. . X 65.

u longiremis. Post-abdomen. X 100.

<£ longiremis. Female from above. The an-
tennse in this specimen were shorter than
is usual. X 40.

11 microcephala , Sars. Head of female.- X 100.

6.

10.

11.

12.

13.

PLATE XII.

Fig. 1. Daphnia pulex , var. pulicaria , Forbes. Caudal claw.
X 250.

2. “ pulicaria. Head of male. X 160.

3. “ pulicaria. Post-abdomen of female. X 40.

4. 5. “ pulicaria. Outline of head of female. X 40.

6. Ceriodaphnia lacustris. Female. Small specimen.

X 65.

7. u lacustris , Birge. Anterior part from

above. X 65.

8. u lacustris. Head of female showing spin-

ules. X 175.

9. “ lacustris. Apex of post-abdomen. X 175.

10. Bosmina obtusirostris, Sars. Young. X 75.

11. “ “ Female. X 75.

Explanation of Plates.

317

rig.

PLATE XIII.

1. Bunops scutifrons , Birge. Small female. X 65.

2. Anchistropus minor , Birge. Female from below. X 120.

3. “ “ Claw of first foot. X 260.

4. u 11 Anterior part of valve. X 120.

5. 11 “ - Post-abdomen. X 260.

6. Chydorus rugulosus , Forbes. Female. X 100.

7. 11 faviformis , Birge. Cast shell of young

female. X 100.

8. u faviformis. Post-abdomen. X 260.

9. Alona falcata, Sars. Female. X 100.

10. “ “ Sars. Head from below. X 100.

11. Pleuroxus hastatus , Sars. Female. 65.

... - . ■. ■ ■' ■ • ' '

?v - • •

\

:

..-

-

■

Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci.

Vol. IX, PI. X.

Birge.

Cladocera.

Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. Vol. IX, PI. XI.

Birge.

Cladocera.

'

I

i

:

.

\

Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. Vol. IX, PI. XII

Birge.

Cladocera.

Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci.

Vol.IX , PI. XIII.

Birge.

Cladocera,

THE STRUCTURE AND AFFINITIES OF BUNOPS SCUTI-

FRONS, Birge.

By Harriet Bell Merrill, M. S., Instructor in Biology, Milwaukee

High School.

This paper describes a member of the family Macrothricidce
found by Professor E. A. Birge at Minocqua, Wis., in Lake
Kawaquesaga, July, 1892. It was recognized by him as the
type of a new genus, and is described in this volume (pp.
275-317) under the name of Bunops scutifrons. Numerous
specimens, preserved in alcohol, were given to me
with the request that I would study the anatomy
as far as possible and determine the relationships of the genus
to the other members of the family. The anatomy of the skele¬
ton and appendages was especially desired, as Dr. E. Daday
de Dees in his Crustacea Cladocera Faunae FLungaricoe had de¬
scribed a closely allied species as belonging to the genus
Macrothrix , under the name M. serricaudata. Herrick also had
seen in Minnesota another member of the genus and described
it as Macrothrix pauper . It was therefore necessary to study
the appendages carefully with reference to the corresponding
structures in Macrothrix and the other members of the family.

In July, 1893, a very few specimens were found at Madison,
and some notes were made on the internal organs, but lack of
time prevented a complete study of the internal anatomy.

DESCRIPTION.

Viewed laterally the general form of the body is round, (PL
XIV, Fig. 1). The height and length are nearly equal, the
length usually exceeding the height. The dorsal margins of
the valves are coalesced to form a strongly and evenly arched
keel or crest extending the entire length of the body. At the
posterior end, the crest forms a marked rounded projection
ii— 6

320 Merrill — Structure and Affinities of Bunops Scutifrons.

where the dorsal joins the ventral edge of the valves. The gen¬
eral semicircular outline of the ventral margin is broken by a
slight concavity at its most ventral part caused by the curling
or infolding of the ventral edges of the valves. Viewed from
below, (PI. XIV, Figs. 2, 6), the posterior half of the ventral
edge of the valves is seen to be sharply inflected to form a right
or acute angle with the main part of the valves, causing the
valves to gape widely at the anterior part, even when the pos¬
terior parts are tightly closed. The anterior ventral margin is
edged by long, smooth, straggling, movable hairs. Just in front
of the infolding is a space where they are short and feeble.
Along the infolded part they are short and densely set, and
cease altogether a short distance from the posterior end. At
the anterior part of the ventral edge of the shell, the hairs are
placed alternately in and out, but upon the bend, out only. On
the infolded part they point inward. The infolding of the ven¬
tral edge sets the posterior hairs up a little, so that there is a
space between them and the apparent edge of the valves as
seen from the side. The valves are reticulated with hexagonal
meshes in the anterior portion. Similar reticulations are seen
on the head. The keel and posterior part of the valves are
smooth.

HEAD.

PI. XIV, Figs. 1, 4.

The head is small, triangular in general outline, and is very
short antero-posteriorly. It is shorter and smaller in propor¬
tion to the size of the animal than in any other genus of the
family. It is not depressed and the rostrum projects forward.
The crest extends over the head about one-third of its length
and then widens out into a triangular area, which is continued
as a flattened rectangle to the end of the rostrum. This area
is thus somewhat kite-shape or shield-like in outline. Its edge
is formed by a strong ridge, whose lower part probably repre¬
sents the continuation of the fornices. The general surface of
this area is depressed and the sides of the head are compressed
just behind the boundary line. This area I call the forehead. The
even surface of the forehead is broken by a very pronounced, al-

Antennules.

321

most hemispherical projection over the eye. The ventral margin
of the forehead is bilobed and continues vertically on each side as
a small flap, covering the insertion of the antennules. The ven¬
tral margin of the head is deeply concave and passes into the
large labrum. Just above the labrum is a projection for the
attachment of the muscle of the labrum and a spine on each side.
The labrum consists of two parts, the outer a broad and trian¬
gular projection, the inner smaller. The edge of the labral
projection is smooth.

The fornices are moderately broad (PI. XIV, Fig. 5.), cov¬
ering the base of the antennae. They extend to the anterior
edge of the head, and disappear just before reaching the fore¬
head, which they join at the point where the triangular passes
into the rectangular portion. Below the fornix, the head be¬
comes thin from side to side, being thinner than the breadth of
the forehead, and very high ventro-dorsally.

GENERAL MEASUREMENTS OE THE ANIMAL.

G-reatest height . 0.875 mm.

Greatest length . 1.06 mm.

Perpendicular length from haft-organ .... 0.717 mm.

Forehead . 0.105 mm.

Diameter of boss over eye . 0.07 mm.

Projection of boss . 0.027 mm.

Length of setae on ventral edge . . . 0.010 mm.

Triangular piece of labrum, length . 0.122 mm.

Triangular piece of labrum, width . 0.105 mm.

Diameter of eye . 0.052 mm.

APPENDAGES OF THE HEAD.

(A.) Antennules.

PI. XIV, Figs. 4, 5.

The antennules are very long, almost as long as the branches
of the antennae, cylindrical, tapering slightly at the end. The
antennule forms a gentle compound curve, greatest at the
proximal end. It is much narrowed at the point of attachment.

322 Merrill — Structure and Affinities of Bunops Scutifrons.

It is sparsely covered with fine, short spines, arranged in?
transverse rows at the proximal end, but reduced to scattered
bunches and single hairs at the opposite end. At the terminal
end there is a circle of four or five small teeth, and from be¬
tween these spring eight or ten delicate sense hairs of about,
uniform length. The tip of each sense f^ir is enlarged slightly
to form a knob. There are two pairs of sense hairs on the
outer side of the distal half of the antennule. The farther pair-
is situated about one-sixth the length of the antennule from the
end; the other pair about the same distance from the first.
There is no distinction between the basal and terminal parts of
the hairs. They are curved, taper slightly, and are of about
equal length. There is also on the proximal end very near the baser
a single sense hair which is about as long as the terminal hairs.
It is very stout at the base and tapers abruptly to a delicate^
hair. The basal is about half as long as the terminal part.

MEASUREMENTS OF ANTENNULE.

Length . . 0.402 mm.

Sense hairs additional. . 0.052 mm.

Breadth . 0.019 mm.

Greatest breadth . 0.024 mm.

Least breadth . 0.0b mm.

Lateral sense hairs . 0.021mm.

(B.) Antennae.

PI. XIV, Fig. 1.

0-0-0-3 0-1-0-1

Formula of setae, - of spines, - .

1-1-3 1 0-0-0

The antennae are of medium length and slender. The basal
joint is long and slender, projecting considerably beyond the
head. It is ringed at the base, the rings extending less than half
the entire length of the joint. Along the dorsal side there is a
row of short, stiff bristles, running from the rings lengthwise
to the end of the basal joint, and the tip has a few scattered.

Antemice.

823

hairs. On the ventral side is a single larger sensory bristle.
The usual delicate sense bristles are situated on a slight tubercle
on the outer side about the middle. The exterior, distal, one is
the longer. From the extremity between the two branches, there
arises a very long, delicate, sensory spine. It is smooth and
bi-articulate, and extends somewhat beyond the two proximal
joints of the dorsal branch.

The two branches attached to the basal joint are of nearly
equal length, slender and somewhat tapering. The dorsal
branch is four-jointed, with setae on the terminal joint only
The proximal joint is very short, about one-third the length of
the other joints, which are nearly equal in length. It has no
accessory spines, hairs or setae. The next joint is three times
as long, bears a delicate spine on the dorsal side, but has
neither hairs nor setae. The next joint is like the preceding
but without the spine. The terminal joint is slightly longer
■than the two preceding it. It' has one spine at the end, and
three terminal setae. These setae are moderately long, as long
or longer than the whole length of the antennae. They are
■two-jointed, flexible and sparsely plumose.

The ventral branch of the antenna is three-jointed. The
proximal joint is smooth, bearing one very long seta, sd long
■that it reaches beyond the tips of the terminal setae. There is
:a marked projection of the joint at the place where the seta is
articulated to it, but there are no spines. The seta is stiff at
the middle joint, but is so long and slender as to be very flexi¬
ble. It is sometimes sparsely plumose and occasionally shows
very fine spinules. The second joint of the branch is of about
the same character as the proximal, but shorter. The seta is
bi-articulate and plumose. The terminal joint bears three ter¬
minal setae, with the characteristics already described for the
dorsal branch.

The spines on both branches are very delicate, irregular and
of little importance. There may be a fringe of hairs around
each joint, but they are difficult to distinguish even with a
high magnifying power, and appear much like the threads at¬
taching infusoria or filamentous plants.

324 Merrill — Structure and Affinities of Bunops Scutifrons.

MEASUREMENTS OF ANTENNAE.

Basal Joint.

Extreme length . 0.402 mm.

Average width . 0.061 mm.

Width at free end . 0.052 mm.

Rings at base . 0.175 mm.

Ventral Branch.

Basal joint, length . 0.196 mm.

Basal joint, width . 0.024 mm.

Basal seta, length . 1.240 mm.

Second joint, length . 0.054 mm.

Second joint seta, length . 1.050 mm.

Terminal joint, length . 0.070 mm.

Dorsal Branch.

Basal joint, length . 0.026 mm.

Second joint, length . 0.070 mm.

Second joint, length of spine . . . 0.001 mm.

Second joint, width . 0.022 mm.

Third joint, length . 0.070 mm.

Terminal joint, length . 0.087 mm.

Terminal joint, width . 0.017 mm.

Terminal setae, length . 0.875 mm.

POST-ABDOMEN.

PI. XV, Fig. 6.

The post-abdomen is large, triangular, broad above, but
greatly flattened below. It is divided into two parts by a
notch on the dorsal side just anterior to the anus. The anus,,
therefore, opens on an elevation at a short distance from
the terminal claws. As in Cladocera generally the anus
is an elongated slit. Here it lies between two folds of in¬
tegument. The fold on each side is provided with three
spines posteriorly, and is bordered by a fringe of setae

Post-Abdomen — Legs. 325

anteriorly. Laterally it has several bunches of stiff hairs. The
terminal claws are placed on a prolongation from the anal lobe,
which is very like the “End-stueck” of Moina or Ophryoxus , but
much smaller. This prolongation bears two small teeth on each
side. The terminal claws are slender, sharply curved at the end
and finely denticulate. The teeth are of uniform size and there is
no secondary tooth at the base of the claws. Anterior to the
anus, the post-abdomen widens out rapidly with a semicircular
margin and bears five to seven marginal hooked teeth, and later¬
ally, several rows of hairs extending from three or more of the
teeth over about one-fourth the side of the post-abdomen. The
abdominal setae are situated on no special projection. They are
long, slender, sparsely plumose and bi-articulate. The margin
of the post-abdomen between the abdominal setae and the anal
spines is crenelated and bordered by short fine hairs. Ante¬
rior to the abdominal setae is a prominent abdominal process,
consisting of a rounded ridge bearing a number of stiff hairs.
Anterior to this is another lower ridge bearing several long
hairs. These ridges fit into a fold of carapace and close the
brood cavity. The dorsal part of the body possesses what Sars
calls “mammilliform processes” similar to those in Macrothrix.

MEASUREMENTS OF POST-ABDOMEN.

Sense hairs to notch . 0.19 mm.

Notch to terminal claws . 0.11 mm.

Length of terminal claws . 0.06 mm.

Greatest width of post-abdomen . 0.24 mm.

Length of abdominal setae . 0.28 mm.

LEGS.

The nomenclature followed is that of Lund. * He divides the
leg into two parts, the stem and two branches. In all cases the
stem is short and scarcely distinguishable as a separate part.
In an ideal leg, the stem would bear four processes. These

* Bidrag til Cladocerernes Morphologi og Systematik, ved L. Lund;
Naturhist. Tidskrift. Vol. VII, pp. 130-174, Pis. V-IX, 1871.

326 Merrill — Structure and Affinities of Bunops Scutifrons.

are never all present on the same leg, however. On the inner
side of the stem there is a vesicular process, the gill sac, which
is always present. This gill sac is small in the Macrothricidce
and is usually oval or kidney- shaped. In Bosmina and the
Lyneeidoe it is drawn out into a long process.

Immediately above the gill sac there is in many Cladocera a
delicate ciliated lobe or extension. It is found only in the
more posterior legs. On the outer side is a process which
ideally is flattened and rectangular, but usually becomes trian¬
gular in shape. It bears setae and cilia, and is frequently
coalesced with the inner branch cf the stem. This is the maxil¬
lary process. It is sometimes absent in the first leg, but usu¬
ally present in all the others. The “setae terminales stipitis”
lie below the maxillary process and consist of a stout ciliated
seta on each side.

There are two branches attached to the distal end of the stem.
The inner branch is lobed and forms the working part of the
leg. The outer is membranous. In the anterior legs, the inner
branch is most strongly developed. In the posterior ones the
outer is the larger.

Bunops scutifrons has five broad leaf-like legs. They conform
in general to the type of structure of the Macrothricidce , show¬
ing differences in detail from those of any other genus.

FIRST LEG.

Plate XV, Fig. 1.

As in all the family the first leg is very large and broad,
with hooks and setae capable of projecting beyond the edges of
the valves. Starting from its point of attachment, it runs for¬
ward parallel with the labrum, and then bends down abruptly,
forming a sort of knee. Above the bend there is a tuft of deli
cate bristles, and a little within the margin above the gill sac
are two strong, posteriorly curved setae. The gill sac ( g ) is
the only process present upon the stem. The maxillary process
seems to be entirely lacking. The distal portion of the leg con¬
sists of two branches, the ramus interior and the ramus ex¬
terior. The latter is represented only by a slight projection

First Leg.

327

below the knee, which lies not far above i in the figure. The
interior ramus is very greatly developed and divides into two
irregular branches. The posterior branch (i) is broad and
plate-like, while the anterior (v) is narrower and somewhat con¬
ical. The anterior branch again divides into two, and the poste¬
rior into three parts, each bearing spines, hooks or both. The
anterior lobe of the anterior branch of the interior ramus
(i) bears one long bi-articulate seta ciliated along the anterior
edge. It is by far the longest seta on the leg. The pos¬
terior lobe has two stout hooks of unequal size, and one seta
which is smaller than the anterior one, but is also bi-ar¬
ticulate and ciliated. The main peculiarity of the leg is the
presence of the large hook. (Plate XV, Fig. 1, b). In the pos¬
session of this large hook, Bunops differs from most other mem¬
bers of the family. The hook is smooth, very large, almost as
long as the ciliated setae on the same lobe, and is attached just
under it. At its point of attachment it is narrow; it then
widens suddenly to almost double its basal width and tapers
gradually to a point. It is sharply curved posteriorly at the
end. This hook of B. scutifrons is proportionately stronger
than that of any other member of the family, although it is pos¬
sessed by Ophryoxus and Drepanothrix. Macrothrix , to which
genus a species of this genus was referred by Daday, * has only an
ordinary seta in place of this hook. The hook connects itself
with the mode of life of the animal, being used for holding to
weeds. Bunops is much like Op>hryoxus in its habits. It lives
In shallow water among weeds, and swims from weed to weed,
clinging to them with the hook of the first leg. It uses its
feeble antennae with a steady, forward, paddling motion, like
that of Ophryoxus. While clinging to weeds with the hook of
the first leg, it rakes in food with the second. The smaller
hook is about half the diameter and length of the larger one,
and probably serves the same purpose, in a less degree.

The posterior branch (i) of the interior ramus has setae on
four distinct parts. The two anterior lobes are the largest and
have two rows of setae, six in a distal row, three for each lobe,

Daday, E. Crustacea Cladocera Faunae Hungaricae, p . 105 .

328 Merrill — Structure and Affinities of Bunops Scutifrons.

and two in a proximal row, one in each lobe. The anterior
seta of the inner row stands between the two anterior setae of
the distal row, and the posterior one, anterior to the three
distal setae of the second lobe. The third lobe has two setae
while two other setae arise from the side of the leg directly. These
setae are ciliated on both sides, except the second three of the
distal row, which have cilia on the anterior side only. The
entire leg, particularly the anterior part, is covered with lines
of cilia. The leg agrees in this respect with that of Macrothrixy
but in the number and arrangement of setae it agrees more
nearly with Acantholeberis , while it is even more like Ophryoxus
or even the Lynceid Leydigia australis described by Sars.*

SECOND LEG.

PI. XV, Fig. 2.

The second leg is much shorter than the first, and somewhat
broader. The exterior ramus ( e ) is here developed into a nar¬
row delicate lobe, bearing one slender seta on its distal end,
and covered with numerous fine hairs. The inner branch (i)
shows indications of the same lobing as the first leg, but so-
much slighter, that it practically constitutes one rectangular
plate. The setae are arranged in two rows as in the first leg..
The distal row consists of nine stout bi-articulate setae. The
two exterior ones are longer and more slender than the others,
and have cilia on the posterior edge only. They resemble the
two anterior setae of the first leg. The seven following are
graduated in length from first to last. The distal joint of the
first six is set with delicate close-set plates, making a comb-like
structure, instead of setae, and the joint is curved. The
proximal joints have very fine cilia. The seventh seta has
cilia and no plates. It is much straighter than the others. The
proximal row of setae consists of three, borne in two small lobes
The anterior lobe bears two small, smooth setae, while the pos¬
terior lobe has but one seta. The maxillary process is well

* Sars, G. O., On some Australian Cladocera raised from dried mud,
Christiania Videnskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1885, pp. 39-41, PI. VIII,.
Figs. 2-6.

Third and Fourth Legs.

329

developed. The triangular tip has three slight divisions. The
dorsal part of the maxillary process has five bi-articulate, falci¬
form, incurved setae. The ventral side near the base is covered
with fine bristles.

THIRD AND FOURTH LEGS.

PI. XV, Figs. 3, 4.

As in all the family the outer ramus of these legs is well
developed, thin and leaf-like. In the third leg * the exterior
(<?) is almost as well developed as the interior branch. It is
broad, rectangular and very thin, bearing three very long cili¬
ated setae at the end, the middle one being the longest, and the
two at the side, curving back. The interior ramus (i) is smaller
than in the second leg, but of the same shape. It shows the
same trace of anterior and posterior lobing that former legs
show, and the same two rows of setae, distal and proximal.
The distal row consists of eight setae. The basal joints are
very stout as compared with the distal ones. The three an¬
terior setae are ciliated on one edge of the distal joint. The
maxillary process is almost as in the second leg, but has dense
hairs at the triangular tip, and four or five setae at the side,
shorter than in the second leg.

The exterior ramus of the fourth leg (e) is not nearly as well
developed as in the third leg, and not as well as in the same leg
of Acantholeheris. It has four ciliated setae and is thin and
delicate. The inner branch is as broad as in the third leg and
shows traces of lobing. The distal setae are better developed
than the proximal. They are four in number, unguiform, bi-
articulate, pectinatelv ciliated on one edge. The proximal
edge has five setae, each two-jointed. The basal joint of each
narrows abruptly into a delicate seta, constituting the second
joint.

The maxillary process has three accessory parts, the process
called by Lund “the terminal seta of the stem,” one large
geniculate seta, and four setae on the dorsal side as in the
third leg.

* In the plate the third and fourth legs are shown on a scale twice as
great as the others, so as to make plain the numerous details.

330 Merrill — Structure and Affinities of Bunops Scutifrons.

FIFTH LEG.

PI. XV, Fig. 5.

The fifth leg consists of the exterior ramus and the maxil¬
lary process only. The outer ramus is well de\ eloped and has
two setae, the larger one curving around the gill-sac and the
other straight. The maxillary process has three setae. One is
long, borne on a separate lobe, and there are two short setae at
the side. The setae are all densely ciliated.

The legs of Bunops differ from those of the other genera of the
Macrothricidce , in that the four anterior legs all show traces of
lobing of the inner branch, and that all four legs possess setae
arranged in distal and proximal rows.

INTERNAL ORGANS.

The specimens of Bunops scutifrons which I obtained from
Minocqua were simply preserved in alcohol, and the internal or¬
gans were not in very good condition for study. In early July,
1893, a few specimens of the species were found at Madison, Wis.,
and a short study of the general internal structure was made.

The animal is hyaline and all of the internal organs can be
seen very plainly.

The intestine is a simple tube, with no glands or convolutions,
its walls are rather thm, and its contents give it usually a yellow
color, rendering it a very conspicuous object in contrast to the
colorless organs along which it lies. The heart (PI. XIV,
Fig. 4.) has the usual form of a rounded sac, having the venous
ostia placed as usual. The crest of the valves is so developed
that the axis of the heart instead of lying parallel to that of
the body, is at right angles to it, the anterior end of the heart
being dorsal. A short arterial trunk is connected with it.

The blood is of a pale yellow color, and it seems devoid of
corpuscles. This fact has already been noted by Weismann in
Lathonura rectirostris. It is not improbable that the corpuscles
are wanting in a large number of the Cladocera, but no exact
observations on this subject have as yet been made.

Internal Organs.

831

The organs situated in the head are greatly crowded together,
by reason of the lateral flattening of the head, and its very
short antero-posterior axis. Intestine, brain, and eyes are
closely pressed together. The general form and arrangement of
these organs can be seen in PI. XIV, Fig. 4. The eye is of
moderate size, and shows about eight lenses, which do not pro¬
ject far from the pigment. Its muscles number, as usual, three
on each side, and are very short. The optic ganglion is so
close to the the eye that the optic nerves are hardly visible.
The brain is of usual size, pear-shaped as seen from the side,
and has a stout projection extending to the macula nigra. This
structure lies at the apex of the rostrum, is quadrangular in
form as seen from the side, and is of ordinary size. A curious,
pear-shaped little body, (Fig. 4, a.) very transparent, and appar¬
ently without definite structure, lies in the apex of the rostrum.
It has the appearance of a large eve-lens, but does not seem to
be related to the pigment spot, though it is attached to the nerve
of the antennule. The antennulary nerve develops the usual gan¬
glion in the antennule, and calls for no special description.

The dilator muscles of the oesophagus are quite distinct, and
easy to make out. They appear to be in two groups, of about
four muscles each, on each side of the oesophagus. The muscles-
of each cluster converge, and are attached to the side of the
head.

There is a large labral gland, as usual, but the greater
part of the crest of the labrum is empty, showing a clear
space. The elevator muscles of the labrum occupy the ordinary
position.

The shell gland, on the whole, recalls the form of that organ
in the Lynceidoe. It is long, narrow, and developed into a
round loop at the ventral end.

The figure shows one of the mamilliform processes, of which
there may be three or four. These are probably of use in fur¬
nishing nutriment to the developing young. They occur also
in Macrothrix.

The ovaries call for no special remark. The summer eggs
number 6-8, are of an elongated oval form, and have a bright
green, yolk.

332 Merrill — Structure and Affinities of Bunops Scutifrons.

A small cervical gland is present in both young and adult
forms.

BIOLOGY.

As the animal was not kept in aquaria under observation,
little can be said of its biology. It lives in shallow water,
among Utricularia , Millefolium , Lemiia and similar plants. It
swims with a feeble but steady motion, already compared to
that of Ophryoxus. To this genus, indeed, its habits closely
correspond.

The known range of the species is at present about 200 miles
in a north and south direction, from Minocqua to Madison. It
has not been found in the intermediate country. It is proba¬
bly very local in its distribution. In a second visit made by
Prof. Birge to Minocqua for the express purpose of obtaining
more material of this species, it was found only at the particu¬
lar spot where it was first discovered. Nor has it appeared in
nearly forty bottles of material collected m similar localities in
the same region.

In Madison, it was found in one end of a ditch draining a
marsh. It has not been found elsewhere there, although very
careful search was made in exactly similar ditches and pools
near by.

The males of the species have not been found. It was hoped
that they would appear at Madison, but the ditch rapidly dried
up in late summer without showing the presence of males.

SPECIES OF THE GENUS BUNOPS.

The genus Bunops includes at present two species, Bunops
serricaudata , Daday, and Bunops scutifrons , Birge. Daday des¬
cribes his species under the name Macrothrix serricaudata . * Ac¬
cording to Daday’s description, and more particularly his draw¬
ing, the two species differ from each other in but few particu¬
lars. The crest is present in B. serricaudata , but is serrated
from the posterior end for about one-third of its length. The ser-

* Daday, E., Crustacea Cladocera Faunae Hungaricae, p. 105, PI. II, Figs.
47-48.

Species of Genus Bunops.

333

rations are large, of uniform size, and^their points are directed
posteriorly. In B. scutifrons the crest is smooth, although
minute serrations are sometimes seen with a high magnifying
power. These are not more than four or five, and the points
are directed anteriorly. They are quite too minute to be shown
on the scale of my figures. The position of the spines on the
ventral margin of B. serricaudcita as shown in Daday’s figure,
seem to indicate that the edges are infolded as in B. scutifrons.
The head differs in shape. It is smaller, shorter and more concave
ventrally. The drawing shows a slight curve over the eye, indi¬
cating that B. serricaudcita possesses the convexity above the
eye characteristic of B. scutifrons . The curve is not mentioned
in the description. The depression between the head and thorax
is deep. The post-abdomen is very like that of B. scutifrons in
general outline. There is the same notch dividing it into two
lobes, with the anus opening on the posterior lobe, the same
crenelation on the pre-anal portion, and no elevation for the
abdominal’ setae. The post-abdomen of B. scutifrons , however,
has more spines than has that of B. serricaudcita ; there is a de¬
cided prolongation of the post-abdomen between the anus and
terminal claws, and the terminal claws are serrate and not smooth
as in B. serricaudcita. The abdominal setae of B. serricaudcita are
much longer and bi-articulate, and there is only one ridge before
them. The antennules are very similar in shape, length and posi¬
tion, but do not show the single basal sense-hair found in B.
scutifrons. The antennae are neither described nor drawn by
Daday.

Herrick* described a form which he called M acrot hr ix pauper,
which probably belongs to this genus, but the description differs
from B. scutifrons in many particulars. The general shape differs
greatly. The head projects so as to give an almost triangular
outline to the animal, while B. scutifrons is nearly round. There
is a sharp angle where the dorsal joins the ventral part of the
valve, and the posterior margin is straight instead of concave.
The post-abdomen is smaller, shows no trace of notch or
spines and has a wholly different form. Herrick says; “There

* Geological Report of the State of Minnesota, 1884, pp. 70-71, PI. C,
Fig. 4.

334 Merrill — Structure and Affinities of Bunops Scutifrons.

seems to be some affinity between this species and Bosminaff but
Bunops shows no such affinity. If Herrick’s imperfectly de¬
scribed form belongs to this genus, it is very different from
the species under consideration.

RELATIONS OF BUNOPS IN THE FAMILY MACROTHRICID JE.

The family Macrothricidm is small, distinguished by many
genera and few species, and the genera show many interesting
cross affinities. There are nine genera, each containing one to
five species; Macrothrix , five; Drepanothrix) one; Lcitho?iuray
one; Ophryoxus , one or two; Acantholeberis , one; Grimaldina , *
one; Guernella , * one; Ilyocryptus , three European species and
two from the southern hemisphere; Bunops , two. In marked
contrast with this family with its large number of genera, each
containing very few species, is that of the Daphnidce , contain¬
ing six or seven genera, of which the genus Daphnia alone com¬
prises some forty or fifty described species. The family Lyn-
ceidce has some twelve genera, and the genus Alona contains as
many as thirty species; Chydorus nearly twenty species; with
other genera equally as large. Both the. Daphnidce and Lyn-
ceidm thus have shown a capacity for specific variation, far
greater than the Macrothricidce. The genus Bosmina) the sole
representative of the family Bosminiclce, has at least twenty-five
American and European species, a greater number than the nine
genera of the Macrothricidce. But while the Macrothricidce are
deficient in number of species, yet in genera, and in range of
form and structure, they compare favorably with any of the
larger families.

There is a curious parallelism of development in all of these
three families, Daphnidce , Macrothricidce and Lynceidm. In
each, we find genera whose form is approximately spherical, and
these genera are the smallest in size in the family. Ceri-
odciphnia among the Daphnidce. , Strehlocerus in the Mac-
rothricidce , Chydorus and Ancliistropus in the Lynceidm , are re¬
spectively the smallest genera of those families; while the ro¬
tund Pleuroxus nanus is the smallest of the Cladocera. In each

* Af rican genera described by J . Richard.

Relations of Bunops in the Family Macrothricidce. 335

family, crested forms are found. These are Daphnia, especially
Hyalodaphnia , in the Daphnidoe ; Acroperus and Camptocercus in
the Lynceidce and Bu?iops in the Macrothricidce. These genera
too, are much compressed laterally. In all these families, there
are genera with a post-anal projection of the post-abdomen, and
genera without such projection. Moina among the Daphnidoe
has such a projection conspicuously developed, and Ophryoxus
and especially Ilyocryptus among the Macrothricidce. In the
Lynceidce, such a projection is the rule, to which Eurycercus is
the only exception. No order in the animal kingdom offers bet¬
ter illustrations of convergence of development, than does the
Cladocera.

When we attempt to compare Bunops with other genera of
the Macrothricidce , we are at once struck with the multiplicity
and complexity of the relationships of these genera. While it
is clear that Bunops is one of the most specialized members of
the family, its relationships to less developed genera are by no
means simple, as will appear from a study of its several parts.

As has been already said, Bunops is the crested Macrotliricid ,
corresponding to Daphnia or Camptocercus in the other main
families of the Cladocera. One difference between these crested
forms of different families must be noted. In Daphnidoe and
Lynceidce , the crest of the head is the most developed part of
the keel ; while in Bunops , the crest extends but a little way
upon the head. Other genera of the Macrothricidce are keeled or
slightly crested, though to a much less degree than Bunops.
Drepanothrix , whose general form most nearly approaches that
of Bunops , has a well-marked crest. Streblocerus , rotund in
general form, has a slight keel on the dorsal side. Macrothrix
latirostris has a decided keel, while M. rosea is practically de¬
void of one. Accmtholeberis and Ophryoxus are evenly rounded
over the back, and are the most generalized of the family in
general form.

Bunops , while of compressed form, is not so greatly flattened
laterally as is Daphnia. Its shape as seen from behind has
the form of an isosceles triangle, the base being formed by the
inflected ventral part of the valves. This structure also marks
the high specialization of Bunops. In Ophryoxus , which comes
ii — 7

336 Merrill— Structure and Affinities of Bunops ScuUfrons.

nearest to Bunops in habit, the ventral margins of the valves
approach in front, gape in the middle, and approach again be¬
hind, (Plate XIV, Fig. 7). This is true of Macrothrix and of
most of the family. In Bunops , the infolding of the valves is a
peculiar structure unlike anything in the other genera. The
arrangement allows the animal to feed by the aid of its anterior
appendages, and at the same time protects the hinder limbs,
which are used for respiration, from the parasitic algse, which
so often load the legs of Macrothrix. In Acantholeberis an im¬
perfect protection is given by the spines of the carapace, and
these are are so arranged in Streblocerus and Drepanothrix as to
form a kind of grating over the opening of the valves. The
mud-haunting Ilyocryptus protects its legs by completely en¬
closing them within the valves.

The structure of the forehead is one of the most interesting
features of the genus. The flattened or even concave forehead,
with the fornices continued as its kite-shaped edges, and the
boss over the eye, are peculiar to the genus. It is interesting to
see how this structure is related to and derived from the cor¬
responding part in the other genera. In Acantholeberis and
Macrothrix latirostris, the dorsum of the head is rounded and
projects evenly out to the apex, where the antennules are in¬
serted. In Latlionura , Ophryoxus and M. rosea , the even curve
of the dorsum is altered. The posterior part continues the out¬
line of the back, and the anterior part bends abruptly downward,
so that its downward course is nearly at right angles to the poster¬
ior part. At the same time, the fornices are developed into strong
ridges which extend to the rostrum, and project on each side.
Thus the head (PI. XIV, Fig. 7), as seen from above or below,
presents three parts, the first of which is a median ridge
rounded over from side to side and bent dorso-ventrally, which
is obviously the dorsum of the head as seen in Acantholeberis.
On each side of this ridge is a valley rising on each side into
the sharp ridges of the fornices; behind the median ridge, and
near the angle of the head, lies the eye.

In Drepanothrix , the crest, or rather the keel, is carried out
in an even curve to the apex of the rostrum. The head is ac¬
cordingly greatly compressed, the antennules are inserted

Relations of Bunops in the Family Macrothricidce. 337

close together, and the fornices do not extend to the rostrum.
This head is evidently derived from a form like that of Acanthole¬
beris , which has been flattened into a crest. In Bunops , the
head seems to have been derived from a form like that of
Ophryoxus. Its dorsum is not evenly rounded, but bends ab¬
ruptly ventrally at a point near that where the fornices meet
the dorsal edge. The crest is not carried out to the rostrum, but
the forehead is flattened, even made concave. It is bounded by
a stiffened edge which can hardly be anything except the fornix,
although it has not the form characteristic of the fornix in the
other genera. Above the eye rises a hemispherical elevation
of the cuticle, which is evidently a portion of the median frontal
ridge of Ophryoxus , retained to give the eye a better field of
vision. Thus the relationship of Drepanothrix and Bunops is not
particularly close, although at first glance such a relationship
seems probable. It is probable that the former genus is related
rather to Acantholeberis , while Bunops looks more toward
Ophryoxus. The crest or keel seems to be an independent de¬
velopment in each genus.

The post-abdomen shows two types in the Macrothricidce , that
with both post- and pre-anal portions, and that whose pre-anal
part only is developed.

POST-ABDOMEN.

Possessing post-anal part. -{

Anus terminal

Guernella. *

Grimaldina.

Bunops.

Ophryoxus.

llyocryptus.

Drepanothrix.

Lathonura.

< Streblocerus.
Acantholeberis.
Macrothrix.

Of the three American genera possessing a post-anal projec¬
tion of the post-abdomen, Bunops has the smallest and llyo¬
cryptus the largest. Streblocerus , whose post-abdomen is most
like that of Bunops in general form, does not possess this pro-

* Cladoceres nouveaux du Congo: J. Richard. Extract des Memoires
de la Societe Zoologique de Prance pour l’annee 1892, pp. 1-10, Figs. 1-6.

338 Merrill — Structure and Affinities of Bunops Scutifrons.

longation. In both these genera the posterior (dorsal) part of the
post-abdomen is enlarged into a semicircular structure, which
is flattened to a sharp edge and toothed. This form is widely
different from that shown by Drepanothrix , Acantholeberis and
Macrothrix , while that of Lathonura is wholly peculiar to itself.

APPENDAGES. - ANTENNULES.

The antennules of the Macrothricidce show three characters
tic forms :

Flattened and expanded at f M. laticornis.

tip . -j Drepanothrix.

L Acantholeberis.

Flattened and twisted.

Streblocerus.

ANTENNULES, -J

Ilyocryptus.
Lathonura.
M. rosea.

Cylindrical . -j Opliryoxus.

Grimaldina.
Guernella.
Bunops.

Lateral sense-hairs are present as follows :

None in female, -j Ilyocryptus , Drepanothrix.

Lateral

sense-

hairs.

C Opliryoxus.

Proximal only. -j Macrothrix.

(_ Acantholeberis.

Distal only. . . . Streblocerus.

1 proximal and 1 distal. . . -j Lathonura.

Both. . •<

C Grimcddina.

1 proximal and 2 distal. . . •< Guernella.

(_ Bunops.

The antennules of Bunops are closest in general form to
those of Lathonura , but are longer and more slender, and have
two pairs of distal sense-hairs, while Lathonura has only one
pair. In Grimaldina and Guernella the distal sense-hairs are

Relations of Bunops in the Family Macrothricidce. 389

•single and much nearer the proximal sense-hair, than in
Bunops. In Guernella , the antennules are short and broad, al¬
most barrel-shaped, and covered with spines. Those of Grimal¬
dina are long, and the genus resembles Bunops in head, general
form, and post-abdomen.

ANTENNiE.

The setae of the ventral branch of the antennae vary in num¬
ber. There are three sets. Those of the dorsal branch are con¬
stant in number.

3-0-0-0

"3TT

Setae of Antennae

3-1-0-0

3-1-1

j 3-1-1 -0
3-1-1

Drepanothrix.
Ilyocryptus.
Acantholeberis.
j Ophryoxus.
Bunops.

C Streblocerus.

-j Macrothrix.

( Grimaldina.

Lathonura.

Guernella.

'Character of prox¬
imal seta of
ventral branch.

Seta large and stiff.

Joint anchylosed,but
joint slender .

Seta jointed and
flexible .

C Macrothrix.

-j Drepanothrix.
( Grimaldina.

Bunops.
Ophryoxus.

C Ilyocryptus.

-J Lathonura.

(_ Guernella.

In number and character of the setae Bunops is most like
Ophryoxus.

The enlargement and stiffening of the basal seta of the ven¬
tral ramus of the antennae is a wide-spread character of the
family. Correlated with the development of this structure goes
a loss of the plumose character of the seta, and a development
of short spinules or a sparse covering of hairs. In these or-

340 Merrill — Structure and Affinities of Bunops Scutifrons.

gans Lathonura has the most primitive form. All of the setae
are short, plumose, jointed and similar in character. Ophry-
oxus and Bunops come next with very similar antennae, having
a stiff but weak basal seta, practically free from spinules.
Macrothrix , Acantholeberis and Streblocerus show a gradual en¬
largement of this seta, until in Drepanothrix it becomes extra¬
ordinarily heavy and sabre-like.

There are two prominent modes of swimming in this family.
Lathonura, Macrothrix , Acantholeberis and Streblocerus move by
sudden jerks with intervals of rest. Ophryoxus and Bunops
have a steady paddling motion of the antennae, giving a motion
quite different Irom the jerks of Lathonura . This habit is car¬
ried to the extreme in Ilyocryptus , which makes the most patient
and persistent efforts to move when held down in a live-box.
Drepanothrix swims as little as may be, but scrambles about on
the bottom while practically resting its heavy seta on the vege¬
table debris over which it scrambles. It does not seem to swim
as freely as Ilyocryptus .

LEGS.

We find three types of Macrothricidoe in respect to the number
of legs. Lathonura and Grimaldina have four pairs ; Guernella ,
Macrothrix , Streblocerus, Drepanothrix and Bunops have five
pairs, while Ophryoxus , Acantholeberis, and Ilyocryptus have
six.

In the comparative study of the legs of Bunops, I have used
Lund’s paper for the genera Bosmina, Lathonura , Macrothrix,
Ilyocryptus and Acantholeberis, and my own dissections and un¬
published drawings of Prof. Birge, for the genera Ophryoxus and
Drepanothrix.

The most striking peculiarity of the legs is the possession of
the hooks on the first foot. In this, Bunops agrees most closely
with Ophryoxus. That genus also has the first foot armed with
two strong hooks of' unequal size on the second division of the
leg. Drepanothrix has one such hook, but much smaller and
weaker. In that genus, however, the branchial sac of the
first foot is much elongated and closely resembles the corres-

Relations of Bunops in the Family Macrotliricidce. 341

ponding structure of the Lynceidce. In Bunops and Ophryoxus ,
the gill sac is small and rounded. The resemblance to the other
genera is not particularly close. Macrothrix comes as near to it
as any other genus, llyocryptus , whose legs are quite different
from those of the other Maerothricidce , is furthest removed from
Bunops. Bosmina shows no special relation to Bunops in this
or any other appendage.

It would be wearisome and unprofitable to compare all the
appendages in regard to number and character of hairs and
spines, and no attempt is made to carry out such a minute com¬
parison, the general resemblences only being noted.

The second pair of legs is much alike in all the Maerothricidce.
The chief difference, other than those of proportion, etc. , concerns
the development of the inner branch and the structure of the
peculiar comb like the spines of the distal setae.

The outer branch of the. second leg of Bunops seems slightly
developed in comparison with that of the other genera. In the
Maerothricidce , the outer branch is very small in comparison
with the Daphnidce , and Bunops seems “to be one of the ex¬
treme types of the family in this respect. The comb-like struc¬
ture of the setae, possessed by Bunops , is shared by all other
members of the family except llyocryptus. Of the other genera
Acantholeberis is least specialized in this regard.

In the third and fourth legs, there is a great difference in
the development of the outer branch. This is enormously ex¬
panded in llyocryptus , Acantholeberis and Ophryoxus , and much
less so in the remaining genera. In Bunops , these parts are
rather less developed than is the case in Macrothrix. It would
seem as. if the infolding of the ventral edge 'of the carapace re¬
duced the space and caused a smaller expansion of the legs. In
number and arrangement of setae of the inner branch, Bunops
agrees most closely with Acantholeberis , although possessing
minor peculiarities of its own.

The fifth leg shows no special resemblance to that of any
other genus.

When we come to the results of this comparison, it appears
that Bunops approaches no one of the other genera of Macro-
thricidce closely enough to be regarded as a very near ally. In

342 Merrill — Structure and Affinities of Bunops Scutifrons.

antennules, it most closely resembles Latkonura-. in antennae
Ophryoxus\ in post-abdomen, Streblocerus ; in general form
Drepanothrix ; and so on.

On the other hand, the two species united under this name
show so many and so great peculiarities of structure, as-
to be entitled to rank as a separate genus of the family
Macrothricidee.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLATE XIV.

Bunops scutifrons , Birge.

Fig. 1. Female. X 65. Arather small specimen.

2. Valves from below. X 65.

3. Animal from above. X 65.

4. Head. X 100. a , lens-like body.

5. Young female from front. X 100.

6. Valves seen obliquely from below. X 65.

7. Ophryoxus gracilis , Sars. Female from below. X 65.

PLATE XV.

Bunops scutifrons.

Fig. 1. First leg. X 175.

2. Second leg. X 175.

3. Third leg. X 350.

4. Fourth leg. X 350.

5. Fifth leg, X 175.

e, exterior ramus; i, interior ramus; i', inner di¬
vision of interior ramus; g, gill sac; m, maxillary
process ; b , hook of first leg. In the fifth leg i de¬
notes the maxillary process of the interior ramus.
In the first leg the exterior ramus is represented,
by the slight projection not far above i.

6. Post-abdomen. X 175.

Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci.

Vol. IX, PL XIV.

Merrill.

Bunops.

Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. Vol. IX, PI. XV.

Merrill.

Bunops.

PROCEEDINGS.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY.

MINUTES OF THE FIELD MEETING OF 1892.

Held at Ripon and Green Lake , June 2d and 3d.

On Thursday evening, June 2d, at 8 o’clock, the members
assembled in Ripon College Chapel. After a brief word of wel¬
come from Rev. Rufus C. Flagg, President of Ripon College,
Professor C. R. Barnes delivered an address on “Asa Gray,”
which was listened to with much interest.

On Friday morning a session of the Academy was held in the
biological lecture room of the college. In the temporary ab¬
sence of the presiding officer, Vice-President A. H. Tolman, Mr.
Reuben G. Thwaites was called to the chair. In view of the fact
that the minutes of the last meeting had been printed in volume
VIII of the Transactions, their reading at this time was dispensed
with. The Secretary read a letter from Professor F. B. Power,
Vice-President of the Department of Letters, resigning his
office because of removal to Passaic, N. J. On motion of Pro¬
fessor Barnes, the resignation was accepted. It was then
moved that the name of Professor Power be placed on the list
of corresponding members of the Academy. Carried. This ac¬
tion made it necessary to elect a vice-president to succeed Pro¬
fessor Power. Professor J. J. Blaisdell of Beloit was nominated
for this office, and was unanimously elected. The pro tempore
presiding officer nominated Prolessors Marsh, Hillyer and
Chandler a committee on new members, and instructed them to
report at the evening session.

The librarian then reported the success of the plan of the
library committee to increase the efficiency of the library, by

ii — i

ii

Proceedings.

arranging and cataloging the books, and by adding to the list
of exchanges. The names of some fifty new exchanges were
read.

The librarian then recommended to the Academy that the
books now unbound in the library be bound as soon as prac¬
ticable. It was moved that the library committee be authorized
to expend money in binding the books. Carried. The libra¬
rian then outlined a plan of dislribution of books so that mem¬
bers non-resident in Madison might have some of the benefits of
the library. The library committee was requested to arrange
the details of this plan and report later.

Professor Hillyer moved a vote of thanks to the secretary and
librarian for the efficient manner in which he had improved the
library. The chairman desired to include in the motion the
careful editing of volume VIII of the Transactions. After re¬
marks by Dr. Loomis the motion was unanimously carried. The
secretary was given authority to allow as much as ten dollars
for the illustrations of a paper when the contribution was of
sufficient value to warrant it. A larger amount than this might
be allowed by the committee on publication.

Vice-President Tolman then took the chair, and the scientific
program was begun by the reading of the following papers:

On the Flora of Madison and Vicinity, a Preliminary Paper
on the Flora of Dane County, Wisconsin, by R. H. True and
L. S. Cheney.

This paper was read by Mr. Cheney and was discussed by
Mrs. C. T. Tracy, Messrs. Chandler, Thwaites, Barnes and the
author present.

The Effect of Temperature Changes on Magnets, a Prelimi¬
nary Notice, by H. B. Loomis.

This paper was discussed by Professors Chandler, Tolman
and Barnes.

The session then adjourned till evening.

Despite the continuous rainy weather, thirteen took the train
for Dartford at 11:20 a. m. , and arriving there, omnibuses car-

Report of the Secretary.

iii

ried them to the Sherwood Forest Hotel on Green Lake. The
afternoon was given up to an excursion by steamboat around
the lake, the rainy weather having but little apparent effect
upon the spirits of the party.

At 7:45 p. Mr, the members of the Academy reassembled in
the large reception room of the Sherwood Forest Hotel, Vice-
President Tolman occupying the chair.

The chairman of the committee on nominations of new mem¬
bers, Professor Marsh, nominated in behalf of the committee
the following persons, who were thereupon elected:

Rev. Rufus C. Flagg, Ripon. A. H. Sanford,

■ # x # Madison

Mrs. C. T. Tracy,

Rev. Edward H. Merrill, ‘

Miss S. E. Cushman,

Rev. H. S. Richardson,

Prof. N. S. Fuller,

Rev. E. G. Updike, Madison.

Rev. C. E. Hall,

Rev. H. C. McDougal, “

Louis Kahlenberg,

An interesting address was then delivered by Mr. Reuben G.
Thwaites, on “Village Life in Old England.’’

The following papers on the scientific program of the meeting
were then read:

G. W. Moorehouse,
L. S. Cheney,

R. H. True,

A. H. Hollister,

A. H. Garrett,
James R. Stuart,
Prof. W. G. Sired,
Prof. F. A. Parker,

On Variable Stars, by S. D. Townley.

This paper was read by title.

Electrolysis of Organic Compounds, by H. W. Hillyer.

This paper was discussed by Professors Loomis, Barnes
and the author.

English Surnames, by A. H. Tolman.

This interesting paper was discussed at length by a num¬
ber of members.

Notes on a Trip to the Lipari Islands during the Late Erup¬
tion of Volcano, by Wm. H. Hobbs.

This paper closed the literary program.

IV

Proceedings.

Professor Barnes stated that the American Association for the
Advancement of Science was looking towards Madison as a
place in which to hold its annual meeting of 1893. He moved
that the council be authorized to extend a most cordial invitation
to the Association to meet in Madison. Carried.*

A vote of thanks was then given to Professors Marsh and
Tolman, the committee on arrangements for the meeting, for the
trouble they had taken to make the meeting a success.

The weather continuing to be unpromising, the trip planned
for Saturday was abandoned, and the meeting adjourned sine die .

Wm, H. Hobbs,

Secrerary.

MINUTES OF THE TWENTY-THIRD ANNUAL MEETING,

Held at Madison , December 29th and 30th , 1892.

SESSIONS OF THURSDAY, DECEMBER 29.

The meeting was called to order in the rooms of the Academy
at the Capitol by the president, Professor George W. Peckhamr
of Milwaukee. The president introduced President Charles
Kendall Adams, of the University of Wisconsin, who delivered
a short address of welcome. This was followed by the reading-
of the minutes of the Ripon meeting. The secretary then an¬
nounced that ; the Academy had lost by death during the year
just ended, the following members of the Academy:

Dr. A. L. Chapin, ex-president of Beloit College. A life-
member and past president of the Academy.

Dr. P. R. Hoy, of Racine. An active member and past
president of the Academy.

Dr. J. S. Newberry, Columbia College, New York. A cor¬
responding member of the Academy.

Hon. Edward D. Holton, of Milwaukee. An active member.

Remarks were then made by Dr. J. D. Butler, eulogizing Dr.
Hoy. Remarks of a like nature having reference to Dr. Chapin.

* This invitation was extended to the association at the Rochester
meeting in 1892.— Sec.

Report of the Secretary.

v

which were to have been made at this time by Professor Blais-
■dell of Beloit, were postponed, on account of his absence, till
Friday.

The secretary then announced the following removals from the
state:

Ex-President T. C. Chamberlain, to the University of Chicago,
Chicago.

Dr. C. F. Hodge, to Clark University, Worcester.

Professor L. M. Hoskins, to the Leland Stanford, Jr.. Uni¬
versity, Palo Alto, Cal.

Mr. Frank Leverett, U. S. G-eol. Survey, to Denmark, Iowa.

Mr. George E. Luther, to Grand Rapids, Mich.

Professor F. B. Power, to Passaic, N. J.

Professor R. D. Salisbury, to the University of Chicago,
Chicago.

Mr. S. D. Townley, to the Lick Observatory, Mt. Hamilton,
Cal.

These removals included two members of the council, Pro¬
fessors Power and Salisbury. A successor to Professor Power
was elected at the Ripon meeting. A successor to Professor
Salisbury was to be chosen at this meeting.

The secretary then offered his resignation of the curatorship
of the cabinet, on account of his duties as secretary and libra¬
rian. The resignation was accepted.

The secretary then announced the favorable interpretation
put by Secretary of State Cunningham upon the law regarding
the printing of the Transactions, so that the cost of illustra¬
tions should be borne by the state.

The president then appointed Professors Barnes, Eckels and
Butler a committee to nominate, first, a vice-president of the
department of letters to succeed Professor Salisbury, and, second,
a custodian to succeed the secretary.

The treasurer’s report was then read. (This report is printed
immediately following these minutes. ) The president appointed
Professors Birge and Haskins and General Delaplaine a com¬
mittee to audit the treasurer’s account, and to nominate new
members.

The library committee then made a report urging that the
state legislature be memorialized at its next session, for the

VI

Proceedings.

construction of a building for the accommodation of the libra¬
ries of the State Historical Society and the Academy, and
recommending that the library of the University of Wisconsin
be accommodated in the same building. (This report is printed
in these proceedings immediately following the treasurer’s re¬
port. ) The report was unanimously adopted, and the Council
of the Academy was made a committee to co-operate with the
secretary of the State Historical Society to bring this matter
before the legislature.

The treasurer then offered the following resolution, which was
adopted :

Resolved , That the secretary and treasurer be instructed to
strike from the list of active members of the Academy, the names
of all who are in arrears in the payment of their annual dues,,
except in such cases as they know of reasons why, in their
judgment, it is advisable to retain them for a while longer.

, The following communication was then read :

Madison, Wis., Dec. 23, 1892.
Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Etc.

Sirs : — It is doubtless known to you that at the disposal of
the fossils collected by the Wisconsin G-eological Survey, two
distinct collections were given to the Wisconsin Academy.
These were, first, a collection of type specimens, from which the
descriptions of new species published in the reports of that
survey were prepared; and, second, a collection of the charac¬
teristic and common old species then known. The second col¬
lection was one of the twelve equal divisions into which the
material other than* types were separated, the other eleven be¬
ing given to the principal educational institutions of the statey
including the State University. The value of the first of these
collections is purely scientific, and was rightly placed in charge
of the Academy for safe keeping and for reference. The second
collection has chiefly an educational value, as is illustrated by
the use to which the other similar collections was put. It is
well known that the State University lost its entire collection
of Wisconsin fossils a few years since by the fire which destroyed
Science Hall.

In view of these facts, and further, since both the Academy’s
collections have been placed in the University Museum for safe
keeping, it would seem to be a fitting act for the Academy to'
donate to the University its educational collection, which will
replace the one which the University lost by fire. I make this
suggestion because I happen to be familiar with the facts, the
collections of the State Geological Survey having passed through
my hands in their distribution in 1879. Respectfully,

Ira M. Buell.

Report of the Secretary. vii

On motion of Professor Birge the Academy voted that the
custodian be allowed to distribute the general collection of fos¬
sils with the collections of the University of Wisconsin, but so
labelled as to indicate that they are the property of the Academy.
The collection of type specimens is to be kept separate from the
others, and not to be included in the general university collec¬
tion.

The secretary then called the attention of the Academy to the
fact that the list of corresponding members doubtless contains
many errors, and that while the constitution calls for both hon¬
orary and corresponding members, they are not so classed in
the proceedings. Attention was also called by both the secre¬
tary and Professor Birge to a number of clauses in the consti¬
tution of the Academy, which have lost their force, and it was
moved by the latter that the president and secretary be consti¬
tuted a committee with power to add to their number, to revise
the list of corresponding members, and to prepare a revised draft
of the constitution for adoption at a future meeting. Carried.

The advisability of holding a field meeting in the summer of
1893 was discussed, and the matter left in the hands of the
council.*

The following papers of the program were then read:

Interpretations of the Ordinance of 1787,- by Albert H. San¬
ford.

Elements Composing the Population of Wisconsin, by IT. J.
Desmond, Milwaukee.

Force, by Simeon Mills, Madison.

Road Building, by John Nader, Madison.

The Transmission of Power by Compressed Air, by C. H.
Hile, Madison.

The meeting then adjourned till 2 :30 p. m.

* The council decided not to call a meeting, owing to the meeting of
the American Association for the Advancement of Science, which was
to be held in Madison in August, 1893. — Sec.

vni

Proceedings.

The Academy reconvened at 2:30 p. m. , when the following
papers were read:

On the Geology of the Waterloo Quartzite Area, by I. M.
Buell, Beloit.

Notes on Early Lead Mining in Wisconsin, by R. G. Thwaites,
Madison.

The Progress of Geological Investigations and Surveys of the
State of Wisconsin, Particularly of the Lead Region — An His¬
torical Review and Bibliography. (Read by abstract.)

Notes on the Structure of the Ore Deposits of Southwestern
Wisconsin, by W. P. Blake, Shullsburg.

Volcanite, a New Type of Andesitic Lava, by Wm. H. Hobbs
and Louis Kahlenberg, Madison.

The Food of Green Plants, by C. R. Barnes, Madison.

The Academy then adjourned till evening.

The members of the Academy reassembled at 7 :30 p. m. , when
the following papers were read:

A Comparative Study of the Lung, by W. S. Miller, Madison.

On New and Rare Cladocera. (Read by Title.)

On Weissman’s Theory of Heredity, by E. A. Birge, Madison.
The Academy then adjourned till the following day.

SESSIONS OF FRIDAY, DECEMBER 30.

The Academy met at 9 o’clock. In the absence of the presi¬
dent, Vice-President Blaisdell occupied the chair.

It was voted that the medal presented to the Academy by the
Wyoming Geological and Historical Society of Wilkesbarre,
Pa., be deposited in the collections of the State Historical
Society.

In behalf of the committee on new members, Dr. Haskins
made the following nominations:

Report of the Secretary .

IX

For active membership: —

President Charles Kendall Adams, Madison.

Prof. C. H. Chapman, State Normal School, Milwaukee.
Prof. D. C. Jackson, Madison.

Prof. Richard T. Ely, Madison.

Mr. W. P. Blake, F. G-. S. A., Shullsburg.

Dr. W. S. Miller, Madison.

Prof. E. B. Skinner, Madison.

Prof. F. G. Hubbard, Madison.

Prof. W. A. Scott, Madison.

Mr. David Kinley, Madison.

Prof. W. D. Parker, Madison.

E. A. Brown, M. D., Madison.

Mr. Willard Hodge, Chippewa Falls.

Miss Hattie B. Merrill, Milwaukee.

J. J. Ravis, M. D., Racine.

For honorary membership : —

Prof. T. C. Chamberlin, University of Chicago, Chicago,
Ill.

Prof. Alexander Agassiz, Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Cambridge, Mass.

For corresponding membership: —

Robt. T. Litton, F. G. S. , Honorary Secretary Geo¬
logical Society of Australasia, 45 Queen St., Mel¬
bourne, Victoria.

Dr. C. F. Hodge, Clark University, Worcester, Mass.
Prof. L. M. Hoskins, Stanford University, Palo Alto,
Cal.

Mr. Frank Leverett, F. G. S. A., 4103 Grand Boulevard,
Chicago, Ill.

Mr. S. D. Townley, A. M., Lick Observatory, Mt. Ham¬
ilton, Cal.

Prof, R. D. Salisbury, University of Chicago, Chicago,
Ill.

Mr. George E. Luther, Grand Rapids, Mich.

The secretary was instructed to cast the ballot for the above
members.

X

Proceedings.

On behalf of the committee to audit the treasurer’s account,
Dr. Haskins read a report in which it was stated that the
vouchers had been examined and found to be correct. (This re¬
port is printed after the treasurer’s report.)

The following papers were then read :

A New Method of Making Topographic Models, by F. H. King,
Madison.

A Special application of Stadia Measurements, by C. H.
Chandler, Ripon.

Notes on Sulphur Hexiodide,. by Edward Kremers, Madi¬
son. (Read by Title.)

On a Possible Meaning of Su in the Rig Veda, by H. C.
Tolman, Madison.

Index Antiphonteus. (Read by Title.)

The Case of Address in Plato, by F. L. Van Cieef, Madison.

Some Observations on the Modern Greek of the New Tes¬
tament, b}r Paul S. Reinsch, Madison.

On the Structure and Systematic Position of Bunops Scutifrons ,
by Hattibel Merrill. (Read by title.)

Phases of Witticism, by J. D. Butler, Madison.

J*" Some Suggestions Regarding the Methods of Psychological
Study, by J. J. Blaisdell. Beloit.

Professor Blaisdell's remarks eulogizing" the late Dr. A. L(
Chapin, which had been postponed on Thursday, were then given.
The Academy then adjourned till afternoon.

The members reassembled at 2.30 p. m., and listened to the
following papers:

Some Conditions of Success in Social Reform : by David Kinley,
Madison.

On the Earliest Form of Roman Satire, by G. L. Hendrickson,
Madison.

The Constitutional and Legal Aspects of Repudiation, by W. A.
Scott, Madison.

Report of the Secretary.

xi

Professor Barnes on behalf of the committee on nomination of
officers, nominated Professor C. R. Van Hise of Madison as vice-
president of the department of sciences, and Mr. I. M. Buell of
Beloit as curator of the collection of fossils. The secretary was
instructed to cast the ballot of the Academy for these officers.

Professor Barnes then made the following motion :

Moved , That the council of the Academy be empowered to take
such action as may be necessary in connection with the meeting
of the American Association for the Advancement of Science,
which is to be h.eld in Madison, and that they be authorized to
appropriate from the funds of the Academy such sums, not ex¬
ceeding one hundred dollars, as they may deem wise toward de
fraying the expenses of said meeting.

This motion was carried.*

The program of the meeting being finished the Academy then
adjourned, sine die.

Wm. H. Hobbs.

Secretary.

* On March 24th, 1893, the council authorized the treasurer to pay out
of the funds of the Academy, to Mr. J. J. Suhr, the local treasurer of
the Madison meeting A. A. A. S., the sum of one hundred dollars. — Sec..

f

TREASURER’S REPORT.

Madison, Wis., December, 1892.
The Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters ,

Gentlemen: The following is a statement of the financial
transactions of the Academy during the past year, viz. :

Balance on hand as per last statement . $1,017 51

Received for interest on permanent fund. . . 40 00

Received from members for initiation fees and annual

dues . . . 104 00

Received for set of Transactions sent to London Eng. 4 47

- $1,165 95

The disbursements upon the order of the
president and secretary have been as follows,
viz. :

1891.

Dec. 29,

T. A. Nelson for lettering on cases. . .
Prof W. H. Hobbs, for postage and

No. 1

$2 00

express .

No. 2

3 35

L. S. Cheney for work in library .

No. 3

10 08

Democrat Printing Co. for printing

1892.

programs .

No. 4

3 35

Jan. 6.

Carl Schmit for locks, etc., .

No. 5

10 85

Feb 1.

Lord & Thomas for reproduction

from diagram . . .

No. 6

5 56

A. Zeese & Co. for cuts .

Prof. W. H. Hobbs for postage, ex¬

No. 7

2 90

press, etc .

No. 8

18 85

Geo. E. Luther for writing, etc., .

No. 9

1 80

Silbernagel & Dean for Atlas Case. . .

No. 10

7 00

March

State Journal Printing Co. for

printing (circulars, stamped en¬
velops, etc.) .

No. 11

34 50

April 13,

L. S. Cheney, work in library, etc.,. . .

No. 12

14 40

W. M. Brennan, work in library .

No. 13

10 20

23,

A. Zeese & Co. for engravings .

State Journal Printing Co. for print¬

No. 14

9 22

ing (circulars and postal cards) . .

No. 15

15 50

May 3,

A Zeese & Co. for half-tone portrait No. 16

10 00

W. J. Park & Sons, for labels, etc.,. . .

No. 17

8 08

Proceedings.

xi v

State Journal Printing Co. for print¬
ing slips . No. 18 1 75

Prof. W. H. Hobbs for postage, ex¬
press, etc., . No. 19 24 00

May 26. A. Zeese & Co. for diagrams . No. 20 18 31

W. M. Brennan, for cataloging

library . . . No. 21 4 20

27, U. P. James, for Geology of Ohio _ No. 22 1 58

June 11, A. J. Smith for sending out Transac¬
tions . . . No. 23' 10 80

Prof. W. H. Hobbs for cartage, ex¬
press, etc., . No. 24 4 58

State Journal Printing Co. for print¬
ing (programs, cards, etc.) . No. 25 6 75

G. Grimm for cartage . No. 2534 1 50

Rev. S. D. Peet for cuts for Transac¬
tions . . No. 26 5 00

Aug. 1, Delos Kinsman for card cataloging

in library . No. 27 12 33

8, Chi. St. Paul, Railway for freight _ No. 28 9 39

16, State Journal Printing Co. for print¬
ing (programs) . No. 29 1 75

Oct. 22, Am. Ex., Co. expressage . No. 30 1 65

Nov. 16, N. B. Carr, case for cards . No. 31 1 50

State Journal Printing Co. for print¬
ing (stationary) . No. 32 6 00

Democrat Printing Co. for printing. . No. 33 22 50

Dec. 8. F. H. Crane, for cataloging in library No. 34 24 00 $325 13

$840 85

Balance on hand December 1892, eight hundred and forty and eighty-five
one-hundreths dollars.

Respectfully submitted,

Samuel D. Hastings,

Treasurer.

The committee to whom was referred the report of the Treasurer
« have examined the vouchers and find the report correct. They
recommend that it be received and adopted.

At the request of the Librarian it is stated the expenditures
of the year were increased so far beyond the usual amount by
the printing and postage necessary on securing additions to the
list of exchanges, and gifts of pamphlets to the Academy.

Respectfully submitted,

E. A. Birge,

C. H. Haskins,

December 29, 1892. Committee .

I

REPORT OF THE LIBRARY COMMITTEE.

Presented at the Annual Meeting of the Academy , December 29th 1892 •

Madison, Wis., December 29th, 1892.
The Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters ,

Gentlemen: The binding and cataloging of the books of the
Academy, which will soon be completed, makes it important that a
more suitable place be found for the storing of these books. The
present location of the books in the cases of the academy room
Is undesirable for a number of reasons, most important of which
.are the unsafe condition of the building, the ready access of
dirt and fallen plaster to the shelves and the difficulty of pro¬
viding proper protection from theft. It is impossible to keep
from the books the finely disintegrated plaster which is con¬
stantly falling from the walls. The free access of the public to
the rooms, owing to the use of it for other purposes than those
of the Academy, renders the proper protection of the books a very
difficult matter. During the past year the glass fronts of cases
have been frequently broken and one case has been forcibly
opened by cutting the wood away from the bolt. The cataloging
of the books has shown that in the past many have been lost or
stolen. Moreover the space available is already crowded, while
the library is growing through its numerous exchanges and
•through the completion of its existing series of journals.

In view of the facts above stated, we earnestly recommend
that an appeal be made to the legislature at its next session, for
the erection of a building to accommodate the libraries of the
State Historical Society and the Academy. If these two
libraries and the library of the State University, which is

greatly m need of new quarters, were under one roof, it would

/

XVI

Proceedings.

be greatly to the advantage of those who make use of any or all
of these libraries and it would make the collections thus properly
housed a just cause for state pride.

Respectfully submitted,

Wm. H. Hobbs,

Gr. L, Hendrickson,

G-. C. Comstock.

Library Committee .

REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN.

Madison, Wis., September 1st, 1893.
Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters

Gentlemen: The following report is for the years 1890-93,
the term during which I have served as Librarian of the Academy.
It includes the matter contained in my abstracted report, which
was read at the annual meeting of 1892, and accordingly that

report is not printed.

CONTENTS.

PAGE.

Growth of the library. ...... xvii

Additions to the list of corresponding societies. . xvii
Additions to existing series of journals. . . xvv

Gifts of scientific papers by individuals. . . xxxi

Acknowledgments of brochures. . . . xxxii

Copies of the Academy’s Transactions issued. . . liv

Catalog of the Library. ...... lvi

Binding of the books in the Library. . . . lviii

Plan of temporary distribution of books to members of

the Academy. . . . . ... lx

Need of better quarters for the Library. . . lxi

GROWTH OF THE LIBRARY.

Additions to the List of Corresponding Societies: — Additions of
standard scientific societies to the permanent exchange list of
the Academy have been diligently sought. In February, 1892, a
circular was printed and sent to a selected list of societies,
whose publications were desired in exchange. Many societies
were appealed to through the medium of a personal letter.
When the eighth volume of the Transactions was issued, a consid¬
erable number of copies was sent out to societies not included
ii— ii

xviii Proceedings.

in our list, as samples and in each was inserted a printed slip to
indicate that an exchange of publications was desired. As a result
of these efforts about one hundred and seventy societies have been
added to our list of regular correspondents. In nearly every in¬
stance there has been correspondence definitely arranging the ex¬
change. In a few cases in which no communication has been
received from the secretary of a society arranging the exchange, a
generous shipment of publications has been interpreted to indicate
that one is desired. With few exceptions the exchanges are of
a most satisfactory character and will be the means of greatly
strengthening the library.

The list of these societies is given below arranged according
to place of issue. A number of them were included in the list of
Corresponding Societies, which was printed in the appendix of
the eighth volume of the Transactions, an asterisk there indicat¬
ing that they were recent accessions to that list.

Amherst . (Massachusetts) Agricultural Experiment Station,
"Publications.

Antwerp (Belgium) Societe Royale de Geographique. Bulletin.
Ann Arbor (Michigan) Engineering Society of the University
of Michigan. “ The Technic. ”

Augsburg (Germany) Naturhistorischer Verein fur Schwaben u.

Neuberg in Augsburg. Berichte.

Austin (Texas) Geological Survey of Texas. Publications.

- Texas Academy of Science. Transactions.

Belfast (Ireland) Belfast Nat. History and Philosophical Society.
Reports and Proceedings.

Bergamo (Italy) Ateneo di Scienze, Letter e eArti in Bergamo.
Atti.

Berlin (Germany) Zeitschrift fur Instrumentenkunde. (Dr. A.
Westphal, Redacteur, Joichimsthalerstr. 35).

- Deutsche Geologische Gesellschaft. Zeitschrift.

- Apotheker Zeitung (Organ des Deutschen Apotheker-

Vereins).

- Zeitschrift f. Praktische Geologie. (EditedJ by Dr. Max

Krahmann, Wetzlar, Rheinprovinz) .

- Arbeiten aus dem Kaiserlichen Gesundheitsamte.

Report of the Librarian.

xix

— Gesellschaft fur Erdkunde zu Berlin. Verhandlungen
und Zeitschrift.

Berne (Switzerland) Schweizerische Entomologische Gesellschaft.

Bone (Algiers) Academie d' Hippone. Bulletin.

Bonn (Germany) Naturhistorischer Verein d. preuss. Rhein-
lande, Westfalens u. d. R. B. Osnabruck. Verhandlungen.

Bordeaux (France) Societe Linneenne de Bordeaux. Proces-Ver-
baux.

Boston (Mass.) (Mass. Institute of Technology.) Technology
Quarterly, Abstracts of Proceedings of Society of Arts.

Breslau (Germany) Verein fur schlesische Insektenkunde zu
Breslau. Zeitschrift.

- Zeitschrift fur Entomologie.

Brussels (Belgium) Societe Beige de Microscopie, Bulletin.

Brussels and Liege (Belgium) Melanges Geologiques par G.
Dewalque.

Budapest (Hungary) Termeszetrajzi Fuzetek. (A periodical
devoted to Botany, Zoology, Mineralogy and Geology.
Edited by the Hungarian National Museum at Budapest.)

- Hungarian Geological Society. (Foldtani Ivozlony.)

Journal.

- Societe Hongroise de Geographie. Publications.

Cairo (Egypt) Institut Egyptien. Bulletin.

Calcutta (India) Asiatic Society of Bengal. Journal.

Cardiff (Wales) Cardiff Naturalists Society. Report and Tran¬
sactions.

Cassel (Germany) Realschule. Program.

- Verein f. Naturkunde.

Champaign (Illinois) The Technograph. (Published by the
University of Illinois).

Chapel Hill (North Carolina) State Geological Survey. Publica¬
tions.

Cherbourg (France) Societe Nationale des Sciences Naturelles
et Mathematiques de Cherbourg. Memoires.

Chicago (Illinois) Association of Engineering Societies. Journal.

Chur (Switzerland) Naturforschende Gesellschaft Graubundens.
Jahresbericht.

Coimbra (Portugal) Sociedade Brotereana. Bolitim.

XX

Proceedings .

Colorado Springs (Colorado) Colorado College Studies. Papers
read before the Colorado College Scientific Society.

Des Moines (Iowa) G-eological Survey of Iowa. Publications.
Donai (France) Union Geographique du Nord de la France.
Bulletin.

Donaueschingen (Germany) Verein fur Geschichte u. Natur-
geschichte der Baar zu Donaueschingen.

Dresden (Germany) Konigliches Mineralogisches Museum.
Mitth., Fuhrer, etc.

Edinburgh (Scotland) Geological Society of Edinburgh. Tran¬
sactions.

Ekatherinebourg (Russia) Societe Ouralienne d’ Amateurs des
Sciences Naturelles a Ekatherinebourg. Bulletin.

Erlangen (Germany) Physikalisch-Medicinische Societat in
Erlangen. Sitzungsberichte.

Frankfurt a. O. (Germany) Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein des.
Reg. Bez. Frankfurt. Monatl. Mitth. a. d. gesamm. Geb. d.
Naturwissenschaften. (Herausgegeben von Dr. Ernst Huth. )

- Societatum Litterae. (Herausgegeben von Dr. Ernst Huth. )

Geneva (Switzerland) Societe de Physique et d’ Histoire natur-
elle de Geneve.

- Societe de Geographie de Geneve. Journal.

Gera (Germany) Gesellschaft von Freunden d. Naturwissen¬
schaften in Gera. Verhandl ungen and Jahresberichte.
Glasgow (Scotland) Geological Society of Glasgow. Transac¬
tions.

- Natural History Society of Glasgow. Proceedings and

Transactions.

Granville (Ohio) Scientific Laboratories of Denison University.
(W. G. Tight, Editor) Bulletin.

- The Journal of Comparative Neurology. (C. L. Herrick,.

Editor.)

Greifswald (Germany) Geographische Gesellschaft zu Grief s-
wald. Jahresbericht.

Haarlem (Holland) Koloniaal Museum to Haarlem. Bulletin.
Hamburg (Germany) Verein fur Naturwissenschaftliche Unter-
haltung in Hamburg. Verhandlungen.

Report of the Librarian .

xxi

- _ Naturwissensch. Verein in Hamburg. Abh. a. d. Gebiete*

d. Naturwissenschaften.

Helsingfors (Finland) Commission Geologique de la Finlande.
Carte G-eologique de Finlande.

Hermannstadt (Hungary) Siebenburgischer Verein fur Natur¬
wissenschaften in Hermannstadt. Verh. u. Mitth.

Indianapolis (Indiana) G-eological Survey of Indiana. Publica¬
tions.

Innsbruck (Austria) Naturwissensch. -Medicinisch. Verein in
Innsbruck.

Iowa City (Iowa) Iowa State University Natural History
Laboratories. Bulletin.

Ithaca (New York) Cornell University. Scientific Bulletin,
Library Bulletin, Occasional Publications.

Jefferson City (Missouri) Geological Survey of Missouri. Pub¬
lications.

Jena (Germany) Universitats-Bibliothek. (Dr. K. K. Muller,
Oberbibliotheker) Dissertations and other Publications.

Baden (Germany) Badischer Botanischer Verein. Mittheilungen.

Kassel (Germany) Verein f. Naturkunde zu Kassel. Bericht.

Kew (England) Royal Gardens, Hooker’s leones Plantarum.

Kiel (Germany) Mineralogisches Institut der Universitat Kiel.
(Prof. Johannes Lehmann, Editor.) Mittheilungen.

- Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein fur Schleswig-Holstein.

Schriften.

Kolozsvart (Hungary) Ertesito. Sitzungsbericht der Medicin-
isch-naturwissenschaftlichen Sectionen des Siebenburgischen
Museumvereins. I. Medicinische Abtheilung. II. Natur-
wissenschaftliche Abtheilung. (In the Zend language with
abstracts in German.)

Konigsberg (Germany) University of Konigsberg. Disserta¬
tions.

- Physikalisch-Okonomische . Gesellschaft zu Konigsberg.

Schriften.

- Preussischer Botanischer Verein in Konigsberg.

Lansing (Michigan) Geological Survey of Michigan. Publica¬
tions.

Lawrence (Kansas) University of Kansas. University Quarterly.

XXII

Proceedings.

Leeds (England) Leeds Geological Association. Transactions.

Leipa (Austria) Nordbohmisches Excursions-Club. Mittheil-
ungen.

Leipzig (Germany) N aturf or schende Gesellschaft zu Leipzig.
Sitzungsberichte.

- Zeitschrift d. Naturwissenschaft.

Lille (France) Societe Geologique du Nord. Memoires.

Lincoln (Nebraska) University of Nebraska. University Stud¬
ies.

Lisbon (Portugal) Commissao dos Trabalhos Geologicos de
Portugal. Communicacoes.

Liverpool (England) Liverpool Geological Society. Proceed¬
ings.

Loben (Austria) Frederick Katzer, K. K. Berg Akademie,
Loben, Styria, Austria.

London (England) Geological Society. Abstracts of Proceed¬
ings.

— — Annals of British Geology (Edited by J. F. Blake)
Journal.

- Society of Arts. (Secretary, John St., Adelphi, London

W. C. ) Journal.

- British Museum (Natural History) (Cromwell Road, Lon¬
don, S. W. ) Natural History Publications.

- Queckett Microscopical Society. Journal.

Lunaburg (Germany) N atur wissenschaf tlicher Yerein fur das
Furstenthum Luneburg, Jahreshefte.

Lyon (France) Societe Botanique de Lyon. Bulletin.

Magdeburg (Germany) Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein fur Mag¬
deburg. Jahresberichte und Abhandlungen.

Manchester (England) Manchester Geographical Society..
Journal.

- Manchester Geological Society. Journal.

Marburg (Germany) Gesellschaft zur Beforderung der gesammU
Naturw. zu Marburg.

- Konigliche Universitats-bibliothek. Dissertations.

Melbourne (Victoria) Royal Society of Victoria.

- Geological Society of Australasia. Transactions.

Milan (Italy) Societa d’Esplorazione Commerciale in Africa..

Report of the Librarian.

xxiii

Minneapolis (Minn.) University of Minnesota. Bulletin.

Montgomery (Alabama) Geological Survey of Alabama. Pub¬
lications.

Montreal (Canada) Royal Society of Canada. Proceedings and
Transactions.

Munich (Germany) Bayerische botanische Gesellschaft zur
Erforschung der heimisehen Flora. Berichte.

Munster (Germany) Westfalischer Provinzial-Verein fur Wissen-
chaft und Kunst. Jahresbericht.

Naples (Italy) Societa di Naturalisti in Napoli. (L Savastano,
President.)

New Haven (Connecticut) Connecticut Academy of Arts and
Sciences. Transactions.

New York (N. Y. ) New York Academy of Science. Transactions
and Annals.

- Columbia College. (School of Mines Quarterly.)

- American Geographical Society. Journal.

- The “Auk,” a Quarterly Journal devoted Exclusively to

Ornithology (L. S. Foster, publisher.)

Odessa (Russia) Club Alpinr de Crimee. (M. le. Prof. Kamien-
ski, Secy. ) Publications.

Padua (Italy) Societa Veneto Trentino di Scienze Naturali
Residenti in Padua. Atti.

- Revista di Mineralogia e Cristallografia Italiana.

Paris (France) Prefecture de la Seine. Annuaire Statistique de
la Ville de Paris.

— — Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes. (Adrian- Dollfus, 35 rue
Pierre Charron. )

Philadelphia (Pa.) The American Naturalist.

— - Franklin Institute. Journal.

Portland (Maine) Portland Society of Natural History.

Poughkeepsie (N. Y. ) Vassar Brother’s Institute and its Scien¬
tific Section. Transactions.

Quebec (Canada) Geographical Society of Quebec. Transactions.

Riga (Russia) Rigascher Garten-Bau Verein. Jahresbericht.

- Naturforscher Verein. Korrespondenzblatt.

Rome (Italy) British and American Archeological Society of
Rome. Journal.

XXIV

Proceedings.

- Rassegna delle Scienze Geologiche in Italia. (Edited

by M. Cermenati and A. Telleni. )

Rostock (Germany) Yerein der Freunde der Naturgeschichte in
Andreasberg. (Prof, E. Geinitz, Secy.) Archiv.

Rotterdam (Holland) Societe Batave de Philosophie Experiment-
ale de Rotterdam.

Rouen (France) Societe normandie de Geographie. Bulletin.

Saint Petersburg (Russia) Russisch-Kaiserliche Mineralogische
Gesellschaft. Yerhandlungen. Materialien zur Geologie
Russlands.

San Francisco (California) Astronomical Society of the Pacific.
Publications.

Santiago (Chili) Societe Scientifique du Chile. Actes.

Schaff hausen (Switzerland) Schweizerische Entomologische Ge¬
sellschaft. (Editor, Dr. G. Stierlin, Schaffhausen. ) Bulletin.

Shanghai (China) China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society.
Journal.

Springfield (Illinois) Geological Survey of Illinois. Publications.

Stavanger (Norway) Stavanger Museum. Aarsberetning.

Stockholm (Sweden) Kongl. Svenska Vetenskabs-Akademiens
Tradgard Bergielund. Acta Horti Bergiani.

Strassburg (Germany) University of Strassburg. Dissertations.

- Commission fur die Geologische Landesuntersuchung von

Elsass-Lothringen. Mittheilungen.

Sydney (New South Wales) University of Sydney. Calendar.

— — Royal Society. Journal and Proceedings.

- New South Wales Government Board for International

Exchanges. Publications.

Throndhjem (Norway) Det Kongelige Norske Videnskabernes
Selskabs. Skrifter.

Tokio (Japan) Deutsche Gesellschaft f. Natur und Volkerkunde
Ostasiens. Mittheilungen. (Formerly Yokohama.)

- Tokio Geographical Society. Journal.

Topeka (Kansas) Kansas State Historical Society. Historical
Collections.

Toulouse (France) Societe francaise de Botanique. Revue de
Botanique (Bulletin Mensuel de la Societe). (Address
M. le. Secretaire general de la Societe francaise de Botan
ique, 19, rue Ninan. Toulouse).

Report of the Librarian.

XXV

Trieste (Austria) Osservatorio Marittimo di Trieste. Rapporto
Annuale.

Tubingen (G-ermany) Verein f. Geschichte u. Naturgeschichte der
Baar u. d. angrenz. Landesthiele in Donaueschingen.
Schriften.

Tucson (Arizona) School of Mines. Publications.

Vienna (Austria) K. K. Universitats-Bibliothek. Publications.

- K. K. Geologische Reichsanstalt. (Br. B. Stur, Birector.)

Jahrbuch und Verhandlungen.

- - Allgemeine osterr. Chemiker und Techniker Zeitung.

(Hans Urban, Redacteur Wien XVIII, 2.)

- - Wiener Jllustrirte Garten Zeitung (Organ d. K. K.

Gartenbau Gesellschaft. )

Washington (B. C.) U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey. Pub¬
lications.

^ — - National Academy. Memoirs.

- Philosophical Society of Washington. Bulletin.

- National Geographical Society. Magazine.

Waterville (Maine) Library of Colby University.

Weimar (Germany) Thuringischer botanische Verein. Mittheil-
ungen.

Wellington (New Zealand) Colonial Museum and Geological
Survey.

- New Zealand Institute. Transactions and Proceedings.

Wernigerode (Germany) Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein des
Harzes zu Wernigerode. Schriften.

Worcester (Massachusetts) American Antiquarian Society.
Transactions.

- Worcester Society of Antiquity. Proceedings.

Wurzburg (Germany) K. K. Universitats-Bibliothek. Bisser-
tations.

Zurich (Switzerland) Schweizerische Botanische Gesellschaft.

(Prof. J. Jaeggi, Bot. Garten in Zurich, Switz). Berichte.
Zurich-Hottingen (Switzerland) International Entomological
Society. (Fritz Ruhl, Zurich-Hottingen.)

Additions to Existing Sets of Journals : In February, 1892,
with the approval of the library committee, a circular letter
form was printed, which could be filled out and sent to socie-

XXVI

Proceedings.

ties of whose publications our set was incomplete. This cir¬
cular when filled out stated the volumes desired, and the vol¬
umes of the Transactions which could be sent in exchange. When
an exchange of publications had been recently begun with a
society, earlier volumes of the society’s publications were re¬
quested in exchange for a more or less complete set of the
Academy’s Transactions. A large number of these circulars
have been sent out, and many have met with favorable re¬
sponses, but in nearly every case the sets of the more import¬
ant journals have been secured through personal correspondence
with the secretary of the society. The result has been very
satisfactory, the aggregate value of the books obtained
in this way amounting to several hundred dollars.
Many of the sets received, which have been nominally ex¬
changes, so far exceed in value the return we were able to make,
that they must be considered gifts to the Academy. Instances
of this are the following important journals, which are selected
from the list given below: Hooker’s leones Plantarum, Zeit-
schrift der Deutschen Geologischen Gesel-lschaft, Jahrbuch
und Verhandlungen der K. K. Geologischen Reichsanstalt,
Verhandlungen der Kaiserlichen Mineralogischen Gesellschaft
(St. Petersburg), Bulletins and Memoirs of the Museum of
Comparative Zoology, and Proceedings of the American Asso¬
ciation for the Advancement of Science. Most of the men¬
tioned volumes are not to be found in any other library in the
state.

The following is a list of the more important volumes re¬
ceived : —

Massachusetts Institute of Technology — Proceedings of the
Society of Arts, Years 19-23, 25-29. Technology Quarterly,.
Vols. I-IV (except No. 1 of Voh I.)

“The Auk” (Quarterly Journal of Ornithology), Vols. VI-IX.

American Antiquarian Society — Transactions, Vols. I, III —
VII. Partial Index of Proceedings, by Stephen Salisbury, Jr.
Catalog; of Collections.

American Geographical Society — Journal,- Vols. VIII-XXIII.

National Geographical Society — Magazine, Vols. I-III.

State of Maine — Geology of Maine, 2d and 3d Annual Re-

Report of the Librarian.

xxvn

ports. Maine Board of Agriculture, embracing also the Re¬
ports on the Scientific Survey, 6th and 7 th Reports (1861 and
1862). .

Philosophical Society of Washington — Bulletin, Yols. I-XI
(complete).

Gesellschaft v. Freunden d. Naturwissenschaften in G-era —
Verhandl. , Vols. II-III. Jahresber., 7-9, 11-13, 16-35.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein in Magdeburg — Jahresber. u.
Abhandl., 1885-1891.

Hooker’s leones Plantarum — Vols. XI-XX; XXI, 1-3; XXII.

Museum of Comparative Zoology — Bulletin, Vols. I, VI, VII,
2-11; VIII, XI, XII, XX, 8. Illustrated Catalog (included
in Memoirs), Nos. 1-3, 5, 6. Memoirs, Vols. V, 2 ; VI, 1, i-ii,
2; VII, 2, ii-iii ; VIII, 3; IX, 1-2; X, 1, 3.

Princeton College— Contributions from the E. M. Museum of
Geology and Archaeology, Bulletins 1 and 3, and Vol. I, No. 1,
of Memoirs.

Portland Society of Natural History — Proceedings, Vol. I,
1-2 (1862 and 1869). Proceedings, Sessions of 1880-1881, 11th,
13th, 14th and 16th meetings. Proceedings, Sessions of 1881-
1882, 1st, 3rd, 8th, 10th and 11th meetings. Proceedings,
Sessions of 1888-1889, 9th meeting. Journal, Vol. I, No. 1 (1864).
The Portland Catalog of Maine Plants. (1868).

Harvard University Library — Bibliographical Contributions,
Nos. 8, 12, 17, 19, 22, 26, 29, 30, 33-44.

Revista di Mineralogia e Cristalografia Italiana, Vols. VI-X.

Geological Survey of Texas — Annual Reports I-II.

Manchester Geographical Society — Journal, Vols. I— III ; IV,
7-10; V, 1-6, 10-12.

Katzer’s Geologie v. Bohmen.

Geological Society of Glasgow — Transactions, Vols. VII, VIII.

Deutsche Geologische Gesellschaft — Zeitschrift, Vols. XXIV-
XLIII. (Complete since 1872.)

K. K. Naturhistorischen Hofmuseum — Annalen, Vols. Ill, 4;
IV, 1, 4; VI, 3, 4.

Geological Society of London — Abstracts of Proceedings,
1885-1892.

Comitato Geologico d’ Italia — Bolletino, Vols. I-V.

Proceedings.

xxviii

Leeds Geological Association — Transactions, 1886-1892.

Commission fur die G-eologische Landesuntersuchung von
Elsass-Lothringen — Mitth. , Yols. I— III, I.V 1.

Liverpool Geological Association — Transactions (Journal),
Yols. II, IV-YI, IX-XII.

Comite Geologique de la Russie— Memoires, Vols. II, 2, 3;
III 1, 2, 4; IV 2; Y 1, 5; VIII 1, 2 ; IX 1 ; X 1 ; XI 1, 2 ; XIII 1.
Bulletin, Yols. IV 8-10; Y 1-8; YII 6-10; VIII-XI. —Bib-
liotheque Geologique, 3, 4, 5, 6,.

United States Geological Survey — Annual Reports, VIII 2.
Bulletins 1, 30, 31, 33, 37-41, 53. Mineral Resources, 1885.

K. K. Geologische Reichsanstalt — Jahrbuch, Vols. XXX VI-
XLII (1886-1892). Verhandlungen, 1886-1892.

Societe Geologique du Nord — Memoires, Yols. I— III.

Kaiserliche Mineralogische Gesellschaft (St. Petersburg) —
Verhandlungen, Yols. X-XXIX and Register.

American Association for the Advancement of Science — Pro¬
ceedings, Vols. I-XXIV, XXX, XXXII, XXXIV, XXXV. (Com¬
pleting our series).

National Academy of Sciences — Memoirs, Vols. I, II, III, IV
1, 2.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Berne — Mittheilungen, 1870-
1872, 1882, Nos. 1040-1056; 1883, Nos. 1057-1063.

Worcester Society of Antiquity — Proceedings, Foundation to
1877 ; also 1878, 1879-1882, 1884-1890. Constitution and By-
Laws. Papers, Nos. 4, 8, 22, 25.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Emden — Jahresber. 57-65,
67, 69. Kleine Schriften, V, VI, VII, IX-XIII. Fest¬
schrift herausgegeben in Veranlassung der Jubelfeier ihres 50-
jahrigen Bestehens am 29ten December, 1864. Die Gewitter
des Jahres 1855.

Association of Engineering Societies — Journals, Vols. I, 5-
12; II-VI, VII, 1-6, 9-12; VIII-XI.

United States National Museum — Bulletins 11, 13, 14, 17, 18,
20-32, 34, 37. Proceedings (several volumes).

Nova Scotian Institute of Natural Science — Vols. II, pt. 4;
IV, 4; V, 1, 2, 4; VI, 1-4; VII, 1-2.

Real Academia de la Historia — Boletin, Vols. I, pts. 1-4; II,

Report of the Librarian.

xxix

4; V, 1-4; VI, 5-6 ;. VIII, 1, 3, 5; IX, 4, 6 ; X, 1 ; XI, 1-3;
XII, 1-6; XIV, 5-6; XV, 1-3; XIX, 4; XXI, 6.

Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition — Crustacea II Sars;
Buccinidse, Friele; Mollusca II, Friele; Holothuroidea, Dan-
ielssen and Koren; Annelida, Hansen; Fishes, Collett.

Nordbohmiscb.es Excursionsclub — Mittheilungen, Vols. XII-
XV, 1889-1892.

Revue de Botanique, Vols. Ill- VII.

Academie des Sciences, Belles Lettres et Arts de Lyon- — Me-
moires : Classe des Sciences, Vols. XXX-XXXI, 1889-1892;
Classe des Lettres, Vols. XXVII-XXVIII, 1890-1892; 3d Se¬
ries, Sciences et Lettres, Vol. I, 1893.

Prefecture de la Seine — Annuaire Statistique de la Ville de
Paris, Annees VII-VIIL Catalogue de la Bibliotheque Admin¬
istrative (Section Etrangere).

Cincinnati Society of Natural History — Journal, Vols. XII,
1-3; XIV, 2.

Zeitschrift fur Entomologie — Neue Folge, Hefts 1-17, 1870-
1892.

War Department — Report of Secretary, 1876, I, II, 1-3;
1877, I, II, 1; 1878, I, II, 1-3; 1879, I, II, 1-3, III; 1880, I,
II, 1-3; 1881, I, II, 1-3, III,

' John Hopkins University — Circulars; many back numbers.

The Canadian Record of Science — -Vols. I— III, Nos. 1, 3, 5-8;
IV, 1-2, 4-8; V, 1-5.

Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes — Annees 7-10. 2d Series,
Vols. I-II. 3d Series, Vol. I.

Bulletin de la Societe Ouralienne d’ Amateurs des Sciences
Naturelles— Vols. IV- VII, VIII, 1; X-XII.

The following were received from the library of the Univer¬
sity of Wisconsin, being duplicates exchanged for duplicates
in the Academy library :

Geological Survey of Ohio — Geology, Vols. I and II; Paleon¬
tology, Vols. I and II; Maps, 1873; First Annual Report.
Geological Survey of New Jersey — Vols. I; II, pts. 1 and 2.
Geological Survey of Indiana — Maps and Colored Section,
1869; Vols. for 1870, 1872, 1873; Maps, 1872.

XXX

Proceedings.

The volumes in the following list have been obtained from the
secretary of the State Agricultural Society. On examining
these books it was noticed that in a number of cases they filled
lacunae in our own series. It is thus probable that, in those
cases at least, they have been sent to the State Agricultural
Society through error. The secretary of the society has, there¬
fore, turned over the volumes to the Academy so that they may
supplement our sets and be accessible for use. With his per¬
mission the librarian has communicated with the societies con
cerned, requesting that hereafter the journals be addressed to
the Academy, and not to the Agricultural Society.

K. Akademie v. Wissenschaften, Wien. Sitzungber.* (Math.
Naturw. Classe.) Abth. I, Vols. XCI, 5; XCII, 3-5; XCVIII,
8-10; C, 1-7. Abth. II, Vols. XCI, 3-5; XCIII, 1-3; XCV,
3; XCVI, 2-5. Abth. Ha, Vols. XCII, XCIII, 4-10; XCIX,
C, 1-7 Abth. lib, Vols. XCVIII, 4-10; XCIX, C, 1-7. Abth,
III, Vols. XCI, 3-5; XCII, XCV, 1-5; XCVI, XCVIII, 5 10;
XCIX, C, 1-7.

R. Institute Lombardo di Scienze e Lettere — Rendiconti, 2d
Series, Vols. XV, XVI, XIX, ‘XXII-XXIV. Memorie, Classe
di Sci. Math, e Natur., Vob. XVI, 2-3; XVII, 1.

Archives Neerlandaises des Sciences Exactes et Naturelles,
Vols. XVII, 2; XX, 1; XXV, 1; XXVII, 1-2.

Ofversigt Finska Vetenskaps-Societetens Forhandlingar, Vols.
XXII-XXIV.

Proceedings Manchester Philosophical Society, Vols. XXI,
XXII, XXV, XXVI.

Acta Societ. Scient. Fennicse, Vol. XVII.

Finlands Natur ocli Folk, 43, 50, 51.

Memoires Acad. Caen, 1892.

Verhandlungen Naturf. Gesellsch. Basel, Th. VIII, Hft. 1.

Accad. G-ioenia di Scienze Naturali in Catania — Atti, 3d Se-

*A complete set of the Sitzungberichte of the Vienna Academy
(Math. Naturw. Classe) does not exist in Madison, and I believe not in
Wisconsin. The University has an incomplete set, extending to the
sixtieth volume, but this also has many lacunse. These facts have been
set before Professor Suess, the general secretary of the Vienna Academy,
with the request that the gaps in both series be filled, so that between
the two libraries a complete set may be found in Madison.

Report of the Librarian.

xxxi

ries, Vol. XX; 4th Series, Vols. IV-V. Bulletin© Mensile,
1892, fasc. 26-31.

Nova Acta It. Societatis Scientiarum Upsaliensis— 3d Series,
Vols. XIII, 2; XIV, 1.

Jahresber. d. Schles. G-esellsch. f. Vaterland. Cultur, Vols.
LXIII, LXV, LXVII-LXIX (with Erganzungsbande).

American Museum Natural History — Bulletin, Vol. HI, No. 1.
Ann. Rep., etc., 1892.

Tijdschrift Nederl. Maatsch. Nijverheid, 1883, 1885.

Bulletin Societe d’ Agriculture, Sciences et Arts de la Sarthe,
Vols. XXXI, 3-4; XXXII, 4; XXXIII, 2, 4; XXXIV, 1.

Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen, Amsterdam —
Verslagen en Meaedeelingen. Afd. Natuurkunde, 2d Series, Vol.
XVIII; 3d Series, Vols. V-VII. Afd. Letterkunde, 2d Series,
Vol. XII; 3d Series, Vols. V-VII. Verhandelingen^Afd. Na-
tuurkuude, Vols. XXVI, XXXVIII. Afd. Letterkunde, Vols.
XVIII, XIX. Jahrboeck, 1882, 1888-1890.

Atti Fondazione Scientifica Cagnola (Milan), Vols. VII, IX, X.

Die Optischen Anomalien der Krystalle (6 plates), by Rein-
hard Brauns.

Exploration Internationales des Regions Polaires, 1882-83 et
1883-84. Expedition Polaire Finlandaise, Vol. I.

There is much more that can be done in the direction of fill¬
ing out our series of journals. A glance at the catalog (in appen¬
dix to this volume) will show that a complete series of books is
still the exception to the rule. Many sets still incomplete in
our library have been filled as far as is possible, but the filling
of others has not been attempted.

Gifts of Scientific Papers by Individuals: — Early in 1892 the
Library Committee issued a circular asking scientific workers to
generously donate brochures of their personal publications to
the library of the Academy. It was thought that in this way a
valuable addition might be made to the Academy Library, in
which most scientific men would be glad to bear the small part
asked of them. It was promised that the gifts should be
promptly acknowledged by mail and also in the librarian’s re-

xxxii Proceedings.

port. This circular has been sent out somewhat widely as re¬
gards territory, out it has been confined pretty largely to
geologists, mineralogists and botanists. Circulars were sent,
first to these workers because the necessary lists were ready at
hand, and perhaps also because the papers of the first two
classes of workers have the greatest interest to the librarian
personally. The circulars would have found wider distribution
but for the fact that the time that the librarian could devote to
his duties was soon absorbed by the work of cataloging and
binding the books of the Library. Yet as a result of the
limited distribution of the circulars and within something more
than a year, the papers of the following long list have been re¬
ceived at the library. They have been duly acknowledged by
mail and cataloged. It will be noted that geological brochures,
largely predominate.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF BROCHURES.

Ackermann, Karl. Repertorium der landeskundlichen Litera-
tur fur den Koniglich-Preussischen Regierungsbezirk Kas¬
sel. With Nachtrage 1, 2 and 3.

- Bestimmung der erdmagnetischen Inklination von Kassel.

Adler, Cyrus. Progress of Oriental Science in America during
1888.

- Report on the Section of Oriental Antiquities in the U. S.

National Museum, 1888.

Allen, J. A. The North American Species of the Genus Co-
laptes, considered with Special Reference to the Relation¬
ships of C. auratus and C. cafer.

Arthur, J. C. Report on Botanical Work in Minnesota for the
year 1886.

Atkinson, Geo. F. Ordema of the Tomato.

- Method for obtaining pure Culture of Pammel’s Fungus of

Texas Root Rot of Cotton.

- Carnation Diseases.

- Some Cercosporae from Alabama.

- The Genus Frankia in the United States.

- An Automatic Device for Rolling Culture Tubes of Nutri¬
ent Agar Agar.

Report of the Librarian.

XXXlll

- Some Diseases of Cotton.

- Monograph of the Lemancaceae of the United States.

Averill, C. K. List of Birds found in the Vicinity of Bridge¬
port, Conn.

Backstrom, Helge. Ueber den Dahllit, ein neues Mineral von
Odegarden, Bamle, Norwegen.

- Beitrage zur Kenntniss der islandischen Liparite.

- Uber Fremde Glesteinseinschlusse in Einigen Skandinav-

. ischen Diabasen.

- Uber Angeschwemmte Bimsteine und Schlacken der Nord-

europaischen Kusten.

- Om kvartskakelagren vid Guda, Norge.

- - Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Thermelektricitat der Krystalle.

- Elektrisches und thermiscbes Leitungsvermogen des Eisen-

glanzes.

Balg, G. H. Braune’s Gothic Grammar (translated by Balg).

- First Germanic Bible (edited by Balg).

- G-lossary of Gothic Language.

Ballon, S. M. The Eye of the Storm.

Baltzer, A. G-lacialgeologisches v. der Sudseite der Alpen.

Barrois, C. Memoire sur la Distribution des Graptolites en
France.

- Faune du Calcaire d’Erbray. Lille, 1889.

Beecher, C. E. The Development of a Paleozoic Poriferous
Coral.

- Symmetrical Cell Development in the Favositidae.

Bell, R. The Nickel and Copper Deposits of Sudbury District,
Canada. (Presented by Geo. H. Williams.)

Billet, A. Contribution a L’etude de la Morphologie et de
Developpement des Bactereacees.

Branner, J. C. The Relations of the State and National Geo¬
logical Surveys to Each Other and to the Geologists of the
Country.

Brigham, A. P. The G-eology of Oneida County.

- A Chapter in Glacial History with Illustrative Notes from

Central New York.

- Rivers and the Evolution of Geographic Forms,

ii — iii]

XXXIV

Proceedings.

Broadhead, Prof. G-. C. Preliminary Report on Coal by Arthur
Winslow, State Geol.

- A Description of the Lower Carboniferous Crinoids from

Missouri by S. A. Miller.

- A Bibliography of the Geology of Missouri by F. A. Samp¬
son.

Brooks W. K. Salpa in its Relation to the Evolution of Life.

Brown, Nathan Clifford. A Catalogue of the Birds known to
occur in the Vicinity of Portland, Me.

Carbaugli, Harvey C. A Course of Instruction for. Non-com¬
missioned Officers.

Chapman, C. H. An Elementary Course in Theory of Equations.

Cheney, L. S. and True, R. H. On the Flora of Madison and
Vicinity. A Preliminary Paper on the Flora of Dane
County, Wisconsin.

Clark, W. B. The Surface Configuration of Maryland.

Clarke, F. W. Note on the Constitution of Ptilolite and
Mordenite.

Claypole, E. W. On the Structure of the American Pteraspi-
dian, Palseaspis with Remarks on the Family.

- The Head of Dinichthys.

Cohen, E. Lava vom Camerun Gebirge.

- Das Obere Weilerthal und das Zunachst Angrenzende

Gebirge.

- Ueber die Trennung v. Thonerde, Eisenoxyd u. Titansaure..

- f Goldfuhrende Conglomerate in Sud-Afrika.

- Ueber den Granat der sudafrikanischen Diamantfelder

und uber den Chromgehalt der Pyrope.

- Ueber Jadeit v. Thibet.

- Ueber Speckstein, Pseudophit und dichten Muscovit aus.

Sud-Afrika.

- Titaneisen v. den Diamantfeldern in Sud-Afrika.

- Ueber Laven v. Hawaii u. Einigen anderen Inseln des

Grossen Oceans nebst einigen Bemerkungen uber glasige
Gesteine im Allgemeinen.

• - Mikr oskopische Physiographie der petrographisch-wicht-

gen Mineralien, by H. Rosenbusch. (Review of.)

\

Report of the Librarian s xxxv

— - Optischer Schlussel zur Bestimmung des Krystallsystems

v. Mineralien in Gesteinsdunnschlilfen.

- Ueber eine Pseudomorphose nach Markasit aus der Kreide

von Arkona auf Rugen .

- Eine Verbesserte Methode der Isolierung von Gesteins-

gemengtheilen vermittelst Plusssaure.

- - Das labradoritfuhrende Gestein der Kuste von Labrador.

- Ueber pleochroitische Hofe im Biotit.

- Berichtigung bezuglich des “ Olivin-Diallag-Gesteins” von

Schriesheim im Odenwald.

- Ueber einen Aventurinquarz aus Ostindien.

- Andalusitfuhrende Granite.

- Nekrolog v. Jonas Gustav Oscar Limarsson.

- Die Goldproduction Transvaals im Jahre 1889.

- Mandelstein aus den Maluti-Bergen, Sud-Afrika.

- Ueber einige eigenthumliche Melaphyr-Mandelsteine aus

Sud-Afrika.

- Geognostisch-petrographische Skizzen aus Sud-Afrika.

- Ueber die Entstehung des Seifengoldes.

- Zusammenstellung petrographischer Untersuchungsmetho-

den nebst Angabe der Literatur.

- Meteoreisen-Studien II.

- Ueber den Meteoriten von Zsadany, Temesvar Comitat,

Banat.

- Review of A. E. Nordenskiold’s Mineralogische Beitrage 6.

- Chemische Untersuchung des Meteoreisens von S. Juliao

de Moreira, Portugal, sowie einiger anderen Hexaedrischen
Eisen.

Cohen, E. und Deecke, W. Ueber das Krystalline Grundge-
birge der Insel Bornholm.

- Sind die Storungen in der Lagerung der Kreide an der

Ostkuste von Jasmund (Rugen) durch Faltungen zu Er-
klaren. (Presented by Dr. E. Cohen.)

- Ueber Geschiebe aus Neu-Vorpommern und Rugen. (Pre¬
sented by Dr. E. Cohen. )

Cohen, E. und Weinschenk, E. Meteoreisen Studien. (Pre¬
sented by Dr. E. Cohen. )

XXXVI

Proceedings.

Collin, Dr. A. Ueber die Regenwurmer der Umgegend von
Berlin.

- Notiz ueber Guathostoma hispidum Fedsch. aus dem

Rinde.

a

- Criodrilus lacuum Hoffne.

Committee ot Colorado Scientific Society. Report on the Tech¬
nical Determination of Zinc.

Comstock, G-eorge C. Provisional Results of a Determination
of the Constant of Aberration.

Comstock, Dr. Theo. B. University of Arizona School of
Mines, Plan of Organization, Equipment and Relations to
the Public, Bulletin No 1.

- Oil and Natural gas in Illinois.

■ - Notes on the G-eology and Mineralogy of San Juan County,

Colorado.

- The Geology and Vein-Structure of Southwestern Colorado.

- A Preliminary Report on dhe Geology of the Central

Mineral Region of Texas from 1st Annual Report, 1889.

- Report on the Geology and Mineral Resources of the Cen¬
tral Mineral Region of Texas.

Crepin, F. Observations sur Quelques Plantes fossiles des De¬
pots devoniens Rapportes par Dumont a L’Etage quartzo-
schisteux Inferieur de son Systeme Eifelien.

- Fragments Paleontologiques pour Servir a la Flore du

Terrain Houiller de Belgique.

- Materiaux pour servir a L’Histoire des Roses. Parts III

and IV.

- Note sur le Pecopteris Odontopteroides Morris.

Cross, Whitman. Post Laramie Deposits of Colorado.

- Constitution and Origin of Spherulites in Acid Eruptive

Rocks.

- The Post-Laramie Beds of Middle Park, Colo.

Cross, Whitman and Eakins, L. G. A new Occurrence of Ptilo-
lite.

Culver, G. E. On a Little Known Region of Northwestern
Montana.

Culver, G. E. and Hobbs, Wm. H. On a new Occurence of
Olivine Diabase in Minnehaha Co., South Dakota.

Report of the Librarian.

xxxvn

Dahms, P. H. Ueber einige Eruptivgesteine aus Transvaal in
Sud-Afrika. (Presented by Dr. E. Cohen.)

Davis, W. M. Geographical Illustrations.

- The General Winds of the Atlantic Ocean.

- Outline of Elementary Meteorology.

- Lost Volcanoes of Connecticut.

- The Catskill Delta in the Post-Glacial Hudson Estuary.

- Theories of Artificial and Natural Rainfall.

Davis, W. M. and Wood, J. W. Geographic Development of
Northern New Jersey.

Deichmuller, J. V. Ueber Urnenfunde in Uebigan bei Dres¬
den.

- - Die Meteoriten des Koniglichen Mineralogischen Museums

in Dresden.

- Ueber Gefasse mit Graphit Malerei aus sachischen Urnen-

feldern.

Dickerman, Q. E. (with M. E. Wadswmrth.) An Olivine-Bear¬
ing Diabase, from St. George, Maine.

Diller, J. S. The Late Volcanic Eruption in Northern Cali¬
fornia and its Peculiar Lava.

- - Geology of the Taylorville Region of California.

- - Note on the Cretaceous Rocks of Northern California.

- - Notes on Peridotite of Elliot County, Kentucky.

• - Fulgurite.

Egleston, T. Leaching Gold and Silver Ores in the West.

- The Method of Collecting Flue-dust at Ems on the Lahn.

Eldridge, G. H. Phosphates of Florida.

- The Florence Oil Field, Colorado.

- Peculiar Structural Features in the Foot Hill Regions of

the Rocky Mountains, near Denver, Col.

Elmer, H. C. The Copulative Conjunctions Que, Et. Atque in
the Inscriptions of the Republic in Terence and in Cato.
(A Dissertation presented for the degree of Doctor of
Philosophy.)

Evermann, B. W. The Yellow-billed Magpie.

- Bird Migration.

- The Wood Ibis in Indiana.

- Birds of Carroll Co., Indiana.

xxxviii Proceedings.

Evermann, B. W. and Fordice, M. W. List of Fishes Collected
in Harvey and Cowley Counties, Kansas.

Evermann, B. W. and Bollman, C. H. Notes on Collection of
Fishes from the Monongahela River.

Farish, John B. On the Ore deposits of Newman Hill.

Felix, Prof. Hr. J. Hie fossilen Holzer Westindiens.

- Untersuchungen uber fossile Holzer.

- - Beitrage zur Kenntniss der G-attung Protosphyrama Leidy.

- G-eologie und Paleontologie der Republik Mexico, III

The-il.

Fernald, M. L. The Portland Catalogue of Maine Plants.

Ficalho, Conde de. Flora dos Lusidas.

Flint, A. S. A Brief Control for G-eneral Solutions of Normal
Equations.

- On the Most Probable value of the Latitude and its Theo¬
retical Weight, from Entangled Observations occuring in
the Use of Talcott’s Method.

Foote, A. E. The Naturalist’s Leisure Hour and Monthly
Bulletin Nos. 133 and 134.

Forbes, S. A. Studies on the Chinch Bug, 1885-1888.

Foshay, P. Max. Pre-Glacial Brain age and Recent Geological
History of Western Pennsylvania.

- (With Richard R. Hice) Glacial Grooves at the Southern

Margin of the Hrift.

- (With R. R. Hice) Newly Hiscovered Glacial Phenomena

in the Beaver Valley.

Frazer, P. Thomas Sterry Hunt.

Garman, H. Animals of the Mississippi Bottoms, near Quincy,
Ill. Two Copies.

Geinitz, H. B. Bericht uber die neue Aufstellung in dem
Konigl. Mineralogischen Museum zu Bresden.

- Petrefactenfund im Rothliegenden.

- Ueber die rothen und bunten Mergel der oberen Hyas bei

Manchester.

- Nachtragliche Mittheilungen uber die rothen u. bunten

Mergel der oberen Hyas bei Manchester.

- Hie Versteinerungen des lithographischen Schiefers im

Bresdener Museum.

Report of the Librarian.

XXXIX

Geinitz, H. B. and Marck, W. v. d. Geologie von Sumatra.
Gilbert, G. K. The Moon’s Pace.

- - Strength of the Earth’s Crust.

- History of the Niagara River.

- Colorado Plateau Region considered as a field for Geological

Study.

- The Sufficiency of Terrestrial Rotation for the Deflection of

Streams.

- A new Method of Measuring Hei ghts by Means of the

Barometer.

Godshall, L. D. A Review of the Russell Process.

Grant, U. S. Note on Quartz-Bearing Gabbro in Maryland.

- An account of a Deserted Gorge of the Mississippi near

Minnehaha Palls.

- Report of Geological Observations Made in Northeastern

Minnesota during the Summer of 1888.

- The Stratigraphic Position of the Ogishke Conglomerate

in Northern Minnesota.

- Notes on the Molluscan Fauna of Minnesota.

- Conchologica’l Notes.

Greene, E. L. West American Oaks.

Hale, Irving. The Latest Method of Electric Car Control.

— .. — The Present Limitations of Electric Power in Mining.
Harker, A. Rocks from the Cross Fell Inlier.

- Rocks from the Tonga Islands.

- — Local Thickening of Dykes and Beds by Folding.

- Slaty Cleavage and Allied Rock-Structures.

- Successive Stages of Slaty Cleavage.

- - Cause of Slaty Cleavage.

- - Compression v. Shearing.

- - Physics of Metamorphism.

- The Eruptive Rocks in the Neighborhood of Sarn, Caer¬
narvonshire.

- The Oolites of the Cave District.

- Notes on North of England Rocks. Parts I, II, and III.

- - - The Ancient Lavas of the English Lake District.

- Petrological Notes on some of the Larger Boulders on the

Beach south of Flamborough Head.

xl

Proceedings.

- Some Anglesey Dykes. Nos. I, II and III.

- Various Crystalline Rocks.

- “Eyes” of Pyrites and other Minerals in Slate.

- Contortion and Metamorphism.

- - Geology of Mynydd Mawr.

- Note on Blue Hornblende of Mynydd Mawr.

— - — Shap Granite and Associated Rocks.

Haughton, S. The Principle of Least Action in Nature, Illus¬
trated by Animal Mechanics.

Hayes, C. W. Report on the Geology of Northeastern Ala¬
bama.

- An Expedition Through the Yukon District.

- - The Overthrust Faults of the Southern Appalachians.

Headden, Wm. P. The Production of Columbous and Tung-
stous Oxides in Forming Compounds of Iron and Tin.

Henshaw, S. List of the Coleoptera of America, North of
Mexico.

Hibsch, J. E. Geologie fur Land- und Forstwirte.

• - Einige Gesteine aus Paraguay.

- Gangformiges Auftreten von Doloritischen Nephelinit in

der Umgebung des Schneckensteins im Bolimischen Mittelge-
birge.

- - - Der Doleritstock und das Vorkommen Blei- und Silbererzen

bei Rongstock im Bohmischen Mittelgebirge.

Hicks, E. L. The Collection of Ancient Marbles at Leeds.

Hilgard, E. W. Report of the Viticultural Work During Sea¬
sons 1883-4, 1884-5 and 1885-6.

- Alkali Lands, Irrigation and Drainage, 1886.

- - Reports on Examinations of Waters, Water Supply, etc.,

1889.

• - Reports of Experiments on Methods of Fermentation, etc.,

1888.

- Report on Agricultural Experiment Station of the Univer¬
sity of California, 1890.

- Supplement to Biennial Report of Board of Regents of

the College of Agriculture of the University of California,
1879, 1887, and Supplement No. 1.

- Sulphuring in Fruit Drying, Bulletins 80, 88-90, 92-96.

Report of the Librarian.

xli

- Report of the Work of the Agricultural Experiment Sta¬
tion for Year 1890.

- Reports of the Professors in Charge to the President,

188*4, 89, 90.

- Notes on California Olives : Their Adaptation and Oils.

- - Investigations of California Oranges and Lemons.

- - Distribution of Seeds and Plants.

- Progress of the California Agricultural Experiment Sta¬
tion Work: The Use of Fertilizers in California; Fiber
Plants of California.

Hobbs, Wm. H. Notes on a Trip to the Lipari Islands in 1889.

- - Secondary Banding in G-neiss.

- On a Rose-Colored Lime- and Alumina- Bearing Variety of

Talc.

- - Phases in the Metamorphism of the Schists of Southern

Berkshire.

Hovey, Edmund Otis, Ph. D. Observations on Some of the Trap
Ridges of the East Haven-Branford Region in Connecticut.

Hubbard, Lucius L. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Nosean-fuhren-
den Auswurflinge des Laacher See.

- Some Indian Place-Names in Northern Maine.

Huizinga, A. H. Analogy in the Semitic Languages.

Hyatt, A. Jura and Trias at Taylorville, California.

- Biological Relations of the Jurassic Ammonites.

- Remarks on the Porphyries of Marblehead.

- Sponges Considered as a distinct Sub-Kingdom of Ani¬
mals.

- Genetic Relations of the Angulatidse.

- Revision of the North American Poriferse, parts 1 and 2,

with remarks upon Foreign Species.

- Several numbers of Science with Short Papers.

- Genetic Relations of Stephanoceras.

• - On Reversions among the Ammonites.

* - The Jurassic and Cretaceous Ammonites Collected in South

America by Prof. James Orton, with an Appendix upon the
Cretaceous Ammonites of Prof. Hyatt’s Collection.

- Observations on Polyzoa.

■ - Abstract of Larval Theory of Origin of Tissue.

xlii

Proceedings.

- The Protocouch of Cephalopoda.

- Carboniferous Cephalopods.

— - — The Larval Theory of the Origin of Cellular Tissue.

- Values of the Stages of G-rowth and Decline.

- Sketch of the Life and Services to Science of Prof.

Spencer P. Baird.

Jack, R. L. Geological Observations in British New Guinea in
1891.

- - Russell River Gold Field.

- The Normandy Gold Field.

Jackson, M. M. Daniel Webster.

James, J. F. (With U. P. James.) The Genus Scolithus.

- Additions to Catalogue of Lower Silurian Fossils, Cincin¬
nati Group.

- Conspectus of Twenty Natural Orders to be used in An¬
alysis.

- A Revision of the Genus Clematis of the U. S.

- Monograph of the Monticuliporoid Corals of the Cincinnati

Group.

- Section of the Magdoketa Shales in Iowa.

- Report of the Executive Board of the Society of Natural

History.

— — Illustrations of the Fauna of the St. John Group, No. 1,
by G. F. Matthew.

- On the Age of the Mt. Pleasant Ohio Beds.

- Manual of the Paleontology of the Cincinnati Group, parts

1 and 2.

- An Ancient Channel of the Ohio River at Cincinnati.

- Biography of U. P. James.'

- Catalogue of Lower Silurian Fossils of the Cincinnati

Group.

Janson, A. v. Die Mineralien-Sammlung des Rittergutsbesitzers
A. von Janson auf Schloss Gerdauen in Ostpreussen.

Jenssen, E. Beitrage zur krystallographischen Kenntniss or-
ganiscber Verbindungen. (Presented by Dr. E. Cohen.)

Jones, M. E. New Plants from Arizona, Utah, and Nevada.

- New Species and Notes on Utah Plants.

Report of the Librarian.

xliii

Katzer, F. Das altere Paleozoicum in Mittelbohmen und die
Nothwendigkeit einer Neueintheilung Desselben.

Keyes, C. R. The Petrography and Structure of the Piedmont
Plateau in Maryland.

- Fossil Faunas in Central Iowa.

- Proposed Economical Geological Survey of Iowa.

— — Genesis of the Actinocrinidse.

- Lower Carboniferous Gasteropoda from Burlington, Iowa.

The American Species of Polyphenopsis. Sphaerodoma; a
Genus of Fossil Gasteropods. (Two Copies.)

- A Geological Section Across the Piedmont Plateau in

Maryland. (A supplement to a paper by G. H. Williams,
entitled “The Petrography and Structure of the Piedmont
Plateau in Maryland.)

— — Stratigraphy of the Carboniferous in Central Iowa.

- The Naticoid Genus Strophostylus.

- Surface Geology of Burlington, Iowa.

- Discovery of Fossils in the Limestones of Frederick

County, Maryland.

- The Sedentary Habits of Platyceras.

- An Annotated Catalogue of the Mollusca of Iowa.

- Review of the Progress of American Invertebrate Paleon¬
tology for the Year 1890.

- Remarks on the Perisomic Plates of the Crinoids.

- The Bedrock Sandstone of Marion County, Iowa.

- Soleniscus; its Generic Characters and Relations.

- Certain Forms of Straparollus from Southeastern Iowa.

- Review of the Progress of American Invertebrate Paleon¬
tology for the Year 1889.

- The Coal Measures of Central Iowa, and Particularly in

the Vicinity of Des Moines.

King, Franklin H. Observations and Experiments on the
Fluctuations in the Level and Rate of Movement of Ground
Water on the Wisconsin Agricultural Experiment Sta¬
tion Farm and at Whitewater, Wis.

Kingsley, J. S. Carcinological Notes. No. 5.

- Problems for Zoologists.

- Some Points in the Development of Molgula Manhattanensis.

xliv

Proceedings.

Knop, Dr. A. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der in den Diamantfeld-
ern von Jagersfontein (Sud-Afrika) vorkommenden Miner-
alien und Gesteine. (Presented by Dr. E. Cohen. )

Knopf, Otto. Die Schmidt’sche Sonnentheorie und ihre An-
wendung auf die Methode der spektroskopischen Bestim-
mung des Rotation sdauer der Sonne.

Krantz, Fritz. Krystallographische Untersuchungen von Ni-
trolaminbasen und Verwandten Korpern.

Kunz, Geo. F. Mineralogical Notes.

- Precious Stones.

■ - On a large Garnet from New York Island.

- Article on Precious Stones.

- The Gem Collection of the U. S. Nation il Museum.

- Gold and Silver Ornaments from Mounds of Florida.

- Gold Ornaments from United States of Columbia.

- On five Nev American Meteorites.

King, George F. A New Method of Engraving Cameos and In¬
taglios.

- Korean Curios.

Lees, Jas. F. AIKANIK02 AOrON in 'Euripides.

Leverett, Frank. Studies in the Indiana Natural Gas Field.

- On the Occurence of the “Forest Bed” beneath Intra-

Morainic Drift.

- On the Correlation of Moraines and Raised Beaches of

Lake Erie.

- (With Warren Upham and W. O, Crosby.) Pleistocene

Fluvial Plains of Western Pennsylvania.

- Discussion of the Climatic Conditions of the Glacial

Period.

- The Significance of the White Clays of the Ohio Region.

Lewis, H. C. The Great Terminal Moraine across Pennsyl¬
vania.

- Marginal Karnes.

- A Great Trap Dyke across Southeastern Pennsylvania.

Liebe, Theodor. Grundriss der Speciellen Botanik fur den
Unterricht an hoheren Lehranstalten.

Liebig, Prof. G. A. , Ph. D. On the Electrostatic Force re¬
quired to Produce Sparks.

Report of the Librarian. xlv

"Lindahl, J. Description of a Skull of Megalonyx Leidyi.

Loretz, H. Bemerkungen uber die Lager ung des Rothliegen-
den sudlich von Ilmenau in Thuringen.

Lossen, K. A. (With Wahnschaffe, F. ) Beitrage zur Beur-
theilung der Frage nach einer einstigen Vergletcherung
des Brocken-Gebletes.

Marquand, Allen. An Archaic Patera from Kourion.

- A Phoenician Bowl in the Metropolitan Museum.

— ■ — A Silver Patera from Kourion.

- Reminiscences of Egypt in Doric Architecture.

Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Publications of the
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, and of its Officers,
Students and Alumni, 1862-1887, Compiled by William
Ripley Nichols.

Matthew, W. D. Contributions from the Geological Depart¬
ment of Columbia College.

Martin, K. Ein neuer Orbitolina von Santander.

- Ein neues Telescopium und die Beziehung deiser Gattung

zu Nerinea.

Martin, K. u. Wiclimann, A. Sammlungen des Geologischen
Reichs-Museum in Leiden.

McGee, W. J. The Appomattox Formation in the Mississippi
Embayment.

- The Flood Plains of Rivers.

- The Formations of the the Middle Atlantic Slope.

- The Geologic Antecedents of Man in the Potomac Valley.

- The Southern Extension of the Appomattox Formation.

- An Account of the Progress of Geology for the Years

1887-1888.

- — The Field of Geology and its Promise for the Future.

- Classification of Geographic Forms by Genesis.

- Geology of Macon County, Missouri.

- - Paleolithic Man in America: His Antiquity and Environ¬
ment.

- Dynamical Geology.

- An Obsidian Implement from Pleistocene Deposits in Ne¬
vada!

- The World’s Supply of Coal.

xlvi

Proceedings.

- Encroachments of the Sea.

- The Aborigines of the District of Columbia and the Lower

Potomac. (Mason, O. T., McGee, W. J., Wilson, T.,
Proudfifc, S. V., Holmes, W. H., Reynolds, E. R. and
Mooney, Jas.)

Meissner, Maximilian. Ernahrungsphysiologie der Protozoen..

Melnikoff, N. P. Note sur l’ancien Canal de Perecop en Crimee.

Miller, S. A. A Description of some Lower Carboniferous
Crinoids from Missouri.

Mills, Simeon. Force.

Munster, Chr. A. Kongsbergsolvets sammensaetning og en
sekundaerproces ved dets dannelse..

Newell, F. H. Irrigation in Oregon.

Ordnance Bureau. Practical Instructions in Gunnery.

Orton, Prof. Edw. Geological Survey of Ohio, 1890, with
Accompanying Maps.

- The Kentucky Geological Survey.

- Petroleum, Natural Gas, Etc.

Osborn, H. A Partial Catalogue of the Animals of Iowa.

Palmer, Chas. S. The Nature of Chemical Elements

Pereira da Silva, I. M. Christovam Colombo ev. Descobrimento
da America.

Philipps, H. Notes upon the Collection of Coins and Medals
now upon Exhibition at the Pennsylvania Museum and
School of Industrial Art, Memorial Hall, Fairmount Park,
Philadelphia.

- Remarks upon a Com of Sycion.

- An Account of the Congo Independent State.

- Important Public Collections of American Archaeology in

the United States.

Pittier, H. Observaciones Efectuadas en el Ano De 1889.

- (Palokowsky, H. ) La Flora de Costa Rica.

Pocta, P. Ueber Spongien aus der Oberen Kreide Frankreichs
i. d. Mineralog. Museum, Dresden.

Pohlman, Julius. The Life-History of Niagara.

Pope, A. A. Errors in School Books.

Poppe, S. A. Die Freilebenden Copepoden des Jadebusens.

Porto-Alegre Manoel de Aranjo. Colombo Poema.

Report of the Librarian.

xlvii

Purgold, A. Die Meteoriten des Konigl. Mineralogischen Mu¬
seums in Dresden.

Eathbun, E. Descriptions of New Species of Parasitic Cope-
pods, Belonging to the Genera Trebius, Perissopus and
Leruathropus.

Eesler, A. The Blackburnian Warbler.

Eickard, T. A. Certain Dissimilar Occurrences of Gold-Bear¬
ing Quartz.

Bittler, W. Herman. Eeports of the Stephenson Silver Mining
Company in the Organ Eange of Mountains.

Eyder, J. A. The Development of Viviparous Osseous Fishes
and of the Atlantic Salmon.

Salisbury, Eollin D. A Preliminary Paper on Drift or Pleisto¬
cene Formations of New Jersey.

_ (With Wahnschaffe, F. ) Neue Beobac-htungen uber die

Quartarbildungen der Magdeburger Borde.

Samson, F. A. A Bibliography of the Geology of Missouri.

Santee, T. Notes on the Tornado of August 19, 1890, in Lu¬
zerne and Columbia Counties.

Schmidt, C. Metamorphose des Eoches Alpines.

- Ueber zwei Neue Arbeiten Betreffend d;e Geologie des

Kaiserstuhles im Breisgau.

Seler, E. Caractere des Inscriptions Aztiques et Mayes.

. - Altmexicanische Federschmuck des Wiener Hofmuseums,

Etc.

- Zur Mexicanischen Chronologie, mit Besonderer Beruck-

sichtigung des Zapotekischen Kalenders.

Seler, M. Das Tonalamatl der Aubin’schen Sammlung und die
Verwandten Kalenderbucher.

Shufeldt, E. W. The Osteology of Amia Calva, including Cer¬
tain Special Eeferences to the Skeleton of Teleosteus.

Small, Albion W. The Dynamics of Social Progress.

Spezia, G. Sull’Origine del Solfo nei Giacimenti Solfiferi della
Sicilia.

State Board of Agriculture. The Eesources of the State of
Oregon.

Steinmann, Dr. Gustav. Beitrage zur Geologie und Palaeon-
tologie von Sudamerika.

xlvii

Proceedings.

Stenzel, Dr. Karl G-ustav. Untersuchungen uber Bau und
Wachsthum der Fame.

- Untersuchungen uber Bau und Wachsthum der Fame. II.

- Bluthenbildungen beim Schneeglockchen und Samenformen

bei der Eiche.

- Uber eine Merkwurdige Binden-Bildung bie der Edel-

Tanne.

- Uber Farn-Wurzeln aus dem Rothen-Liegenden.

- Gefasskryptogamen bearbeitet; Chemische Erscheinungen ;

Uber Fruchtformen des Ahorns ; Mittheilungen uber Zwei-
zahlige Orchideenbluthen.

Tarr, R. S. Reconnoissance of the Guadalupe Mountains.

- The Relation of Secular Decay of Rocks to the Formation

of Sediments.

- A Hint with Respect to the Origin of Terraces in Glaci¬
ated Regions.

- Superiinposition of the Drainage in Central Texas.

- The Cretaceous Covering of the Texas Paleozoic.

- The Carboniferous Area of Central Texas.

- The Phenomenon of Rifting in Granite.

- The Permian of Texas.

- The Central Massachusetts Moraine.

Tolman, A. H. Studies in Macbeth.

- The Style of Anglo-Saxon Poetry.

- Shall and Will, and Should and Would.

Townley, S. D. Variable Stars of Long Period.

Trelease, Prof. Wm. North American Species of Rumex.

Turner, F. J. The Character and Influence of the Indian Trade
in Wisconsin.

Turner, H. W. Some Recent Contributions to the Geology of
California.

- Glacial Pot-Holes in California.

- Mohawk Lake Beds.

- - The Geology of Mount Diablo, California.

Upham, Warren. A Review of the Quarternary Era, Etc.

- A Classification of Mountain Ranges According to Struct¬
ure, Origin and Age.

- Glacial Lakes in Canada.

Report of the Librarian.

xlix

Van Hise, C. R. An Historical Sketch of the Lake Superior
Region to Cambrian Time.

_ An Attempt to Harmonize Some Apparently Conflicting

Views of Lake Superior Stratigraphy.

_ The Iron Ores of the Penokee-Gfogebic Series of Michigan

and Wisconsin.

— — Upon the Origin of the Mica-Schists and Black Mica
Slates of the Penokee Gogebic Iron-Bearing Series.

- - The Pre-Cambrian Rocks of the Black Hills.

- The Iron Ore of the Marquette District of Michigan.

- (With Irving, R. D.) The Penokee Iron-Bearing Series

of Michigan and Wisconsin.

- (With Pumpelly, Raphael.) Observations upon the Struct¬
ural Relations of the Upper Huronian, Lower Huronian
and Basement Complex of the North Shore of Lake Huron.

Vogdes, Anthony W. Course of Sciences Applied to Military
Art : Part I, Geology, and Military Geography. Geology.

- Notes on the Distribution of Iron Ores in the United States.

- Notes on Paleozoic Crustacese, No. 1. On Some New Se-

dalia Trilobites.

Vogt, J. H. L. Granitens og Syenitens baenkning i Forhold
til den Nuvaerende Overflade.

- Nogle Bemaerkninger over Granit.

- Skiktede Moraener.

- Salten og Ranen.

- Om Verdens Guld-, Solv- og Kobber-Produktion.

- Einige Bemerkungen uber die Zusammensetzung der Krys-

tallisirten Schlacken.

- Norske Ertsforekomster I- VII.

- Pa Gasanalyser Grundade undersokningar af sulu- och

rakopparsmaltningar M. M. uti Skaktugnar.

- Om Slaggers af Sammansattningen Beroende Kristallisa-

tions-Forhallanden.

- (With Brogger, W. C.) Berattelse om Undersokningar

ofver Malmforekomsten vid Klefva Grufva.

Wadsworth, M. E. Notes on the Rocks and Ore-Deposits in
the Vicinity of Notre Dame Bay, Newfoundland.

- The Bishopville and Waterville Meteorites.

n — IV

1

Proceedings.

- The Theories of Ore Deposits.

- Notes on the Lithology of the Island of Jura, Scotland.

- (With Dickerman, S. E.) An Olivine Bearing Diabase

from St. George, Maine.

- ^ The South Trap Range of the Keweenawan Series.

— — (With J. D. Whitney.) The Azoic System and its Pro¬
posed Subdivisions.

- Preliminary Description of the Peridotytes, Gabbros,,

Diabases and Andesytes of Minnesota.

- Syenite and Gabbro in Massachusetts.

- The Argillite and Conglomerate of the Boston Basin.

- A Description and Classification of the Rocks of the Cor¬
dilleras.

- — - On the Classification of Rocks.

- On the Relation of the “Keweenawan Series” to the East¬
ern Sandstone in the Vicinity of Torch Lake, Mich.

- The Dona Inez and the Llano del Inca Meteorites, from

Atacama, Chili, with Mineralogical Description.

- On a Supposed Fossil from the Copper-bearing Rocks of

Lake Superior.

- Methods of Instruction in Mineralogy.

- Some Instances of Atmospheric Action on Sandstone.

- The Fortieth Parallel Rocks.

- On the Trachyte of Marblehead Neck, Massachusetts.

- On the Relation of the Quincy Granite to the Primordial

Argillite of Braintree, Massachusetts.

Wahnschaffe, F. Bemerkungen zu dem Funde eines Geschiebes
mit Pentamerus borealis bei Havelberg.

- Die Bedeutung des Baltischen Hohenruckens fur die Eis-

zeit.

- (with Lossen, K. A.) Beitrage zur Beurtheilung der

Frage nach einer einstigen Vergletcherung des Brocken-
Gebietes.

- Die Susswasser-Fauna und Susswasser-Diatomeen-Flora

im Unteren Diluvium der Umgegend von Rathenow.

• - Mittheilungen uber das Alluvium der Rathenower Gegend.

- Ueber zwei conchylienfuhrende Lossablager ungen nordlich

vom Harz.

Beport of the Librarian.

li

- Beitrag zur Lossfrage.

- Zur Frage der Oberfiachengestaltung im G-ebiete der

baltischen Seenplatte.

- (with Salisbury, R. D. ) Neue Beobachtungeu uber

Quart arbildun gen der Magdeburger Borde.

Walcott, C. D. Second Contribution to the Studies on the
Cambrian Faunas of North America.

- Correlation Papers — Cambrian.

— - Preliminary Notes on the Discovery of a Vertebrate

Fauna in Silurian (Ordovician) Strata.

- The Value of the Term “Hudson River Group'’ in Geo¬
logic Nomenclature.

- The Utica Slate and Related Formations; Fossils of the

Utica Slate and Metamorphoses of Triarthrus Becki.

- The Permian and other Paleozoic Groups of the Kanab

Valley, Arizona.

- Preliminary Notice of the Discovery of the Remains of

the Natatory and Branchial Appendages of Trilobites.

- Notes on Some Sections of Trilobites, from the Trenton

Limestone, and Descriptions of New Species of Fossils.

- The Trilobite; New and Old Evidence Relating to its

Organization.

- Description of a New Genus of the Order Eurypterida

from the Utica Slate.

r - Paleozoic Notes; New Genus of Cambrian Trilobites,

Mesonacis.

- Classification of the Cambrian System of North America.

- Note on the Genus Archeocyathus of Billings.

- : The Taconic System.

- Cambrian Age of the Roofing Slates of Granville, Wash¬
ington Co., New York.

- Fauna of the “Upper Taconic” of Emmons, in Washing¬
ton County, New York.

- Discovery of Fossils in the Lower Taconic of Emmons.

- The Taconic System of Emmons, and the Use of the Name

Taconic in Geologic Nomenclature.

- Cambrian Fossils from Mount Stephens, Northwest Terri¬
tory of Canada.

lii

Proceedings.

- Paleontologic Notes.

- Notes on Paleozoic Rocks of Central Texas.

- ■- - Notes on some Paleozoic Pteropods.

- Stratigraphic Position of the Olenellus Fauna in North

America and Europe.

- Description of New Forms of Upper Cambrian Fossils.

- A Reveiw of Dr. R. W. Elis’s Second Report on the Ge¬
ology of a Portion of the Province of Quebec; with addi¬
tional Notes on the “Quebec Group.”

- Study of a Line of Displacement in the Grand Canon of

the Colorado in Northern Arizona.

Warner, Dr. A. G. Report of the Superintendent of Charities
for the District of Columbia for Year ending June 30,
1891, by G. F. Pope, Supt.

Weinschenk, E. Beitrage zur Mineralsynthese. (Presented by
Dr. E. Cohen. )

Weiss, J. E. Die Bayerische Botanische Gesellschaft zur Er-
forschung der heimischen Flora und ihre Organization.

Whitney, J. D. (with M. E. Wadsworth.) The Azoic System
and its Proposed Subdivisions.

Whitney, S. H. The Early History of the Kennebec Valley.

Williams, G. H. Contributions to the Geology of the “ Cort-
landt Series” near Peekskill, N. Y.

- Anglesite, Cerussite and Sulphur from the Mountain View

Lead Mine near Union Bridge, Carroll County, Md.

- Cause of the Apparently Perfect Cleavage in American

Sphene (Titanite. )

■ - On the Serpentine (Peridotite) Occuring in the Onon¬

daga Salt-Group at Syracuse, N. Y.

- The Geology of Fernando de Noronha.

- On a new Petrographical Microscope of American Manu¬
facture.

- The Non-feldspathic Intrusive Rocks of Maryland and the

Course of their Alteration.

- On the Possibility of Hemihedrism in" the Monoclinic

Crystal System, with Especial Reference to the Hemihe¬
drism of Pyroxene.

- Colestin von Mineral County, West Va.

Report of the Librarian.

liii

- On the Hornblende of St. Lawrence County, N. Y. , and

its G-liding Planes.

- - On a new Plan Proposed for future Work upon the Geo¬
logical Map of the Baltimore Kegion.

- Syllabus of Lectures on Optical Crystallography.

- - Some Modern Aspects of Geology.

- - Geological and Petrographical Observations in Southern

and Western Norway.

- Note on the Eruptive Origin of the Syracuse Serpentine.

— - — The Gabbros and Diorites of the “Cortlandt Series.”

- On the Paramorphosis of Pyroxene to Hornblende in

Rocks.

- - A Summary of Progress in Mineralogy and Petrography

in 1885.

- - On a Remarkable Crystal of Pyrite from Baltimore County,

Md.

- - Note on some Remarkable, Crystals ,of Pyroxene from

Orange County, N. Y.

- Geology of Baltimore and its Vicinity.

- - Notes on some Eruptive Rocks from Alaska.

- (and Burton, W. M. ) On the Crystal Form of Metallic

Zinc.

- - -(and , Gill, A. C. ) Contributions to the Mineralogy of

Maryland.

Winslow, Arthur. The Geology and Mineral Products of
Missouri.

- Notes on the Cambrian in Missouri and the Classification

of the Ozark Series.

- The Missouri Coal Measures and the Conditions of their

Deposition.

- - The Mapping of Missouri.

• - Coal Deposits of Missouri from field Work Prosecuted dur¬

ing the Years 1890 and 1891.

Wulfing, E. A. Untersuchung eines Nephelinsyenits aus dem
mittleren Transvaal, Sud-Afrika. (Presented by Dr. E.
Cohen. )

Yates, Dr. Lorenzo C. Charm Stones — The so-called Plummets
or Sinkers of California.

liv

Proceedings.

- Third Biennial Report of the California State Board of

Forestry for the years 1889 and 1890.

- Bulletin of the Santa Barbara Society of Natural History.

- Channel Islands; Stray Notes on the G-eology of the Chan¬
nel Islands ; The Mollusca of the Channel Islands and Insu¬
lar Floras.

Zuccarelli, Angelo. Per un G-abinetto-Scuola di Antropologia
Criminale G-ianbattista della Porta da Fondarsi nell’Inseg-
namento Libero di Napoli.

- Da Deficieiiti ad Idioti, Studio Medico-Legale. I.

- - A Divorzio e Scienza Antropologica Conferenza pronun-

ziata il 5 Febbraio 1893 a vantaggio del G-abinetto-Scuola
di Antropologia Criminale da Fondarsi neH'Insegnamento
Libero di Napoli.

The librarian would like to emphasize to members of the
Academy the importance of adding to the library in this man¬
ner. Many of us are specialists and find it difficult to get
acbess to all books of reference which we need. There are
prominent workers in different parts of the world who are en¬
gaged in the study of subjects related to those that most inter¬
est us. If we can then secure brochures of their publications,
generally much scattered as to place of publication, we thereby
obtain in the most convenient form and with little expense, that
portion of a library of which we stand much in need. It is
hoped that future librarians of the Academy will give a circular
like the one already sent out, as wide a circulation among other
classes of scientists as it has been given among geologists.

COPIES OF THE ACADEMY’ S TRANS ACTIONS ISSUED.

The eighth volume of the Transactions, which came from the
printer in the summer of 1892, was sent out at once to all mem¬
bers of the Academy, and to the libraries of all the correspond¬
ing societies. An additional number of copies, estimated at
about two hundred, was distributed as samples to societies not
on our exchange list, with a view to initiating an exchange of
publications with them. As required by law, one hundred
copies were deposited in the library of the State Historical

Report of the Librarian.

lv

Society, and a like number in the libraries of the State Uni¬
versity and the State Agricultural Society.

TABLE SHOWING THE NUMBER OF BACK VOLUMES OF
TRANSACTIONS DISTRIBUTED IN THE YEARS 1891—3.

Volume.

Where Sent.

I

II

III

IV

i

V

VI

VII

Totals.

Members of the Acad-
emy .

3

15

16

16

17

17

17

101

Wisconsin Colleges and
Incorporated Acade¬
mies .

0

7

16

16

13

16

14

82

Libraries in the United
States and Canada. .

8

20

31

28

31

35

37

190

Foreign Libraries
(Through the Smith-
onian Inst. ) .

10

22

47

52

50

54

52

287

University of Wiscon¬
sin .

0

20

30

0

40

75

0

165

Totals .

. 21

84

140

112

151

|l 97

1

120

825

The back volumes of the Transactions, with the exception of
volume I, have been extensively utilized in securing ex¬
changes with foreign scientific societies. Only a limited num¬
ber of copies of volume II being still in the possession of the acad-
amy, that volume has not been so generally distributed as the
others. The libraries of the colleges and incorporated academies
of the state are entitled to receive the publications of the Acad-
amy (See list on page ix of volume VIII of the Transactions)
and their sets of the Transactions have been made as complete
as possible. Mr. Wm. M. Smith, the librarian of the Univer¬
sity of 'Wisconsin, has informed me that the volumes of the

f

lvi Proceedings.

#

Transactions have not always in the past been deposited in
that library as provided for by law. To make good so far as
possible this oversight, copies as follows have been sent to the
library of the university and Mr. Smith has expressed himself
as satisfied with the arrangement: volumes II, twenty copies;
III, thirty copies; V, forty copies; and VI, seventy-five copies.

Recently elected members of the Acadamy have been fur¬
nished sets of the Transactions as nearly complete as the sup¬
ply would warrant. As provided in the statutes, express
charges on volumes sent out are paid by the state. Packages
for foreign distribution are delivered through the agencies of
the Smithsonian Institution.

CATALOG OF THE LIBRARY.

In 1878 a catalog of the books in the Academy library was
made by the then librarian, Mr. W. A. Germain, and printed
in the Proceedings (Transactions, Volume IV., pp. 281--289).
An indication of the growth of the library since that time is
the fact that there were but eighty exchanges, and the catalog
wTas easily brought within eight pages of text. Again in 1881 a
catalog was made by Mr. Julius Nelson, acting for Dr. E. A.
Birge. This catalog was printed in the Proceedings (Transac¬
tions, Volume V, pp. B35--358.) It covers twenty-
two pages of text and was probably complete for that time.
I do not know, that any later attempts have been made to sup¬
plement this catalog. Since 1881 the library has increased
much in size as is shown by the dimensions of the new catalog
which is printed in the appendix of this volume. The catalog
of 1881 has been of comparatively little service because it tells
only whcit is to be found in the library, and not where it is to
be found. It has in consequence been necessary to search the
entire collection to find any volume that might be desired..
With the growth of the library this difficulty has increased, and
accessions have generally become separated from the series to
which they belong. When the present- librarian took charge
of the library, the books were in this condition and it was found
necessary to begin the work anew and to take everything from

Report of the Librarian.

lvli

the cases and reclassify. The cases being emptied were thor¬
oughly cleaned and the hooks dusted. The cases were then
numbered, the shelves lettered and the locks repaired. In re¬
placing the books on the shelves after their arrangement in
series, an attempt was made to place related series together.
On account of the necessity of economizing space it was not
always possible to do this, but in general the distribution has
been as follows :

General works (Such as journals of scientific societies), 1-12,
19, 25, 30, 31.

Works treating the field of letters,
Agriculture, 28, 29.
Anthropology, 25, 26.
Archeology, 25, 26.

Astronomy, 20, 21.
Bibliography, 23.

Botany, 22,

Engineering, 20.

27.

Geography, 13.
Geology, 13-18.
Mathematics, 21.
Medicine, 29.
Meteorology, 21.
Statistics, 23, 24.
Zoology, 22.

In the fall of 1881, the librarian received authority to engage
clerical assistance to begin the cataloging of the library. The
plan that seemed best adapted to the library in its present
form was a shelf catalogue making use of cards. Mr. L. S.
Cheney, then fellow in the University of Wisconsin and the
librarian’s assistant, was engaged to begin the work. The task
wTas soon found to be much more arduous than had been sup¬
posed, owing to the careless manner in which the early volumes
had been bound. In numerous instances, parts of several vol¬
umes had been bound as one volume, the missing portions being
scattered under other covers. Title pages and indices were
frequently missing but as frequently bound in the middle of the
volume. Books had thus to be examined page by page and a
“carving process” applied to the bound copies before anything
like order was brought out of chaos. Authority was given at
the next annual meeting to ccntinue the wcik and several stu¬
dents of the University have at different times assisted the
librarian as Mr. Cheney did at first. The card catalog which
has finally been completed and from which the printed catalog

Iviii

Proceedings.

in the appendix of this volume has been made, has cost for cler¬
ical assistance a little more than seventy-five dollars. The
librarian has given his own time in good measure to the work
or the expense would have been considerable.

The catalog includes, first, a complete list of the series of
journals, arranged alphabetically according to the city from
which they are issued. Reference is in each instance made to
the case and shelf where the book is to be found. Works of a
special character follow grouped under their proper subjects;
as, Agriculture, Anthropology, etc., the sequence of the sub¬
jects being alphabetical. Under each subject, E. G-. , Geology,
are to be found, first, all journals and other serials which treat
geological topics alone. (These journals are also entered in
the general list of journals at the beginning of the catalog.)
Following the serials under any subject are the non-serial
works, whether books or pamphlets, arranged alphabetically
according to author. Each book is located by case and shelf,
but this is unnecessary in the case of pamphlets, since all pam¬
phlets treating a given subject are arranged together on the
shelves. The location is given in the catalog once for all for a
^iven subject at the beginning. The arrangement of the pam¬
phlets on the shelves, as in the catalog, is alphabetical, those
with one initial letter being separated from their neighbors by
stiff boards. This method has its defects and is only tempo¬
rary, but if ordinary care is exercised in handling the pam¬
phlets, the method will suffice for present needs. The idea
throughout has been to have the catalog flexible, so that it can
easily be modified if needed when the library is larger, without
requiring the work that is just finished to be repeated.

BINDING OF BOOKS IN THE LIBRARY.

At the Ripon Field Meeting in 1892, the librarian recom¬
mended to the Academy the binding of the unbound books then
in the library. It was then voted to give authority to the
library committee (The librarian and Professors Hendrickson
and Comstock) to expend money in binding the books. In
view of the fact that the books of the library vary considerably

Report of the Librarian.

lix

n value, it was decided by the committee to suit the binding
to the book in each case. The more valuable books were then to
be bound in half morocco, while others were to be bound in
sheep or roan. Many it was thought best not to bind. Dis-
•cretion in this regard was left with the librarian. The binding
was given by the committee to the Madison Book Bindery, G-.
G-rimm, at the following prices:

•5^x74

6|-x9 .
6-J-x9 .
9x13.
9x13.
9x13.

Size.

Kind of Binding.

| \ Morocco .

4 Roan or Buffing
4 Sprinkled Sheep
4 Morocco ........

4 Roan or Buffing.
4 Sprinkled Sheep

4 Morocco . . .

4 Roan or Buffing.
4 Sprinkled Sheep

Price per
Volume.

60c.

50c.

50c.

70c.

60c.

65c.

90c.

75c.

85c.

This work was begun in the fall of 1892, and up to the
present (September 1st, 1893) the number of books bound and
returned to the shelves of the library is 513, of which 160 are
bound in half morocco, 69 in half sprinkled sheep and 284
either in half roan or buffing. The bills paid for this bind¬
ing by the treasurer amount to $349.25, which makes the aver¬
age cost per volume 68 cents. There are now in process of bind¬
ing at the Madison bindery, 221 volumes, and at Park’s bind¬
ery 125 volumes (same terms as Madison bindery.) These
should be bound and on the shelves of the library before the
next (24th) annual meeting of the Academy. When these are
ready 859 volumes will have been bound. Most of the unbound
volumes still in the library cases — excluding some issues of
■series which have been received at the library within two years —
•either do not seem to warrant a binding or they have come to
the library somewhat stoutly bound in paper or boards (often
:sewed), and in whole volumes with the designation of the volume
printed on the back. Many of the latter volumes are quite

lx

Proceedings .

valuable and it may be advisable to bind them _ a matter

which should be settled by the Academy. A die consisting of
the words ‘‘Wisconsin Academy of Sciences” enclosed m a loz¬
enge has been prepared, and is now used in the marking of all
covers. It was found to be impossible to include the whole
name of the Academy without either making the lozenge too
large or the letters too small.

A record of all books sent to and returned from the bindery
has been kept by the librarian, and. at least one other member
of the library committee has looked over the books bound be¬
fore the payment of bills.

PLAN OF TEMPORARY DISTRIBUTION OF BOOKS TO MEMBERS.

It is thought that with the issuing of an adequate catalog
of the library, members both in Madison and elsewhere will
wish to make use of the library for purposes of reference. I
anticipate that some of the members at the University of Wis¬
consin in particular, will desire to use the books extensively.
No provisions have yet been made for the issuing of books,,
and while the books remain in their present location, an al¬
together adequate provision can not easily be made. The room
should not be left open without an attendant, as we have al¬
ready suffered too much from depredations. Nor should any
but some officer who is responsible for the books be given free
access to the shelves, as it would be an easy matter to intro¬
duce confusion into the library if volumes were not returned
to their proper places. I would therefore suggest that the
librarian be elected from the members resident in Madison, and
that only he or his assistant have access to the shelves of the
library. Members desiring the use of . books should apply to-
the librarian, who would supply the volumes desired upon the
signing of the proper receipt form. Any reasonable number of
books might be taken at one time and kept for any reasonable
length of time, so long as they were kept in frequent use. But
should the librarian have reason to think the books were no
longer in use and retained because of neglect, he might at his
discretion call them in. If books issued to any member were-

Report of the Librarian.

lxi

afterwards desired by another member, the one using them
might be notified of the fact by the librarian, and would then
be required to return them within two weeks from the date of
issuing the notification. Detention of books beyond this time
should be punished by a fine sufficiently large to insure prompt
and safe return. Members non-resident in Madison could have
the use of books on the same terms as residents, the books be¬
ing forwarded to them by express and the charges paid by
them. Persons other than members should in the discretion of
the librarian, be allowed to consult the books at the library,
but books should not be issued to them. These regulations are, I
apprehend, all that would be necessary, but if it were found that
others were desirable, they might be added later.

The plan proposed to issue books to members on request
would add somewhat to the work of the librarian or his assist
ant, and they should, I think, be paid according to the amount
of time devoted to the library. The proper care of the library
in its present condition is considerable, and the best results
will be secured if a nominal compensation is given the librarian.
This the academy is able to do.

NEED OF BETTER QUARTERS FOR THE LIBRARY.

The Library committee in their report at the annual meeting
of 1892, emphasized the necessity of securing better quarters
for the books. Not only are the books unsafe and inaccessible
in their present location, but they are liable to be considerably
damaged by remaining where they are. The major part of the
collection is now bound, and some of the more valuable books
are nicely bound. As the cases have no backs, but rest against
the rough plaster, it is impossible to keep from the books
finely disintegrated plaster which shakes down from the walls.
The books become covered with a considerable layer of this
material, which is so gritty as to abrade the skin when the
books are handled. On opening a book this material gets be¬
tween the leaves and plates. Moreover the cases are already
nearly filled (many are quite full) and the library is growing so
fast through our exchanges that the cases will no longer be
made to contain all the books.

lxii

Proceedings.

A bill was presented in the last legislature providing ample
quarters for this library, together with the libraries of the
University of Wisconsin and the State Historical Society, in a
building to be located on the university campus. It is very
much to be regretted that this bill did not pass that body.
Until such a bill is passed by a future legislature one can only
call attention to the need without suggesting any immediate
means of meeting it.

Respectfully submitted,

Wm. H. Hobbs,

Librarian.

REPORT OF THE CURATOR.

Beloit, Wis., Sept. 6th, 1893.

The Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters ,

Gentlemen — The classification and labelling of the fo&sils
has been begun and completed during the past year. This ma¬
terial consists wholly of the fossils contributed to the Academy
by the Wisconsin Geological Survey.

. Two collections from this source have been in the possession
of the Academy, but for lack of room these have of late been
kept in the geological museum of the University. The smaller
and more valuable of these contains only the type fossils de¬
scribed and figured by Prof. Whitfield in the publications of
that survey. The other is one of the twelve subordinate col¬
lections into which the remaining fossil material was divided
after its classification at that time.

Only the first collection was of any especial value to the
Academy, and last winter the other was loaned indefinitely to
the University to replace a similar collection lost in the de¬
struction of the old Science Hall by fire.

During the year these collections have been labelled, the
first as a separate collection, the specimens bearing an Academy
label, and occupying one of the cases in the geological museum
at the University entirely apart from the other University col¬
lections.

The fossils of the second collection have been arranged with
the University collections, but are distinguished from others
by the name of the association placed on each label.

This has seemed to us to be the best disposal that could be
made of this property of the association, as it renders the

lxiv

Proceedings.

specimens accessible to any who may wish to study the fossil
fauna of our state, and at the same time makes it possible to.
reclaim the material if at any time in the future the Academy
hould posses a suitable place for its occupancy.

Very respectfully yours,

Ira M. Buell.

\

REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE APPOINTED TO
REVISE THE CONSTITUTION.

Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters ,

Gentlemen — At the 23rd annual meeting of the Academy,
the president and secretary were made a committee to prepare
a revised draft of the constitution for adoption at a subsequent
meeting. In September 1893 the committee added to its mem¬
bers the treasurer and Dr. E. A. Birge. The constitution
which they offer for the Academy’s consideration to replace the
one now in force is as follows :

CONSTITUTION OF THE WISCONSIN ACADEMY OF SCI¬
ENCES, ARTS AND LETTERS.

ARTICLE I.— NAME AND LOCATION.

This association shall be known as the Wisconsin Academy
of Sciences, Arts and Letters, and shall be located at the city
of Madison.

ARTICLE II. - OBJECT.

The object of the Academy shall be the promotion of sciences,
arts and letters in the state of Wisconsin. Among the special
objects shall be the publication of scientific papers and the
formation of a library.

ARTICLE III. - MEMBERSHIP.

The Academy shall include four classes of members, viz: life
members, honorary members, corresponding members and
active members.

1. Life members shall be elected on account of special ser¬
vices rendered the Academy. Life membership in the Academy
ii — v

lxvi

Proceedings.

may also be obtained by the payment of one hundred dollars and
election by the Academy. Life members shall be allowed to
vote and to hold office.

2. Honorary members shall be elected by the Academy, and
shall be men who have rendered conspicuous services to sci¬
ence.

3. Corresponding members shall be elected from those who
have been active members of the Academy, but have removed
from the state. By special vote of the Academy men of
attainments in science or letters may be elected corre¬
sponding members. They shall have no vote in the meet¬
ings of the Academy.

4. Active members shall be elected by the Academy and
shall enter upon membership on the payment of an initiation
fee of two dollars and the annual assessment of one dollar.
The annual assessment shall be remitted for the president,
secretary and librarian during their terms of office.

ARTICLE IV. - OFFICERS.

The officers of the Academy shall be a president, a vice-
president for each of the three departments of sciences, arts
and letters, a secretary, a treasurer, a librarian and a.
custodian. These officers shall be chosen by ballot by the
Academy at an annual meeting and shall hold office for three
years. Their duties shall be those usually performed by
officers thus named in scientific societies. It shall be one of'
the duties of the president to prepare an address which shall
be delivered before the Academy at the annual meeting at.
which his term of office expires.

ARTICLE V. - COUNCIL.

The council of the Academy shall be entrusted with the man¬
agement of its affairs during the intervals between regular
meetings, and shall consist of the president, the three vice-
presidents, the secretary, the treasurer and the past presidents
who retain their residence in Wisconsin. Three members of
the council shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of

Report of Committee on Constitution.

lxvii

business, provided the secretary and one of the presiding
officers be included in the number.

ARTICLE VI. - COMMITTEES.

The standing committees of the Academy shall be a commit¬
tee on publication, a library committee, and a committee on
the nomination of members. These committees shall be elected
at the annual meeting of the Academy in the same manner as
the other officers of the Academy and shall hold office for the
same term.

1. The committee on publication shall consist of the presi¬
dent and secretary and a third member elected by the Academy.
They shall determine the matter which shall be printed in the
publications of the Academy. They may at their discretion
refer papers of a doubtful character to specialists for their opin¬
ion as to scientific value and relevancy.

2. The library committee shall consist of three members and
shall include the librarian.

3. The committee on nomination of members shall consist
of five members, one of whom shall be the secretary of the
Academy.

ARTICLE VII. - MEETINGS.

The annual meeting of the Academy shall be held in Madison
between Christmas and New Year. Summer field meetings
will be held at such times and places as the Academy or the
council shall decide. Special meetings may be called by the
council.

ARTICLE VIII. - PUBLICATIONS.

The regular publication of the Academy shall be known as
its Transactions, and shall include scientific papers, a record of
its proceedings and any other matter pertaining to the
Academy. This shall be printed by the state as provided in
the statutes of Wisconsin. All members of the Academy shall
receive gratis the current issues of its Transactions.

lxviii

Proceedings.

ARTICLE IX. - AMENDMENTS.

Amendments to this constitutions may be made at any an¬
nual meeting by a vote of three-fourths of all the members
present, provided , that the amendment has been proposed by
five members, and that notice has been sent to all the members,
at least three months before the meeting.

Respectfully submitted,

Geo. W. Peckham,

Wm. H. Hobbs,

Saml. H. Hastings,

E. A. Birge.

.

Wcmoviant.

»

glavon guctit#

33hUo j

AARON LUCIUS CHAPIN, D. D., LL. D.

(.Late President of the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters.)

By J. J. Blaisdell.

Aaron Lucius Chapin, first president of Beloit college, was
born in Hartford, Connecticut, February 6th, 1817. He was
a son of Laertes and Laura Colton Chapin. His ancestors, on
the side of both father and mother, were citizens of Connecticut,
and were persons of robust intelligence and character. He re¬
ceived his academic education in the Hartford Grammar school
and at Yale college, graduating at the latter institution in
1837. Among the members of his class were several gentlemen
of national reputation, Rev. A. L. Stone, D. D. ; Hon. Jere¬
miah Evarts, Chief Justice Morrison, R. Waite and Professor
Benjamin Silliman being of the number. During the year sub¬
sequent to his leaving college, he was engaged in teaching a
family school in Baltimore, Md., and from 1838 to 1843 he was a
professor in the New York institution for the deaf and dumb.
He studied theology while there engaged, and received his diplo¬
ma at Union Theological Seminary in 1842.

The western states were at this time opening new fields for
enterprise, not only in pursuits of ordinary industry, but in the
Christian ministry and in academical instruction. Mr. Chapin,
under the appointment of the A.merican Home Missionary So¬
ciety, removed in 1844 to Milwaukee, where he became
pastor of the First Presbyterian church. Here he re¬
mained six years. His pastorate in Milwaukee is spoken of as
being one of great thoroughness and efficiency, and his friend¬
ship is affectionately cherished by not a few in that city, who
were cognizant of his early ministry.

In February of 1850, Dr. Chapin was called from Milwaukee
To Beloit college as its first president, and was inaugurated to
the duties of that office July 24th, of the same year. Rev. Jack-

lxxii

Proceedings.

son J. Bushnell and Rev. Joseph Emerson, D. D., had just be¬
come professors of the new institution, and to Dr. Chapin in
conjunction with these two professors, is in large measure due
the determining of the wise principles and methods by which,
its administration has been rendered so eminently successful in
the training of men.

Dr. Chapin was married to Miss Martha Colton, of Lenox.,
Mass., August 23, 1843. After her death he married, as his.
second wife, Miss Fannie L. Coit of New London, August
26th, 1861. He is father of four children* One of them, Eliza¬
beth C. , now the wife of Henry D. Porter, M. D., is
a missionary of the American Board of Missions in Puang;
Chuang, China. His only son, Robert Coit Chapin, is his
father’s successor in the professorship of political economy in
Beloit College. Two daughters, Annie L. and Ellen F., still
remain since the father’s death, with Mrs. Chapin and their
brother, in the home at Beloit.

The degree of Doctor of Divinity was conferred on President
Chapin by Williams college in 1853, and that of Doctor of
Laws by the University of New York in 1882. He served the
American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions as one
of its corporate members, for many years. In 1884 he was,
appointed to preach the annual sermon. From an early period
in its history he was one of the directors of the American.
Home Missionary Society. He was one of the vice-presidents,
of the American Missionary Association, president of the board
of trustees of the State Institution for Deaf Mutes, an original
trustee of Rockford Seminary, and one of the directors of the-
Chicago Theological Seminary. He was one of the board of
examiners at the United States Naval Academy at Annapolis in
1872, and held the same position at West Point in 1873. His
connection with the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences began with
its origin in 1870; he has held the office of its president and in
1891 was made, because of eminent services and worth, a life-
member. Many valuable contributions from his pen are in its
records. His connection with the whole interest of public in¬
struction in Wisconsin, both direct and indirect, has been

In Memoriam — A. L. Chapin.

Ixxiii

alike conservative and powerfully promotive of the best things.
With an ever deepening interest in the cause of that education
which is genuinely religious and Christian, he did not withhold
himself from any sacrifice, whether through the work of the
college or outside its special function, which might make the
life of the commonwealth and the nation free, intelligent,
strong and true. In 1865, during a brief period of physical
exhaustion, he passed several months in Europe, and again, in
1883, he visited the old world as member of a committee sent
by the American Board to the Turkish Mission for the purpose
of adjusting certain differences between the American churches
and the missionaries of the Board.

In the midst of a busy life, Dr. Chapin found little leisure for
the protracted labor of literary authorship. He gave to the
press a few occasional sermons, addresses and reviews. In 1878
an edition of “Wayland’s Political Economy” was issued under
his supervision, in which the original work was recast and part¬
ly rewritten by him. A smaller work, as a text book in the
same science, more completely his own production, was after¬
wards issued by him, which has been adopted as a text book in
several schools and colleges, and is spoken of with honor.

Dr. Chapin resigned the presidency of the college at the an¬
nual commencement in 1886, his long labor causing him to feel
the pressure of advancing years. He retained his connection
with the institution as President Emeritus and Professor of
Civil Polity for the remainder of his life. Soon after his more
active services were surrendered, however, it became painfully
manifest that the long strain of his unsparing devotion to all
good interests had placed him beyond the probability of recupera¬
tion and continued good health. After a short period in the office
of instruction his physical system suffered serious prostration.
He still remained amid the scenes of his earlier labors, evincing
rare interest in all the vital concerns of the college and bf all
good things far and near, his life mellowed and beautified with
the rare enrichment as of serene sunset, loved and revered, as
only the devoted servants of the good of men are, until his life
on earth passed out, in his beautiful home, into the life which

lxxiv

Proceedings.

it was his unsparing toil to open to the entrance of others.
He died July 22, 1892. His resting place in the Beloit ceme¬
tery will suggest to the many pupils and others* who visit it
in the coming years, little that will not emphasize the excel¬
lence, and help to create the ideal of Christian science.

In Memoriam—P. R. Hoy.

Ixxv

PHILO ROMAYNE HOY, M. D.

[Late President of the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters.]

BY JOHN G. MCMYNN.

This eminent physician, surgeon, scientist and citizen was
born in Mansfield, Ohio, November 3, 1816. The Hawey fam¬
ily [Hoy] is of Scotch origin, and history locates the clan on
the Orkney Islands and in the northern part of the mainland.
At the battle of Flodden, in 1613, so disastrous to the Scotch,
William Hoy was taken prisoner and was sold [as the custom
was] to an English family. Eloping with his master’s daugh¬
ter, they went to Ireland, and among their descendents were
three brothers, who having become involved in difficulty with
a public officer, escaped by taking refuge in a ship, about to
■convey some Scotch Covenanters to America in 1756.

From these brothers the Hoys of this country are descended
and among their descendents was Capt. William Hoy, the
father of the subject of this sketch, who commanded a company
of New York volunteers at the battle of Plattsburg. Soon
after the close of the war of 1812, Capt. William Hoy, with
his family, moved from Washington county, New York, to
Mansfield, Ohio, where his son, Philo Romayne, was born, in
the log house which his father built. His boyhood was spent
amid the privations and hardships of pioneer life. He had the
training that hard work imparts and thus possessed advantages
of which so many young of the present time are deprived. The
schools of half a century ago are called poor when compared
with those of the present day, but this comparison will hardly
bold when applied to the boys of then and now.

After obtaining the best education the schools of his native
town afforded, young Hoy, at the age of twenty, commenced
the study of medicine with Dr. Alexander McCoy, where he

lxxvi

Proceedings.

prepared for his collegiate course, and graduated from the Ohio
Medical School, at Cincinnati, in 1841. He commenced prac¬
tice at New Haven, Ohio, where he remained until 1846, when
with his wife and three-year-old boy, he came to Racine.

Coming to this state when it was a territory, he soon
achieved marked success, and he continued the practice of his
profession in Racine during forty-five years, or until the end
of his life. As a physician and surgeon he combined profes¬
sional learning with sound judgment, and thus secured the con¬
fidence of the community and commanded the respect of. his
professional brethren. His practice, during its earlier years,
extended over a large part of the southeastern portion of the
state, and storms and bad roads were not regarded when ho
heard duty call. Few men have worked so long and so usefully
for a compensation so inadequate. Amid his professional work
Dr. Hoy found time to discuss subjects and to deliver numer¬
ous addresses before medical societies, and the papers presented
to the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters in¬
dicate wide reading and definite information. He was one of
the founders of the Academy, and received its highest honors.

As a scientest Dr. Hoy was not a specialist ; while many sur¬
passed him in particular lines, ‘few had studied the whole field
more diligently than he. The section of the state in the vicinity
of Racine affords special opportunities for the study of. ornith¬
ology and some other branches of Natural History. His early
acquaintance and life-long friendship with Dr. I. A. Lapham, to
whom science owes so large a debt, served as a stimulus to study
so congenial to both. The collection which he mode, and which
is now at Racine, was pronounced by Dr. Baird, some years
ago, the largest local collection in the world. It has been
visited and inspected by many of the noted scientists of the
United States. His acquaintance with men engaged in the
study of science was intimate, and his correspondence with such
men as Henry, Agassiz, Baird, Kirtland, Cassin and many others
of like pursuits, indicates their respect for his wide range of
knowledge ' of nature. Dr. Hoy was also noted for a desire to
disseminate the knowledge he possessed. He gave his time
without limit to the instruction of teachers and students in

In Memoriam — P. B. Hoy.

lxxvii

hygiene and especially in ventilation. He did much to promote
the prosperity of Racine College and of the public schools of the
city, and he was a firm and intelligent friend of the American
common school system, believing that upon its proper develop¬
ment depends the perpetuity of the Republic.

Some of the aphorisms in which he condensed knowledge indi¬
cated the practical turn of his mind, such as: “Calisthenics is
genteel, romping is rude, but the one is the shadow and the
other is the substance that secures health.” “Sunlight may
brown the skin, but while it uproots the lily it plants the
rose. ” “Dirt, debauchery, crime and disease are successive
steps of one another. ” “Nature never suggests age to us ; the
grass, flowers, trees, insects and birds seem the same year
after year. ”

From the time Dr. Hoy came to Wisconsin in 1846 until his
sudden death, December 8, 1892, at his home, he lived in the
same house. In 1842 he married Mary Elizabeth Austin, of
Ripley, O., an accomplished lady and a noble woman, who pre¬
sided over his home for thirty years, dying in 1872. They had
three children, all of whom are living — Albert Harris, who is a
successful physician and surgeon of Racine, Wis. , Jenny
Rebecca, who is now Mrs. William Henry Miller, of Racine,
and Philo Romayne, an electrician, of Chicago, Ill.

Up to the day when Dr. Hoy ended his long, useful and hon¬
orable life, he was in the full possession of his mental faculties.

OFFICERS AND MEMBERS

OF THE

WISCONSIN ACADEMY

OF SCIENCES, ARTS AND LETTERS, 1893.

OFFICERS.

President,

Prof. Geo. W. Peckham,
Superintendent of School , Milwaukee.

Vice-President of Sciences,

Prof. C. R. Van Hise,
University of Wisconsin, Madison.

Vice-President of Arts,

Prof. J. J. Blaisdell,

Beloit College, Beloit.

Vice-President of Letters,

Prof. A. H. Tolman,

Ripon College, Ripon.

Secretary.

Prof. Wm. H. Hobbs,
University of Wisconsin, Madison.

Treasurer,

Hon. S. D. Hastings, Madison.
Librarian,

Prof. Wtm. H. Hobbs, Madison.
Curator,

Mr. I. M. Buell, Beloit.

lxxx

Proceedings.

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION.

Prof. Wm. H. Hobbs, Madison, Secretary.
Prof. C. R. Van Hise, Madison.

COMMITTEE ON LIBRARY.

Prof. Wm. H. Hobbs, Madison, Librarian.
Prof. Geo. L. Hendrickson, Madison.
Prof. Geo. C. Comstock, Madison.

PAST PRESIDENTS.

Honorable John W. Hoyt, M. D., Cheyenne, Wy., 1870-76.
Professor P. R. Hoy, M. D.,* 1876-78.

President A. L. Chapin, D. D.,* 1878-81.

Professor R. D Irving, Ph. D.,* 1881-84.

President T. C. Chamberlain, Ph. D., LL. D., Chicago, Ill., 1884-87.
Professor Wm. F. Allen, A. M.,* 1887-89.

Professor E. A. Birge, Ph. D., Madison, 1889-90.

LIFE MEMBERS.

Prof. Edward A. Birge, Madison.

Prof. J. E. Davies, Madison.

Gen. G. P. Delaplaine, Madison.

Hon. J. L. Hill, Chicago, Ill.

Hon. John W. Hoyt, Cheyenne, Wyoming.
Hon. John L. Mitchell, Milwaukee.

Hon. J. G. Thorp, Eau Claire.

Prof. Geo. W. Peckham, Milwaukee.

HONORARY MEMBERS.

Prof. T. C. Chamberlin, Ph. D., University of Chicago, Chicago, Ill.
Prof. Alexander Agassiz, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cam¬
bridge, Mass.

♦Deceased.

Officers and Members.

lxxxl

CORRESPONDING MEMBERS.

Abbott, C. C., M. D., Philadelphia, Pa.

Andrews, Edmund, A. M., M. D., Prof. Chicago Medical College,
Chicago, Ill.

Armsby, Prof. H. P., State College, Pa.

Barron, John W., 113 E. 17th St., New York, N. Y.

Bascom, Prof. John, LE. D., Williamstown, Mass.

Bennett, Prof. C. E., Brown University, Providence, R. 1
Benton, J. G,, M. D., Philadelphia, Pa.

Bridge, Norman, M. D., Chicago, Ill.

Buchanan, Joseph, M. D., Louisville, Ky.

Byrness, R. M., M. E. Cincinnati, Ohio.

Caverno, Rev. Charles, Lombard, Ill.

Crooker, Rev. J. H., Helena, Montana.

Davis, Floyd, Socorro, N. M.

De Vere, Prof. Scheie, M. LL. D., University of Virginia, Va.

Ebenezer, F., Ph. D., Baltimore, Md.

Fallows, Right Rev. Bishop Samuel, Chic go, Ill.

Fiske, E. 0., Minneapolis, Minn.

Gilman, D. C., Ph.D., LL. D., President Johns Hopkins University*
Baltimore, Md.

Harris, W. T., LL D., Concord, Mass.

Higley, W. K., Secretary Chicago Acad, of Sciences, Chicago, Ill.
Hodge, Dr. C. F., Clark University, Worcester, Mass.

Holden. Prof. E. S., Director Lick Observatory., Mt. Hamilton,
Cal.

Holland, Rev F. M., Concord, Mass.

Hopkins, F. N., M. D., Baton Rouge, La.

Horr, M. D., President Iowa Inst. Arts and Sciences, Dubuque
Iowa.

Hoskins, Prof. L. M., Stanford University, Palo Alto, Cal.

Hubbell, H. P., Winona, Minn.

Jewell, J. S., A. M., M. D., Prof. Chicago Medical College, Chicago
Ill.

Leverett, Frank, F. G. S. A., 4103 Grand Boulevard, Chicago, Ill.
Le Barron, William, State Entomologist, Geneva, N. Y.

Litton, Prof. Robt. T., Secretary Geological Society of Australasia,.

45 Queen St., Melbourne, Victoria.

Luther, Geo. E., Mich. Trust Co., Grand Rapids, Mich,
ii — vi

lxxxii

Proceedings.

Marcy, Oliver, LL. D., Prof. Northwestern University, Evanston
Ill.

Marx, Prof. C. D., Stanford University, Palo Alto, Cal.

Morgan, L. H., LL. D., Rochester, Ill.

Orton, Prof. E., A. M., Professor in State University, and State
Geologist, Colnmbns, Ohio .

Paine, Alford, S. T. D., Hinsdale, Ill.

Peet, Rev., Stephen D.. Ph. D., Avon, Ill.

Potter, Prof. W. B., Washington University, St. Louis, Mo.

Power, Prof. P. B., Passaic, N. J.

Safford, Prof. T. H., Williams College, Williamstown, Mass.
Salisbury, Prof, R. D., University of Chicago, Chicago, Ill.

Sawyer, Prof. W. C., - .

Schaler, Prof N. S. , A. M., Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.
Shipman, Col. S. V., Chicago, Ill.

Somers, Rev. A. N., La Porte, Ind.

Steele, Rev. G. M.? Principal Wilbraham Seminary, Wilbraham,
Mass.

Stump, Prof. J. W., Oswego, N. Y.

Tatlock, John, Jr., Mutual Life Insurance Co., New York., N. Y
Townley, S. D., M. S. University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich.
Trelease, Prof. William, Washington University, St. Louis, Mo.
Trumbull, J. H., LL. D., Hartford, Ct.

Van de Warker, Eli, M. D., Syracuse, N. Y.

Verrill, Prof. A. E., A, M., Yale University, New Haven, Ct.

Whitman, Prof. C. O., University of Chicago, Chicago, Ill.
Whitney, Prof. W. D., Yale University, New Haven, Ct.

Winchell, Prof. N. H., State Geologist, Minneapolis, Minn.

Young, Rev. A. A., Monona, Iowa. — 57.

Note— The above list probably contains errors. Notice of corrections should be sent
to the secretary.

-■ ' v'. . • /. . . ' • .

Members of the Academy.

ACTIVE MEMBERS.

Adams, President C. K., Madison.

Barnes, Prof. C. R., Madison.

Balg, Prof. G. H., Milwaukee.

Beach, Prof. W. H., Milwaukee.

Baetz, Hon. Henry, Milwaukee.

Blackstone, Prof. D. P., Berlin.

Blake, Prof. W P., Shullsburg, Wis.
Blaisdell, Prof. J. J., Beloit.

Buell, Ira M., Beloit.

Butler, Prof. J. D., Madison.

Brown, E. A., M. D., Madison.

Cheney, Prof. L. S., Madison.

Chapman, Prof. C. H., State Normal School, Milwaukee.
Chandler, Prof. C. H., Ripon.

Chandler, Hon. W. H., Sun Prairie.

Comstock, Prof Geo. C., Madison.

Conover, Mrs. Sarah F., Madison.

Culver, Prof. G E., Beloit.

Daniells, Prof. W. W., Madison.

Davis, Dr. J. J., Racine.

Dawley, Prof. J. H., Antigo.

Desmond, Hon. H. J., Milwaukee.

Doyle, Hon. Peter, Milwaukee.

Eckels, Prof. W. A., Ripon.

Ely, Prof. R. T., Madison.

Flagg, Rev. Rufus C., Ripon.

Foye, Prof. J. C., Appleton.

Frankenburger, Prof. D. B., Madison.

Fuller, Prof. N. S., Ripon.

Greene, Thos. A., Milwaukee. .

Gordon, Mrs. Geo., Milwaukee.

Harrison, Caleb H., Milwaukee.

Haskins, Prof. C. H., Madison.

Hastings, Hon S. D., Madison.

Hendrickson, Prof. G. L ., Madison.

Henry, Prof. W. A., Madison.

Hillyer, Prof. H. W., Madison.

lxxxiii

Proceedings.

Hobbs, Prof. Wm H. Madison.
Hodge, Willard. Chippewa Palls.
Hollister, A. H., Madison.
Hubbard, Prof. F. G., Madison.

Jackson, Prof. D. C., Madison.
Jastrow, Prof. Joseph, Madison.

Kahlenburg, Prof. Louis, Madison.
Kerr, Prof. Alexander, Madison.
King, Prof. F. H., Madison.

Kinley, Dr. David, Madison
Kremers, Prof Edward, Madison.

Lamb, F. J., Madison.
Leavenworth, Prof. W. S., Ripon.
Loomis, Prof H. B., Madison.

Marks, Dr. Solon, Milwaukee.
Marsh, Prof. C. Dwight, Ripon.
Meacham, Dr. J. G., Sr., Racine.
Meacham, Dr J. G., Jr., Racine.
Merrill, Miss H. B., Milwaukee.
Miller, Dr. W. S., Madison
Mills, Hon. Simeon, Madison.
Moorehouse, G. W., Milwaukee.
Morris, W. A. P., Madison.

Nader, Capt. John, Madison.
Norton, R. G., Madison.

Noyes, Hon. G. H., Milwaukee.

Orton, Hon. H. S., Madison.

Parker, Prof. W. D., Madison.
Parker, Prof. F. A ., Madison.

Puls, A. J., Milwaukee.

Pudor, Prof. C. C., Madison.

Rogers, Prof. A. J., Milwaukee.

Sanford, A. H., Madison.
Schneiding, Henry E., Racine.
Scott, Prof. W. A., Madison.
Sennott, Chas. P., Milwaukee.
Skinner, Prof. E. B., Madison.
Smith, Prof. E. G , Beloit.

Sprague, A. R., Milwaukee.

Stuart, J. R., Madison.

Members of the Academy.

lxxxv

Thwaites, R. G., Madison.

Turner, Prof. F. J., Madison.

Tolman, Prof. A. H., Ripon.

Tolman, Prof. H. C., Madison.

Talbert, Pfof G. A., Racine.

Tracy, Mrs. C. T., Ripon.

True, R. H , Madison.

Updike, R9v. E. G., Madison.

Upham, Arthur A., Whitewater.

Van Cleef, Prof. F. L., Madison.

Van Hise, Prof. C. R , Madison.

Van Velzer, Prof. C. A., Madison.

Viebahn, Prof. C. F., Watertown.

Wheeler, Prof. W. M., Milwaukee.

Wright, Prof. A. 0., Madison. — 92.

Note. — Members will accommodate the secretary by promptly informing him of any
■errors or omissions in the above list.

DECEASED MEMBERS.

Allen, Hon. W. C., Racine.

Allen, Wm. F., Prof, of History, University of Wisconsin. [Presi¬
dent of Wisconsin Academy, 1887-1889,]

Armitage, W. E., Right Rev. Bishop, P. E Church, Milwaukee.

Carpenter, S. H., LL. D., Prof, of English Language, University of
Wisconsin.

Case, Hon. J. I., Racine.

Chapin. Dr A. L., President of Beloit College, Beloit. [President
of Wisconsin Academy, 1878-1881.]

Conover, 0. M., LL. D., Madison.

Copeland, Prof. H. E., Whitewater.

De Koven, S. T. D., Warden Racine College, Racine.

Dewey, Gov. Nelson, Madison.

Draper, Dr. L. C , Madison.

Dudley, Wm., Madison,

Durrie, D. S., Librarian Wisconsin State Historical Society, Madi¬
son.

Eaton, J. H., Ph. D., Prof, of Chemistry, Beloit College, Beloit.

Engleman, Prof. Peter, Director German and English Academy,
Milwaukee.

lxxxvi

Proceedings.

Feuling, J. B., Ph. D., Prof, of Philology, University of Wisconsin*
Foster, J. W., LL. D., Prof. University of Chicago, Chicago.

Freer, J. C., President Rush Medical College, Chicago.

Hawley, C. T., Milwaukee.

Heritage, Lucius, Prof, of Latin, University of Wisconsin.

Holton, Hon. E. D. Milwaukee.

Hoy, Dr. P R., Racine, Wis. [President of Wisconsin Academy,
1876-1878.]

Irving, R. D., E. M., Ph. D., Prof of Geology, University of Wis¬
consin, and U. S. Geologist. [President of Wisconsin Academy,
1881-1884.]

Knapp, Hon. J. G., Milwaukee.

Kumlein, Prof. Thure, Albion College, Albion.

Lapham, I. A., LL. D.. State Geologist, Milwaukee.

Lawler, Hon. John, Prairie du Chien, Wis.

Lewis, Mrs. H. M., Madison.

Little, Thomas H., Supt. Institution for the Blind, Janesville.
McDill, A. S., M. D., Supt. State Hospital for the Insane, Madison*
Newberry, Dr. J. S., Columbia College, N. Y.

Nicodemus, W. J. L., A. M., C. E., Prof, of Engineering, University
of Wisconsin.

Oldenhage, Prof. H. F., Milwaukee High School, Milwaukee.

Paul, Hon. Geo. H., Milwaukee.

Pradt, Rev J. B., A. M., Madison.

Reid, Hon George, Manitowoc.

Smith, Hon. John Y., Madison.

Smith, Hon. Wm, E , Milwaukee.

Stimpson, Wm., M. D , Secretary Chicago Academy of Sciences,
Chicago.

White, Hon. S. A., Whitewater.

Winchell, Prof. Alexander, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor,
Mich.

Wolcott, E. B., M. D., Surgeon General, Milwaukee.

APPENDIX.

CATALOG OF THE LIBRARY

OF THE

WISCONSIN ACADEMY

OF

SCIENCES, ARTS, AND LETTERS,

CONTENTS.

Pages

Journals . 5- 45

Non-serial Publications — G-eneral . 45- 46

ALPHABETICAL SUBJECT CATALOG.

Agriculture . 47- 50

Anthropology . 50- 52

Archeology . : . . . . 52- 55

Art . 56

Astronomy . ‘56- 59

Bibliography . 60- 61

Biography . 61- 62

Biology . . . 62- 63

Botany . : . 63- 70

Chemistry . . . . . . 70- 80

Economics and Political Science.'....... . 80- 81

Education . . . 82- 83

Engineering . ‘ . 83- 84

Geography . 85- 88

Geology . 89-118

History . 118-123

Law . 124

Language and Literature . 125-136

Greek . 125-127

Latin . 127-129

English and Anglo-Saxon . 130-131

French . 132-134

Teutonic . 134-136

Oriental . 136-137

Mathematics . 137-140

Medicine . . 140-176

Contents.

Metallurgy .■ . 7 . .

Meteorology . . .

Mineralogy .

Mining . .

Pedagogy . 1 . ’. . . .

Philology — r(See Language and Literature.)
Philosophy, (including Psychology, Ethics, Theology,

etc.) . . . . .

Phonetics . . .

Physics. . . ... . . . . . . . . . . V-. .

Physiology . .

Statistics . . . . .

Zoology . .

Pages

177

177-180

180-185

185-187

187

188-191

192

193-190

197- 198

198- 201
201-212.

NOTE.

The following catalog has been printed from a card catalog
of the books of the library, prepared by the librarian, with the
clerical assistance at different times of gentlemen connected
with the University of Wisconsin.

A shelf catalog seemed on the whole best adapted to the
library in its present condition, and has been adopted. The
bulk of the library consists of a series of scientific journals,
received in exchange for the Transactions of the Academy.
These are cataloged alphabetically, according to the cities from
which the journals are issued. The number and letter placed
after each series locates the books of that series in a definite
case (numbered), and on a definite shelf (lettered) of the library
room. A plus sign following the volume numbers indicates that
current issues of the journal are received as exchanges.

Following the general list of journals is an alphabetical-classed
catalog in which are included all journals, non-serial volumes and
pamphlets of a special character, arranged under their respective
subjects. Under each special subject of this portion of the cata¬
log is given, first, journals, arranged alphabetically according to
place of issue; and, second, non- serial publications (whether vol¬
ume or pamphlet) in alphabetical sequence, according to author.
These journals are likewise included in the general list of jour¬
nals in the first section of the catalog. If a publication is a
book of considerable size, a number and letter following its entry
will indicate its location on a shelf of the library. The pamph¬
lets treating a given subject are placed together on the
shelves, arranged alphabetically according to authors, and con¬
veniently separated by stiff boards, bearing the initial letters of
the authors’ names. Hence a single reference to location at the
head of each subject suffices for the pamphlets:

The valuable inaugural dissertations of European universities
have been distributed like other pamphlets in the subject cata¬
log. They will therefore be found in the catalog by considering
ii— 2 Ap.

4

Note.

the subject treated and the author, instead of the university
and the year of publication. When a pamphlet treats of more
than one subject, it has generally been indexed under each sub¬
ject which it treats.

This form of catalog will, it is thought, be all that is nec¬
essary for the present to make the matter in the library easily
accessible, and the system is flexible enough to be easily ad¬
justed to a more elaborate system, when the increased size of the
library shall make such a system necessary or desirable.

The preparation of this catalog has consumed a great deal of
time, owing to the confusion in which the books have hitherto
been, and as the work has been often interrupted it has ex¬
tended over more than two years. It thus happens that in
many cases the later accessions of a series are not entered in
the catalog. The work has been “a labor of love,” and has
been undertaken in order to increase the library facilities of
Madison by a considerable collection of valuable books, other¬
wise of but little use. I have received much assistance
from Professor L. S. Cheney, of the University of Wisconsin.
Professors F. L. Van Cleef, G-. L. Hendrickson and J. E. Olsen
have also assisted me in the classification of dissertations
printed in the classical and Scandinavian languages.

Wm. H. Hobbs.

Madison, Wis., August 10th, 1893.

Journals.

5

CATALOG.

Aargau [Germany] Aargauische Naturforschende Ge-
sellschaft.

Mittheilungen Hft. VI. + 19d

Albany [New York] University of State of New York.

Annual Report of Regents 1872, 74-85, 87-90, + 23d
Extension Bulletin No. 1. + 23©

Regents’ Bulletin, June, 1890, to Sept., 1891.

Nos. 1-7. + 23e

* - New York State Library.

Annual Reports, ’54-59, 62-66, 70-73, 91. _|_ 23c

State Library Bulletin. 23e

Additions No. I, 1891. 23e

Library School No. I, 1891. 23e

Legislation Nos. II and III, 1892, ’93. + 23e

• - Museum of Natural History.

Annual Reports, 1872, 74, 75-91; 20, 21-31,

33-37, 40-43, 44. 23c

Bulletin, Yols. I (Nos. 1-6), II (Nos. 7-10). 23c

. - Dudley Observatory.

Annals 1862-71, Vol. II. 20c

Amiens [France] Societe Linneenne du Nord de la France
Bulletin. Vols. I, Nos. 31-42; III, Nos. 49-54,

58-66; IV, Nos. 67-78, 88-90; V, VI, VIII,

Nos. 175-186; IX, X. + 9a

Memoires. Vols. V, VI, VIII. + 9a

Amsterdam [Holland] Koninklijke Akademie van Wetten-
schappen.

Jaarboeck, 1873-75, 81-83, 88-90. 25b

Catalog.

Amsterdam [Holland] Koninklijke Akademie van Wetten-

schappen. (Continued.)

Verslagen en Mededeelingen.

Afd. Naturkunde.

2d series, Vols. I-XX. + 25b. c

3d series, VolSv I-VIII. + 25b. c

Afd. Letterkunde.

2d series, Vols. I, V-VII, XT, XII. 25b

Processen Verbaal van de G-ewone Vergaderingen.

1873-1876, 1881, 1883. + 25b

Verhandelingen.

Afd, Naturkunde, Vols. XIV-XVI, XXIII,

XXVII, XXVIII. 27e

Afd. Letterkunde. Vols. VIII, X, XIV,

XVIII, XIX. + 27<*

Verslagen en Mededeelingen.

Afd. Naturkunde.

2d series, Vol. XI. + 25b

3d series, Vol. I. 25b

- Koninklijk Zoologisch Genootschap Natura Artis

Magistra.

Feest Nummer. Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde. 22g

Ann Arbor [Michigan] Engineering Society of Ann Arbor.

The Technic, 1891, 1892. + 20b

Antwerp [Belgium] Societe royale de Geographie d’ Anvers.

Bulletin, Vol. XVI fasc. 4; XVII fasc. 1. + IS

Le Colorado par M. A. de Ceuleneer. 13

Augsburg [Germany] Naturhistorischer Verein in Augs¬
burg. -

Berichte, 26-28. 11a

- - Naturhistorischer Verein fur Schwaben u. Neuberg (a.

V. ) in Augsburg (Formerly Naturalhist. Verein
in Augsburg.)

Berichte, 29-30. +

11a

Journals. f

Augusta [Maine] Geology of the State of Maine.

Report, 1838, 1839. 15a

Report of Secretary of Maine Board of Agricult¬
ure (Annual), 1861, 1862. (Contains Geolo¬
gist’s Report.) 15d

Austin [Texas] Geological Survey of Texas.

Annual Reports, I, II and III. + 15d

Bulletin 1. 15d

. - Texas Academy of Science.

Transactions. Vol. I, No. 1 (1892). 4- 19d

Baden [Germany] Badischer Botanische Verein.

Mitthielungen, Nos. 95-102. + 22e

Baltimore [Maryland] Johns Hopkins University.

Register for 1890-91, 1891-92. + 26b

Circulars. Vols. I, Nos. 15, 17 ; II, 19 ; III, 28-

30 ; IV, 39-42 ; V, 43, 45-47, 51 ; VI-XI. + 26a

Bamberg [Germany] Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Bam¬
berg.

Bericht, XV. + 5d

Barcelona [Spain] Real Academia de Ciencias y Artes de
Barcelona.

Boletin, 3d series. Vol. I, parts 1-3. + la

“Acta de la Sesion Inaugural de los Trabajos de

la Corporacion. ” la

“Legis Cosmicos segun el Priscipio Dulainico del

Calor. “ la

Memoria Inaugural par D. Lauro Clariana y Ri-

cart. “ + la

Basel and Geneva [Swizerland] Schweizerische Botan¬
ische Gesellschaft. 22c

Berichte. Hft. 1 (1891). + 22c

Basel [Switzerland] Naturforschende Gesellschaft.

V erhandlungen. Vols. VI, VII, h. 3; VIII, h., 1,

3; IX, h. 1, 2. + 6d

8

Catalog.

Batavia [Java] Koninklijke Natuurkundige Vereeniging

in Nederlandsch-Indie. lib

Natuurkundige Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-In¬
die. Vols. XXXV-XXXIX, XLI, XLIV-
XLVIII, L. Hb

Belfast [Ireland] Natural History and Philosophical So¬
ciety.

Report and Proceedings, 1890, 91, 92. + 2a

Bergamo [Italy] Ateneo di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti.

Atti. Vol. X, parts 1, 2. + 19©

Bergen [Norway] Bergen Museum.

Aarsberetning. 1886-89. + 27b

Berkeley [California] University of California Agricul¬
tural Experiment Station.

Bulletin No. 100. + 28b

Berlin [Germany] Zeitschrift der gesammten Naturwis-
senschaften.

2te Foige. Vols. IX-XIV. 5a

- - Zeitschrift f. Praktische Geologie [Edited by Max

Krahmann, Wetzlar, Rheinprovinz] 1893,

Hfts. 1-8. + 13d

- - Zeitschrift fur Instrumentenkunde.

Vol. XIII, Nos. 1 and 2. + 13e

- Gesellschaft Naturforschende Freunde.

Sitzungsberichte. 1892, No. 9; 1893, No. 1. + 19e

- - Deutsche Geologische Gesellschaft.

Zeitschrift, Vols. XXIV-XLIV. + 14c d

- - Gesellschaft fur Erdkunde.

Zeitschrift, Vol. XXVII, parts 1-4. 19a

Verhandlungen, Vol. XIX, parts 1-10. + 19a

Berne [Switzerland] Sweizerische Naturforschende Gesell¬
schaft.

Verhandlungen, 1869, 1872-90. +

12b

Journals.

9

- Naturforschende G-esellschaft in Berne.

Mittheil. , 1869, 1870-1890. + 6c

Bologna [Italy] Congres G-eologique International.

Comptes Rendus, 2d session, Bologne, 1881. 14a

- Instituto di Bologna.

Rendiconto delle sessioni della R. Accademia
delle Science, 1889-90. + 9d

Bone [Algiers] Academie d’Hippone.

Bulletin, XXII, XXIII, 1-4; XXIV. lib

Comptes Rendus, 1888, 89, 90, 91. + 11b

Bonn [Germany] Naturhistorischer Verein d. preussischen
Rheinlande und Westfalens.

Verhandlungen, Vols. XXVII, XXXII-XXXVIII.

(1870, 75-81.) 31d

- Naturhistorischer Verein der preussischen Rhein¬
lande, Westfalens u. d. R-B. Osnabruck.

(New Series. )

Verhandlungen, Vol. XLVIII, Hft. 2; XLIX,

Hft. 1. +. 31d

- Niederrheinische Gesellschaft fur Natur- und Heil-

kunde m Bonn.

Sitzungsberichte, Vols. XXXIV-XXXVI,
XXXVIII. (Without title pages and tables
of contents. ) 7a

Bordeaux [France] Academie Imperiale des Sciences,

Belles Lettres et Arts.

Actes, 1867, -3 trimestre; 1872-3, 1878, 1880,

1882-83, 1884-89. + lb

- Societe Linneenne de Bordeaux.

Proces- Verbaux, Vol. XLV. + 3 Id

Boston [Massachusetts] Boston Society of Natural History.

. Proceedings, Vols. XVII, XVIII, XIX, pts. 1, 2
and 4; XX, XXI, pts. 1-3; XXII, pts. 3
and 4; XXIII, pts. 1-4; XXIV, pts. 1-4;

XXV, pts. 1-4. $

5b

10

Catalog.

- Boston Journal of Chemistry. Vols. XII, Nos. 1-

II, 15-17 ; XIII, 1, 3-5, 8, 9; XIY, 1, 4,

5, 7, 8, 10-12; XV, 1, 3-6, 8, 12; XVI,

XVII, 1-3. 30c

- American Academy of Arts and Sciences.

Proceedings (N. S. ), Vols. I-IV, VII-XVIII. + 2e
Memoirs, Vol. XI, part 1. + 2e

- Agricultural Experiment Station.

Bulletin, Nos. 38-40. + 28c

Analysis of Commercial Fertilizers, Nos. 743-

766. + 28c

- Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Proceedings of Society of Arts, 1880-90. -j- 20b

Technology Quarterly, Vols. I, Nos. 2-4; II, 1-4;

III, IV, V, 1-2. + 20b

Braunschweig [Germany] Verein fur Naturwissenschaft.

Jahresberichte, 1, 3-6. + 10a

Bremen [Germany] Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein.

Abhandlungen, Vols. I-XI, XII, Hft. 1, 2. + 6d

Beilage, Nos. 1-8, + 6d

Brescia [Italy] Commentari dell’Ateneo di Brescia.

Anno 1891. + 27c

Breslau [Germany] Zeitschrift fur Entomologie.

Neue Folge, Hits'. 1-17 (1870- 92). + 31d

Entomologische Miscellany. 3 Id

- Schlesische Gesellschaft fur Vaterlandische Cultur.

Jahresberichte, Nos. 51, 53-59, 61-69. + 31e

Abhandlungen, 1873-74. -b- 31e

Fortsetzung des Verzeichnisses der in den Schrift-
en der Gesellschaft von 1864-1876 enthalt-
enen Aufsetze geordnet den Verfassern in
alph. Folge. * 31e

Brookyille [Indiana] Indiana Academy of Science.

Proceedings 1891. + 19e

Journals. 11

Brunn [Germany] Naturforschender Yerein.

Bericht der Meteorologischen Commission, 1882-

1887, 1889. + 8b

Verhandlungen, Vols. XII, XIII, XVII, XVIII,

XIX, XXII, pts. 1 and 2; XXIII, pts. 1
and 2 ; XXIV, pts. 1 and 2 ; XXV-XXIX. + 8b
Katalog der Bibliothek. 8b

Brussels [Belgium] Societe Beige de Microscopie.

Bulletin, Annee XVIII, Nos. 1, 3-10, 11. + 12c

- Societe Royale Malacologique de Belgique.

Annales, Vols. XXI-XXV. + 22a

Proces-Verbaux des Seances, Vols. XI, pts. 1-7 ;

XII, pts. 8-12; XIII, XIV, XV, pts. 8-12;
XVI-XIX, XX, pts. 1-6. + 25a

Budapest [Hungary] Hungarian Geological Society.

(Foldtani Kozlony.)

Journal, Vol. XXII, pts. 11, 12. + 14a

■ - Hungarian Geographical Society (Foldrajzi Kozle-

menjek), Vol. XX, Nos. 1-8 (1892.) + 13a

- Statistisches Bureau der Hauptstadt Budapest. (Fo-

varos Statistikai Hivatalauk Kozlemenyei).

Vols. XXI-XXIV. 24b

• - Fermeszetrajzi Fuzetek.

(A periodical devoted to zoology, botany and ge¬
ology, edited by the Hungarian National
Museum at Budapest, Vol. XV (1892), Nos.

3 and 4. + 19b

Buenos Ayres [Argentine Republic] Annuaire Statis-
tique de la Province de Buenos Aires.

Annee 8. + 27d

• - Museo Nacional de Buenos Aires.

Anales, Vol. Ill, pts. 7-10. 4e

- Oficina Meteorologica Argentina.

Anales, Vol. I. + 20e

12

Catalog.

Buffalo [New York] Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences.

Bulletin, Vols. I, Nos. 2-4; II, 1-3. 12 b

Caen [France] Academie National© des Sciences, Arts,
et Belles Lettres.

Memoires, 1870-77, 85, 92. + 10c

Cairo [Egypt] Institut Egyptien.

Bulletin, 3d series, Nos. I, II, III, fasc. 1-2. + 1c

Calcutta [India] Asiatic Society of Bengal.

Journal, Yol. XLI, Part ii, Nos. 1-2. + lc

Cambridge [Massachusetts] Library of Harvard University.

Bibliographical Contributions, Nos. 8, 12, 17, 19,

22, 26, 29, 30, 33-35, 37-45. 21b

- Nuttall Ornithological Club.

Journal, Vol. IV, January, 1879. 22a

- Museum of Comparative Zoology.

Annual Report of Curator, 1878-79, 80-91. + Id

Annual Report of Trustees, 1871, 1875. + Id

Bulletin, Vols. I, 1-6, 9-11; II, 2, 4-5; III, 9,
.1-16; IV, pts. i, ii; V, 1-2, 8, 10-16; VI-
X, XI, 1-2, 4-11; XII-XV, XVI, 1-10 ;
XVII-XXIII, 1-3, 5. 44

Memoirs, Vols. I, II, 9, III (except pt. iv), IV, V,

2; VI, 1-2; VII, 1-2 pts. ii and iii ; IX, 1-3;

X, 1-4; XIV, 1 pts. i, ii; XV, XVI, 1-3;

XVII, 1-2. + 4d

Cardiff [Wales] Cardiff Naturalists Society.

Report and Transactions, Vol. XXIV (1891-2). + 14a

Catania [Italy] Accademia Gioenia di Scienze Naturali in
Catania.

Atti, Series 3, Vols. XVIII, XX; Series 4,

Vols. I-V. + 4e

Bolletino Mensile, Fasc. 1-31. + 4e

Journals.

13

Champaign [Illinois] Illinois State Laboratory of Natural
History.

Bulletin, Vols. I, Nos. 5 and 6; II, Arts. 3-8;

III, Arts. 1, 2, 4-12; IV, Art. 1. + 4a

Biennial Report of Director. 4 a

- University of Illinois.

The Technograph, 1890 and 1891. + 20a

- Civil Engineers’ Club of the University of Illinois.

Selected Papers, 1887 and 1888. + 20a

Chapel Hill [North Carolina] The Elisha Mitchell Scien¬
tific Society.

Journal, Vols. IV-VII, VIII, pts. 1, 2. 4a

Cherbourg [France] Societe Nationale des Sciences Nat-
urelles et Mathematiques de Cherbourg.

Vol. XXVIII. + 19e

Chicago [Illinois] Association of Engineering Societies.

Journal (Transactions and Proceedings), Vols. I,

Nos. 5-12; II-VI, VII, 1-6, 9-12; VIII-X,

XI, 1-12. + 20a

Christiania [Norway] Norske Gradmaalingskommission.

Vandstandsobservationer, Hfts. I, III, IV. 20e

- Norwegische Commission der Europaischen Gradmes-

sung.

Geodatische Arbeiten, Hfts. 1-4. 20o

- The Norwegian North- Atlantic Expedition, 1876-78.

Historical Account In case under 5

The Apparatus and how used — Wille.

Astronomical Observations — Mohn.

Magnetic Observations- — Wille.

Geography and Natural History — Mohn.

Chemistry — Tornpe :

I. On the Air in Sea-water.

II. On the Carbonic Acid in Sea-water.

III. On the Amount of Salt in the Water of

the Norwegian Sea. "

14

Catalog.

■4*

Christiania [Norway] The Norwegian North-Atlantic Ex¬
pedition, 1876-78. — Continued.

Chemistry — Schmelck :

I. On the Solid Matter in Sea- water. In case und 5

II. On Oceanic Deposits.

The North Ocean, Its Depth, Temperature and
Circulation — Mohn.

Meteorology — Mohn.

Zoology —

Actinida — Danielsson.

Alcyonida — Danielsson.

Annelida - Hansen.

Asteroidae — Danielsson and Koren.

Buccinidae — Friele.

Crinoidea — Danielsson.

Crustacea I — Sars.

Crustacea II — Sars.

Fishes— Collett.

Gephyrea — Danielsson and Koren.

Holotburoidea — Danielsson and Koren.

Mollusca II — Friele.

Pennatulida — Danielsson and Koren.

Pycnogonidea — Sars.

Spongiadae — Hansen.

- University of Christiania.

Die Pfianzenwelt Norwegens. Id

“Beretning om Ladegaardsoens Hovedgaard,”

1862 and 1863. Id

- Den Hoiere Landbrugskole i Oas.

Norges Officielle Statistik, 1871-73, 1876. 29©

- -Norwegisches Meteorologisches Institut.

Jahrbuch, 1885-89, 90. + 20e

- Oversigt over Videnskabs-Selskabets Moder. 1888,

89, 90. + 2d

- Videnskabs-Selskabet i Christiana.

Forhandlinger, 1884, 85, 86, 87. + lb

Journals.

15

Chur [Switzerland] Naturforschende G-esellschaft Grau-
bundens.

Jahresberichte, Nos. 33, 34, 35 (1888-91). + 19c

Cincinnati [Ohio] Journal of Comparative Neurology.

Yols. I, pts. 1-4; IV, pts. 1-2. + 22a

■ - Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Journal, Vols. I, No. 4; II, 1-4; IV, 2; VI, 2;

VII, 3-4; XII, 4; XIII, 1-4; XIV, 1-4; XV,

1-2. + 4a

Cleveland [Ohio] Cleveland Academy of Natural Science.

Proceedings, 1845-1859. + 4a

Coimbra [Portugal] Sociedade Broteriana.

Boletim, Vol. X. + 22d

Colorado Springs [Colorado] Colorado College Scientific
Society.

Colorado College Studies, Annual Publications 1-3. + 2a

Columbus [Ohio] Agricultural Experiment Station.

Bulletin, Vol. I, No. 1; II, 2-8; III, 1-2; IV,

V, 1-4. + 28e.

Second series, Nos. 3, 4, 42-44. + 28e

- —Geological Survey of Ohio.

First Annual Report, 1838. 15a

Geology, Vols. I and II. 15a

Paleontology, Vols. I and II. 15a

Maps, 1873. 15a

Report 1890 (with Maps). 15a

Copenhagen [Denmark] Kongelige Danske Videnska-
bernes Selskabs.

Fortegnelse over de af det K. D. V. K. S. i

Tidsummet, 1742-1891. + 19d

Oversigt, 1874, 75, 76, Nos. 1 and 2; 77-83, 1;

84, 2-3; 85, 86, 1-3; 87-90, 1-3; 91, 1. +

2c

16

Catalog.

Cordoba [Argentine Republic] Academia Nacional de
Ciencias.

Boletin, Vol. VI, pts. 2-4. + 9d

Dantzig [Germany] Naturforschende Gesellschaft.

Schriften, Vols. II, Nos. 3-4; III, 2-4; IV, V,

VI, VII. + 10d

Davenport [Iowa] Davenport Academy of Natural Science.

Proceedings, Vol. II. 23c

Denver [Colorado] The Colorado Scientific Society.

Proceedings, Vols. I-III, pts. 1-2. 4a

Des Moines [Iowa] The Analyst.

Vols. I- VIII, IX, pts. 1, 3, 6; X, pts. 2-5. 21b

- Iowa Academy of Sciences.

Proceedings, 1875—80 ; 1887-89. 4a

Papers in Abstract, 1887-89. 4a

Proceedings (New Series), Vol. I, pt. 2, 1890-91. + 4a

- Des Moines Academy of Sciences.

Bulletin, Vol. I, No. 1, 1885. 4a

Dijon [France] Academie des Sciences, Arts et Belles
Lettres.

Memoires, Series 3, Vols. IV-X. 2b

Series 4, Vol. II. -I- 2b

Donai [France] Union geographique du Nord de la France.

Bulletin, Vol. XIII, Trimestre 1, 1892. -I- 13a

Dresden [Germany] Fuhrer durch die Koniglichen Samm-

lungen zu Dresden (Mit Nachtrag. ) 19d

- Berichte uber die Verwaltung, u. Vermehrung des

Koniglichen Sammlungen fur Kunst u. Wissen-
schaft. 1879-1887. 19d

- Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft Isis.

Sitzungsberichte, 1874, pt. 2; 75, 76, pt. 2; 77,
pt. 1 ; 78, pt. 1 ; 71
1; 84-90, pt. 1. +

6a

Journals.

17

Dublin [Ireland] Works by Dr. James Henry.

Aeneidea, Vols. I-IV. 27a

From Dresden to Venice. 27a

From Carlsruh to Bassono. 27a

Poematia. 27a

- Royal Dublin Society.

The Journal, Nos. 1-2, 4-5, 12-13, 16-17, 26-29,

30-31, 34-37, 39, 44. + 3c

Scientific Proceedings, N. S., Vols. I- VII, pts.

1-4. + 3d

Scientific Transactions, Vols. CLXV, pt. 2;

CLXVI, pt. 1. 3e

N. S., Vols. I-IV, Nos. 1-3. + 3e

- Royal Irish Academy.

“ Cunningham Memoirs, ” Nos. 2-7. 3e

Irish Manuscript Series, Vols. I, pt. 1 ; II, pt. 1. + 3e
List of Papers published in various publications.
Transactions. Science — Vols. XXIV, pt. 9; XXV,
XXVI, 1-16, 22; XXVII, 1-8; XXVIII,

1-13, 17-25; XXIX, 1, 3, 14-19; XXX, 1,

2. 3e

Polite Literature and Art —

Series 2, Vols. I, No. 13; II, 1-4, 6-8. + 3d
‘‘Todd Lecture Series,” Vol. II, pts. 1-3.-}- 3d

Proceedings. Science- —

Series 2, Vols. III-IV, Nos. 3-6. 3d

Series 3, Vols. I3 Nos. 1-5; II, 1-3. + 3d

Edinburgh [Scotland] Edinburgh Geological Society.

Transactions, Vol. VI, pt. 3. + 14a

- Royal Society of Edinburgh.

Proceedings, Vols. VIII-XVIII (1872-1891). + 3a

Ekatherinebourg [Russia] Societe Ouralienne d’Amateurs
des Sciences Naturelles.

Bulletin, Vols. IV- VII, VIII, liv. 1; IX, liv. 1;

X, XI, liv. 1-2; XII, liv. 1-2. + 19e

18

Catalog.

Elberfeld [Germany] Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein in
Elberfeld.

Jahresbericht, Hft. 7. -f- 5d

Emden [Germany] Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Emden.

Jahresberichte, 56-65, 67, 69, 71-76. + 8c

Kleine Schriften, 5-7, 9, 11-13, 15-18. + 8c

Papers —

M. A. F. Prestel. Ein Beitrag zur Physiolo-

gie der Atmosphere. 8c

M. A. F. Prestel: Die Winde uber der
deutschen Nordseekuste u. d. Sudl. Tlieile
der Nordsee. + 8c

Festschrift, December 29th, 1864. 8c

Erlangen [Germany] Physikalish-medicinische Societat in
Erlangen.

Sitzungsberichte, Hft. 24 (1892). + 19c

Evanston [Illinois] Northwestern University.

Report of the Department of Natural History,

1887 and 1892. + 4b

Florence [Italy] Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale.

Bolletino delle Publicazioni Italiane.

1886, pp. l*-155j* 1-132, 153-224, 241-340.
(I-XXXII, XXXVII-LII, LVII-LXXII,

XCVII-CXX. ) 23b

1887, pp. l*-64,* 81 *-165,*' 113-280, 317-332,

353-440. (XXV-XXIX, LXIX-CXVI ) 23b

1888, pp. 1*-158,* 1-52, 69-448. (I-XII, XVII-

CXVI.) 23b

1889, pp. 1*-1 6, * 65*-112,* 129*-158,* 1-392,

413-448. (I-LXXXIV, LXXXIX-CXX.) 23b

1890, pp. l*-48,* 65*-112,* 129*-152,* 1-368,

389-404, 421-436. (I-LXXX, LXXXV-

LXXXVIII, XCIII-CXVI.) 23b

1891, pp. 1-68, 85-156, 177-292, 313-444. (I-

XVI, XXI-XXXVI, XLI-LXIV, LXIX-
XCVI. ) 23b

1892, pp. 1-116, 229-244, 253-404. (I-XXXVI,

LIII-LVI, LXXXI-XCII. + 23b

" !/$£*•' ' ' ' ' ; ■''''' ■• ", i

Journals. 19

- R. Instituto Studi Superiori Practice e di Perfeziona-

mento.

“Le Seconde Nozze del Coninge Superstiti. ” Id

r‘ II Commento di Sabbatai Domrolo sul Libro

della Creazione. “ Id

Sezione di Scienze di Fisiche e Naturali, Vol. I. Id
Ricerche Sulle Formole di Constituzione dei Com-

posti Ferrici (Porte Prima). Id

“ Osservazioni Continue della Elettricita Atmos-

f erica. Id

“Esegesi Medico Legale sul Methodus Testificandi

di Giovan Battista Codrouchi. ” Id

Sezione di Filosofia e Filologia. Vols. I and II.

(1875 and 1880.) Id

“ Studie Recerche sui Picnogonidi (Partie Prima.) ” Id
“ Intorno ad Alcuni Luoghi della Ifigenia in

Aulide di Euripide. ” Id

“Linee Generali della Fisiologia del Cervelletto. ” Id
Scoula di Farmacia, Vol. I. Id

“Sulle Convulsioni Epilettiche per Veline. ” Id

“Del Papiro Specialmente Considerato come Ma¬
teria che ha Servito alia Scrittura. ” Id

“Della Interpretazione Panteistica di Platone. ” Id

Archivio della Scoula D’Anatomia Patologica,

Yols. I and II. Id

“I Pin Antichi Frammenti del Costituto Fioren-

tino. “ Id

“La Ribellione di Masacado e di Sumitonio. ” + Id

Frankfurt a. M. [Germany] Physikalischer Verein.

Jahresberichte, 1877, 78, 79-91. + 12c

Franfurt a. O. . [Germany] Naturwissenschaftl. Verein des
Reg. Bez. Frankfurt.

Monatliche Mitth. a. d. Gesammtgeb. d. Natur-

wissenschaften, Jahrgange VII and VIII. + 12b

- Societatum Litterse.

(Herausgegeben v. Dr. Ernst Hulh), Jahrgang,

(1890) 1-3. + 23a

ii— 3 Ap.

20

Catalog.

Frauenfeld [Switzerland] Thurgauische Naturforschende

Gesellschaft.

Mittheilungen, Hft. 8 and 9. + 5c

Freibourg [Switzerland] Societe Fribourgeoise des Sci¬
ences Naturelles.

Bulletin, 1883-1887, 1887-1890. + 9 d

Freiburg [Germany] Naturforschende Gesellschaft.

Berichte uber die Verhandlungen, Vols. VI, pts.

1 and 4; VIII, pts. 1, 2 and 3. + 8a

Geneva [Switzerland] Societe de Geographie de Geneve.

Le Globe (Bulletin de la Societe,) Vol. XXXI,

No. 1, (1892.) + 13a

- Societe de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle.

Compte Rendu des Seances, Vol. IX. 19d

Gera [Germany] Gesellschaft v. Freunden d. Naturwissen-
schaften in Gera.

Verhandlungen, Vols. II, and III. + 8a

Giessen [Germany] Oberhessische Gesellschaft.

Jahresberichte, 7-9, 11-13, 16-35. + 8a

Berichte, XV, XVII-XXVI. + 6e

Glasgow [Scotland] Geological Society of Glasgow.

Transactions, Vols. VII, VIII and IX. 14b

— — Natural History Society of Glasgow.

Proceedings and Transactions, (New Series) Vol.

HI, pt. ii, (1889-90.) -+- 19d

Gorlitz [Austria] Naturforschende Gesellschaft.

Abhandlungen, Vols. XV-XIX. 4- 8b

Gottingen [Germany] Kgl. Gesell. der Wissenschaften
und der Georg- Augusts-Universitat.

Nachrichten, 1877-82, 1884-93, Nos. 21 0. + 6a

Granville [Ohio] Journal of Comparative Neurology, Ed¬
ited by C. L. Herrick, Granville, Ohio. Vols.

I, II, pts. i-iii. + 19a

- Denison Gniversity.

Bulletin of Scientific Laboratories, Vols. VI,
pt. i; VII. +

4b

Journals.

21

’sGrayenhage (and Batavia) [Holland] Koninklijke Na-
tuurkundige Yereeniging in Nederlandsch-Indie.
Natuurkundige Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-
Indie, Vols. XXXV-XXX1X, XLI, XLIV-
XLVIII, L. + lib

’sGrayenhage [Holland] Nederlandsche Maatschappig ter
bevordering van Nijverheid.

Algemeene Vergadering, 1873-75. + 26c

Willem III. + 26c

Tijdschrift, 1873-77, 78-82, 84-90. + 26d

Handelingen en Mededeelingen, 1874-76. + 26d

Graz [Austria] Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein fur Steier-
mark.

Jahrgang, 1890-91. + 5d.

Greifswald [Germany] Geographische Gesellschaft zu
Griefswald.

Jahresberichte II, 1, 2; III, 1, 2; IV. _|_ 13a

Haarlem [Holland] Archives du Musee Teyler.

Vols. I-III, IV, pt. i; V, pt. ii. 10d

Second Series, Vols. I, pts. i-iii ; II, pts. ii-iii ;

III, pts. i-vii. + 10d

- Wekelijksche Courant de Nijverheid, Nos. 1-13. 29a

• - Koloniaal Museum.

Bulletin, January, 1893. + 19d

- Fondation Teyler.

Catalogue de la Bibliotheque, Vols. I, pts. i, ii,

v-viii ; II, pts. i-iii. 23a

- Societe Hollandaise des Sciences a Haarlem.

Archives Neerlandaises des Sciences Exactes et
Naturelles, Vols. XII, XIV, pis. i-ii ; XV,
i-ii; XVI, XVII, ii; XIX, iv-v; XX, i-v ;

XXI, i, iv, v; XXII-XXV, XXVI, i, ii, iii ;
XXVII, i-ii. + lid

- Nederland. Maatsch. ter Bevordering van Nijverheid.

Tijdschrift, 1874-1890. 26d

22

Catalog.

t

Halifax [Nova Scotia] Nova Scotian Institute of Natural
Science.

Proceedings and Transactions. Yols. II, iv; IV,

4, V i, ii, iv; VI, VII (end of old series.) 2d
New Series, Vol. I, + 2d

Halle [Germany] Kgl. Leop. -Carol. -Deutsche Academie
der Naturforscher.

Leopoldina, Hft. 18. 8e

Nova Acta, Yols. XL, No. 9; XLI, No. 6. 8e

- —Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein f. Sachsen und Thurin-

gen.

Zeitschrift f. Naturwissenschaften, Vols. LV, LYI,
i— ii * LYII, iii-v ; LVIII, LIX, i, ii, v, vi ;

LX-LXIII, LXIY, i-v; LXV, i-iii, vi. lid

Hamburg [Germany] Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein in
Hamburg.

Abhandl. a. d. Gebiete d. Naturwissenschaften,

Vol. XII, Hft. 1. 19e

- Verein fur Naturwissenschaftlicher Unterhaltuug zu

Hamburg.

Verhandlungen, Vol. VII, 1886-90. + 10d

Hamilton [Canada] The Hamilton Association.

Journal and Proceedings, Sessions 1890-91, 91-92.

(Nos. VII and VIII.) + 2a

Harrisburg [Pennsylvania] * Geological Survey of Penn¬
sylvania.

(See under Geology.) 17d

Heidelberg [Germany] Naturhistorisch-Medizinischer Ve¬
rein.

“Festschrift zur Feier des funfhundertjahrigen

Bestehens der Ruperto-Carola. ” 6e

Verhandlungen, Vols. I, (pp. 229-444 wanting)

II. pp. 171-312; III, pts. i-v; IV, pts. i-v. + 6e
Helsingfors [Finland] Finlands Officiela Statistik.

Aren. 1846, 1865. 20c

- Observatoire Magnetique et Meteorologique.

Report, 1873. 20c

Journals.

23

- Societe cles Sciences de Finland.

Observations Meteorologiques, Annees 1873 and

1878. 20c

- Finska Vetenskaps-Societeten, 1838-1888.

Ders Organisation och Verksamhet. 2a

Bidrag till Kannedom af Finlands Natur och Folk.

Hfts. 16, 18-19, 22-25, 32, 37-42, 43, 45-47.

50, 51. + 2a

Ofversigt, 1870-74, 81-82, 85-87. + 2a

- Acta Societatis Scientiarum. Fennicm, Vols. IX-XII,

XIV, XV, XVII. 10e

- Commission G-eologique de la Finlande.

Carte Geologique de la Finlande, Liv. 22-24. + 13e

Hermannstadt [Austria] Verein fur Naturwissenschaften
in Hermannstadt.

Verhandlungen und Mittheilungen, Jahrgang XLI. 5d

Indianapolis [Indiana] Geological Survey of Indiana.

Maps, 1869. 16a

Reports —

Maps of First Report. 15b

Second Report. lob

Third and Fourth Reports, with Maps. 15b

Fifth Report, with Maps. 15b

Second Report, 1870, Vol. II. 16a

Annual Report, 1888. 16a

- - Indiana Geological Department.

Natural Gas Maps of Indiana. 16a

Innsbruck [Austria] Naturwissenschaftl. Medicinisch. Ver¬
ein in Innsbruck.

Berichte, Jahrgang XX (1891-92). + 19a

Iowa City [Iowa] Bulletin from the Laboratories of Nat¬
ural History of the State University of Iowa.

Vol. II, No. 3, 1893. + * 2 2d

Ithaca [New York] Cornell University.

Ten Year Book, Vol. II. + 26a

Exercises at Opening of the Library Building,

1891. 26a

24

Catalog.

Ithaca [New York] Cornell University — continued.

Studies in Agriculture. (Reprinted from Agri¬
cultural Experiment Station Reports now
out of print). 26a

Bulletin of Cornell University. (Science.). Vol. I. + 26a
Library Bulletin, Nos. 1-31. + 23a

Exercises and Addressee at the Laying of the Cor¬
ner Stone of the University Library Build¬
ing, 1889. 26a

Jefferson City [Missouri] Geological Survey of Missouri.

Bulletin, 1887, Nos. 2-4; 1889, 1, 5; 1890-

91, 2-5. + 16a

Biennial Report, 1891. + 16a

Report on Coal. (_l891.) 16a

Report on Iron Ores. (1892.) 16a

The Higginsville Sheet. + Atlas Case

Jena [Germany] Medicinisch-Naturwissenschaftliche Ge-
sellschaft.

Zeitschrift, Neue Folge, Vols. III-X. 6e

Denkschriften, Vol. II, pts. 1-2. + 9d

Kansas City [Missouri] Kansas City Review of Science
and Industry.

Vols. I-V, VI, 1-10; VII, 1-4, 6, 8; IX, 3-5. 4b
Kassel [Germany] Verein fur Naturkunde zu Cassel.

Berichte, XXIX-XXXVIII. + 5d

Festschrift, 1886. 5d

Catalog' der Bibliotek, 1875. 5d

Kew [England] Hooker’s leones Plantarum.

' Vols. Xl-XXI, pts. 1-3; XXII. (Series 3, Vols.

I-X. Series 4, Vols. I, pts. 1-3; II.) f 22d

Kharkow [Russia] Societe des Naturalistes a l’Univer-
site Imperiale de Kharkow.

Travaux, Vols. XIII-XV. + lid

Kiel [Germany] Mineralcgisches Institut der Universitat
Kiel.

Mitthielungen, Vol. I. (1888-1892.) + 14b

Journals.

25

- - Universitat zu Kiel.

Schriften, 1856, 1881-2, 84, pt. 1 ; 85, 1 ; 87, 1 ;

88, 1-3; 89, 1; 90, 1, + 5e

Kolozsvart [Russia] Ertesito az Erdelyi Muzeum-Egylet
Orvos-Termeszettudomanyi.

Szakosztalyabol, Yol. XVII. + 19

Konigsberg [Germany] Preussischer Botanische Verein in
Konigsberg.

Jahresbericht, 1891-2. + 22c

- - Physikaliseh-Okonomische Gesellschaft zu Konigsberg.

Schriften, Jahrgange 14 (Ilte Abth.), XV-XXXI,

1873-1890. + 6e

Lausanne [Switzerland] Societe Vaudoise des Sciences Nat-
urelles.

Bulletin, Vols. XIV, except Nos. 75-76, XV,

XVI, except No. 82; XVII, XVIII, XX-
XXVII. i- 9b

Lawrence [Kansas] University of Kansas.

Kansas University Quarterly (begun 1892),

Vol. 1, Nos. 1-3. + 19d

Leeds [England] Leeds Geological Association.

Transactions, 1886-1891. + 15b

- - Philosophical and Literary Society.

Annual Report, 1890-91, 91-92. + 2a

Leipa [Bohemia, Austria] Nordbohmisches Excursions-
Club.

Mittheilungen, Jahrgange XII-XV (1889-92). 19c

Leipzig [Germany] Verein fur Erdkunde.

Mittheilungen, 1878, 1880-83, 1886. + 10b

- - Naturforschende Gesellschaft zu Leipzig.

Sitzungsberichte, 1891-92. + 8c

Liege [Belgium] Societe Royale des Sciences..

Memoirs, Vols. VI-IX. XI-XII, XIV-XVII. 9a

■ — —Melanges Geologiques par G. Dewalque. Series 5
and 6. +

13d

26

Catalog.

- Societe Geologique de Belgique.

Annales, Vols. I— III, VIII, X-XIII, XIV, pt. 2;

XV, 2, 3; XVI, 1. + 15a

Lille [France] Societe Geologique du Nord.

Memoires, Vols. I VEIL + 13d

Lincoln [Nebraska] University of Nebraska.

University Studies, Vol. I. Nos. 1-4. + 2b

Lisbon [Portugal] Academia Real das Ciencias de Lisboa.

Conferencias. Numbers 1-3 (1877), 4 (1880). + 10c

Sersao Publica, 1875, 1877 and 1880. 19c

- Commissao dos Trabalhos Geologicos de Portugal.

Communicators, Vols. I, III, fasc. 2. -t- 14b

■ - Historia dos Estabelecimentos Scientificos, Litterarios

e Artisticos, Vols. I-IX. 27d

Little Rock [Arkansas] Arkansas Geological Survey.

Annual Reports, 1888, Vols. I-IV ; 1889, II;

1890, I, III; 1891, I; 1892, I. + 16c

Liverpool [England] Geological Association.

Transactions (Journal), Vols. II, IV-VI, 1X-XIL + 14a
London [England] Royal Society.

Proceedings, Vols. XXIX-LI. + 3b-c

• - Geological Society of London.

Abstracts of Proceedings, Nos. 476-594, (Sessions

1885-1892.) + 14d

- —Annals of British Geology, by J. F. Blake, 1890. + 14a

- Royal Horticultural Society.

Journal, Vol. IV, Nos. 14-16. (1874). 22b

- British Museum (Natural History).

Zoological Collections. 19c

Guides to Galleries of Museum. 19c

British Oligocene and Eocene Mollusca. 19c

- - Society of Arts.

Journal, Nos. 2087-2096, 2098-2103. 20b

Louvain [Belgium] Universite Ca'tholique de Louvain.

Annuaire, 1883-92. 27a

Liber Memoriales, 1834-1884. 27c

Journals.

27

Lund [Sweden] Acta Universitatis Lundensis.

Lunds Universitets Ars-skrift, Vol. XXVI, pts.

land 2 (1890). 26b

Luneburg [Germany] Naturwissensclmftlicher Verein.

Jahresheft, II. + 10b

Lyon [France] Academie de& Sciences, Belles-Lettres et
Arts de Lyon.

Memoires. 30b

Classe des Sciences, Vols. XY-XXV,

XXVII-XXXI. 30a-b

Classe des Lettres, Vols. XVIII, XIX,
XXI-XXVIII. 30a

3d Series, Sciences et Lettres, Vol. I

(1893). + 30b

- Societe Botanique de Lyon.

Bulletin Trimestriel. Annee X, No. 4 (1892). + 22

Le Mans [France] Societe d’Agriculture, Sciences et
Arts de la. S art he.. , .

Bulletin, 2d Series, Vols. XIII, XIV, XV, Nos.

1-3; XVI-XIX and Suppl. ; XX, 2, 4; XXI,

1, 2; XXII, 1-3; XXIII, XXIV, 3, 4; XXV,

1-4; XXXI, 3-4; XXXII, 4; XXXIII, 2-4;

XXXIV, L la

Madison [Wisconsin] Washburn Observatory.

Publications, Vols. V, VI, pts. 1-2; VII, 1. + 20b

- Wisconsin State Historical Society.

Catalogue, Vols. I, II, pts. 1-2; Suppl. No. 1. + 23b

- University of Wisconsin.

Agricultural Experiment Station.

Bulletin, Nos. 3, 6-22. + 28c

Annual Report, 1, 3, 4, 6. 28c

- - Wisconsin Geological Survey,

Annual Report, 1876-1877. 16a

Geology of Wisconsin, Vols. I-IV (two sets). 16a

Atlases to Accompany Vols. I-IV of Geology of

Wisconsin. Atlas Case

28

Catalog.

- Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters.

Transactions, Vols. I- VIII (two sets). 3c

Bulletin Nos. 2-5 (two sets). 3c

Madrid [Spain] Real A« ademia de la Historia.

'Boletin, Vols. I, pts. 1-5; II, 4; V-XII, XV-

XXI. + 27c

Magdeburg [G-ermany] Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein in
Magdeburg.

Jahresber. u. Abhandl ungen, 1885-91. + 19d

Manchester [England] Manchester G-eographical Society.

Journal, Vols. I, II and Suppl. ; III, IV, 7-12;

V, 1-6, 11-12; VI. + 13a

- - Manchester Geological Society.

Transactions, Vols. XXI, Nos. 1-18; XXII, 1-2. + 14b

- Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society.

Proceedings, Vols. XIII-XIX, XXI-XXVI. 2b

Catalogue of Books in Library. 2b

Memoirs, 3d Series, Vols. V, VI, VIII, X. 2b

Proceedings and Memoirs, 4th Series, Vols.

I-IV, V, pt. 1. + 2b

Marburg [Germany] Gesellsch. zur Beforderung der Ge-
sammten Naturwissenschaften.

Jahrgange, 1891-92. + 19a

Melbourne [Victoria] Geological Society of Australasia.

Transactions, Vol. I, pt. 6. + 14d

Metz [Germany] Academie de Metz.

Memoires, 3d Series, Vols. I-V, VII, pt. 1. + 9b
Tables Generales des deux Premieres Series, 1819-

1871, + 9b

Mexico [Mexico] Observatorio Astronomico Nacional.

Annuario, 1885, 89, 91, 93. + 20c

Bulletin, Vol. I, Nos. 1-10. + 20e

- - Sociedad de Geografia y Estadistica.

Boletin, Vols. IV, V. 13a

- Sociedad Mexicana de Historia Natural.

Periodico Cientifico, Vols. I, II, Nos. 1 and 2, 9e

Journals.

29

•La Naturaieza.

Periodico Cientifico de la Sociedad Mexicana de

Historia Natural, 2d Series, Vol. I, 1887-90. + 19e

- Museo Nacional de Mexico.

Anales, Vols. I, pts. 1, 2, 6, 7; II, III, 1-4, 7-9,

11; IV, 2, 3. + • 9e

• - Sociedad Cientifica “Antonio Alzate. ”

Memorias y Revista, Vols. I, pts. 1-5, 8-10, 12;

II, 12; III, 1, 2, 7-12; IV, 3, 4, 7-10;

V, 1-2. 8a

Milan [Italy] Reale Instituto Lombardo di Scienze e
Lettere.

Atti della Fondazione Scientifica Cagnola, Vols.

V, VI, pt. 1 ; VII, IX, X. 2d

Rendiconti.

2d Series, Vols. Ill, VI, fas. 6-20 ; VII,

VIII, XI, XV -XV LI, XIX, XXII,

XXIV. 31c-d

3d Series, Vols. I, fas. 1-13; II, 17-20. — 31c-d

Memorie, Vols. XI, fas. 2-3; XII, 1, 2, 6; XIII,

1, 2; XIV, 2, 3; XVI, 2, 3; XVII, 1. + 31d

- Societa d’Esploratione Commerciale in Africa.

Annio VII, fas. 5, 7-10. + 13a

- Istituto Botanico dell’ Universita di Pavia.

Atti, 2d Series, Vol. II. + 22d

Milwaukee [Wisconsin] Naturhistorischer Verein von Wis¬
consin.

Jahresberichte, 1876, 1878-79, 1879-80, 1880-81,

1881-82. 4b

Minneapolis [Minnesota] Minnesota Academy of Natural
Sciences.

Bulletin, Vol. II, Nos. 2-5; III, 1, 2. + 4a

- - -Quarterly Bulletin of the University of Minnesota.

Vol. I, Nos. 1-3, 1892-93. + 29a

- Geological and Natural History Survey of Minnesota.

“Geological and Natural History of Minnesota,”

Vols. I, II, 1872-1885. +

16c

30

Catalog.

- -Minnesota Geological Survey.

Bulletin, Nos. 1-7. + IGe

Annual Report, Vols. I-.XX-[- 16e

Modena [Italy] Regia Accademia di Scienze, Lettere ed
Arti.

Memorie, ls\ Series, Vols. XVI-XX, 1875-1883;

2d Series, Vols. I-VII, 1883-1890. + le

- Societa dei N« turalisti.

Annuario, 2d Series, Vol. XII, pts. 1-3. -f 9d

Mons [France] Societe des Sciences, des Arts et des Let-
tres de Hainaut.

Memoires et Publications.

3d Series, Vols. IV, VII, VIII, X. 1c

4th Series, Vols. I-III, V, VI, VIII-X. 1c

5th Series, Vols. I-III. + 1c

Montgomery [Alabama] Geological Survey of Alabama.

Bulletin, Nos. 2-3. 15c

Montpellier [France] Academie des Sciences et Lettres
de Montpellier.

Memoires de la Section de Medicine, Vol. IV, pt.

3; V, 2-3. + 9e

Memoires de la Section des Sciences, Vol. VI,

pts. 2-3 ; VII, VIII, IX, 1-3 ; X, 2-3. + 9c

Montreal [Canada] Royal Society of Canada.

Proceedings and Transactions, Vol. IX. 19e

- Natural History Society of Montreal.

The Canadian Record of Science, Vols. I-IV,

V, Nos. 1-5. + 19b

Mjscow [Russia] Landwirthschaftliche Akademie.

Meteorologische Beobachtungen, 1888, 1889, pt. 1 ;

1890. + 21c

- Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes.

Bulletin, 1885, 1886, Nos. 2-4; 1887-91, 1892,

1-2. .+ 19c

Nouveaux Memoires, Vol. XV, No. 6. + 19c

Journals.

31

Mt. Hamilton [California] Lick Observatory.

Report of Trustees. 20e

Publications, Vol. I (1887.) 20e

Report — Eclipses — Total of Sun January and De¬
cember, 1889, of Moon July, 1888. _j_ 2()e

Munich [Germany] Royal Observatory.

Annals, Vol. XX + 20c

- Bayerische botanische Gesellschaft zur Erforschung

der heimischen Flora.

Berichte, Vols. I-II. (1891-92.) -j- 22b

- Konigl. bayer. Akademie der Wissenschaften.

Sitzungsberichte. (Math, physikal Classe. ) 1869
Vol. II, pt 4; 1870; 73; 75-82: 84-90; 91 pts
1-2. + 8d

Inhaltsverzeichniss d. Sitzungsb. d. Math. -phy¬
sikal. Classe, Jahrgange 1871-1885. 8d

Sitzungsber. (Philosoph.-philolog. und hist.
Classe.) 1887, Vol. II, Nos. 2 and 3; 1888,

No. 1. 8d

Verschiedene Publicationen, 1882-84, ’86, ’87,

’89, ’90..+ 8d

Naples [Italy] Societa Italiana delle Scienze. Memorie
di Matematica e di Fisica.

Vols. Ill- VII. + 9e

- Societa di Naturalisti in Napoli.

Bollettino. Vol. V. + 9d

- L’Anomalo (Edited by t)r. A. Zuccarelli.)

Vols. II, Nos. 7-9, 10-12; III, 2, 3-5, 10-12;

IV, 7 and 8. 6c

Neuchatel [Switzerland] Societe des Sciences Naturelles.

Bulletin, Vols. X, pts 2-3; XI, XII, 1-2;
XIV-XVI. + 10a

Newcastle [England] North of England Mining and Me¬
chanical Engineers.

Transactions, Vols. XII-XVII, XXIII-XXX,
XXXI, 1-3; XXXIV, 1-6; XXXV, 1-3;
XXXVI, 2-4; XXXVII, 1-6; XXXVIII,

1-6: XXXIX, 1; XL, 1-4. 18a-b

32

Catalog.

Newcastle [England] North of England Mining and Me¬
chanical Engineers— continued.

Index to Vols. I-XXV, 1852-76. 18a

Northumberland and Durham Borings and Sink¬
ings, Parti, 1-2; II, 3-5; III, 6-11. 18b

- Council of Mining and Mechanical Engineers.

Reports, 1890-91, parts I-III. 18b

New Haven, [Conn.] Connecticut Academy of Arts and
Sciences.

Transactions, Vol. IX, part 1. _|_ 19e

New York [N. Y. ] American Museum of Nat. Hist.

Bulletin, Vol. I, Nos. 1-8; II, 1-4; III, 1-2. _|_ 31a,

Annual Report of Trustees, Nos. 12-22. 31a-

Ann. Rep. President, 1892. 31a

- Torrey Botanical Club.

Bulletin, Vols. IX, Nos. 1-8, 10-12; X-XIII,

1-8, 10-12; XIV-XVII, 1-7, 9-12; XVIII,

XIX, 2, 3, 6-8, 9. + 22a

- - N. Y. Microscopical Society.

Journal. Vols. I-V1II, IX, 1885-92. + 22b

- Am. Ornithologists Club.

The Auk. Vols. VI-IX, X, pt. 1, 1889-92. -f 22a
- The Linnsean Society.

Abstract of Proceedings, 1889-92. 4- 4c

- New York Academy of Sciences.

Transactions, Vol. VII, No 7, 8. -f- 12b

Annals. Vol. VII, Nos. 1-5. + 12b

• — — Columbia College.

School of Mines Quarter^, Vol. XIV, No. 3. -f 19a
Nuremberg [Germany] Naturhistorische Gesellsc-haft.

Jahresbericht, Vol. VI-VII; VIII, pts. 3-13 and

suppl. ?b

Odessa [Russia] Club Alpin de Crimee.

Livraison II, 1892. -j- 1<£

Ottawa [Canada] The Ottawa Naturalist.

Vols. Ill, No. 4; IV, 1-12; V, 1-11; VI, 1-5,

6, 8. +

4a

Journals.

33

Padua [Italy] Revista di Mineralogia e Cristallografia
Italiana. (Directed by R, Panebianco. )

Yols. VII-X + 14b

- Societa. Veneto-Trentina di Scienze Naturali.

Bulletino. Vol. V, No. 2. 19a

Atti, Yol. XII, No. 2. 2d Series, Yol. I,

No. 1. + 19a

Palermo [Italy] Reale Accademia di Scienze Lettere e
Belle Arti.

Bulletinc, Anno VIII, No. 3. (1891.) -f Id

Paris [France] Prefecture de la Seine.

Annuaire Statistique de la Ville de Paris.

Annees, Vol. VII-VIII. + 24a

Catalogue de la Bibliotheque Administrative

(Section etrangere) per A Canot. 24a

- Nouvelles Geographiques, publiee sous la direction

de F. Schrader.

Annee II, No. 1. 1892. + 13

■ - Societe d’Ethnographie.

Annuaire 1876, 1878, 1882. 25d

Actes 1877, No. 2, 1878. 2od

Bulletins, 1884, No. 2. 25d

- - Annuaire Geologique Universe!, Vols. I- YII. + l£d

- Ministere de 1’Instruction Publique.

Catalogue, Vols. I-III. 4. 27a

- Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes, Revue Mensuelle

d’Histoire Naturelle. (Adrien Dollfus, 35 rue
Pierre Charron.)

Bulletin, Annees 7-10, 2d Series, Vols. I— II,

3d Series, Vol. I. 4- 8a

Catalogue, fasc. 1-15. 4- 8a

Philadelphia [Penn.] The- Numismatic and Antiquarian
Society.

Constitution and By-laws. 25©

Report of Proceedings for years 1878, ’79, ’81-
’83, ’85. 25e

Notes upon Denarions of Augustus Caesar by H.

Phillips. 25e

34

Catalog.

- Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

Proceedings, 1877— ’ 92| -j- 5a-b

- The American Naturalist.

Vol. XXVI, Nos. 1-7, 8, 12;. .4- 19d

— The Franklin Institute.

Journal, Vols. CXXXIII, Nos. 5, 6; CXXXIV,

1-3, 6. + 20b

- Zoological Society.

Annual Report, 1879-81, 83; 85-90. _j_ , 22b

Portland, [Maine] Portland Society of Natural History.
Proceedings, Vol. I, pts 1, 2. +

Journal, Vol. I, No. 1. +

The Portland Catalogue of Maine Plants.
Poughkeepsie, [N. Y.] Vassar Brothers Institute and its

Scientific Section.

Transactions, Vols. II, IV, V. + 12a

Prague [Austria] System Silurien du Centre de la Boheme,
par J. Barrande.

Cephalopodes. Vol. II. 14a

Brachiopodes, Vol. V. 14a

Acephales, Vol. VI. 14a

Defense des Colonies. 14a

— — Konigl. bohmische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften.

Sitzungsberichte, 1879-91. + 10b

Jahresberichte, 1879-1891. _|_ 10b

Verzeichniss der Mitglieder, 17*84-1884.

General Register zu den Schriften, 1784-1884. 10b

Bericht uber die Mathematischen und Naturwis-

senschaftlichen Publikationen. Heft, 1-2. -}- 10b

Geschichte sammt einer Kritischen Uebersicht
ihrer Publikationen aus dem Bereiche der
Philosophie, Geschichte u. Philologie. Heft,

1-2. + 10b

Princeton [N. J.] M. E. Museum of Geology and’ Arche¬
ology of Princeton College.

Bulletin, Nos. 1-3. + 15b

Quebec [Canada] Geographical Society of Quebec.

Transactions, Vol. II, No. 1. 1892. +

13b

Journals.

35

Regensburg [Germany] Historischer Verein von Oberpfalz
und Regensburg.

V erhandlungen, Vols. XXXIV-XXXIX, XLI,

XLII, XLIII a-b, XLIV. + 26c

- - Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein zu Regensburg.

Berictite, Hefts, II, III. + 5d

Riga [Russia] Rigasche Garten-bau Verein.

Jahresbericht, 14, 15. + 22a

- Naturforscher- Verein zu Riga.

Korrespondenzblatt, 30. (1892.) + 12c

Rio de Janiero [Brazil] Archivos. Museu Nacional.

Anthropologia Brazileira, Vol. VI. + 26e

- Brazilian Biographical Annual by Joaquin Manoelde

Macedo. Vols. I-III. + 27d

- Instituto Historico e Geographico Braziliero.

Revista Trimensal. Vols. L, pts 1-2; LIV, 1, 2,

3, 4; LV, 1-2. 7d

Rochester [New York] Rochester Academy of Sciences.

Proceedings, Vols. I— II, (1891-92.) -f 19c

Rome [Italy] Codici Panciatichiani.

Indici e Cataloghi, Vols. I, Nos. 1, 2, 3, 6-10;

II, 1, 2, 3, 4. 23b

- Rassegna delle Scienze Geologiche in Italia.

(Edited by Cermenati and Tellini.)

Anno II, fas. 1-3. + 16a

- British and American Archeological Society of

Rome.

Vol. II, 12. + 25d

- R. Comitato Geologico d’ltalia.

Bolletino. Vols. I-XXII. + 15c

Rotterdam [Holland] Bataafsch. Genootschap der Proe-
fondervindelijke Wijsbegeerte.

Steven Hoogendijk de Stichter van het errste

Stoomwerkting in Nederland, 1787-1887. 26b

- Bataafsch Genootschap.

Nieuwe Verhandelingen. 1876, ’82, 7 85, ’90. + 20g

ii— 4 Ap.

36

Catalog.

Rouen [France] Societe normande de G-eographie.

Bulletin. Annee XIV, Jan. to Aug. _j_ 13a

• — — Societe des Amis des Sciences Naturelles.

Bulletin. Annees XV, pt 1; XVII-XVIII, 1. _j_ 10a

St. G-allen [Switzerland] St. Gallische Naturwissen-
schaftliche Gesellschaft.

Bericht uber die Thatigkeit, 1874-75; 76-78;

79-87; 88-91. + 7b

St. John’s [Newfoundland] Geol. Survey of Newfoundland.

Reports of Progress for year 1873. 15d

St. Louis [Missouri] Missouri Botanical Garden.

Report, 1890-91, 92. 4- 22a

- The Academy of Sciences of St. Louis.

Charter, Constitution, By-laws, Exchanges, etc. 4c

Transactions, Vols. Ill, pts. 1-2; IV, 1; V, 1,

2-4; VI, 1-2. + 4c

St. Petersburg [Russia] Comite Geologique.

Memoires. Vols. I, 1-4; II, 1-5; III, 1-4; IV,

1-2; V, 1-5; Vl, VII, 1-2; VIII, 1-2; IX,

1; X, XI, 1-2; XIII, 1. + 15e

Bulletin. Vols. I-III, IV, 1-10; V, 1-11; VI,

(with supplements) VII-XI. ~\- 14a

- Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften.

Repertorium fur Meteorologie, Vols. IV-XIV. + 21d
Suppl. zum Repertorium fur Meteorologie, Vols.

i-v. + 2ia

Atlas to Suppl. Ibid. Vols. I, II. + 2 Id

- Kaiserliche Freie Okonomische Gesellschaft.

Mittheilungen, 1855-63. _j_ 28d

- Russisch-Kaiserliche Mineralogische Gesellschaft.

Verhandlungen, 2d Series, Vols. X-XXIX. + 13°

Register. 13c

Materialien zur Geologie Russlands, Vol. XVI,

(1893.) + 13d

- Physikalisches Central Observatorium.

Annalen. Jahrgange, 1874-81, 1883-91. 4- 21e

- Royal Botanical Gardens.

Acta Horti Petropolitani. Vols. I-XII. -f 22b

Journals.

87

Sacramento [California] University of California Agricul¬
tural Experiment Station.

Bulletins, 80, 89, 90, 92-96. 28b

Report of Professor Hilgard for years 1879,

1884-1891. + 28b

- State Mining Bureau.

Annual Report. 1884-86, pt. 2, ’87-90. -f- 18b

Salem, [Mass.] American Association for the Advance¬
ment of Science.

Proceedings, Yols. I-XXIII, XXV-XLI. + 12cd
Memoirs, I. -j- 12cd

San Diego [California] The West American Scientist.

Nos. 3-8, 18, 19, 23-35, 37-64. 4 a

Index to Yols. I, II, III, IY. 4a

San Francisco [California] Astronomical Society of the
Pacific.

Publications, Yol. Y, 28 (1893.) + 20c

- California Academy of Sciences.

Occasional Papers, Nos. 1-3. + 4b

Proceedings, Yols. V, YII, pt. 1 ; 2d Series, I-

II, III, 1. + 4b

Bulletin, Yols. I— II. + 4b

Santiago [Chili] Observatorio Astronomico.

Reports, 1873-1881. + 20c

- - Societe Scientifique.

Actes, Yol. II, Nos. 1-2. + 19a

- — • — Deutscher Wissenschaftliche Verein zu Santiago.

Verhandlungen, Yols. I, heft 5; II, 1, 3. + 5d

- Oficina Central Meteorologica.

Annuario, Vol. XYIII, pts 1-4. -j- 20e

Schaefhausen [Switzerland] Schweizerische Entomo-
logische Gesellschaft.

Bulletin, Yols. YI-YIII, (1880-1888.) -f 19a

Shanghai [China] China Branch of the Royal Asiatic
Society.

ournal, N, S., Yol. XXY, (1890-91.) +

19a

38

Catalog.

Springfield (Illinois) Geological Survey of Illinois.

Vols. I, VII-VIII. + IS cl

- Annual Report of the State Entomologist, 1871,

1872, 1885. 28 d

State College [Pennsylvania] Agricultural Experiment
Station.

Bulletins, 2, 4, 9, 10, 12. 28c

Stavanger [Norway] Stavanger Museum.

Aarsberetning, 1890, 1891. -]- 12a,

Stockholm [Sweden] Svenska Statens Historiska Museum.

Feckningar, Haftet Forsta, 4th Series, plates
1-10; Haftet Tredje, 5th Series, plates 1-5;
Haftet Andra, 6th Series, plates 1-10. 27c

- Kongl. Vitterhets Historie och Antiqutets Akade-

miens.

Manadsblad, 1885-1890. + 27&

- Kongl. Svenska , Vetenskaps Akademiens Forhand-

lingar.

Ofversigt, Vols. XXXIV-XLV. (1876-1888.) + 9c
Handlingar, Vols. XI, XI Plates. XIII-XV.

XV Plates, XVI-XXI. lOe-

Handlingar Vol. XV, No 6. (Florideernes Mor-
phologi by J. G. Agardh. Atlas innehal-
l<mde Tretiotre Taflor.) Atlas Case.

Handlingar, Vol. XXI, No. 8. (Kritisk For-
teckning ofver de i Riksmuseum Befintliga
Salmonider by F. Smitt. ) Atlas Case.

Bihang till K. S. V. A. Handlingar. Vols. Ill—

XIII. + 11c

Acta Horti Bergiani, Vok I. + 22a

Lefnadsteckningar ofver efter ar 1854 aflidna

Ledamoter, Vol. II. 11c

Forteckning ofver innehallet i Skrifter. 1826,

1883. 11c

- - Acta Universitatis Lundensis.

Lunds Universitets Ars-Skrift, Vol. XXVI, pts
1-2. 1890. +

26b

Journals. 39

Strasburg [Germany] Commission fur die Geologische
Landes-Untersuchung von Elsass-Lotbringen.

Vols. I-III, IV, heft 1. + 13d

Sydney [New South Wales] Royal Society.

Journal and Proceedings. Vol. XXVI (1892) + 19a^

- Department of Mines.

Records of Geol. Survey of N. S. Wales. Vols.

I, II, pts 1-2; III, 1. 4. 15e

Annual Report, 1888, 1889, 1890. 4- 15e

Memoirs, 1875, 1887, 1888* 1890. + 15e,

Tokio (Japan) Tokio Geographical Society.

Journal, 1891. + 13c,

- - Deutsche Gesellschaft fur Natur- und Volkerkunde

Ostasiens.

Mittheilungen, Heften 47-51. Id

(Earlier issues were from Yokohama-)

Topeka [Kansas] Washburn Laboratory of Natural His-
tory.

Bulletin, Vol. I, Nos. 1-6; II, 9-11. 28c

, — — Kansas State Historical Society.

Kansas Historical Collections, Vol IV. + 27b

Annual Reports, 8th. + 27b

- The Kansas Academy of Sciences.

Transactions, Vols. Ill- VI, IX-XII. 4a

- State Agricultural College.

Experiments, 1883. 28c

Report of State Board, 1877. + 28c

Toronto [Canada] The Canadian Institute.

Proceedings, N. S., Vols. I, pts 2-5; III, 2-4;

V-VII. + 2a

Transactions, Vols. I, pts 1-2; II, 1-2. _j_ 2a

Annual Reports, 1887-91. + 2a

An Appeal to The Canadian Institute on the

Rectification of Parliament. 2a

40

Catalog.

Toulouse [France] Societe Francaise de Botanique.

Revue de Botanique (Bulletin mensuel de la
Societe.) Vols. III-VII, XI, Nos. 121-126,
(1884-1888, 1893.) + 22 c

Trenton [New Jersey] Geological Survey of New Jersey.

Vols. I, II, pts 1, 2. (1888-90.) + 15a

- The Trenton Natural History Society, (Later issued

under title of New Jersey Nat. Hist. Society.)
Journal. Vols. I, Nos. 1, 3; II, 1, 2. + 4a

Trieste [Austria] Osservatorio Marittimo di Trieste.

Rapporto Annuale. Vol. VII, 1890. -f- 20©

Trondhjem [Norway] Det Kongelige Norske Viden-
skabers Selskabs.

Skrifter. 1888-90. + 4&

Tubingen [Germany] Verein f. Geschichte u. Naturge-
schichte der Baar u. d. angrenz. Landesth. in
Don aueschingen.

Schriften, Heft VIII, (1893.) + 31&

Upsala [Sweden] Upsala Universitets Arskrift. 1889,

90, 91. + 2d:

- Observatoire de 1’Universite d’Upsal.

Bulletin. Vols. IV-HX. (1872-77.) + 20c

- Regise Societatis Scientiarum Upsaliensis.

Nova Acta. Vols. IX, X, XI, pt 2; XII, XIII,

2 ; XIV, 1. + 9d

Utrecht [Holland] Koninklijk Nederlandsch Meteorolog-
isch Institut.

Meteorologisch Jaarboek, 1870, 71, 75. + 20c

- - Provinciaal Utrechtsch Genootschap van Runs ten

en Wetenschappen.

Aanteckeimegen van het verhandlde in de Sechi-

Vergader ingen. 1871, 72, 74, 75, 76. + lc-

Verslag van het Verhandelde in de Algemene

Vergadering. 1872, 74. 75, 76. + lc

Journals.

41

Vienna [Austria] Allgem. osterr. Chemiker u. Techniker

Zeitung. Jahr. XI, Nos. 13-14, 4. 30b

Inseratenbeilage, Nos. 13, 14. + 21c

Zoologisch-Botanische G-esellschaft.

Verhandlungen, Vols. XX, XXIII-XXXII. 6b

Garten bau-Gesellschaft in Wien.

Wiener Illustrirte Garten-Zeitung. 1892, June-

December. + 22c

- Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften.

Math. Naturwissensch. Classe. Abth. I, Vols. LX,

3-5 ; LXI, LXII, 1-2; LXVI-LXIX, LXX,

2- 5 ; LXXII, LXXIV, 3-5 ; LXXV, LXXIX,
LXXX, LXXXVI, 1-2: LXXXVII, 1-3;
LXXXVIII, LXXXIX, 1-3; XC, XCI, XCII,

3- 5; XCVIII, 8-10; C, 1-7. + 7c

Abth. II, Vols. LX, 3-5; LXI, LXII, l-3f

LXVI, 1-4: LXVII, LXVIII, LXIX, LXX,

1, 3, 4, 5; LXXI, LXXII, LXXIII, 1-3;
LXXIV, 3-5; LXXV, LXXVI, 1; LXXIX,

4, 5; LXXX, LXXXI, 1-3; LXXXVI, 2-5;
LXXXVII, 5; LXXXVIII-XC, XCI, 1-3;
XCIII, 1-2 ; XC V, 3 ; XC VI, 2-5. + 7e

Abth. II a, Vols. XCII, XCVIII, 4-10; XCIX,

C, 1-7. + 7e

Abth. II b, Vols. XCVIII, 4-10; XCIX, C,

1-7. + 7e

Abth. Ill, Vols. LXVI-LXVIII, LXX-LXXII,
LXXIV, LXXX, LXXXI, 1-3; LXXXV,

1-2; LXXXVI, 3-5; LXXXVII, 1-3;
LXXXVIII-XCII, XCV, XCVI, XCVIII,

5-10 ; XCIX, C, 1-10. 7d

- K. Akademie der Wissenschaften.

Registers. (For Vols. LI-LX, LXXXVI-XC.) + 7d

- K. K.. Geologische Reichsanstalt.

Verhandlungen, 1886-1892. 4-

Jahrbuch, Vols. XXXVI-XLII. +

13e

13e

42

Catalog.

Vienna [Austria] — continued.

- K. K. Landwirtschaft-Gesellschaft.

Verhandlungen, 3te Folge, Vols. V-VI. -f- 9c

- K. K. Naturhist. Hofmuseum.

Annalen, Vols. I- VI, VII, No. 1. -f- 12e

- K. K. Universitats-Bibliothek.

Jahrbuch der Universitat. 1891-92. + 30a

Uebersicht der Akademischen Behorden etc., a.

d. k. k. Universitat zu Wien. 1892-93. 30a

Die Feierliche Inauguration des Rectors der

Wiener Universitat. 1892-93. 30a

Offentliche Vorlesungen a. d. k. k. Universitat

zu Wien. 1892-93. 30a

Washington, [D. C.] The National Geographic Magazine,

Vols. I-III. + 13a

- Bureau of Ethnology.

Annual Report, 1880-81, 82, 83, 85, 86. + 25c

Introduction to Sign Language. 25e

Introduction to Mortuary Customs. 25e

- The American Monthly Microscopical Journal (Con¬
taining Contributions to Biology. ) Vols. IV,

5; VI, 9-11; VIII, 2; X-XII. + 23a

- War Department.

Report of the Secretary of War, 1876, Vols. I, II,
pts i-iii; 1877, I, II, pt i; 1878, I, II, pts

i-iii, III; 1879, I, II, pts i-iii, III; 1880, I,

II, pts i-iii; 1881, I, II, pts i-iii, III. + 29a-b

Report of Signal Officer. 1880, 81, 83, 86,

87, pt 1; 88, 89, 1, 2; 90. 21a

Professional papers of Signal Service. Nos. 2,

3-8, 10-13, 15, 16, 18. 20b

- - U. S. Surveys. (See under Geology. ) 16-18

- Smithsonian Institution.

Report, 1885, 1886, pt 2; 1887-1890. -f 28c

Occasional Publications as follows:

The Use of Gold and Other Metals among
the Ancient Inhabitants of Chiriqui,
Isthmus of Darien, by W. H. Holmes. 26c

Journals.

43

Washington [D. C.] Smithsonian Institution.

Occasional publications — continued :

Textile Fabrics of Ancient Peru, by W.

H. Holmes. 26e

Perforated Stones from California, by H.

W. Henshaw. 26e

Bibliographies of Algonquin, Eskimo, Iro-
quoian, Muskhogean and Siouan Lan¬
guages, by J. C. Pilling. 26e

The Circular, Square and Octagonal Earth¬
works of Ohio. The Problem of the
Ohio Works. Work of Mound Explora¬
tion of Bureau of Ethnology. By Cyrus
Thomas. 26e

Catalogue of Pre-historic Works east of

Pocky Mountains, by Cyrus Thomas. 26©
Omaha and Ponka Letters, by Jas. O.

Dorsey. 26e

- Treasury Department.

Mineral Resources West of Rocky Mts. 18c

Report of 1872-73. 18c

- U. S. National Museum.

Proceedings, Vols. IV-XIII. + 5c

Bulletin. Nos. 1-15, 17-18, 20-32, 34, 37, 41-

42. + 5c

- Philosophical Society of Washington.

Bulletin, Vols. I-XI. + 19d

- National Academy of Sciences.

Memoirs, Vols. I-IV. + 12©

- - Department of the Interior. Census Bureau. +

Ninth Census, Vols. I— III, (with Compendium.) 24c
Tenth Census. Vols. I-IV, VI-XXII. 24c-d-e

- - U. S. Naval Observatory.

Report of Superintendent for 1891. + 23e

Catalogue of Library, pt 1. 20©

Reports of Supt., 1884, 87, 90. + 20e

44

Catalog.

Washington [D. C.] U. S. Naval Observatory — continued*
U. S. Naval Observations. Appendix to Reports,
1876, App. I, III. J. Index of Publications
from 1845-75; 1884, App. I Catalogue of
Stars, 1845-77, II Reports of Solar Eclipses,
July, 78, -Jan. 80; 1888, App. I Monograph

of Nebulae of Orion. 20c

Annual Reports of Observations, 1853-60, 63,

64, 66, 68, 72-87, 88. 20d-e

- Department of Agriculture. 28c

Report of Commissioner, 1871, 1886, 1887. 28c

Bulletins, 1, 9, 10, 13, 15-17, 41-43, 45-48. 28e

Entomological Commission. 21b-d

Annual Reports, 1875, 1877-1885. 28b-d

Weimar [Germany] Thuringischer botanischer Verein.

Mittheilungen, Neue Folge, Hefts III and IY,

1893. + 22c

Wellington [New Zealand] Colonial Museum and Geolog¬
ical Survey.

Report Col. Mus. and Lab., 27. + 13d

- New Zealand Institute.

Transactions and Proceedings, Vol. XXV, 1893. + 19e

Wernigerode [Germany] Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein
des Harzes in Wernigerode.

Schriften, Vol. VI. + 5d

Wiesbaden [Germany] Nassauischer Verein fur Natur-
kunde.

Jabrbuch, Vols. XXIX-XXX, XXXIII-XXXIV,
XXXV, XXXVIII, XXXIX, XL, XLI,

XLII, XLIIi, XLIV, XLV. + 7b

Worcester [Massachusetts] American Antiquarian So¬
ciety.

Transactions, Vols. I, III, IV- VIII. + 25d

Catalogue, Partial Index. 25d

Journals — Non- Serials.

45

Worcester [Masse chusetts] — continued.

- - Worcester Society of Antiquity.

Proceedings, Foundation to 1877, 78-82, 84 to

90. + 25e

Constitution and By-laws. 25e

Papers. + 25e

Inscriptions from the Old Burial Grounds in

Worcester, Mass., from 1727 to 1859. 25e

The Abolitionists Vindicated in a Review of
Eli Thayer’s paper on the New England
Emigrant Aid Company. 25o

Address of Carlton A. Staples, January 27,

1885. 25e

Early Records of the Town of Worcester,

Book II, 1740-1753. 25e

Zurich [Switzerland] Naturforschende Gesellschaft.

Vierteljahrschrift, 1867-69, 72-84, 86, pts 3,

4; 87-88,89, 1, 2; 91,2-4; 92, 1. + 8c

Generalregister der Publicationen. 8c

Zurich-Hottingen [Switzerland] International Entomo¬
logical Society.

Societas Entomologica, Vol. VIII, Nos. 3, 6.

(1893.) + 31d

NON- SERIALS.

(General.)

Acquoy, J. G. R. Het Klooster te Windesheim en Zijn
Invloed Nitgegeven door het Provincial
Utrechtsch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wet-
tenschappen. Deel 1, 2. 27b

Cassino, S. E. The Naturalist’s Directory.

Parts 1, 2, Salem, 1878. 25d

Coghlan, T. A. A Statistical Account of the Seven

Colonies of Australia. Sidney, 1892. 24a

46

Catalog.

Flower, W. H. A general guide to the British Museum
of Nat. History.

(See British Museum of Nat. History.) 19c

G-einitz, H. B. Bericht uber die neue Aufstellung in dem
Konigl. Mineralogischen Museum zu Dresden.

Sitzungsberichte der G-esellschaft “Isis” in Dresden.

Sitzung am 21 April, 1892, pp. 1-5.

G-oode, G-. B. The Museums of the Future.

Washington, 1891. 23e

Hector, J. Report on the Colonial Museum and Labora¬
tory of New Zealand. New Zealand, 1891. 15b

Lapa, Joao Ignacio Ferreira. Technologia Rural on artes

Chemicas, Agricolas e Florestaes. 2d

Mills, Simeon. Uncle John’s Primer. Madison, 1892.

— — Force. Madison, 1893.

Winchell, A. Charts to accompany a Work entitled
Michigan, being condensed popular sketches of
the Topography, Climate and Geology of the
State by Alex. Winchell. 15b

Agriculture — Serials.

47

ALPHABETICAL SUBJECT-CATALOG.

AGRICULTURE.

SERIALS.

Augusta [Maine] State Pomological Society.

Annual Report of Secretary, 1874. 28d

Boston [Mass.] Agricultural Experiment Station.

Bulletin, Nos. 38-40. 28c

Analysis of Commercial Fertilizers, Nos. 743-

766. 28c

- Board of Control of State Agricultural Experiment

Station.

Annual Report, 8. 28c

Champaign [Illinois] Office of State Entomologist.

Bulletin, No. 2, On the Chinch bug. 28c

Christiania [Norway] Ben Hoiere Landbrugsskole i Aas.

Norges Officielle Statistik, 1871-73, 1876. 29e

Columbus [Ohio] Agricultural Experiment Station.

Bulletin, Vols. I, No. 1; II, 2-8; III, 2-11; IV,

• V, 1-4. 28c

2d Series, Nos. 3, 4, 42-44. 28c

s’Gravenhage [Holland] Nederlandsche Maatschappig ter
Bevordering van Nijverheid.

Tijdschrift, 1873-77, 1878-82, 1884-1890. 26d

Ithaca [New York] Agricultural Society of the State of
N. Y.

Principes de l’elevage des Animaux Bomestique. 28d
Lansing [Michigan] Board of Agriculture.

Report, 1890. Index of Reports, 1849-88. 28d

London [England] West of England Society for Agricul¬
ture.

Journal for 1883.

28c

48

Catalog.

fa

Madison [Wisconsin] University of Wisconsin Agricul¬

tural Experiment Station.

Bulletin, Nos. 3, 6-11, 12-22. 28c

Annual Report, 1, 3-4, 6. 28c

- Wisconsin Dairyman’s Association.

Seventh Annual Report. 28c

Paris [France] Ministere de 1’ Agriculture.

Bulletin, No. 3, 1886. 28d

- Societe Nationale d’Agriculture.

Bulletin des Seances. Annee, Yol. XVI, 1881. 28c

Sacramento [California] University of California.

Department of Agriculture.

Report of Professor Hilgard for years 1879,

84-91. 28b

Agricultural Experiment Station.

Bulletins, 80, 89, 90, 92-96. 28b

Springfield [Ills.] Annual Report of the State Entomolo-
gist.

1871, 72, 85. 28d

- Reports Returned to the Department of Agriculture.

Illinois Crop Prospects for June, 1881. 28d

Topeka [Kansas] State Agricultural College.

Experiments, 1883. Report of State Board,

1877. 28c

Washington [D. C.] Department of Agriculture.

Report of Commissioner, 1886-87. 28c

Bulletin, 1, 9, 10, 13, 15-17, 41-43, 45-48. 28c

Entomological Commission. 28b-d

Annual Report, 1875, 1877-1885. 28b-d

Report of Commissioner, 1871, 1886, 1887. 28d

Report on Cotton Insects, 1879. 28d

Bureau of Animal Industry.

Report, 1885. * 28d

Animal Parasites of Sheep, 1890. 28d

State College [Penn.] Agricultural Experiment Station.
Bulletin, Nos. 2, 4, 9, 10, 12.

28c

Agriculture — Non- Serials.

49

NON-SERIALS.

Pamphlets , 28a.

Arens, R. Die Thomasschlacke, ihre Analyse und Verwert-
ung zu Land wir thschaf fclichen Zwecken. Inaug. Diss.
Jena, 1886.

Bestyeren, M. Beretning om Ladegaardsoens Hovedgaard for
Aarne 1862 og 1863. Christiania, 1865. 28e

Bloeck, R. Untersuchungen uber die Produktionskosten der
Getreidekorner. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1888.

Carmalt, W. H. On Abortion in Cows. Albany, 1869.

Dahl, P. A. Om Torkehus for Korn. Christiania, 1867.

Gregg, J. The Resources of the State of Oregon. (Prepared
by the State Board of Agriculture, James Gregg, Sec.)

Greshoff, M. Chemische Studien uber den Hopfen. Inaug.
Diss. Jena, 1887.

Haessner, L. R. Untersuchungen uber den Nahrstoffgehalt in
den Wurzeln und Kornern der Gerste und Verhalten des-
selben zu den im Boden vorhandenen assimilirbaren
Pflanzen-Nahrstoffen. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1887.

Hilgard, E. W. Root Knots on Fruit Trees and Vines.

Knauer, F. Untersuchungen uber den Marktpreis des Heues
u. dessen Verwendbarkeit zu landwirtschaftlichen Ver-
ausschlagungen. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

King, F. H. Observations and Experiments on the Fluctua¬
tions in the level and rate of Movement of Ground Water
on the Wisconsin Agricultural Experiment Station Farm
and at Whitewater, Wis. Weather Bureau Bulletin No. 5.

Lapa, J. I. F. Memoria dos Trigos Portuguezes. Lisbon,
1865. 26b

Niebling, R. Untersuchungen uber die kunstliche Verdauung
landwirtschaftlicher Futtermittel, nach Stutzer, uber
Pepsinwirkungen im Allgemeinen u. einen Versuch die
Verdaulichkeit der Steinnusspalme festzustellen. Inaug.
Diss. Jena, 1890.

50

Catalog.

Richard, M. A. De la Conformation du Cheval. 28c

Rohrer, R. Die Geschichtliche Entwickelung der Fruchtwech-
selwirtschaft. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

Schachb Asian, J. Untersuchungen nber die Adhesion und
Reibung der Bodenarten an Holz u. Eisen. Inaug. Diss.
Jena, 1890.

Schubeler, F. C. Die Cultur-Pflanzen Norwegens. Chris¬
tiana, 1862. 22c

Seelhorst, C. von. Der Roggen als Wertmass fur landwirth-
schaftliche Berechnungen, Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1888.

Wankel, G-. Beretning om nogle landbrugschemiske Under-
sogelser ved Aas hoiere Landbrugskole. Kgl. Norske
Videnskabers-Selskabs Skrifter, vol. VI.

Willems, Dr. Lungenseuche des Rindviehs. DieAnnalen der
Landwirthschaft. Berlin, 1852.

ANTHROPOLOGY.

SERIALS.

Nuremberg [Germany] Festschrift zur Begrussung des
XVIII. Kongresses der Anthropologischen Ge-
sellschaft in Nurnberg. 25©

Paris [France] Societe d’ Ethnographie.

Annuaire, 1876, 1878, 1882.

Actes. 1877 No. 2. 1873.

Bulletin 1884 No. 2. . 25d

Rio de Janeiro [Brazil] Archivos, Museu Nacional.

Anthropologia Brazileira. Vol. VI. + 26©

Washington [D. C.] Bureau of Ethnology.

Introduction to Sign Language. 25e

Introduction to Mortuary Customs. 25©

Annual Report, 1880, 82, 83, 85, 86. -t- 25©

Anthropology— Non- Serials.

51

NON-SERIALS.

Pamphlets , 25e.

Brinton, D. G. Contributions to a Grammar of the Muskokee
Language.

- Grammar of the Choctaw Language.

- The National Legend of the Chahta-Muskokee Tribes.

Foerster, R. Die Physiognomik der Griechen. Kiel 1884.

Hubbard, L. L. Some Indian Place Names in Northern
Maine.

Lieblein, J. Om en af H. M. Kongen til det ethnografiske
Museum skjaenket aegyptisk Mumie. Christiania, 1890.

Mason, O. T. The Aborigines of the District of Columbia and
the Lower Potomac. (Assisted by McGee, Mooney, Wil¬
son, Proudfit, Holmes and Reynolds.) Amer. Anthropo¬
logist, vol. II., No. 3, pp. 225-268.

- Anthropology.

Amer. Naturalist. 1880, pp. 740-744, 813-818, 899-

905; 1881, pp. 68-74, 151-161, 245-251.

Seler, E. Den altmexikanischen Pederschmuck des Wiener
Hofmuseums und uber mexikanische Rangabzeichen im
Allgemeinen.

- - Caraoteres des Inscriptions Azteques et Mayas.

- Das Tonalamatl der Aubin’schen Sammlung und die Ver-

wandten Kalenderbucher.

- - Zur mexikanischen Chronologie, mit besonderer Beruck-

sichtigung des zapotekischen Kalenders.

Terry, J. Sculptured Anthropoid Ape Heads. Found in or
near the Valley of the John Day River, a Tributary of
the Columbia River, Oregon.

Wasner, G. Uber Siedelungen der Neger. Inaug. Diss.
Konigsberg i. Pr. 1891.
ii— 5 Ap.

52

Catalog.

*

Zuccarelli, Angelo. Per un Gabinetto Scuola'di Antropologia,
Criminale Giambattista della porta da Fondorsi nell’In-
segnamento libero di Napoli.

- Divorzio e Scienza Antropologica comferenza pronunziata il

5 Febbraio 1893 a vantaggio del Gabinetto Scuola di
Antropologia Criminale da Fondarsi nell’ Insegnamento*
libero di Napoli.

ARCHEOLOGY.

SERIALS.

Cairo [Egypt] Institut Egyptien.

Bulletin Vol. III. No. 3, 1892. Fasc. 6. + l©'

Chicago [Ill.] Am. Antiquarian, Vols. IV, Nos. 2-4; V,

1-5; VI, 6; VII, 1-6; VIII, 2-5; IX, 3-6.+ 25d

Philadelphia [Penn.] Numismatic and Antiquarian So¬
ciety. Report of Proceedings for years 1878,

79, 81-83, 85. 25c-

Notes upon Denarions of Augustus Csesar, by H.
Phillips. 25e

Constitution and By-laws. 25c

Rome [Italy] British and American Archeological Society

of Rome, Vol., II. 12. + 25d

St. Louis [Missouri] St. Louis Academy of Science.

Archseology of Mo., Part I. 26c

Worcester [Mass] Worcester Society of Antiquity.

Constitution and By-laws. 25e

Proceedings, Foundation to 1877, 78-82, 84-90. + 25e~

Papers: -f 25e~

Early Records of the town of Worcester.

Book II. 1740-1753.

Address of Carlton A. Staples, January 27,

1885.

Archeology — Non- Serials.

58.

Worcester [Mass.] Worcester Society of Antiquity.

Papers- — continued.

The Abolitionists Vindicated in a Review of
Eli Thayer’s paper on the New England
Emigrant Aid Company.

Inscriptions from the Old Burial Grounds in
Worcester, Mass.,- from 1727 to 1859.

- - American Antiquarian Society.

Transactions, vols. I, III, -VIII. 25d

Catalogue, Partial Index. v 25d

NON-SERIALS.

Pamphlets , 25d.

Adler, C. Progress of Oriental Science in America during-
1888. From Smithsonian Report for 1888. pp. 675-
702.

- Report of the Section of Oriental Antiquities in the U. S.

National Museum, 1888. From Smithsonian Report,
1887-88. Pt. II. pp. 93-104.

Van Bastelair> D. A. Les Gres Wallons. Brussells,

1885. 25e

Brinton, B. G. The Ancient Phonetic Alphabet of Yucatan.

Ceuleneer, A. Type d’ Indien du Nouveau Monde Represente
sur un Bronze Antique de Louvre.

Deichmuller, J. v. Ueber Urnenfunde in Uebigau bei Dresden.
Abh. der naturwissenschaftl. Gesellsch. “Isis “ in Dres¬
den, 1884. Heft II. pp. 1-8, 21-29.

- 'Ueber Gefasse mit Graphit-Malerei aus sachsischen Urnen-

feldern. Abh. d. naturwissenschftl. Gesellsch. “Isis” in
Dresden, 1890, pp. 32-39.

Gotze, A. Die Gefassformen u. Ornamente der neolithischen
schnurverzierten Keramik im Flussgebiete der Saale.
Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1891.

54

Catalog.

Graves, C. On the Croix Gammee, or Swastika. Trans, of
Royal Irish Academy, vol. XXVII, No. 3. pp. 41-46.

Hicks, E. L. The Collection of Ancient Marbles at Leeds.
Journ. of Hellenic Studies, vol. XI. pp. 255-270.

Knoetel, P. Die Figurengrabmaler Schlesiens. Inaug. Diss.
Jena, 1890.

- Gold and Silver Ornaments from Mounds of Florida. Amer.

Antiquarian, July, 1887. pp. 1-9.

- Gold Ornaments from the United States of Columbia.

Amer. Antiquarian, Sept., 1887. pp. 267-270.

Lieblein, J. Die Aegyptischen Denkmaler in St. Petersburg,
Helsingfors, Upsala, und Copenhagen. Christiania, 1873.

- Recherches sur la Chronologie Egyptienne d’apres les listes

Genealogiques. Christiania, 1873.

Marquand, A. An Archaic Patera from Kourion. [Plate VII. ]
Amer. Jour. Archaeology, vol. IV, no. 2, pp. 1-3.

- A Phoenician Bowl in the Metropolitan Museum. Amer.

Jour, of Archaeology, vol. VII, nos. 1-2, pp. 1-6.

- Reminiscences of Egyptian Doric Architecture. Amer.

Jour. Archaeology, vol. VI, nos. 1-2, pp. 1-16.

- A Silver Patera from Kourion. Amer. Jour, of Archae¬
ology, 1888; vol. Ill, pp. 1-17.

McGee, W. J. An Obsidian Implement from Pleistocene De¬
posits in Nevada. Amer. Anthropologist, vol. II, no.
4, pp. 301-312.

Moreno, E. P. Museo de la Plata. Esploracion Arqueologica
de la Provincia de Catamarcas. (Extracto del Imforme
Annal Correspondiente a 1890.)

Nijtzel, H. Munzen der Rasuliden nebst einem Abriss der
Geschichte dieser Jemenischen Dynastie. Inaug. Diss.
Jena, 1891.

Archeology — Non- Serials. 55

Ohlricii, H. Die floreniiner Niobegruppe. Inaug. Diss. Jena,
1888.

Phillips, H. A brief Account of the more important Public
Collections of American Archaeology in the United
States.

Phillips, H. Jr. Notes upon a Collection of Coins and Medals
upon exhibition at the Penn. Museum and School of In¬
dustrial Art, Memorial Hall, Fairmount Park, Philadel¬
phia. Proc. of Amer. Philosophical Soc. , 1879, pp. 1-15.

- Remarks upon a Coin of Sicyon. Amer. Jour, of Numis

matics, Jan., 1882, pp. 1-9.

Rosny, L. Essai sur le Dechiffrement de l’Ecriture Hieralique
Maya. Archives de la Societe Americaine de France,
vol. II, pt. 1, pp. 1-108.

Salin, B. Ue Dynr-och vaxtinotivens utvecklingshistoria. Up-
sala, 1890.

Steversen, L. B. Om et myntfund fra Imsland i Ryfylke.
Christiania, 1889.

Undset, I. Til kundskab om vor yngre jernalder. Christiania,,
1890.

- Mere til kundstab om vor yngre jernalder. Christiania,

1890.

- Norske jordfundne oldsager i Nordiska Museet i Stock¬
holm. Christiania, 1888.

White, C. A. Kjoekkenmoeddings de l’Amerique du Nord.

Yates, L. G-. Charm Stones, the So-Called “Plummets” or
“Sinkers” of California. Bull. No. 2, Santa Barbara
Society of Nat. Hist., 1890. pp. 13-28, plates 1-4.

56

Catalog.

ART.

NON-SERIALS.

Pamphlets , 30c.

Bergner, H. H. Der gute Hirt in der altchristlichen Kunst.
Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1890.

Brunn, J. Norges Stavkyrkor ett bidrag till dan Romanska
Arkitekturens Historia. Upsala, 1891.

Deike, W. Schiller’s Ansichten uber die tragische Kunst
verglichen mit denen des Aristoteles. Inaug. Diss. Jena,
1891.

Foerster, R. Die Kunst in Schleswig-Holstein. Kiel, 1890.

Ohlrich, H. Die florentiner Niobegruppe. Inaug. Diss.
Jena, 1888.

ASTRONOMY.

SERIALS.

Albany [New York] Dudley Observatory.

Annals. Vol. II, 1862 -71. 20c

Madison [Wis.] Washburn Observatory.

Publications. Vols. V, VI, pts. 1, 2; VII,

pt. 1. 1886-89. + 20b

Mexico [Mexico] Observatorio Astronomico Nacional.

Annuario, 1885, 89 (two copies) 91-93. 20c

Bulletin. Vol. I, No. 1-8, 9, 10. + 20e

Mt. Hamilton [Cal.] Lick Observatory.

Report of Trustees. 20e

Publications. Vol. I. (1887.) + 20o

Report-Eclipses. Total of sun Jan. and Dec. 89,
of moon July, 1888.

20e

Astronomy — Non- Serials.

57

Munich [Germany] Royal Observatory.

Annals. Vol. XX. + 20c

'St. Petersburg [Russia] Physikalisches Centralobserva-
torium.

Annalen, Jahrgang, 1874-81, 1883-90, 91. + 21e

Santiago [Chili] Observatorio Astronomico.

Reports, 1873-1881. + 20c

San Francisco [Cal.] Astronomical Society of the Pacific.

Publications, Vol. V, 28 (1893). + 20c

Trieste [Austria] Osservatorio Marittimo di Trieste.

Rapporto Annuale, Vol. VII (1890) + 20e

Upsala [Sweden] Observatoire de l’Universite d’Upsal.

Bulletin, Vols. IV-IX, 1872-77. + 20e

Washington [D. (3.] U. S. Naval Observatory.

Annual Reports of Observations, 1853-60, 63,

61, 66, 68, 1872-87, 88. + 20d-e

- U. S. Naval Observations.

Appendix to Reports. 1876, App. I and III, I
Index of Pubis., 1845-75; II Report solar
eclipses July, 78 and Jan., 80; 1884, App. I

Catalogue of stars, 1845-77; 1888, I Mono¬
graph on Nebulae of Orion. + 20

Catalogue of Library, Pt. 1. Reports of Supt. ,

1884, 87, 90. 20e

Report of Superintendent for 1891. + 23e

NON- SERIALS.

Pamphlets , 20c.

Pall, R. S. Certain Problems in the Dynamics of a Rigid
System Moving in Elliptic Space. Trans, of Royal
Irish Academy, vol. XXVIII, no. IX, pp. 159-184.

Pogart, J. Standard time for the United States of America,
Canada and Mexico. Published by A. S. C. E., 1882.

58

Catalog.

Burnham, S. W. A Catalogue of Red Double Stars. Month¬
ly Notices of Royal Astronomical Society for May, 1876,,
pp. 331-338.

- Seventh Catalogue of New Double Stars. Amer. Jour.

Sci., vol, XII, pp. 1-4.

- Double Star Discoveries with the 18$- in. Chicago Refractor.

Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. XIV, pp. 1-7.

- Double Stars Discovered by Alvan Clark. Amer. Jour.

Sci., vol. XVII, pp. 283-289.

- Double Star Observations of years 1877-8. Chicago 1878.

20b.

Comstock, G. C. Provisional Results of a Determination of the
Constant of Aberration.

Diefhans, R. S. Polhohe von Kiel aus Zenithdistanzen des
Polarsterns und aus Circummeridianhohen. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1892.

Fleming, S. Time-Reckoning for the Twentieth Century. Smith¬
sonian Report, 1886, pp. 345-366.

Geelmuyden, H. Christiania Observatoriums Polhoide, Chris¬
tiania, 1888.

Gilbert, G. K. The Moon’s Face. Bulletin Philosoph. Society
of Washington, vol. XII, pp. 241-292, pi. 3.

Haring, G. H. History and Work of the Warner Observatory.
Rochester, 1883-1886.

Haughton, S. New Researches on Sun-heat and Terrestrial
Radiation, and on Geological Climates. (Parts 1 and 2. )
Trans, of the Royal Irish Academy, vol. XXVIII, no.
6, pp. 47-98.

Hirn, M. G. A. Resume des Observations Meteorologiques
faites pendant l’annee 1884, en quatre points du Haut-
Rhin et des Vosges. Comptes Rendus des Seances de
l’Academie des Sciences, 1885.

Astronomy — Non- Serials.

59

Holden, E. S. and Hastings, C. S. A Synopsis of the
Scientific Writings of Sir William Herschel.

Hugo, C. L. Astronomie G-eometrique on Breves Considera-
tiones sur la nouvelle theorie des Ovhelites. Paris, 1876.

Knopf, Otto. Die Schmidt ’sche Sonnentheorie und ihre An-
wendung auf die Methode der spektroskopischen Bestim-
mung der Rotationsdauer der Sonne. Jena, 1893.

Luders, F. G. T. Das Nord- oder Polarlicht ; wie es ist und
was es ist.

- Das Gesetz der Wechselwirkung im Wes tars..

National Academy of Science. Report of Eclipse Party to
Caroline Island. Washington, 1883. 20b.

Safford, T. H. The Development of Astronomy in the U. S.

Seeliger, H. Ueber Allgemeine Probleme der Mechanik des
Himmels. Munich, 1892.

Stechert, C. Definitive Bestimmung der Bahn des Cometen
1881, IV. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1:384.

Townley, S. D. Variable Stars of Long Period. Publications
of the Astronomical Society of the Pacific, vol. IV, 1892.

Trafford, F. W. G. Souvenir de l’amphiorama ou la vue du
Monde pendant son passage dans une comete. Zurich,
1880.

War Department. Instructions for observing Transit of Venus,
Dec. 6, 1882. Washington, 1882. 20b.

Washington University Eclipse Party. Report of Total
Eclipse of Sun, Jan., 1889. Norman, Cal., 1839. '20b.

60

Catalog .

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

SERIALS.

Albany [N. Y.] New York State Library.

Annual Report, 1854-59, 62-66, 70-72, 91. + 23c

Amsterdam [Holland] Bibliotheek Natura Artis Mag-
istra.

Catalogus. 25d

- Societe des Sciences Exactes et Naturelles.

Catalogue a prix Marques des Bibliotheques
formes par MM., le Dr. Matthes et le Dr.
Stamkart. 23

Cambridge [Mass.] Library of Harvard University.

Bibliographical Contributions. Nos. 8, 12, 17, 19,

22, 26, 29, 30, 33-35, 37-44, 45. + 24b

Frankfurt a O. [Germany] Societatum Litterae.

(Herausgegeben v. Dr. Ernst Huth. ) Jahrg., IY
(1890) 1-3. -h 23

Haarlem [Holland] Fondation Teyler.

Catalogue de la Bibliotheque. Vol. I, pts 1, 2,

5-8; II, 1-3. + 23a

Leipzig [Germany] Americana, by Karl W. Hiersemann.

Catalog, 70, 87, 89, 90, 97. 24b

Madison [Wis.] Wis. State Hist. Society.

Catalogue, 1873. Vols. I, II, pts 1 and 2. Suppl.

No. 1. 23b

New York [New York] Astor Library.

Annual Report, 1884, 36. 23b

Rome [Italy] Codici Panciatichiani.

Indici e Cataloghi. Vols. I, Nos. 1-3, 6-10;

II, 1-4. 23b

Washington [D. C.] Bureau of Education.

Report, Condition and Management of Public
Library. Part 1, 1876. 23b

- Public Library.

Special Report. (1876) Part II. 23b

Biography — Non- Serials.

61

NON-SERIALS.

Pamphlets , 30b.

Mass. Inst, of Technology. Publications of. 1862-1887.
26c.

Wadsworth, M. E. List of Publications of.

BIOGRAPHY

SERIALS.

Rio de Janeiro [Brazil] Brazilian Biographical Annual

by Joaquim Manoelde Macedo. Yols. I-III. 27d

NON-SERIALS.

Pamphlets , 27b.

Brockhaus, F. Nickolaus Falck, eine akademische Ge-
dachtnissrede. Kiel, 1884.

Frazer, P. Thomas Sterry Hunt. Amer. Geologist, vol. XI,
pp. 1-13.

Haushofer, K. Franz von Kobell.

Hjelt, O. E. A. Gedachtnissrede auf Alexander von Nordmann.

Hyatt, A. Sketch of the Life and Service to Science of Prof.
Spencer F. Baird. Boston Soc. of Nat. Hist., vol.
XXIII, pp. 558-565.

Jackson, M. M. Daniel Webster.

James, J. F. Uriah Pearson James. Amer. Geologist, 1889,
pp. 1-7.

Levasseur, E. La Vie et les Travaux de Wolowiski.

Lorck, A. Hermann von Salza, Sein Itinerar. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1880.

Pratt, D. J. Biographical Notice of Peter Wraxall.

62

Catalog.

Reynolds, S A Biographical Sketch of the late Hon. Ed
mund Lovell Dana, President of the Osterhout Free
Library. Wilkes-Barre, Pa., 1839.

Sherman, S. S. A Biographical Sketch of Increase Allen.
Lapham, M. A. Milwaukee, 1876. 15b.

BIOLOGY.

SERIALS.

Boston [Mass.]. The Marine Biological Laboratory.

Annual Report, No. 4. 4c

Granville [Ohio]. Journal of Comparative Neurology,

Vol. I. pts. 1-4; II, pts. 1, 2. + 22a.

Vienna [Austria]. Zoologisch-Botanische Gesellschaft.

Verhandlungen, Vols. XX, XXIII-XXXII. 6b

NON-SERIALS.

Pamphlets , 30e.

Aderhold, R. Beitrag zur Kenntniss richtender Krafte bei der
Bewegung neiderer Organismen. Inaug. Diss. Jenay
1888.

Brooks, W. K. Salpa in its Relation to the Evolution of
Life Studies from the Biological Laboratory of the Johns
Hopkins University, vol. V, No. 3.

David, A. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Wirkung des chlorsauren
Natriums. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Hammar, J. A. H. Bidrag till Ledgangarnes Histologi. Up-
sala, 1892.

Hecksteden, E. Beitrag zur Lehre vom Echinokokkus. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1881.

Martens, W. Ueber das Verhalten v. Vocalen u. Dyphthongen
in gesprochenen Worten. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Botany — Serials.

63

May, K. Ueber das Geruchsvermogen der Krebse nebst einer
Hypothese uber die analytische Thatigkeit der Reich-
harchen. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1887.

Polli, Giovanni. Ricerche sulla cotenna del Sangue. Milan,
1843.

Romer, Fritz. Ueber den Bau und die Entwickelung des
Panzers der Gurteltiere. Inaug. Diss. Jena.

Scheidemann, G. Ueber das Verhalten einiger Hydroxylamin-
verbindungen in Thierkorper. Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg,
1892.

BOTANY.

SERIALS.

Basel and Geneva [Switzerland] Schweizerische Botan-

ische Gesellschaft. Berichte. Heft 1 (1891). + 22c

Christiania [Norway] University of Christiania. Die
“Pflanzenwelt Norwegens. ” (2 copies.)

Die Culturpflanzen Norwegens. Id

Coimbra [Portugal] Sociedade Broteriana.

Boletim. Vol. X. -f- 22d

Iowa City [Iowa] State University of Iowa.

Bulletin from Laboratories of Natural History.

Vol. It. No. 3. + 22d

Few [England] Hooker’s leones Plantarum. Vols. XI-
XX, XXI 1-3, XXII. (Ser.. 3, Vols. I-X, Ser.

4,' Vols. I. a-c II.) + 22d

Konigsberg [Germany] Preussischer Botanische Yerein
in Konigsberg.

Jahresbericht, 1891-92. + 2c

London [England] Royal Horticultural Society.

Journal. Vol. 4, Nos. 14, 15 and 16. 1874.

• 22b

64

Catalog.

Lyon [France] Societe Botanique de Lyon.

Bulletin Trimestriel. Annee X. No. 4. 1892. + 22’

Milan [Italy] Istituto Botanico dell’ Universita di Pavia.

Series II, Vol. II. + 22'

Munich [G-ermany] Bayerische botanische Gesellschaft
zur Erforschung der heimischen Flora.
Berichte, 1891. + 22b*

New York [N. Y.] Torrey Botanical Club.

Bulletin. Vols. IX, Nos. 1-8, 10-12, X-XIII,

1-8, 10-12 ; XIV-XVII, 1-7, 9-12;

XVIII-XIX, 2, 3, 6-8, 9. + 22a,

Riga [Russia] Rigasche G-arten-bau Verein.

Jahresbericht 14, 15. + 22a

St. Louis [Mo.] Missouri Botanical G-arden.

Report. 1890-91, 92. + 22a,

St. Petersburg [Russia] Royal Botanical Gardens.

Acta Horti Petropolitani. Yol. I-XII. + 22b

Stockholm [Sweden] Kongl. Svenska Yetenskaps Aka-
demiens.

Acta Horti Bergiani. Yol. I. + 22a.

Toulouse [France] Societe francaise de Botanique.

Revue de Botanique (Bulletin mensuel de la
societe) Yols. III-YII, XI, Nos. 121-126, [1884-
1888, 1893.] + 22e-

Yienna [Austria] Garten-bau Gesellschaft in Wien.

Wiener Illustrirte Garten-Zeitung. 1892, June-
December. + 22c

- - Zoologisch-Botanische Gesellschaft.

Y erhandlungen. Vols. XX, XXIII-XXXII. 6b

Weimar [Germany] Thuringischer botanishe Yerein.

Mittheilungen. Neue Folge. Hefts III and 1Y.

1893. + 22c

Botany — Non- Serials.

65

NON-SERIALS.

Pamphlets , 30e.

Adler, A. Untersuchungen ueber die Langenausdehnung der
Gefassraume. Inaug. Diss.. Jena, 1892.

Arthur, J. C. Report of the Botanical Work in Minnesota for
the year 1886. Bull. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey of
Minn, No. 3.

Atkinson, G. F. An Automatic Device for Rolling Culture
Tubes of Nutrient Agar Agar. Botanical Gazette, May,
1892, pp. 152-156.

- The Genus Frankia in the United States. Bulletin, Torrey

Botanical Club, vol. XIX, pp. 171-177.

- Some Cercosporae from Alabama. Elisha Mitchell Scien¬
tific Society. Journal, vol. VIII, part 2, pp. 1-35.

- Carnation Diseases. Paper presented before the American

Carnation Society at their annual meeting, 1893, at
Pittsburgh.

- Method for obtaining pure Cultures of Pammel’s Fungus

of Texas Root Rot of Cotton. Botanical Gazette, vol.
XVIII, pp. 17-20.

- Monograph of the Lemaneacese of the United States.

Annals of Botany, vol. IV, pp. 177-229, 1890.

- Some Diseases of Cotton. Agricultural Experiment Sta¬
tion of the Agricultural and Mechanical College, Auburn,
Alabama. Bulletin, No. 41, Dec., 1892.

Benecke, Wilhelm. Die Nebenzellen der Spaltoffnungen, ein
Beitrag zur Kenntniss Ihres Baues und Hires Function
im Pflanzlichen Organismus. Inaug. Diss. Jena.

Bull, A. J. Plechtige Herdenking van Linnaeus Leven en
Werken. Amsterdam, 1878.

Carnel, T. La Morfologia Vegetale. Pisa, 1878.

- Prodromo della Flora Toscana. Florence, 1864.

- Statistica Botanica della Toscana. Florence, 1871.

66

Catalog.

Chamberlain, J. S. A Comparative Study of the Styles of
Compositae. Bull. Torrey Botanical Club, vol. XVIII,
pp. 175-196, pi. 117-120.

Cheney, L. S. and True, R. H. On the Flora of Madison and
Vicinity. A Preliminary Paper on the Flora of Dane
County, Wisconsin. Trans. Wis. Academy, Vol. IX.
1892.

Clausen, H. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Athmung der Ge-
wachse u. des pflanzlichen Stoffwechsels. Jena, 1890.

Coster, J. D. Linnseana. Amsterdam, 1878.

Crepin, F. Materiaux pour servir a l’histoire des Roses.
Fascicules 3 and 4.

- Note sur le Pecopteris Odontopteroides Morris.

Dietel, P. Beitrage zur Morphologie u. Biologie der Uredi-
neen. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1887.

Fernald, M. L. The Portland Catalogue of Maine Plants.
Proc. of Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., 1892, pp. 40-72.

Ficalho, C. Flora dos Lusiadas. Lisbon, 1880.

Fust, A. R. F. Culture du Tabac.

Gama, J. S. Clarsement Botanique de Plantes Alimentaires
du Bresil. Paris, 1867.

Giessler, Rudolf. Die Lokalization der Oxalsaure in der
pflanze. Inaug. Diss. Jena.

Gray, A. Memoranda of a Revision of the North American Vio¬
let. Botanical Gazette, vol. XI, no. 11, pp. 289-320,
pi. 9.

Greene, Edw. L. Illustrations of West American Oaks from
Drawings by Dr. Albert Kellogg. San Francisco,
1889. 22c.

Grevillius, A. Y. Anatomiska Studier ofver de Florala
Axlarna hos Deklina Fanerogamer. Stockholm, 1891.

Botany — Non- Serials.

67

EIedlund, J. T. Kritische Bemerkungan uber einige Arten der
Flechtengattungen Leconora (Ach.), Lecidea (Ach. ) a.
Micarea (Fn. ) Inaug. Diss. Upsala, 1892.

Hoffman, F. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Flora v. Central-Ost-
Afrika, Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

James, J. F. A Revision of the Genus Clematis, of the U. S.
Jour, of Cincinnati Soc. of Nat. Hist., vol. VI, July,
1883.

Jones, M. E. New Plants from Arizona, Utah, and Nevada.
Zoe, vol. II, pp. 12-17.

- New Species and Noles of Utah Plants. Zoe, vol. II, No. 3,

pp. 236-252.

Jungner, J. R. Bidrag till Kannedomen om Anatomien hos
Familjen Dioscorem, Upsala, 1888.

Kaurin, C. Addenda et Corrigenda ad Enumerationem
Bryinearum Dovrensium anctore. N. C.. Kindberg.
Christiania, 1889.

Kellogg, Dr. Albert. Illustrations of West American Oaks.
(Text by Edw. L. Greene.) San Francisco, 1889, 22c.

Kiddler, J. H. Contributions to the Nat. Hist, of Kerguelen
Island (Made in connection with the U. S. Transit of
Venus. Expedition, 1874-75), Washington, 1876.

Kindberg, N. C. Enumeratio Bryinearum Dovrensium. Chris¬
tiania, 1888.

Kuckuck, P. Beitrage zur Kenntnis einiger Ectocarpus Arten
der Kieler Fohrde. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Lager, D. S. Recherches Historique sur les mots Plantes
Males et Plantes Femelles. Paris, 1884.

Leonard, E. J. Catalogue of Phaenogamous and Vascular Crypto-
gamous Plants found in Meriden, Conn. Meriden, 1885.

Lemcke, A. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Gattung Garex Mich.
Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg, 1892.
ii— 6 Ap.

68

Catalog.

Liebe, T. Grundiss der speciellen Botanik fur den Unterricht
an Hoheren Lehranstalten.

Loureiro, J. Flora Cochinchinensis, vols. I, II. 22c.

Meston, A. Report of the Government Scientific Expedition to
Bellenden-ker Range upon the Flora and Fauna of that
part of the colony.

Mielke, G. Anatomische u. physiologische Beobachtungen an
den Blattern einiger Eucalyptus-Arten. Inaug. Diss.
Jena, 1891.

Muller, K. Vergleichende Untersuchung der Anatomischen
Verhaltnisse der Clusiaceen, Hyperic'aceen, Dipterocar-
paceen u. Terustroemiaceen. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1882.

Oudemans, C. A. J. A. Carolus Linnaeus. Amsterdam, 1878

Pammel, L. H. On the Structure of the Testa of Several Le¬
guminous Seeds. Bull. Torrey Bot Club, 1886, Feb.,
pp. 17-24, pis. 52 and 53.

- Weeds of Southwestern Wisconsin and Southeastern Min¬
nesota. St. Paul, 1887.

Pearson, W. H. Frullaniae Madigascariensis praecipne collec-
tionibus Borgeni. Christiania, 1891.

Peck, C. H. Fungi. Trans. Alb. Inst., 1870.

Polakowski, H. La Flora de Cosba Rica. San Jose. 1891.

Rhein, G. F. Beitrage zur Anatomie der Caesalpiniaceen. In¬
aug. Diss. Kiel. 1888.

Sandoval, V. L. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Gattung Rox-
burghia. Inaug. Diss. Strassburg. 1892.

Schonland, S. Ueber die Entwickelung der Bluten u. Frucht
bei den Platanen. Inaug. Diss. Kiel. 1883.

Schubeler, F. C. Die Culturpflanzen Norwegens. Christiania.
1861. 22c,

-Die Pflanzenwelt Norwegens. Christiania. 1875. 22c.

Botany— Non- Serials.

69

-chttbeler, F. C. Pflanzengeographische Karte uber das
Konigreich Norwegen. Christiania.

- -V aextlioet i Norge, med saerligt hensyn til Plantegeo-

graphien. Christiania. 1879.

Scribner, P. L. The Ornamental and Useful Plants of Maine.

Seidel, C. Beitrage zur Anatomie der Saxifrageen. Inaug.
Biss. Kiel. 1890.

Skarmen, J. A. O. Om Salixvegetationen i Klarelfoens Flod-
dal. Upsala. 1892.

Stenstrom, K. O. E. Yarmlandska Archieracier anteekningar
til Skandinaviens Hieracium-Flora. Upsala. 1879.

Stenzel, G. Blutenbildungen beim Schneegl ockchen (Gal-
anthus Nivalis)' und Samenformen bei der Eiche (Quer-
cus Pedunculata). Cassel. 1890. 22c.

Stenzel, K. G-. U ntersuchun gen uber Bau und "Wachstum der
Fame. Theile I u. II. Verhandlung der Kaiserl. Leo-
pold-Carol. deutschen Akademie der Naturforscher, vol*
XXVIII.

- Uber Farn-Wurzeln aus dem Rotben-Liegenden. Ver-

handlungen der Kaiserl. Leopold-Carol. deutschen Akade¬
mie der Naturforscher, vol. XXVI, pt. 1.

- Uber eine merkwurdige Rinden-Bildung bei der Edel-

Tanne.

- - Mittheil ungen uber zweizahlige Orchideenblutl: en.

- Gefasskryptogamen.

- Uber Fruchtformen des Ahorns.

Stroever, V. Ueber die Verbreitung der Wurzelverkurzung.
Inaug. Biss. Jena. 1892.

Trelease, W. The Species of Rumex Occurring North of
Mexico. 3rd Annual Report of the Mo. Botanical Gar¬
den, 1892.

70

Catalog.

Verbrugge, W. A. V. Openingsplechtigheid van de Tentoon
s telling.

Voigt, A. Localisirung des atherischen Oeles in den Geweben
der Allium-Arten. Inaug. Diss. Jena. 1889.

Watermann, R. W. Third Biennal Report of the California .
State Board of Forestry for the years 1889-90.

Weiss, J. E. Die Bayerische botanische Geselischaft zur Er-
forschung der heimischen Flora und ihre Organization.
Leimbach’s Deutscher Botanischer Monatschrift, voL
VIII, No. 3.

CHEMISTRY.

SERIALS.

Vienna [Austria] Allgem. osterr. Chemiker- u. Techniker-

Zeitung, Jahr. XI, Nos. 13-14 + 30U

Boston [Mass] Boston Journal of Chemistry, Vols. XII,

1-11, 15, 17; XIII, 1, 3-5, 8, 9; XIV, 1, 4, 5,

7, 8; XV, 1, 3-6, 8, 12; XVI, XVII, 1, 3. 30e

NON-SERIALS.

Pamphlets , 21c.

Abel, J. Ueber Aethylenamin (Spermin?). Inaug. Diss. Kiel-
1888.

Abenius, V. Undersokningar, in om Piazinserien. Upsala,
1891.

Altschul, J. Ueber Versuche zur Synthese v. Oxychinolincar-
bonsauren u. uber die dabei erhaltene Paraoxychinolin-
carbonsaure. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1888.

Arens, R. Die Thomasschlacke, ihre Analyse u. Verwertung zu
Landwirtschaftlichen Zwecken. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1886-

Chemistry — Non- Serials.

71

-Arnhold, M. Zur Kenntniss des dreibasischen Ameisensaure-
athers u. verschiedener Methylale. Inaug. Diss. Jena?
1886.

Bacher, F. Ueber Methyl- u. Dimethylderivate des Pyridins.
Inaug. Diss. Kieh 1889. *

Bachmann, G. Ueber einige Einwirkungsproducte v. Alkyl -
jodiden auf Nitropropan. Inaug. Diss. Jena. 1889.

Baurath, H. Ueber <r-Stilbazol u. seine Reductionsproducte.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Bertram, Paul. Ueber die Einwirkung von Salpetersaure auf
Phenylmethylpyrazolon. Inaug. Diss. Jena.

Bogdahu, F. Ueber Phenylglycolenyldioxytetrazotsaure u.
einige Abkommlinge derselben. Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg,
1892.

Bottiger, E. Ueber die Einwirkung v. Chlorkalk auf Benzidin
u. Homologe. Inaug. Diss. Jena. 1881.

Bruggemann, R. Ueber die einwirkung v. Natrium auf den
Aethylather der normalen u. der Iso-Buttersaure. Inaug.
Diss. Jena, 1888.

Bunge, G-. Ueber Xylenolcarbonsauren u. einige Condensa-
tionsproducte, welche der Euxanthongruppe angehoren.
Inaug. Diss. Jena. 1889.

Burwell, A. W. Ueber die Einwirkung v. Natriumaethylat
auf Isopropylparaconsaureaethylester. Inaug. Diss.
Strassburg. 1892.

Cameron, C. A. On some hitherto Undescribed Compounds of
Selenium. Trans, of Royal Irish Academy, vol. XXVIII,
no. VIII, pp. 137-158.

Bharlamboff, L. Synthetische Versuche in der Oxalsaurereihe.
Ueber cr-Methylghitarsaure. Inaug. Diss. Jena. 1889.

Chittenden, R. H. and Smith, H. E. The Diastatic action of
Saliva, as Modified by various conditions, Studied Quali¬
tatively. Trans. Conn. Academy, vol. VI, pp. 343-376.

72

Catalog .

Clutterbuck, M. C. On Tetrolic Acid. Inaug. Diss. Strass-
burg, 1891.

Cohen, E. Ueber die Trennung von Thonerde, Eisenoxyde und
Titansaure. Neues Jahrbuch fur Mineralogie, etc, 1884.
vol. I, pp. 186-187.

Colvin, V. On certain New Phenomena in Chemistry. Read
before Albany Institute, 1872.

Cosack, J. Derivate der Toluidine. Inaug. Diss. Kiel.

Dickhuth, Max. Ueber einige Indigo-Derivate. Inaug..

Diss. Jena. 1893.

Duden, Paul. Beitrage zur Theoric der Pyrazolbildung. Inaug..
Diss. Jena, 1892.

Eidam, Max, Ueoer die Einwirkung des Diacetbernsteinsaure-
esters auf Hydrazobenzol, symmetrisches Methylphenyl-
hydrazin und Hydrazinhydrat. Inaug. Diss. Jena.

Elbel, Ia. Ueber einige Derivate der Opiansaure. Inaug..
Diss. Kiel, 1887.

Enke, E. Ueber Alkyloxyl-Quartenylsaure-Aether. Inaug..

Diss. Jena, 1889.

Fajans, A. Monomethylorthodioxybenzolcarbonsauren und.
dereo Derivate. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1890.

Fogh, J. Ueber die chemischen Vorgange bei der Elektrolyse-
von wassrigen Chloridlosungen. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

Franke, F. Ueber die Condensation v. Acetessigester u. p-
Naphtylamin. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1891.

Frltzschen, E. Ueber Halogenderivate der Pyrazolonreihe.,
Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1892.

G-abba, L. Sopra alcuni Recenti Studj di Chimica Organica e-
sull’ applicazione dei loro risultati all’ arte tuitoria.

Genninos, V. Tratado de Vinificacao, Lisbon^ 1868.

Chemistry — Non- Serials. 73

Genther, Th. Zur Kenntnis des Nitroso-Antipyrins. Inaug.
Diss. Jena, 1893.

Gotting, G. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Constitution des
Nitroaethans. Inaug. Diss. Jena. 1887.

Gottsch, H. Ueber Pyridinderivate aus Propionaldehydam-
mouiak u. Propionaldehyd. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Grabowski, G. Ueber die Einwirkung salpetriger Saure auf
einige Amidine u. uber ^-Naphtenylamidin. Inaug.
Diss. Konigsberg, 1892.

Gram, Johann F. Ueber einige Derivate des p-Diamidodi-
phenylmethans. Inaug. Diss. Jena.

Greshoff, M. Chemische Studien uber den Hopfen. Inaug.
Diss. Jena, 1887.

Grothe, O. Ueber die Metajodorthonitro u. Amido Benzoe-
sauren, sowie uber isomere Nitrobenzylcyanide u. Para-
nitrophenylessigsaure. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1880.

Grunhagen H. Einwirkung v. Methylenchlorid auf Para u.
Orthotoluidin. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

Grumwald, H. UebSr einige Methoden zur quantitative Bestim-
mung des Glycerins. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

Hahle, H. Ueber Metanitroparaamidophenol u. einige Derivate
desselben. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

Hansdorff, G. Das Wurmsamenol.

Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1886.

HArtenstein, Max. Ueber u'-Hydronaphtochinon und einige
Derivate desselben. Inaug. Diss. Jena.

Hawkins, E. N. Report on the Technical Determination of.
Zinc. Proc. of Colorado Scientific Society, 1892, pp. 1-20.

Headden, W. P. The Production of Columbous & Tungstous
Oxides in Forming Compounds of Iron and Tin. Proc. of
Colorado Scientific Society. Jan. 2nd, 1893.

Hector, D. S. Undersokningar ofver Svafvelurinamneus For-
hallande till Oxidationsmedel. Upsala, 1892.

74

Catalog.

Hellstrom, P. Studier ofver Naftalinderivat. Upsala, 1890.

Herbig, W. Beitrage zur Glycerinbestimmung. Inaug. Diss.
Jena, 1890.

Herzfeld, J. Ueber Abkommlinge des Toluchinolins. Inaug.
Diss. Jena, 1886.

Hilbert, H. Ueber die Einwirkung v. Methylenchlorid auf Roh-
und tr-Picolin. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

Hinrichsen, W. Ueber m-Xylobenzylamin. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1889.

Hoffmann, T. Ueber die Umwandlung der Phenyl-/?r-penten-
saure (Cinnamenylpropionsaure) in Phenyl-/Apentensaure.
Inaug. Diss. Strassburg, 1892.

Hohland, R. Ueber einige Substitutionsproducte des Methylen-
chlorids. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1886.

Hosaens, H. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der /LOxynaphtoesaure.
Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1892.

Hundt, C. Ueber die Darstellung optisch aktiver Tropasaure
u. optisch aktiver Atropine. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Jaehne, O. Beitrage zur Kenntniss Phosphorigsaure Alkylver-
bindungen. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

Jenssen, E. Beitrage zur krystallographischen Kenntnis orga-
nischer Verbindung. Inaug. Diss. Leipzig, 1889.

Jentzsch, A. Ueber ein Einwirkungsproduct v. Kohlenoxyd-
chlorid auf Diamidoazobenzol u. einige Derivate desselben.
Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1888.

Kempff, C. Ueber die Einwirkung des Benzylamins auf das
Methylenchloryd. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

Kirschnick C. Ueber Paratolenyldioxytetrazotsaure u. ihre
an Sauerstoff armeren Derivate. Inaug. Diss. Konigs-
berg, 1892.

Klabung, H. Ueber die physikalische Isomerie einiger Hy
droxylamin Derivate mit dem Radical der Paratoluyl
saure. Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg, 1891.

Chemistry — Non - Serials.

75*

Kniep, W. Ueber Trennungsmethoden des Bariums, Strontiums,
u. Calciums. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

Knight, F. C. A Volumetric Method for the Determination of
Lead.

Koll, A. Zur Kenntniss einiger Chlorcrotonsauren. Inaug.
Diss. Jena, 1888.

Konig, K. Tiber die Einwirkung v. Schwefelsaure auf <*-0xy-
naphtoesuifosauren. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1890.

Konig, W. Ueber das Verhalten einiger Oxychinaldine gegen
Kohlensaure u. ueber die o-Oxychinaldincarbonsaure.
Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

Krantz, F. Krystallographische Untersuchungen von Nitrol-
aminbasen und verwandten Korpern. Inaug. Diss.
Leipzig, 1888.

Kranz, L. Ueber die Einwirkung v. Chlorkohlenoxyd u.
Kohlensaure auf einige Oxybenzole. Inaug. Diss. Jena,
1891.

Krey, Walther. Ueber einige Condensationsproducte des
Antipyrins mit Aldehyden. Inaug. Diss. Jena.

Krober, T. Ueber Derivate des ortho- u. para-Tolubenzyl-
amins. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Khnze, H. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Isocarbopyrotritarsaure
aus Diacetbernsteinsaure^ster. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1892.

Lapa, J. I. F. Chimica Agricola. 30c.

Laun, W. F. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Alkine. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1884.

Xindemann, T. Ueber einige neue S&lze des Antipyrins u. uber
die Einwirkung v. Epichlorhydrian auf Phenole,
Inaug. Diss, Jena, 1891.

Uorenz, R. Beitrage zur Kentniss der Valenz des Bor’s.
Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1888.

Merck, C. E. Ueber Furfurathenpyridin u. uber Cocain.

* Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

76

Catalog.

Mewes, W. Ueber einfach- und gemischt halogen- substituirte*
Acetessigester sowie uber ihr Verhalten zu NatriumaU
koholat. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1887.

Meyer, G-. Ueber einige kunstliche u. naturliche Alkaloide.
Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg.

Meyers, H. C. Ueber Dichlormethylparaconsaure. Inaug..
Diss. Strassburg, 1891.

Mollenhoff, C. Ueber Sulfosauren des Phenylmethyl-Pyrazo-
Ions und seiner Derivate. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1891.

Moritz, H. Ueber dimethylirtes Methyluracil. Inaug. Diss.
Jena, 1887.

Mowbray, G. M. Nitro-Glycerine, as used in the Construction:
of the Hoosac Tunnel.

Muller, Max. Zur Kenntiss von Pyrazolonderivaten au&
tf-Naphtylhydrazin. Inaug. Diss. Jena.

Munsche, A. Das. Hexylen, seine bromirten Derivate und.
deren mogliche geometrischen Isomeren. Inaug. Diss.
Jena, 1890.

Munster, C. A. Kongsbergsolvet sammensaetning og en
sekundaerproces ved dets dannelse. Christiania.

Neumann, G. S. Schwefelsaure als Jodubertrager. Inaug.
Diss. Jena, 1887.

Nickel, E. Die Farbenreactionen der Kohlenstoff verbin-
dungen. I Theil. Farbenreactionen mit aromatischem
Charakter. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1888.

Noah, E. Zur Kenntniss der Oxyanthrachinone. Inaug. Diss.
Jena, 1887.

Oelschlagel, C. Ueber das Pseudo-Ephedrin. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1890.

Oldach, H. Ueber eine Syn these /^-Methyltetramethylen-
diamins und das /7-Methylpyrolidins. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1887.

Chemistry — Non- Serials.

77

Paessler, J. Ueber Engetinsaure und einige Berivate der-
selben. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

Palm, G-. Ueber die Einwirkung von Cblorkohlenoxyd auf
Nitroamidophenol. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1890.

Palmer, C. S. The Nature of the Chemical Elements. Proc.
of Colorado Scientific Society, 1892.

Parker, J. G. Ueber neue Synthesen mit Brenztraubensaure,
Inaug. Diss. Strassburg, 1891.

Parsow, H. Ueber die Einwirkung v. Paratoluidin auf Acetes-
sigester. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1891.

Perlstein, M. Ueber einige aromatische Verbindungen mit
ungesattigten Seitenketten. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

Pingle, C. Ueber den Propio-propionsauremethylaether.
Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1887.

Plath, G. Ueber ^-Aethyl-n-Stilbazol u. einige seiner De-
rivate. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

I

Pritzkow, A. Ueber Einige Derivate des o-Tolylmetbylpyra-
zolons. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1891.

Banterberg, F. Ueber Benzophenonhydrazin und einige De¬
rivate desselben. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Bebs, H. Untersuchung uber Schwefelverbindungen. Inaug.
Diss. Jena, 1888.

Beher, L. Ueber Aethylderivate des Chinolins. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1887.

Bosengarten, George D. Ueber die Einwirkung von Acety-
lacetessigester und Aethylidenacetessigester auf Hydraz-
inhydrat. Inaug. Diss. Jena.

Bossler, E. Ueber die Oxathylamine. Inaug, Diss. Jena. <

Bosumoff, P. Ueber das n-Methyl-Pyridylketon. Inaug.
Diss. Jena, 1889.

78 Catalog.

Roth, F. Ueber Tropeine u. Glycoline. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1883.

Rothenburg, R. Ueber (3) Phenylpyrazolon. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1892,

Rudolf, F. Ueber die Einwirkung von Chlorkohlenoxyd auf
Pikraminsaure. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1892.

Saggan, T. Ueber das /3-Aethylpyridin und /2-Aethylpiperi-
din. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Schall, C. Einwirkung v. Tetrachlorkohlenstoff auf die drei
isomeren Kresole u. Oxydation der daraus eutstehenden
Oxyloylsauren zu Oxyphtalsauren. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1881.

Schimmel, C. Ueber die Einwirkung v. Methylenchlorid auf
Pyridin. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

Schlangk, M. Ueber synthetische Pyridinbasen aus Acet- u.
Propionaldehydammoniak. Inaug. Diss, Kiel, 1888.

Schmidt, F. Ueber die Einwirkung v. einigen Saurechloriden
auf Natriumphenyl-hydrazin. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1888.

Schneider, P. Ueber Paratolenyloxytelrazotsaure. Inaug.
Diss. Konigsberg, 1892.

Schofer, G-. Einwirkung von Hydrazinhydrat auf einige Ester
der Fettsaurereihe. Inaug Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Schrader, L. Ueber Isopropylderivate des Pyridins u. Reduc-
tionsproducte desselben. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1884.

Schramm, C. Synthetisch Untersuchung in der Chinolinreihe.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1887.

Schultz, H. C. M. Ueber or-Methyl-tf-Aethyl- und <x-Methyl~ y
Aethylpyridin und ihre zugehorigen Hexahydrobasen.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Schwimmer, M. Pyrazolderivate entstanden durch Einwirkung
v. Isobutyryl u. Isobutylidenacetessigester auf Phenylhy-
drazin. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1892.

Chem istry — Non- Serials.

79

Schwan, N. Hydrazinhydrat und substituierte Glycolsaurees
ter. Inaug, Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Seidel, P. Ueber einige Derivate aus den Reihen des Car-
bonyl-o-amidophenols u. des Thiocarb-o-amidophenols
Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

Seissl, J. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Ketonsauren. Inaug.
Diss. Jena, 1888.

Stenzel, G. Chemische Erscheinungen.

Stoermer, M. Ueber sogenannte physikalisch verschiedene
Modificationen von Hydroxylaminderivaten. Inaug. Diss.
Jena, 1892.

Strube, G. Ueber das Benzoylhydrazin u. einige Derivate des-
selben. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Taufkirch, H Ueber fuhrung des Antipyrins in das /2-Methyl
amidokrotonsaureanilid. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1893.

Trebst, O. Einwirkung v. Methylenchlorid auf Piperidin.
Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1890.

Uecker, A. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der physikalischen Isomerie
einiger analysirter Hydroxylaminderivate. Inaug. Diss.
Konigsberg, 1891.

Vehse, A. Ueber die Einwirkung v. Phenylhydrazin auf Cyn-
namylacetessigester. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1891.

Vesterberg, K. A. Kemiska Studier ofver Nagra Hartser.
Upsala, 1890.

Vogel, H. Ueber die Einwirkung v. p- u. o- Toluidin auf
Dibrombernsteinsaureathylester. Inaug. Diss. Jena,
1890.

Wangeniieim, G. Ueber die Einwirkung v. Diacetbernstein-
saureester auf Ortho- u. Para- Tolylhydrazin. Inaug.
Diss. Jena, 1891.

Wiskirchen, P. Modificationen alkylierter Dibenzhydroxam
saureester u. alkylierter Benzhydroxamsauren. Inaug
Diss. Konigsberg, 1892.

80

Catalog.

Witting, F. I. Darstellung zweier isomerer Xylolsulfosauren
II. Zur Kentniss der Parasulfamidobenzoesaure. Inaug.
Diss. Jena, 1888.

Zaertling, R. Ueber einige Derivate des Nitro-/5-Naphto-
chinons. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1890.

Zahn, G-. H. Ueber die Vorgange an der Uebergangsstelle
eines elektrischen Stromes zwischen Elektrolyten in ver-
schieden Konzentrirten Losungen. Inaug. Diss. Strass-
burg, 1892.

Ziegenbruch, L. Ueber die Einwirkung der Aldehyde auf
Phenylmethylpyrazolon. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1891.

ECONOMICS AND POLITICAL SCIENCE.

SERIALS.

St. Petersburg [Russia] Kaiserliche Freie Okonomi-
sche Gesellschaft .

Mittheilungen. 1855-03. 26d

non-serials.

Pamphlets 27c.

Blass, F. Die socialen Zustande Athens im 4ten Jahrhundert v.
Christus. Kiel, 1885.

Curtis, G. W. Officers and Members of the American Social
Science Association for 1874.

Dippe, O. Gefolgschaft u. Huldigung im Reiche der Merowin-
ger. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Eckert, H. Die Wirkung der Verschuldung v. Landgutern und
die nach wirtschaftlichen Grundsatzen zulassige Hohe der
hypothekarischen Belastung. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1888.

Economics and Political Science — Non- Serials.

81

Erwin, C. K., Hooker, C. E. & Feld, C. R. Report of Com¬
mittee on the subject of Convict Labor made to Legisla¬
ture Jan. 18, 1889.

G-ildemejster, H. Das deutsche Volksleben in XIII. Jahrhun-
dert nach dem deutschen Predigern Bertholds v. Regens¬
burg. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

Hirai, M. Tiber die landwirtschaftlichen Verhaltnisse Japans
mit Berucksichtigung der Grundsteuer und des landwirt¬
schaftlichen Kredites. Inaug. Dis,s. Jena, 1890.

Harmpfe, E. J. H. Die Lage der industrielle thatigen Arbei-
terinnen in Deutschland. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

Eackner, C. Darstellung der wirtschaf tlichen u. socialen Ver¬
haltnisse einer Ostpreussischen Landgemeinde. Inaug.
Diss. Jena, 1889.

McEnvoy, J. M. The Toronto Township. Toronto University-
Studies in Political Science. Series I. No. 1 .

Meyer, Georg. Ueber die Schwankungen in dem Bedarf an
Handarbeit in der deutschen Landwirtschaft und die
Moglichkeit ihrer Ausgleichung. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1893.

Phillips, H. An Account of the Congo Independent State.
Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. vol. XXVII. pp. 459-476.

Rinke, Carl. Ueber den Einfluss der Valutawerth-Schwankun-
gen auf den auswartigen Handel. Inaug. Diss. Jena,
1893.

Seelhorst, C. von. Die Belastung der Grundrente durch das
Gebaudekapital in der Landwirtschaft. Jena, 1890.

Small, A. W. Dynamics of Social Progress. Proc. of 6th
Annual Meeting of the Amer. Institute of Instruction.
1889, pp. 1-18.

Warner, A. G. Report of Superintendent of Charities for Dis¬
trict of Columbia for year ending June 30, 1892.

82

Catalog.

EDUCATION.

SERIALS.

Albany [N. Y.] University of State of New York.

Annual Report of Regents, 1872, 74-84, 87-90. + 2 £

Baltimore [Maryland] Johns Hopkins University.

Register for 1890-91, 1891-92. + 26b

Carlsruhe [Germany] Polytechnische Schule.

Programm, 1872, 77-79. + 30c

Cassel [Germany] Realschule.

Programm, 1858-61,63-70, 73, 74, 76, 77, 79-92. + 30c

Hanover [Germany] Konigliche Polytechnische Schule.

Programm, 1871-72, 74-79, 81, 85. 4- 31c

Louvain [Prance] Universite Catholique de Louvain.

Annuaire, 1883-92. + 27a,

Madison [Wisconsin] Laws Relating to Common Schools

including Township and Free High Schools. 28c

- Laws of Public Schools of Wisconsin, 1873. 26b

Paris [France] Ministere de 1‘Instruction Publique.

Catalogue. Yols. I-III. + 27a.

Sidney (New South Wales), [Australia] University of
Sidney.

Calendar for the jmars 1891 and 1892. + 26b

Upsala [Sweden] Kongl. Universitet i Upsala.

Forelasningar och Oefningar, 1889, 1890. + 30c

Washington [D. C.] Department of Education.

Report of Commissioner, 1884. 28c

- Bureau of Education.

Circulars of Information, 1875, Nos. 5-7, 1886,2. 28c

Engineering — Serials.

83

NON-SERIALS.

Pamphlets , 26a.

Chamberlin, T. C The Coming of the Age of State Universi¬
ties.

Hedenius, M. Constitution of University of Upsala. Upsala,
1890.

Hensen, V. Die Naturwissenschaft im Universitatsverband.
Kiel, 1887.

Pope, A. A. Errors in School Books.'

Reinke, J. Die Preussischen Universitaten im Lichte der
G-egenwart. Kiel, 1891.

ENGINEERING-.

SERIALS.

Ann Arbor [Michigan] Engineering Society of Ann
Arbor.

The Technic, 1891, 1892. + 20b

Boston [Mass.] Mass. Institute of Technology.

Proceedings of Society of Arts, 1880-90. + 20b

Technology Quarterly, Yols, I, Nos. 2-4; II,

1-4; III, IV. + 20b

Annual Catalogue, 1890-91. 20b

Annual Report, 1891. 20b

List of Publications, 1862-87. 20b

Champaign [Illinois] University of Illinois.

The Technograph, 1890 and 1891. + 20a

- Civil Engineers Club of University of Illinois.

Selected Papers, 1887 and 1888. + 20a

84

Catalog .

Chicago [Illinois] Association of Engineering Societies.

Journal (Trans, and Proceedings), Vols. I, Nos.

5-12; II- VI, VII 1-6, 9-12; VIII-X, XI-, + 20a

Newcastle [England] North of England Mining and
Mechanical Engineers.

Transactions, Vols. XII-XVII, XXIII-XXX,
XXXI, pts. 1-3; XXXIV, 1-6; XXXV, 1-3;
XXXVI, 2-4; XXXVII, 1-6 ; XXXVIII, 1-6;

XXXIX, 1; XL, 1-4. + 18ab

Index to Vols. I-XXV (1852-76). 18a

- Northumberland and Durham Borings and Sink¬
ings, Part I, a-b; II, c-e; III, f-k. 18b

- Council of Mining and Mechanical Engineers.

Reports, 1890-91. Parts. 1-3. + 18b-

NON-SERIALS.

Pamphlets , 20a.

Alexander, T. On Two-nosed Catenaries and Their applica¬
tion to the Design of Segmental Arches. Trans, of the
Royal Irish Academy, vol. XXIX, pt. 3, pp. 43-98.

Chandler, F. W. A Technical Description of the Engineering
Building of the Mass. Institute of Technology. Boston,
18*90. 26b

De G-onda, Bela M. La regularisation des Portes de fer et des
autres Cataractes du bas Danube. Paris, 1892.

Hale, Irving. The Latest Method of Electric Car Control.
Colorado Scientific Society, in Denver, April 3, 1893.

Melniroff, N. P. Note sur TAncien Canal de Perecop en
Crimee. (in Russian).

Geography — Serials. 85

GEOGRAPHY.

SERIALS.

Antwerp [Belgium] Societe royale de Geographie d’ Anvers.

Bulletin, Vol. XVI fasc. 4. + 13

Le Colorado par M. A. de Ceuleneer. 13

Berlin [Germany] Gesellschaft fur Erdkunde zu Berlin.

Zeitschrift. Yol. XXVII, pts 1-4. + 5d

Verhandlungen. Vol. XIX, pts. 1-10. + 5d

Budapest [Hungary] Hungarian' Geographical Society.

(Foldrajzi Kozlemenyek) . Vol. XX, Nos. 1-8
(1892). + 13a

Christiania [Norway] Norwegische Commission der Eu-
ropaischen Gradmessung.

Geodatische Arbeiten. Hefts I- VII. + 20e

- Norske Gradmaalingskommission.

Vandstandsobservationer. Hefts I, III", IV. + 20e

Donai [France] Union Geographique du Nord de la
France.

Bulletin. Vol XIII, Trimestre 1. 1892. + 13

Geneva [Switzerland] Societe de Geographie de Geneve
Le Globe. (Bulletinde la Societe.) Vol.

XXXI , No' 1 (1882). + 13

Greifswald [Germany] Geographische Gesellschaft zu
Greifswald.

Jahresbericht II, 1, 2; III, 1, 2; IV. + 13

Leipa [Germany] Nordbohmisches Excursions-Club.

Mittheilungen. Jahrgange XII-XV (1889-92). + 13b

Manchester [England] Manchester Geographical Society.

Journal. Vols. I, II (and suppl.) Ill; IV, g-1;

V, a-f; VI, j-1. + 13a

Mexico [Mexico] Sociedad de Geografia y Esta.distica.

Boletin. Vols. IV-V. + 13a

86

Catalog.

Milan [Italy] Societa d’Esploratione Commerciale in
Africa.

Anno VII, fasc. 5, 7, 8, 9, 10. + 13a

Odessa [Russia] Club Alpin de Crimee.

Livraison II. 1892. 4- 13

Raris [France] Nouvelles Geographiques (publiees sous
la direction de F. Schrader.)

Annee II, No. 1. 1892. 4- 13

Quebec [Canada] Geographical Society of Quebec.

Transactions. Vol. II, No. 1. + 13

Rio de Janeiro [Brazil] Instituto Historico e Geographico
Braziliero.

Revista Trimensal. Vol. L, Fols. 1-2; LIV, 1. + Id

Rouen [France] Societe Normande de Geographic.

Bulletin. Annee XIV, Jan. to Aug. + 13a

Tokio [Japan] Tokio Geographical Society.

Journal. 1891. 4- 13c

Washington [D. C.] The National Geographic Magazine.

Vols. J-III. + 13a

- Smithsonian Institution.

Powell’s Exploration of Colorado River. 1869-72. 18

- War Department.

Report of Expedition to Cape Barrow, Alaska
(1885). 18

Report of Third International Geographical Con¬
gress, Venice, 1885. 17d

Exploration of Nevada and Arizona (1871). 17d

Geography — Non- Serials.

87

NON-SERIALS.

Pamphlets , 1 3d.

Ackermann K. Bestimmung cler erdmagnetischen Inklination
von Kassel.

Ballod, Carl. Der Staat Santa Catharina in Sudbrasilien.
Itiaug. Diss. Jena.

Clarke, W. B. The Surface Configuration of Maryland.
Maryland State Weather Service, vol II, No. 11.

Colvin, V. Report of Topographical Survey of Adirondack
Wilderness of New York. Albany, 1873. 15b.

Comstock, T. B. Notes on the Region North of the Vermillion
Lake District, in British America. Trans. Amer. Inst,
of Mining Engineers, 1887.

Davis, W. M. G-eographical Illustrations. Proceedings of the
American Institute of Instruction, 1892.

Deutscher Naturforscher und Aerzte. Danzig in naturwis-
senschaftlicher u. medizinischer Beziehung. Danzig, 1880.
13d.

Felix, J. and Link H. Uber die Tektonischen Verhaltnisse der
Republik Mexico.

Gilbert, G. K. A new Method of Measuring Heights by means
of the Barometer. 2nd Annual Report of Director of the U.
S. Geol. Survey, 1880-1881. pp. 405-566.

Guzman, David I. “ Apuntamientos sobre la Topografik Fisica
de la Republica del Salvador.” 13a.

Haughton, S. On the Tides of the Arctic Seas. Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Soc., vol. CLXV, pt. 2,
pp. 317-360.

Hayden, F. V. Preliminary Report of the Field Work of the
U. S. Geol. & Geog. Survey of the Territories for the
Season 1877. Washington, 1877. 16d.

88

Catalog.

Hayes, C. W. An Expedition through the Yukon District.
National Geographic Magazine, vol. IV, pp. 117-162,
pis. 18-20.

Irelan, Wm. The Channel Islands. 9th Annual Report of the
State Mineralogist of California.

Kiaer, F. C. — Professor Christen Smith’s Dag bog paa Reisen
til de Canariske Oer i 1815. Christainia, 1889.

Kreidel, W. Untersuchungen uber den Verlauf der Flutwellen
in den Ozeanen. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Libbey, Wm. Topographic, Hypsometric and Meteorological Re¬
port of Princeton Scientific Exhibiton of 1877. Bulletin
No. 1. New York, 1879. 15b.

Norris, P. W. Report cf the Yellowstone National Park for
the year 1878. Washington, 1878. 16d.

Pittier, H. Observationes Effectuadas en el Ano de 1889.
Anales del Instituto Pisico-Geografico Nacional. Vol. II,
1889.

Powell, J. W. Report of the Methods of Surveying the Public
Domain. Washington, D. C., 1878. 16d.

Exploration of the Colorado River 1869-72.

Schneider, Oscar. Die Kaukasuslander. Dresden. 12d.

Skeel, T. The Isthmus of Thehuantepec, Mexico.

Winslow, A. The Mapping of Missouri. Trans, of Acad, of
Sci. of St. Louis, vol. VI, No. 3, pp. 56-99.

Geology — Serials.

GEOLOGY.

SERIALS.

Augusta [Maine] Geology of State of Maine.

Report, 1838, 1839. 15d

- Report of Secretary of Maine Board of Agricul¬
ture (annual) 1861, 1862. (Contains Reports on
Geology. ) 1 5d

Austin [Texas] Geological Survey of Texas.

Annual Reports I-III. + 15d

Bulletin 1. + 15d

Berkeley [Cal.] University of California.

Bulletin of the Department of Geology (Dr.

A. C. Lawson, Ed.) Vol. I, Nos. 1-2. + 14a

Berlin [Germany] Deutsche Geologische Gesellschaft.

Zeitschrift, Yols. XXIV-XLIV. 14c-d

Berlin [Germany] Zeitschrift f. praktische Geologie
(Edited by Max Krabmann, Wetzlar, Rhein-
provinz). 1893, Hfts. 1-8. + 13d

Bologna [Italy] Congres Geologique International.

Comptes Rendus. 2me Session, Bologne, 1881. 14a

Brussels and Liege [Belgium] Melanges Geologiques par
G. Dewalque. Series 5-6. +

Budapest [Hungary] Hungarian Geological Society.
(Foldtani Kozlony. )

Journal, Vol XXII, parts 11-12. +

Columbus [Ohio] Geological Survey of Ohio.

First Annual Report, 1838.

15a

Geology, Vols. I— II.

Paleontology, Yols. I-II.

Maps, 1873.

15a

Report (Orton) 1890 (with maps).

15a

13d

14a

90

Catalog.

Glasgow [Scotland] Geological Society of Glasgow.

Transactions, Vols. VI- VIII, IX pt. 1. + 14b

Harrisburg [Penn.] Geological Survey of Pennsylvania. +

17a-b-c-d

AA. Atlas — Southern Coal Field, parts 1-4.

AA. Atlas — Southern Coal Field, part 4B.

AA. Southern Coal Field, parts 5-6.

AA. Atlas — Western Middle Coal Field, parts
1-3.

AA. Atlas — Northern Coal Field, parts 1-6.

AA. Atlas — Eastern Middle Coal Field, parts
1-3.

AA. Anthracite Statistics, 1883-1884.

C. York and Adams Counties, 1876.

C2. York and Adams counties, 1877.

C3. Lancaster County, with Atlas, 1880.

C\ Chester County, 1883.

C5. Delaware County, 1885.

C6. Philadelphia and parts of Montgomery and
Bucks Counties, 1882.

C7. Atlas — Bucks and Montgomery Counties.

D. Lehigh County Iron Mines, 1875.

D2. Lehigh County Iron Mines, 1878.

D3. Vol I, Lehigh and Northampton Counties*

1883.

; D3. Vol. II, Part 1, Berks County, 1883.

D3. Atlas — Lehigh and Northampton Counties.

Dfe. Atlas — Cumberland, Franklin and Adams
Counties.

D6. Atlas — South Mtn. Sheets.

E. Trap Dykes and Azoic Rocks of S. E. Penn-

; sylvania, 1878.

F. Mifflin, Snyder and Huntingdon Counties,

1878.

F2. Perry County, 1884.

F*. Union, Snyder, Mifflin and Juniata Counties.

G. Bradford and Tioga Counties, 1878.

G2. Lycoming and Sullivan Counties, 1880.

Geology — Serials.

91

Harrisburg [Penn.] Geol. Survey of Pennsylvania — continued.
G3. Potter County, 1880.

G-4. Clinton County, 1880.

Gb. Susquehanna and Wayne Counties, 1881.

Gp. Pike and Monroe Counties, 1882.

G7. Wyoming, Lackawanna, Lucerne, Columbia,
Montour and Northumberland Counties,

1883.

H2. Cambria County, 1877.

H3. Somerset County, 1877.

Atlas to Reports H2 and H3.

H4. Indiana County, 1878.

Hp. Armstrong County, 1880.

H\ Jefferson County, 1881.

H7. Clearfield County, 1884.

I2. Oil Well Records in Venango, Warren,
Crawford, Clarion, Armstrong, Butler,
etc., 1877.

I8. Venango, Warren, Clarion and Butler Oil
Regions, with Atlas, 1880.

I4. Warren County, 1883.

IB. Oil and Gas, 1887-1888.

K. Greene and Washington Counties, 1876.

K2. Fayettp, Westmoreland, and S. E. Alle¬
gheny Counties, 1877.

Ks. Fayette and Westmoreland Counties, 1878.

K4. Monongahela River Coal Mines, Pt. 1, 1884.

L. Coke Manufacture and the Use of Natural

Gas in Iron Making, 1876.

M. Chemical Analyses in 1874-5, 1875.

M2. Chemical Analyses in 1876-8, 1879.

M3. Chemical Analyses in 1879-80, 1881.

N. Tables of Elevations in Pennsylvania, 1878.

O. Catalogue of Specimens in Geological Mu¬

seum, 1878.

O2. Catalogue of Specimens in Geological Mu¬
seum, 1880.

O8. Catalogue of Specimens, continued.

92

Catalog.

Harrisburg

[Penn.] Geol. Survey of Pennsylvania — continued.

P.

Vols. I and II, Coal Flora of Pennsylvania
and United States, 1880.

P.

Vol. Ill, Coal Flora of Pennsylvania and
United States, 1884.

P.

Atlas of Coal Flora of Pennsylvania and
United States, 1879.

P2.

Permian Flora of West Virginia and S. W.
Pennsylvania, 1880.

P8.

Description of the Fossils Ceratio car idee
and Eurypteridce , 1884.

P4.

Appendix.

Q.

Beaver, N. W. Allegheny, and S. Butler
Counties, 1878.

Q2.

Lawrence County, 1879.

Q3.

Mercer County, 1880.

Q4-

Crawford and Erie Counties, 1881.

R.

McKean County, with Atlas, 1880.

R2.

Cameron, Elk and Forest Counties, part 2,
with Atlas, 1885.

T.

Blair County, with Atlas, 1881.

rp2

Bedford and Fulton Counties, ] 882.

rjp

Huntingdon County, 1885.

rju

Centre County, 1884.

V.

North Butler County, 1879.

V2.

Clarion County, 1880.

X.

Geological Atlas of Counties, 1885,

z.

Terminal Moraine in Pennsylvania and
Western New York.

Annual Report, 1886, parts 1-4, 1887.

Summary Final Report, Vol. II, Upper Silurian and
Devonian.

Harrisburg [Penn.] 2d Geological Survey of Penn.

Grand Atlas.

Division I, County Geol. Maps, pt. i ; II, Anthra¬
cite Coal Fields, i— ii ; III, Petroleum and
Bituminous Coal Fields, i; IV, South Moun¬
tain and Great Valley Topographical Maps,
i; V., Central and South Eastern Pennsyl¬
vania, i. + . 17d

Geology — Serials.

93

Helsingfors [Finland] Commission Geologique de la Fin-
lande.

Carte Geologique de la Finlande. Livraisons 22-
24. +

Indianapolis [Ind.] State Geol. Survey.

Maps, (1869.) 16a

Reports. 10a

Maps of First, Second, Third, Fourth and
Fifth Reports. Second Report, 1870,

Vol. II. 16th. Annual Report, (1888) 16a

- State Geol. Dept.

Natural Gas Map of Ind. 16a

Jefferson City [Mo.] Geological Survey of Missouri.

Report on Coal, (1891), on Iron Ores, (1892.) + 16a

Biennial Report, 1891. + 16a

Bulletin, 1887, Nos. 2-4; 1889, 1, 5; 1890-91.

Nos. 2-5 + 16a

The Higginsville Sheet in Lafayette County. +

Atlas case.

Leeds [England] Leeds Geol. Association.

Transactions, 1886-1891. + 15b

Liege [Belgium] Societe Geologique de Belgique.

Annales, Vols I-III, VIII, X-XIIT, XIV, 2 ; XV,

2, 3; XVI, 1. + 15a

Lille [France] Societe Geologique du Nord.

Memoires, Vols I-III. + 13d

Lisbon [Portugal] Commissao dos Trabalhos Geologicos
de Portugal.

Communicacoes, Vol. I. + 11

Little Rock [Arkansas] Geological Survey of Arkansas.

Annual Report, 1888, Vols. I-IV ; 1889, II;

1890, I-III; 1891, I; 1892, I. + 16c

Liverpool [England] Geological Association.

Transactions (Journal) Vol. II, IV-VI, IX-XII. 11a

94

Catalog.

i

London [England] Geological Society of London.

Abstracts of Proceedings, Nos. 476-594. Ses¬
sions, 1885-1892. + 14d

- Annals of British Geology by J. F. Blake, 1890. + 14a

Madison [Wis.] Wisconsin Geological Survey.

Annual Report, 1876-77. 16a

Geol. of Wis. Yols. I-IV, (two copies of each). 16a
Atlases to Accompany Vols. I-IV of Geology of

Wisconsin. Atlas case

Manchester [England] Manchester Geological Society.

Transactions, Vol. XXI, Nos. 1-18; XXII, 1-2. 4- 14b

Minneapolis [Minn.] Minnesota Geological Survey.

Bulletin, Nos. 1-7. + 16c

Annual Report, 1-20. 16c

- Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey.

Geol. and Nat. Hist, of Minn., 1872-85, Vols. I,

II. + 16b

Melbourne [Victoria] Geological Society of Australasia.

Transactions, Vol I, pt. 6. 4- 14d

Montgomery [Alabama] Geol. Survey of Alabama.

Bulletin, Nos. 2-3. 4~ 15c

Paris [France] Annuaire Geologique Universel.

Vols. I-VII. 4- 15d

- -Catalogue des Fossiles du Systeme Silurien du Centre

de la Boheme, de la Collection de J. M. Schary
de Prague, envoyes a l’Exposition Universelle
de Paris de 1867. 15b

Prague [Austria] System Silurien du Centre de la Bo¬
heme par J. Barrande. 14a

Cephalopodes, Vol. II. 14a

Brachiopodes, Vol. V. 14a

Acephales, Vol. VI. 14a

Defense des Colonies. 14a

Geology— Serials. 95

Rio de Janeiro [Brazil]' Institute Historico, Geograph-
ico, e Ethnographico Brasil iero.

Catalogo das Cartas Geographicas, Hidrograplii-
cas, Atlas, Pianos e Vistas existentes na Bib¬
liotheca. 4~ 15b

Rome [Italy] R. Comitato Geologico d’ltalia.

Bollettino, Vols. I-XXIII, 1-2. + 15c

St. John’s [Newfoundland] Geological Survey of New¬
foundland.

Report of Progress for year 1873. 1.5d

St. Petersburg [Russia] Comite Geologique de la Russie.

Memoires, Vols. I, Nos. 1-4; II, 1-5; III, 1-4;

IV, 1-2; V, 1-5; VI, VII, 1-2; VIII, 1-2;

IX, X, XI, 1-2; XIII, 1. 4- 15e

Bulletins, Vols. I-III, IV, Nos. 1-10; V, 1-11;

VI-XL Suppl. with Vols. VIII-X. + 11a

Bibliotheque Geologique, 3-6. + 15e

- Russisch-Kaiserliche Mineral ogische Gesellschaft.

Verhandlungen, 2d Series, Vols X-XXIX. + 14b

Register. 14b

- Kaiserliche Mineralogische Gesellschaft.

Materialien zur Geologie Russlands, Vol. XVI,

(1893). + 13d

Springfield [Illinois] Geological Survey of Illinois.

Vols. I, VII, VIII. 15d

Strasburg [Germany] Commission fur die Geologische
Landesuntersuchung von Elsass-Lothringen.

Vols. I, III, IV, Heft 1. 13d

Sydney [N. S. Wales] Department of Mines.

Records of Geol. Survey of N. S. Wales, Vols. I,

II, pts. 1-2; III, 1. -f 15e

Memoirs of Geol. Survey of N. S. W. 1875, 1887,

1888, 1890. + 15e

Annual Report, 1888, 1889, 1890. 15e

96

Catalog.

Trenton [N. J.] Geological Survey of New Jersey.

Vols. I, II, pts 1 and 2, 1888-90. + I5a>

Vienna [Austria] K. K. Geologische Reichsanstalt.

Jahrbuch, Vols. XXXVI-XLII. + 13e

Verhandlungen, 1886-1892. + 13e

Washington [D. C.] U. S. Geological Survey of the Ter¬
ritories (Hayden).

Bulletin, Vols. II, Nos. 1-4 ; III, 1, 2, 4; IV, 1-4;

V, 1-4; VI, 1-4. 16c

Bulletin, Second Series, Nos. 1, 2, 6. 16c

Miscellaneous Publications, Nos, 1, 8, 4, 7-12 16c

Reports 1869-1873, 1875, 1877, 1878. 16d

Monographs, Vols. I— III, V-XII. 16d-e

Catalogue of Publications. 16d

- U. S. Geographical Surveys west of the 100th Merid¬
ian (Wheeler), Vols. I-VII. 17e

- U. S. Exploration of the Fortieth Parallel (King).

Vols. I, II, IV-VII. 16d

- U. S. Geographical and Geological Survey of the

Rocky Mountain Region (Powell).

Report of J. W. Powell on the Geographical and Geo¬
logical Survey of the Rocky Mountain Region,

1877, 1878 I6d

Topographical and Geological Atlas of the Black
Hills of Dakota to Accompany Report of
Henry Newton. Atlas case

Atlas Accompanying Report on the Geology of a
portion of the Uinta Mountains, by J. W.
Powell. Atlas case

- U. S. Geological Survey.

Bulletin, Nos. 1-86, 90-96. + 18c

Annual Report, 1880-89, Vols. I-XI. + 18e

Report — Mineral Resources, 1882-1891. + 18b

U. S. Relief Map. Atlas case

Monographs, Vols. I-XVIII,-XX. + 18d

Geology — Non- Serials.

97

Washington [D. C.] U. S. Geological Survey — continued.

Atlas to accompany a Monograph on the Geology
and Mining Industry/ of Leadville, Col., by
S. F. Emmons. Atlas case.

Atlas to accompany a Monograph on the Geology
of the Quicksilver Deposits of the Pacific
Slope, by Geo. F. Becker. Atlas case.

Atlas to Accompany a Monograph on the Tertiary

History of the Grand Canon District. Atlas case.

Atlas to Accompany a Monograph on the Geol-
ogy of the Eureka District, Nev., by Arnold
Hague. Atlas case.

NON-SERIALS.

Pamphlets , 14e.

Ackermann, K. Repertorium der Landeskundlichen Litteratur
fur den preussischen Regierungsbezirk Kassel, mit Nach-
trage 1-3.

Backstrom, H. Beitrage zur Kenntniss des islandischen Lipa-
rite. Geol. Foren. i. Stockholm Forhandl., vol. XIII.

pp. 637-682.

- Ueber Fremde Gesteinseinschlusse in einigen skandinavi-

schen Diabasen. ;

- Ueber Angeschwemmte Bimstein und Schlacken der Nord-

europaischen Kusten.

- Om “Kvartskakelagren” vid Guda, Norge. Geol. Foren i.

Stockholm Forhandl. Bd. XII, pp. 209-246, Stockholm,
1890.

Baltzer, A. Glacialgeologisches v. der Sudseite der Alpen.
Naturf. Gesell. in Bern, 1892.

Barrois, Charles. Faune du Calcaire d’Erbray (Loire Inferi-
eure) Contribution a l’etude du terrain Devonien de l’ouest
de la France. Lille 1889. 14a.

- Memoire sur la distribution des Graptolites en France.

98

Catalog.

Beecher, C. E. The Development of a Paleozoic Poriferous
Coral. (Plates IX-XIII) Symmetrical Cell Development in
the Favositidse. (Plates XIV, XV) Trans. Conn. Acad,
vol. VIII, 1891, pp. 207-220.

Blytt, A. The probable Cause of the Displacement of Beach¬
lines, Christiania, 1889.

Branner, J. C. The Relations of the. state and national Geolo¬
gical Surveys to each other and to the Geologists of the
Country. Address at Salem, 1890. Proc. A.A.A.S., vol.
XXXIX, pp. 1-21.

Brigham, A. A chapter in Glrcial History; with illustrative
Notes from central New York. Transactions of the
Oneida Historical Society, 1889-1892.

- Rivers and the Evolution of Geographic Forms.

Bulletin of the Amer. Geog. Society, March, 1892,

pp. 1-21.

- The Geology of Oneida County. Transactions of the

Oneida Historical Society, 1887-1888, pp. 1-17.

Brogger, W. C. Die Silurischen Etagen 2 u. 3 im Kristiania-
gebiet und auf Eker; Christiania, 1882. 14a

Brusna, S. Fossile Binnen-Mollusken. aus Dalmatien, Kroatien,
u. Slavonien. 1874.

Cross, Whitman. Post-Laramie Deposits of Colorado. Amer.
Journ. Sci. vol XLIV, July, 1892.

- - Constitution and Origin of Spherulites in Acid Eruptive

Rocks. Bulletin Philosophical Society of Washington,
vol. XI, pp. 411-444. Pis. 5, 6.

- The Post-Laramie Beds of Middle Park, Colo. Proceedings

of the Colorado Scientific Society, in Denver, Oct. 3,
1892.

Deichmuller, J. v. Die Meteoriten des Koniglichen Mineralog-
ischen Museums in Dresden. Abh. der Gesellschaft
“Isis” in Dresden, 1886. Abh. II, pp. 40-48, 92-94.

Geology — Non- Serials.

99

Eldridge, G. H. The Florence Oil Field, Colorado. 1891.
Read before Amer. Inst, of Mining Engineers, Oct., 1891.

_ On Certain Peculiar Structural Features in the Foot-Hill

Region of the Rocky Mountains, near Denver, Cob
Bulletin Phil. Soc. Washington, vol. XI, 1890. pp.
248-274.

- A Preliminary Sketch of the Phosphates of Florida. Read

before Amer. Inst, of Mining Engineers, 1892.

Fegraens, T. Om de Losa Jordaflagringarna i nagra af Nors-
lands Elfdalar. Stockholm, 1890.

Felix, J. Untersuchung uber fossile Holzer, Zeitsch. d.
Deutsch. geolog. Gesellschaft, vol. XXXIX, pp. 517-
528, mit Tafel XXV.

- — — Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Gattung Protosphyrsena Leida.
Zeitschrift der deutschen geolog. Gesellshaft, vol. XLII,
pp. 278-302, mit Tafeln XII-XIV.

- Die fossilen Holzer Westindiens. Sammlung paleontolo-

gische Abhandlungen, Series I, Heft 1, 1883.

Felix, J. and Lenk, H. Beitrage zur Geologie u. Paleontologie
der Republik Mexico. Stuttgart (E. Koch), 1891.

Foshay, P. Max and Hice, R. R. Glacial Grooves at the South¬
ern Margin of the Drift. Bull. Geol. Soc. of Amer.,
vol. II, pp. 457-464, pi. 18. '

- Newly Discovered Glacial Phenomena in the Beaver Val¬
ley. Amer. Naturalist, 1890, pp, 816-818.

Frazer, P. Archaean-Palseozoic Contact near Philadelphia,
Penn. Proc. Amer. Assoc, for Advancement of Sci¬
ence. vol. XXXIII, 1884, pp. 1-5.

- Petrefactenfunde im Rothliegenden. Neues Jahrbuch fur

Mineralogie, 1889. Bd. II, pp. 193-4.

- Ueber die rothen und bunten Mergel der oberen Dyas bei

Manchester. Abh. der Gesellschaft “Isis” in Dresden,.
1889, Abh. Ill, pp. 1-10, 14-21. '

ii— 8Ap.

100

Catalog.

Geinitz, H. B. Nachtragliche Mittheilungen uber die rothen
und bunten Mergel der oberen Dyas bei Manchester.
Ibid. 1890, Abh. V, pp. 1-6.

Geinitz, H. B. and Marck, W. v.d. Geologie von Sumatra.
Mittheilungen aus den Koniglichen Mineralogischen
Museum in Dresden, Heft 2, pp. 1-16.

Geology Society of London. List of Members, 1884,' 1891,

14a.

'Gilbert, G. K. The Moon’s Face. Bulletin Philosophical
Society of Washington, vol XII, pp. 241-292, pi. 3.

- - The Colorado Plateau Region considered as a Field for

Geological Study, Amer. Journ. of Sci., 1875, July and
August, pp. 1-27.

- - The Strength of the Earth’s Crust. Bull. Geol. Soc.

Am., vol. I, 1888, pp. 23-27.

- - The History of the Niagara River. From 6th Annual Re¬
port of the Commissioners of the State Reservation at
Niagara for 1889.

— — The Sufficiency of Terrestrial Rotation for the Deflection
of Streams. National Academy of Sciences, vol. Ill, pp.
1-6.

Grant, U. S. The Stratigraphic Position of the Ogishke Con¬
glomerate of Northeastern Minnesota, Amer. Geologist,
vol. X, July, 1892, pp. 1-10.

- Report of Geological Observations made in Northwestern

Minnesota durning the summer of 1888. Part IV of the
Seventeenth Annual Report of Minn. Geol. Survey, St,
Paul, Minn., 1889.

- Account of a Deserted Gorge of the Mississippi near

Minnehaha Falls. Amer. ' Geologist,- July, 1890, pp. 1-6,

- Note on Quartz-Bearing Gabbro in Maryland. Johns Hop¬
kins University Circulars, No. 103.

Geology — Non- Serials.

101

Harker, A. Rocks from the Cross Fell Inlier. Quart. Journ.
G-eol. Soc. , vol. XLVII, pp. 512-525.

- - On Local Thickening of Dykes and Beds by Folding.

Geol. Magazine, 1889. Decade III, vol. VI., No. 2, pp.
69-70.

*

- On the Slaty Cleavage and Allied Rock Structures with

Special Reference to the Mechanical Theories of their
Origin.

- Rocks from the Tonga Islands. Geol. Magazine, 1891.

Decade III, vol. VIII, No. 324, p. 250.

- The Shap Granite and Associated Rocks. Quart. Journ.

Geol. Soc., Aug., 1891, vol. XLVII, pp. 266-328, pis.

10, 11.

- Geology of Mynydd Mawr. Geol. Magazine, 1888 (May).

Decade III, vol. V, No. 5, p. 221.

- - Additional Note on the Blue Hornblende of Mynydd Mawr.

Ibid, No. 10, pp. 455-456.

- Contortion and Metamorphism. Ibid, 1890, vol. VII,

No. 310, p. 189.

- Woodwardian Museum Notes on “Eyes” of Pyrites and

other Minerals in Slate. Ibid, 1889, vol. VI, No. 303,
p. 396.

- - Woodwardian Museum Notes. On Various Crystalline

' Rocks. Ibid, 1891, vol. VIII, No. 322, p. 169.

- On Some Anglesey Dykes, Part I. Ibid, No. 9, pp. 410-

416; Part II. Ibid, No. 12, pp. 546-552 ; Part III.
Ibid, No. 6, pp. 267-272.

- Physics of Metamorphism. Ibid, January, 1889, vol. VI,

No. 1, p. 15.

* - The Cause of Slaty Cleavage: Compression v. Shearing

Ibid, 1885, vol. II, No. 1, p. 15.

Stages of Slaty Cleavage. Ibid, vol. II, No. 6, p. 266.

102

Catalog.

Harker, A. — continued. Petrological Notes on Some of the?
Larger Boulders on the Beach South of Flam borough:
Head.

- The Eruptive Rocks in the Neighborhood of Sarn, Caern¬
arvonshire. Quart. Journ. G-eol. Soc., 1888 (Aug.), pp..
442-462.

- The Ancient Lavas of the English Lake District.

- Notes on North of England Rocks. I', II and III.

- The Oolites of the Cave District. Naturalist, 1885 (May)*.

pp. 229-232.

Hayden. F. Y. Preliminary Report of the Field Work of the-
U. S. G-eol. and G-eog. Survey of the Territories for the-
season of 1878. Washington, D. C,*. 1878. 16d.

- Catalogue of Publications of the U. S. Geological Survey

of the Territories. Washington, 1874. 16d.

Hayes, C. W. The Overthrust Faults of the Southern Appa¬
lachians. Bull. Geol. Soc. America, 1891. vol. II, pp.
141-154.

Headen, W. P. The Production of Columbous and Tungstous.
Oxides in Forming Compounds of Iron and Tin.

Heinemann, J. Die Krystallinischen Geschiebe Schleswig-Hol-
steins. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1879.

Hibsch, J. E. Die Insel aeltern Gebirges und ihre Nachste
Umgebung im Elbthale nordlich v. Tetschen. Jahrbuch
der K. K. Geol. Reichsanstalt, vol. XLI, pp. 235-288.

- Geologie fur Land- u. Forstwirte.

- Der Doleritstock u. das Vorkommen v. Blei- u. Silbererzen

bei Rongstock im bobmischen Mittelgebirge.

— — Gangformiges Auftreten v. doleritischem Nephelinit in der'
Umgebung des Schrecken steins im bohmischen Mittelge¬
birge.

Geology — Non- Serials.

103

Hobbs, Wm. H. Secondary Banding in Gneiss. Bull. G-eol.
Soc. Am., vol. Ill, pp. 460-464; plate 14.

- Notes on a Trip to the Lipari Islands. Trans, Wis. Acad.

Sci., vol. IX, pp. 21-32; plate 1.

.. _ Phases in the Metamorphism of the Schists of Southern

Berkshire. Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., vol. IV, pp. 167-178.

Holmes, W. H. Maps and Panoramas. Twelfth Annual Re¬
port of U. S. G-eol. and Geog. Survey of the Territories.
Washington, D. C., 1878. 160.

Hovey, E. O. Observations of Some of the Trap Ridges of the
East Haven-Branford (Ct.) Region. Amer. Journ. Sci
(1889). vol. XXXVIII, pp. 363-383.

Hubbard, L. L. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Nosean-fuhrenden
Auswurflinge des Laacher Sees. Inaug. Diss. Wien.,
1887.

Hyatt, A. On Reversions among the Ammonites. Proc. Boston
Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. XIII, pp. 22-43.

- The Jurassic and Cretaceous Ammonites. Ibid, vol. XVI,

pp. 365-372.

* - Biological Relations of the Jurassic Ammonites. Ibid,

vol. XVII, pp. 236-241.

- - Remarks on the Porphyries of Marblehead. Ibid, vol.

XVIII, pp. 220-224.

- Evolution of the Faunas of the Lower Lias. Ibid. vol.

XXVI, pp. 17-30.

- - Carboniferous Cephalopods. Geol. Survey of Texas, 1890.

pp. 329-354.

- Jura and Trias at Taylorville, Cal. Bull. Geol. Soc.

Am., 1892, vol. Ill, pp. 385-412.

Irving, R. D. and Van Hise, C. R. The Penokee Iron-Bearing
Series of Michigan and Wisconsin. Tenth Annua. Re¬
port of the Director U. S. G. S., 1888-89. Washing
ton, 1890, pp. 343-508., pis. 22-42.

104

Catalog.

Irving, R. D. Origin of the Ferruginous Schists and Iron
Ores of the Lake Superior Region. Amer. Journ. Sch
1886, vol. XXXII, pp. 255-272.

Jack, R. L. Geological Observations in British New Guinea
in 1891.

- - The Russell River Gold Field.

- The Normanby Gold Field.

James, J, F. Section of the Maquoketa Shales in Iowa. Proc.
A. A. A. S., vol. XXXVIII.

- Manual of the Paleontology of the Cincinnati Group.

Part I, Jour. Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. XIV,
pp. 45-72. Part II, Ibid., vol. XIV, pp. 149-163.

- On the Age of the Pt. Pleasant, Ohio, Beds. Ibid., voh

XIV, pp. 93-104, pis. Ill and IV.

- Ancient Channel of the Ohio River at Cincinnati. Ibid.,

vol. XI, pp. 96-101.

- Studies in Problematic Organisms — Genus Scolithus. Bulk

Geol. Soc. Cin., vol. Ill, 1891, pp. 32-44.

- “Illustrations of the Fauna of the St. John Group,” by G.

F. Mathew. (Criticism.)

James, U. P. Catalogue of Lower Silurian Fossils of the
Cincinnati Group. New Edition.

- Description of ten New Species of Monticulipora from

the Cincinnati Group, Ohio. Paleontologist, Sept.
1882, pp. 45-56.

James, U. P. and J. F. Monograph of the Monticuliporoid
Corals of the Cincinnati Group. Jour, of Cin. Soc. of
Nat. Hist., vol. X, pp. 118-141, 158-184, pi. 2; vol. XI,
pp. 14-47, pi. 1.

Katzer, F. Geologie von. Bohmen. Prag, 1892. 15a.

- - Das altere Palseozoicum in Mittelbohmen, Die Nothwendig-

keit einer Neueintheilung Desselben. Mit. 1 Karte u. 1
autogr. Tafel-Profile. Prag. 1888.

Geology — Non- Serials.

105

Keyes, C. R. Certain forms of Straparollus from Southern
Iowa. Amer. Geologist, 1890, pp. 193-197.

- Soleniscus, its Generic Characters and Relations. Amer.

Naturalist, 1889, pp. 420-424.

- The Bed Rock Sandstone of Marion County, Iowa. Amer.

Jour. Science, vol. XLI, pp. 273-276.

- Remarks on the Perisomic Plates of the Crinoids.

_ _ — An Annotated Catalogue of the Mollusca of Iowa. Bull.

of the Essex Institute, vol. XX.

- The Sedentary Habits of Platyceras. Amer. Jour. Sci.,

vol. XXXVI, pp. 269-272.

- Genesis of the Actinocrinidae. Amer. Naturalist, 1890,

pp. 243-254, pi. 7.

- - ■ Review of the Progress of American Invertebrate Paleon¬
tology for the Year 1889. Ibid., 1890, pp. 131-138.

- Review of the Progress of American Invertebrate Paleon¬
tology for the year 1890. Ibid., 1891, pp. 327-333.

- The Coal Measures of Central Iowa, and Particularly in

the Vicinity of Des Moines. Amer. Geologist, 1888, pp.
396-404.

- Surface Geology of Burlington, Iowa. Amer. Naturalist,

vol. XXII, No. 264, pp. 1049-1054, plates 23, 24.

- Discovery of Fossils in the Limestones of Frederick

County, Maryland. Johns Hopkins University Circu¬
lars, No. 83.

- Lower Carboniferus Gasteropoda from Burlington, Iowa.

The American Species of Polyphemopsis, Sphaerodoma;
a Genus of Fossil Gasteropods, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Philadelphia, 1889, pp. 284-309.

- A Geological Section across the Piedmont Plateau in

Maryland. (A supplement to a paper by G. H. Williams
entitled, “The Structure and Petrography of the Pied¬
mont Plateau in Maryland. Bull. Geol. Soc. Am. , vol. II,
pp. 301-322., pi. 12.

106

Catalog.

- Stratigraphy of the Carboniferous in Central Iowa. Bull.

Geol. Soc. Am. vol. II, pp. 277-292, pis, 9-10.

- The Naticoid Genus Strophostylus. Amer. Naturalist;

1890, pp. 1112-1117, pi. XXXII.

- Fossil Fannas in Central Iowa. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.

Philadelphia, 1891, pp. 242-265.

- - Proposed Economical Geological Survey of Iowa. Iowa

State Register, 1891.

Kjerulf, T. Om Stratifikationens Spor. Christiania, 1877.

- Om Skuringsmaerker, Glacialformationen, Terrasser og

Strandlinier samt om grundfjeldets og sparagmitfjeldets
maegtighed i Norge. Christiania, 1873.

Knop, A. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der in den Diamantfeldern
von Jagers-fontein (Sudafrika) vorkommenden Mineralien
u. Gesteine. Separatabdruck aus dem Bericht uber die
XXIIten Versammlung des Oberrheinischen Geologishen
Yerem.

Kolesch, K. Ueber Eocidarn Keyserlingi Gein. Inaug. Diss.
Jena, 1887.

Kulp, G. B. Coal, its Antiquity, Discovery and Early Devel¬
opment in the Wyoming Valley. Wyom. Hist. & Geol.
Soc., 1890.

Kunz, G. F. On five- new American Meteorites. Amer. Jour.
Sci.. 1890, vol. XL, pp. 312-323.

Lacoe, R. D, List of Palaeozoic Fossil Insects of the U. S. and
Canada. Wyoming Hist, and Geol. Soc., Apr., 1883.

Lebour, G. A. Catalogue of Hutton Collection of Fossil Plants.
London, 1878. 15b.

- Illustrations of Fossil Plants. London, 1878. 15b.

Liebetrau, E. Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Unteren Muschel-
kalks bei Jena. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1890.

Geologij — Non- Serials.

107

Lindahl, J. Description of a skull of Megalonyx Leidyi, n. sp.
Read before the Am. Philosophical Society, January 2,

1891.

Linnarsson, J. G. O. Nekrolog. Neues Jahrbuch fur Mineral-
ogie, etc., 1882, Bd. I.

Loretz, Herrn H. Bemerkungen uber die Lagerung des Roth-
liegenden sudlich von Ilmenau in Thuringen. Jahr¬
buch der Konigl preuss. geologischen Landesanstalt.

1892.

Manzold, G. Ueber die Altersfolge der vulkanischen Ge
steine u. der Ablagerungen des Braunkohlengebirgs in
Siebengebirge. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Martin, K. Ein neues Telescopium u. die Beziehung dieser
Gattung zu Nerinea. Sammlung d. Geol. R. Mus. in
Leiden, Ser. I, Vol. 4, pp. 232-237.

- Eine neue Orbitolina von Santander, Neues Jahrb. fur

Mineralogie, etc. 1891, Bd. I, pp. 58-64. Mit Tafel II.

Mathew, W. D. Contributions from the Geological Depart¬
ment of Columbia College. Transactions of the New
York Academy of Sciences, vol. XII. Issued April
10th, 1893.

McGee, W. J. Some definitions in Dynamical Geology. Geolog¬
ical Magazine, Nov., 1888. Decade III, vol. V, No. 11,
p. 489.

- Encroachments of the sea. Forum, June, 1890, pp. 437-

449.

- The World’s Supply of Fuel. Ibid. July, 1889, vol. VII,

pp. 553-566.

- Paleolithic man in America. His Antiquity and Environ¬
ment. Popular Science Monthly, Nov., 1888, pp. 20-36.

•Notes on the Geology of Macon County, Missouri.

108

Catalog.

McGee, W. J. — continued. Three Formations of the Middle

Atlantic Slope. Amer. Journ. Science, vol. XXXV,
(Feb., Apr., May and June, 1888.)

• - The Flood Plains of Rivers. Forum, April, 1891, pp.

221-234.

— —The Appomattox Formation in the Mississippi Embayment.
(Abstract.) Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., vol. 2, pp. 1-6.

- The geologic Antecedents of Man in the Potomac Valley.

Amer. Anthropologist, vol. II, No. 3, (1889) pp. 1-8.

- The Southern Extension of the Appomattox Formation.

Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. XL, July, 1890; pp. 15-41.

- - The Field of Geology and its Promise for the Future.

Bulletin of the Minnesota Academy of Natural Sciences,,
vol. Ill, No. 2; pp. 191-206.

- - An Account of the Progress in Geology for the years 1887*

1888. Smithsonian Report for 1888, pp. 217-270.

Michael, P. Ueber die Saussurit Gabbros des Fichtelgebirges.
Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1887.

Miller, S. A. A Description of some Lower Carboniferous
Crinoids from Missouri. (Bulletin No. 4 published by
the Geological Survey of Mo.)

Munthe, H. Studier ofver Baltiska Hafvets Quartara Historia.
Stockholm, 1892.

Newton, R. B. British Oligocene and Eocene Molluska. (See-
British Museum Nat. Hist.) 19c.

Nickelgrufva, IX. Lessebo Borlag. Stockholm, 1887.

Orton, E. Report on Occurrence of Petroleum, Natural Gas^
and Asphalt Rock in Western Kentucky. Frankfort^

1889. 15b.

Osborn, H. F. A Memoir upon Loxolphidon and Uintatherium.
Princeton, 1881. 15b.

Geology — Non- Serials.

104

l

Osborn, H. F. — continued. Palaeontological Report of the

Princeton Scientific Expedition of 1877. Bull. No. 2.
New York, 1878. 15b.

Osborn, H. F. and Wortman, J. L. Artionyx, a New Genus of
Anclyopoda.

Passarge, S. Das Roth im ostlichen Thuringen. Inaug. Diss,
Jena, 1891.

Petersen, J. Mikroskopische u. chemische Untersuchungen am
Enstatitporphyrit aus den Cheviot Hills. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1884.

Pocta, P. Ueber Spongien aus der Oberen Kreide Frankreichs
i. d. K. Mineralog. Museum, Dresden. Mitth. a. d. K.
Mineralog. -Geolog. und Praehistorischen Museum in
Dresden. Heft 11, pp. 1-26,

Potter, W. B. The Character and Composition of the Lignite
Coals of Colorado. Transactions Amer. Inst, of Mining
Engineers, 1878. pp. 1-11.

Powell, J. W. Report on Geog. and Geol. Survey of the
Rocky Mountain Region. Washington, 1877. 16d.

- Exploration of Colorado River, 1869-72. Washington,

1872. 17d.

Pumpelly, R. and Van Hise, C. R. Observations upon the
Structural Relations of the Upper Huronian, Lower Hu-
ronian and Basement Complex on the North Shore of Lake
Huron. Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. XLIII, pp. 225-232,
1892. .

Purgold, A. Die Meteoriten des Konigl. Mineralogischen
Museums in Dresden. Abh. der Gesellschaft “Isis” in Dres¬
den, 1882, Abh. VIII, pp. 3-14.

Rosenbusch, H. Mikroskopische Physiographie der Massi
gen Gesteine. Geol. Magazine, 1887. Decade III, vol.
IV, No. 3( p. 122. (Review.)

110

Catalog.

Salisbury, R. D. A Preliminary Paper on the Drift or Pleisto
cene Formations of New Jersey. Annual Report of State
Geologist of N. J. , 1892, pp. 35-108.

Samson, F. A. Bibliography of the Geology of Missouri. Bul¬
letin No. 2 of the Geological Survey of Mo. Jefferson
City, Dec., 1890.

Sarasin, Ch. Die Conglomerate u. Breccien des Flysch in der
Schweiz. Inaug. Diss. Strassburg, 1892.

Schillbath, H. Mikroskopische Untersuchung des Schaum-
kalkes bei Jena. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1890.

Schmidt, C. Metamorphose des Roches Alpines. Archives des
Sciences Physiques et Naturelles. Vol. XXIX, No. lr
1893.

■ - Ueber zwei neuere Arbeiten betreffend die Geologie des

Kaiserstuhles im Breisgau.

Smith, A. E. Report on the Geology of north-eastern Ala¬
bama and adjacent portions of Georgia and Tennessee.
Geological Survey of Alabama, Bulletin No. 4.

— — Report on the Cahaba Coal Field. 15c.

- Report on the Coal Measures of the Plateau Region of

Alabama. 15c.

Steinmann, G. Beitrage zur Geologie und PalseontolQgie von
Sudamerika.

Stuart. J. T. Paleontology of Peoria County. Bull, of Scien¬
tific Association of Peoria, Ill. 1877, p. 22.

Tarr, R. S. The Carboniferous Area of Central Texas. Amer.
Geologist, 1890, pp. 145-153.

- The Permian of Texas. Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. XLIII,

pp. 9-12.

The Phenomena of Rifting in Granite. Ibid., vol. XLI,
pp. 267-272.

Geology — Non- Serials .

Ill

*

Tarr, R. S. — continued. The Central Massachusetts Moraine.
Am. Journ. Sci,, vol. XLIII, pp. 141-145.

- Superimposition of the Drainage of Central Texas. Ibid.,

vol. XLI. pp. 359-362.

- Reconnoissance of the G-uadalupe Mountains. Bulletin

No. 3 of G-eol. Survey of Texas, 1892.

- - A Hint with Respect to the Origin of Terraces in Glaci¬
ated Regions. Amer. Journ. Sci. vol. XLIV, pp. 59-61,
1892.

- The Relation of Secular Decay of Rocks to the Formation

of Sediments.- Amer. Geologist, vol. X, pp. 25-44, 1892.

Turner, H. W. Some Recent Contributions to the Geology of
California. Ibid., vol. XI, May, 1893.

- Glacial Pot-Holes in California. Amer. Jour. Sci., vol.

XLIV, pp. 453-459, plate IX.

- Mohawk Lake Beds. Bui. Phil. Soc. Washington, vol.

XI, pp. 385-410, pi. 4, 1891.

- The Geology of Mount Diablo, California. Bull. Geol. Soc.

America, vol. 2, pp. 383-414, pi. 15, 1891.

Ulrich, A. Palseozoische Versteinerungen aus Bolivien. Inaug.
Diss. Strassburg, 1892.

U. S. Hydrographic Officer. The New Volcano of the Bering
Sea. Science, vol IV, No. 92, pp. 432-434.

Upham, W., Leverett, F., Shaler, N. S. , and Crosby, W. O.
Discussion of the Climatic Conditions of the Glacial
Period. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural
History, vol. XXIV, pp. 450-467.

Upham, W. A Classification of Mountain Ranges according to
their Structure, Origin and Age. Appalachia, vol. VI,
No. 3, pp. 191-207.

- A Review of the Quaternary Era, with Special Reference to

the Deposits of Flooded Rivers.. Amer. Journ. Sci.,
vol. XLI, pp. 33-52.

112

Catalog.

Upham, W. — continued. Glacial Lakes in Canada. Bull. G-eol.
Soc. America, vol. II. pp. 243-276, 1891.

Van Hise, C. R. The Iron Ores of the Penokee-Gogebic
Series of Michigan and Wisconsin. Amer. Jour. Sci., vol.
XXXVII, pp. 32-39, with pi. 2.

- The Iron Ores of the Marquette District of Michigan.

Ibid., vol. XLIII, pp. 116-132.

- An Attempt to Harmonize some Apparently Conflicting

Views of Lake Superior Stratigraphy. Ibid. , vol. XLI,
pp. 117-137.

- — - — Upon the Origin of the Mica-Schists and Black Mica-
Slates of the Penokee-Gogebic Iron Bearing Series. Ibid.*
vol. XXXVII, pp. 456-460, pi. 10.

- The Pre-Cambrian Rocks of the Black Hills. Bull, of

Geol. Soc. America, vol. I, pp. 203-244. Washington,
1890.

- - An Historical Sketch of the Lake Superior Region to Cam¬
brian Time. Journal of Geology, vol. I, No. 2, Feb.—
March, 1893.

Vogdes, A. W. On Some New Sedalia Trilobites. Trans.
St. Louis Acad, Sci., vol. V, Nos. 3-4, pp. 1-4, pi. 12-15.

— - — Courses of Sciences applied to Military Art, Part I Geol¬
ogy, and Military Geography. Fort Monroe, Vt. , 1884.

Vogt, J. H. L. Granitens og syenitens baenkning i forhold til
den nuvaerende overflade. Stockholm, 1879.

■ - Salten og Ranen. Kristiania, 1891.

- Nogle bemaerkinnger om granit. Christiania, 1881.

- Norske ertsforekomster, I-VII. Kristiania, 1884.

- Skiktede moraener. Christiania, 1881.

Geology — Non- Serials,

113

Wadsworth, M. E. The Fortieth Parallel Rocks. Proc.
Boston Soc. of Nat. Hist., vol. XXII, pp. 412-432.

- - Notes on Rocks and Ore Deposits in the Vicinity of

Notre Dame Bay, Newfoundland. 2 copies. Amer.
Journ. Sci., vol. XXVIII, pp. 94-104.

• - Meteorites, Ibid., vol. XXVI, pp. 32-38.

- On the Relation of the Quincy Granite to the Primordial

Argillite of Braintree, Mass. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat.
Hist., vol. XXI, pp. 274-277.

- Notes on the Lithology of the Island of Jura, Scotland.

Ibid., vol. XXII, pp. 485-489.

- On the Trachyte of Marblehead Neck, Mass. Ibid., vol.

XXI, pp. 288-294.

- Some Instances of Atmospheric Action on Sandstone.

Ibid., vol. XXII, pp. 202-203.

— - Methods of Instruction in Mineralogy. Popular Sci.

Monthly, 1883, pp. 754-759.

- On a Supposed Fossil from the Copper-Bearing Rocks of

Lake Superior. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol.
XXIII, pp. 208-211.

• - On the Relation of the “Keweenawan Series” to the East¬

ern Sandstone in the Vicinity of Torch Lake, Mich.
Ibid., vol. XXIII, pp. 172-180.

- - The Theories of Ore Deposits. Ibid., vol. XXII, pp. 197-

208.

- - The Dona Inez and the Llano del Inca Meteorites from

Atacama, Chili, with Meteorological Description.
From Descrip, of New Meteorites, by Edwin E. Howell.
Proc. Rochester Acad. Sci., vol. I, pp. 93-98.

The South Trap Range of the “ Keweenawan Series. ”
Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. XLII, pp. 417-419.

114

Catalog.

"Wadsworth, M. E. — continued. On the Relations of the Eastern
Sandstone of Keweenawan Point to Lower Silurian
Limestone. Ibid, 1891. vol. XLII.

- On the Classification of Rocks. Bulletin of Museum

Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, Cambridge,.
Mass. 1879, vol. V, No. 13, pp. 275-287.

- - Preliminary Description of the Peridotytes, Gobbros, Dia¬
bases and Andesytes of Minnesota. Geol. and Nat. Hist.
Survey of Minn., 1887.

- A Description and Classification of the Rocks of the Cor¬
dilleras.

- Lithology of Some Cordillerian Volcanoes. Geol. and

Palaeontology.

- On the Presence of Syenite and Gabbro in Essex Co.,

Mass. Geol. Magazine. Decade III, vol. II, No. 5, p.
207.

- and Dickerman, Q. E. An Olivine-Bearing Diabase,

from St. George, Me.

- and Whitney, J. D. The Azoic System and its Proposed

Subdivisions. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zook, vol. VII, pp. 331-
565.

Wahnsciiaffe, F. Bemerkung zu dem Funde eines Geschiebes
mit Pentamerus borealis bei Havelberg. Zeitsch. deutsch.
Geolog. Gesellsch. 1887. pp. 140-149.

- Die Susswasser Fauna u. Suss wasser-Diatomeen- Flora im

Unteren Diluvium der Umgegend von Rathenow, Ibid.,
1885, pp. 260-281.

- Die Bedeutung des Baltischen Hohenruckens fur die

Eiszeit. Berlin, 1889.

- Zur Frage der Oberflachengestaltung im Gebiete der

baltischen Seenplatte. Berlin, 1888.

- Mittheilungen uber das Alluvium der Rathenower Gegend.

Zeitsch. deutsch. Geolog. Gesellsch., 1885, pp. 124-131.

Geology — Non- Serials.

115

Wahnschaffe, F. — continued. Beitrag zur Lossfrage. Zeitsch.
deutsch. Geolog. Gesellsch. 1890, pp. 328-346.

- Ueberzwei conchylienfuhrende Lossablagerungen nordlich

vom Harz. Ibid., 1886, pp. 253-258.

- Mittheilungen uber das Glacial gebiet Nordamerikas. I. Die

Endmoranen v. Wisconsin und Pennsylvanien. Ibid.,
1892.

- Ueber einen Grandrucken bei Lubasz. Jahrbuch der

konigl. preuss. geologischen Landesanstalt, Berlin, 1892.

- and Lossen, K. A. Beitrage zur Beurtheilung der Frage

nach einer einstigen Yergletscherung des Brocken Gebie-
tes. Zeitsch. deutsch. Geolog. Gesellsch. 1880, pp. 124-
136.

- and Salisbury, R. D. Neue Beobachtungen ub$r die quar-

tarbildung der Magdeburger Border Ibid., 1888, pp. 262-
273.

Walcott, C. D. Correlation Papers, Cambrian. Bull. U. S.
Geol. Survey, No. 81.

- Cambrian Faunas of North America. Bulk U. S. Geol. Sur¬
vey, No. 30.

- Cambrian Fossils from Mount Stephens, Northwest

Territory of Canada. Amer, Journ. Science, vol. XXXVI,

pp. 161-166.

- Appendages of the Trilobite. Science, vol. Ill, No. 57,

p. 279.

- Paleozoic Notes: — New Genus of Cambrian Trilobites,

Mesonacis. Am. Journ. Science, vol. XXIX, pp. 329-331.

- Fauna of the “Upper Taconic’’ of Emmons, in Washington

County, N. Y. Ibid., vol. XXXIV, pp. 187-201, pi. I.

- Discovery of Fossils in the Lower Taconic of Emmons.

Proceedings of the Am, Assoc, for the Advancement of
Science, vol. XXXVI, p. 213.
ii — 7 Ap.

116

Catalog.

Walcott, C. D. — continued. The Taconic System of Emmons

and the Use of the name Taconic in G-eological Nomen¬
clature. Amer. Jour. Sci., vol XXXV, pp. 229-401,
ph III.

Wheeler, G. M. Explorations in Nevada and Arizona. Wash¬
ington, D. C., 1871. 17d.

Wichmann, A. and Martin, K. Sammlungen des G-eologischen
Reichs-Museums in Leiden. 2te Serie. Bd. I, mit 5
tafeln, 1887-1889.

Williams, G. H. On a New Plan Proposed for Future Work
upon the Geological map of the Baltimore Region.
Johns Hopkins University Circulars, No. 59, July, 1887.

- The Petrography and Structure of the Piedmont Plateau

in Maryland. Bull. Geol, Soc. Amer., vol. 2, pp. 301-
322, pi. 12.

- - The Nickel and Copper Deposits of the Sudbury District,

Canada. Ibid., pp. 125-140.

- Note on the Eruptive Origin of the Syracuse Serpentine.

Ibid., vol. 1, pp. 533-534.

- Geological and Petrographical Observations in Southern

and Western Norway. Ibid., pp. 551-553.

- Notes on Some Eruptive Rocks from Alaska. Na¬
tional Geographic Magazine, vol. IV, pp. 63-74.

- Geology of Baltimore and its Vicinity. Guide Book of Bal¬
timore, prepared for the Amer. Inst, of Mining Engi¬
neers, February, 1892.

- A Summary of Progress in Mineralogy and Petrography in

1885. Amer. Naturalist, 1885.

- The Gabbros and Diorites of the Cortlandt Series. Amer,

Jour. Sci., Vol. XXXV, pp. 438-448.

- - Contributions to the Geology of the Cortlandt Series, near

Peekskill, N. Y. Ibid., vol. XXXVI, pp. 254-269,
pi. 6.

Geology — Non- Serials.

117

Williams, G-. H. — continued, The Non-feldspathic Intrusive
Rocks of Maryland and the Course of their Alteration^
Amer. Geologist, 1890, pp 35-49.

- - On a New Petrographical Microscope of American Manu¬
facture. Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. XXXV, pp. 114-117>

- The Geology of Fernando de Noronha. Ibid., vol.

XXXVII, pp. 145-189.

- - On the Serpentine (Peridotite) Occurring in the -Onon¬
daga Salt Group at Syracuse, N. Y. Ibid., vol. XXXIV,
pp. 137-145.

- Some Modern Aspects of Geology. Popular Sci. Monthly,

1889, pp. 640-648.

Winchbll, A. Michigan. Condensed popular Sketches of the
Topography, Climate and Geology of the State. Wal¬
ling’s Atlas of Michigan, 1873.

Winchell, N. H. On the Geology of Sandusky, Seneca,.
Wyandot and Marion Counties of Ohio. Columbus,.
1872. 15b.

• - The Drift Deposits of the Northwest. Popular Sci. Month¬

ly, 1873, pp. 202-230.

- The Devonian Limestones in Ohio. Proc. of Amer. Ass.

for Advancement of Science, 1873, pp. 100-104.

- Notes on the Drift Soils of Minnesota. 4th Annual Re¬
port of Commissioner of Statistics of Minn., 1873.

Winslow, A. A preliminary Report on the Coal Deposits of
Missouri from field work prosecuted during the years
1890 and 1891, with 131 illustrations. Jefferson City,
1891. 14a.

- The Missouri Coal Measures and the Conditions of their

Deposition. Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., vol. Ill, 1891, p. 10 9.

- The Geology and Mineral Products of Missouri. “Missouri

at the World’s Fair,” St. Louis, 1893.

118

Catalog.

Winslow, A — continued. Notes on the Cambrian in Missouri

and the Classification of the Ozark Series. Amer. Journ.
Sci„ vol. XLV, March, 1893.

Woodward, H. A G-uide to the Exhibition G-allerys of Geology
and Palaeontology. Part 1, Fossil Mammals and Birds.
Part 2, Reptiles, Fishes and Invertebrates. (See British
Museum Nat. Hist). 19c.

Wulfing, E. A. Untersuchung eines Nephelinsyenit aus dem
mittleren Transvaal, Sud-Afrika. Neues Jahrbuch fur
Mineralogie, Geologie und Palaeontologie, 1888, Band II,

p. 16.

HISTORY.

SERIALS.

Madrid [Spain] Real Academia de la Historia.

Boletin, Vols. I, pt. 5; V, 5, 6; VI, 1-4; VII,

VIII, 2, 4, 6; IX, 1-3, 5; X, 2 -6; XI, 2,

4-6; XII, 2, 4, 5; XIV, 1-4; XV, 2, 4-6;
XVI-XVIII, XIX, 1-3, 5, 6; XX, XXI, 1-
5. + 27c

Munich [Germany] K. b. Akademie der Wissenschaften.

Sitzungsberichte der philosophisch-philologischen
und historischen Classe, 1887, Vol. II, Nos.

2, 3; 1888, I, 1. + 8d

Regensburg [Germany] Historischer Verein von Oberpfalz
und Regensburg.

V erhandlungen, Vols. XXXIV-XXXIX, XLI,

XLII. + 26c

Rio de Janeiro [Brazil] Instituto Historico e Geographico
Braziliero.

Revista Trimensal, Vol. L, Fol. 1, 2; LIV, 1, 2. 4- Id

History — Non- Serials.

119

Stockholm [Sweden] Konigl. Vitterhets Historie och

Antiquitets Akademiens.

Manadsblad, 1885-1889, 1890. + 27d

Topeka [Kansas] Kansas State Historical Society.

Kansas Historical Collections, Yol IV. + 27b

Annual Report, 8th. + 27b

Worcester [Mass.] Worcester Society of Antiquity.

Proceedings, Nos. 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 8, 13, 17, 19-27,

31, 35, 39. + 25e

NON-SERIALS.

Pamphlets , 27c.

Aberg, K. V. K. De Diplomatiska forbindelserna mellan
Sverige och storbrittannien under Gustaf in Adolfs Krig
Emot Napolean. Upsala, 1890.

Acquoy, J. G. R. Het Klooster te Windesheim en Ziju In-
vloed (Uetgegeven door het Provincial Utrechtsch Ge-
nootschap van Kunsten en Wettenschappen.), vols. I and

II. 27b.

De Aranjo Porto-Alegre Manoel. Colombo Poema. Rio Janeiro,
1892.

Armstrong, W. Discussions on the Abolition of Patents for
Inventions in the United Kingdom, France, Germany
and the Netherlands. London, 1869. 26b.

Baentsch, Bruno. Das Zeitalter des Heiligkeits-Gesetzes.
Habilitationsschrift, Jena, 1893.

Brinton, D. G. The Prophetic and Historic Records of the
Mayas of Yucatan. Proc. of Numismatic and Antiquar¬
ian Society of Philadelphia. 1882.

Brockhaus, F. Ueber das canonische Recht. Kiel, 1888.

Bugge, S. Rune-indskriften poa ringen i forska Kirke i
Nordre Helsingland. Christiania, 1877.

120

Catalog.

Caro, G. Die Verfassung G-enuas zur Zeit des Podestats.
Inaug. Diss. Strassburg, 1891.

Castilho, A. M. Etudes Historico-Geographiques. Lisbon,
1870.

Chagas, M. P. Os Descobrimentos Portuguezes e os de Colom¬
bo. Lisbon, 1892.

DeCosta, B. E. Sailing directions of Henry Hudson prepared
for his use in 1608.

Dieckmeier, A. Die Stadt Cambrai. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

Fahraens, G-. R. Om forandringen af sveriges allianssystem
aren 1680-1682 i ders sammenhang medde europisska
forveklingarna. Upsala, 1891.

Friese, K. Ueber den ausseren Gang der Verhandlungen beim
Frieden v. Oliva. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Gauter, L. Die Provincialwaltung der Triumvirn. Inaug.
Diss. Strassburg, 1892.

Hanel, A. Das Kaiserthum. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Hartog, J. De Spectatoriale Geschriften van 1741-1800.
Utrecht, 1872.

Henneberg, H. Die Politischen Beziehungen zwischen Deutsch¬
land und Frankreich unter Konig Albrecht I, 1289-1308.
Inaug. Diss. Strassburg, 1891.

Heskel, A. Die Historia Sicula des Anonymus Vaticanus und
des Isanfredus Malaterra. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Hinz, C. H. Zur Beurtheilung Appiaus u. Plutarchs in der
Darstellung der Ereigniss v. der Ermordung Caesars bis
zum Tode des M. Brutus. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1891.

Homes, H. A. The Palatine Emigration to England in 1709.
Trans, of Albany Institute, vol. VII, pp. 106-131.

Karlsson, K. H. Den Svenske Konnugens Domstratt och
Formerna for dess Utonfing under Medeltiden. Upsala,
1890.

History — Non- Ser ials.

121

Kayser, R. Placidus von Nonatula De Nonore ecclesise.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Krebs, J. Zacharias Allerts Tagebuch aus dem Jahr 1627.
Breslau, 1887. 27b.

Kriehn, G-. The English Rising in 1450. Inaug. Biss. Strass-
burg, 1892.

Eieblein, J. Recherche sur la Chronologie Egyptienne d’apres
les listes G-enealogiques, Christiania, 1873.

i — - — Handel und Schiffahrt auf dem rothen'Meere in alten Zeiten.
Christiania, 1888.

Lipp, M. Die Marken des Frankreichs unter Karl den G-rossen.
Theil I. Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg, 1892.

Eorenz, E. Thuringische Katastrophe vom Jahre 531. Inaug.
Diss. Jena, 1891.

XiUNDiN, C. F. Wismars Pantsattande till Meklenburg-
Schwerin. Publications Upsala, 1892.

Marquardt, Gr. Die Historia Hierosolymitana des Rubertus
Monachus. Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg, 1892.

Meyer, W. Das Werk des Kanzlers G-islebert v. Mons beson-
ders als Yerfassungsgeschichtliche Quelle betrachtet.
Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1888.

Mez, A. Greschichte der Stadt Harran in Mesopotamien bis
zum Einfall der Araber. Inaug. Diss. Strassburg, 1892.

Micheler, J. Das Tabakwesen in Bayern v. dem Bekanntwer-
den des Tabaks bis zur Einfuhrung eines Herdslattgeldes.
1717. Inaug. Diss., 1887.

i

Moshack, R. Die Reichslandvogtei in der Wetterau. Inaug.
Diss. Jena, 1888.

Munsel, J. A Chronology of Paper and Papermaking. Al¬
bany, 1870. 26b

Nielsen, Y. Diplomatiske Aktstyker vedkommende Norges
Opgjor med Danmark, 1818-1819. Christiania, 1890.

122

Catalog.

Nitzsch, F. Die Idee u. die Stufen des Opferkultes, ein Bei-
trag zur allgemeinen Religionsgeschichte. Kiel, 1889.

Nordwall, J. E. Svensk-ryska underhandlingar fore freden i
Kardis (1658-61). Upsala, 1890.

Nutzel, H. Munzen der Basuliden nebst einem Abriss der
Geschichte dieser Jemenischen Dynastie. Inaug. Diss.
Jena, 1891.

Osten, G. y. d. Die Handels- u. Verkehrssperre des deutscheir
Kaufmannes gegen Flandern, 1358-1360. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1889.

Phillips, H. An Account of the Congo Independent State.
Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., vol. XXVII, pp. 459-476.

Rauch, Jacob. Kritische Bemerkungen zu einigen Quellen der
Geschichte Rudolfs von Hapsburg. Inaug. Diss. Jena,
1893.

Regner, P. B. Kriget och tillstandet i. vesterbotten 1809,
Jamto foregaende historik ofver Ryssarnes infall i vester¬
botten pa 1700-talet. Upsala, 1891.

Rydfors, A. De diplomatiska forbindelserna mellan suerigG
och England, 1624-1630. Upsala, 1890.

Sandregen, M. Till historien om statshualfningen i suerige
1809. Upsala, 1890.

Schroder, H. Zur Waffen- u. Schiffskunde des deutschen Mit-
telalters bis urn das Jahrl200. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Pereira da Silva, I. M. Christovam Colombo eo Descobrimento
da America. Rio Janeiro, 1893.

Smitt, I. Det Norske Landbrugs Historie i Tidsrumnet 1815—
1870. Christiania, 1876.

Stavenow, L. Om viksradsvalen under frihetstiden bidrag til
Svenska riksradets historia. Upsala, 1890.

History — Non- Serials.

123

y. Terey, G-. Cardinal Albrecht von Brandenburg und das
Halle’sche Heiligthumsbueh von 1520. Inaug. Diss.,
Strasburg, 1892.

Turner, F. J. The Character and Influence of the Indian Trade
in Wisconsin. Johns Hopkins Universty Studies, Histor¬
ical and Political Science, Series IX, Nos. 11 and 12.

Ulrici, E. Hie Ansiedlungen der Normanen in Island,. Gron-
land u. Nord-Amerika in 9ten, lOten and 11 ten Jahrhun-
dert.

Undset, I. Indskrifter framiddelalderen i Throndhjems dom-

) kirke. Christiania, 1888.

Unzer, A. Hie Convention v. Klein-Schnellendorf. Inaug.
Hiss. Kiel, 1889.

- Hertzberges Anteil an den preussisch-osterreichischen Ver-

handlung 1878-79. Inaug. Hiss. Kiel, 1890.

Vaconius, Franz. Hie Messianische Idee der Hebraeer ge-
schichtlich entwickelt. Teil I. Inaug. Hiss. Jena.

Vessberg, G. W. Om svenska ricksdagen ders sammansattning
och Verksamhetsformer 1772-1809. Upsala, 1889.

Wagner, M. Untersuchung uber die Ryswijker Religions-
Klausel. Inaug. Hiss. Jena, 1889.

Woebling, Gustav. Hie mittelalterlichen Lebensbeschreib-
ungen des Bonifatius ihrem Inhalte nach untersucht, ver-
glichen und erlautert. Inaug. Hiss. Jena.

Whitney, S. H. The Early History of the Kennebec Valley.

Wirtz, L. Hie Politik der Katharina v. Medici u; deren Zu-
sammenhang mit den auswartigen Beziehungen u. inneren
Verhaltnissen Frankreichs, 1563-1565. Inaug. Hiss.
Jena, 1891.

124

Catalog.

LAW.

NON- SERIAL 8.

Pamphlets , 30c.

Brandt, F. Grundtraekkene i. den Aeldste Norske Procers .
Christiania, 1874.

Hertzberg, E. De gamle loves mynding. Christiania, 1889.

Katz, P. A. Beitrage zur Lehre v. den Schriftsatzen. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1883.

Kjellen, R. Studier vorande Ministeransvarigheten. loch II.
Upsala, 1890.

Landgren, K. G. Om Konungens Sanktionsratt vid Forand-
ring eller Upphafvande af Statens Ordinarie Inkomster.
Upsala, 1890.

Nieden, W. zur. Das Miteigenthumverhaltniss am Gemein-
schaftlichen Sklaven u. der darauf beruhende Rechts-
erwerf desselben fur die mehreren Herren. Inaug. Diss.
Jena, 1891.

\

Noye, W. Maxims of the Laws of England. Albany, 1870.
27b.

Ruhl, A. Zur Reform der Armengesetzgebung. Inaug. Diss.
Jena, 1888.

Seelig, G. Die Erbfolgeordnung des Schwabenspiegels. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Varenivs, O. Om Riksforestandarskap enligt sveriges och
Norges Grundlagar. Publication Upsala, 1892.

Language and Literature (Greek) — Non-Serials.

125

LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (Greek).

NON-SERIALS.

Pamphlets , 30d.

Aars, J. Das Gedicht des Simonides in Platons Protagoras.
^Christiania, 1888.

Adams, C. D. De periodorum formis et successionibus in
Demosthenis oratione Chersonesitica. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1891.

Blars, F. Die Entdeckungen auf dem Gebiete der Klassischen
Philologie im Jahre 1891. Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg,
1892.

Burckhardt, Ludovicus Augustus. Dse Hieroclis Synecdemi
codicibus commentatio. Inaug. Diss. Leipzig.

Clamon, P. De Scholiis veteribus in Aves Aristophanis com-
positis. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1881.

Comparetti, D. Sulla Epistola Ovidiana di Saffo a Faone.
Florence, 1876. 26b

Friedrichsmeier, F. De Luciani re metrica. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1889.

Gerber, T. Quae in commentariis a Gregorio Corinthio in
Hermogenem scriptis vetustorium commentariorum ves¬
tigia deprehendi possint. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Grigorakis, G. 2rrKPI2ilS TT1N "SXOAUim TLLN $OINI22flN
TO TETPITIIA OF ITP02 TO TOTTTIN KEIMENON. Inaug.
Diss., 1890.

Hagen, P. Quaestiones Dioneae. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1887.

Harries, H. Tragici Graeci qua arte usi sint in describenda
insania. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Hars, H. De Herodis Attici oratione. LLEPI IIOLITEIA'2.
Inaug. Diss., 1880.

126

Catalog.

Helmbold, H. Aristophanis Pax superstes utrum prior sit an
retractata. Inaug Diss. Jena, 1890.

Hempel, O. Quaestiones Theocriteae. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1881.

Hirsch, R. De animarum apud antiquos imaginibiis. Inaug.
Diss., 1889.

Kaehler, F. De Aristophanis Ecclesiazuson tempore et chore
quaestiones epicriticae. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

Kehmptzow, F. De Quinti Smyrnaei fontibus ac mythopoeia.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Kersten, F, De ellipseos usu Lucianeo. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1889.

Kjellberg, L. De cyclo epico quaestiones selectae. Publi¬
cation Upsala, 1890.

Lees, J. T. AIKANIKO'2 A0r02 in Euripides. Diss. Johns
Hopkins, 1891.

Meinhardt, Paulus. De forma et usu juramentorum, quae
inveniuntur in comicorum graecorum et Platonis,
Xenophontis, Luciani sermone. Inaug. Diss. Jena.

Lindemann, H. De dialecto Ionica recentiore. Inaug. Diss.
Keil, 1889.

Ludwich, A. Lectiones Pseudophocylideae, 1892.

- - Herodiani technici reliquiarum supplementum, 1891.

Luebbert, G. De amnestia anno CCCCIII, a. Chr. u. ab
Atheniensibus decreta. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1881.

Malchin, J. De Choricii Gazaei veterum Graecorum scriptorum
studiis. Ibid., 1884.

Meyersahm, H. Deorum nomina hominibus imposita. Ibid.,
1891.

Nilen, N. Annotationes Lucianese. Publication Upsala, 1889.

Ostbye, P. N. Om plan og komposition ix Thukydids graeskl
historie. Christiania, 1888.

Language and Literature (Latin) — Non- Serials.

127

Risberg, B. De nonnullis locis Agamemnonis Aeschyleae
scribendis et interpretandis. Publication Upsala,
1891.

Schmidt, C. Be articulo in nominibus propriisapud Atticos
scriptores pedestres. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Schitcht, H. De documentis oratoribus Atticis insertis et de
litis instruments prioris adversus Stephanum, orationis
Demosthenicae. Inaug. Diss. 1892.

Schwartzbach, F. B. Libellus Ttspi epjuprsias qui Demetrii
nomine inscriptus est quo tempore compositus sit.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Seegers, H. Neue Beitrage zur Textkritik v. Hartmann’s
Gregorius. Ibid., 1890.

Spitzer, J. Lautlehre des Arkadischen Dialektes, Ibid., 1883.

Wassner, J. De Heroum apud Graecos cultu. Ibid., 1883.

Wolterstorff, R. Sophoclis et Euripidis Electrae quo ordine
sint compositae. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1891.

LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (Latin).

NON-SERIALS.

Pamphlets , 30d.

Amann, R. De Coripp priorum portarum latinorum imitatore.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1885.

Baar, J. De Bacchidsibus Plautina quaestiones. Inaug. Diss .
Kiel, 1891.

Bosck, C. De metris Horatii lyricis. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1880.

Buchtenkirch, E. Der syntaktische Gebrauch des Infinitiv in
Occleve’s de Regimine Principium. Inaug. Diss. Jena,
1889.

128

Catalog.

Burckas, V. Be Tib. Claudi Donati in JEneida commentario.
Inaug, Biss. Jena, 1888.

Christiansen, J. Be apicibus et i longis. inscription um latin-
arum. Inaug. Biss. Kiel, 1889.

Bietze, J. Quaestiones Hyginianae. Inaug. Biss. Kiel, 1890.

Elmer, H. C. The Copulative conjunctions que, et, atque, in
the inscriptions of the Republic, in Terence and in Cato.
Amer. Journ. of Philology, vol. VIII, No. 3, pp. 1-39.

Fehrnborg, O. I. Be verbis latinis in vo divisas desinenti-
bus. Upsala, 1889.

Ferber, C. Utrum metuerit Tiberius Germanicum necne
quaeritur. Inaug. Biss. Kiel, 1890.

Friis, J. A. Lexicon Lapponicum.

Fritzsche, R. Quaestiones Lucaneae. Inaug. Biss. Jena, 1892.

Gebhard, E. Be B. Junii Bruti genere dicendi. Inaug.
Biss. Jena, 1891.

Hanow, R. Be Iuliano Toletano. Inaug. Biss. Jena, 1891.

Hansen, M. Be tropis et figuris apud Tibullum. Inaug. Biss.
Kiel, 1881.

Hedquist, W. Be formis syncopatis quae vocantur, verbi
Latini. Publication Upsala, 1891.

Heinricke, G. Be Ciceronis doctrina quae pertinet ad materiam
artis rhetoricae et ad inventionem. Inaug. Biss., 1891.

Hilgenfeld, H. L. Annaei Senecae epistulae morales quo
tempore sint scriptae collectae editae. Inaug. Biss.,
1890.

Hoenfft, L. H. Musa. Amsterdam, 1874.

- Hollandia. Amsterdam, 1876.

- Ad Procum Satira. Amsterdam, 1875.

- Juditha et Adolescentes Meditatio. Amsterdam, 1884.

Language and Literature (Latin) — Non- Serials. 129

Kelter, E. Apulei quae fertur physiognomonia quando com-
posita sit. Inaug. Diss. Kiel., 1890-.

Mayen, G-. De particulis quod quia quoni am quomodo ut pro
acc. cum infinitivo post uerba sentiendi et declarandi
positis. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Molken, H. In Conmenstarium de bello africano quaestiones
criticae. Inaug. Diss. Jena., 1892.

Neumann, H. De Plinii Dubii Sermonis Libris Charisii et
Prisciani fontibus. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1881.

Badtke, J. Observationes criticae in Cornifici libros de arte
rhetorica. Inaug. Diss., 1892

Keiche, F. Chronologie der letzen 6 Bucher des Ammianus
Marcellinus. Inaug. Diss. Jena., 1889.

Rubensohn, O. Die Mysterienheiligtumer in Eolensis und
Samrothrake. (Esrster Theil.) Publication Strasburg,
1892.

Schultze, E. De legione Romanorum XIII gemina. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1887.

Wendling, A. De peplo Aristotelico quaestiones selectae.
Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1891.

Wieding, G-. De aetate Consolationis ad Liviam. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1888.

Witte, E. Ammianus Marcellinus quid judicaverit de rebus
divinis. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1891.

130

Catalog.

LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (English and Anglo-Saxon).

NON-SERIALS.

Pamphlets, 30d.

Carstens, B. Zur Dialectbestimmung des Mittelenglisehen Sir
Firumbras, eine Lautuntersuchung. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1884.

Foster, T. G. Judith Studies in Metre, Language and Style.
Inaug. Diss. Strassburg, 1892.

Fuhrmann, J. Die Alliterierenden Sprachformeln in Morris’
Early English Alliterative Poems u. im Sir Gawayne and
the Green Knight. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1886.

Goeders, C. Zur Analogiebildung im Mittel und Neueng-
lischen, ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Sprachgeschichte.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1874,

Graf, A. Das Perfectum bei Chaucer. Eine Syntactische
Untersuchung. Inaug, Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Harstrick, A. Untersuchung uber die Praepositionen bei Al¬
fred dem Grossen. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Heesch, G. Uber Sprache und Versbau des Halbsachsischen
Gedichts, “Debate of the Body and the Soul.” Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1884.

Hoofe, A. Lautuntersuchungen zu Osbern Bokenam’s Legend-
en. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1885.

Kolls, A. Zur Lanvalsage. Eine Quellen-untersuchung.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1886.

Kramer, G. Uber Stichomythie und Gleichklang in den
Dramen Shakespeares. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Lowisch, M. Zur Englischen Aussprache von 1650-1750 nach
Fruhenglischen Grammatiken. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889

Language and Literature — Non- Serials.

131

Luttgens, C. Uber Bedeutung u. Gebrauch der Hilfsverba im
Fruhen Altenglischen. Sculan and Willan. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Muller, Hugo. Uber Die Angelsachsischen Versus Gnomici.
Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1893.

Neumann, M. Ueber das Altenglische Gedicht von Judith.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Bitzenfeldt, E. Der Gebrauch des Pronomens, Artikels u.
Verbs bei Thomas Kyd im Vergleich zu dem Gebrauch
bei Shakespeare. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

'Schultz, E. Die Sprache der “English Gilds” aus dem Jahre
1389. Ein Beitrag zur Dialektkunde von Norfolk. Inaug.
Diss. Jena.

Tolman, A. H. The Style of Anglo-Saxon Poetry. Trans, and
Proc. of Modern Language Association of America, vol.
Ill, pp. 1-31.

- - Studies in Macbeth. Atlantic Monthly, vol. LXIV, No.

412, pp. 241-245.

- Shall and Will and Should and Would. Modern Language

Notes, vol. VII, No. 4, pp. 1-3.

Wandschneider, W. Zur Syntax des Verbs in Langley’s Vis¬
ion of William concerning Piers the Plowman, together
with vita de Dowel, Dobet & Dobest. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1887.

Wichers, P. Uber di Bildung der Zusammengesetzten Zeiten
der Vergangenheit im Fruh-Mittelenglischen. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1889.
ii — 10 Ap.

182

Catalog

LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (French)

NON-SERIALS.

Pamphlets , 30d.

Andersson, H. Etude Linguistique sur Version de la legends*
de Theophile. Upsala, 1889.

Brauns, J, Uber Quelle u. Entwicklung der altfranzosischen
Caucun de saint Alexis verglichen mit der provenzal-
ischen Vida sowie den altenglischen u. mittelhoch-
deutschen Darstellungen. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1884.

Cron, J. Die Stellung des attributiven Adjectives im Alt¬
franzosischen. Inaug. Diss. Strassburg, 1891.

Elsner, Avon. Uber Form u. Verwendung des Personalprono-
mens im Altprovenzalischen. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1886.

Frantzen, J. J. A. A. Kritische Bemerkungen zu Fischarts
Uebersetzung von Rabelais’ Gargantua. Inaug. Diss.
Strassburg, 1892.

Hellgrewe, W. Syntaktische Studien uber Scarron’s Le
Roman Comique. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1887.

Herting, A. Der Versbau Etienne Jodelle’s. Abhandlung..
Kiel, 1884.

Hofmann, F. Avoir u. estre in den umschreibenden Zeiten de&
altfranzosischen intransitiven Zeitworts. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1890.

Johannssen, H. Der Ausdruck des Concessivverhaltnisses im
Altfranzosischen. 1884.

Kinne, G. H. Formulas in the Language of the French Poet-
Dramatists of the Seventeenth Century. Inaug. Diss
Strassburg, 1892.

Language and Literature — Non- Serials.

133

Lindstrom, E. Anmarkningar till de Obetonade Vokalernas
Bortfall i. narga Nordfranska Ortnamm. Publication
Upsala, 1892.

Matschke, O. Die Nebensatze der Zeit im Altfranzosischen.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1887.

Nienkirchen, F. Alfred de Musset’s G-edicht Sur la Paresse
als zeitgenossiche Satire mit ihren Beziehungen zu
Mathurin Regnier im biographisch-literargeschichtlicher
Commentar. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

Nissen, P. Der Nominativ der verbundenen Personalpronomina
in den altesten franzosischen Sprachdenkmalern. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 18*82.

Nordfelt, A. Etudes la chanson de enfances vivien. Stock¬
holm, 1891.

Orlopp, W. Ueber die Wortstellung bei Rabelais. Inaug. Diss.
Jena, 1888.

Quiehl, K. Der Gebrauch des Konjunktivs in den altesten
franzosischen Sprachdenkmalern bis zum Rolandsliede
einschliesslich. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1881.

Raeder, H. Die Tropen u. Figuren bei R. Gamier, ihrem
Inhalt nach untersucht u. in den romischen Tragodien
mit der lateinischen Vorlage verglichen. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1886.

Roll, O. Ueber den Einfluss der Volksetymologie auf die Ent-
wicklung der neufranzosischen Schriftsprache. Ein Bei-
trag zur Kenntniss der Sprachgeschichte. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1888.

Ruckoldt, A. Richeiieus Stellung in der Geschichte der franzo,
sischen Litteratur. Eine Litterarische u. grammatische
Untersuchung. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

Schopf, S. Beitrage zur Biographie u. zur Chronologie der
Lieder des Troubadours Peire Vidal. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1887.

134

Catalog.

Thomsen, E. Uber die Bedeutungsentwicklung der Scheide-
worter des Franzosischen. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Williams, C. A. Die Franzosischen Ortsnamen Keltischer
Abkunft. Inaug. Diss. Strassburg. 1891.

Wolff, E. Zur Syntax des Verbs bei Adenet Le Roi. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1884.

LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (Teutonic).

NON-SERIALS. «

Pamphlets , 30d.

Ahlgrimm, T. Untersuchungen uber. die Gothaer Handschrift
des “Herzog Ernst. ” Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Balg, G. H. The First Germanic Bible, translated from the
Greek by the Gothic Bishop Wulfila in the fourth cen¬
tury, and the other remains of the Gothic Language.
Milwaukee, New York, London and Halle, 1891. 26a

- (Translator) Gothic Grammar with Selections for Reading

and a Glossary, by Wilhelm Braune. Translated from
the Second German edition by G. H. Balg. New York,
1883. 26a

- A Comparative Glossary of the Gothic Language with

Especial Reference to English and German, with a pre¬
face by Prof. F. A. March, LL.D. Mayville, New York,
London and Halle, 1887-1889. 26a

Calaminus, W. Zur Kritik u. Erklarung der altnordischen
Frithjofssage. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1887.

Garke, H. Prothese u. Aphaerese des H in Althochdeutschen.
Inaug. Diss. Strassburg, 1891.

Heitmuller, F. Hamburgische Dramatiker zur zeit Gottscheds
u. ihre Beziehungen zu ihm. Ein Beitrag zur Geschichte
des Theaters u. Dramas im 18ten Jahrhundert. Inaug.
Diss. Jena, 1890.

Language and Literature— Non- Serials.

185

Goldbeck-Loewe, A. Geschichte der freien Verse in der
Deutschen Dichtung. Von Klopstock bis Goethe.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Graf, H. Der “ Sprachverderber” vom Jahre 1643 u.d ie aus ihm
hervorgegangenen Schriften. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1892.

Hellquist, E. Bidrag till laran om den Nordska Nominal-
bilduingen. Publication Upsala, 1890.

Kuhlmann, H. Die Konzessivsatze in Nibelungenliede u. in
der Gudrun mit Vergleichung der ubrigen mittelhoch-
deutschen Volksepen. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Litzmann, A. Untersuchungen uber Berthold von Holle.
Habilitationsschrift. Jena, 1891.

Mensing, O. Untersuchungen uber die Syntax der Concessiv-
satze im Alt- und Mittelhochdeutschen mit besonderer
Rucksicht auf Wolframs Parzival. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1891.

Netoliczke, O. Schaferdichtung u. Poetik im 18ten Jahrhun-
dert. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

Puls, A. Untersuchung uber die Lautlere der Lieder Muscat-
blut’s. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1881.

Radke, G. Die epische Formel in Nibelungenliede. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Rode, A. Uber die Margaretenlegende des Hartwig von dem
Hage. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Rosenhagen, G. Untersuchungen uber Daniel vom Bluhenden
Tal v. Strieker. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Schultz, P. Die Uberlieferung der mittelhochdeutschen Dicht-
ung “Mai und Beaflor. “ Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Schutze, K. Die Lieder Heinrichs von Morungen auf ihre
Echtheit gepruft. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Schutze, P. Beitrage zur Poetik Otfrids. Habilitations¬
schrift. Kiel, 1887.

186

Catalog.

Sokolowsky, R. Das Aufleben des altdeutschen Minnesangs in
der neueren deutschen Litteratur (First chapter). Inaug.
Diss. Jena, 1891.

Sutterlin, A. Laut-u. Flexionslehre der Strassburger Mund-
art in Arnold’s Pfingstmontag. Inaug. Diss. Strass-
burg, 1891.

Torp, A. Beitrage zur Lehre von den geschlechtlosen Pro-
nomen in den indogermanischen Sprachen. Christiania,
1888.

Weede, E. Din Warheit eine Reimpredigt aus dem llten Jahr-
hundert. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Wachter, O. Untersuchungen uber das G-edicht “Mai u.
Beaflor. ” Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE, (Oriental.)

NON-SERIALS.

Pamphlets , 30d.

Ahfeldt, O. C. P. Den Jeremianska Profetiam om Guds Rike.
Publications Upsala, 1891.

Bugge, S. Beitrage zur etymologischen Erlauterung der arme-
nischen Sprache. Christiania, 1889.

Bouk, H. De Davide, Israelatarum Rege. Inaug. Diss. Kiel.
1891.

Feilciienfeld, Josef. Ein einleitender Beitrag zum garib-al-
kuram nebst einer Probe aus dem Lexikon des Segestani.
Inaug. Diss. Jena.

Feige, H. Die Geschichte des Mar Abhdiso und seines Jungers
Mar Quardagh. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Fick, R. Eine jainistische Bearbei.tung der Sagai*a Sage. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Mathematics — Non- Serials.

137

Fries, K. Weddase Marjam ein Aethiopischer Lobgesang an
Maria nach mehreren Handschriften herausgegeben und
Ubersetzt. Inaug. Diss. Upsala, 1892.

Huizinga, A. H. Analogy in the Semitic Languages. Diss.
Johns Hopkins, 1891.

Oppenheim, B. Die Syrische Uebersetzung des funften Buches
der Psalmen. Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg, 1891.

Seler, E. Das Conjugationssystem der Maya-sprachen. Leip¬
zig, 1887.

Thiessen, J. H. Die Legende von Kisagotami. (Erster Theil. )
Inaug. Diss. Kiel.

Weill, E. Der Commentar des Maimonides zum Tractat
Berachoth. Inaug. Diss. Strassburg, 1891.

MATHEMATICS.

NON-SERIALS.

Pamphlets , 21a.

Backlin, G. Om partiela Differentialequationer af ordningen u.
med en beroende och tua obervende variabler. Upsala*
1890.

Ball, R. S. The Eighth Memoir on the Theory of Screws,
Showing how Plane Geometry Illustrates General Prob¬
lems in the Dynamics of a Rigid Body with three Degrees
of Freedom. Trans, of Royal Irish Academy, vol XXIX,
No. 8, pp. 247-284.

- Certain Problems in the Dynamics of a Rigid System

Moving in Elliptic Space. Ibid., vol. XXVIII, No. 9*
pp. 159-184.

- - Extension of the Theory of Screws to the Dynamics of

any Material System. Ibid., vol. XXVIII, No. 7, pp.
99-136.

138

Catalog.

Chapman, C. H. Theory of Equations. New York, 1892.

Diesing, H. Ueber eine gewisse Cremona’ sche Verwandtschaft
vierter Ordnung u. eine neue. lineare Construction der
Oberflachen zweiten Grads aus 9 Punkten. Inaug. Diss,
Jena, 1887.

Flint, A. S. On the Probable Value of the Latitude and its
Theoretical Weight from Entangled Observations Occur¬
ring in the use of Talcott’s Method. Washington, D. C.,.
1887. 20b.

Guntsch, R. Zur Integration der Differentialgleichung
S — Po ■+■ Pi y “l" P2 y 2 + P3 y3- Inaug. Diss. Jena. 1891.

Halm, J. Ueber zwei homogene lineare Differentialgleichungen
m. nter Ordnung mit m-f-n — 1 resp. n endlichen singula-
ren Punkten. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Hirn, G. A. Notice sur les Lois du Frottement. Paris, 1884.

Hirsch, A. Zur Theorie der linear Differentialgleichung mit
rationalem Integral. Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg, 1892.

Hugo, C. L. La Theorie Hugodecimale ou la Base Scientiflque-
et Definitive de l’arithmologistique Universelle. Parisr
1877.

- - La Question de l’equidomoide et des cristalloides geome-

triques. Paris, 1875.

Jbrugger, C. Ueber die Anziehung eines homogenen schiefen
^Kreiscylinders. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1886.

Karsten, B. Ueber die Lage des neutralen Punktes in einem
Inductionskreise. Inaug. Diss. Kiel. 1889.

Koch, H. Sur les determinantes Infinis et les equations differ-
entielles lineaires. These pour le Doctorat. Upsala,
1892.

Landero, C. F. and Prieto, R. Dinamica Quimica. Guadal¬
ajara, 1886.

Mathematics — Non- Serials.

139

Lie, S. Om Poncelets Betydning for Geometrien. Christiania,,
1878.

- Classification der Flachen nach der Transformations-

gruppe ihrer geodatischen Curven. Christiania, 1879.

- Zur Theorie der Transformationsgruppen. Christiania,

1888.

- Ein Fundamentalsatz in der Theorie der unendliehen Grup-

pen. Christiania, 1889.

Michaelson, A. Der logarithmische Grenzfall der Hypergeo-
metrischen Differentialgleichung n-Ordnung. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Oeltjen, H. Die Differentialgleichungen fur das Gleichgewicht
der isotropen elastischen Platten. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1881.

Olsson, O. Om fasta Kroppars rorelse i vatskor. Upsala, 1890.

Oppenheimer, H. Anwendungen des Amesederschen Nullsys-
terns. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1881.

Petrini, H. Om de till ekuationen Acp—Q Horande ortogonaal
Koordinatsystem. Upsala, 1890.

Penseler, G. Eine Linear Differentialgleichung funfter Ord-
nung mit zwei endlichen singularen Stellen. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Penzold, Eduard. Bestimmung der Lichtmenge, welche ein
Ellipsoid von einem leuchtenden Punkte empfangt, wenn
es teilweise von einem andern Ellipsoid beschattet wird,
Inaug. Diss. Jena.

Ruhlmann, R. Philosophische Arbeit ueber die Zahl. Inaug,
Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Sack, P. Ueber Kreisbundel liter Ordnung. Inaug. Diss. Jena,
1890.

140

Catalog.

Schlesinger, L. Ein Beitrag zur Theorie der linearer homo-
genen Differentialgleichungen dritter Ordnung. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Straubel, Rudolph, Ueber die Berechnung der Frauenhofer-
schen Beugungserscheinungen durch Randintegrale mit
besonderer Berueksichtigung der Theorie der Beugung
im Heliometer. Inaug. Biss. Jena, 1888.

Tarleton, F. A. On some Deductions from M’Cullagh’s
Lectures on Rotation. Trans, of the Royal Irish Acad¬
emy, vol. XXVIII, No. 10, pp. 185-196.

Thue, A. To theoremer vedrorende en Klasse brakistokrome
Kurver. Christiania, 1888.

Tuch, T. Eine Cremona’ sche Punkt-Gerade-Verwandtschaft
zweiter ordnung nebst einer Untersuchung uber die einer
Curve dritter Ordnung gleichzietig ein- u. umgeschrieb-
enen Dreiecke. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1890.

Velde, W. Ueber einen Spezialfall der Bewegung eines Punktes
welcher von festen Centren ausgezogen wird. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Watson, Wm. Course in Shades and Shadows. Boston, 1885.
20b.

Weinnoldt, E. Uber Functionen, welche gewissen Differen-
tialgleichung u. Ordnung G-enuge leisten. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1885.

MEDICINE.

SERIALS.

Berlin [Germany] Kaiserliche Gesundheitsamte.

Arbeiten. Vol. VI, Heft 3, 1890 + 29d

■Graz [Styria] Verein der Arzte in Steiermark.

Mitth., Vol. XXVI, (1889)+ 29d

Medicine — Non- Serials. 141

Jena [Germany] Medizinisch- Naturwissenschaftiiche Ge-
sellschaft.

Zeitschr. Vol. X. (Neue Folge Vol. III). + 6e

Chicago [Ill.] U. S. Medical Investigator.

Semi-Monthly Journal, 1873, 74, 75, 76, Nos. 1-3,

5, 7, 8. 29d

Heidelberg [Germany] Naturhistorisch-Medizinischer
Verein.

Festschrift z. Feier des funfhundertjahrigen

Bestehens der Ruperto Carola. 6©

Verliandlungen. Vols. I, (pp. 229-444 want¬
ing), II, pp. 471-312; III, pts. 1-5, IV,
pts. 1-5. 6e

Chicago [Ill.] Northwestern University.

N. W. Surgical Journal, 1871-72. 29d

non-serials.

Pamphlets , 29 c and d.

Ackermann, G. Ueber die Entwickelung von Wahnideen aus
Hallucinatorischen Yorgangen. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1891.

Albert, H. Ein Fall v. Tuberkulose des Herzens. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1883.

Alvarenga, P. F. de C. Lecons Cliniques sur les Maladies
du coeur. Translated from Portuguese by Dr. E.
Bertherand. Lisbon, 1878. 29d.

Alvarenga, P. D. Precis de Thermometric Clinique Generale,
Lisbon, 1871.

Ammon, J. Beitrag zur Statistik der Thranensack-Extir-
pationen. Inaug. Diss. Kiel. 1892.

Apfelstedt, Carl. Beitrag zur Kasuistik der Missbildungen
des ausseren Ohres. Inaug. Diss. Jena.

Appel, J. Ueber epidemische Cerebrospinalmeningitis. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1884,

142

Catalog.

Askanazy, S. Ueber die Regeneration glatter Muskelfasern,
Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg, 1891.

Aust, C. Beitrag zur Behandlung der Empyeme mittels der
Bulau’schen Aspirations-Drainage. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1892.

Baehr, A. Ueber die Behandlung acuter Krankheiten der
Haut u. unter ihr liegender Gewebe mit Thiol. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Bandisch, R. 80 Falle v. Ovariotomie aus der gynakologischen
Universitats-Klinik zu Konigsberg. Inaug. Diss. Kon¬
igsberg, 1892.

Barbrock, W. Ueber Pseudolenkamie mit recurrierendem
Fieberverlauf. Inaug. Diss Kiel, 1890.

Barckmann, C. Ueber Xeroderma pigmentosum. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1888.

Bargum, J. Ein Fall von Actinomykosis hominis. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1884.

Barnum, W. Ueber Atresie der Vagina und des Uterus,
Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1891.

Bartikowski, E. Ueber Verletzungen der Kinebandscheiben,
Inaug. Diss, Jena, 1892.

Bartscher, L. Ein seltener Fall v. beiderseitigem Nierende-
fect neben anderen Missbildungen. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1890.

Bayer, Max. Ueber einen Fall von cerebraler Kinderlahmung.
Inaug. Diss. Jena.

Becker, A. Zwei geheilte Falle v. Derm-Invagination. Inaug
Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Becker, E. Ueber Dexiocardie. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1891.

Becker, E. F. Zur ^Etiology der Darmeinscheibungen. In¬
aug. Diss. Kiel, 1885.

Medicine — Non- Serials.

143

Becker, H. Die Herniotomien der Kieler Klinik. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1880.

Beckmann, H. Ein Beitrag zur Statistik und Therapie der
Malaria in Kiel. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Behrendsen, G-. Die Esmarck’sche Methode der Hasenschart-
enoperation. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1883.

Behrens, T. Ueber Fremdkorper in den Luftwegen. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1887.

Below, A. Ueber Hernia properitonealis. Inaug, Diss. Kiel,

1890.

Benthin, O. Ueber Resection des Fussgelenk. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1880.

Berent, A. Ueber die Heilung von Herzwunden mit beson-
derer Berucksichtigung der Grawitz’schen Schlummer-
zellentheorie nach Versuchen am Kaninchen. Inaug.
Diss Kiel, 1892.

Berger, G-. Funf Falle v. Erweiterung der Stirnhohlen durch
Flussigkeitsansammlung. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1887.

Berlin, W. Ueber einen Fall v. Atelektalischer Bronchiektasie.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Bernstorff, E. Ein eigenthumlicher Fall v. hernienar-
tiger Verwolbung des Zwerchfelies. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,

1891.

Berthean, H. Zur Lehre v. der Inhalationstuberkulose. In¬
aug. Diss. Kiel, 1880.

Bier, A. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Sypholome der ausseren
Muskelatur. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

- Ueber Circulare Darmnaht. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Bidder, F. Ein Fall von Inversio vesicae urinariae congenita.
Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg, 1891.

144

Catalog.

Bierfreund, M. Ueber das Verhalten des Endometriums bei
Carcinoma portionis et cervicis uteri. Inaug. Diss.
Konigsberg, 1891.

Born, Walter. Beitrag zur Lehre von den Psychosen des
Kindesalters. Inaug. Diss. Jena.

Braus, Hermann. Ueber die Rami ventrales der vorderen
Spinal nerven einiger Selachier. Inaug. Diss. Jena.

Bliedtner, E. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Wirkung des Lobelin.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Bock, A. Untersuchungen uber die Erblichkeit der Myopie.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Bock, G-. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Wirkung des Digitaleim
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Bockendahl, A. Ueber die Bewegung des m. tensor tympani
nach Beobachtungen beim Hunde. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1880.

Bogershausen, H. Ueber Ektropium-Operationen. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Boie, C. Ein Beitrag zur Keratitis parenchymatosa aus den
journalen der Universitats-Augenklinik zu Kiel. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1887.

Bokelmann, H. Zwei Falle von Axendrehung des Dickdarms.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Bolck, W. Die Alkoholbehandlung bei Erkrankungen des Ohres.
Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg, 1892.

Bolte, H. Beitrag zur iEtiologie u. operativen Behandlung
der Haematocele retrouterina. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Boltz, R. Ein Beitrag zur Statistik u, Anatomie der Tuberku-
lose im Kindersalter. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Bording, B. Das Meckel’sche Divertikel als Ursache innere
Darmeinklemmung. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Medicine — Non- Serials.

145

Bork, G. Ueber die Missbildungen bei Tarnien. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1891.

Bosdorff, E. Ueber Haufigkeit u. Vorkommen der Anenrysmen.
Inaug. Biss. Kiel, 1889.

Botjer, W. Die Antisepsis in der Geburtshulfe. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1880.

Brandis, J. Ein Fall v. Dickdarmsyfilis. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,.
1884.

Bratz, E. Ueber Strychnin u. Brucin. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1891.

Breede, H. Ein Fall von todtlicher Blutung aus Magenvaricen.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1887.

Breese, G. Ein Beitrag zur Statistik und pathol. Anatomie
der Hirnblutung. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Bremen, O. Befund bei einem Fall v. chronischen univer-
sellen Ekzem. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Brening, J. Bacteriologische Untersuchung des Trinkwassers
der Stadt Kiel. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Bruhn, C. Ein Fall v. Verletzung des Schnerven Blutung in
die Orbita u. Optieusscheide u. directer Zerreissung der
Choridea. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Bruhn, T. Beitrag zur Statistik der Extirpation tuberculoser
Lymfdrusentumoren. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1887.

Briming, K. Ueber Morphin u. Codein. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1891.

Buchmann, J. Ueber die diuretische Wirkung der Salicylsaure
und Benzoensaure. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Buck, R. Ein Interessanter Fall von Schnurwirk ungen an den
Baucheingeweiden. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Buluheim, K. Ein Fall v. Echinocoecus-Embolie der Hirnarte-
rien. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

146

Catalog.

Bultmann, W. Ein Beitrag zum Erfolge der Iridectomie bei
Glaucoma simplex. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1880.

Burmeister, J. Einige Falle v. Miliartuberkulose ausgehend
v. cariosen Processen. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Burmeister, R. Ueber die Wirkung des Coniin auf den Kreis-
lauf. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1881.

Butefisch, H. Ueber Encephalopathia Saturnina. Inaug. Diss
Kiel, 1891.

Carstens, C. Beitrag zur Lehre u. Statistik der Oesofagus-
geschwure. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Caspersohn, C. Zur Statistik . u. Radikaloperation des Mast-
darmkrebus. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1887.

Claussen, J. A. Die Wirkungen des Hyosciuum Hydrojodicum
u. Hydrobromicum in Vergleiche mit denen des Atrapin
u. des Extr. Hyoscyami. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1883.

Coesfeld, H. Ueber Fliunnereoithelcysten des Oesophagus*
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Cohn, S. Beitrag zur Statistik des runden Magengeschwurs,
Inaug Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Cohn, T. 31 Falle v. Myomektomie. Inaug. Diss. Kunigsberg,
1891.

Collischonn, H. Beitrag zur Casuistik der Form u. Lagerungs-
Storungen des Magens. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Cramer, E. Zur Behandlung der Endometritis Hyperplastica
mit Chlorzinkstiften. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Cromme, F. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Wirkung des Nitro-
prussidnatrium. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Cunningham, D. J. The Brain and Eyeball of a Human Cy-
clopian Monster. Trans, of Royal Irish Acad., vol.
XXIX, No. 4, pp. 101-122; pi. 5.

Medicine — Non- Serials.

147

Danielson, H. Krebs-Statistik nach den Befunden des
Pathologischen Instituts zu Kiel von Jahre 1873-1887.
Inaug. Biss. Kiel, 1887.

Dannemann, A. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Wirkung des
Physostigmin. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Demohn, G-. Ueber einen Fall v. grossem Darmstein. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Denker, A. Ein Beitrag zur Lehre v. der Resorptionsthatig-
keit der Magenschleimhant. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Derbe, M. Ueber das Vorkommen von Pflasterepithel in Cyl-
inderepitheltragenden Schleimhauten. Inaug. Diss.
Konigsberg, 1892.

Dittmer, J. Beitrag zur Statistik der modificierten Linear-
Extraktion. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Boege, M. Ein Fall v. Nierenexstirpation nach subcutaner
Yerletzung der Niere. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Doehle, P. Beobachtungen uber einen Antagonisten des Milz-
brandes. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

- Ein Fall v. Eigenthumlicher Aortenerkrankung bei einem

Syfilitischen. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1885.

Donhoff, R. Beitrag zur Statistik u. Pathologischen Histolo-
gie der Tubenerkrankungen. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Dorken, E. Ein Fall von Spontaner Milzruptur. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1892.

Dose, C. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Wirkung des Landanins.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Dressler, O. Ein Beitrag zur Beurfcheilung der Alexander-
Adam’schen Operation. Iuaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Dreyer, A. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Funktion der Schutz-
scheide. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1892.
ii— 11 Ap.

148

Catalog.

Duvelins, J. Ueber Entzundungen der bursa trochanterica m.
deren Behandlung. Inaug. Diss, Kiel, 1880.

Eichhorn, hugo, Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Einflusses von
Temperatur und Witterungs-verhaltnissen auf die Ten-
acital des tuberkulosen Sputums. Jena, 1893.

Erler, K. H. Zur Kenntniss der Nereditar luetischen Zungen-
Speicheldrusen- und Halslymphdrusen-Vergrosserung..
Inaug, Diss. Jena, 1892.

Ernst, G. Bericht uber 25 von Herrn Professor Dr. Riedat
operierte Falle von Kropfgeschwulsten. Inaug. Diss.
Jena, 1892.

Eschricht, C. Ein Fall v. Hydrops genuintermittens. Inaug..
Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Ebermaier, A. Ein Fall v. Syfilis hereditaria tarda. Inaug„.
Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Elgehausen, F. Ein seltene Misbildung des weiblichen Uro-
genitalapparates. Inaug. Diss. Kiel. 1891.

Engel, H. Ein Fall v. Myxoma lipomatodes der Unterleibs-
hohle. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Falck, H. Beitrag zur Lehre u. Casnistik der Bindegewebs-
geschwulste des Halses. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1887.

Fenstell, F. Ueber die spateren Schicksale der Atelektase.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1883.

Fichtel, J. Die Befunde bei plotzlichen Todesfallen im. path-
ologischen Institut zu Kiel. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Fischer, B. Ueber einen Lichtentwickelnden im Meerwasser
gefundenen Spaltpilz. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1887.

Fischer- Benzon, L. Ein Beitrag zur Anatomie u. iEtiologie-
der beweglichen Niere. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1887.

Fischer, C. Einige Falle v. heteroplastischen Osteomen..
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

'Medicine — Non- Serials.

149

Fischer, H. Beitrag zur Casuistik der Akrornegalie und Syrin-
gomyelie. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Fisci-ier, K. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Wirkung des Pilocar-
pin. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Fischer, W. Ueber die feineren Veranderungen bei der Bron¬
chitis u. Bronchiektasie. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Flack, J. Ueber Sarkome der Augenlider. Inaug. Diss. Kon-
igsberg, 1892.

Fonseca, M. W. de. Beitrag zur Frage der nachtlichen Harn-
absonderung u. zur Physiologie der Harnausammlung in
der Blase. . Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Franke, K. Ueber Senkung und Yorfall der Gebarmutter
wahrend der Schwarngerschaft u. Geburt. Inaug. Diss.
Jena, 1892.

Frantz, O. Ein Fall v. Herniadiafragmalica congenita. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Franzen, A. Ueber Lenkaemie und perniciose Anaemie,
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Frers, A. Ein Beitrag zum Erfolg der Iridektomie bei glan-
coma simplex. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Fricke, A. Ein interessanter Fall von Schnurwirkungen.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Friede, H. Zur iEtiologie der Polypen an der Conjunctiva..
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1885.

Friedemann, J. H. Patbologischanatomische Befunde bei
Selbstmordern. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Friedlander, S. Ueber Phosphorvergiftung bei Hochschwang-
eren. Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg, 1892.

Friedericiis, E. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Wirkung des;
Veratrin. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

150

Catalog.

Funck, G. Zur Kenntniss der syphilitischen Erkrankung der
Knochen, speciell des Beckens. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1892.

Friedrich, M. Ueber metastlische proliferirende Papillome der
Aortenwand bei primaren proliferirenden papillaren
Kystome des Obarium. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Fritz, R. Ueber die Resektion des Ellenbogengelenks. Inaug
Diss. Kiel, 1880.

Furer, C. Einige Falle v. metastasirenden Schilddrusen-Ge-
schwulsten. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Gallus, Kurt. Die akute hallucinatorische Paranoia im Grei-
senalter. Inaug. Diss. Jena.

Gartenmeister, M. Ueber einseitige Amblyopie nach Scbreck.
Inaug. Diss.. Konigsberg, 1891.

Geerdts, L. Ein Fall v. doppelter Ureteren-Bildung mit blin¬
der Endigung des einen derselben. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1887.

Gehl, O. Ein Fall v. Verletzung des Sehnerven. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1888.

Gerling, K. Ueber Athetosis. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1887.

Gerloef, O. Beitrag zum Strychnin-Diabetes. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel. 1888.

Giese, J. Ueber den ophthalmoscopischen Befund bei Myopie.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Gl^recke, L. Korperliche u. geistige Veranderung im weib-
lichen Korper nach kunstliche Verlusten der Ovarien
einerseits u. des Uterus andererseits. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1891.

Glum, F. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Einwirkung des Schlafes
auf die Harnabsonderung. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Glawatz, E. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Wirkung des Ery-
throphlein. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Medicine — Non- Serials.

151

Goetz, E. Das Homatropin in der Augenheilkunde. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1881.

Gorges, H. Beitrag zur pathologischen Anatomie der Difterie.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Gottberg, A. Beitrag zur iEtiology und Bathogenese der
exfoliirenden Necrose der innern Blasenschichten. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Gottberg, M. Beitrag zur Behandlung tramnat. -Gehirnab-
scesse. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Gotze, R. Diffusion v. Wasserdampfen in Gasgemische. Inaug.
Diss. Jena, 1892.

Greeff, E. Ueber drei Falle von Missbildung durch amnio-
tische Strange. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Grimm, C. Ueber Thebain u. Landanin. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1891.

Grosse, U. Ueber Keratohyalin u. Eleidin u. ihre Beziehung
zum Verhornungsprocesse. Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg,
1882.

Grote, G. Ueber die Glandulae anales des Kaninehens. Inaug.
Diss. Konigsberg, 1891.

Grote, H. Ein Fall v. angeborener Ektasie Hypertorfie der
Harnblase u. der pars prostatica urethrae. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1891.

Grube, O. Ueber Bursitis trochanter ica. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1889.

Gunther, E. Stieltorsion eines mit Sarcombildung complicier-
ten Uterusfibroms Aocites, Heilung mittelst Laparoto-
mie. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1892.

Guttmann, P. Erfahrungen uber das Pyoctanin in der chirur-
gischen Praxis. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

152

Catalog.

Haacke, E. Em Beitrag zur pathologischen Histologie des
Magens. Inaug. Biss. Kiel, 1887.

Haars, G. Beitrag zur Lehre v. der diffusen congenitalen
Lebersyfilis. Inaug. Biss. Keil, 1891.

Hadenfeldt, H. Ueber Arthrodesis besonders bei den Folgen
der spinalen Kinderlahmung. Inaug. Biss. Kiel, 1889.

Hahn, J. Ueber Transplantation ungestielter Hautlappen
nach Wolfe, mit Berucksichtigung der ubrigen Methoden.
Inaug. Biss. Kiel, 1888.

Hahn, Rudolf. Ueber Folgen und Operationen alter Schuss-
verletzungen. Inaug. Biss. Jena.

Hallerstein, S. F. H. v. Brei Falle v. Luftdrucklahmung.
Inaug. Biss. Kiel, 1889.

Hamann, H. Statisk der Tuberkulose. Inaug. Biss. Kiel,
1890.

Hansen, J. A. Ein Beitrag zur Persistenz des Buctus
omphalo-entericus. Inaug. Biss. Kiel, 1885.

Hansen, W. Uutersuchungen uber die Refractionsverhaltnisse
im 10-15 Lebensjahre u. das. Wachsthum der Augen m
diesen Jahren. Inaug. Biss. Kiel, 1884.

Hanssen, R. Bie Augenklinik zu Kiel. Inaug. Biss. Kiel,
1889.

Harding, W. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der congenitalen
Halsfisteln. Inaug. Biss. Kiel, 1890.

Harke, T. Ein Fall v. dreimaliger Magenresection wegen
Magenbauchwandfistel. Inaug. Biss., Kiel, 1887.

Hars, C. Beitrage zur Lehre v. der Arthritis^ gonorrhoica]
Inaug. Biss. Kiel, 1887.

Hartmann, A. Beitrag zur Lehre v. der Aphasie. Inaug.
Biss. Kiel, 1889.

Medicine — Non- Serials.

153

Hartmann, R. Beitrag zur Statistik der Pachymeningitis
Haemorrhagica. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Hartmann, W. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der epibulbaren Carci-
nome. Inaug. Biss. Kiel, 1892.

Harttltng, O. Ueber epidemische Cerebrospinalmeningitis in
Kiel. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Heckelmann, G-. Ein Fall von Nieren Geschwulst bei einen
jungen Kind. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Hegar, A. Die Tuberkulose der Schilddruse. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1891.

Heilbrunn, K. Ein Beitrag zur Histologie der Milz. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Hein, M. Ueber einen Fall v. spontaner Herzrupter. Inaug.
Diss. Konigsberg, 1892.

Heinemann, K. Beitrag zur Lehre vom Ileus. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1891.

Heller, Josef. Ueber Kaltwasserbebandlung des Typhus.
Inaug. Diss. Jena.

Hennings, P. Zur Statistik u. iEtioiogie der^amyloiden Entar-
tung. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1881.

Henningsen, H. Beitrag zur Statistik der Fettgeschwulste.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Henrichsen, H. Beitrag zur Kenntniss v. der Wirkung der
Abfuhrmittel. Inaug. Diss. Kiel. 1884.

Henrici, C. Ueber Trepanation bei Gehirnabscessen. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1880.

Henschel, A. Versuch einer raumlichen Darstellung complexer
ebener Gebilde. Inaug. Diss. Jena. 1892.

Henschkel, W.® Krankhafte Yorgange an den Kiefern und ihr
Zusammenhang mit Anomalieen der Zahne. Inaug. Diss
Jena. 1892.

154

Catalog.

Henseler, M. Zwei Falle v. zahlreichen Divertikeln des
Dunndarms. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Hermann, F. Ueber Tympania Uteri. Inaug. Diss. Konigs-
berg, 1892.

Hermenau, L. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der akuten Encephalitis.
Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg, 1891.

Herting, J. Ueber Axendrehungen des Darms bei ^Ungeboren-
en. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Hertzfeld, M. Ein Fall v. Nabelschnurbruch. Inaug. Diss ]
Kiel, 1892.

Heyken, G. Anatomische Untersuchungen ueber die Muskula-
tur der breiten Mutterbander. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Hirschberg, L. Eine Frucht rait angeborenem Hydrocephalus,
u. Missbildungen des Gesichts u. aussern Ohres. Inaug..
Diss. Konigsberg, 1891.

Hitzegrad, F. Welcher Art sind die Enderfolge der Kniege-
lenkresectionen, seit Einfuhrung der antiseptischen Blut-
leere. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Hoche, L. Ein Beitrag zur Lehre v. der Radicaloperation v„
Hermien, speciell bei Kindern. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Hochhaus, H. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Meningitis spi¬
nalis chronica. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Y. Holst, Rudolph. Zur Frage uber die Extraction des nach-
folgenden Kopfes mit der Zange. Inaug. Diss. Jena.

Holst, R. Zur Frage uber die Extraction des nachfolgenden.
Kopfes mit der Zange. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1891.

Holz, A. Ueber juvenile Hysterie beim mannlichen Ge-
schlechte. Inaug. Diss. Jena 1891.

Honck, E. Drei Falle v. allgemeinem totalen Hydrops. Inaug>
Diss. Kiel, 1887.

Medicine— Non- Seria Is.

155

Hoppe-Seyler, G. Leber die Ausscheidung der Aetherscliwe-
felsauren in Urin bei Krankheiten. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1887.

Hotzen, E. Beitrag zur Lehre v. der Verhornung innerer
Epithelien, Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Hovener, O. Sectionsfende bei tuberculosen nach Koclvscher
Methode Behandlung. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Hulsmann, A. Drei Falle v. chronischem Hydrocephalus..
Inaug, Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Hustedt, G. Ueber Todesursache bei Herzenkrankungen.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Jacob, J. Ueber simulirte Augenkrankheiten. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1888.

Jacob, P. Ueber Retroversio und Retroflexio uteri gravidi.
Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1892.

Jamisen, B. Ueber Canthoplastik. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Jensen, Paul. Ueber den Geotropismus niederer Organ ismen.
Inaug. Diss. Jena.

Jessen, J. Ueber Papaverin u. Kryptopin. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,

1891.

Jester, K. Ein Frucht mit Hirnbruch Bauchbruch und amni-
otischen Verwachsungen. Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg,

1892.

Joachimi, Alfred. Der gegenwartige Standpunkt der Lehre
von der Eclampsie. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1893.

Johann sen, I. O. Beitrag zur pathologischen Anatomie u.
Histologie des Magengeschwurs. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1886.

Juhl, C. Beitrage zur Casuistik des primaren Carcinoms des
Corpus uteri, Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1884.

156

Catalog.

Junglow, H. Ueber einige Entwickelungsvorgange bei Rep-
tilien-embryonen. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Kalmits, G. Ein Beitrag zur Statistik u. pathologischen Anat-
omie der secundaren Magen-Difteritis. Inaug, Diss.
Kiel, 1888.

Kanenhawen, W. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Wirkung des
Spartein. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Karutz, R. Zur Kasuistik der Myomotomie. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1891.

Kattein, P. Ueber die Wirkung des Brucin auf den Kreislauf.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Katz, J. Ein Fall v. Sarkom des Uterus. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,

1887.

Kaup, J. Zwei Falle v. Hernia diafragmatica congenita mit
Abtrennung eines Lungentheils. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1891.

Kayser, O. Ein Beitrag zur Alkoholfrage. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,

1888.

Kech, T. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Wirkung der Pikrotox-
inin. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Keimer, W. Ueber zwei Falle v. intermittirender Bluter-
krankheit. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Kersting, H. Die Pachydermia laryngis. Inaug. Diss. Konigs-
berg, 1891,

Kiefer, F. Tannen als Gegengift. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Kippenberg, F. Beitrag zur L^hre von der angeborenen Lung-
enlues. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Kirchhoff, Dr. Die ^Localisation psychischer Storungen.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Klein, F. Einige an Eiweisskorpern der Leber u. andere Or-
gane gemachte Beobachtungen. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Medicine — Non- Serials.

157

Ialingenberg, W. Ein Beitrag zur Behandlung trammatischer
Gehirnabscesse. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Kunth, M, A. Ueber spastische Spinalparalyse u. dementia
paralytica. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Kohler, L. Die Totalextirpation des Uterus mittelst Laparo-
tomie (Freundische Operation). Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1892.

Konig, W. Die Tuberkulose des Schultergelenks. Inaug. Diss.
Jena, 1892.

- - Ein Fall v. Pankreas-Mekrose nacli Blutung u. Fettnek-

roser. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Koppen, R. Beitrag zur AEtiologie der Blasendilatation. In¬
aug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Korn, Alfred. Ueber Iriscysten und Cilien in der vorderen
Augenkammer. Inaug Diss. Jena.

Kosegarten, W. Ueber eine kunstliche G-ehorsverbesserung
bei grossen Trommelfellperforationen. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1884.

Kowalzig, E. Zur JEtiologie u. Therapie der Encephalocele.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Krahn, E. Ueber Zwillingsgeburten. Inaug. Diss. Konigs-
berg, 1891.

Krancke, K. Ueber totliche Duodenalblutungen bei Neuge-
borenen. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Krebs, E. Ein Fall v. reinem Cocainismus. Inaug. Diss.
Konigsberg, 1892.

Krey, J. Das Ulcus cornese rodens. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Krieg, M. Ueber Extranternigraviditat. Inaug. Diss.
Konigsberg, 1892.

Krop, August. Ueber die Veranderungen der Knochen und
Gelenke nach essentieller Kinderlahmung. Inaug. Diss.
Jena.

158

Catalog.

Kruckel, F. Ueber die toxische und Therapeutische Wirkung
des Kalium chloricum. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Krumbholz, H. Beitrag zur Statistik der Cerebrospinalmenin-
gitis. Inaug. Biss. Kiel, 1892.

Kuhl, J. Ueber tuberculose Magen-Geschwure. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1889.

Kunze, F. Beitrag zur Lehre der Staubinhalationskrankheiten.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1887.

KurrEr, A. Ueber Temperaturerhohungen bei Heizern. In¬
aug. Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Kuster, G. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Wirkung des Atropin.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Lackemann, W. Beitrag zur pathologischen Anatomie und
Statistik der Myokarditis. Inaug. Diss. Kiel. 1890.

- - Ueber maligne Recidive nach Ovariotonien. Inaug. Diss.

Kiel, 1890.

Lacroix, M. Tribut a l’Histoire des Kystes des Ovaires et de
leur Traitment. Paris, 1873. 29d.

Lang, Heinrich Alfred. Ueber die Membrana orbitalis der
Saugetiere. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1893.

Lammers, J. Anatomische u. klinische Mitteilungen zur Phys-
iologie der Nachgeburtsperiod. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Lange, H. Ein Beitrag zur Statistik u. pathologischen Anatomie
der interstitielen Hepatitis. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Lange, W. Ein Fall v. Lebervenenobliteration. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1886.

Langner, O. Ueber Gastrostomie. Inaug. Diss. Kiel. 1884.

Lange, W. Ein Fall v. Leberoenenobliteration. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel. 1886.

Langner, O. Ueber Gastrostonne. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1884.

Medicine — Non- Serials.

159

Lau, B. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Wirkung des Strychnins.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1886.

Laske, C. Die Sehscharfe liach Cataract-Operationen. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Laskowski, H. Influenza u. Ohr. Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg,
1892.

Latte, D. Ueber Corpuscula amylacea in den Lungen. Inaug.
Diss. Konigsberg, 1892.

• Lehmann, W. Ueber Hereditatsverhaltnisse u. ophthalmo-
scopischen Befund bei der Myopie. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1890.

Lehrich, A. Die Azoospermie. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Leiser, G. Ueber die Haufigkeit u. das Vorkommen der para-
lytischen Anfalle im Verlauf der progressiven Paralyse
der Irren. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1892.

Leonhart, J. Die Betracheotomie wegen Granulatidnsstenose
der Trachea. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Lene, E. Ueber die Haufigkeit der Schnurleber nach den Be-
funden des pathologischen Institutes zu Kiel. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Leupold, B. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Wirkung des Punicin.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891,

Link, M. Ein Fall von Gangraen der Trachea. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1891.

Lobner, W. Ueber Hautableitung bei Erkrankungen der Hirn-
haute. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Lohr, P. Beitrag zur Behandlung der Otitis media purulenta.
Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg, 1891.

Lots, F. Ueber einen Fall von jahrlangen Verweilen eines
Fremdkorpers in den Bronchien. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1892.

160

Catalog.

Lorenz, I\ Ueber den Status epilepticus. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1890.

Lorenz, Otto. Ueber Antipyretica. Inaug. Diss. Jena.

Lothholz, Karl. Zur Therapie des Pleuraempyeme. Inaug.
Diss. Jena, 1893.

Lowenberg, A. Beitrag zur Behandlung der eitrigen Mittel-
ohr-Entzundung mit Berucksichtigung der Bacteriologie
des Ohreiters. Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg, 1891.

Lubimis, J. Ueber Coma diabeticum. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Luders, C. Ueber das Vorkommen von subpleuralen Lymf-
drusen. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Luders, J. Ueber Cachexia strumipriva. Inaug. Diss. Kiel',
1890.

Lukens, H. F. Die Vorstellungsreihen und ihre pedagogische
Bedeutung. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1892.

Luib, F. Ueber Geschwulste der Blase. Inaug. Diss. Kiel*
1890.

Lutzen, A. Beitrag zu den lokalen Befunden nach Calomelin
jectionen. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Maack, F. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Osteome. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1889.

Maes, C. Ein Beitrag zur iEtiologie der Myopie. Inaug-
Diss. Kiel, 1884.

Magnussen, L. Beitrage zur Diagnostik u. Casuistik der
Actinomycose. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1885.

Mahler, A. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Wirkung des cblor-
sauren Natriums. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Maire, B. Ein Beitrag zur Localisation der Gehirntumoren,.
Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1892.

Medicine — Non- Serials.

161

Mallison, G. Ein Fall v. traum at i seller Reflexpsychose. In-
aug. Diss. Konigsberg, 1891.

Man, Cornelisde. Ueber die Einwirkung von hohen Tem-
peraturen auf Tuberkelbacillen. Inaug. Diss. Jena,,
1893.

Mars, K. Statistischer Beitrag zur Behandlung der Ansemie
und Chlorose. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Martin, R. Drei Falle v. primarer acuter flegmonoser Faryn-
gitis u. Laryngitis. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Masurke, A. Vier Falle v. Ischius scoliotica. Inaug. Diss.
Konigsberg, 1891.

Matthes, Dr. Max. Untersuchungen uber die Pathogenese
des Ulcus rotundum ventriculi und uber den Einfluss von
Verdauungsenzymen auf lebendes und todtes Gewebe*
Jena, 1893.

Matthias, F. Ueber graphische Darstellung der Actions-
strome des Muskels, besonders am lebenden Menschen.
Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg, 1891.

May, T. Ueber Arthropathia tabica. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1891.

Mayer, W. Beitrage zur Statistik der Lippengeschwulste
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Meier, J. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Wirkung des Aspido-
sperium. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Mennen, W. Zur Kenntniss der Ostitis albuminosa. Inaug.
Diss. Jena, 1892.

Menning, J. Beitrage zur Statistik der Kniegelenkssectionen.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1883.

Mentz, G. 1st es bewiesen dass Trithemius ein Falscher war?
Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1892.

162

Catalog .

Metz, R. Untersuchungen uber die Sulfosauren der drei Ami-
dophenole. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Meyer, A. Ueber die embolische Verschleppung v. Leber -
zellen durch die Blutbahn. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Meyer, F. Beitrage zur Statistik der Zungen carcinome u.
deren operativen Behandlung. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Meyer, H. Knochenabscesse. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1887.

Meyer, J. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Wirkung des Nicotin.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Meyer, Otto. Die Herzfehlerzellen und ihre pathognomonische
Bedeutung. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1893.

Meyer, P. Zwei Falle v. metastalischer Hauttuberculose.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Meyer, W. Ein Beitrag zur Behandlung der Bachitis mit
Phosphor. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1885.

Meyersahm, O. Ueber blutige Reposition subcutaner, nicht
einzurichtender Fracturen. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1881.

Michel, G-. Ueber Wandermilz. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1891.

Mildenstein, P. Ein Fall v. Contractur des Vorderarm-F’lex-
oren nach Humerus-Fraktur. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Millitzer, P. Ueber die Entwickelung der operativen Behand -
lung von Pleura-Exsudaten. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1892.

Minnich, W. Ueber einen Fall pernicioser progressiver Ana-
mie mit leichten Spinal Symptomen u. anatomischen Ver-
anderungen im Ruckenmark. Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg,
1891.

Mitter, J. Beitrag zur Kenntniss des Balantidium coli im
menschlichen Darmkanale. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Medicine — Non- Serials.

163

Moecke, H. Ueber G-eschwulstbildung der Thranendruse. In¬
aug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Montag, J. Ueber Trepanation bei Kopfverletzungen. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Morck, J. P. A. Beitrag zur pathol. Anatomie der congeni-
talen Syfilis. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Mose, F. Ueber Exenteratio bulbi. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1887.

Muhlstadt, H. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Wirkung des Saba-
dillin. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Muller, A. Brillenglaser u. Hornbautlinsen. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1889.

Multhaupt, K. B. Beitrag zur Lehre v. der Aktinomykose.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

INTeuenborn, R. Beitrage zur Histologie der Larynxpolypen.
Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg, 1891.

Keuhaus, E. Ein seltener Fall v. Aplasie der Hoden. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1890.

JSTeyman, E. H. Ein Beitrag zur Zundbutchenverletzung.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel. 1890.

ISTiemeyer, H. Ein Fall v. Lungenarterien Embolie nach einer
Distorsio pedis. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1887.

Nie meyer, Paul. Zehn Nephrektomien nebst Beitragen zur
Pathologie der Kompensationsanomalien. Inaug. Diss.
Jena.

Kierhoff, B. Drei Falle v. Kaiserschnitt. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1889.

ISTirsen, W. Ein Beitrag zur Casuistik der Pulsionsdivertikel
der Speiserohre. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1884.

Koering, A. Ueber einen Fall v. Fibrosarkom des Nervus op¬
ticus. Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg, 1892.
ii— 12 Ap.

164

Catalog.

Noltenius, H. Beitrag zur Statistik u. pathologischen Ana-
tomie des Diabetes mellitus. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Oetken, F. Ueber ableitende Behandlung bei Wirbel- und;
Buckenmarks-Erkrankungen, Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1887.

Otto, F. Ueber bandformige Hornhauttrubungen. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1889.

Overbeck, F. Beitrag zu den feineren Yeranderungen be!
Nierenverletzungen. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Pans, H. Ueber normales und pathologisches Epithel der harn-
ableitenden Wege. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Paradies, Paul. Ueber Kresole als Desinfectionsmittel mit.
besonderer berucksichtigung des Lysols. Inaug. Diss.
Jena.

Paulsen, S. Ueber Tuberkulome der Nasenhohle. Inaug. Dissr
Kiel, 1890.

Peters, G. Ueber Siderosis. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1881.

Peters, H. Gallenstein Statistik. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Peters, J. Ueber Natron salicylicum beim Diabetes mellitus.

Inaug. Diss. Keil. 1880,

Peters, O. Ueber das Pterygium. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Peters, T. Ueber die Resultate der Keuchhustenbehandlung-
in der medicinischen Poliklinik zu Kiel wahrend der
letzten Epidemie (Sommer 1889.) Inaug. Diss. Kiel*
1889.

Petermoller, F. Ueber den sogenannten Geschlechtstypus des
menschlichen Brustbeines. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Peterson, G. Ueber die Stoffwechselvorgange beim Intermit-
tensanfall. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1881.

Peterson, H. Eine Magenresection zur Heilung emer Magen-
bauchwandfistel. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1880.

Medic ine — Non- Serials.

165

Peterson, J. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Enchondrome. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Peterson, J. S. Ueber einen Fall v. Melanosarkom des Rec-
turns. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Peterson, M. Ueber Hornhautflecke als Ursache der Myopie
u. Anisometropie. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1887.

Peterson-Borstel, W. G-allensteinbildung in ihrer Beziehung
zu Krebs u. chronischer Endarteritis. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,

18g.8

Pfeiffer, R. Zwei Falle v. Tabes incipiens. Inaug. Diss.
Konigsberg, 1892.

Philipps, P. Ueber die Neubildung v. Arterien mit stark ver*
dickter Muskelaris in Pleuraschwarten. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1891.

Pieck, A. Ein Fall v. fieberhafter disseminierter Miliarcarci-
nose. Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg, 1891.

Pirow, F. Statistik des Keuchhusten, Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Plambeck, C. Ein Beitrag zur Statistik u. Verbreitung der
Tuberkulose im Alter von 16-20 Jahren. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1885.

Plehn, A. 35 Falle v. Schadel-Fractur. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,.
1886.

Plehn, F. Beitrag zur Lehre vom chronischen Hydrocephalus.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1887.

Podack, M. Beitrag zur Histologie u. Funktion der Schilddruse
Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg, 1892.

Poddey, H. Drie Falle v. idiopathischer acuter gelber Lebera-
trophie, Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg, 1892.

Poelchan, G-. Ein Fall v. Perodaktylie. Inaug. Diss. Konigs¬
berg, 1891.

166 Catalog.

Poepsel, B. Ueber die Tuberculose des Unterkiefers. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Pohl, W. Pyoktanin als Antisepticum. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1890.

Pollmann, H. Ueber die Principien bei Schieloperationen.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Praust, M. Uber Laparotomie v. Darmnaht bie Schuss u.
Stichverletzungen. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Prutz, W. Ueber das anatomische Verhalten der Leber bei der
puerperalen Ekampsie. Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg, 1892.

Qttintar, J. Operative Behandlung der Carcinome des Dick-
darmes mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Darmre-
sektion. Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg, 1892.

Bass an, G. Ueber Sarcomatose des Dunndarms. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1891.

Bassler, A. Beitrag zur JEtiologie des Morbus gallicus.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Bathmann, O. Zur Kenntniss der Geschwulste in der mann-
lichen Brustdruse. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1892.

Bah J. Die malignen Furunkel des Gesichts und der Lippen.
Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1892.

Bauert, E. Falle v. sogen. Fetthernien in der Bauchwand.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Reese, J. Ueber die Wendung bei eugem Becken. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Regenbogen, E. Ueber die Behandlung der tiefen Atherom-
cysten am Halse. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Rehder, J. Ueber die Sectio alta und die an hiesiger chirur-
gischer Klinik und Poliklinik ausgefuhrten Operationen
derselben. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1881.

Medicine — Non- Serials.

167

Reher, H. Beitrag zur Casuistik der Oesofagus-Erkrankungen.
Inaug. Biss. Kiel, 1885.

Reicke, J. Zu Johann Christoph Gottscheds Lehrjahren auf
der Konigsberger Universitat. Inaug. Biss. Konigsberg,
1892.

Reineboth, Hermann. Ueber die Annahung des Wanderniere.
Inaug. Biss. Jena.

Reinke, F. Untersuchungen uber das Verhaltniss der v. Arnold
beschriebenen Kernformen zur Mitose u. Amitose. Inaug.
Biss. Kiel, 1891.

Reinking, O. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Flegmonosen Gas¬
tritis. Inaug. Biss. Kiel, 1890.

Reuter, A. Ueber die Wirkung des Extractum Hyoscyami bei
Enteralgie. Inaug. Biss. Kiel, 1888.

Rheder, B. Bie subpleuralen Eeclymosen beim Erstickungs-
tode. Inaug. Biss. Kiel, 1880.

Rhenidorff, O. Ueber Kehlkopftuberculose im Kindesalter im
Anschluss an einen Fall v. Pseudoparalyse u. Tubercu-
lose. Inaug. Biss. Konigsberg, 1891.

Richter, W. Ueber die Betheiligung der Aorta an endocar-
ditischen Prozessen. Inaug. Biss. Kiel, 1891.

- Funfzehn Falle v. vaginaler Totalextirpation des

Uterus aus der Koniglichen Universitats-Frauen-Klinik
zu. Konigsberg. Inaug. Biss. Konigsberg, 1891.

Riemann, E. Ueber den Zusammenhang v. Nierendislokation
und Magenerweiterung. Inaug. Biss. Kiel, 1888.

Riesenfeld, P. Ueber Hysterie bei Kindern. Inaug. Biss.
Kiel, 1887.

Riess, E. Ueber den Einfluss des Bronchial-Katarrhs auf die
Aufnahme u. Ausseheidung inhalierten Kohlenstaubes.
Inaug. Biss. Konigsberg, 1892.

168

Catalog.

Robert. F. Ueber Wiederbildung Quergestreifter Muskelfasern.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Roessler, L. Zur vEtiologie der Erblindungeri. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1889.

Rohde, H. Zur Pathologie des Pankreas. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1890.

Rohe, G-. H. Recent Advances in Preventive Medicine. Jour.
Amer. Medical Association, 1887.

Rohrbach, F. Ueber das Trachom in Schleswig-Holstein.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Rohrs, B. Ueber die Extirpation der Thranensacks. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Rohwedder, H. < Der Primare Leberkrebs u. sein Verhaltniss
zur Leberkirrhose. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Ropcke, A. Beitrag zur iEtiologie der Oesofaguscarcinome.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Rubs amen, O. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Laryngitis Hy-
poglottica. Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg, 1892.

Rudolphi, G. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Wirkung des Cyan-
kalium. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Ruhberg, M. Ueber Zundhutchenverletzungen des Auges.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Rumpf, W. Alkalimetrische Untersuchungen des Blutes bei
Krankheiten. Inaug. Diss, Kiel, 1891.

Sarrazin, Franz. Uber die doppelseitige Huftgelenkresektion.
Inaug. Diss. Jena.

Sauer, R. Beitrag zur Luxatio lentis in cameram anteriorem
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Schantz, H. Vier Falle v. accessorischen Ovarien. Inaug,
Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Medicine — Non- Serials.

169

"Schanz, Alfred. Zur Casuistik der apoplectiformen Balbar
paralyse mit Dernenz. Inaug. Diss. Jena.

"Schartan, K. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Aktinomykose.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Scheffel, J. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Kohlenoxydvergif-
tung. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

"Scheffer, A. Beitrag zur Statistik der modiflcirten Linear-
Extraction. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1881.

Schirren, C. Ein Beitrag zur Ken-ntniss v. der Atrofie der
Magenschleimhaut. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

“Schlereth, F. Zwei Ealle v. primarem Lungenkrebs. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Schluteb, K. Zur Statistik u. iEtiologie der Pleuritis. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Schmauser, J. Die Schicksale der Dunndarmdivertikel. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Schmalmack, J. Die pathologische Anatomie der tuberkulosen
Peritonitis nach den Ergebnissen v. 64 Sectionen. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Schmidt, C. Beitrag zur Casuistik der Retinitis traumatica.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

- Beitrag zur Lehre v. den Schadelverletzungen wahrend der

Geburt. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

■Schmidt, F. Ein Fall yon primarem Gallenblasenkrebs. Inaug
Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Schmidt, Theodor. Beitrag zur Lehre von der Porencephalie.
Inaug. Diss. Jena.

vSchmidt-Mounard C. Ueber Pathologie u. Prognose der Ge-
lenktuberculose, insbesondere des Pusses. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1888.

70 Catalog.

Schmitz, E. Beitrag zur Lehre vom Glioma resting. Inaug..
Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Schow, W. Zur operativen Behandlung der Pleuritis. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel. 1891.

Schroeder, C. Ueber die Wirkung der Ueberosinumsaure bei
Epilepsie. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Schroeder, J. Hermann. Untersuchungen uber das Blutgefass-
System des ausseren Ohres. Inaug. Diss. Jena.

Schuler, C. Ueber einen Fall v. Uterus deplex septus cum-
vagina septa. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Schulte, M. Entzundlicbe Spontanfrakturen des Oberschenkels.
fur bosartige Knochenneubildungen gehalten. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Schultz, W. Ueber die Discission des Wachstaares. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Schultze, C. Ueber Anomalien des Schild-Knorpels. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Schulze, B. Beitrag zur Statistik der Tuberculose verbundem
mit Herzklappen. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Schutze, A. Ueber Facialislahmung bei Neugeborenen unter~
Mittheilung dreier beobachteter Palle. Inaug. Diss.
Konigsberg, 1891.

Schutt H. Reine bacillare Erkrankung epitelbedeckter Flachen
bei primarer Tuberkulose des Urogenitalapparates.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Schutt, P. Beitrag zur Lehre von den Schilddrusenkrebsen.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Schwabe, A. Ueber Fruhbehandlung der Osteomyelites durch
Trepanation resp. Aufmeisselung des Knochens. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Medicine — Non- Seria Is.

171

Schwarz, E. Ueber Hydronefrose im Kindesalter. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Schwartz, Y. Ueber die Verletzung der Arteria mammaria
interna. Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg, 1892.

Schwer, W. Ein Beitrag zur Statistik und Anatomie der
Tuberkulose in Kindesalter. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1884.

Seegelken, Carl. Ueber Komplikation der Schwangerschaft
mit Carcenom des Cervix. Inaug. Diss. Jena.

Sick, K. Ein seltener Fall von allgemeiner Tuberkulose
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Siegl, P. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Wirkung des Pikrotoxin.
Inaug. Diss Kiel, 1891.

Sievers, L. Schmarotzer-Statistik aus den Section-Befunden
des patholcgischen Institute zu Kiel. Inaug. Diss. Kiel(
1887.

Snell, R. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Wirkung des Cocains.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Sousa, A. V. de. Zuei Falle von “Juveniler Form der Muske-
latrophie. ” Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Sprangenberg, E. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Wirkung des
Cytisin. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Stahl, C. Beitrag zur Casuistik der Schadelverletzungen.
Inaug. Diss Kiel, 1887.

Stalherm, H. Ueber Kyfose u. ihre Beziehung zu den Yer
anderungen der inneren Organe. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Stark, W. von. Die Lage des Spitzenstosses u. die Percussion
des Herzes im Kindesalter. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Steckham, O. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Wirkung Aconitin
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Steinmann, K. Einige Falle v. Magengeschwur in jugendlichen
Alter. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

172

Catalog.

Stemann, E. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Salpingitis tubercu¬
losa u. gonorrhoica, Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Stendel, H. Zur Casuistik der erworbenen Zwerchfellsbruche.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Stender, A. Ein Fall v. Hodenkrebs. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1890.

Stoermer, R. Der Diabetes insipidus. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1892.

Stolz, N. Beitrag zur Statistik der Radicaloperation der Hy¬
drocele durch punction mit nachfol gender Injection v.
Lugolischer Losung. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1883.

Stolzmann, J. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Wirkung der Milch-
sauren. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Stieda, A. Ueber die Kloake u. das Receptaculum seminis der
weiblichen Tritonen. Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg, 1891.

Stroetmann, J. Beitrage zur Statistik u. pathologischen Ana-
tomie der Darmeinschiebungen. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,

1890.

Struck, R. Ueber das Verhaltniss des Chorea u. der Scarla"
tina zum acuten Gelenkrheumatismus. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1887.

Stuhlen, A. Ueber Pikrotoxin und Pikrotoxinin. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1892.

Sultan, G. Ueber Lymphangiome. Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg,

1891.

Tarnzer, P. Ueber das Ulerythema ophyrogenes eine noch
nicht beschriebene Hautkrankheit. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1889.

Tetens, T. Ein Beitrag zur Lehre v. den Oesopagus-Diverti-
keln. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Medicine — Non - Serials ,

178

Thaden, C. Ueber das Senile Staphylom. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1880.

Thaysen, L. Statistik der Diphtheritisfalle auf der medizini-
schen Klinik zu Kiel in den Jahren 1879-88. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1889.

Thede, E. Die Erfolge der Laparotomie bei malignen G-e-
schwulsten der Abdominalorgane insbesondere der Ova-
rien. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Therig, E. Ein Beitrag zur Statistik der Zahncaries. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Thiele, W. Statistische Erhebungen uber die Haufigkeit,
Complicationen und iEtiologie der Endocarditis. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1888.

’Thilo, F. Zur Therapie des Myeloidsarcoms, Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1889.

Topp, J. Beitrag zur Lehre v. dem Darmwandbruchen. Inaug.

O O

Diss. Kiel, 1890.

V an de Warker, E. Use of the Seton in the Treatment of some
cases of Chronic Affections of the Womb. New York,
1872. 29d.

Vermenlen, F. H. A. Statistische Untersuchungen zur Mor-
biditat u. Mortalitat im Wochenbette. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1891.

Yerworn, M. G-leichgewicht und Otolithenorgan. Inaug.
Diss. Jena, 1891.

Yolckers, Gr. Zur Behandlung des Mastdarmkrebses. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1883.

Wagner, P. A.. E. Ueber die diuretische Wirkung des Borax.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Wahl, V. Ueber die Haufigkeit der Epifysen-Diafysen-Er-
krankung bei Syfilis congenita. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1892.

174

Catalog.

Walter, C. Beitrag zur Lehre v. Hydrocephalus. Inaug. Diss..
Kiel, 1888.

Ward a, W. Ueber die sensiblen und sensorischen Storungen
bei der tramatischen Pschychonenrose. Inaug. Diss..
Jena, 1892.

Warnstedt, G. Ein Fall v. totlicher Fettembolie nach Weich'
teilverletzung. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Weber, B. Beitrag zur Statistik der Echinokokkenkrankheit..
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1887.

Wedekind, G. Anenrysma der A rteria anonyma iliaca sinistra..
Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1892.

Wefelscheid, G. Beitrage zur pathologischen Anatomie der
Spondylitis u. Arthritis deformans der Halswirbelsaule.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1881.

Wefers, O. Ueber Chloralamid. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1891.

Wegner, E. Zur Casuistik der Hirntumoren. Inaug. Diss..
Kiel, 1887.

Weichsel, Otto. Beitrag zur Frage von der embryonalen
Ueber tragbarkeit der Tuberculose. Inaug. Diss. Jena,
1893.

Weicker, H. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Wirkung des Curarin.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Weidmann, O. Ueber Psychosen bei Typhus abdominalis.
Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg, 1891.

Weigel, J. O. Zur Pathogenese und Therapie der Thrombose
des sinus transversus. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1891.

Weiler, J. Die Bildungsanomalien der Nebennieren u. deren
pathologische Bedeutung. Inaug, Diss. Kiel, 1885.

Werner, M. Zur Wechsel wirkung zwischen Syphilis und anderen
Krankheiten. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1892.

Medicine — Non- Serials.

175

Wessel, P. Ein Fall v. Oesophaguscarcinom mit Uebergreifen
auf den linken Vorhof Metastase in der Dura mater.
Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg, 1891.

Westedt, W. Sechs Falle v. Morbus Basedowu. Inaug. Diss
Kiel, 1889.

Weyhe, E. Ueber die Hauhgkeit v. Hamorrhagien in Schadel u.
Schadelinhalt bei Sauglingen. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Wichmann, J. Ueber das Verhalten des Trichocefalus dispar zur
Darmschleimhaut. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Wicht, L. Zur iEtiologie u. Statistik der amaloiden Degenera¬
tion. Inaug. Diss, Kiel, 1889.

Weick, O. Ueber die Discisio maturans. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,
1883.

Wieschebrink, H. Ueber die schubweise auftretende entzund-
liche Schwellung bei Lymphangiomen. Inaug. Diss. Jena.

Wiese, O. Ein Beitrag zur Laparotomie bei Bauchfelltubercu-
lose. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1880.

Wigger, B. Ueber Hernien mit besonderem Inhalt. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Wilckens, M. Die Nabelbruche Kleiner Kinder und deren
Behandlung. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Wilde, M. Ueber das Vorkommen des Krebses bei jugend*
lichen Individuen. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Wildfang, J. C. Die Tuberculose der Tymus. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1883.

Wilhelm, C. Das Verhaltniss zwischen G-onorrhoe u. Tuberku
lose. Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg, 1892.

Wiligerodt, W. CJeber Spontanheilung des Strabismus conver-
gens. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1892.

176

Catalog.

Will, A. Ein interessanter Pall v. Durchbruch einer bacillen-
haltigen verkasten Trachealdruse in die Vena cava supe¬
rior. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Willutzki, E. Ueber ein primares Sarkom des Ureters. In¬
aug. Diss. Konigsberg, 1891.

Winzerling, Paul. Ein Beitrag zur Casuistik des primaren.
Pleuraechinococeus. Inaug. Diss. Jena.

Wittrock, O. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Zungengeschwulste..
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Wolfring, W. Statistik der Masern, des Scharlachs u. der
Varicellen. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1887.

Wolter. H. Ein Fall von chronischer Pysemie. Inaug. Diss..
Kiel, 1892.

Wolters, J. Ueber Hydrocele feminae. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,.
1891.

Wulf, P. Entslehung der Dickdarmkrebse aus Darmpolypen.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Wullenwerber, E. Zur normalen und pathologischen Anato-
mie der Mesenterialdrusen. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Zapernick, W. Ueber Sehnennaht u. Sehnenplastik. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Zarniko, C. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Diphtheriebacillus.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Zelasinski, F. von. Zur Kentniss der Vergiftung durch chlor-
saure Salze. Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg, 1891.

Zuccarelli, A. Da Deficienti ad Idioti. Studio Medico-Legale..

Meteorology — Serials.

177

METALLURGY.

NON-SERIALS.

Pamphlets , 15e.

Egleston, T. The Method of Collecting Flue-Dust at Ems on
the Lahn. Amer. Inst, of Mining Engineers, 1883.

Godshall, L. D. A Review of the Russel Process. Proceed¬
ings of the Colorado Scientific Society.

Vogt, J. H. L. Pa Gasanalyser Grundade Undersokningar af
sulu och rakoppar-smaltninger m. m. uti Skaktugnar.

- Om Verdens Guld- Solv- og Kobber- Produktion.

- Einige Bemerkungen uber die Zusammensetzung der

Krystallisirten Schlacken.

- Om Slaggers af Sammensattningen Beroende Kristallisa-

tions-Torhallanden.

METEOROLOGY.

SERIALS.

Brunn [Germany] Meteorologische Commission.

Bericht, VIII. (1890) + 20c

Buenos Ayres [Argentine Rep.] Oficina Meteorologica
Argentina.

Anales, Vol. I. 20c

Christiania [Norway] Norwegisches Meteorologisches In¬
stitute.

Jahrbuch, 1885-89, 90. +

20e

178

Catalog .

Helsingfors [Finland] Societe des Sciences de Finlande.

Observations Meteorologiques, Annees 1873, 78. 20c

- Observatoire Magnetique .et Meteorologique.

Report, 1873. 20c

Moscow [Russia] Landwirthschaftliche Akademie.

Meteorologische Beobachtungen, 1888, 1889, pt.

I, 1890. + 21c

St. Petersburg [Russia] Kaiserliche Akademie der Wis-
senschaften.

Repertorium fur Meteorologie', Vols. IY-XIV,

XV. + 21d

Suppl. zum Repertorium fur Meteorologie, Vols.

I-V. + 2 Id

Atlas to Suppl. Rep. fur Meteorologie, Vols I,

II. + 21d

Santiago [Chili] Oficina Central Meteorologica.

Annuario, Vol. XVIII, pts. 1-4. + 20e

Utrecht [Holland] Koninklijk Nederlandsch Meteorolog-
isch Instituut.

Meteorologisch Jaarboek, 1870, 71, 75. 20c

Washington [D. C.] U. S. War Department.

Reports of Signal Officer, 1880, 81, 83, 84, 86,

87, pt 1; 88, 89, 1-2. 21a

Professional Papers of Signal Service, Nos. 2, 3,

5-8, 10-13, 15, 16, 18. 20b

NON-SERIALS.

Pamphlets , 2 Id.

Ballou, S. M. The Eye of the Storm. Amer. Meteorological
Jour., vol. IX, Nos. 2 and 3.

Bencke, C. Ueber die Regenzeiten in Ostafrika. Inaug. Diss.
Jena, 1890.

Meteorology — Non- Serials.

179

Bodige, N. Ueber die Uebereinstimmung des nordlichen
insbesondere des nordwestlichen Deutschlands im Wit-
terungscharakter. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1891.

Davis, W. M. The General Winds of the Atlantic Ocean.
Amer. Meteorological Journ., March, 1893.

- T Outline of Elementary Meteorology. A Synopsis of

Course “Geology I” at Harvard College, 1892-93.

Guldberd, C. M. and Mohn, H. Etudes sur les Mouvements
de 1’ atmosphere. Parts 1 and 2. Christiania, 1876.

Lamp, J. Neue Berechnung der Parallaxe von 61 Cygni aus-
den Beobachtungen von Schweizer in Moskau, 1863-1866.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1883.

Lemstrom, Selim, and Biese, Ernest. Exploration Interna¬
tional des Regions Polaire, 1882-83, et 1883-84. Expe¬
dition Polaire Finlandaise, Vol. I, Meteorologie. 21d.

Mohn, H. Studier over Nedborens Varighed og Taethed i
Norge. Christiania, 1888.

- Norges Vind- og Stormsstatistik.

Naturwissenschaetlicher Verein. Tabellen ueber den Flach-
eninhalt des Bremischen Staats, den Wasserstand der
Wasser und die Witterungsverhaltnisse des Jahres
1871. Jahrbuch fur die Amtliche Statistik des Bre¬
mischen Staats, vol. V, No. 2.

Prestel, M. A. F. Ergebnisse der Witterungs-Beobachtungen
von 1864 bis 1873. Kleine Schriften der Naturforschen-
den Gesellschaft in Emden.

Rowell, G. A. On the Origin of the Great Cyclones. Oxford
Chronicle, Nov. 16, 1872.

- Papers on the Cause of Rain, Storms, the Aurora and

Terrestrial Magnetism,
ii— 13 Ap.

180

Catalog.

Santee, T. Notes on the Tornado of Aug. 19, 1890, in Luzerne
and Columbia Counties. Wyoming Hist, and G-eol. Soc.,
1890.

de Saussure, Horace Benedict. Observations Meteorologiques
faites en Col du G-eant, du 5 au 18 Juillet, 1788,
Geneva, 1891.

;Seur, C. Windrosen des Sudlichen Norwegens. Christiania,
1876.

iSnellen, M. Le Telemeteorograph e d’Olland.

MINERALOGY.

SERIALS.

.Kiel [Germany] Mineralogisches Institut der Universitat
Kiel.

Mittheilungen, Vol. I (1888-1892). + 14b

Padua [Italy] Revista di Mineralogia e Cristallografia
Italiana (Directed by R. Panebianco).

Vols. VII-X. + 14b

Paris [France] Notice Statistique sur le Chili et Cata¬
logue des Mineraux. 15b

St. Petersburg [Russia] Russisch-Kaiserliche Mineral-
ogische Gesellschaft.

V erhandlungen 2d Ser. Yols. X-XXIX. + 14b

Washington [D. C.] U. S. Geological Survey.

Mineral Resources of the United States, 1882-84,

86-90. + 18b

- - U. S. Treasury Department.

Mineral Resources West of the Rocky Mountains.

Report 1872-73. 18c

Mineralogy — Non- Serials.

181

NON- SERIALS.

Pamphlets , 14a.

Artini, E. Della forma cristallina di due nuovi composti
organici. Revista di Mineralogia e Cristallografia, vol.
X, fasc. VI, p. 90.

Backstrom, H. Elektrisches u. thermisches Leitungsvermogen
des Eisenglanzes. Stockholm, 1888.

- Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Thermoelektricitat der Krys-

talle. Stockholm, 1888.

Backstrom H. and Brogger, W. C. Ueber den Dahllit ein
neues Mineral v. Odegarden Bamle, Norwegen. Stock
holm, 1888.

Bjerken, P. Nagra Undersokningar ofver Accidentell Dubbel
brytning hos Gelatinosa Amnen. Upsala, 1890.

Brauns, Reinhard. Die optischen Anomalien der Krystalle.
(Preisschrift Furstlich Jablonowski G-esellschaft). Leipzig,
1891. 13e.

Bucca, L. Contribuzione alio studio geologico dell’ Abissinia.
Rivista di Mineralogia e Cristallografia, vol. X, fasc.
VI, pp. 90-94.

Clarke, F. W. Note on the Constitution of Ptilolite and
Mordenite. American Journal of Science, vol. XLIV,
August, 1892.

Cohen, E. Titaneisen v. den Diamantfeldern in Sud-Afrika.
Neues Jahrbuch fur Mineralogie, etc., 1877, pp. 1-2.

- Review of Nordenskiold’s Mineralogische Beitrage 6 (no

title.) Ibid., 1879, pp. 77-84.

Ueber einen Aventurinquarz aus Ostindien. Versamml
des Oberrheinisch. geol. Vereins zu Durkheim, bayr.
Rheinpfalz. , am 13, 14 u. 15, Apr. 1882.

182

Catalog.

Cohen, E. — continued. Ueber Jadeit von Thibet. Neues Jahr-
buch fur Mineralogie, etc., 1884, Bd. I, pp. 71-73.

- Ueber eine Pseudomorphose nach Markasit aus der Kreide-

von Arcona auf Rugen. Sitzungsberichte der naturwiss.
Yereins fur Neuvorpommern und Rugen, 1886, pp. 1-4.

- Ueber Speckstein, Pseudofit u. dichten Muscovit aus-

Sud-Afrika. Neues Jahrbuch fur Mineralogie, etc. y

1887, Bd. I, pp. 119-124.

- Ueber pleochroitische Hofe im Biotit. Ibid., 1888, Bd..

I, pp. 165-169.]

- Ueber den Granat der sudafrikanischen Diamantfelder u.

uber den Chromgehalt der Pyrope. Mittheilungen des-
naturwiss. Vereins fur Neuvorpommern u. Rugen,

1888, pp. 1-4.

- Optischer Schlussel zur Bestimmung des Krystallsystems,

v. Mineralien in Gesteinsdunnschliffen.

Comstock, T. B. Occurrence of tin in Central Texas.

Cross W. and Eakins, L. G. A new Occurrence of Ptilolite..
American Journal of Science, vol. XLIY, Aug., 1892.

Fletcher, L. An Introduction to the Study of Minerals. 19c..

- An Introduction to Study of Meteorites. 19c.

- Students Index to Collection of Minerals. 19c.

- A Guide to the Mineral Gallery. (See Brit. Museum of'

Nat. Hist.) 19c

Friedel, G. Sulla Melanoflogite. Revista di Mineralogia e
Cristallografia, vol. X, fasc. VI, pp. 89-90.

Groth, Paul. Ueber die Molekularbeschaffenheit der Krys-
talle. Festrede Munich, 1888.

Haege, T. Die Mineralien des Siegerlandes und der angrenzen-
den Bezirke. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1888.

Mineralogy — Non- Serials.

183

Hobbs, W. H. On a Rose-colored Lime- and Alumina-bearing
Variety of Talc. American Journal of Science, vol. XLV,
May, 1893.

von J anson, A. Die Mineralien-Sammlung des Rittergutsbe-
sitzers A von Jar son auf Schloss Gerdauen in Ost-
preussen.

Jenney, W. P. The Mineral Wealth, Climate and Rainfall,
and Natural Resources of the Black Hills of Dakota.
Washington, D. C., 1876. 16d.

Hugo, L. Essays on Crystallography. Paris, 1867. 14a.

Kunz, G. F. The Gem collection of the U. S. National
Museum. Report of the Smithsonian Institution, 1885-
1886, part 2, pages 267-275. Washington, 1888.

- - Precious Stones. Abstract from “Mineral Resources of the

U. S. for 1886. Washington, 1887.

- On a large Garnet from New York Island. New York

Academy of Sciences. Read Dec. 7, 1885, and May 30,
1886.

- Mineralogical Notes. Proceedings of the American As¬
sociation for the Advancement of Science, vol. XXXIV,
Ann Arbor meeting, Aug. 1885, pp. 237-258.

- Article on Precious Stones from Appleton’s Physical

Geography. New York, 1892.

Hue as, J. Mines and Mineral Statistics of New South Wales.
Sidney, 1875. 15e.

Noelting, J. Ueber das Verhaltniss der sogenannten Schalen-
blende zur regularen Blende u. zum hexagonalen Wurtzit.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1887.

Panebianco, R. Sulla forma cristallino della melanoflogite.
Revista di Mineralogia e Cristallografia, vol. X, fasc
VI, pp. 81-84.

184

Catalog.

Peterson, G. W. Studier ofver Gadolinit, Upsala, 1890.

Piccini, A. e Giorgis, G. Fluossivanaditi e fluossipovanaditi e
fluovanaditi. Rivista di Mineralogia e. Cristallografia,
vol. X, fasc. VI, pp. 85-89.

Richard, T. A. Certain Dissimilar Occurrences of Gold-
Bearing Quartz. Colorado Scientific Soc. in Denver,.
1893.

Schweitzer, J. Krystallographische Beschreibung des Eisen-
glanzes u. des Fahlerzes von Framont. Inaug. Diss.
Strassburg, 1892.

Spezia, G. SulF Origine dell Solfo nei GiacimentL Solfiferl
della Sicilia. Turin, 1892.

Stober. F. Mittheilungen uber den Kalkspath von Elsass-
Lothringen. Inaug. Diss. Strassburg, 1892.

IV ads worth, M. E. The Argillite and Conglomerate of the
Boston Basin. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. XXII,
pp. 130-133.

Weinschenk, E. Beitrage zur Mineralsynthese. Zeitschrift
fur Krystallographie, vol. XVII, pp. 486-504.

Williams, G. H. Cause of the Apparently Perfect Cleavage in
American Sphene (Titanite). Amer. Jour. Sci., voh
XXIX, pp. 486-490.

- On the Hornblende of St. Lawrence County, N. Y. , and

its Gliding Planes. Ibid., vol. XXXIX, pp. 352-358.

- On the Paramorphosis of Pyroxene to Hornblende in

Rocks. Ibid., vol. XXVIII, pp. 258-268.

- - On a Remarkable Crystal of Pyrite from Baltimore Coun¬
ty, Md. Johns Hopkins University Circulars, No. 52,
1886.

- Note on Some Remarkable Crystals of Pyroxene from Or¬
ange County, N. Y. Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. XXXIV, pp
275-276.

Mining — Serials.

185

Williams, G. H. — continued. On the Crystal Form of Metallic
Zinc. Am. Chemical Jour., vol. XI, No. 4.

- Syllabus of Lectures on Optical Crystallography.

- Colestin von Mineral County, West Virginia. Zeitschrift

fumKrystallographie, vol. XVIII, No. 1.

- — On the Possibility of Hemihedrism in the Monoclinic

Crystal System, with Especial Reference to the Hemi¬
hedrism of Pyroxene. Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. XXXVIII,
pp. 115-120.

- - Anglesite, Cerussite and Sulphur from the Mountain View

Lead Mine, near Union Bridge, Carroll County, Md.
Johns Hopkins University Circulars, No. 87.

- and Gill, A. C. Contributions to the Mineralogy of

Maryland. Ibid., No. 75.

MINING.

SERIALS.

Golden [Colorado] Colorado State School of Mines.

Annual Report to Governor, 1885-1887, 88-

90. + 19a

Newcastle [England] North of England Mining and
Mechanical Engineers.

Transactions. Vols. XII-XVII, XXIII-XXX,
XXXI, pts 1-3, XXIV 1-6, XXXV 1-3,
XXXVI 2-4, XXXVII 1-6, XXXVIII 1-6,
XXXIX 1, XL 1-4. + 18a&b

Index of Vols. I-XXV, (1852-76). 18a

- Council of Mining and Mechanical Engineers. North¬
umberland and Durham Borings and Sinkings.

Part I, A-B, II, C-E, III, F-K 18b

Reports 1890-91. Parts I-III. 18b

186

Catalog »

New York [New York] Columbia College.

School of Mines Quarterly. Vol. XIII, No 4;

XIV, No. 1. + 19a

Sacramento [Cal.] State Mining Bureau.

Annual Report 1884-86, pt II, 87, 88, 89, 90. + 18b

Tucson [Arizona] University of Arizona, School of Mines.

Bulletin, Nos. 1 and 2. + 19a

NON SERIALS.

Pamphlets , 17e.

Comstock, T. B. The Veins of Southwestern Colorado. Amer.
Naturalist, 1886, pp. 1063-1044.

- Mining Engineering at the University of Illinois. Trans.

Amer. Inst. Mining Engineers, 1886, pp. 1-10.

- Oil and Natural Gas in Illinois. Engineers and Sur¬
veyor’s Ass. of Ill., 1887.

- Report on the Geology and Mineral Resources of the

Central Mineral Region of Texas. Bull. Geol. Surv. ,
Texas, 1891. pp. 555-664.

- A Preliminary Report on the Geology of the Central

Mineral Region of Texas. Ibid., 1890, pp. 239-391.

Egleston, T. Leaching Gold and Silver Ores in the West.
Amer. Inst. Mining Engineers, 1883.

Parish, J. B. On the Ore Deposits of Newman Hill. Trans.
Colorado Sci. Soc., 1892, pp. 1-16.

Hale, I. The Present Limitations of the Electric Power in
Mining. Trans. Colorado Sci. Soc., 1892.

Pedagogy — Non- Serials.

187

Rittler, W. H. Report of Mining Engineer of the Stephenson
Silver Mining Company in the Organ Range of Mountains
near Ft. Fillmore, in the Territory of New Mexico, U. S.
1860.

b •

Y ogdes, A. W. Notes on the Distribution of Iron Ores in the
United States.

PEDAGOGY.

NON-SERIALS.

Pamphlets , 30c.

Burger, A. Ueber die Gliederurg der Padagogik Kants.
Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

Maenuel, B. Ueber Abstraktion. Eine psychologisch-pada- •
gogische Monographic. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1890.

Manterola, R. Ensayo sobre una clasificacion de las Ciencias.
Mexico, 1884.

Muller, W. Comen ius : Ein Systematiker in der Padagogik.
Eine philosophisch-historische Untersuchung. Inaug.
Diss. Jena, 1887.

Span, Peter. Die Fortbildung der Padagogik Herbarts durch
Ziller. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

PHILOLOGY.

(see language and literature.)

188

Catalog.

PHILOSOPHY. (INCLUDING PSYCHOLOGY, ETHICS,
THEOLOGY, ETC.)

NON-SERIALS.

Pamphlets , 30c.

Aviella, G. L’evolution religieuse contemporaine chez les
Anglais, les Americains et les Hindous.

Bahlow, F. Luthers Stellung zur Philosophie. Inaug. Diss„
Jena, 1891.

Baltzer, A. Spinozas Entwicklungsgang, besonders nach
seinen Brief en geschildert. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Barchudarian, J. Inwiefern ist Leibniss in der Psychologie
ein Vorganger Herbarts. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

Bauer, W. Die Psychologischen Grundanschauungen Pesta-
lozzis. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

Beskow, B. E. Samuel Grubbes Empiriska Psychologi. Up-
sala, 1890.

Blass, F. Naturalismus u. Materialismus in Griechenland zu
Platon’s Zeit. Kiel, 1887.

- Ideale u. materielle Lebensanschauung. Kiel, 1889.

Caspari, C. P. Eine Augustin falschlich beilegte Homilia de
sacrilegiis. Christiania, 1886.

Christinnecke, J. Casual it at u. Entwickelung in der Meta¬
physic Augustins. I Theil. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1891.

Danell, H. Albrecht Ritschl’s Lara om Synden. Publikation
Upsala, 1892.

Dippe, Alfred. Untersuchungen uber die Bedeutung der Denk
form Idee in der Philosophie und Geschichte. Inaug.
Diss. Jena.

Philosophy, etc. — Non- Serials.

189

Erhardt, E. Kritik der Kantischen Antinomienletire. Inaug.
Diss. Jena., 1888.

Erhardt, F. Der Satz vom Grunde als Prinzip des Schliessens.
Inaug. Diss. Jena., 1891.

Forster, Max. Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Characters und der
Philosophic d’Alemberts. Inaug. Diss. Jena.

Georgov, I. Montaigne als Vertreter des Relativismus in der
Moral. Inaug. Diss. Jena., 1889.

Harsler, A. Den Kristnes Forhallande till det Materiella
Goda enligt nya testanentets lara. Upsala, 1891.

Hissbach C. 1st ein durchgehender Gegensatz zwischen
Spinoza u. Leibniss vorhanden. Inaug. Diss. Jena.,
1889.

Ilgen, H. Animadversiones ad L. Annsei Senacse philosophi
scripti. Inaug. Diss. Jena., 1889.

Klostermann, A. Die Gottesfurcht als Hauptstuck der Weis-
heit. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1885.

Koppehl, Hermann. Die Verwandschaft Leibnizens mit
Thomas v. Aquino in der Lehre vom Bosen. Inaug. Diss.
Jena.

Kussner, G. Kritik des Pessimismus. Inaug. Diss. Jena. 1888.

Leitz, H. Probleme im Begriff der Gesellschaft bei Auguste
Comte im Gesammtzusammenhange seines Systems.
Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1891.

Liebermann. B. Der Zweckbegriff bei Trendelenberg. Inaug.
Diss. Jena, 1889.

Loeck, G. Die Homiliensammlung des Paulus Diakonus die
unmittelbare Vorlage des Otfridischen Evangelienbuchs.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Marbach, F. Die Psychologie des Firmiamis Lactautius.
Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

190

Catalog.

Mauff, B. M. Der Religionspbilosophische Standpunkt der
Sogenannten Deutschen Theologie v. Meister Eckhart^
Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1890.

McMurry, F. Herbert Spencer’s Erziehungslehre. Inaug.
Diss. Jena, 1890.

Molsdorf, W. Die Idee des Schonen in der Weltgestaltung
bei Thomas von Aquino. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1891.

Moosherr, Theodor. A. E. Biedermann nach seiner allgemein-
philosophischen Stellimg. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1893.

Morgenstern, G-. Cyprian, Bischof von Carthago, als Philosoph.
Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

Muller, H. Johannes Clauberg u. seine Stellung im Car-
tesianismus mit besonderer Berucksichtigung seines Ver-
haltnisses zu der Occasionalistischen Theorie. Inaug.
Diss. Jena, 1891.

Nicolai, W. 1st der Begriff des Schonen bei Kant Consequent
Entwickelt. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Nitzsch, F. Luther u. Aristoteles. Kiel, 1883.

Norstrom, V. Grunddragen af. Herbert Spencer’s Sedelara.
Inaug. Diss., 1890.

Kenkauf. A. Philosophische Begrundung des Lehrplans des
Evangelischen Religionsunterrichts an Hohern Schulen.
Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1892.

Riedel, O. Die Monadologischen. Bestimmungen in Kants
Lehre vom Ding an sich. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1884.

Rosny, L. La Religion des Japonais.

Schoebel, C. L’ame Humaine.

Schrecker, E. Der ReligionsbegrifT bei Schleiermacher u.
seinem namhaftesten Nachfolgern. Inaug. Diss. Jena,
1880.

Philosophy t etc . — Non- Serials.

191

Schwabe, G. Fichte’s u. Schopenhauer’s Lehre vom Willenmit
ihren Konsequenzen fur Weltbegreifung u. Lebensfuh-
rung. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1887.

Schwarz, H. Die Leibniz’sche Philosophie aufgefasst als Wider-
legung des Materialisinus. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1888.

Steuer, Carl Wilibald. Die Gottes- und Logoslehre des Tatian
mit ihren Beruhrungen in der griechischen Philosophie.
Inaug. Diss. Jena,

Stave, E. Om Aposteln Pauli Farhallande till Jesu Historiska.
lif och lara. Upsala, 1889.

Strasosky, H. Jacob Friedrich Fries als Kritiker der Kant-
ischere Erkenntnisstheorie. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1891.

Temming, E. Beitrag zur Darstellung und Kritik der morali-
schen Bildungslehre Kant’s. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1892.

Thomsen, H. Die rechtliche Willensbestimmung. 1882.

Turic, Georg. Der Entschluss in dem Willensprozesse, aus
dem Gesichtpunkt von Herbarts metaphysik und Psy¬
chology erortert. Inaug. Diss. Jena.

Vannerus, A. Om Erfarenhetten ett Kenrskapsteoretiskt
Studieforsok. Stockholm, 1890.

Veeck, O. Darstellung u. Erorterung der reiigionsphilosophis-
chen Grundanschauungen Trendelenburgs. Inaug. Diss.
Jena, 1888.

Werner, J. Hegels Offenbarungsbegriff. Inaug. Diss. Jena,
1887.

Wernick, Georg. Der Begriff der Materie bei Leibniz in
seiner Entwickelung und in seinen historischen Bezieh-
ungen. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1893.

Wille, B. Der Phanomenalismus des Thomas Hobbes. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1888.

192

Catalog.

PHONETICS.

NON- SERIAL S.

Pamphlets f 30b.

Bierwirth, H. C. Die Vocale der Mundart v. Meinersen.
Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1890.

Dittmar, E. Die Blankenheimer Mundart. Inaug. Diss. Jena,
1891.

G-oerke, R. Die Sprache des Raoul de Cambrai, eine Lautun-
tersuchung. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1887.

Gunther, G. Ueber den Wortaccent bei Spenser. Inaug.
Diss. Jena, 1889.

Heibey, H. Die Laute der Mundart v. Borssum. Inaug. Diss.
Jena, 1891.

Heumann, F. Consonantismus des Gascognischen bis zum Ende
des dreizehnten Jahrhunderts. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1888.

Keferstein, G. Der Lautstand. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1888.

Leidolf, J. Die Naunheimer Mundart. Inaug. Diss. Jena,
1891.

Martens, W. Ueber des Verhalten v. Vocalen u. Dyphthongen
in gesprochenen Worten. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Salge, E. Der Vocalismus in den Gedichten des Earl of Sur¬
rey. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1887.

Physics — Non- Serials.

198

PHYSICS.

NON-SERIALS.

Pamphlets , 21b.

Ackermann, K. Bestimmung der erdmagnetischen Inklination
von Kassel.

Ball, R. S. Extension of the Theory of Screws to the Dy¬
namics of any Material System. Trans, of Royal Irish
Academy, vol. XXVIII, No. 7, pp. 99-136.

Bjerken, P. Nagra Undersokningar ofver Accidentell Dubbel-
brytning hos Gelatinosa Aemnen. Upsala, 1890.

Boas, F. Beitrage zur Erkenntniss der Farbe des Wassers.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1881.

Brogan, H. H. Das magnetische Feld im physikalischen Lab-
oratorium und die erdmagnetischen Constanten Von
Strassburg. Inaug. Diss. Strassburg, 1892.

Burnett, S. M. Refraction in the principal Meridians of a
Triaxial Ellipsoid, with Remarks on the Correction of
Astigmatism by Cylindrical Glasses and an Historical
Note on Corneal Astigmatism. Archives of Ophthalmol¬
ogy, vol. XII, No. 1.

Classen, J. Beobachtungen uber die spezifische Warme der
flussigen Schwefels. Inaug. Diss. Hamburg, 1889.

Dorn, E. Vorschlage zur gesetzlichen Bestimmungen uber elek-
trische Maasseinheiten entworfen durch das Curatorium
der Physikalisch-Technischen Reichsanstalt. Berlin,
1893.

Eichhorn, W. Abhangigkeit der Warmeleitung der Gase von
der Temperatur. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

194

Catalog.

Farnsteiner, Karl. Ueber die Einwirkung einiger anorgan-
ischen Salze auf das optische Drehungsvermogen des
Rohrzuckers. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1890.

Frazer, P. The Application of Composite Photography to
Handwriting and Especially to Signatures.

Gerber, Otto. Ueber die Zusammensetzung des Dampfes von
Klussigkeitsgemischen. Inaug. Diss. Jena.

Gleichen, A. Beitrag zur Theorie der Brechung v. Strahlen-
systemen. Inaug. Diss. Kiel.

Grimpen, A. Ein Beitrag zur Theorie der durch eine kreis-
formige Oeffnung erzeugten Beugungserscheinungen.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Gross, G, Theoretische u. experimentelle Beitrage zur Diffu¬
sion v. Gasen und Dampfen. Inaug. Diss. 1889.

Grosse, W. Ueber Polarisationsprismen. Inaug. Diss. 1886.

Hagstrom, K. L. Jamforelse mellan Angstroms och Neumanns
Metoder for Bestamning Ledningsformaga for Varme.
Upsala, 1891.

Harkness, W. M. On the Progress of Science as Exemplified
in the Art of Weighing and Measuring. Washington,
1888.

Henneberg, H. Ueber das Warm elei tun gsvermogen der Miseh-
ungen von Aethylalkohol u. Wasser. Inaug. Diss. Wien,
1888.

Heringa, P. M. Considerations sur la Theorie des Phenomenes
Capillaires. Archives Nierlandaises des Sciences Exactes
et Naturelles, Vol. XIII. 10c.

Jonas, V. Photometrische Bestimmung der Absorptionsspektra
roter u. blauer Blutenfarbstoffe. Inaug Diss. Kiel, 1887.

Hofker, Hinrich. Ueber die Warmeleitung der Dampfe von
Aminbasen. Inaug, Diss. Jena.

Physics — Non- Serials

195

Juhlin, J. Bestamning af Vattenaugans Maximispanstighet
ofver is mellan 0° och — 50° C. samt ofver vatten mellan
+ 20° och —13° C. Upsala, 1891.

Kallenberg, O. Ueber'die Kohasion der G-emische v. Athylal-
kohol, Propylalkohol u. Ameisensaure mit Wasser u. deren
Beziehung zur Dampfspannung. . Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1890.

Karsten, G. Die internationale General-Konferenz fur Maass
und Gewicht in Paris 1889. Kiel, 1890.

Koch, R. Beitrag zur Diffusion von Gasen und Dampfen.
Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1892.

Korselt, E. Untersuch ungen uber das Gesetz der Temperatur-
abnahme in der Verticalen, a.uf Grund verschiedener
Formeln zur barometrishen Hohenmessung. Inaug. Diss.
Jena, 1890.

Kugel, M. Uber die elektromotorische Wirkung des Broms.
Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

Laas, M. Ueber den Einfluss der Luft auf den Widerstand
des Quecksilbers. Inaug. Diss. Strassburg, 1892.

Ladenburg, A. Die komischen Consequenzen der Spectral-
analyse. Kiel, 1884.

Liebig, G. A. On the Electrostatic Force required to produce
Sparks in Air and other Gases. Philosophical Maga¬
zine, 1887, pp. 106-113, pi. II.

Lebedew, P. Ueber Messungen der Dielectricitatsconstanten
der Dampfe u. uber die Mossotti-Clausiussche Theorie der
Dielectrica. Inaug. Diss. Strassburg, 1891.

Ludeling, G. Erdmagnetische Messungen im physikalischen
Institut der Universitat Kiel. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Mills, Simeon. Force. Madison, 1893.

Nordmann, P. Ueber eine neue Methode zum Messen des Ver-
brauchs an elektrischer Energie. Inaug. Diss. Berlin,,
1888.

ii— 14 Ap.

196

Catalog.

Schonberg, P. Ueber die Warmeleitung u. ihre Abhangigkeit
v. der Temperatur in den Dampfen v. Benzol u. Schwe-
felkohlenstoff. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1890.

Schultze, Arthur. Ueber die Bewegung der Warme in einem
homogenen rechtwinkligen Parallelepipedon. Inaug.
Diss, Kiel, 1887*

Simonson, E. A. Photometrische u. elektrische Untersuchungen
Geissler’scher mit Atmospharischer Luft gefullter Rohren.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1892.

Sommerfeld, Arnold. Die Willkurlichen Functionen in der
Mathematischen Physik. Inaug. Diss. Konigsberg, 1891.

Tarleton, F. A. On some Deductions from M’Cullagh’s Lec¬
tures on Rotation. Trans, of Royal Irish Academy,
vol. XXVIII, no. X, pp. 185-196.

Thompson, J. O. Ueber das G-esetz der elastischen Dehnung.
Inaug. Diss. Strassburg, 1891.

Timberg, G. Om temperaturens inflytande pa nagra vatskors
Kapillaritetskonstanter. Upsala, 1891.

Victorian Institute of Engineers. Rules for Electrical In¬
stallations.

Walter, B. Ueber die lichtverzogernde Kraft geloster Salz-
molekule u. ein Verfahren zur genaueren Bestimmung
von Brechungsexponenten. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1891.

Zahn, G. H. Ueber die Vorgange an der Uebergangsstelle eines
elektrischen Stromes zwischen Elektrolyten in verschie-
den konzentrirten Losungen. Inaug. Diss. Strassburg,
1 892.

Physiology — Non- Serials.

197

PHYSIOLOGY.

NON-SERIALS.

Pamphlets , 2 2d.

Almkvist, A. Om Upptackten. af Blodomloppet, Y och VI
Publicatioii Upsala, 1892.

Danielsson, O. A. Om Upptackten af Blodomloppet, IV
Publication Upsala, 1891.

Haughton, S. The Principle of Least Action in Nature Illus¬
trated by Animal Mechanics. London, 1871.

Hjarne, H. G. Om Upptackten af Blodomloppet, I. Publica¬
tion Upsala, 1889.

Hyatt, A. The Larval Theory of the Origin of Cellular Tissue.
Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. XXII, p. 262.

- Abstract of Larval Theory of Origin of Tissue. • Amer.

Jour. Sci., vol. XXXI, pp. 332-347.

Morner, C. T. Undersokning af Proteinamnena i ogats Ljus-
brytande Medier. Publication Upsala, 1892.

Motta, E. A. Elementos de Histologia Geral e Histophysio-
logia. Lisbon.

Muller, J. W. Transfusion und Plethora. Christiania, 1875.

Nordlung, G. A. Studier ofver Framre Bukvaggens Fascior
och Aponevroser hos Menniskan. Publication Upsala,
1891.

Hobinski, S. Zur Kenntniss der Augenlinse und deren Unter-
suchungsmethoden. Berlin, 1883.

Howell, G. A. On the Beneficent Distribution of the Sense of
Pain. London, 1862.

198

Catalog.

Trygger, E., and Falk, M. Om Upptackten af BlodomloppeL
Publication Upsala, 1889.

Wilder, B. G. Paronymy versus Heteronymy as Neuronymic
Principles. Jour, of Nervous and Mental Disease, voL
XII, pp. 1-21.

STATISTICS.

SERIALS.

Albany [New York] Annual Report of Quartermaster

General of State of N. Y. for year 1864. 28$

Budapest [Austria] Statistisches Bureau der Hauptstadt
Budapest. (Fovaros Statisztikai Hivataland
Kozlemenyei.) Vols. XXI-XXIV. + 24b

Buenos Ayres [Argentine Republic] Annuaire Statistique
de la Province de Buenos Aires.

Annee 8. 27d

Helsingfors [Finland] Finlands offiiciela Statistik.

Aren, 1846-1865. 20c

Madison [Wisconsin] Annual Report of the Commission¬
ers of Fisheries of State of Wis., 1877. 28$

• - Annual Report of Secretary of State of the state of

Wisconsin, 1875-77. 28c

- State Board of Charities and Reform.

Annual Report, 1879-1880. 28c

- Report of the State Board of Health, 1884, 1887. 28a

■ - Journal of House of Representatives, first session of

the third Legislative Assembly of Wisconsin,

1841. 28e,

St a t istics — Seria Is .

199

W.

Nashville [Tennessee] State Board of Health.

Bulletin, Yols. VI, VII, VIII, Nos. 1-4. 28c

Home [Italy] Ministero di Agricultura, Industria e Com-

"• J* 7‘ - M -■ v

mercio.

Relazione sul Servizio Minerario nel 1882. 15b

Springfield [Illinois] Report of Railroad and Warehouse

Commission for years 1872-1873. 28c

Sidney [N. S. Wales] Melbourne Centennial International

Exhibition, 1888. 15e

N. S. Wales Mineral Court Catalogue of Exhibits. 15c

Washington [D. C.] Treasury Department. Bureau of
Statistics.

Quarterly Report of Chief. 1875, No. 4. 1876. 28e

- The French Universal Exhibition of 1867.

- Report of Yellowstone National Park, 1877.

- Report of London and Paris International

tions of 1862 and 1867.

- Special Report of Immigration, 1872.

29b

28a

28c

28a

28a

- Annual Report of Board of Visitors to U. S. Mil¬
itary Academy for 1885.

Finance Report.

1873, 1876.

- Annual Report of Chief of Bureau . of Statistics for

year 1876, pts. 1-2.

- A Report of the Commercial Relations of the U. S.

with Foreign Countries in 1875.

- - Population and Resources of Alaska, 1881.

- r- Report of Commissioner of Education for years 1871,

74, 75.

28b

28b

Exhi-

28b

29b

28b

200

Catalog.

Washington, [D. C.] — continued. Department of State.

Message and Documents, 1867, 1869, 1876, 28b

- Department of Interior.

Ninth Census, Vols. I— III (with Compendium). 24c
Tenth Census, Vols. I-IV, VI-XXII. 24cde

Report of Commissioner of General Land Office,

1870-71. 28&

- International Exhibit, 1876.

Classification of the Collection to Illustrate the

Animal Resources of U. S. 28d

- U. S. Fish Commission.

Report, 1881. 28d

- U. S. Commission of Fish and Fisheries.

The Fishery Industries of U. S., Section 1. His¬
tory of Aquatic Animals, Text. 28d

- Smithsonian Institution.

List of Correspondents, 1882; Corrected to Jan¬
uary, 1883. 28e

NON-SERIALS.

Pamphlets , 24 a.

Bonsen, L. Schiffs- Tonnen- u. Personenfrequenz auf den
atlantischen Ozean. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1890.

Boothby, J. Statistical Sketch of South Australia. London,.
1876. 15e

Coghlan, T. A. A Statistical Account the the Seven Colonies
of Australia. Sidney, 1892. 24a

Knauer, T. Untersuchung uber den Marktpreis des Heues u.
dessen Verwendbarkeit zu landwirtschaftlichen Veran-
schlagungen. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

Napp, R. The Argentine Repbulic. Buenos Ayres. 1876. 27d

Zoology— Serials.

201

Kussaka, J. F. Das japanische Geldwesen. Inaug. Diss. Jena,
1890.

Pickard, J. L. Report of Common Schools of State of Wiscon¬
sin 1861. Madison, 1861. 26b

Robinson, C. Official Catalogue of the Natural and Industrial
Products of N. S. Wales. Sidney, 1876. 15e

- New South Wales. Its Progress and Resources. Sidney,

1876. 15e

- New South Wales, the Oldest and Richest of the Australian

Colonies. Sidney, 1873. 15e

Seelhorst, C. yon. Der Roggen als Wertmass fur landwirt-
schaftliche Berechnungen. Inaug. Diss. Jena., 1888.

Trader, E. Die Yolksdichtigkeit Niederschlesiens. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel., 1888.

Wells, W. Water Power of Maine. Augusta, 1869.

ZOOLOGY.

SERIALS.

Amsterdam [Holland] Koninklijk Zoologisch Genootschap
Natura Artis Magistra.

Feest Nummer. Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde. 22c

Breslau [Germany] Zeitschrift fur Entomologie.

Neue Folge, Hefts 1-18 (1870-92) +

Entomologische Miscellan. 22

Brussels [Belgium] Societe royale Malacologique de Bel¬
gique.

Proces-Verbaux des Seances, Yols. XI, pts. 1-7 ;

XII, 8-12; XIII, XIY, XY, 8-12; XVI-
XIX, XX, 1-6. +

Annales, Yols. XXI-XXV +

25a

22a

202

Catalog.

Budapest [Hungary] Termeszetrajzi Fuzetek (A period¬
ical of zoology, botany, mineralogy and geology
besides a review for abroad. )

Vol. XV (1892) Nos. 3, 4. + 19b

Cambridge [Mass.] Nuttall Ornithological Club.

Journal, Vol. 4, Jan. 1879. 22a

Granville [Ohio] Journal of Comparative Neurology
(Edited by C. L. Herrick, Granville, Ohio.)

Vols. I, II pts. 1-3. 22a

New York [N. Y. ] Am. Ornithologists Club.

The Auk. 1889-92. Vols. VI-IX, parts 1-2. + 22a

Philadelpaia [Penn.] Zoological Society.

Annual Eeport. 1879-81, 83, 85-90. + 22b

Zurich- Hottingen [Switzerland] International Entomolog¬
ical Society (Societas Entomologica. )

Jahrgang VIII, Nos. 3, 6. (1893.) + 31d

NON-SERIALS.

Pamphlets . 29c.

Allen, J. A. The North American Species of the Genus
Colaptes, considered with Special Reference to the Re¬
lationships of C. auratus and C. cafer. Amer. Museum
of Nat. Hist., vol. IV, No. 1, pp. 21-44.

Antipa, G. Die Lucernariden der Bremer Expedition nach
Ostspitzenbergen im Jahre 1889. Inaug. Diss. Jena,
1891.

Apstein, C. Ban und Function der Spinndrusen der Araneida.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1889.

Averill, C. K. List of Birds Found in the Vicinity of Bridge¬
port, Conn. Bridgeport Sci. Soc.

Baars, H. Les Peches de la Norwege. Paris, 1807.

Zoology — Non- Serials.

203

Beyer, O. W. Der G-iftapparat v. Formica rufa, ein reducirtes
Organ. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1890.

Billet, A. Contribution a l’Etude de la Morphologie et du
Developpment des Bacteriacees. Bull. Scientifique de la
France et de la Belgique, 1890.

Bogert, A. Ueber die Dictyochiden insbesondere uber Dis-
terphanus Speculum sowie Studien an Phseodarien.
Inaug. Biss. Kiel, 1891.

Bollman, C. H. and Evermann, B. W. Fishes from the Mo-
nongahela River.

Borckert, H. Anatomisch-physiologische Untersuchung der
Haftscheibe v. Cyclopterus lumpus L. Inaug. Diss.
Kiel, 1889.

Borgert, H. Die Hautdrusen der Tracheaten. Inaug. Diss.
Jena, 1891.

Brauer, F. Offenes Schreiben als Antwort auf Herrn Baron
Osten-Sacken’s “ Critical Review” Meiner Arbeit uber
die Notacanthen.

Bronn, Dr. H. G-. Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs,
Vol. V, Arthropoda. Leipzig and Heidelberg, 1874. 22e.

Brooks, W. K. Note on the Ratio between Men and Women.
Johns Hopkins University Circulars, vol, VII, No. 63,
p. 30.

Brown, N. C. A catalogue of the Birds Known to Occur in
the Vicinity of Portland, Maine.. Proc. of Portland
Soc. Nat. Hist., 1882.

Claus, C. Zur Erwahrung der Ergebnisse meiner Untersuch-
ungen uber Charybdea als abwehr gegen den Haeck-
elismus.

Cobb, N. A. Beitrage zur Anatomie u. Outogonie der Wema-
toden. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1888.

204

Catalog.

Collett, R. Om 6 for Norges Fauna nye Fugle fundne i 1887-
1889. Christiania, 1890.

- Rugekasser for vore nyttige Smaafugle, deres Indretning

og Boboere. Christiania, 1870.

Collin, A. Notiz uber Guatthostoma Hispidum Fedsch. aus
dem Rinde. Zeitschrift fur Fleish-u. Milch-hygiene, 1893.

- Ueber die Regen wurmer der Umgegend von Berlin. Na-

turwissenschaftliche Wochenschrift, No. 43, p. 433.

- Criodilus lacuum Hoffm. Inaug. Biss. Berlin, 1888.

Conklin, W. A. Report of the Directors of the Central Park
Menagerie for 1879.

Coues, E. Abstract of the Results of a study of the Genera
Geomys arid Thomomys.

Dahl, F. Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Baues und der Func-
tionen der Insektenbeine. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1884.

Dimmock, A. K. Sexual Attractions in Prionus. Psyche, voL
IV, No. 120, p. 160.

Dreyer, F. Die Theorie der Biokrystallisation im Allgemeinen u._
die Skeletbildung der Polycystinen im Besonderem
Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1890.

Driesch, H. Tektonische Studien an Hydroid polypen. Die
Campanulariden und Sertulariden. Inaug. Diss. Jena,
1889.

Dubois, M. A. Note zur un Coccyzus tue en Belgique. Proc_
Academie Royal e de Belgique, vol. XXXIV, No. 1.

- - Remarques Morphologiques sur les especes du sousgenre

Xanthoura. Ibid., vol. XXXVIII, Nos. 9-10.

Ehrenbaum, E. Untersuchungen uber die Struktur und Bildung
der Schale der in der Kieler Bucht haufig Vorkommenden
Muscheln. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1884.

Elliott, H. W. Report of the Seal Islands of Alaska.

Zoology — Non- Serials.

205

Evermann, B. W. The Wood Ibis in Indiana, The Auk, vol.
VI, no. 2, pp. 186-187.

- - Bird Migration. Popular Sci. Monthly, 1887, pp. 803-

810.

- The Yellow-Billed Magpie. Amer. Naturalist, 1886, pp.

607-611.

- Birds of Carroll County, Indiana. The Auk, Oct. 1888

and Jan. 1889.

- and Fordice, M. W. List of Fishes Collected in

Harvey and Cowley Counties, Kansas.

Faxon, W. On Some Crustacean Deformities. Bull. Mus.
Comparative Zoology, vol. VIII, no. 13, pp. 253-276,
plates 1-2.

- On Some young Stages in the Development of Hippa,

Porcellana, and Pinnixa. Ibid, vol. V, no. 11, pp.
253-268, pi. 1-5.

Fewkes, J. W. On the Development of Agalma. Ibid., vol.
XI, no. 11, pp. 239-275, pi. 1-4.

Forbes, S. A. An American Terrestrial Leech. Illinois State
Laboratory of Natural History, 1890, pp. 119-122.

- Studies on the Chinch Bug.

Freese, W. Anatomisch-histologische Untersuchung v. Mem-
branipora pilosa L. nebst einer Beschreibung der in der
Ostsee gefundenen Bryozoen. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888.

Garman, H. Animals of the Waters of the Mississippi Bottoms
near Quincy, Ill. Two copies.

Garman, S. The Rattle of the Rattlesnake. Bull. Mus. Com¬
parative Zoology Harvard College, vol. XIII, no. 9, pp.
259-267, pis. 1 and 2.

206

Catalog.

Grant, U. S. Conchological Notes. Fourteenth (1885) Annual
Report of the Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey of Min¬
nesota.

- Notes on the Molluscan Fauna of Minnesota. Sixteenth

(1887) Annual Report of the Geol. and Nat. History
Survey of Minnesota.

Grentzenberg, M. Die Spongienfauna der Ostsee. Inaug.
Diss. Kiel, 1891.

Gunther, A. A Guide to the Gould Collection of Humming
Birds. British Museum of Nat. History, 19c.

- Zoological Collections of H. M. S. Alert. Ibid. 19c.

- Guide to the Gallery of Reptiles and Fishes; Shell and

Starfish; Mammalia. Ibid. 19c.

Hahn, E. Die Geographiscbe Verbreitung. der Coprophagen
Lamellicornier. Inaug. Diss., 1887.

Haseloff, B. Ueber den Krystallstiel der Muscheln nach Un-
tersuchungen verschiedener Arten der Kieler Bucht„
Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1888,

Hemphill, H. Catalogue of North American Shells.

Henshaw, S. List of the Coleoptera of America North of
Mexico.

Herbst, C. Anatomische Untersuchungen an Scutigera coleop¬
tera. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

Hyatt, A. Revision of North American Poriferae with Re¬
marks upon Foreign Species, pts. 1-2. Memoirs Bost.
Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. II, pt. 4.

- Larval Theory of the Origin of Cellular Tissue. Proc.

Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. XXXIII, pp. 45-163.

Sponges Considered as a Distinct Sub-Kingdom of Ani¬
mals. Ibid., vol. XIX, pp. 12-17.

Zoologij — Non- Serials.

207

- Genetic Relations of Stephanoceras. Ibid., vol. XVIII,

pp. 380-401.

- Values in Classification of the Stages of Growth and De¬
cline with Proposition for a New Nomenclature. Two
Copies. Amer, Naturalist, 1888, pp. 872-884.

- - Observations on Polyzoa, sub-order Phylactolsemata.

- Genetic Relations of the Angulatidae. Proc. Bost. Soc.

Nat. Hist., vol. XVII, pp. 15-33.

Jacobi, R. Anatomisch-Histologische Untersuchung der Poly-
doren der Kieler Bucht. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1883.

Johannessen, Axal. Difteriens Forekomst i Norge. Chris¬
tiania Videnskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1888, No.

1. 22c.

Jordan, D. S. Contributions to North American Icthyology,
No. 1. Bull. U. S. National Museum, 1877.

Juel, H. O. Beitrage zur Anatomie der Trematodengattung
apoblema (Dujard). Upsala, 1889.

Jurinae, A. E. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Fauna des
Kroatischen Karstes u. seiner unterirdischen Hohlen.
Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1888.

Kingsley, J. S. Carcinological Notes. Bull. Essex Institute,
vol. XIV, p. 105.

- Some Points in the Development of Molgula Manhat-

tanensis. Boston Soc. of Nat. Hist., vol. XXI, pp.
441-451.

- Problems for Zoologists. Amer. Naturalist, 1882, pp.

389-391.

Klotz, J. Beitrag zur Entwickelungageschichte u. Anatomie
des Geschlechtsapparates v. Lymnaens. Inaug. Diss.
Jena, 18881

203

Catalog.

Koehler, R. Contribution a l’Etude des Enteropnenstes.
Communiques a la Societe des Sciences de Nancy, 1886,
pp. 139-190, plates 1-6.

Kukenthal, W. Ueber das Nervensystem der Opheliaceen.
Jena, 1887.

Kunz, G. F. The Lower Forms of Life Dredged by the Talis¬
man. Science, 1884, p. 171.

Langhofer, A. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Mundtheile der
Dipteren. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1888.

Lawrence, G. M. Birds of Southwestern Mexico Collected by
Francis E. Sumichrast. Bull. No. 4, U. S. National
Museum, 1875.

Lehman, O. Beitrage zur Frage v. der Homologie der Segmen-
talorgane u. Auffuhrgange der Geschlectsproducte bei
den Oligochaeten. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1887.

Leichmann, G. Ueber die Brutpflege bei den Isopoden. Inaug.
Diss. Konigsberg, 1891.

Leon, U. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Mundtheile der Hemip-
teren. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1887.

Lohman, H. Die Unterfamilie der Halacaridse Murr. u. die
Meeresnielben der Ostsee. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1888.

Loimberg, E. Anatomische Studien uber Skandinavische
Cestoden. Inaug. Diss. Upsala, 1891.

Macalister, A. An Introduction to Animal Morphology an.
Systematic Zoology. London, 1876. 22.

Malme, G. O. Studien uber das Gehirn der Knochenfisched
Inaug. Diss. Stockholm, 1892. 22.

Martin, H. N. A Correction of. Certain Statements published
in the “Zoophilist,” also a Castigation and an Appeal.

Zoology— Non- Ser ia Is.

209

Mann, W. Ueber Scoloplos Arminger O. F. Miller. — Beitrag
zur Kenntniss der Anatomie u. Histologie der Anneliden.
Inaug, Biss. Kiel, 1881.

Meissner, M. Beitrage zur Ernahrungsphysiologie der Pro-
tozoen. Inaug. Diss. Berlin, 1888.

Mosely, H. W. On the Structure and Relations of the Alcyo-
narian Helioptera caerulea with some account of the
Anatomy of a Species of Sarcophyton.

Kelson, Wm., and Taylor, John W. The Quarterly Journal of
Conchology, Yol. I, 1874. 22c.

Oestlund, O. W. Synopsis of the Aphididae of Minnesota.
Bull. No. 4 of Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey of Minnesota.

Osborn, H. A Partial Catalogue of the Animals of Iowa.

Osborn, H. F. and Wortman, J. L. Artionyx, a New Genus
of Anclyopoda and Appendix. Bulletin of American
Museum of Nat. Hist., Vol. Y.

Peckham, G. W. and E. G. On the Genera of the Family
Attidse. Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. 1885, pp. 257, 335.

Poppe, S. A. Die freilebenden Copepoden des Jadabusens.
Abhandlungen des naturwissenschaftichen Vereins zu
Bremen. Yol. IX, pp. 167-206.

Rathbun, R. Descriptions of new Species of Parasitic Copepods
Belonging to the Genera Trebius Perissopus, and
Lernanthropus, Proc. U. S. National Museum, 1887,
pp. 559-571, pis. 29-35.

Reighard, J. On the Anatomy and Histology of Anlophorus
Yagus. Proc. of Amer. Academy of Art and Science,
vol. XX, pp. 88-106.

Resler, A. The Blackburnian Warbler. Trans. Maryland
Academy of Sciences, 1892, pp. 203-212.

210

Catalog.

Ryder, J. A. On the Development of viviparous osseous Fishes
and of the Atlantic Salmon. Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum,

1885, pp. 128-162, pis. 6-12.

Sandberg, G-. Bemaerkningar til Wallmgrens tydning af
Phalaena Noctura Obscura. Christiania, 1891.

Sars, G. O. Oversigt af Norges Crustaceer med forelobige
Bemaerkninger over de nye elier mindre bekjendte Arter.
Christiania, 1890

- On Some Remarkable Forms of Animal Life from the

Great Deeps of the Norwegian Coast. Christiania,

1872. 22c.

- Carcinologiske Bidrag til Norges Fauna. 22e.

- On some Freshwater Ostracoda and Copepoda raised from

Dried Australian Mud. Christiania, 1889.

- On a small Collection of Freshwater Entomostraca.

Christiania, 1889.

- Additional Notes on Australian Cladocera raised from

dried Mud. Christiania, 1888.

Sausure, M. H. Orthopteres. St. Petersburg, 1874.

Sohoyen, W. M. Supplement til H. Siebke’s Emmeratio Insec-
torium Norvegicorum. Christiania, 1889.

- Bidrag til Kunas-Kaben om Norges Hemipter- og Orth-

opter-Fauna. Christiania, 1889.

Schroder, G. Anatomische-Histologische Untersuchung v.
Nereis diversicolor, O. Fr. Mull. Inaug. Diss. Kiel,

1886.

Severin, F. Untersuchung ueber das Mundepithel bei Sauge-
thieren mit Bezug auf Yerhornung Regeneration u.
Art der Nervenendigung. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1885.

Schufeldt, R. W. The Osteology of Amia Calva.

Zoology — Non- Serials.

211

Siebke, H. Enumeratio Insectorum Norwegicorum, Christi*
ania, 1874. 22c.

- Ibid., 1880.

Smith, H. L. Report of the Committee on Oculars. Proc. of
Amer. Soc. of Microscopists, 1884.

Smitt, F. A. Kritisk Forteckning ofver de i Reksmuseum
Befintliga Salmonider. 22-

Stearns, R. E. C. Comments on Mr. Calkin's Marine Shells of
Florida.

Steen, J. Anatomisch-histologische Untersuchung v. Terebel-
lides Stroeimi M. Sars. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1883.

Stephens, G-. T. Report on the Progress of Zoology for the
year 1870.

Storch, W. ' Knochenuntersuchungen ausgefuhrt am Knochen-
gerust eines Rindes. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1889.

Sumichrast, F. Coup d'Oeil sur la Distribution Geographique
des Reptiles en Mexique.

Sundberg, C. J. G-. Undersokningar ofver Mojligheten af
Mikrobers Intrangande Genomden Oskadade Tarmslem
hinnans Yta. Publication Upsala, 1892.

Sye, C. G. Beitrage zur Anatomie u. Histologie v. Isera
Marina. Inaug. Diss. Kiel, 1887.

Theophiloff, S. Zur Phylogenie der Tunicaten, Eine Kritische
Studie. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 1892.

Tiedemann, F. Zur Kasuistik des primaren Gallenblasenkrebses.
Inaug. Diss. Kiel', 1891.

Trautzsch, H. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Polynoiden v. Spitz-
bergen. Inaug.. Diss. Jena, 1889.

Vaniot, R. P. E. Mollusques Recueiliis au Sud d' Amiens, dans
un Rayon de 2 lieues (1876-77). 76 Especes.

ii — 15 Ap.

212

Catalog.

Westhoff, Fr. Die Kafer Westfalens, Ilte Abtheilung
Suppl. Yerh. Naturh. Yereins d. preuss. Rheinl. u. Westf.
Jahrgang 38. Bonn, 1882.

Worcester, G-. W. The Life History of Stentor Coeratens, or
Blue Stentor.

INDEX TO VOLUME IX.

Page.

Acknowledgment of brochures re¬
ceived at library . xxxii

Adams, Charles Kendall, Notice of

address of welcome by . iv

Notice of election to active mem¬
bership . ix

Adams, H. 0., Citjd on Taxation . 141

Additions to existing series of jour¬
nals in library . xxvi

Agassiz, Alex., Notice of election to

honorary membership . ix

Bailey, L. H., Cited on Corex obesa,

var minor . 234

— , Acknowledgments to . 235

Barnes, C. K., Notice of addre-sby.. i

— , Acknowledgments to . 51, 235, 277

Title of paper by . viii

— , Appointment as chairman of com¬
mittee to nominate officers . v

— , Report as chairman of' committee

on nomination ot officers . xi

— , Resolution offered by . xi

Bibliography of Geological Surveys in

Wisconsin . 225

Birge, E. A., Notes on Cladocera, III. . 275

— , 1 itles of two papers by . viii

— , Cit d on Cladocera . 190

— , Acknowledgments to . 189

— , Appointment as chairman of com¬
mittee of auditing and of new

members . v

— , Report of committee on revision of

< onstitution . lxviii

— , Report as chairman of auditing

committee. . xiv

Blaisdell, J. J., Some Suggestions
Concerning Methods of PSj cholog-

ical Study . 33

— , Title of paper by . x

— , Notice of remarks eulogizing A. L.

Chapin . x

— , SK' tch of life of A. L. Chapin, D. D. lxxi
— , Electio i as vice-president of de¬
partment of letters . i

Blake, Wm. P., The progress of Geolog¬
ical Surveys in the State of Wis-
con in — A Review and Bibliog-

ra hy . 225

— , Title of two papers by . viii

— , Notice of election to active mem¬
bership . ix

Brown, E. A., Notice of election to

act ve membership . ix

Bryant, E E., Acknowledgments to.. 275
Buell, Ira M , Geology of the Water¬
loo Quartzite Area . 255

— , Title of paper by . viii

— , Acknowledgments to . 51

— , No ice of election as curator of mu¬
seum . xi

— , Repottas curator . lxiii

— , Communication from . vi

Bunops scutiprons, Birge, Structure

and Affinities of . . 319

ii— 16 Ap.

Page.

Butler, J. D., Title of paper by . x

— , Notice of remarks eulogizing P. R.

Hoy . iv

Calanidae (and Cyclopidse) of Central

W sconsiu, by C. Dwight Marsh. .. 189

Case, H. E., Acknowledgments to . 51

Catalog of the Library of the Wis¬
consin Academy of Sciences, Arts,
and Letters, by Wm. H. Hobbs, App.

Central Wisconsin, Cyclopidae and

Calanidae of . 189

Chamberlin, T. C. Cited on Geology

of Wisconsin . 45

- — Wisconsin Lead Region . 239

- Waterloo Quartzite . 259, 261

— . Notice of election to honorary mem¬
bership . • . ix

Chandler, C. H. Title of paper by . . . x
Chapin, A. L Notice of decease of . .. iv

— , Biographical sketch of . lxxi

Chapman, C. H. Notice of election to

active membership . ix

T . .Q A pAnt.rihnfirm 1 r\ a

O. ii UUHlllUUblUU bU LUC

Flora of the Lake Superior Region 233
— and R. H. True. On the Flora of

Madison and Vicinity; a Prelimi-
„ nary Paper on the Flora of Dane

County, Wisconsin . 45

— , Acknowledgments to . 275, App 4

— , Title of paper by . ii

— , Notice of election to active member¬
ship . iii

Cladocera, Notes on, III . 275

Comstock, G C. Report of Library

Committee . xvi

Contribution to the Flora of the lake

Superior Region, by L. S. Cheney . 233

Corresponding societies, additions to

the list of . xviii

Coulter, John M. Cited on Ranun¬
culus Lapponicus . 234

—, Acknowledgments to . 235

Coulter, Stanley. Acknowledgments

to . 51

Cragin, F. W. Cited on Copepoda. ..190, 221
Cushman, Miss S. E. Notice of elec¬
tion to active membership . iii

Cyclopidae and Calanidae of Central

Wisconsin, by C. Dwight Marsh. . . 189

Dane County, Flora of . 45

Davies, John E. On some Analogies
between the Equations of Elas¬
ticity and Electro-magnetism . 3

Davis, J . J . A Supplementary List of

Parasitic Fungi of Wisconsin . 153

— , Notice of election to active mem¬
bership . ix

Desmond, H. J. Title of paper by . vii

Dunning, Philo. Acknowledgments

to . 275

214

Index.

Page.

.Elasticity, Some Analogies between
Equations of, and Equations of
Electro-magnetism, by John E.

Davies . 3

Electro-Magnetism, Some Analogies
between Equations of, and Equa¬
tions of Elasticity, by John E.

Davies . 3

Ellis, J. B. Acknowledgments to — 154

Ely, R. T. Cited on Taxation . 139

— , Notice of election to active mem¬
bership . ix

Farlow, W. G. Acknowledgments

to . 154

Fisher, Elmon M. Cited on Ranun¬
culus Lcipponicus . 234

Flagg, Rufus C. Notice of Address

of Welcome by . i

— , Notice of election to active mem¬
bership . ■ . . iii

Flora of lake Superior Region, a con¬
tribution to . 233

Flora of Madison and Vicinity, by

L. S. Cheney and R. H. True . 45

Forbes, S. A. Cited on Copepoda. . .. 189

Four Lakes Region of Wisconsin, map

of . 136

Fuller, N. S., Notice of election to

active membership . iii

Fungi of Wisconsin, supplementary

list of parasitic, by J. J. Davis — 153

Garrett, A. H., Election to active

membership . . iii

Geological Surveys in Wisconsin ... 225

Geology of the Waterloo Quartzite

Area, by Ira M. Buell . 255

Gifts of scientific papers to library by

individuals . xxxi

Hall, C. E.. Notice of election to act¬
ive membership . iii

Hall, James, Cited on Wisconsin Geo¬
logical Surveys . . . 228

Haskins, C. H , Report for Committee

on new members . ix

— Report of auditing committee . x,xiv

Hastings, S D., Report as treasurer . . xiii

— Resolution offered by . vi

— Report of committee on revision

of constitution . lxviii

Hendrickson, G. L., Title of paper by x

Report of library committee . xvi

— Acknowledgments to . App 1

Herrick, C. L , Cited on Copepoda. .190, 224

Hile, C. H , Title of paper by . vii

Hillyer, H. W., Title of paper by. . . iii

Hobbs, Wm. H , Notes on a Trip to the

Lipari Islands in 1889. (With Plate
I) . 21

— Report as secretary . . i

— Report as librarian . . . xvii

— Catalog of the Library of the Wis¬

consin Academy of Sciences, Arts,
and Letters . App

— Titles of papers by . iii, viii

— Acknowledgments to.. . . 51,273

— Report of committee on revision

of constitution . lxviii

— Report of library committee: . xvi

Hobson, Bernard, Acki owledgments

to . 32

Hodge, C. F., Notice of election to cor¬
responding membership . ix

Hodge, Willard, Notice of election to

active membership . ix

Hollister, A. H., Notice of election

to active membership . iii

Holton, Edward D., Notice of decease

of . iv

Holway, E W. D., Acknowledgments

to . 153

Hoskins, L. M., Notice of election to

Corresponding membership ..... ix

Hoy, P. R., Notice of decease of _ iv

-, Biographical sketch of . lxxv

Hubbard, F. G., Noiice of election to

active membership . ix

Jackson, D. C., Notice of election to

active membership . ix

Kahlenberg, Louis, Notice of election

to active membership . .... iii

— Title of paper by . viii

King, F. H , Title of paper by _ x

Kinley, David, The Direction of Social

Reform . 137

— Title of paper by . x

— , Notice of election to active mem¬
bership . ix

Kremers, Edward, Title of paper by . . x

— , Acknowledgments to . 51

Lake Superior Region, A contribution

to the Flora of . 233

Leverett, Frank, Notice of election to

corresponding membership . ix

Library of Wisconsin Academy, 'Cata-

Lipari Islands, Notes on a trip to in

1889 . 21

List of corresponding societies, addi¬
tions to . xviii

Litton, Robt. T., Notice of election to

corresponding rnembe ship . ix

Loomis. H. B , Title of paper by . fi

Luther, Geo. E., Notice of election to

corresponding membership . ix

Madison and vicinity, Flora of . 45

Marong, Charles, Acknowledgments

to. . 51

Marsh. C. Dwight, On the Cyclopidae
and Calanidae of Central Wiscon¬
sin . 189

— , Acknowledgments to . 275

— , Appointment as chairman of com¬
mittee on new members . i

McDougal. H. C., Notice of election

to active membership . iii

McMynn, John G , Sketch of life of

P. R. Hoy, M. D . lxxv

Merrill, Edw H , Notice of election

to active membership . iii

Merrill, Harriet Bell, On the
Structure and Affinities of B unops

scutifrons , Birge . 319

— , Title of pape^ by . x

— , Acknowledgments to . 189

— , Notice of election to active mem¬
bership . ix

Miller, W. S., Title of paper by . viii

— , Notice of election to active mem¬
bership . ix

Mills, Simeon, Title of paper by . vii

Minutes of Ripon Field Meeting . i

— , Twenty-third annual meeting . iv

MOorehouse, G. W., Acknowledg¬
ments to . 51

— , Notice of election to active mem¬
bership . iii

Index.

215

Page.

Nader, John, Title of paper by . vii

Newberry, J. S., Notice of decease of. iv
Notes oh Cladocera, III, by E. A. Birge 275

Olsen, J. E., Acknowledgments to — App 4

Parasitic Funori of Wisconsin. Sup¬
plementary list of, by J. J. Davis. . 153

Parker, F. A , Notice of election to

active membership . iii

Parker, W. D., Notice of election to

active membership . ix

Peck, Chas. H.. Acknowledgments to. 154

Peckham, Geo W., Report of commit¬
tee on revision of constitution . . . ixviii
Power, F. B., Resignation as vice-pres¬
ident and election as correspond¬
ing member . i

Progress of geological surveys in
the state of Wisconsin — a review
and bibliography, by Wm.P. Blake 225

Psychological study, Methods of ... . 33

Quartzite area (Waterloo), Geology

of . 255

Reinsch, Paul S., Title of paper by . . . x

Report, of secretary . i

— , — treasurer . xiii

— , — auditing committee . xiv

— , — library committee . xv

— , — librarian . xvii

— , — curator . lxiii

— , — committee appointed to revise

the constitution . lxv

Richardson, H. S., Notice of e ection

to active membership . . . iii

Russell, H. L., Acknowledgments to. 51

Salisbury, R. D., Notice of e'ection to

corresponding membership . ix

Sanford, A. H , Title of paper by . vii

— , Notice of election to ac.ive mem¬
bership . iii

Scott, W. A., Title of paper by . x

— , Notice of election to active mem¬
bership . ix

Seymour, A. B., Acknowledgments to. 153

Sired, W G., Notice of election to act¬
ive mem oership . iii

Skinner, E. B., Notice of election to

active memoership . ix

Page.

Social Reform, Dfrc ction of, by David

Kinley . 137

Stuart, James R., Notice of election.

to active membership. . . iii

Thwaites, Reuben G., Subject of ad¬
dress i y . iii

— , Title of paper by . viii

— , Made temporary chairman at Ripon

meeting . i

Tolman, A H., Title of paper by . iii

Tolman, H. C , Title of paper bv . x

Townley, S. D , Notice of election to

corresponding membei ship . . ix

— , Title of paper by . iii

Tracy, Mrs. C. T , Notice of election

to active membership . iii

Trelease, Wm., Cited on parasitic

fungi . 153

True, R. H., (and Cheney, L. S,), Ou
the Flora of Madison and vicinity,
a preliminary paper on the Flora

of Dane county, Wisconsin . 45

— , Title or paper by . ii

— , Acknowledgments to. . 235

— , Notice of election to active member¬
ship . iii

Underwood, L. M., Acknowledgments

to . 51, 235

Updike, E G., Notice of election to

active membership . iii

Van Cleef, F. L , Titles of two papers

by . . - . x

— , Acknowledgments to . App. 4

Van Hise, C. R., Cited on inclusions

in quart z . 269, 270

— Acknowledgments to . 258

— , Notice of election as vice-president

of department of sciences . xi

Volcano, Eruption of, see Lipari
Islands.

Waterloo, Quartzite area, geology

of . 255

Whitney, J. D., Cited on Lead Region

Wisconsin, Supplementary list of para¬
sitic Fungi of . 153

— , Geological surveys in . ... 225

— , (Central), Cyclopidae and calanidae

of . 189

Wood, F. F., Acknowledgments to... 233

TRANSACTIONS

••'A "A. ST 'SNA i- T ' ■ A ' C; S'. f A--. . A' S ■ T';V ,S;SS

OF THE

WISCONSIN ACADEMY

OF

SCIENCES, ARTS AND LETTERS

EDITED BY THE SECRETARY

VOL. IX, PART I

1892-93

PUBLISHED BY AUTHORITY OF LAW

MADISON, WISCONSIN

DEMOCRAT PRINTING COMPANY, STATE PRINTERS

1893

CONTENTS.

rAWJ!,.

On some Analogies between the Equations of Elasticity

and Electro-Magnetism, by John E. Davies........ 3

Notes on a Trip to the Lipari Islands in 1889, by Wi, H.

Hobbs. (With Plate I).. . . . 21

Some Suggestions Concerning Methods of Psychological

Study, by J. J. Blaisdell . . . . . . . 33

On the Flora of Madison and Vicinity, a Preliminary
Paper on the Flora of Dane County, Wisconsin, by *

L. S. Cheney and R. H. True. (With Plate II). . . 45

The Direction of Social Reform, by David Kinley. ..... 137

A Supplementary List of Parasitic Fungi of Wisconsin,

by J. J. Davis . . . . . . 153

Cyclopidae and Calanidae of Central Wisconsin, by C.

Dwight Marsh. (With Plates ILL -VI) . 189

The Progress of G-eological Surveysdn the State of Wis¬
consin — A Review and Bibliography, by Wm. P.

Blake ................... ... . ..... . ... . . . . . . . 225

A Contribution to the Flora of the Lake Superior Region,

by L. S. Cheney . . . . . 233

In the second part of volume IX, which will be issued about Christmas, will be included
the proceedings of the Ripon field meeting and the 23d annual meeting. In an appendix
will be printed a catalog of the library. Volume title page and index will also be in¬
cluded.

CONTENTS

Page.

Geology of the Waterloo Quartzite , Area ( with plates 1

VII-IX), by Ira M. Buell . ... .. . . . 255

Notes on Cladocera, III (with Plates X-XIII), by E. A.

Birge . 275

On Bunops scutifrons , Birge, (with plates XIV-XV), by

Harriet Bell Merrill.. . 318

Proceedings . i-lxix

Report of the Secretary:—

Minutes of the field meeting of 1892 . . . . . i

Minutes of the 23d annual meeting . . . . iv

Report of the Treasurer . . . . . xiii

Report of the Auditing Committee . xiv

Report of the Library Committee . . . . . . . xv

Report of the Librarian . . xvii

Report of the Custodian . . . . . . lxiii

Report of the Committee on Revision of the Constitution. _ lxv

In Memoriam:

Aaron Lucius Chapin, D. D., LL., D., by J. J. Blaisdell _ lxxi

Philo Romayne Hoy, M. D., by John G. McMynn . . . lxxv

List of Officers and Members . . . . . . . . . . . lxix

Appendix — Catalog of Library, by Wm. H. Hobbs . App. 1

Index . Appj. 213

Title page and table of contents of volume IX will be found at the

end of this part.

A

i

,

■

.

.